Liebherr 712-752

en
Service Manual (20

Crawler Dozers
ints)
PR 712 - 752
(10
1 General Information 2 Special Tools, Application Guidelines 3 Technical Data - Maintenance Guidelines
Service Manual
Property of Liebherr-Werk Telfs GmbH
4 Engine
I
5 Coupling and Splitter Box 6 Travel Hydraulic 7 Working Hydraulic
Crawler Dozers
SERIES
Table of Contents
Issue 01/2004
8 Hydraulic Components
II
9 Electrical System 10 Electronic Control 11 Travel Gear 12 Track Components 13 Attachments - front 14 Attachments - rear
III
15 Main Frame - Add On Components 16 Tank Installation's
Book No.:
17 Operators Platform, Heater, Air Conditioner 18 Special Attachments 19 Miscellaneous Informations
Name of Manual Owner:
Sub Group Index

Foreword and explanation Safety guidelines Hand signals Service items Table - charts
Conversion table Tightening torques standard screws Tightening torques SAE screws Hole diameter before tapping Couplings ISO - tolerances
1.1 1.2.01 1.2.02 1.3.01 1.4

1.4.01 1.4.02 1.4.03 1.4.04 1.4.05 1.4.06
Code letters + terminal designations electric
1.5
Benennung Description Dnomination
Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic
01 01
General information
Blatt Page Feuille
1.0.00.01
For your information

This manual contains technical data, descriptions of design and function, repair and adjustment guidelines as well as numerous drawings, functional views and illustrations LIEBHERR - crawler dozers (PR), crawler loaders (LR) or pipelayers (RL). This manual should simplify competent customer service of our products, does however, not replace expert and qualified training and an attendance of our factory schools. Information which is in trade considered basic knowledge is not included. Operation and spare parts information can be found in separate manuals. The manual will be updated as necessary when changes occur in series. This symbol is used in the manual for very important notes. During the activities on the machine, accident prevention regulations and safety guidelines must be strictly observed. This manual is intended for the exclusive use of the registered owner and may not be reproduced complete or in part or passed on a third person without written permission. This manual is still on property of LIEBHERR-Werk Telfs GmbH. All rights reserved - Printed in Austria. We reserve the right to make changes of technical details on the machine in comparison to the information and drawings in this manual. Printed and published by LIEBHERR-Werk Telfs GmbH., Service -Training Department.
Explanation of structure (page numbers)

In order to find specific information and add supplements more easily, the following numbering system is being used:
main group
sub group
model group
page No.
6. 3. 10 01
main group according to manual index sub group of main group according to sub group index division based on information content or machine model group continuous running number within the model group, illustrations or parts list with .00 may be added at the beginning or end of each group.
Updated pages retain the same page number, but receive a more recent date when mailed. Supplements have a new number. If the page is only valid for a certain machine model group, it will so be indicated on the page. We hope that with the enclosed information we have taken yet another step to improve the service on the LIEBHERR - crawler dozers, crawler loaders and pipelayers.
LIEBHERR-Werk Telfs GmbH. Service-Training Dept.
Mjfcifss!
Foreword and explanation

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
General Information
1.1.00.01
Service Items
Notes for the disposition of service fluids and filter: Service fluids may not be discharged into the ground, drainage system or waterways. Different service fluids and filters should be collected and disposed of in separate containers. Do not use containers, which previously held food items or drinks - to prevent danger of mix-ups. Dispose of these items in an environmentally friendly manner according to applicable guidelines and regulations. Observe all state, local and national regulations. Do not use old or incorrectly stored service fluids and filters, dispose of them properly. 1. Service fluids for Diesel engines with turbo chargers 1.1. Engine lube oil Engine lube oils must meet a certain quality and a certain viscosity, depending on their use and ambient temperatures. Problem-free operation can only be ensured only if the requirements for both areas are met. 1.1.1 Oil quality To meet the technical demands, only highly alloyed lube oils are used in modern Diesel engines. They consists of high-quality base oils, mixed with additives. These additives provide the required properties for these oils. For LIEBHERR Diesel engines with turbo chargers, oils of the following specifications are approved, the higher quality oils are preferred: API - classification (American Petroleum Institute) : CF-4, CG-4, CH-4, CI-4,
ACEA (CCMC) - classification : E2 (D4), E3 (D5), E4, E5 (Association des Constructeurs Europens de lAutomobile) Note: For older machines / Diesel engines, if still in use, engine oils according to the lower specification as noted in the original operation manuals may be used. However, we recommend the use of these new oils, since the service life of the engine can be extended significantly by using these higher quality oils. The originally noted oil and filter change intervals may be extended.
1.1.2 Oil viscosity Z In addition to the quality, the oil must also provide a certain viscosity the selection is made according to the SAE - classification (Society of Automotive Engineers). The determining factor for the correct selection of the SAE classification is the ambient temperature. In most regions, SAE 10W-40 is recommended (see chart below). If the viscosity is too high, starting problems can occur, if it is too low, the lubrication efficiency can be endangered, both factors can lead to increased engine wear. The temperature ranges shown in the following chart are guidelines and may be exceeded or fallen below for a short time.
For the operation in extreme climate zones, such as in arctic regions, special guidelines apply and are available from the manufacturer.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Service Items
Blatt Page Feuille
01.3.01.01
1.1.3 Oil change intervals The oil change intervals noted in the Maintenance and Inspection schedules always apply to "normal operating conditions". They apply for normal, central European temperatures, annual operation of approx. 1000 operating hours, use of oils of the required minimum quality and fuels with a sulfur content of less than 0.5%. When using higher quality oils, the operating hours per interval may be doubled - see the following chart. However, the 500 hour interval may not be exceeded. Engine oil and filters must be changed at least once a year, even if the given change interval has not yet been reached. In difficult circumstances, such as repeated cold start, higher sulfur content (above 05.%) in the fuel, more severe climatic conditions (for example continuous temperatures below -10C) etc., the intervals must be cut in half. This means, for each difficulty, the permitted operating hours per interval must be multiplied by a factor of 0.5. Permissible oil change intervals in operating hours: Oil quality: Applications Ambient temperature above -10C (Normal temperature) below -10C Continuous temperature Sulfur content in fuel to 0,5% above 0,5% to 0,5% above 0,5% CF-4, CG-4, CH-4, CI-4, E2 (D4)) Change interval 250 hrs. 125 hrs. 125 hrs. 60 hrs. Oil quality: E3 (D5), E4, E5, Change interval 500 hrs. 250 hrs. 250 hrs. 125 hrs.
1.2. Diesel fuels Diesel fuels must meet the minimum requirements of the following specifications. The sulfur content may not exceed 0.5%. A higher sulfur content has negative effects on oil change intervals and engine service life. A higher sulfur content above 1% is not permitted. Fuels with low sulfur content (for example, according to European regulations <0.05 %) must contain additives to retain the lubrication efficiency according to HFRR(60)-Test <400m - . Insufficient lubrication causes premature wear of the injection system components, especially distributor injection pumps. The additives should be added by the fuel supplier, as he is responsible for the quality of the fuel. We do not recommend addition of secondary lubrication additives by the user. Approved fuel specifications: DIN EN 590 + HFRR(60)-Test <400m ASTM D 975 - 89a 1D and 2D + HFRR(60)-Test <400m + cetane rating >45 (recommendation: >50)
Diesel fuels in very low temperatures At ambient temperatures below freezing (0 C), the flow properties of warm temperature Diesel fuel can become insufficient due to paraffin excretion. The same applies to cold temperature Diesel fuels in temperatures below. -15 C. In order to prevent operating problems in even lower temperatures, Diesel fuel with an additive is sometimes available, for use in temperatures to -20 C. In order to prevent operating problems in even lower temperatures, mix Diesel fuel with normal gasoline or petroleum. Addition of normal gasoline is a makeshift measure and may not exceed 30% per volume. Do not use Super gasoline for mixing. Mixing fuel can diminish engine performance, for that reason, keep the added fuel as low as possible, depending on the ambient temperatures. For safety reasons, mix fuel only in the fuel tank. When refueling, add the lighter additive before the Diesel fuel. Then let the engine run for a short time until the mixture has been distributed throughout the fuel system. Diesel fuels - Mixing ratio ( Vol.-%) Ambient temperature C 0 to -10 -10 to -15 -15 to -20 Summer Diesel fuel % Fuel 70 50 -% Additive 30 50* -Winter Diesel fuel to -15C % Fuel % Additive 100 100 70 --30 Winter Diesel fuel to -20C % Fuel % Additive 100 100 100 ----
-20 to -25 --50 50* 70 30 * = If an addition of more than 50% is required, use only petroleum (no regular gasoline). The Diesel fuel part may never be more than 50% .
Additives to Diesel fuel (flow improvers) Commercially available flow improvers can also improve Diesel fuel properties in cold temperatures. Always read and observe the manufacturers user guidelines and quantities.
1.3. Coolant Coolants, containing unsuitable anti corrosion / antifreeze fluids or wrong mixed coolants could damage the engine or its parts, caused by cavitation or corrosion. Additionally heat isolating deposits could be created on heat transferring parts, which overheat and lead to the damage of the engine. For a long term, fault free operation, the coolant must be filled year round with a mixture of at least 50% anticorrosion/antifreeze fluid. This concentration protects the system to approx. -37C / -34F. Antifreeze protection chart Protection to
Percentage of antifreeze (%)
Note:
Do not use more than 60% anti-corrosion / antifreeze fluids, a higher percentage would actually reduce the cooling and antifreeze protection and causes gel formation in the coolant fluid. Danger of engine damage!
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Service Items
Blatt Page Feuille
01.3.01.02
Coolant filters are used on some engine series, which filter the coolant in the auxiliary flow and in addition, a chemical additive in the filter (DCA 4) reinforces the protection against cavitation, corrosion, scale deposits and foam formation. The DCA4 concentration must be between 0.3 and 0.8 units per liter of coolant. See the following chapter Coolant with DCA4. This results in a mixing ration of approx. 48.5 % water, 48.5 % anti corrosion /antifreeze fluid and 3 % DCA4. Check the mixing ratio regularly during maintenance work. See instructions in section 3.4. If coolant must be replaced, make sure that the given mixing ratios are retained. Do not fall below this ratios nor exceed it. Due to the natural aging process of the coolant, it must be replaced at least once every 2 years. Use only suitable coolant, free of contaminants. Clean contaminated cooling systems. Note the following regulations. To replace or add coolant in larger quantities, mix the given parts outside the cooling circuit in a suitable, clean container first. Fresh water guidelines: To mix coolant fluid, use clean, clear water, which is not too hard. Often, but not always, regular tap water may be used. Seawater, brine, brackish water, or industrial waste water is not suitable. Approved fresh water quality (as of 2001) for use with anti corrosion / antifreeze fluid - without DCA4 Sum of alkaline earths (water hardness): Ph - value at 20 C Chloride / ion content Sulfate / ion content : 0,6 to 3,6 mmol/l (3 to 20d) : 6,5 to 8,5 : max. 80 mg/l : max. 100 mg/l - with DCA4 0,6 to 2,7 mmol/l (3 to 15d) 6,5 to 8,0 max. 80 mg/l max. 80 mg/l
Presently approved anti corrosion / antifreeze fluids (as of December 2003): Brand name Agip Antifreeze Plus Agip Langzeit-Frostschutz Antigel DB 486 Aral Khler-Frostschutz A AVIA Frostschutz APN (G48-00) BP Antifrost X 2270 A BP Napgel C 2270/1 Caltex Engine Coolant DB Caltex Extended Life Coolant Castrol Anti-Freeze O Century F.L. Antifreeze Chevron DEX-COOL Extended Life Anti-Freeze/Coolant Deutz Khlschutzmittel 0101 1490 Esso Khlerfrostschutz Fricofin Frostschutz Motorex (G48-00) Frostschutz 500 Glacelf Auto Supra Glycoshell AF 405 Glycoshell N Glysantin (G 48-00) Havoline XLC Havoline DEX-COOL Extended Life Anti-Freece/Coolant Manufacturer Agip Petroli S.p.A, Rom / Italien Autol-Werke GmbH., Wrzburg / BRD Sotragal SA, St. Priest / Frankreich Aral AG, Bochum / BRD Deutsche AVIA-Minerall GmbH, Mnchen / BRD Deutsche BP AG, Hamburg / BRD BP Chemicals Ltd., London / England Caltex (UK) ltd., London / England Caltex Deutsche Castrol Vertriebs-GmbH, Hamburg /BRD Century Oils, Hanley, Stoke-on-Trent / England Chevron Texaco DEUTZ Service International GmbH, Kln / BRD Esso AG, Hamburg / BRD Fuchs Mineraloelwerke GmbH, Mannheim / BRD Bucher+Cie, Langenthal / Schweiz Mobil Oil AG, Hamburg / BRD Total Shell Shell BASF AG, Ludwigshafen / BRD ARTECO Chevron Texaco
Igol Antigel Type DB Labo FP 100 Motul Anti-freeze OMV-Khlerfrostschutzmittel Organifreeze OZO Frostschutz S Total Antigel S-MB 486 Total Frostfrei Veedol Antifreeze O Wintershall Khlerschutz
Igol France, Paris / Frankreich Labo Industrie, Nanterre / Frankreich Motul SA, Aubervilliers Cedex / Frankreich OMV AG, Schwechat / sterreich Total Total Deutschland GmbH, Dsseldorf / BRD Total Deutschland GmbH, Dsseldorf / BRD Total Deutschland GmbH, Dsseldorf / BRD Deutsche Veedol GmbH, Hamburg / BRD Wintershall Minerall GmbH, Dsseldorf / BRD
Presently approved anti corrosion / antifreeze fluids / 50:50 Premix (as of December 2003):
(50 % water : 50 % corrosion/antifreeze fluids)
Brand name Liebherr Anti-Freeze APN mix Id.Nr. 8611 045 - 20 l bundle Caltex Extended Life Coolant Pre-Mixed 50/50 (ready-to-use-version) Chevron DEX-COOL Extended Life Prediluted 50/50 Antifreeze coolant Havoline XLC, 50/50 Havoline DEX-COOL Extended Prediluted 50/50 Antifreece coolant Organicool 50/50
Manufacturer LIEBHERR Caltex Chevron Texaco ARTECO Chevron Texaco Total
Presently approved anti corrosion / antifreeze fluids with DCA4 - ready to use (as of December 2003): Brand name Liebherr Anti-Freeze "pret a l'emploi" Id.Nr. 10 005 347 - 20 l bundle Manufacturer LIEBHERR
The given anti corrosion / antifreeze fluids are approved for all Liebherr Diesel engines (with and without coolant filter / DCA4).
1.3.1 Coolant with DCA4 (DCA = Diesel Coolant Additive) The additive DCA4 is "used up" during use. The DCA4 concentration in the filter compensates for this loss accordingly, if there is no loss of coolant and the correct filter is used at the given change interval. The DCA4 concentration must be between 0.3 and 0.8 units per liter of coolant. To check, refer to the "Maintenance and inspection guidelines", section 3.4. For change intervals for filter and coolant, see Maintenance and inspection schedule , section 3.2. If the cooling system is filled initially or refilled after repairs, then DCA 4 in liquid form must be added to the 50% anticorrosion / antifreeze and 50% water mixture. The mixture should be mixed outside the cooling system. Note the safety guidelines issued by the additive manufacturer.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Service Items
Blatt Page Feuille
01.3.01.03
This results in a coolant mixture ration of approx. 48.5 % water, 48.5 % anticorrosion / antifreeze fluid and 3% DCA4. In addition, use a new coolant filter, according to the filling quantity. The correct Id. No. of the filter can be found in the Parts Manual or the Operation and Maintenance manual of the machine. Overview chart DCA4 and filter requirements (as of 2001) Coolant system contents Required quantity of liquid DCA 4 Liter 24-39 40-59 60-79 Container approx.0.5 liter 3 4 5 oder oder oder appr. liter 1,5 2,0 2,5 DCA 4 - water filter Id. No. 7367 045 7381 493 7367 052
80-115 8 oder 4 7367 052 Container liquid DCA4 at approx. 0.5 l -Id. No. 7363 898 Liebherr coolant (ready to use, 20 liter, above mixing ratio) - Id. No. 10 005 347 1.3.2 Coolant - special filling - with anti corrosion fluids, without antifreeze fluids In exceptional cases and if ambient temperatures are constantly above the freezing point, for example in tropical regional, where no anticorrosion / antifreeze fluids is proofed available, fresh water and water-soluble anticorrosion fluids (Inhibitors) may be used as coolant. Do not use coolant refiners (anticorrosion oils) with emulsifying capacity. If necessary, flush the cooling system before refilling. The fresh water quality must meet use with DCA4 - see chart Approved fresh water quality. The coolant must be changed once a year. Use of DCA4 To provide sufficient protection against corrosion, approximately twice the amount of DCA4 must be used as compared to the above mixing ration, when using anticorrosion / antifreeze fluids and DCA4 - see above "overview chart and filter requirements". The DCA4 concentration must be between 0.6 and 1.06 units. It must be checked during maintenance work or when the coolant filter is changed, and corrected, as necessary. This results in a mixing ratio of max. 94 % fresh water and min. 6 % DCA4 additive Use of products from Caltex / Chevron Texaco / Havoline / Total To provide sufficient protection against corrosion with these products, a mixture of 92,5 vol.% coolant and 7,5 vol.% anti corrosion fluid must be kept. The mixture ratio must be checked during maintenance work and corrected, as necessary. The concentration of the anti corrosion fluid must not fall below 5 vol.% nor exceed 10 vol.%. Presently approved anti corrosion fluids (as of December 2003): Brand name DCA4 Diesel Coolant Additives Caltex CL Corrosion Inhibitor Concentrate Chevron Texaco Heavy Duty Extended Life Corrosion Inhibitor Nitrite Free Havoline Extended Life Corrosion Inhibitor (XLI) Total WT Supra Manufacturer Fleetguard Caltex Chevron Texaco ARTECO Total
2. Oil for hydraulic system In the hydraulic system, use only Diesel engine lube oils or special approved oils. 2.1. Oil quality 2.1.1 Approved engine oil classifications API - classification (American Petroleum Institute) : CF-4, CG-4, CH-4, CI-4,
ACEA (CCMC) - classification : E2 (D4), E3 (D5), E4, E5, (Association des Constructeurs Europens de lAutomobile) Note: The API classifications CC, CD, CE and CF are now obsolete, however, in quality, they had been approved for use in the hydraulic system.
2.1.2 Special oils Approval is given for each machine type separately. Special guidelines are issued with the release. The following product presently considered to be an environmentally friendly hydraulic fluid: Panolin - HLP Synth - VG 46 2.2. Oil viscosity In addition to the quality, the oil must also provide a certain viscosity, the selection is made according to the SAE classification (Society of Automotive Engineers). The determining factor for the correct selection of SAE classification is the ambient temperature, single grade oils are preferred. If the viscosity is too high, it can cause cavitations, if it is too low, the lubrication efficiency may be endangered. Both can cause failure of hydraulic components. The temperature ranges shown in the following chart are guidelines. When operating the machine within the black temperature range, the following warm up procedure should be carried out.
Single grade oils
Multi grade oils
Viscosity for environmentally friendly hydraulic fluids according to ISO: VG 46 (covers SAE 10W and SAE 20W-20 or SAE 10W-30) For operation in extreme climate zones, such as arctic regions, special guidelines are available from the manufacturer. Warm up procedure: a) In temperatures up to 10 C below the given limit (black range) After starting, run the Diesel engine at medium speed. Warm up the hydraulic system by carefully actuating the hydraulic cylinders. Extend and retract the hydraulic cylinders fully for short periods. After 5 minutes, carefully engage the travel hydraulic as well. Total warm up period is approximately 10 minutes. b) At even lower temperatures: Before starting the Diesel engine, preheat the oil in the hydraulic tank, then proceed as described in paragraph a).
Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Service Items
Blatt Page Feuille
01.3.01.04
3. Gear oil The lube oil specification for gears is based on API and SAE classification. The oil chamber in travel gears for double lifetime seal is filled with oil from the hydraulic system - see section 2. 3.1. Oil quality As a general rule, only oils meeting API - classification GL-5 may be used. 3.2. Oil viscosity The following oils must be used in travel gears, and are highly recommended for use in splitter boxes: Viscosity classification SAE 85 W - 140 EP For splitter boxes, oils of Viscosity classification SAE 90 EP or SAE 80 W - 90 EP may also be used. For the operation in extreme climatic conditions, such as in arctic regions or in extreme temperatures ranges, such as in slag applications, special oils may be approved if the prevailing ambient temperatures are known operations. 3.3. Lube oil for final drive - sealing chamber For oil quality and viscosity see section 2, Oil for hydraulic system, but do not use special oils. 4. Lube oil for support shaft bearing For oil quality and viscosity see section 2, Oil for hydraulic system, but do not use special oils. 5. Hoist gear oil - pipe layers As a general rule, the guidelines noted in the Operation and Maintenance manual and the winch manufacturer should be observed. For lubrication technical reasons, we recommend the use of Diesel lube oil, which meets at least one of the following quality and viscosity classifications. 5.1. Oil quality according to 5.2. Oil viscosity according to SAE - classification ISO - classification 6. Grease 6.1. General lubrication points and track tensioner The grease must meet specification KP 2 k - consistency 2 according to NL GI - class and DIN 51818 and DIN 51825 or EP 2 according to NF-T-60 132 . The grease must also be lithium based, with a VKA value of at least 2300 N according to DIN 51350 or ASTM D 2596. 6.2. Long term grease / grease to protect against corrosion For the lifetime lubrication of bearing points of lift cylinder suspensions and to protect against corrosion at the initial installation of dry bearing points, to protect exposed piston rods, to prevent rust formation, etc., a special calcic, acid free grease should be used. We recommend LIEBHERR's special paste CTK - Id. No. 8613 313 01 For general conservation - see section 19, Conservation guidelines - other acid free anticorrosion grease may be used. 7. Miscellaneous Always observe all guidelines issued in the Operation and Maintenance manuals, repair manuals and on drawings. 7.1. Rubber seals on doors and covers Use silicon spray or Talcum powder. 7.2. Hydraulic cylinder installation Lubricant for threads of pistons, piston nuts and piston rod bearings Liebherr High performance lubricant Id. No. 8300 004 Special protection against corrosion for installation of sealing elements Liebherr Special anticorrosion grease Id. No. 8300 005 : 10W : VG 32 API - classification ACEA (CCMC) - classification : CF, CF-4, CG-4, CH-4, CI-4, : E2 (D4), E3 (D5), E4, E5,
Unit of Measure Length
Multiply mm m m km
by 0,039 3,281 1,093 0,621 0,155 10,764 1,196 0,386 0,061 35,314 1,308 61,025 0,035 0,264 1,057 0,035 2,204 1,102 0,225 224,732 0,737 1,342 0,736 0,986 14,5 0,145 14,223 0,205 0,036 0,062 0,621 3,281 (Cx1,8) + 32 C+273
To obtain Multiply inch feet yard mile sq. inch sq. feet sq. yard sq. mile cu. inch cu. feet cu. yard cu. inch cu. feet gallon quart oz. lbs. short t lbs. lbs. ft. lbs. HP kW HP PSI PSI lbs. sq. inch lbs. sq. ft. lbs. cu. inch lbs. cu. ft. mph ft. / min F K
by 25,4 0,305 0,914 1,609 6,452 0,093 0,0863 2,59 16,387 0,028 0,764 0,016 28,316 3,785 0,946 28,349 0,453 0,907 4,449 0,0044 1,356 0,745 1,358 1,014 0,069 6,896 0,0703 4,878 27,78 16,13 1,609 0,305 (F-32)/1,8 K-273
To obtain mm m m km cm m m km cm m m l l l l g kg t N kN Nm kW PS PS bar kpa kg/cm kg/m g/cm kg/m km/h m/min C C
Area
cm m m km
Volume
cm m m l l l l
Weight
g kg t
Force
N kN
Torque Power
Nm kW PS PS
Pressure (hydraulic) Ground pressure
bar kpa kg/cm kg/m
Compression
g/cm kg/m
Speed
km/h m/min
Temperature
C C
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Conversion table
Blatt Page Feuille
1.4.01.01
The preload and tightening torques listed in the chart are from VDI guidelines 2230 of July 1986. Installation preload FM and tightening torques MA for shaft screws with metric standard or fine thread per DIN ISO 262 and DIN ISO 965 T2 (replacement for DIN 13 part 13) and screw head dimension of hex head screws with shaft DIN EN 24014 (replacement for DIN 931 part 1) or socket head screws DIN EN ISO 4762 (replacement for DIN 912). The chart values are valid for lubricated screws, surface black treated, phosphated or galvanic zinc plated and for dry screws, surface according to flZn - LH-Norm 10021432 (replaces DACROMET 500) Medium friction G = 0,12. Always observe the tightening torques and/ or procedures listed in drawings / parts lists, instructions of component descriptions, if noted, they override the factory standards listed in the torque charts. Never use a standard lock washer with 10.9 or 12.9 screws. If a washer is necessary, use only "heavy duty" washers, made from hardened material. Always use torque wrenches with the correct range - the upper third of the range should include the listed torque value according to the chart. When using impact screws, make sure that the given tightening torque is observed - should be checked before and during the tightening procedure with torque wrench (Nm x 0,7375 = ft.lbs.)!
Preload forces and tightening torques for screws with standard metric thread according to factory standard WN 4037 I
Preload values FM based on Tightening torques MA are screw grades and are given based on screw grades and in N are given in Nm Wrench size (x) = per DIN931, for Hex head screws Socket head screws
Standard metric thread
8.8
M M M M M 4 x 0,7 5 x 0,8 6 x1 7 x1 8 x 1,25
4 050 6 600 9 400 13 700 17 200 27 500 40 000 55 000 75 000 94 000 121 000 152 000 175 000 230 000 280 000 350 000 410 000 490 000
10.9
6 000 9 700 13 700 20 100 25 000 40 000 59 000 80 000 111 000 135 000 173 000 216 000 249 000 330 000 400 000 495 000 580 000 700 000
12.9
7 000 11 400 16 100 23 500 29 500 47 000 69 000 94 000 130 000 157 000 202 000 250 000 290 000 385 000 465 000 580 000 680 000 820 000
8.8
2,8 5,5 9,5 15,5 23 46 79 125 195 280 390 530 670 1000 1350 1850 2350 3000
10.9
4,1 8,1 14,0 23,0 34 68 117 185 280 390 560 750 960 1400 1900 2600 3300 4300
12.9
4,8 9,5 16,5 27,0 40 79 135 215 330 460 650 880 1120 1650 2250 3000 3900 5100
mm
7 8 10 11 13 (17) 16 (19) 18 (22) 21 24 27 30 (32) 34 36 41 46 50 55 60
Inch
9/32 5/16 --1/2 (11/16) -(3/4) -(7/8) --1-1/16 1-3/16 -1-7/16 1-5/8 1-13/16 2 2-3/16 2-3/8
mm
3 4 5 -6 8 10 12 14 14 17 17 19 19 22 24 27 27
Inch
-5/32 ---5/16 --9/16 9/16 --3/4 3/4 7/8 -1-1/16 1-1/16
M 10 x 1,5 M 12 x 1,75 M 14 x 2 M 16 x 2 M 18 x 2,5 M 20 x 2,5 M 22 x 2,5 M 24 x 3 M 27 x 3 M 30 x 3,5 M 33 x 3,5 M 36 x 4 M 39 x 4
Mjfcifss!
Standard screws
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Tightening Torques
Factory standard WN 4037 I
1.4.02.01
Preload forces and tightening torques for screws with fine metric thread according to factory standard WN 4037 I
Preload values FM based on Tightening torques MA are screw grades and are given based on screw grades and in N are given in Nm Wrench size (x) = per DIN931, for Hex head screws Socket head screws
Fine metric thread
8.8
M M 8 x1 9 x1
18 800 24 800 31 500 29 500 45 000 42 500 61 000 82 000 110 000 102 000 139 000 171 000 207 000 196 000 267 000 255 000 335 000 321 000 410 000 395 000 492 000 440 000 582 000 530 000
10.9
27 500 36 500 46 500 43 000 66 000 62 000 89 000 121 000 157 000 146 000 199 000 245 000 295 000 280 000 381 000 365 000 477 000 457 000 584 000 560 000 701 000 630 000 830 000 750 000
12.9
32 500 42 500 54 000 51 000 77 000 73 000 104 000 141 000 184 000 170 000 232 000 285 000 346 000 325 000 445 000 425 000 558 000 534 000 683 000 660 000 820 000 740 000 971 000 880 000
8.8
24,5 36 52 49 87 83 135 205 310 290 430 580 760 730 1110 1070 1540 1490 2050 2000 2680 2500 3430 3200
10.9
36 53 76 72 125 122 200 300 440 420 620 820 1090 1040 1580 1500 2190 2120 2920 2800 3820 3500 4890 4600
12.9
43 62 89 84 150 145 235 360 520 490 720 960 1270 1220 1850 1800 2560 2480 3420 3300 4470 4100 5720 5300
mm
13 -17 17 19 19 22 24 27 27 30 32 36 36 41 41 46 46 50 50 55 55 60 60
Inch
1/2 -11/16 11/16 3/4 3/4 7/8 -1-1/16 1-1/16 1-3/16 -1-7/16 1-7/16 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-13/16 1-13/16 2 2 2-3/16 2-3/16 2-3/8 2-3/8
mm
6 -8 8 10 10 12 14 14 14 17 17 19 19 19 19 22 22 24 24 27 27 27 27
Inch
--5/16 5/16 ---9/16 9/16 9/16 --3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 --1-1/16 1-1/16 1-1/16 1-1/16
M 10 x 1 M 10 x 1,25 M 12 x 1,25 M 12 x 1,5 M 14 x 1,5 M 16 x 1,5 M 18 x 1,5 M 18 x 2 M 20 x 1,5 M 22 x 1,5 M 24 x 1,5 M 24 x 2 M 27 x 1,5 M 27 x 2 M 30 x 1,5 M 30 x 2 M 33 x 1,5 M 33 x 2 M 36 x 1,5 M 36 x 3 M 39 x 1,5 M 39 x 3
Note: Observe notes on front page!
Tightening torques for screws for SAE split flange installation

Not part of factory standard WN 4037 I Listing per LFR - Quality service 2QA 6 051 00 as of Oct. 2001
1. Flange and half flange for high pressure (Norm 62) Tightening torques in Nm for screw grade 10.9 flat flange without Flange with Half flange reinforcement reinforcement 31 62 108 172 264 350 -45 70 120 170 250 -65 110 180 250 450
Flange nominal size " " 1" 1 " 1 " 2"
Screw size M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 20
2. Half flange for low pressure (Norm 61) Tightening torques in Nm for Screw grade 8.8 Screw grade 10.9 22 44 44 44 76 76 76 122 187 187 187 31 62 62 62 108 108 108 172 264 264 264
Flange nominal size " " 1" 1 " 1 " 2" 2 " 3" 3 " 4" 5"
Screw size M8 M 10 M 10 M 10 M 12 M 12 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 16 M 16
Tightening torques for oil drain plugs at travel gears

Not part of factory standard WN 4037 I Listing per LBC - Quality service as of Oct. 2003
Oil drain plug Tightening torque thread size in Nm M 14x1,5 40 M 16x1,5 40 M 18x1,5 40 M 22x1,5 80 M 33x1,5 160
Mjfcifss!
Standard screws
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Tightening Torques
Factory standard WN 4037 I
1.4.02.02
1. Hole diameter for tapping ISO standard Metric (internal) thread Thread size M1 M 1,1 M 1,2 M 1,4 M 1,6 M 1,7 M 1,8 M2 M 2,2 M 2,3 M 2,5 M 2,6 M3 M 3,5 M4 M 4,5 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M 10 M 11 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 18 M 20 M 22 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 33 M 36 M 39 M 42 M 45 M 48 M 52 M 56 M 60 M 64 M 68 Hole diameter limits max. min. 0,785 0,729 0,885 0,829 0,985 0,929 1,160 1,075 1,321 1,221 1,346 1,258 1,521 1,421 1,679 1,567 1,838 1,713 1,920 1,795 2,138 2,013 2,176 2,036 2,599 2,459 3,010 2,850 3,422 3,242 3,878 3,688 4,334 4,134 5,153 4,917 6,153 5,917 6,912 6,647 7,912 7,647 8,676 8,376 9,676 9,376 10,441 10,106 12,210 11,835 14,210 13,835 15,744 15,294 17,744 17,294 19,744 19,294 21,252 20,752 24,252 23,752 26,771 26,211 29,771 29,211 32,270 31,650 35,270 34,670 37,799 39,129 40,799 40,129 43,297 42,587 47,297 46,587 50,796 50,046 54,796 54,046 58,305 57,505 62,305 61,505 Drill bit 0,75 0,85 0,95 1,1 1,25 1,30 1,45 1,6 1,75 1,9 2,05 2,10 2,5 2,9 3,3 3,7 4,2 5 6 6,8 7,8 8,5 9,6 10,2 12 14 15,5 17,5 19,5 21 24 26,5 29,5 32 35 37,5 40,5 43,0 47,0 50,5 54,1 57,6 61,6
Dimensions are in mm mm x 0,03937 = inches
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Hole diameter before tapping
Blatt Page Feuille
01.4.04.01
2. Hole diameter for tapping ISO fine Metric (internal) thread
Thread size M 1 x 0,2 M 1,1 x 0,2 M 1,2 x 0,2 M 1,4 x 0,2 M 1,4 x 0,25 M 1,6 x 0,2 M 1,8 x 0,2 M 2 x 0,25 M 2,2 x 0,25 M 2,5 x 0,35 M 3 x 0,35 M 3,5 x 0,35 M 4 x 0,5 M 4,5 x 0,5 M 5 x 0,5 M 5,5 x 0,5 M 6 x 0,75 M 7 x 0,75 M 8 x 0,75 M8x1 M 9 x 0,75 M9x1 M 10 x 0,75 M 10 x 1 M 10 x 1,25 M 11 x 0,75 M 11 x 1 M 12 x 1 M 12 x 1,25 M 12 x 1,5 M 14 x 1 M 14 x 1,25 M 14 x 1,5 M 15 x 1 M 15 x 1,5 M 16 x 1 M 16 x 1,5 M 17 x 1 M 17 x 1,5 M 18 x 1 M 18 x 1,5 M 18 x 2 M 20 x 1 M 20 x 1,5 M 20 x 2 M 22 x 1 M 22 x 1,5 M 22 x 2 M 24 x 1 M 24 x 1,5 M 24 x 2
Hole diameter limits max. min. 0,821 0,783 0,921 0,833 1,021 0,983 1,221 1,183 1,185 1,129 1,421 1,383 1,621 1,583 1,785 1,729 1,985 1,929 2,201 1,121 2,721 2,621 3,221 3,121 3,599 3,459 4,099 3,959 4,599 4,459 5,099 4,959 5,378 5,188 6,378 6,188 7,378 7,188 7,153 6,917 8,378 8,188 8,153 7,917 9,378 9,188 9,153 8,917 8,912 8,647 10,378 10,188 10,153 9,917 11,153 10,917 10,912 10,647 10,676 10,376 13,153 12,917 12,912 112,647 12,676 12,376 14,153 13,917 13,676 13,376 15,153 14,917 14,676 14,376 16,153 15,917 15,676 15,376 17,153 16,917 16,676 16,376 16,210 15,835 19,153 18,917 18,676 18,376 18,210 17,835 21,153 20,917 20,676 20,376 20,210 19,835 23,153 22,917 22,676 22,376 22,210 21,835
Drill bit 0,8 0,9 1 1,2 1,15 1,4 1,6 1,75 1,95 2,15 2,65 3,15 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,2 6,2 7,2 7 8,2 8 9,2 9 8,8 10,2 10 11,1 10,8 10,5 13 12,8 12,5 14 13,5 15 14,5 16 15,5 17 16,5 16 19 18,5 18 21 20,5 20 23 22,5 22
Thread size M 25 x 1 M 25 x 1,5 M 25 x 2 M 26 x 1,5 M 27 x 1 M 27 x 1,5 M 27 x 2 M 28 x 1 M 28 x 1,5 M 28 x 2 M 30 x 1 M 30 x 1,5 M 30 x 2 M 30 x 3 M 32 x 1,5 M 32 x 2 M 33 x 1,5 M 33 x 2 M 33 x 3 M 35 x 1,5 M 36 x 1,5 M 36 x 2 M 36 x 3 M 38 x 1,5 M 39 x 1,5 M 39 x 2 M 39 x 3 M 40 x 1,5 M 40 x 2 M 40 x 3 M 42 x 1,5 M 42 x 2 M 42 x 3 M 42 x 4 M 45 x 1,5 M 43 x 2 M 45 x 3 M 45 x 4 M 48 x 1,5 M 48 x 2 M 48 x 3 M 48 x 4 M 50 x 1,5 M 50 x 2 M 50 x 3 M 52 x 1,5 M 52 x 2 M 52 x 3 M 52 x 4
Hole diameter limits max. min. 24,153 23,917 23,676 23,376 23,210 22,835 24,676 24,376 26,153 25,917 25,676 25,376 25,210 24,835 27,153 26,917 26,676 26,376 26,210 25,835 29,153 28,917 28,676 28,376 28,210 27,835 27,252 26,752 30,676 30,376 30,210 29,835 31,676 31,376 31,210 30,835 30,252 29,752 33,676 33,376 34,676 34,376 34,210 33,835 33,252 32,752 36,676 36,376 37,676 37,376 37,210 36,835 36,252 35,752 38,676 38,376 38,210 37,835 37,252 36,752 40,676 40,376 40,210 39,835 39,252 38,752 38,270 37,670 43,676 43,376 43,210 42,835 42,252 41,752 41,270 40,670 46,676 46,376 46,210 45,835 45,252 44,752 44,270 43,670 48,676 48,376 48,210 47,835 47,252 46,752 50,676 50,376 50,210 49,835 49,252 48,752 48,270 47,670
Drill bit 24 23,5 23 24,5 26 25,5 25 27 26,5 26 29 28,5 28 27 30,5 30 31,5 31 30 33,5 34,5 34 33 36,5 37,5 37 36 38,5 38 37 40,5 40 39 38 43,5 43 42 41 46,5 46 45 44 48,5 48 47 50,5 50 49 48
Sub Group Index

Special tools
Special tools Liebherr Diesel engine Special tools general hydraulic repair Special tools hydraulic pressure testing Special tools hydraulic cylinder Special tools general - electric repair Special tools wiring harness Special tools mech. components
2.1
2.1.10 2.1.20 2.1.21 2.1.22 2.1.30 2.1.31 2.1.40
Repair welding Installation guidelines

Installation guidelines Duo-Cone-Seals Wiring installation guidelines ITT-Cannon plug Wiring installation guidelines Harting plug Wiring installation guidelines AMP plug
2.2.00 2.3.01
2.3.01 2.3.02 2.3.03 2.3.04
Mjfcifss!
Special tools
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Application guidelines
2.0.00.01
Description Digital Electronic Impulse Tachometer all engines
Id.No. 7009 538
Remarks test range: 400-6000 RPM accuracy 1 RPM
Illustration
Tachometer - mechanical
5003 069
test range: 100-3000 RPM accuracy: 1 RPM
Tachometer cable D904 TB / 904 T
5003 070
to be used with Id.No. 5003 069
Tachometer cable extension D904 TB / 904 T
8122 902
to be used with Id.No. 5003 070
Battery charge / coolant condition tester
7408 922
to test the condition of the battery charge and the percentage of antifreeze in the engine coolant.
Description Description Dnomination
Mjfcifss!
Diesel engine
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Special tools
2.1.10.01
Illustration
Description DCA4 Test kit CC2602M includes: test strip container 50 test strips plastic container eye dropper Compression tester
Id.No. 5608 459
Remarks to test the DCA4 concentration in coolant. all engines
8008 782
to check the engines compression pressure. all engines
Test adapter for compression tester
0524 044
to be used in place of injector when checking compression all engines
Injector tester
7361 236
to check injector opening pressure all engines
High pressure hand pump with accessories, complete
7009 318
to check the injection pump timing. all engines
Description Slide hammer
Id.No. 0524 072
Remarks to remove injectors all engines
Illustration
Adapter
0524 029
to be used with Id.No. 0524 072 all engines
Angle method torque fixture
0524 062
to torque screws cylinder head main bearings rod bearings all engines
Engine turning fixture
0524 045
mounted on the flywheel housing all engines (not useable at D 9406 TI - PR 752, RL 52, use Id.No. 9183 785)
Dial gauge Pos.1 Dial fixture Pos.2
7022 418 7022 420
to control the delivery begin from the distribution injection pump all engines with distribution injection pump
Mjfcifss!
Diesel engine
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Special tools
2.1.10.02
Illustration
Description V - Belt Measuring Tool Krikit2
Id.No. 8042 829
Remarks to measure V - Belt tension All engines
Holding fixture
0527 462
to eliminate starting fuel quantity when adjusting the delivery begin motors with MW injection pumps D914/916 D924/926 D9306/9308 D9406/9408
Sampling pump pos. 1 1 Sampling valve for oil samples pos. 2
8145 666
used for taking oil samples for the oil analysis.
7019 068
2 Oil analysis set German 6 samples 12 samples analysis at WEAR CHECK Germany, analysis report in German language.
7018 368 7018 369
Oil analysis set French 6 samples
8503 561
Analysis at WEAR CHECK Belgium, analysis report in French language
Engine turning fixture with " square head drive
9183 785
to turn the Diesel engine D 9406 TI - PR 752, RL 52, for adjustments fits on the fan side end of crankshaft
Description Vacuum pump, complete with the following accessories: Vacuum pump with electr. cord Hose assembly Hose assembly Fitting S8M Fitting L6R PVC hose Terminal clamp - pos. Terminal clamp - neg. Plug - 2 connectors Temperature gauge
Id. No. 7408 148
Remarks for faster bleeding of the hydraulic system the vacuum pump can produce low pressure (appr. 0.4 bar) by reversing the PVC hose. The connecting point for the machine is the bleeder screw on the hydraulic tank.
Illustration
7407 987 7407 985 7407 986 7404 619 4901 110 7360 127 7408 149 7408 150 7408 151 7020372
accuracy: 2%/2 test range: -18C - +260C
Adjustment tool for BPV 50, 70, 100 Tool to loosen / counter Item.1 12 point socket Adjustment tool Item.2 Hex head screw handle Item.3 socket wrench Hook wrench 58 - 62 mm
commercially available
to adjust pump end position via eccentric screw Note: The 12 point socket stub should have an outer diameter of 18 mm over a length of approx. 35 mm
SW 13 x 85
SW 4 x 200 SW13 x 120 7900 282 to loosen / tighten when adjusting the regulating range of BPV pumps
Adjustment tool for slotted nut at HPV 130
9792 711
to loosen / tighten lock nut when adjusting pump end stop - Qmax (also usable when adjusting regulating range at BPV) use together with hook wrench Id. No. 7900 282
Mjfcifss!
General hydraulic repair

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Special tools
2.1.20.01
Illustration
Description Adjustment tool for mechanical neutral position slotted nut HPV 135-02
Id. No. 9749 025
Remarks to loosen / tighten lock nut when adjusting mechanical neutral position.
Clamping tool for clamping spring at BPV BPV 35 - 200
6427 521
to tighten the spring and remove ball socket trumpet tube when changing swash plate bearing
Pin puller for pump BPV 35 - 100
6427 516
used to remove the pin for the swash plate bearing cage retainer clip
Punch for stud BPV 70 - 100 Swash plate Housing 7413 894 4713 895
to punch the studs change of needle bearing segment
Installation sleeve for radial shaft seal BPV 35 70 BPV 100 HPV 135-02 BPV 200 7404 289 7404 298 7404 567
for correct mounting the radial shaft seal on the pump drive shaft Note: install seal rings with Loctite 270
Description Measuring device for differential pressure contents - 230V 230V
Id. No.
Remarks to measure pressure, differential pressure and used for Data transfers to the PC contents of:
measuring device M - H 2045 2 pressure sensors 0-600 bar 2 test fittings 2 test hoses MK 12m connecting wire - board circuit adapter wire - data transfer power supply unit
Illustration
7025 376
Measuring device for differential pressure contents 120V Pressure gauge 0-10 0-25 0-40 0-60 0-100 0-160 0-250 0-400 0-600 0-1000 Digital pressure gauge 0 - 100 0 - 500 Lithium battery for digital pressure gauge
7025 755
5002 865 7361 289 7361 288 5002 867 5602 903 7361 286 7361 285 7500 002 7361 294 4601 115
accuracy: 1% of end value all pressure gauges are glycerin filled
resolution 0,1% of end value 7412 643 7412 644 6002 780 accuracy: 0,2% of end value gauge range - static: up to max. 50 % above the listed end value to seal the coupling during pressure tests, a seal ring, Id. No. 7409 794, must be installed. to avoid loss of pressure during tests, use the shortest possible test hose
Gauge - coupling R 7002 436
Test hose NW 2 1000 mm 1500 mm 4000 mm 5000 mm 7002 437 7002 475 7009 134 7363 732
Test fitting , complete R6L R 10 L R 12 L 7409 916 7406 864 7409 918
union nut and ferrule mounted on test fitting.
Mjfcifss!
Hydraulic pressure testing

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Special tools
2.1.21.01
Illustration
Description Screw coupling M 8x1 M 10x1 M 12x1,5 M 14x1,5 R Schott screw coupling M 16x2
Id. No.
Remarks to connect to additional machine measuring points
7615 321 5608 462 7409 783 7406 865 7409 720
7407 070
to connect shorter test lines or connection between test connection and pressure sensor
Test plate A for SAE-flange

Size (in mm) A 90 B 40 C,r 5
7370 092
to close high pressure ports when checking system pressures material: ground resilient steel taper rounded plate ends, round off edges (simplifies installation, prevents damage to O ring)
Test plate B for SAE - flange 1

7370 093
Test plate C for SAE flange 1

7370 094 or to be made in house
Flange, complete ( 2 each with O - rings and screws) for support shaft PR712/722 LR622 RL(4)22 PR732/742 LR632 RL(4)42 Fitting pos.1 stopper pos.2 union nut pos 3 elbow fitting pos 4 reducer fitting pos 5 fitting 9787 796
to close high pressure ports when checking system pressures and when shaft flange is removed also to protect front surface when removing support shaft bearings. to close off control lines for adjustment of hydr. motors on the PR 752
9787 798
2 x 4900 038 2 x 4774 001 2 x 7403 569 2 x 7404 259 2 x 7410 458
Description Diagnostic box with adapter and connecting cables, complete

(consists of following parts marked with *)
Id.No. 9796 653
Remarks required for checking/ adjusting travel drive all machine types with electronic control system/ E-Box Version CEP for application guidelines, see group 10.4.
Illustration
* Diagnostic box without adapter/connecting cables
7409 318
Time delay fuse - 6.3 A (spare fuse) *Adapter CET-14/05
6002 702
7413 106
adapts diagnostic box for all machine types with E box Version CEP
*Adapter cable - straight 55-connectors
9814 970
required for all tests
*Y - Adapter cable
9747 733
additional cable for special checks in travel operation
Accessory Protective cap-male plug Protective cap- female socket *Power supply cable complete, consists of: Instrument panel plug Plug - 3 connectors Shrink wrapping for instrument panel plug Shrink wrapping - for 3pole plug cable Accessory Protective cap for plug - 3 connectors
6002 655 6002 654 6002 697 7409 682 7409 676 7409 681 7409 679 6000 738 instrument panel plug: contact middle: + contact lateral: power supply cable plug 3 - connections A: + B: C: free
7409 677
Mjfcifss!
Electric system - general

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Special tools
2.1.30.01
Illustration
Description E-box evaluation kit consists of Pos. 1 floppy disk with software CEP 12 adapter cable
Id.No. 9812 435
Remarks to read E-box memory for use on CEP 12/08C, CEP 12/20 and CEP 12/22
7415 329 9812 434
Pos. 2
Pedal tester
7414 235
required for PR-2-Litronic: test/adjustment inch/brake pedal LR-2 Litronic: test/adjustment steering and brake pedal
LIKOM - Service Set consists of: LIKOM-Software pos. 1 Interface cable pos. 2 Instructions - not shown
9793 970 9758 760 01 9794 550
required for checking/adjusting travel drive - all machine types with electronic control system / E-Box version RST for application guidelines, see group 10.5
Accessories Note Book Voltage transformer 24/230 V Digital multimeter complete with harness and case
6140 645 01 6004 217 6001 231
for voltage (V)amperage (A)resistance ()and frequency(Hz)tests
Battery charge / coolant condition tester
7408 922
to test the condition of the battery charge and the percentage of antifreeze in the engine coolant
Socket wrench for adjustable sensor motor / gear
9797 973 or remachined12 point socket wrench size27 mm
rework as shown in drawing: shaded areas must be ground out.
Description Hand crimp tool - Cannon M 22 5 20/1-01
Id.No. 7367 086
Remarks to produce flawless crimp connections. application, see group 02.3.02.
Illustration
Crimp insert - Cannon CT 120090-20 TH 452 7409 779 7367 084
used with hand crimp tool Id.No. 7367 086 application, see group 02.3.02. to check the hand crimp tool Id.No. 7367 086 application, see group 02.3.02.
Reference gauge M 22 5 20/3-1 7409 718
Insertion tool for CA - B Crimp contacts CIT-F80-KIT complete consisting of: 1 Handle 1 Insert CIT 20 1 Insert CIT 16 1 Insert CIT 12 1 Insert CIT 8 1 Insert CIT 4 1 Insert CIT 0 Extraction tools for CA - B crimp contacts CET-F80-KIT complete consisting of: 1 Handle 1 Insert CET 20 1 Insert CET 16 1 Insert CET 12 1 Insert CET 8 1 Insert CET 4 1 Insert CET 0 Insertion tool for KPSE crimp contacts MS 24256 A16 MS 24256 A20 7409 708 7409 709 7409 700 7409 701 7409 702 7409 703 7409 704 7409 705 7409 706 7409 707 7409 721 7409 693 7409 694 7409 695 7409 696 7409 697 7409 698 7409 699
to insert wired crimp contacts into the plug connectors.
application, see group 02.3.02.
to remove wired crimp contacts from the plug connectors. depending if socket or pin contacts are removed, the corresponding side of the tool insert should be used. application, see group 02.3.02.
application, see group 02.3.02.
Mjfcifss!
Electric system - wiring harness

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Special tools
2.1.31.01
Illustration
Description Extraction tool for KPSE crimp contacts MS 24256 R16 MS 24256 R20
Id.No.
Remarks application, see group 02.3.02.
7409 710 7409 711
Insertion tool for SURE SEAL crimp contacts, complete CITG-SS-1 Insertion tip CIT-SS-1-TIP Contact holder CT 317-8666-005 Extraction tools for SURE SEAL crimp contacts, complete CET-SS-P CET-SS-S Extraction tips CET-SS-P-TIP CET-SS-S-TIP Guiding pin - Cannon for: CA-B Crimp contacts Size 15S, 16S, 15, 16: 226-1017-000 Size 25, 12 226-1018-000 SURE SEAL crimp contacts CT 317-8588-000 Auxiliary tool - Cannon for SURE SEAL CIEF-SS-5-6-7
application, see group 02.3.02. 7367 023 7409 712 7409 713 P - valid for extraction of socket contacts. S - valid for extraction 7367 020 7367 022 application, see group 02.3.02.
7409 714 7409 715 when installing socket contacts, guiding pins must be used. 7409 716 7409 717 7409 745 protection against damage. application, see group 02.3.02. device for holding connectors during insertion and extraction of crimped contacts.
7367 085
4 notch hand crimp tool Buchanan pos1 - Crimp pliers pos2 - Positioning sleeve 8123 551 8123 552
for creating perfect crimp connections on Harting plug connectors
Test gauge 0,5-1 und 2,5 mm 1,5 mm 8123 553 8123 554
for inspecting crimp depth in Harting" connector
Extraction tool for Harting crimp contacts
8123 556
for extraction of crimp contacts from the Harting - connector
Description Insertion tool for Harting crimp contacts
Id.No. 8123 555
Remarks for insertion of connected crimp contacts into the Harting connector
Illustration
Crimp tool for MATE-N-LOK crimp contacts for 1,5 mm for 2,5 mm Extraction tool AMP for MATE-N-LOK crimp contacts substitute insert 7367 025 7366 314
to crimp contacts of MATE - N - LOK connectors
7366 655 7015 180
extraction tool to push a crimped contact of the MATE - N - LOK connectors
Insertion tool AMP for MATE-N-LOK Crimp contacts
8145 432
to insert pin and socket contacts in connectors type MATE - N - LOCK
Hand crimp tool - Cannon for DEUTSCH Connectors crimp turret
8503 647
to crimp correct contacts of connectors type DEUTSCH
7409 779
Extraction tool Cannon for crimp contacts DEUTSCH AWG 4 AWG 8 AWG 12 AWG 16 AWG 20 Crimp tool AMP AMP Certi-Lock
8503 633 8503 632 10 114 733 885 563 714 10 114 732 7415 333
extraction tool to push pin contacts and socket contacts of theDEUTSCH connectors
to crimp the JUNIOR POWER TIMER contacts
Mjfcifss!
Electric system - wiring harness

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Special tools
2.1.31.02
Illustration
Description Extraction tool AMP
Id.No. 7370 373
Remarks extraction tool to remove contact of the JUNIOR POWER TIMER housing
Crimp tool CSA 0760
7409 781
to crimp insulated wire contacts 0,75 - 6,0 mm Example: isolated connectors
Crimp tool CRB 0560
7409 782
to crimp non insulated wire contacts 0,5 - 6,0 mm Example: connection to wiper motor see picture group 9
Wire stripper complete Type 5011-26 Spare blades 7409 777 7409 778
to remove the insulation on individual wires on the electronic wire harness. 0,75 mm
Blade inserts to strip metric wires with the following wire diameters 1,5 - 6,0 mm 0,15 - 2,5 mm 7409 788 7409 789
to be installed in wire stripper Id.No. 7409 777
Description track component measuring tool
Id.No. 7402 603
Remarks application, see group 12.2.
Illustration
R = ring wrench and E = adjustment template for PR 712 (B) FAT 400/523 R/E 400C563 R E 400P553 R E PR 722 (B) FAT 450/514 R/E 450C564 R E PR +LR 622 450P554 R +RL (4)22 E PR 732 (B) FAT 500/525 R/E 500C565 R E PR +LR 632 500P555 R E
to adjust bearing play of cross roller bearings 9054 282* 9790 992 8123 439 9790 992 8123 438 9054 281* 9790 996 8123 440 9790 996 8123 440 9054 280** 9790 999 8123 442 9790 999 8123 441 9054 279** 9791 003 8123 444 9791 003 8123 443 to loosen and tighten the ring nut on the support shaft 9054 840
1) 1)
*= with new adjustment R = template bearings **= with new adjustment template and new pin, can also be used for newer gear types see Service information 11-3-5/94 Litronic)
E=
= 8123 445 substitution - carrier / bolt = 8123 445 for wrench bolt = 8123 446 = 8123 446 for wrench bolt for wrench bolt IdNr. 9790 992 and IdNr. 9790 996 IdNr. 9790 995 IdNr. 9790 999 IdNr. 8123 445 IdNr. 9791 003 IdNr. 8123 446
1)
PR 742 (B) FAT 550/516 R/E 550C566 R E 550P556 R E special wrench - support shaft PR 712/722 LR 622 RL(4)22 PR +RL 42
1)
9785 922 PR732/742 LR 632 RL 42
Mjfcifss!
Mech. components
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Special tools
2.1.40.01
Illustration
Description socket wrench - size 22 mm for cable fittings on axle flange PR 732 / LR 632 PR 742 RL 42
Id.No 9745 376
Remarks to release / tighten the cable fittings on the support axle
clamping tool for parking brakes FAT - Type P/D all types except PR 752 / RL 52
9814 884
to dissemble and assemble of the parking brake at FAT type - P/D measurements for manufacturing the clamping tool see page 2.1.40.02 for installation of radial shaft seal in hoist cylinder support. see chapter 15.2. A = fr Pos.12 B = fr Pos.11 for dimensions to manufacture the punch see page 2.1.40.02
press - in punch Pos.1 installation flange PR712/722 PR732 PR742/752 Pos.2 screw in handle for all installation flanges puller Pos.1 with counter support Pos.2 for the following dimensions (in mm) A B A B A B 9786 683 9786 684 9786 685 9786 687 9786 686 9786 687 9786 688 commercially available toll cut open bushings, pos. 3 from 120mm
to pull out bushings Pos.3 ad Pos.4 from hoist cylinder bearing support
A B C D
PR712 PR722 90 70 247,5 90
PR732 PR742 PR752 110 90 273 96 120 90 273 94 120 90 280 120
tension tool track adjuster unit Pos. 1 - installation flange Pos. 2 - bar Pos. 3 - hex head screw (6 pieces.) M16x310mm - 10.9 9798 353 9798 352 4601 217
to install and remove the spring in the track roller frame on the PR 752. absolutely requires
application, see group 12.5.50
Description Mounting sleeve
Id.No. 9817 062
Remarks for installation of outside bearings at the equalizer bar PR 752
Illustration
Dimensions to self - manufacture from special tools

1. For disassembly and assembly of the brake housing travel gear FAT - type A / C (without Id. No.)
Dim (mm) A B C D E F G H I
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 FAT 400/523 FAT 450/514 FAT 500/525 FAT 550/516 FAT 400 C 563 FAT 450 C 564 FAT 500 C 565 FAT 550 C 566 315 380 22 M20 x 2,5 130 30 16 21 36 340 400 22 M20 x 2,5 150 30 16 21 36 360 420 22 M20 x 2,5 170 30 16 21 36 395 460 26 M24 x 3 190 36 18 25 44
Dimensions on drawing are valid for all travel gears FAT 400 to 550. 2. For disassembly and assembly of the brake housing travel gear FAT - type P / D (Id. No. see page 2.1.40.01)
Pos. 1 2 3 4 5
Description washer with nut M20 (welded on) washer for machine size X32, X42 washer for machine size X12, X22 screw M20 x 110 10.9 A3C washer A3C
160 mm 160 mm 130 mm
Id.No. 9814 883 9814 881 9814 882 4600 161 4600 222
Mjfcifss!
Mech. components
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Special tools
2.1.40.02
3. Mandrel for radial seal ring in lift cylinder bearing see crawler dozers service manual, chapter 15.2.(Id. No. see page 2.1.40.01) 3.1. Screw type handle page 2.1.40.01 - item 2, fits for following installation flanges all dimensions in mm
3.2. Installation flange page 2.1.40.01 - item 1 A for Pos.12, B for Pos.11 from group 15.2.
Id.No. PR 712 / 722 PR 732 PR 742/752 A B A B A B 9786 683 9786 684 9786 685 9786 687 9786 686 9786 687 Ma A 119 71 89 89
-0,3 -0,3 -0,3
Ma B 89 57 69 69
0,1 0,1 0,1
Ma C 12 8 14 10 14 10
DIM D 23 18 23 18 23 18 *edges rounded
139 149
109 119
-0,3 -0,3
0,1 0,1
-0,3
0,1
4. Intermediate flange travel pump to regulating pump, see 8.1.01.02 PR712(B) - PR732(B), LR622/LR632, RL(4)22 B With pulling device, IdNo.0524 072 - section 02.1.10.02., or with screw M10x100 all dimensions in mm
Prior to beginning any welding on earthmoving equipment, the battery cables and the wires on connection B+ and D- on the alternator must be disconnected and the electronic control box must be removed. In addition, the ground cable of the welding unit must be connected directly to the bare metal of the part to be welded. 1. Preparation of a crack The crack must be free of paint, grease and dirt. To prevent the crack from extending during the preparation or the welding process, the end of the cracks should be drilled with a hole of at least 0.32" (8mm) in diameter. The crack should now be ground, chiseled, torch cut or arced out at a 60 angle. Be certain the edges are clean and extend through the full cross section of the material, without exceeding the 0.04" (1 mm) space in the lower part. On larger grooves, a welding safety should be installed.
Certain materials must be preheated to 300F (150C) prior to welding. Special preparations are necessary when preparing a crack in manganese steel. Due to its hardness, mechanical preparation, such as a chisel or hobbing machine is not possible. We suggest that the crack is prepared with a slow running and water cooled grinding wheel to prevent overheating. Other possibilities for preparing cracks or removing high alloy welding seams are the use of cutting electrodes of the type UTP 82 AS. 2. Preparation of a weld The area to be welded must be free of paint, grease, oil, moisture and dirt. During rain, the area to be welded must be covered. Materials with a thickness above 0.60" (15 mm), high carbon steel or steel which is difficult to weld, the material must be preheated to approximately 176- 392F (80- 200C). Pre-heating is also necessary when the ambient or component temperature is below 40F (5C) or when the construction of the component prevent the welding stress to be released. 3. Storing Electrodes Use only dry and undamaged electrodes. Electrodes which are rusty or damaged should not be used. Electrodes should be stored in a dry room with a minimum temperature of 59F (15C). Open packages should be carefully closed and stored after the welding work is completed.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Repar Welding
Blatt Page Feuille
2.2.00.01
4. Welding Technique The welding of material with the necessary electrodes (see table under paragraph 7) is in accordance with DIN 1912. The adjustment of the welding machine - dictated by the different thicknesses of the electrodes - can be taken from the table of the electrode package. Beginning with a material thickness of 1/4" (8 mm), butt welds must be made in several layers. The weld is applied in several beads. Wide butt welds are filled with several side by side beads, with the last layer covering the center. The electrode should melt evenly without creating burrs and peaks. The valley or crater, which is created when changing electrodes must be filled in and overlapped with the next electrode. To prevent cracks in those craters, care must betaken that they are properly filled. If the crack extends towards the outer edge of the material, slag may be trapped or burn holes may be created. To prevent this, the following aid may be used: Tack a piece of sheet metal to the outer edge of the material. The welding seam begins now at the sheet metal in the direction of the arrow. After the welding is completed, the sheet metal is removed and the edge of the material is ground smooth.
The weld must cool off slowly and should therefore be protected from rain and wind. 5. Reinforcement of the welding seam If the crack of the material is due to an overload or abuse, a reinforcement plate should be welded over the crack. The selection of the correct reinforcement plate is based on the construction and load factors of the component to be repaired. For this reason, only general recommendations can be made as to the size and shape of the reinforcement plates. 6. General application of reinforcement plates 6.1. Shape of reinforcement plates The crossover or connection between the reinforced and not reinforced part should be as gradual as possible. This means that the size of the plate should be selected in such a way that new or unacceptable high stress in the repaired parts are avoided. Plates with sharp corners (such as a rectangular plate) should not be used.
Suitable reinforcement plate with high tensile strength.
Suitable reinforcement plate against bending and alternating loads.
6.2. Plate Thickness The thickness of the reinforcement plate should be up to 2/3 (66%) of the thickness of the material to be reinforced. 6.3. Plate Quality The yield and tensile strength of the reinforcement plate should be equal to the material to be reinforced. 6.4. Plate Installation The welded area of the crack should be ground so it is smooth and level. The size of the plate must be selected in such a way that the longer sides of the plate extend into the connecting construction of the material to be reinforced. The plate should also overlap the crack on each side by at least 1" (20 mm). The correct position and fit of the reinforcement plate is achieved through clamping and spot welding. 6.5. Plate Welding The reinforcement plate should be welded on by running a welding bead alternately on both sides. The welding should always start in the middle of the plate and run towards the outside. Be certain to observe that each welding seam has proper run out.
Direction of weld Use formula: a=0,5 k
Direction of weld
The size of the welding run "a" is figured out in reference to the thickness "k" of the reinforcement plate. Up to a welding run "a" of approx. 1/8" (3 mm) a single run can be made, however, as a general rule, a double run should be preferred. Above a welding run "a" of 1/8"(3 mm), the first run provides excellent penetration between the reinforcement plate and the basic material. Subsequent runs are added on top of the first run.
After the welding is completed, clean the welding seam as necessary. Grind the run out between reinforcement plate and basic material.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Repar Welding
Blatt Page Feuille
2.2.00.02
7. Selecting the correct electrodes For repair welding, only lime based {Kb} electrodes should be used, and as a rule, the electrodes {additional material} should be "softer" than the basic material. Exceptions to this rule should be observed. Important: To reach the theoretical welding quality, the work must not only be performed in a professional manner, the electrode manufacturer's guidelines must absolutely be observed as well. Welding of vertical-down welds on steel components is not permissible! 7.1. Electrode Selection Welding area BASIC MACHINE Roller frame - Main frame Material St 52 - 3 QStE 380 N LH 690 preheat to app. 100-150C (210-300F) ATTACHMENT Blade Bucket Push frame Bucket arm RL-Boom Q St E 380 N HARDOX 400 St 52 - 3 Electrode norm description according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.1-91: E7018-1 H4 R according to EN 757: E 69 6 Mn2NiCrMo B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.5-96: E 11018-G according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.1-91: E7018-1 H4 R according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.1-91: E7018-1 H4 R according to EN 757: E 69 6 Mn2NiCrMo B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.5-96: E 11018-G according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.1-91: E7018-1 H4 R Root runs according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5 according to AWS A5.1-91: E7018-1 H4 R Cover layers with high-strength electrode according to EN 1600: E 18 8 Mn B 2 2 according to AWS A5.4-92: E 307-15 Protective gas welding wire norm description according to EN 440: G4Si1 according to AWS A5.18-93: ER 70 S-6 according to EN 12534: G3CrNi1Mo according to AWS A5.28-96: ER110S-G according to EN 440: G4Si1 according to AWS A5.18-93: ER 70 S-6 according to EN 440: G4Si1 according to AWS A5.18-93: ER 70 S-6 according to EN 12534: G3CrNi1Mo according to AWS A5.28-96: ER110S-G according to EN 440: G4Si1 according to AWS A5.18-93: ER 70 S-6 Root runs according to EN 440: G4Si1 according to AWS A5.18-93: ER 70 S-6 Cover layers with high-strength electrode according to EN 12072: G 18 8 Mn according to AWS A5.9-93: ER307
Ripper
LH 690 preheat to app. 100-150C (210-300F) St 52 - 3 Q St E 380 N HARDOX 400
WEAR ITEMS Adapter, Tooth adapter Ripper
Special steel
7.2. Steel Table Description HARDOX 400 Explanation Analysis Si 0,7% Cr 1,4%
Weldable, low alloy special steel highly C 0,27% wear resistant, tensile strength 1250 N/mm Mn 1,6% yield strength 1000 N/mm Mo 0,6% Structural steel poured at low turbulence with a guaranteed minimum tensile strength of 500 - 640 N/mm and minimum yield strength of 380 N/mm Highly abrasion resistant steel with a tensile strength of 1720 N/mm C 0,18% Si 0,5% Mn 1,6% C = 0,3% Si = 0,5% Mo = 0,3% C 0,22%
Q St E 380 N
Special steel St 52 - 3 S355J2G3 LH 690
Mn = 0,7% Cu = 0,65% V = 0,05%
Structural steel poured at low turbulence with a guaranteed minimum tensile strength of 510 N/mm Heat treated fine grain structural steel with C 0,18% Si 0,50% a tensile strength of 770 - 940 N/mm and Mn 1,5% Mo 0,5 % yield strength of 690 N/mm Ni 1,5 % lightly alloyed with V, AI and Cu
7.3. Welding addition chart 7.3.1 For arc welding
Description according to EN 499: E42 5 B 4 2 H5
Explanation E = Arc welding, Rod electrode 42 = 500-640 N/mm Tensile strength 5 = Value for resistance to impact e.g. Bhler B = Shielded metal arc FOX EV 50 4 = Reference number for run out and type of flow 2 = Reference number for welding positions H5 = maximum hydrogen content according to EN 757: E = Arc welding, Rod electrode E 69 6 Mn2NiCrMo B 4 2 H5 69 = 760-960 N/mm Tensile strength 6 = Value for resistance to impact e.g. Bhler Mn2NiCrMo = Chemical composition FOX EV 85 B = Shielded metal arc 4 = Reference number for run out and type of flow 2 = Reference number for welding positions H5 = maximum hydrogen content according to EN 1600: E 18 8 Mn B 2 2 e.g. Bhler FOX A 7 E = Arc welding, Rod electrode 18 = 620-770 N/mm Tensile strength 8 = Value for resistance to impact Mn = Chemical composition B = Shielded metal arc 2 = Reference number for run out and type of flow 2 = Reference number for welding positions
Analysis - Value in % / Use C = 0,07, Si = 0,5, Mn = 1,1 For connection and application welding, especially for steel with low purity and higher carbon content. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). No vertical seams C = 0,05, Si = 0,4, Mn = 1,5, Cr = 0,4, Ni = 2,0, Mo = 0,5 For welding, which require high viscosity and crack resistance. Use for high tensile refined fine-grained steel. Very low hydrogen content in weld metal. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). No vertical seams C = 0,1, Si = 0,7, Mn = 6,5, Cr = 18,8, Ni = 8,8 For connections between various alloyed and steel which is difficult to weld. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). No vertical seams
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Repar Welding
Blatt Page Feuille
2.2.00.03
7.3.2 For MIG welding with solid electrodes:
Description according to EN 440: G4Si1 e.g. Bhler EMK 8
Explanation G = MIG welding with solid electrodes 4 = 500-640 N/mm Tensile strength Si = Chemical composition 1 = Reference number for run out and type of flow
Analysis - Value in % / Use C = 0,1, Si = 1,0, Mn = 1,7 For connection and application welding, especially for steel with low purity and higher carbon content. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). Protective gases: Argon + 15-20% CO2 or 100% CO2 No vertical seams C = 0,1, Si = 0,6, Mn = 1,6, Cr = 0,25, Ni = 1,3, Mo = 0,25, V = 0,1 For welding, which require high viscosity and crack resistance. Use for high tensile refined fine-grained steel. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). Protective gases: Argon + 15-20% CO2 or 100% CO2 No vertical seams C = 0,08, Si = 0,9, Mn = 7,0, Cr = 19,2, Ni = 9,0 For connections between various alloyed and steel which is difficult to weld. Weldable with direct current, electrode connected to plus terminal (+). Protective gases: Argon+max. 2,5% CO2 No vertical seams
according to EN 12534: G3CrNi1Mo e.g. Bhler X 70 - IG
G = MIG welding with solid electrodes 3 = 900 N/mm Tensile strength CrNi1Mo = Chemical composition
according to EN 12072: G 18 8 Mn e.g. Bhler A7 IG
G = MIG welding with solid electrodes 18 = 580-730 N/mm Tensile strength 8 = Value for resistance to impact Mn = Chemical composition
Duo-cone seal design for:
sealing against outside,
sealing against inside
1 Retainer 2 O-ring 3 Metal ring 4 Sealing surface

Note: At the present time, for design reasons, we only use seals protecting against the outside.
Duo-cone seals are precision components made out of chilled cast iron. They are manufactured in pairs and should never be mixed whether they are new or used. Avoid shocks and beats as the sealing surfaces of the metal seal rings can get damaged. Eliminate sharp edges on the seal-retainers. Before installation the Duo-Cone-Seals and the retainers must be clean and free of grease. The toric or O-rings may not be oiled. Installation: Push the seal rings (with toric ring) with an installation tool into the seal seat. Even pressure must be exerted on the toric ring around the complete circumference to push the toric ring past the seal retaining lip. A standard installation tool, as shown on the reverse side, is folded over the seal ring and transfers even pressure directly onto the toric ring. If no suitable installation aid is available, place a round rubber cord or coil spring (as shown below) to provide a distance between the seal ring and the O-ring and hold it so that the O-ring cannot roll up on the conical seal ring surface when each half of the seal ring is pressed in.
1 2 3 5 6
Retainer O-ring Metal ring Installation tool Installation aid, such as coil spring, rubber cord or rope, etc.
If no installation tool is used, the toric O-ring can roll up on the conical seal seat surface. If pressure is exerted only on one side, the seal may not be positioned vertically and / or the O-ring can be distorted. These installation problems can cause leaks as well as damage to the sealing surfaces. Installation position: incorrect incorrect -
correct
O-ring distorted
Seal is not vertical
Before the components are assembled, check if the seal rings protrude evenly. Measure the distance from the seal seat to the seal rings on at least 3 locations, 120 apart. Check the sealing surfaces again to ensure they are clean and lightly lubricated.
Mjfcifss!
Installation guidelines
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Duo-Cone-Seals
2.3.01.01
Listing of available installation tools for travel gear - Duo-Cone seals:
The tools may be ordered by the spare parts dept. from Liebherr Werk Telfs GmbH. - under the description of "Duo-Cone-Seal installation tool" and the corresponding Id. No.
Gear Type FAT 400 / 523 FAT 450 / 514 FAT 500 / 525 FAT 550 / 516 FAT 400 C 563 FAT 450 C 564 FAT 500 C 565 FAT 550 C 566
Gear Machine Ident-No. Type PR/LR/RL 9443 850 9443 090 9443 100 9443 105 9443 410 9443 430 9443 450 9443 470 712 722 732 742 712 722 732 742 x32 x42
Duo cone seal Ident-No. 7610 242 7610 243 7610 244 7610 245 7610 544 7610 545 7610 543 7610 546 7610 244 7610 249 7610 245 7610 548 7610 242 7610 243 7610 244 7610 245 7610 244 7610 242 7610 245 7610 243 7610 237 7610 244 7610 548 7610 245 7610 241 7610 245
Installation tool tool number Ident-No. 07590 39022 1001 7428 07590 38886 1001 7430 07590 38891 1001 7436 07590 39023 1001 7433 07590 39022 07590 38886 07590 38891 07590 39023 07590 38891 00100 07500 07590 39023 07590 41339 07590 39022 07590 38886 07590 38891 07590 39023 07590 38891 07590 39022 07590 39023 07590 38886 07590 41338 07590 38891 07590 41339 07590 39023 00100 01300 07590 39023 1001 7428 1001 7430 1001 7436 1001 7433 1001 7436 1001 8934 1001 7433 1001 7456 1001 7428 1001 7430 1001 7436 1001 7433 1001 7436 1001 7428 1001 7433 1001 7430 1001 7468 1001 7436 1001 7456 1001 7433 1001 7472 1001 7433
FAT 500 P 595 D 9444 380 FAT 550 P 596 D 9444 390
FAT 400 P 553 FAT 450 P 554 FAT 500 P 555 FAT 550 P 556 FAT 400 D 583 FAT 450 D 584 FAT 500 D 585 FAT 550 D 586
9443 340 9443 270 9443 310 9443 390 9444 305 9444 315 9444 260 9444 325
x12 x22 x32 x42 x12 x22 x32 x42
FAT 650 / 508
9443 830
x52
1 2 3 4 5 6
General repair guidelines Crimp tool and use Installation guidelines - CA - B / CA - COM - B cable connector Installation guidelines - KPSE cable connector Installation guidelines - SURE SEAL cable connector Installation guidelines - DEUTSCH cable connector
1. General Repair Guidelines When working with cable connectors, the following must be observed: Keep hands, work place and connectors clean, dry and free of grease. Always use the special installation tool - see paragraph 3.1.31 - for installation. For CA - COM - B connectors use the same special tool as for CA - B connectors. Check tools for wear before use - a wrong or defective tool as well as improper handling can damage the cable connector components. When cutting cables to proper length, make sure they are the same length and the cutting edge is straight. Do not compress or squeeze the cable. For 90 cable routing, cut the cable to proper length when in angled position. The cable covering must reach under the crimp joint. Check installation guidelines for correct length to be stripped. When stripping the cable, make sure that the individual wires are not damaged, kinked, bent or soiled. Before installation, check crimp connections of all contacts: - Individual wires must be visible in the inspection hole of the contact. - All wires must be tightly caught in the crimp connection. - The wire insulation must reach the contact. When removing and reinstalling contacts, make sure to check the flow direction and use isopropyl alcohol (rubbing alcohol) as a lubricant, do not twist contacts and tool. Do not reuse damaged parts. Contacts in size 60/100, 160 and 500 can only be crimped hydraulically. If these contacts are damaged, the complete wire must be replaced. Make sure all parts are positioned correctly, check charts!. On straight cable feeds, insert the contacts from the center to the outside. On 90 cable feeds, insert them in a row from the bottom to the top. Even contacts, which are not wired, need to be installed. Close off any empty chambers with a plug. Visually check if all mating ends of the contacts are at the same level. Route the wires free of tension and fasten them.
Mjfcifss!
Wiring installation guidelines

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
ITT-Cannon plug
2.3.02.01
2. Use of crimp tool 2.1. Adjust the manual crimp tool - M 22 520 / 01 - 01
Set the selector dial on the handle to the appropriate diameter, see installation guidelines on wiring chart.
2.2. To adjust turret head TH 452 and CT 1200 90 - 20 Install the proper turret head with a 9/64 Allen wrench. Push switch 1. Adjust color coded crimp position on knob 2 according to the wiring chart. Push knob 2 in to the stop and push the tool once more.
2.3. Use Before crimping, strip the wire endings to the length noted in the installation guidelines, using the appropriate tool - see paragraph 2.1.31. Insert the stripped wires into the contact crimp sleeve as far as possible until they are visible in the inspection port Insert contact and wire into the preset crimp tool. Push the tool handles together all the way.
Note: The locking mechanism will not allow you to open the tool until the crimping operation has been completed. Pull the crimped contact with wire from tool. Check the crimp, see paragraph 1.
2.4. Check crimp tool wear. Check the crimping die for wear with a M 22 520 / 3 - 1 gauge (see paragraph 2.1.31.02), without the crimping head in place. Set the dial on the handles of the crimp tool to No. 4. Turret both sides of the gauge into the crimp opening of the tool. The GREEN - side (good) must fit easily between the crimp dies, or the adjustment of the tool and the crimp die must be checked. The RED - side (oversize) may not fit, or the tool are not closed all the way or the crimp dies are worn and must be replaced.
Caution: Do not operate the crimp tool when the gauge is inserted!
3. Installation Guidelines for CA - B / CA - COM - B Cable Connectors
3.1. Description A = Plug B = Socket Components 1 2 3 3.1 4 5 5.1 6 7 Grommet Insulator Cylinder barrel Seal ring End bell with nut Bayonet coupling nut Spring washer (on CA-COM-B) Socket contacts Pin contacts
Tightening torque for end bell: Size: 10 SL 14S/14 20 32 max. 3 Nm max. 5 Nm max. 9 Nm max. 15 Nm
CA CA
3106 06COM
E E
3232-
8SB 03 8SB 03 LH Other specifications Size Classification Type of housing Model
3.2. Overview table Plug Description Number / Type of Contact - Size S=Socket, P=Pins
CA 3106 E 32-8SB-03 CA 06 COM-E 32-8SB03-LH Socket (30 pole) on main wiring harness - large
Insertion Tool
Removal: CET-F80-16 Installation: CIT-F80-16 Removal: CET-F80-12 Installation: CIT-F80-12 Removal: CET-F80-16 Installation: CIT-F80-16 Removal: CET-F80-12 Installation: CIT-F80-12 Removal: CET-F80-16 Installation: CIT-F80-16 Removal: CET-F80-12 Installation: CIT-F80-12 Removal: CET-F80-8 Tool:
Crimp Tool
M 22520/1-01 TH 452 M 22520/1-01 TH 452 M 22520/1-01 TH 452 M 22520/1-01 TH 452 M 22520/1-01 TH 452 M 22520/1-01 TH 452
Notes Contact size 15 metric Contact size 25 metric Contact size 15 metric Contact size 25 metric Contact size 15 metric Contact size 25 metric
If these crimp contacts are damaged, replace small instrument cable kit
24 / S - 15 6 / S - 25 24 / P - 15 6 / P - 25 16 / S - 15
Turret: Tool: Turret: Tool: Turret: Tool: Turret: Tool: Turret: Tool: Turret:
CA 3106 E 32-8SB-04 Plug (30 pole) in instrument panel for main wiring harness large
CA 3106 E 32-6SB-03 CA 06 COM-E 32-6SB03-LH Socket (23 pole) on main wiring harness small
2 / S - 25 3 / S - 60 2 / S - 160
Installation: CIT-F80-8 Removal: CET-F80-4
Hydraulic crimp tool and hand pump
Installation: CIT-F80-4
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
ITT-Cannon plug
2.3.02.02
Plug Description
Number / Type of Contact - Size S=Socket, P=Pins 16 / P - 15 2 / P - 25 3 / P - 60 2 / P - 160
Insertion Tool
Removal: CET-F80-16 Installation: CIT-F80-16 Removal: CET-F80-12 Installation: CIT-F80-12 Removal: CET-F80-8 Tool:
Crimp Tool
M 22520/1-01 TH 452 M 22520/1-01 TH 452
Notes Contact size 15 metric Contact size 25 metric

If these crimp contacts are damaged, replace small instrument cable kit
Turret: Tool: Turret:
CA 3106 E 32-6PB-04 Plug (23 pole) in instrument panel for main wiring harness small
Installation: CIT-F80-8 Removal: CET-F80-4
Hydraulic crimp tool and hand pump
Installation: CIT-F80-4
CA 3102 E 20-27 SB-03A176 CA 06 COM-E 20-27 SB03-LH Socket (14 pole) on electronic wiring harness for joystick CA 3106 E 14S-6 SB-03A176 CA 06 COM-E 14S-6 SB03-LH Socket (6 pole) on electronic wiring harness for engine speed sensing potentiometer and outrigger wiring harness right / left CA 3106 E 10SL-3SB-03 CA 06 COM-E 10 SL3SB-03-LH Plug (6 pole) on outrigger wiring harness right / left for electronic wiring harness CA 3106 E 10SL-3SB-03 CA 06 COM-E 10 SL3SB-03-LH Socket (3pole) on electronic and variable motor wiring harness - left / right for solenoid valves
14 / S - 15
Removal: CET-F80-16 Installation: CIT-F80-16
Tool: Turret:
M 22520/1-01 TH 452
Contact size 15 metric
6 / S - 15 S
Tool: Turret:
M 22520/1-01 TH 452
Contact size 15S metric
6 / P - 15 S
Tool: Turret:
M 22520/1-01 TH 452
Removal: CET-F80-16
3 / S - 15 S
Tool: Turret:
M 22520/1-01 TH 452
Installation: F80-16
CIT-
For guide pins and various additional tools , see paragraph 2.1.31
3.3. Removal of Contacts Note general guidelines in paragraph 1.
Carefully lift the plastic insulation (see manufacturer s guidelines), slit it carefully and remove. Caution: Do not damage the insulation and wires inside the cover insulation!
Unscrew the housing from the cylinder and push the seal over the wires.
Push out the contacts with appropriate tool out of the insulator - see paragraph 3.2 by applying even and continuous pressure towards the connector, keep the tool parallel to the axis of the plug connector. Stop when the shoulder of the tool touches the front of the insulator. Carefully pull the tool from the insulator. Remove all contacts in the same way, make sure to note different versions / tools. Important: The tool must fit properly into or over the contacts.
The housing and seal normally stay on the wiring. If necessary, pull the wires and contacts carefully from the seal, remove the housing from the wires.
3.4. To wire the Contacts Wire diameter Adjustment - Crimp tool Contact Stripping type Color length S=Socket Metric AWG Dial No. mm AWG Crimping (mm) P=Pin insert P 5 blue +0,5 1,0 18 6,0 5 green S 15S 16S P 6 blue 1,5 16 6,0+0,5 S 6 green P 5 green 1,0 18 6,0+0,5 5 red S 15 16 P 6 green +0,5 1,5 16 6,0 S 6 red P 8 red +0,5 25 12 2,5 12 6,0 S 8 red Strip the wire as noted on chart and crimp - see paragraph 2.1 to 2.3 3.5. Insertion of Contacts Note general guidelines in paragraph 1. Push the plastic insulation over the housing onto the wires. If housing and sealer were removed, push on housing, dip seal into isopropyl alcohol and guide contact with cable from the side marked with letter. Use the appropriate insertion tool. The seal housing must align with the insulator housing! Contact size
Important:
Note the installation position of the wire as noted on number coding plan. Insert contacts into the guide tool, push the insertion tool to the top of the connector tip. On socket type contacts, insert guide pin. Dip in isopropyl alcohol and insert straight into insulator until it snaps into position. Make sure to check number coding chart.
Important:
Remove guide pin and insertion tool. Slightly pull the wire to check proper seating of the contact, plug chambers with empty contacts.
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
ITT-Cannon plug
2.3.02.03
Push sealer and housing into cylinder housing, carefully tighten nut. If necessary, use the counter part of the connector as a retainer. To retain all parts, loosen nut by 1/4 turn and retighten properly, secure with adhesive. On electronic wiring harness, insert heat seal (Ray-blocker) on end of insulation and adhere during the following shrinking procedure.
Pull shrink fit sleeve over housing and evenly heat with hot air blower until all parts are tightly covered. Do not pull the wires during the shrink fit procedure. Do not apply heat above 125 C (257 F).
Caution:
4. Installation Guidelines KPSE plug Connector
4.1. Design A = Socket B = plug Item listing 1 Insulator 1.1 Contact retainer (integrated in insulator) 2 Barrel 2.1 Seal ring 3 Cone ring 4 Housing 5 Bayonet coupling nut 6 Socket type contact with crimped wire 7 Pin type contact with crimped wire Tightening torque for end bell: Size: 8, 10 12,14,16 18, 20, 22, 24 max. 4 Nm max. 6 Nm max. 10 Nm
KPSE
06
22-
21PB DN Other specifications Size Classification Type of housing Model
4.2. Chart Number / Type of contact size S=Socket, P=Pins

KPSE 06E22-21PB-DN Plug (21 pole) on wiring harness - Cab KPSE 07E22-21SB Socket (21 pole) in instrument panel for Wiring harness - Cab KPSE 06E22-55SB-DN Socket (55 pole) on electronic wiring harness for electronic box KPSE 06E8-3A SB-DN Plug (3 pole) on var. motor wiring harness left / right for RPM sensor Removal: MS24256 R16
Plug description
Insertion tool
Crimp tool
Notes
21 / P - 16
Tool: Insert: Tool: Insert: Tool: Insert: Tool: Insert:
M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20 M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20 M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20 M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20
Installation: A16
MS24256
Contact size 16 per AWG Contact size 16 per AWG Contact size 20 per AWG Contact size 20 per AWG
Removal: MS24256 R16
21 / S - 16
Installation: A16
MS24256
55 / S - 20
Installation: A20
MS24256
3 / S - 20
Installation: A20
MS24256
4.3. Removal of contacts Note general guidelines in paragraph 1 . Carefully cut and remove shrink fit sleeve per manufacturers guidelines. Important: Do not damage insulator and inside wires. Remove housing, loosen cone ring, housing cone and push nut over the wires. Select proper removal tool for contact size per paragraph 4.2. Check and apply tool first while empty, check the ejector point and hollow needle for damage. Improper or damaged tools can damage plug parts. On pin contacts set tool above the pin until mark 1 straight on the insulator. On jack contacts, insert tool over socket until mark 2 into the insulator.
Applying even pressure to tool, move ejector with thumb and forefinger forward and push contact from retainer clip. Carefully remove tool from insulator and pull contact by the wire from the socket. Remove all contacts the same way. Remove all connector components from wire harness.
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
ITT-Cannon plug
2.3.02.04
4.4. Wiring of contacts Wire diameter Adjustment - Crimp Tool Contact Insulator type Color Length S=Jack AWG Dial No. mm AWG Crimping (mm) P=Pins Insert P 20 0,96 18 5,0 5 red S P 16 1,5 16 6,5 6 blue S Insulate wire as noted on chart and crimp - see paragraph 2.1 to 2.3 Contact size
4.5. Installation of Contacts Note general guidelines in paragraph 1..
Push the shrink fit sleeve and nut in proper sequence over the wires. Insert contact (see chart) by hand into reverse side of plug, until the top of the contact is no more than 3 mm from the insulator.
Push appropriate guide tool over the contact connector and hold it vertical to the front the insulator. Contact size 16 and 12 are inside the tool, the tool pushed against the top of the contact. On contacts, size 20, the side pushes against the end of the contact, therefore the contact is farther outside the tool. Dip all parts in isopropyl alcohol and push evenly into insulator until you hear the contact click in.
Remove the tool and check if the contact is seated properly by a slight pull on the wires. Close off empty chambers with plug. Push cone ring as far as possible over the insulator. Apply isopropyl alcohol to lubricate contact surfaces. Push housing, on sockets also nut, onto cylinder housing and tighten carefully. If necessary, use plug connector part as holder. To set the parts, loosen the housing by 1/4 turn, retighten and secure with adhesive.
Pull shrink fit sleeve over housing and evenly heat with heater fan until all parts are tightly covered.
Caution:
Do not pull the wires during the shrink fit procedure. Do no apply heat above 125 C (257 F).
5. Installation Guidelines SURE SEAL Plug Connector 5.1. Design A = Plug B= Socket 1 Housing 2 Pin type contact 3 Socket type contact 4 Seal
5.2. Chart Number / Type of contact S=Jack, P=Pin

SURE SEAL SS 5 P plug (5 pole) on electronic wiring harness SURE SEAL SS 5 R plug (5 pole) on var. motor wiring harness - left/ right
Plug description
Insertion Tool
Crimp Tool
Notes P valid only for removal of socket S valid only for removal of pin type contacts
2-P 3-S 3-P 2-S
Removal: CET-SS-P/S Installation: CITG-SS-1 Removal: CET-SS-P/S Installation: CITG-SS-1
Tool: Insert: Tool: Insert:
M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20 M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20
5.3. Removal of contacts Note general guidelines in paragraph 1. Remove the plug, loosen connection. Remove shrink fit sleeve as described by manufacturer, or carefully slit open and remove.
Caution:
Do not damage the insulation or wires inside the cable!
Use proper extraction tool - see paragraph 5.2 - insert from contact side parallel to the plug axis into the socket or over the pin contact. Apply even pressure and push contacts out in direction of the cable. Carefully pull extraction tool from plug, clean wire. 5.4. To wire contacts Contact size AWG SS10 Contact type S=Socket P=Pin P S Wire diameter mm 0,96 AWG 18 Stripping length (mm) 6,0+0,3 Adjustment - crimp tool Dial. No 5 5 Color Crimp insert gray gray
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
ITT-Cannon plug
2.3.02.05
Depending on the number of poles, the minimum stripping length must be adhered to on covered cables. No. of Min. stripping poles length (mm) 2, 3, 4 40 5, 6, 7 45 8, 9, 10 50 Strip the wire to the length shown on chart and crimp - see paragraph 2.1 to 2.3 5.5. To install contacts Note general guidelines described in paragraph 1. Push shrink fit sleeve onto wires. Insert plug into installation tool, see paragraph 2.1.31 to facilitate this process. Insert wired contact into the insertion tool, see paragraph 5.2, keeping contact 1, cable 2 and tool 3 in a straight line and push until tool shoulder touches contact.. On socket type contacts, add guide pin. Dip parts into isopropyl alcohol and push into plug, see chart, applying even pressure parallel to the length axis until it snaps in place. Remove guide pin, pull tool carefully from plug and check if wire is seated properly, by pulling slightly.. Remove plug from installation tool. Check seating and position of contacts again. On the end of the cover, insert seal (Ray-Block), and push shrink fit sleeve over plug. Evenly heat is with hot air fan until the Ray-Block is melted and the components are covered tightly. Caution: Do not pull on the wires during the shrink fit procedure. Do not overheat the connector..
6. Installation Guidelines DEUTSCH Plug Connector General: In machines, plug connections type Deutsch DT and Deutsch HDP Series are used - see the following overview chart. Plug Connector series DT A = Socket B = Plug Item listing: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Housing Grommet Locking wedge socket Locking wedge plug Seal plug Pin Socket
Plug Connector series HDP A = Socket B = Plug
Item listing: 1 2 3 4 Socket housing with pin Plug housing with socket Grommet Union nut
6.1. Overview chart Number / Type of contact - size S=Socket, P=Pins

Deutsch plug (2 pole) Deutsch Plug (3 pole) Deutsch Plug (4 pole) Deutsch Plug (6 pole) Deutsch Plug (8 pole) Deutsch Plug (12 pole)
Plug description
Plug series
Crimp tool
Notes
for designations see group. 09
2-S 2-P 3-S 3-P 4-S 4-P 6-S 6-P 8-S 8-P 12 - S 12 - P 18 - S 18 - P
DT
Tool: Insert: Tool: Insert: Tool: Insert: Tool: Insert: Tool: Turret: Tool: Insert:
M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20 M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20 M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20 M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20 M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20 M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20
Y14 B5, B6, X34(S2) X69, X70, X71, X72, X77 X6, X7 X6, X/ X65, X73
DT
DT
DT
DT
DT
Deutsch plug (18 pole)
HDP
Tool: Insert:
M 22520/1-01 CT120090-20
X64
6.2. Wiring of contacts contact Wire diameter Adjustment - Crimp tool Insulator type Length color crimping S=Jack AWG Dial No.. mm AWG (mm) insert P=pin P 20 0,75 20 5,0 4 red S P 18 1,0 18 5,0 5 red S P 16 1,5 16 6,0 6 blue S P 12 2,5 12 6,0 8 gray S In case of repairs, crimp contacts >2,5 mm must be soldered on the central cable harness. contact size
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
ITT-Cannon plug
2.3.02.06
6.3. Crimping of contacts See installation instructions, point 1 to 2.4 6.4. Installation of contacts DT Series: Contacts must engage properly at installation (click). Installation is made without tools. Inserted Engaged
After positioning the contacts, the locking wedge must be inserted, see illustration DT-Series. Note: Insert the contacts straight, do not kink. Use Isopropyl alcohol (rubbing alcohol) . 6.5. Removal of contacts DT Series: Remove the locking wedge and use a small screw driver to loosen the pin or bushing lock and pull the contact with the cable from the housing . 6.6. Installation of contacts HDP Series: Installation is made without tools. Contacts must engage properly (click). Inserted Engaged
Note: Insert the contacts straight, do not kink. Use Isopropyl alcohol (rubbing alcohol) .
6.7. Removal of contacts HDP Series: To remove the contacts, use special tool, see section 02.1.31.
Select tool according to cable diameter and push over cable and pin or bushing contact. Push the lock in to loosen and pull out the cable together with contact and tool.
Loosen the lock
Pull out
Directions for use of Four Notch Hand Crimping Tool

1. General: Protect the pliers from contamination. Do not open with force. When crimping, push the tool together all the way before opening it again. Use positioning sleeve for HAN D contacts, see section 02.1.31. 2. Four notch hand crimping tool, see section 02.1.31. Parts list: 1 2 3 4 5 6 Pliers Positioning sleeve Locking bar Lock screw Adjustment scale Adjustment screw
2.1. Attach the positioning sleeve Loosen the lock screw 4 on the locking bar, pull the bar 3 back and insert the sleeve 2, close the bar and retighten the lock screw 4. Set the crimping depth. Determine the diameter of the conductor and select the corresponding pin = crimping depth. For pin Id. No., see section 2.1.31. Conductor mm AWG 0,50 20 0,75 18 1,00 18 1,38 16 1,50 16 2,10 14 2.50 14 Pin HAN D 1,55 1,55 1,55 1,60 1,80 1,45 1,55
Open and close the crimping tool several times and then hold in open position. Turn the adjustment screw, pos.6 until the edge of the indicator bar aligns with the line of the selected pin diameter. Close the tool and check the setting with the pin. If set correctly, the pin * must fit without a clearance into the existing tool opening. Caution: When the pin is inserted, do not open or close the tool - danger of breaking correct incorrect
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Harting plug
2.3.03.01
2.2. Crimping Before crimping, insulate the ends of the wire with a suitable tool - see section 02.1.31. 8 mm on 0.75 1.50 mm contacts 6 mm on 2.50 mm contacts Note: The cable wires must be visible in the control bore. All cable wires must be caught in the crimping point. The insulation must reach the contact.
Insert the cable with the contact into the pre-set tool. Push the tool together, quickly and all the way. Pull the cable with the crimped contact from the tool and check the crimping. Note: The tool can only be opened when the cable is crimped completely.
2.3. Installation of pin contacts - plug section on instrument panel
Set the plug section, pos.1 into the instrument panel. Set the pin contacts, pos.3 in to the contact base, pos.2. Screw the base with the plug section, pos.1.
2.4. Installation of bushing contacts / plug section central wiring harness Push the shrink fit sleeve or shrink fit part over the cable before installation of the contact base . Push the clamping section, pos.5, rubber seal with washers, pos.4, screw fitting, pos.3 and plug housing, pos.1 over the cable. For installation of contacts, use insertion tool, see section 02.1.31. Insert the bushing contacts into the contact base, pos. 2, screw the base together with the housing, pos. 1. Caution: The cables can be stuck / damaged when connecting. Screw the screw fitting, pos. 3 into the plug housing and tighten. Insert the rubber seal with washers and attach wiring harness with clamping section on the plug housing, pos. 1. Note: Do not use damaged parts. Make sure all parts are positioned correctly, check corresponding plug illustrations (see section 9.2). Visually check the installation position of the contacts, route the cable free of tension. 2.5. Sealing Push the shrink fit sleeve over the clamping section, pos.5 and push in the screw fitting, pos.3 and use a hot air blower to heat evenly until the sleeve is shrunk in place. Note: Do not heat the components of the screw connection above 125C ( 257F). 2.6. Removal of pin and bushing contacts For removal, use removal tool, see section 02.1.31. Push the removal tool over the pin or bushing and loosen the lock, push the contacts out.
Installation guidelines for MATE-N-LOK and JUNIOR POWER TIMER plug connectors
1. MATE-N-LOK Design: Plug with contact pin Socket with contact bushings
1.1. Use of hand crimping tool Profile 1 Pos.2 Wire diameter 0.5 1.3 mm Profile 2 Pos.3 Wire diameter 1.3 2.1 mm
Open the pliers, pos.1 all the way to insert the contact, which is to be crimped (note the correct profile) and slowly push the pliers together until the contact is lightly clamped on the crimping sleeve. Insert the wire, which is to be insulated (insulation length 5 mm). Push the pliers all the way together. Pull the crimped contact from the pliers and check the crimping.
Contact pin with crimped wire
Contact bushing with crimped wire
* = Contact notch
1.2. Installation of contacts Installation is made without tools. Note: Check contact notches before installation for damage or breaks. Contacts must audibly click when engaging in the housing. 1.3. Removal of contacts To remove the contacts, use special tool, see section 02.1.31. Use: Push the tool, pos.2 over the pin or bushing contact and push the contact notches together, pull the contact on the cable from housing, pos. 1 .
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
AMP plug
2.3.04.01
2. JUNIOR POWER TIMER Design: Plug with contact pins Socket with contact bushings
2.1. Use of hand crimping tool
Mark: Red Blue Yellow for cable diameter 0.25 - 1.60 mm for cable diameter 1.00 - 2.60 mm for cable diameter 2.70 - 6.60 mm
Open the pliers all the way to insert the contact, which is to be crimped with the seal and slowly push the pliers together until the contact is lightly clamped on the crimping sleeve. Insert the wire, which is to be insulated (insulation length 5 mm). Push the pliers all the way together.
Pull the crimped contact 1 from the pliers. Check the crimping with seal 2.
2.2. Installation of contacts Installation is made without tools. Note: Check contact notches before installation for damage or breaks. Contacts must audibly click when engaging in the housing. 2.3. Removal of contacts To remove the contacts, use special tool, see section 02.1.31. Use:
Push the tool, pos.2 over the pin or bushing contact and push the contact notches together, pull the contact on the cable from housing, pos. 1.
Sub Group Index

Technical data
PR 712 PR 712B PR 712B PR 712B PR 712B PR 722 PR 722B PR 722B PR 722B PR 722B PR 732 PR 732B PR 732B PR 732B PR 732B PR 742 PR 742B PR 742B PR 742B PR 742B PR 742B PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-01030500 F/N xxx-05012999 F/N xxx-30003083 F/N xxx-30845599 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-01031000 F/N xxx-10013000 F/N xxx-30013170 F/N xxx-31715599 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-20032500 F/N xxx-25012999 F/N xxx-30003135 F/N xxx-31365599 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-20012500 F/N xxx-25012999 F/N xxx-30003088 F/N xxx-30895233 F/N xxx-52345599 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-20025599 F/N xxx-56006199 F/N xxx-6200
3.1
3.1.10 3.1.11 3.1.12 3.1.13 3.1.14 3.1.20 3.1.21 3.1.22 3.1.23 3.1.24 3.1.30 3.1.31 3.1.32 3.1.33 3.1.34 3.1.40 3.1.41 3.1.42 3.1.43 3.1.44 3.1.45 3.1.50 3.1.51 3.1.52
Maintenance and inspection guidelines

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 F/N xxx-01010500 F/N xxx-01011000 F/N xxx-20012500 F/N xxx-20012500 F/N xxx-05012999 F/N xxx-10012999 F/N xxx-25012999 F/N xxx-25012999 F/N xxx- 3000 F/N xxx- 3000 F/N xxx-30003039 F/N xxx-30003024 F/N xxx-20022008 F/N xxx-30013083 F/N xxx-30013170 F/N xxx-30403135 F/N xxx-30253088 F/N xxx-20092059
3.2
3.2.10
3.2.11
3.2.12
3.2.13
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Technical Data Datum Edition Date
01 03
Maintenance Guidelines
Blatt Page Feuille
3.0.00.01
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752
F/N xxx-30845599 F/N xxx-31715599 F/N xxx-31365599 F/N xxx-30895599 F/N xxx-20605599 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600
3.2.14
3.2.15
Maintenance and inspection instructions Adjustment checklist and quick reference

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 F/N xxx-01030384 F/N xxx-01030563 F/N xxx-20032500 F/N xxx-20012500
3.4 3.5
3.5.00
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-03855599 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-05645599 PR 732B F/N xxx-25015599 PR 742B F/N xxx-25015599 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-56006199 F/N xxx-56006199 F/N xxx-56006199 F/N xxx-56006199 F/N xxx-6200 F/N xxx-6200 F/N xxx-6200 F/N xxx-6200 F/N xxx-20025599 F/N xxx-56006199 F/N xxx-6200
3.5.01
3.5.02
3.5.03
3.5.50 3.5.51 3.5.52
PR 712 Type No.

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to DIN 6271 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake/ / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption
> 103 348
L > 103 415
M>103 349
kW 1/min 1/min 1/min l (cu. in) l (qt)
mm l (gal) l (gal) appr. l/h (gal/h)
D 904 TB LIEBHERR in line 4 > mildly turbocharged 74 (98.6 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 5.6 (342) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45 = 100 % 0.20 / 0.25 1>3>4>2 52 (13) 310 (82) 11 > 18 (2.9 > 4.75)
SPLITTER BOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications 250 B 266 1 stage spur gear 0,803 2.5 (2.65) see lube oil group 1.3
i l (qt)
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow> Q max. max. operating pressure Gear pump > repl. circuit max. flow Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump > max. flow > Q max. stand by pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) Servo > operating pressure > working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity > + circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar l (gal) l (gal) 2BPV 50 2 125 (33) 420 BOSCH 0510 79 (21) 16+4 2BMV 105 A 10 V 045 112 (29.6) 20 160 18 max. 25 178 / 157 * (47 / 41 *) 53 (14) see lube oil > group 1.3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Voltage Batteries Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses V 24 212 V 110 Ah (in series) 28 V 55 A 5.4 60 see Operation and Maintenance Manual
kW A A
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) 2FAT 400 / 523 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Typ/ab Type/from Type/a partir de
PR 712
Datum Edition Date
F/N xxx> 0103 0500
01 01
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.10.01
PR 712 Type No.

TRAVEL GEAR Gear ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications i total l (qt)
>103 348
L > 103 415
M > 103 349
46,5 24.5 (4,8) see lube oil > group 1.3
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width (single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers > single flange (s) Track rollers > double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm (inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty. 171.5 (6.7) 42 457 / 560 5/8 UNF 4 2 s>d>s>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5 171.5 (6.7) 44 457/560/610/711 5/8UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5 171.5 (6.7) 44 610/711/762/864 5/8 UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5
ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder bearing > lube oil quantity Oil specifications Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6 > way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Angle cylinder 6 > way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Ripper cylinder > cyl. a / rod a / stroke l (qt) 0.50 (0.52) see lube oil > group1.3 90 / 50 / 1100 90 / 50 / 850 90/50/1100 120 / 60 / 90 110 / 50 / 150 110 / 50 / 275 140 / 70 / 450
mm mm mm mm mm mm
90/50/850
GENERAL DATA Travel speed Basic machine: normal speed range km/h (mp/h) reduced speed range km/h (mp/h) height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm overall length with 6>way blade (straight) mm overall length with 6>way blade (angled) mm track gauge (+1width of 1 pad=total width) mm ground clearance mm kg kg mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kN (t) m/min mm m 0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4,6 (0 > 2.8) 3100 3675 4475 4665 4810 4835 5255 5335 1630 1750 370 370 11550 / 11800/12000/ 11750 12100/12300 11500 / >>>>> 11850/12050/>>>>> 2750 3000 1,96 2,14 1200 1270 0,51 /0,43 0.49/0.41/0.38/0.33 2650 2950 2440 2750 1,78 2,42 1160 1270 0.51 / >>>> 0.50/0.42/>>>> 1185 925 850 31 635 800 25 1130 515 228 (23,2) 0 > 78 infinitely variable 19 70
Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width ) Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) 6>way blade: blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) Ripper: add. length ripper lowered add. length ripper raised weight > ripper complete max. slope angle Winch: additional length weight max. slope angle height cable exit height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size a max. length *) PR 712 / 103 > 113, M/103>109
4645 4810 5360 1930 370 >>>>>>/12450/ 12600/12800 12200/12300/12500 3350 2,08 1300 >>>/0.33/0.32/0.28 3235 3000 2,20 1250 0.38/0.33/0.31
PR 712
DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake/exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank > capacity Fuel consumption
B >F/N 348 >

05012999
B L >F/N 415 >

05012999
B M >F/N 349 >

05012999
kW 1/min 1/min 1/min l (cu.in) l (qt)
D 904 TB LIEBHERR in line 4 > mildly turbocharged 77 (103 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 5,6 (342) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45 = 100 % 0.20 / 0.25 1>3>4>2 42 (11,1) 310 ( 81,8) 11 > 18 (2.9 > 4.7)
SPLITTERBOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications 250 B 266 1 stage spur gear 0,803 2,5 (2.65) see lube oil > group 1.3
i l (qt)
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure > p max. Gear pump > repl. circuit max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) > p max. Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow > Q max. standby pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) > p max. Servo > operating pressure > working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity > + circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type type l /min (gal/min) bar bar bar l (gal) l (gal) 2BPV 50 2125 (33) 420 BOSCH 0510 79 (20,8) 16+4 2BMV 105 A10V045 112 (29,5) 20 160 18 max. 25 178 (47) 53 (14) see lube oil > group 1.3
kW A A
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) 2FAT 400 P 553 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/a partir de
PR 712 B F/N xxx> 0501 2999
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.11.01
PR 712
B >F/N 348 >

05012999
B L >F/N 415 >

05012999
B M >F/N 349 >

05012999
45.4 :1 210 (10.6) see lube oil > group 1.3
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width (single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers > single flange (s) Track rollers > double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm (inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty. 171,5 ( 6,7) 42 457/560 5/8 UNF 4 2 s>d>s>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5 171,5 ( 6,7) 44 457/560/610/711 5/8UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5 171,5 ( 6,7) 44 762/864 5/8 UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5
ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6 > way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Angle cylinder 6 > way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Ripper cylinder > cyl. a / rod a / stroke mm mm mm mm mm mm 90 / 50 / 1100 90 / 50 / 850 120 / 60 / 90 110 / 50 / 150 110 / 50 / 275 140 / 70 / 450
90/50/1100
90/50/850
GENERAL DATA Travel speed Drawbar pull max. Mud depth max. Basic machine: normal speed range reduced speed range due to ground condition measured horizontally km/h (mp/h) km/h (mp/h) kN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm kg mm kg mm kN (t) m/min mm m 0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4.6 (0 > 2.8) 146 740 3100 3675 4485
height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6>way blade (straight) overall length with 6>way blade (angled) track gauge (+1width of 1 pad=total width) ground clearance
Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width ) Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) add. length ripper lowered add. length ripper raised weight > ripper complete max. slope angle additional length weight height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size a max. length
4665 4835 5335 1630 1750 370 370 11550 / 11750 11800/12000/ 12100/12300 11850/12050/>>>>> 2750 2.18 1200 0,51 /0,43 3000 2.14 1270 0.49/0.41/0.38/0.33 2950 2750 2.42 1270 0.50/0.42/>>>>>
4645 4810 5360 1930 370 12600/12800 12300/12500 3350 2.15 1300 0.32/0.28 3235 3000 2.20 1250 0.33/0.31
6>way blade:
Ripper (3):
Winch:
1185 925 850 31 635 1200 525 227 (23.1) 0 > 105 infinitely variable 19 70
PR 712
DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake/exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity /DCA 4 Fuel tank > capacity Fuel consumption
B >F/N 348 >

30013083
B L >F/N 415 >

30013083
B M >F/N 349 >

30013083
kW 1/min 1/min 1/min l (cu.in) l (qt)
D 924 T>E A1 in line 4 > turbo charged 77 (103 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 6,64 (405,2) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45 = 100 % 0.25 / 0.30 1>3>4>2 52 (13.7)/2 (0.5) 310 (81,8) 10 > 17 (2.6 > 4.5)
SPLITTERBOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications 250 B 266 1 stage spur gear 0,803 2.5 (2.65) see lube oil > group 1.3
i l (qt)
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure > p max. Gear pump > repl. circuit max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) > p max. Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow > Q max. standby pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) > p max. Servo > operating pressure > working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity > + circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar l (gal) l (gal) 2BPV 50 2125 (33) 420 BOSCH 0510 79 (20,8) 16+4 2BMV 105 A10V045 112 (29,5) 20 160 18 max. 25 178 (47) 53 (14) see lube oil > group 1.3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Voltage Batteries Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses V 24 212 V 110 Ah (in series) 28 V 55 A 5,4 35 see Operation and Maintenance Manual
kW A A
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) 2FAT 400 P 553 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/a partir de
PR 712 B F/N xxx>30013083
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.12.01
PR 712
B >F/N 348 >

30013083
B L >F/N 415 >

30013083
B M >F/N 349 >

30013083
45,4 :1 2 10 (2.75) see lube oil > group 1.3
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width (single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers > single flange (s) Track rollers > double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm (inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty. 171.5 ( 6.7) 42 457 / 560 5/8 UNF 4 2 s>d>s>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5 171.5 ( 6.7) 44 457/560/610/660 5/8UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5 171.5 ( 6.7) 44 762/864 5/8 UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5
ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6 > way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Angle cylinder 6 > way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Ripper cylinder > cyl. a / rod a / stroke mm mm mm mm mm mm 90 / 50 / 1100 90 / 50 / 850 120 / 60 / 90 110 / 50 / 150 110 / 50 / 275 140 / 70 / 450
90/50/1100
90/50/850
GENERAL DATA Travel speed Drawbar pull max. Mud depth max. Basic machine: normal speed range reduced speed range due to ground condition measured horizontally km/h (mp/h) km/h (mp/h) kN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm kg mm kg mm kN (t) m/min mm m 0 > 11 ( 0> 6.8) 0 > 4.6 (0> 2.8) 146 740 3100 3675 4485
height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6>way blade (straight) overall length with 6>way blade (angled) track gauge (+1width of 1 pad=total width) ground clearance
1630 370
4665 4835 5335 1750 370
4645 4810 5360 1930 370 12600/12800 12300/12500 3350 2.15 1300 0.32/0.28 3235 3000 2,20 1250 0.33/0.31
Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width ) Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) add. length ripper lowered add. length ripper raised weight > ripper complete max. slope angle additional length weight height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size a max. length
11550 / 11750 11800/12000/ 12100/12300 11850/12050/>>>>> 2750 2.18 1200 0.51 /0.43 3000 2.14 1270 0.49/0.41/0.38/0.33 2950 2750 2,42 1270 0.50/0.42/>>>>>
6>way blade:
Ripper (3):
Winch:
1185 925 850 31 635 1200 525 227 (23,1) 0 > 105 infinitely variable 19 70
PR 712
DIESEL ENGINE Type Construction Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption
B - F/N 348 30845599
BL - F/N 415 30845599
BM - F/N 349 30845599
D 924 T - E A1 4 cylinder in line - turbocharged 77 (103 HP) 2000 800 +80 2100 6,64 (405,2) 18 (19) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-3-4-2 52 / 2 (13,7 / 0,5) 310 (81,8) 10 - 17 (2,6 - 4,5)
SPLITTER BOX Type Construction Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification 250 B 266 1 stage spur gear i 0,803 l (qt) 2,5 (2,65) see lube oil - group 1.3
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Gear pump - repl. circuit max flow Qmax max operating pressure (SP) pmax Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specification type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar 2 x BPV 50 2 x 125 (33) 420 BOSCH 0510 79 (20,8) +4 16 2 x BMV 105 A 10 V 045 112 (29,5) 20 160 18 max. 25
l (gal) 178 (47) l (gal) 53 (14) see lube oil - group 1.3
ELECTRIC SYSTEM Voltage Battery Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses V 24 2 x 12 V, 110 Ah (in series) 28 V 55 A kW 5,4 A 35 A see operation and maintenance manual
TRAVEL GEAR Type Construction Parking brake (integrated) Ratio 2 x FAT 450 D 583 2 stage planetary gear disk brake i total 45,4 : 1 /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B F/N xxx-3084 5599
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.13.01
PR 712
TRAVEL GEAR Oil quantity Oil specification
B - F/N 348 30845599
BL - F/N 415 30845599
BM - F/N 349 30845599
l (qt) 2 x 5,5 (5,8) see lube oil - group 1.3
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty. 171,5 / 6,7 42 457 / 560 5/8 UNF 4 2 s-d-s-s-d-s 1 2,5 44 457 /560 /610 /660
762 / 864
3 s-d-s-d- s-d-s 2
ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. / rod / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. / rod / stroke Angle cylinder 6-way blade cyl. / rod / stroke Ripper cylinder - cyl. / rod / stroke mm 90 / 50 / 1100 mm 90 / 50 / 850 mm 120 / 60 / 90 mm 110 / 50 / 150 mm 110 / 50 / 275 mm 140 / 70 / 450
90 / 50 / 1100
90 / 50 / 850
GENERAL DATA Travel speed normal speed range reduced speed range due to ground condition measured horizontally km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6,8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2,8) kN 146 mm 740 3100 3675 4485
Drawbar pull max. Mud depth max. Basic machine:
height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm overall length with 6-way-blade (straight) mm overall length with 6-way-blade (angled) mm track gauge (+ 1 width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm
1630 370
4665 4835 5335 1750
4645 4810 5360 1930
Operating weight w. straight blade ( varies due to pad width) Operating weight w. 6-way-blade ( varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight - attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width). blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight - attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width). length add.(lowered) length add.(raised) weight slope angle additional length weight height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size max. length
kg 11550 / 11750 kg mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg mm kg mm kN m/min mm m 2750 2,18 1200 0,51 / 0,43
11800 / 12000 / 12100 / 12300 11850 / 12050 / --3000 2,14 1270 0,49/0,41/0,38/0,33 2950 2750 2,42 1270 0,50 / 0,42 / ---
12600 / 12800 12300 / 12500 3350 2,15 1300 0,32 / 0,28 3235 3000 2,20 1250 0,33 / 0,31
6-way-blade:
Ripper(3):
Winch
1185 925 850 31 635 1200 525 227 (23,1t) 0-105 infinitely variable 19 70
PR 712
DIESEL ENGINE Type Construction Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption SPLITTER BOX Type Construction Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Tandem gear pump - replenishing / fan drive max. flow replenishing - Qmax max. operating pressure (SP) pmax max. flow fan drive - Qmax max. operating pressure (electronic regulated) pmax Gear motor - fan drive operation RPM Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specification type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar l/min (gal/min) bar type 1/min type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar
B - F/N 348 5600
BL - F/N 415 5600
BM - F/N 349 5600
D 924 T - E A1 4 cylinder in line - turbocharged 77 (103 HP) 2000 800 +80 2100 6,64 (405,2) 22,5 (23,7) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-3-4-2 52 / 2 (13,7 - 0,5) 310 (81,8) 10 - 17 (2,6 - 4,5)
250 B 266 1 stage spur gear i 0,803 l (qt) 2,5 (2,65) see lube oil - group 1.3
2 x BPV 50 2 x 125 (33) 420 32 ZP + 16 ZP 79 (20,8) +4 16 39 (10,3) +10 110 ZM 0511 +100 1850 2 x BMV 105 A 10 V 045 112 (29,5) 20 160 18 max. 25
TRAVEL GEAR Type Construction 2 x FAT 450 D 583 2 stage planetary gear /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B F/N xxx-5600
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.14.01
PR 712
TRAVEL GEAR Parking brake (integrated) Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. / rod / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. / rod / stroke Angle cylinder 6-way blade cyl. / rod / stroke Ripper cylinder - cyl. / rod / stroke mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty.
B - F/N 348 5600
BL - F/N 415 5600
BM - F/N 349 5600
disk brake i total 45,4 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 5,5 (5,8) see lube oil - group 1.3
171,5 / 6,7 42 457 / 560 5/8 UNF 4 2 s-d-s-s-d-s 1 2,5
44 457 /560 /610 /660
762 / 864
3 s-d-s-d- s-d-s 2
mm 90 / 50 / 1100 mm 90 / 50 / 850 mm 120 / 60 / 90 mm 110 / 50 / 150 mm 110 / 50 / 275 mm 140 / 70 / 450
90 / 50 / 1100
90 / 50 / 850
GENERAL DATA Travel speed normal speed range reduced speed range due to ground condition measured horizontally km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8) kN 146 mm 740 3100 3675 4485
1630 370
4665 4835 5335 1750
4645 4810 5360 1930
kg 11550 / 11750 kg mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg mm kg mm kN m/min mm m 2750 2,18 1200 0,51 / 0,43
11800 / 12000 / 12100 / 12300 11850 / 12050 / --3000 2,14 1270 0,49/0,41/0,38/0,33 2950 2750 2,42 1270 0,50 / 0,42 / ---
12600 / 12800 12300 / 12500 3350 2,15 1300 0,32 / 0,28 3235 3000 2,20 1250 0,33 / 0,31
6-way-blade:
Ripper(3):
Winch
PR 722 Type No.

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to DIN 6271 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption
> 103 281
L>101 397
M > 103 347
D 904 T LIEBHERR in line 4 > turbocharged 94 (126 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 5.6 (342) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45 = 100 % 0.20 / 0.25 1>3>4>2 52 (13) 310 (82) 14 > 22 (3.7 > 5.8)
SPLITTER BOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications 250 B 265 1 stage spur gear 0,914 2.5 (2.65) see lube oil group. 1.3
i l (qt)
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure Gear pump > repl. circuit max. flow Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump > max. flow > Q max. stand by pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) Servo > operating pressure > working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity > +circuit capacity Oil specifications type l /min (gal/min) bar type l /min (gal/min) bar type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar l (gal) l (gal) 2BPV 70 2154 (40) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) 16+4 2BMV 135 A10V071 156 (41.2) 20 160 18 max. 25 178/ 157* (47/ 41*) 53 (14) see lube oil > group 1.3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Voltage Batteries Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses V 24 212 V 110 AH (in series) 28 V 55 A 5.4 60 see Operation and Maintenance Manual
kW A A
PR 722
Datum Edition Date
F/N xxx> 0103 1000
01 01
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.20.01
PR 722 Type No.

>103 281
L>101 397
M > 103 347
42,9 26 (6,4) see lube oil > group 1.3
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width (single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers > single flange (s) Track rollers > double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder bearing > lube oil quantity Oil specifications Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Angle cylinder 6>way blade cyl. Ripper cylinder > cyl.
a / rod a / stroke
mm(inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty.
175,5 (6,9) 43 508 / 610 5/8 UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5
175,5 (6,9) 47 508 / 610 5/8 UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/>2.5
175,5 (6,9) 47 711 / 812 / 914 5/8 UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5
l (qt)
0.50 (0.52) see lube oil > group. 1.3 90 / 50 / 1140 90 / 50 / 850 140 / 70 / 100 120 / 60 / 170 120 / 60 / 325 140 / 70 / 450 90 / 50 / 1030 90 / 50 / 1030
mm mm mm mm mm mm
a / rod a / stroke
GENERAL DATA normal speed range km/h (mp/h) reduced speed range km/h (mp/h) Basic machine: height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm overall length with 6>way blade (straight) mm overall length with 6>way blade (angled) mm track gauge (+1 width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width) kg Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) kg Straight blade: blade width mm blade capacity m3 weight > attachment complete kg ground pressure (varies due to pad width) kg/cm2 6>way blade: blade width mm width (angled) mm blade capacity m3 weight > attachment complete kg ground pressure (varies due to pad width) kg/cm2 Ripper: add. length ripper lowered mm add. length ripper raised mm weight > ripper complete kg max. slope angle Winch: additional length mm weight kg max. slope angle height cable exit height drawbar pull mm max. line pull kN (t) max. line speed m/min mm cable size a max. length m *) PR 722/103>108, M/103>112 Travel speed 0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4,6 (0 > 2.8) 3105 3890 3910 4695 5045 4890 5190 5480 5780 1800 1800 365 365 13350 / 13550 13740 / 13980 13350 / 13550 13795 / 14035 3000 3000 2.85 2.85 1650 1650 0.51 / 0.43 0.46 / 0.39 3200 3200 2950 2950 2,59 2,59 1575 1575 0.51 / 0.43 0.46 / 0.39 1235 945 1100 30 635 900 25 1135 520 283 (28,3) 0 > 88 infinitely variable 22 65
3910 5045 5190 5895 2084 365 14400 /14600 /14850 14300 /14550 /14800 3600 3.13 1800 0.35 / 0.31 / 0.28 3790 3490 3,11 1770 0.34 / 0.31 / 0.28
PR 722
DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption
B >F/N 281 >

10013000
B L >F/N 397 >

10013000
B M >F/N 347
10013000
D 904 T LIEBHERR in line 4 > turbocharged 97 (130 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 5,6 (342) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45 = 100 % 0.20 / 0.25 1>3>4>2 42 (11) 310 (82) 14 > 22 (3.7 > 5.8)
i l (qt)
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure Gear pump > repl. circuit max. flow Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump > max. flow > Q max. stand by pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) Servo > operating pressure > working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity > +circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar l (gal) l (gal) 2BPV 70 2154 (40) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) 16+4 2BMV 135 A10V071 156 (40.2) 20 160 18 max. 25 178 (47) 53 (14) see lube oil > group 1.3
kW A A
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) 2FAT 450 P 554 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Typ/ab Type/from Type/a partir de
PR 722 B F/N xxx> 1001 3000

Datum Edition Date
01 01
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.21.01
PR 722
B >F/N 281 >

10013000
B L >F/N 397 >

10013000
B M >F/N 347>
10013000
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width (single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers > single flange (s) Track rollers > double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm (inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty. 175,5 ( 6,9) 43 508 / 610 5/8 UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5 175,5 ( 6,9) 47 508 / 610 5/8 UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/>2.5 175,5 (6,9) 47 711 / 812 / 914 5/8 UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5
ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Angle cylinder 6>way blade cyl. Ripper cylinder > cyl.
a / rod a / stroke
mm mm mm mm mm mm
90 / 50 / 1140 90 / 50 / 850 140 / 70 / 100 120 / 60 / 170 120 / 60 / 325 140 / 70 / 450
90 / 50 / 1030
90 / 50 / 1030
a / rod a / stroke
height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6>way blade (straight) overall length with 6>way blade (angled) track gauge (+1width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance
1800 370 13350 / 13550 13350 / 13550 3000 2,85 1650 0.51 / 0.43
3910 5045 5220 5805 1800 370 13740 /14000 13795 / 14035 3000 2,85 1650 0.46 / 0.39 3200 3490 2,59 1575 0.46 / 0.39
3910 5045 5190 5895 2084 370 14400 /14600 /14850 14300 /14550 /14800 3600 3,13 1800 0.35 / 0.31 / 0.28 3790 3490 3,11 1770 0.34 / 0.31 / 0.28
Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width) Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) add. length ripper lowered add. length ripper raised weight > ripper complete max. slope angle additional length weight height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size a max. length
6>way blade:
Ripper (3):
Winch:
PR 722
DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity /DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption
B >F/N 281 >

30013170
B L >F/N 397 >

30013170
B M >F/N 347
30013170
D 924 T>E A1 in line 4 > turbocharged 97 (130 HP) 2000 800 2100+80 6.64 (405.2 ) 18 (19) see lube oil > group 1.3 45 = 100 % 0,25 / 0,30 1>3>4>2 52/2 (13.7/0.5) 310 (82) 12 > 21 (3.2 > 5.5)
i l (qt)
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure Gear pump > repl. circuit max. flow Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump > max. flow > Q max. stand by pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) Servo > operating pressure > working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity > +circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar l (gal) l (gal) 2BPV 70 2154 (40) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) 16+4 2BMV 135 A10V071 156 (41.2) 20 160 18 max. 25 178 (47) 53 (14) see lube oil > group 1.3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Voltage Batteries Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses V 24 212 V 110 Ah (in series) 28 V 55 A 5,4 35 see Operation and Maintenance Manual
kW A A
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) 2FAT 450 P 554 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Typ/ab Type/from Type/a partir de
PR 722 B F/N xxx>30013170

Datum Edition Date
01 01
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.22.01
PR 722
B >F/N 281 >

30013170
B L >F/N 397 >

30013170
B M >F/N 347>
30013170
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width (single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers > single flange (s) Track rollers > double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm (inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty. 175.5 (6.9) 43 508 / 610 5/8 UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 1 +/> 2.5 175.5 (6.9) 47 508 / 610 5/8 UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/>2.5 175.5 (6.9) 47 711 / 812 / 914 5/8 UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 2.5
ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Angle cylinder 6>way blade cyl. Ripper cylinder > cyl.
a / rod a / stroke
mm mm mm mm mm mm
90 / 50 / 1140 90 / 50 / 850 140 / 70 / 100 120 / 60 / 170 120 / 60 / 325 140 / 70 / 450
90 / 50 / 1030
90 / 50 / 1030
a / rod a / stroke
height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6>way blade (straight) overall length with 6>way blade (angled) track gauge (+1width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance
1800 370 13350 / 13550 13350 / 13550 3000 2.85 1650 0.51 / 0.43
3910 5045 5220 5805 1800 370 13740 /14000 13795 / 14035 3000 2.85 1650 0.46 / 0.39 3200 3490 2,59 1575 0.46 / 0.39
3910 5045 5190 5895 2084 370 14400 /14600 /14850 14300 /14550 /14800 3600 3.13 1800 0.35 / 0.31 / 0.28 3790 3490 3,11 1770 0.34 / 0.31 / 0.28
Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width) Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) add. length ripper lowered add. length ripper raised weight > ripper complete max. slope angle additional length weight height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size a max. length
6>way blade:
Ripper (3):
Winch:
PR 722
DIESEL ENGINE Type Construction Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption
B - F/N 281 31715599
BL - F/N 397 31715599
BM - F/N 347 31715599
D 924 T - E A1 4 cylinder in line - turbocharged 97 (130 HP) 2000 800 +80 2100 6,64 (405,2) 18 (19) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-3-4-2 52 / 2 (13,7 / 0,5) 310 (82) 12 - 21 (3,2 - 5,5)
SPLITTER BOX Type Construction Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification 250 B 265 1 stage spur gear i 0,914 l (qt) 2,5 (2,65) see lube oil - group 1.3
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Gear pump - repl. circuit max flow Qmax max operating pressure (SP) pmax Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specification type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar 2 x BPV 70 2 x 154 (40) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) +4 16 2 x BMV 135 A 10 V 071 156 (41,2) 20 160 18 max. 25
TRAVEL GEAR Type Construction Parking brake (integrated) Ratio 2 x FAT 450 D 584 2 stage planetary gear disk brake i total 41,7 : 1 /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 722 B F/N xxx-3171 5599
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.23.01
PR 722
TRAVEL GEAR Oil quantity Oil specification
B - F/N 281 31715599
BL - F/N 397 31715599
BM - F/N 347 31715599
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty. 175,5 / 6,9 43 508 / 610 5/8 UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s 1 2,5 47 711 / 812 / 914
4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s 2
ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. / rod / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. / rod / stroke Angle cylinder 6-way blade cyl. / rod / stroke Ripper cylinder - cyl. / rod / stroke mm 90 / 50 / 1140 mm 90 / 50 / 850 mm 140 / 70 / 100 mm 120 / 60 / 170 mm 120 / 60 / 325 mm 140 / 70 / 450 90 / 50 / 1030
GENERAL DATA Travel speed normal speed range reduced speed range due to ground condition measured horizontally km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6,8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2,8) kN 171 mm 750 3105 3890 4695
3910 5045 5220 5805
1800 370 13740 / 14000 13795 / 14035
5190 5895 2084
kg 13350 / 13550 kg 13350 / 13550 mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm m3 kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg mm kg mm kN m/min mm m 3000 2,85 1650 0,51 / 0,43
14400/14600/14850 14300/14550/14800 3600 3,13 1800 0,35 / 0,31 / 0,28 3790 3490 3,11 1770 0,34 / 0,31 / 0,28
6-way-blade:
0,46 / 0,39 3200 3490 2,59 1575 0,46 / 0,39
Ripper(3):
Winch
PR 722
DIESEL ENGINE Type Construction Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption SPLITTER BOX Type Construction Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Tandem gear pump - replenishing / fan drive max. flow replenishing - Qmax max. operating pressure (SP) pmax max. flow fan drive - Qmax max. operating pressure (electronic regulated) pmax Gear motor - fan drive operation RPM Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specification type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar l/min (gal/min) bar type 1/min type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar
B - F/N 281 5600
BL - F/N 397 5600
BM - F/N 347 5600
D 924 T - E A1 4 cylinder in line - turbocharged 97 (130 HP) 2000 800 +80 2100 6,64 (405,2) 22,5 (23,7) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-3-4-2 52 / 2 (13,7 / 0,5) 310 (82) 12 - 21 (3,2 - 5,5)
250 B 265 1 stage spur gear i 0,914 l (qt) 2,5 (2,65) see lube oil - group 1.3
2 x BPV 70 2 x 154 (40) 420 38 ZP + 16 ZP 83 (22) +4 16 35 (9,2) +10 130 ZM 0511 +100 1990 2 x BMV 135 A 10 V 071 156 (41,2) 20 160 18 max. 25
TRAVEL GEAR Type Construction 2 x FAT 450 D 584 2 stage planetary gear /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 722 B F/N xxx-5600
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.24.01
PR 722
TRAVEL GEAR Parking brake (integrated) Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty.
B - F/N 281 5600
BL - F/N 397 5600
BM - F/N 347 5600
disk brake i total 41,7 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 8,5 (8,9) see lube oil - group 1.3
175,5 / 6,9 43 508 / 610 5/8 UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s 1 2,5
47 711 / 812 / 914
4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s 2
ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. / rod / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. / rod / stroke Angle cylinder 6-way blade cyl. / rod / stroke Ripper cylinder - cyl. / rod / stroke mm 90 / 50 / 1140 mm 90 / 50 / 850 mm 140 / 70 / 100 mm 120 / 60 / 170 mm 120 / 60 / 325 mm 140 / 70 / 450 90 / 50 / 1030
GENERAL DATA Travel speed normal speed range reduced speed range due to ground condition measured horizontally km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8) kN 171 mm 750 3105 3890 4695
3910 5045 5220 5805
1800 370 13740 / 14000 13795 / 14035
5190 5895 2084
kg 13350 / 13550 kg 13350 / 13550 mm 3 m kg kg/cm2 mm mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg mm kg mm kN m/min mm m 3000 2,85 1650 0,51 / 0,43
14400/14600/14850 14300/14550/14800 3600 3,13 1800 0,35 / 0,31 / 0,28 3790 3490 3,11 1770 0,34 / 0,31 / 0,28
6-way-blade:
0,46 / 0,39 3200 3490 2,59 1575 0,46 / 0,39
Ripper(3):
Winch
PR 732 Type No.

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to DIN 6271 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption
> 2003 350
L>2003 412
M > 2003 351
D 9306 TB LIEBHERR 6 Cyl. V 132 ( 180 HP) 1800 800+50 1900+60 12,0 (732) 25.5 (27) see lube oil > group 1.3 45 = 100 % 0,25 / 0,30 1>6>3>5>2>4 59 (15.5) 375 (98.7) 17 > 27 (4.5 > 7.1)
SPLITTER BOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications 350 B 375 1 stage spur gear 0,860 3 (3.2) see lube oil group. 1.3
i l (qt)
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure Gear pump > repl. circuit max. flow Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump > max. flow > Q max. stand by pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) Servo > operating pressure > working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity > +circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar l (gal) l (gal) 2BPV 100 2209 (55) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) 16+4 2BMV 186 A10V100 209 (55) 20 160 18 max. 25 178 (47) 87 (23) see lube oil > group 1.3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Voltage Batteries Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses V 24 212 V 143 AH (in series) 28 V 55 A 6,6 60 see Operation and Maintenance Manual
kW A A
PR 732
Datum Edition Date
F/N xxx> 2003 2500
01 01
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.30.01
PR 732 Type No.

>2003 350
L>2003 412
M > 2003 351
46,5 27.5 (7.6) see lube oil > group 1.3
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width (single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers > single flange (s) Track rollers > double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm (inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty. 203,2 ( 8,0) 39 508 / 610 3/4 UNF 4 2 s>d>s>s>d>s 1 +/> 3 203,2 ( 8,0) 43 508 / 610 3/4 UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/>3 203,2 ( 8,0) 43 711 / 812 3/4 UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/> 3
ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder bearing > lube oil quantity Oil specifications Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Angle cylinder 6>way blade cyl. Ripper cylinder > cyl.
a / rod a / stroke
l (qt)
0.65 (0.68) see lube oil > group. 1.3 100 / 50 / 1300
mm mm mm mm mm mm
150 / 70 / 140
a / rod a / stroke
160 / 80 / 530
GENERAL DATA normal speed range km/h (mp/h) reduced speed range km/h (mp/h) Basic machine: height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm overall length with 6>way blade (straight) mm overall length with 6>way blade (angled) mm track gauge (+1width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width) kg Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) kg Straight blade: blade width mm blade capacity m3 weight > attachment complete kg ground pressure (varies due to pad width) kg/cm2 6>way blade: blade width mm width (angled) mm blade capacity m3 weight > attachment complete kg ground pressure (varies due to pad width) kg/cm2 Ripper: add. length ripper lowered mm add. length ripper raised mm weight > ripper complete kg max. slope angle Winch: additional length mm weight kg max. slope angle height cable exit height drawbar pull mm max. line pull kN (t) max. line speed m/min mm cable size a max. length m Travel speed 0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4,6 (0 > 2.8) 3240 4090 5110
4140 5395
4140 5395
1880 415 17150 / 17400 3200 4.49 2425 0.63 / 0.53
1880 415 17900 / 18100 3200 4.49 2425 0.57 / 0.48
2180 415 18730 / 19150 3900 4.34 2452 0.37 / 0.32
1385 1055 1820 31,5 795 1400 1315 500 390 (39) 0 > 92 infinitely variable 26 70
PR 732
DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption Visco fan - at rated RPM SPLITTER BOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications
B - F/N 350 25012999
BL - F/N 412 25012999
BM - F/N 351 25012999
D 916 T LIEBHERR 6 cylinder in line - turbocharged 132 (180 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,16 (558,78) 22 (23,25) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,20 / 0,25 1-5-3-6-2-4 56 (14,7) 375 (99,1) 17 - 27 (4,5 - 7,1)
50
1/min 1630
350 B 375 1 stage spur gear i 0,860 l (qt) 3 (3,2) see lube oil - group 1.3
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Gear pump - repl. circuit max flow Qmax max operating pressure (SP) pmax Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar 2 x BPV 100 2 x 209 (55) 420 BOSCH 0510 83 (22) +4 16 2 x BMV 186 A 10 V 100 209 (55) 25 160 18 max. 25
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) Gear ratio 2 x FAT 500 P 555 2 stage planetary gear disk brake i total 46,5 : 1 /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
PR 732 B F/N xxx-2501 2999
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.31.01
PR 732
TRAVEL GEAR Oil quantity Oil specifications
B - F/N 350 25012999
BL - F/N 412 25012999
BM - F/N 351 25012999
l (qt) 2 x 18 (19) see lube oil - group 1.3
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty. 203,2 / 8,0 39 508 / 610 UNF 4 2 e-d-e-e-d-e 1 3 43 812 / 965
4 e-d-e-d-d-e-d-e 2
GENERAL DATA Travel speed normal speed range reduced speed range due to ground condition measured horizontally km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8) kN 234 mm 800 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 3240 4090 5110 5560 6120 1880 474
Drawbar pull max. Mud depth max.
Basic machine: height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6-way-blade (straight) overall length with 6-way-blade (angled) track gauge (+ 1 width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance Operating weight w. straight blade ( varies due to pad width) Operating weight w. 6-way-blade ( varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight - attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width). blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight - attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width). length add.(lowered) length add.(raised) weight slope angle additional length weight height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size max. length
4140 5395 5885 6445 2180
kg 17150 / 17400 kg 20000 / 20250 mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg mm kg mm kN m/min mm m
17900 / 18100 20650 / 20950
18730 / 19150
6-way-blade:
Ripper(3):
Winch
3200 4,49 2425 0,63 / 0,53 0,57 / 0,48 3600 3390 4,13 3120 0,74 / 0,62 0,66 / 0,56 1385 1055 1720 31 / 36,5 795 1400 500 390 (39t) 0-92 infinitely variable 26 70
3900 4,34 2452 0,37 / 0,32
PR 732
DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption Visco fan - at rated RPM SPLITTER BOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications
B - F/N 350 30003135
BL - F/N 412 30003135
BM - F/N 351 30003135
D 926 T - E A2 6 cylinder in line - turbocharged 132 (180 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607,8) 20 (21,1) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-5-3-6-2-4 59 / 1,9 (15,5 / 0,5) 375 (99,1) 16 - 28 (4,2 - 7,4)
50
1/min 1630
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) Gear ratio 2 x FAT 500 P 555 2 stage planetary gear disk brake i total 46,5 : 1 /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
PR 732 B F/N xxx-3000 3135
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.32.01
PR 732
B - F/N 350 30003135
BL - F/N 412 30003135
BM - F/N 351 30003135
l (qt) 2 x 18 (19) see lube oil - group 1.3
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty. 203,2 / 8,0 39 508 / 610 UNF 4 2 e-d-e-e-d-e 1 3 43 812 / 965
4 e-d-e-d-d-e-d-e 2
GENERAL DATA Travel speed normal speed range reduced speed range due to ground condition measured horizontally km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8) kN 234 mm 800 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 3240 4090 5110 5560 6120 1880 474
Drawbar pull max. Mud depth max.
Basic machine: height over cab overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) overall length with straight blade overall length with 6-way-blade (straight) overall length with 6-way-blade (angled) track gauge (+ 1 width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance Operating weight w. straight blade ( varies due to pad width) Operating weight w. 6-way-blade ( varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight - attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width). blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight - attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width). length add.(lowered) length add.(raised) weight slope angle additional length weight height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size max. length
4140 5395 5885 6445 2180
17900 / 18100 20650 / 20950
18730 / 19150
6-way-blade:
Ripper(3):
Winch
3900 4,34 2452 0,37 / 0,32
PR 732
B - F/N 350 31365599
BL - F/N 412 31365599
BM - F/N 351 31365599
50
1/min 1630
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) Gear ratio 2 x FAT 500 D 585 2 stage planetary gear disk brake i total 46,5 : 1 /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
PR 732 B F/N xxx-3136 5599
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.33.01
PR 732
B - F/N 350 31365599
BL - F/N 412 31365599
BM - F/N 351 31365599
l (qt) 2 x 11 (11,6) see lube oil - group 1.3
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty. 203,2 / 8,0 39 508 / 610 UNF 4 2 s-d-s-s-d-s 1 3 43 812 / 965
4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s 2
GENERAL DATA Travel speed normal speed range reduced speed range due to ground condition measured horizontally km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8) kN 234 mm 800 3240 4090 5110 5560 6120 1880 474
4140 5395 5885 6445 2180
17900 / 18100 20650 / 20950
18730 / 19150
6-way-blade:
Ripper(3):
Winch
3900 4,34 2452 0,37 / 0,32
PR 732
DIESEL ENGINE Type Construction Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption SPLITTER BOX Type Construction Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Tandem gear pump - replenishing / fan drive max. flow replenishing - Qmax max. operating pressure (SP) pmax max. flow fan drive - Qmax max. operating pressure (electronic regulated) pmax Axial piston motor - fan drive operation RPM Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specification type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar l/min (gal/min) bar type 1/min type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar
B - F/N 350 5600
BL - F/N 412 5600
BM - F/N 351 5600
2 x BPV 100 2 x 209 (55) 420 45 ZP + 19 ZP 94 (99,36) 25 38 (40,17) +10 150 A 10 FSM +100 1700 2 x BMV 186 A 10 V 100 209 (55) 25 160 18 max. 25
ELECTRIC SYSTEM Voltage Battery Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses TRAVEL GEAR Type Construction Parking brake (integrated) 2 x FAT 500 D 585 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de V 24 2 x 12 V, 143 Ah (in series) 28 V 55 A kW 6,6 A 35 A see operation and maintenance manual
Mjfcifss!
PR 732 B F/N xxx-5600
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.34.01
PR 732
TRAVEL GEAR Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. / rod / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke 6-way-blade cyl. / rod / stroke Angle cylinder 6-way blade cyl. / rod / stroke Ripper cylinder - cyl. / rod / stroke GENERAL DATA Travel speed normal range reduced range normal range = III reduced range - II reduced range - I due to ground condition measured horizontally mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty.
B - F/N 350 5600
BL - F/N 412 5600
BM - F/N 351 5600
i total 46,5 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 11 (11,6) see lube oil - group 1.3
203,2 / 8,0 39 508 / 610 UNF 4 2 s-d-s-s-d-s 1 3
43 812 / 965
4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s 2
mm 100 / 50 / 1300 mm 100 / 50 / 1300 mm 150 / 70 / 140 mm 150 / 70 / 680 mm 150 / 70 / 785 mm 160 / 80 / 530
km/h (mph) 0 11,0 (0 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 4,6 (0 2,8) km/h (mph) 0 11,0 (0 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 6,5 (0 4,0) km/h (mph) 0 4,0 (0 2,4) kN 234 mm 800 3240 4090 5110 5560 6120 1880 474
Travel speed
4140 5395 5885 6445 2180
17900 / 18100 20650 / 20950
18730 / 19150
6-way-blade:
Ripper(3):
Winch
3900 4,34 2452 0,37 / 0,32
PR 742 Type No.

DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to DIN 6271 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specifications Max. machine inclination > all directions Valve clearance > cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption SPLITTER BOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications
> 2001 352

D 9306 T LIEBHERR 6 Cyl. V 172 (234 HP) 1800 800+50 1900+60 12,0 (732) 25.5 (27) see lube oil > group 1.3 45 = 100 % 0.25 / 0.30 1>6>3>5>2>4 69 (18.2) 460 (121.5) 35>40 (9.2 > 10.5)
M > 2001 353
i l (qt)
350 B 376 1 stage spur gear 0,860 3 (3.2) see lube oil > group. 1.3
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow > Q max. max. operating pressure Gear pump > replenishing / coolant circuit max. flow Q max. max. operating pressure (Sp) Gear pump > pump control / replenishing max. flow Q max. max. operting pressure (St) Travel motors Variable flow working hydraulic pump > max. flow > Q max. stand by pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) Servo > operating pressure > working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity > +circuit capacity Oil specifications ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Voltage Batteries Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses V 24 212 V 143 AH (in series) 28 V 55 A 6.6 60 see Operation and Maintenance Manual type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar l (gal) l (gal) 2HPV 130 2272 (72) 420 BOSCH ZP 56 117 (30.9) 25 BOSCH ZP 16 33 (8.7) 50 2BMV 260 HPR 130 272 (72) 30+5 160 25 189 (50) 77 (20.3) see lube oil>group 1.3
kW A A
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) Benennung Description Dnomination 2FAT 550 / 516 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Typ/ab Type/from
Type/a partir de
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Technical Data
PR 742
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx> 2001 2500
3.1.40.01
PR 742 Type No.

>2001 352
42.9 11 (11.6) see lube oil > group 1.3
M > 2001 353
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width (single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers > single flange (s) Track rollers > double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm(inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty. 215.9 ( 8.5) 40 508 / 610 / 710 3/4 UNF 4 3 s>d>s>d>s>d>s 2 +/>3 215.9 (8.5) 43 812 / 914 3/4 UNF 4 4 s>d>s>d>d>s>d>s 2 +/>3
ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder bearing > lube oil quantity Oil specifications Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke 6>way blade cyl. a / rod a / stroke Angle cylinder 6>way blade cyl. Ripper cylinder > cyl.
a / rod a / stroke
l (qt)
0.65 (0.68) see lube oil > group. 1.3 110 / 60 / 1345
mm mm mm mm mm mm
180 / 80 / 170
a / rod a / stroke
180 / 80 / 530
GENERAL DATA normal speed range km/h (mp/h) reduced speed range km/h (mp/h) Basic machine: height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm overall length with 6>way blade (straight) mm overall length with 6>way blade (angled) mm track gauge (+1width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm Operating weight w. straight blade (varies due to pad width) kg Operating weight w. 6>way blade (varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) 6>way blade: blade width width (angled) blade capacity weight > attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width) Ripper: add. length ripper lowered add. length ripper raised weight > ripper complete max. slope angle Winch: additional length weight max. slope angle height cable exit height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size a max. length kg mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm m3 kg kg/cm2 mm mm kg mm kg Travel speed 0 > 11 (0 > 6.8) 0 > 4.6 (0 > 2.8) 3305 4300 5460
5770
1980 410 21600 / 21900 / 22200 3860 6.53 3715 0.72 / 0.61 / 0.53
2180 410 23000 / 23300
4500 6.23 3805 0.43 / 0.39
1675 1130 2600 29 740 2250 1325 510 520 (53) 0 > 80 infinitely variable 28 60
mm kN (t) m/min mm m
PR 742
DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption Visco fan - at rated RPM SPLITTER BOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps type max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax bar Tandem gear pump - repl.- / cool.- / pump contr. circuit type replenishing / coolant circuit - max. flow Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (SP) pmax bar pump control / replenishing - max. flow Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (St) pmax bar Travel motors type Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar
B - F/N 352 25012999
BL - F/N 581 25012999
BM - F/N 353 25012999
D 926 TI LIEBHERR 6 cylinder in line - intercooled 172 (234 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607.9) 22 (23.2) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,20 / 0,25 1-5-3-6-2-4 62 (16.4) 450 ( 118.9) 32 - 37 (8.4 - 9.8)
50
1/min 1560
350 B 376 1 stage spur gear i 0,860 l (qt) 3 (3.2) see lube oil - group 1.3
2 x HPV 130 2 x 272 (2 x 72) 420 PRN 55 + 17S SC37 G 117 (31) 25 33 (8.7) 50 2 x BMV 260 A 10 V 140 292 (77.1) 25 160 25
l (gal) 178 (47) l (gal) 88 (23.2) see lube oil - group 1.3
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) 2 x FAT 550 P 556 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-2501 2999
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.41.01
PR 742
TRAVEL GEAR Gear ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications
B - F/N 352 25012999
BL - F/N 581 25012999
BM - F/N 353 25012999
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty. 215,9 / 8,5 39 508 / 610 / 710 UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s 2 3 43 812 / 914
4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s
ATTACHMENT Lift cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke Tilt cylinder straight blade cyl. / rod / stroke Ripper cylinder - cyl. / rod / stroke mm 110 / 60 / 1345 mm 180 / 80 / 170 mm 180 / 80 / 530
GENERAL DATA Travel speed normal speed range reduced speed range due to ground condition measured horizontally km/h (mp/h) 0 - 11 (0 - 6.8) km/h (mp/h) 0 - 4,6 (0 - 2.8) kN 285 mm 850 3305 4300 5460 1980 482 22150 / 22450 / 22750 3990 6,37 3540 0,73 / 0,62 / 0,54 1675 1130 2600 29 / 36,5 740 2550 510 520 (53t) 0-80 infinitely variable 28 60 22925 / 23225 23525
height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm track gauge (+ 1 width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm kg mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg mm kg mm kN (t) m/min mm m
5770 2180
Operating weight w. straight blade ( varies due to pad width) Straight blade: blade width blade capacity weight - attachment complete ground pressure (varies due to pad width). length add.(lowered) length add.(raised) weight slope angle additional length weight height drawbar pull max. line pull max. line speed cable size max. length
23550 / 23850 4500 6,27 3610 0,44 / 0,40
0,69 / 0,58 / 0,50
Ripper(3):
Winch
PR 742
DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption Visco fan - at rated RPM SPLITTER BOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps type max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax bar Tandem gear pump - repl.- / cool.- / pump contr. circuit type replenishing / coolant circuit - max. flow Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (SP) pmax bar pump control / replenishing - max. flow Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (St) pmax bar Travel motors type Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar
B - F/N 352 30003088
BL - F/N 581 30003088
BM - F/N 353 30003088
D 926 TI - E A2 6 cylinder in line - intercooled 172 (234 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607.9) 25,5 (27) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-5-3-6-2-4 62 / 2,4 (16.4 / 0.66) 450 ( 118.9) 20 - 35
50
1/min 1560
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) 2 x FAT 550 P 556 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-3000 3088
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.42.01
PR 742
B - F/N 352 30003088
BL - F/N 581 30003088
BM - F/N 353 30003088
4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s
5770 2180
23550 / 23850 4500 6,27 3610 0,44 / 0,40
0,69 / 0,58 / 0,50
Ripper(3):
Winch
PR 742
DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption Visco fan - at rated RPM SPLITTER BOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps type max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax bar Tandem gear pump - repl.- / cool.- / pump contr. circuit type replenishing / coolant circuit - max. flow Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (SP) pmax bar pump control / replenishing - max. flow Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (St) pmax bar Travel motors type Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar
B - F/N 352 30895233
BL - F/N 581 30895233
BM - F/N 353 30895233
D 926 TI - E A2 6 cylinder in line - intercooled 172 (234 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607.9) 25,5 (27) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-5-3-6-2-4 62 / 2,4 (16.4 / 0.66) 450 ( 118.9) 20 - 35 (5.3 - 9.2)
50
1/min 1560
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) 2 x FAT 550 D 586 2 stage planetary gear disk brake /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-3089 5233
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.43.01
PR 742
B - F/N 352 30895233
BL - F/N 581 30895233
BM - F/N 353 30895233
i total 43,9 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 14,5 (15,3) see lube oil - group 1.3
4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s
5770 2180
24600 / 24950 4500 6,27 3610 0,46 / 0,42
0,72 / 0,59 / 0,53
Ripper(3):
Winch
PR 742
B - F/N 352 52345599
BL - F/N 581 52345599
BM - F/N 353 52345599
D 926 TI - E A2 6 cylinder in line - intercooled 172 (234 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607,9) 25,5 (27) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-5-3-6-2-4 62 / 2,4 (16,4 / 0,66) 450 ( 118,9) 20 - 35 (5,3 - 9,2)
50
1/min 1560
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps type 2 x HPV 135 max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) 2 x 282 (2 x 75) max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax bar 420 Tandem gear pump - replenishing - coolant circuit / fan drive type PRN 55 + 17S SC37 G max. flow - Qmax total(Q1+Q2) l/min (gal/min) 150 (39,6) max. operating pressure (SP) pmax bar 25 Travel motors type 2 x BMV 260 Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar A 10 V 140 292 (77,1) 25 160 25
l (gal) 178 (47) l (gal) 88 (23,2) see lube oil - group 1.3
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) Gear ratio 2 x FAT 550 D 586 2 stage planetary gear disk brake i total 43,9 : 1 /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-5234 5599
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.44.01
PR 742
B - F/N 352 52345599
BL - F/N 581 52345599
BM - F/N 353 52345599
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty. 215,9 / 8,5 39 508 / 610 / 710 UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s qty 2 3 43 812 / 914
4 s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s
height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm track gauge (+ 1 width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm kg mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg mm kg mm kN m/min mm m
5770 2180
24600 / 24950 4500 6,27 3610 0,46 / 0,42
0,72 / 0,59 / 0,53
Ripper(3):
Winch
PR 742
DIESEL ENGINE Type Engine version Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance - cold intake / exhaust Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption
B - F/N 352 5600
BL - F/N 581 5600
BM - F/N 353 5600
D 926 TI - E A2 6 cylinder in line - intercooled 172 (234 HP) 1800 +50 800 +80 1900 9,96 (607.9) 25,5 (27) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-5-3-6-2-4 62 / 2,4 (16.4 / 0.66) 450 ( 118.9) 20 - 35 (5.3 - 9.2)
SPLITTER BOX Type Gear version Ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications 350 B 374 1 stage spur gear i 0,860 l (qt) 3 (3,2) see lube oil - group 1.3
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps type 2 x HPV 135 max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) 2 x 282 (2x 75) max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax bar 420 Tandem gear pump - replenishing - coolant circuit / fan drive type PRN 55 + 17S SC37 G max. flow replenishing - Qmax l/min (gal/min) 117 (30,8) max. operating pressure (SP) pmax bar 25 max. flow fan drive - Qmax l/min (gal/min) 33 (8,7) +10 max. operating pressure (electronic regulated) pmax bar 210 Axial piston motor - fan drive type A 10 FSM +100 operation RPM 1/min 1475 Travel motors type 2 x BMV 260 Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure(HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity + circuit capacity Oil specifications type l/min (gal/min) bar bar bar A 10 V 140 292 (77,1) 25 160 25
l (gal) 178 (47) l (gal) 88 (23,2) see lube oil - group 1.3
/..
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-5600
01 03
Technical Data
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.45.01
PR 742
TRAVEL GEAR Type Gear version Parking brake (integrated) Gear ratio Oil quantity Oil specifications
B - F/N 352 5600
BL - F/N 581 5600
BM - F/N 353 5600
2 x FAT 550 D 586 2 stage planetary gear disk brake i total 43,9 : 1 l (qt) 2 x 14,5 (15,3) see lube oil - group 1.3
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation mm / inch links mm thread. size qty. qty. 215,9 / 8,5 39 508 / 610 / 710 UNF 4 3 e-d-e-d-e-d-e qty. 2 3 43 812 / 914
4 e-d-e-d-d-e-d-e
GENERAL DATA Travel speed normal range = III reduced range - II reduced range - I due to ground condition measured horizontally km/h (mph) 0 11,0 (0 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 6,5 (0 4,0) from F/N xxx-6200 reverse 0 7,8 (0 4,8) km/h (mph) 0 4,0 (0 2,4) from F/N xxx-6200 reverse 0 4,8 (0 3,0) kN 285 mm 850 3305 4300 5460 1980 482 22950 / 23350 / 23750 3990 6,37 3540 0,76 / 0,65 / 0,57 1675 1130 2600 29 / 36,5 740 2550 510 520 (53t) 0-80 infinitely variable 28 60 23700 / 24100 24450
height over cab mm overall length w/o attachment (transport dimension) mm overall length with straight blade mm track gauge (+ 1 width of 1 pad = total width) mm ground clearance mm kg mm 3 m kg 2 kg/cm mm mm kg mm kg mm kN m/min mm m
5770 2180
24600 / 24950 4500 6,27 3610 0,46 / 0,42
0,72 / 0,59 / 0,53
Ripper(3):
Winch
PR 752
DIESEL ENGINE Type Construction Rating to ISO 9249 Rated RPM Low idle RPM High idle RPM Displacement Oil quantity incl. filter Oil specification Max. machine inclination - all directions Valve clearance -cold Firing order Coolant capacity / DCA 4 Fuel tank capacity Fuel consumption
F/N 32422005599 D 9406 TI-E A3 6 cyl. V - intercooled 243 (326 HP) 1800 +50 800 +60 1900 12,88 (786) 24 (25,4) see lube oil - group 1.3 45 = 100% 0,25 / 0,30 1-6-3-5-2-4 68 / 2,5 (17,9 / 0,66) 610 (161) 29 - 50 (7,6 - 13,2)
intake/exhaust
mm
l (gal) l (gal) appr. l/h (gal/h)
SPLITTERBOX Type Construction Ratio Oil quantity Oil specification 350 B 365 1 stage spur gear i 0,83 l (qt) 6 (6,3) see lube oil - group 1.3
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Travel pumps max. flow - Qmax max. operating pressure (M1 / M2) pmax Tandem gear pumps - replenishing/coolant circuit max. flow - Qmax total (Q1+Q2) max. operating pressure (SP) pmax Travel motors
type 2xBPV 200 L-EH l/min (gal/min) 2x425 (2x112,3) bar 420 HY/ZGGS11/45+38 L (F/N -20022006 = PRR 44+32 SC, type F/N -20072027 = HY/ZGGS11/45+32L) l/min (gal/min) 180 (47,6) (162 (42,8)) bar 25 type 4xBMV 186 HF A10V28 58 (15,3) 160 30 AA10FM28 1300 (350) SNM2/19 CO 02 1900 (500) HPR 160 336 (88,7) 30 200
Variable flow pump - fan drive max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (LA) pmax bar stand by pressure (LA) (when machine is cold) bar Axial piston-constant motor (fan - water cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min Gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Control valve block - working hydraulic Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity - +circuit capacity Oil specification type l/min (gal/min) bar bar
type M7-3022 bar 25 l (gal) 210 (55,4) l (gal) 170 (44,8) see lube oil - group 1.3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Voltage Batteries Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses V 24 2x12V 170Ah (in series) 28V 55A kW 9 A 45 A see Operation and Maintenance Manual /.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Technical Data
F/N 324-20025599
Blatt Page Feuille
3.1.50.01
PR 752
TRAVEL GEAR Type Construction Parking brake (integrated) Ratio Oil quantity - gear area Oil quantity - sealed area Oil specification
F/N 32420025599 2xFAT 650 / 508 spur- + 2 stage planetary gear 4x disk brake i total 54,3 : 1 l (qt) 2x21 (22,2) l (qt) 9,4 (9,9) see lube oil - group 1.3
TRACK COMPONENTS Track chain pitch Track chain length Track pad width ( single grouser) Track pad bolts Track rollers - single flange (s) Track rollers - double flange (d) Track roller location Carrier rollers each side Max. roller frame oscillation
mm (inch) links mm thread. size qty. qty.
215,9 (8,5) 44 560 / 610 / 711 7/8 UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s qty. 2 3
ATTACHMENT Semi-U-Blade Lift cylinder Tilt cylinder Cutting angle cylinder Ripper 1 tooth / 3 teeth Lift cylinder Ripping angle cylinder piston / rod / stroke piston / rod / stroke piston / rod / stroke mm 120 / 070 / 1490 mm 200 / 090 / 0195 mm 220 / 090 / 0145
piston / rod / stroke piston / rod / stroke
mm 180 / 100 / 0480 mm 180 / 100 / 0480
GENERAL DATA Travel speed - 2 ranges normal range reduced range normal range = III reduced range - II reduced range - I due to ground condition measured horizontally height over cab overall length (transport dimension) length with semi-U blade track gauge (+1 width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance km/h (mph) 0 11,0 (0 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 4,6 (0 2,8) km/h (mph) 0 11,0 (0 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 6,5 (0 4,0) km/h (mph) 0 4,0 (0 2,4) kN 460 mm 1123 mm mm mm mm mm 3640 4885 6515 2180 625
Travel speed - 3 ranges
Drawbar pull max. Mud depth max. Basic machine
Operating weight with semi-U blade (varies due to pad width) Ground pressure with semi-U blade (varies due to pad width) Semi-U blade blade width blade capacity weight blade complete add. length ripper lowered add. length ripper raised weight - ripper complete max. penetration max. slope angle weight - ripper complete max. penetration max. slope angle
kg 34200 / 34400 / 34800 kg/cm 0,96 / 0,89 / 0,77 mm 4200 m 9,54 kg 6350 mm mm kg mm 2390 1880 4200 1200 33 kg 4900 mm 855 29
Ripper 1 tooth
3 teeth
PR 752
intake/exhaust
mm
type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type
2xBPV 200 L-EH 2x425 (2x112,3) 420 HY/ZGGS11/45+38 L 180 (47,6) 25 4xBMV 186 HF A10V28 58 (15,3) 160 30 AA10FM28 1300 (350) SNM2/19 CO 02 1900 (550) HPR 160 336 (88,7) 30 200
Variable flow pump - fan drive max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (LA) (electronic regulated) pmax bar stand by pressure (LA) (when machine is cold) bar Axial piston-constant motor (fan - water cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min Gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Control valve block - working hydraulic Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity - +circuit capacity Oil specification type l/min (gal/min) bar bar
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Voltage Batteries Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses V 24 2x12V 170Ah (in series) 28V 80A kW 9 A 45 A see Operation and Maintenance Manual
/.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Technical Data
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N 324-56006199
3.1.51.01
PR 752
215,9 (8,5) 44 560 / 610 / 711 7/8 UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s qty. 2 3
mm 180 / 100 / 0480 mm 180 / 100 / 0480
GENERAL DATA Travel speed - 2 ranges normal range reduced range normal range = III reduced range - II reduced range - I due to ground condition measured horizontally height over cab overall length (transport dimension) length with semi-U blade track gauge (+1 width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance km/h (mph) 0 11,0 (0 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 4,6 (0 2,8) km/h (mph) 0 11,0 (0 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 6,5 (0 4,0) km/h (mph) 0 4,0 (0 2,4) kN 460 mm 1123 mm mm mm mm mm 3640 4885 6515 2180 625
Travel speed - 3 ranges
Ripper 1 tooth
3 teeth
PR 752
intake/exhaust
mm
type l/min (gal/min) bar type l/min (gal/min) bar type
2xBPV 200 L-EH 2x425 (2x112,3) 420 HY/ZGGS11/45+38 L 180 (47,6) 25 4xBMV 186 HF A10V28 58 (15,3) 190 30 AA10FM28 1530 (350) SNM2/19 CO 02 2200 (550) HPR 160 336 (88,7) 30 200
Variable flow pump - fan drive max. flow - Qmax l/min (gal/min) max. operating pressure (LA) (electronic regulated) pmax bar stand by pressure (LA) (when machine is cold) bar Axial piston-constant motor (fan - water cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min Gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) type operation RPM nmax (nmin) 1/min Variable flow working hydraulic pump max. flow - Qmax stand by pressure (HD) max. operating pressure (HD) pmax Control valve block - working hydraulic Servo - operating pressure - working hydraulic (ND) Hydr. tank capacity - +circuit capacity Oil specification type l/min (gal/min) bar bar
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Voltage Batteries Alternator Starter Automatic circuit breaker Fuses V 24 2x12V 170Ah (in series) 28V 80A kW 9 A 45 A see Operation and Maintenance Manual
/.. Benennung Description Dnomination Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Technical Data
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N 324-6200
3.1.52.01
PR 752
215,9 (8,5) 44 560 / 610 / 711 7/8 UNF 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s qty. 2 3
mm 180 / 100 / 0480 mm 180 / 100 / 0480
Travel speed
GENERAL DATA normal range = III reduced range - II reduced range - I due to ground condition measured horizontally height over cab overall length (transport dimension) length with semi-U blade track gauge (+1 width of 1 pad = total width) ground clearance
km/h (mph) 0 11,0 (0 6,8) km/h (mph) 0 6,5 (0 4,0) km/h (mph) 0 4,0 (0 2,4) kN 460 mm 1123 mm mm mm mm mm 3640 4885 6515 2180 625
reverse 0 7,8 (0 4,8) reverse 0 4,8 (0 3,0)
Ripper 1 tooth
3 teeth
Customer:.................................................Mach.-Type..............F/N.........-..............Hours...............Date.............
Maintenance by operating hours
WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT {

by maintenance personnel first and only maintenance interval repeat maintenance interval by authorized trained personnel OM operation/maintenance manual SM service manual
every 8 - 10
every 1000
every 2000
at delivery
every 250
every 500
at 10 - 50
cFor correct oil level, use dipstick marks - for procedure and quantities, see OM d For quality and viscosity guidelines see Service Fluids, SM - section 1.3 e For adjustment values, see data page entries in SM
Reference
Notes
DIESEL ENGINE { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check engine oil level and pressure Check coolant level Check radiator cap and fan Replace coolant filter, check antifreece / DCA4 percentage in coolant Check fuel filter water seperator - drain if necessary Replace engine oil Replace lube oil filter PR 712B / 722B - Replace fuel finefilter element - stage 2 Check condition and tension of V-belt Check engine, radiator and oil pan for dirt - clean if necessary Check oil, cooling and fuel system for leaks and condition Check air intake and exhaust system for tightness and leaks Check oil pan and engine mounts for condition and tightness Check engine RPM - adjust if necessary Check and adjust valve clearance - with cold engine OM OM OM OM SM (before cold season) OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM - every 2 years - every 2 years - every 2 years / 3000 hrs. - if necessary or at least every 3000 operating hours - if necessary or at least once a year SM Check and service injection pump and potentiometer linkage Drain fuel tank condensation and sediments PR 732B / 742B / 752 - Check fuel prefilter element - clean if necessary PR 732B / 742B / 752 - Replace fuel filter cartridge Grease flywheel teeth Check preheater system PR 712B / 722B - Replace fuel prefilter element - stage 1 Replace air filter elements Replace oil separator Replace coolant / corrosion inhibitor and DCA4 Check / adjust fuel injectors Check coolant pump (at PR 752 not necessary) - at least once a year - at least once a year OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM SM SM SM SM SM
c c cd cd
e e
cd e e c
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check oil level in hydraulic tank Clean magnetic rod - daily up to 250 operating hours Replace return oil filter element in hydraulic tank, check all case drain filter inserts for deposits / contamination Replace pressure filter (element) of the repl. circuit Check attachment and travel hydraulic system for function and leaks, check hydraulic hose routing / for chafing Drain hydraulic tank condensation and sediments (at least every 6 months) Check hydraulic oil cooler - clean if necessary + check fan at PR 752 Check all hydraulic pressures according setting prescription, adjust as necessary Check allscrews, nuts connections for tightness Replace hydraulic oil (refill via tank filter) - al least every 4 years - Whenever environmentally safe hydraulic fluids are used request / observe any special guidelines from manufacturer OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM
e cd
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Maintenance and
01 00
Inspection Guidelines
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx- 3000 F/N xxx- 3000 F/N xxx-3000 3039 F/N xxx-3000 3024 F/N xxx-2002 2008
3.2.12.01

by maintenance personnel first and only maintenance interval repeat maintenance interval by authorized trained personnel OM operation/maintenance manual SM service manual Durchfhrungshinweis Bemerkungen
every 8 - 10
every 1000
every 2000
at delivery
every 250
every 500
at 10 - 50
SPLITTERBOX { { { { { { { {
Check oil level Replace gear oil - at least once a years OM OM
c cd
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check system function incl. indicators and gauges Check battery electrolyte level Check, clean and grease battery terminals Check wire routing and connections Check control system according to adjustment checklist - adjust as necessary Check battery acid concentration / charge (before cold season) OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM
e e
HEATER / FRESH AIR SYSTEM { { { {

Check system for function and leaks Replace air filter - as necessary OM OM SM
TRAVEL GEAR { { { { { { { { {
Check oil level - clean magnetic plugs / magnetic rods Check screws and nuts for tightness Replace gear oil - clean magnetic plugs / magnetic rods - at least every 4 years OM OM OM SM
c cd
TRACK COMPONENTS { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check all bolts and nuts of track components, in particular at track pads and sprocket segments for tightness Check track and carrier rollers, idlers for leaks PR 752 - grease outer bearings of equalizer bar Check idler guides / adjust, replace parts as necessary PR 752 - check screws at the outher rings of support shafts for tight seating Adjust chain tension to suit application Clean track components Check track components for wear - as necessary - as necessary - as necessary - shorten interval as necessary OM OM OM OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM
e e
ATTACHMENTS { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check blade adjustment / centered to main frame - after every installation OM OM OM OM OM OM SM Check bolts, nuts and pin safeties for tightness Check all cutting edges, corner shanks and ripper teeth for wear, check if attachments are suited to application Check attachments for damage Check all attachment bearings for play / wear Grease all bearings including lift cylinder forks according to the lubrication chart - shorten interval as necessary
e d
GENERAL { { { {
Check entire machine for proper maintenance and condition PR 752 - Grease door hinges on battery and oil cooler room - as necessary OM OM SM
Customer:...............................................Mach.-Type...........F/N.........-.............Hours..............Date............

every 8 - 10
every 1000
every 2000
at delivery
every 250
every 500
every 50
Reference
Notes
DIESEL ENGINE { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check engine oil level and pressure Check coolant level Check engine, radiator and oil pan for dirt - clean if necessary Check fuel filter water seperator - drain if necessary Drain fuel tank condensation and sediments Replace engine oil Replace lube oil filter ( = as soon as after 30 operating hours) ( = as soon as after 30 operating hours) - al least once a week - at least once a year - at least once a year OM OM OM OM OM OM OM / SM OM / SM OM / SM OM / SM OM / SM OM / SM OM / SM SM SM OM / SM OM OM OM SM (before cold season) - if necessary or at least once a year - every 2 years - every 2 years - if necessary or at least every 3000 operating hours SM OM OM / SM OM / SM SM
c c
cd
Check radiator cap and fan Replace coolant filter, check antifreece / DCA4 percentage in coolant Check condition and tension of V-belt Check oil, cooling and fuel system for leaks and condition Check air intake and exhaust system for tightness and leaks Check oil pan and engine mounts for condition and tightness Check engine RPM - adjust if necessary Check and adjust valve clearance - with cold engine Check and service injection pump and potentiometer linkage PR 712B / 722B - Replace fuel filter(s) (prefilter and fine filter elements) - stage 1 and 2 PR 732B / 742B / 752 - Check fuel prefilter element - clean if necessary PR 732B / 742B / 752 - Replace fuel filter cartridge Grease flywheel teeth Check preheater system Replace air filter elements Replace oil separator Replace coolant / corrosion inhibitor and DCA4 Check / adjust fuel injectors
cd
{ {
e e
cd e
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check oil level in hydraulic tank Clean magnetic rod - daily up to 250 operating hours Replace return oil filter element in hydraulic tank, check all case drain filter inserts for deposits / contamination Replace pressure filter (element) of the repl. circuit Check attachment and travel hydraulic system for function and leaks, check hydraulic hose routing / for chafing Drain hydraulic tank condensation and sediments (at least every 6 months) Check hydraulic oil cooler - clean if necessary + PR 752 - fan for condition Check all hydraulic pressures according setting prescription, adjust as necessary Check allscrews, nuts connections for tightness Replace hydraulic oil (refill via tank filter) - al least every 4 years - Whenever environmentally safe hydraulic fluids are used request / observe any special guidelines from manufacturer OM OM / SM OM / SM OM OM / SM OM OM SM OM / SM OM
e cd
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Maintenance and
01 00
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-3001 3083 F/N xxx-3001 3170 F/N xxx-3040 3135 F/N xxx-3025 3088 F/N xxx-2009 2059
3.2.13.01

every 8 - 10
every 1000
every 2000
at delivery
every 250
every 500
every 50
Reference
Notes
Check oil level Replace gear oil - at least every 2 years OM OM
c cd
Check system function incl. indicators and gauges Check battery electrolyte level Check, clean and grease battery terminals Check wire routing and connections Check control system according to adjustment checklist - adjust as necessary Check battery acid concentration / charge (before cold season) OM / SM OM OM / SM OM / SM SM SM
e e

Check system for function and leaks Replace air filter - as necessary OM / SM OM
TRAVEL GEAR { { { { { { { { { { {
Check oil level - clean magnetic plugs / magnetic rods Check screws and nuts for tightness Replace gear oil - clean magnetic plugs / magnetic rods PR 752 - replace lube oil from cone seal area - at least every 4 years - at least every 4 years OM OM / SM OM OM
c cd cd
Check all bolts and nuts of track components, in particular at track pads and sprocket segments for tightness Check track and carrier rollers, idlers for leaks PR 752 - grease outer bearings of equalizer bar Check idler guides / adjust, replace parts as necessary PR 752 - check screws at the outher rings of support shafts for tight seating Adjust chain tension to suit application Clean track components Check track components for wear - as necessary - as necessary - as necessary - shorten interval as necessary OM / SM OM OM OM / SM OM / SM OM / SM OM SM
e e
ATTACHMENTS { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check all cutting edges, corner shanks and ripper teeth for wear, check if attachments are suited to application Grease all bearings including lift cylinder forks according to the lubrication chart - shorten interval as necessary Check all attachment bearings for play / wear Check blade adjustment / centered to main frame Check bolts, nuts and pin safeties for tightness Check attachments for damage - after every installation OM OM OM / SM OM OM OM
d e
GENERAL { { { { {
Check entire machine for proper maintenance and condition PR 752 - Grease door hinges on battery and oil cooler room - as necessary Explain machine literature and/or special instructions / safety guidelines to operating personnel OM / SM
OM
Customer:............................................Mach.-Type...........F/N(PIN).........-..............Sm.-hours............Date............
Maintenance/Inspection by Operating Hours

by maintenance personnel first and only maintenance interval repeat maintenance interval by authorized trained personnel OM Operation Manual SM Service Manual
every 8 - 10
every 1000
every 2000
at delivery
every 250
every 500
every 50
cfor correct oil level, use dipstick marks - for procedure and quantities, see OM d for quality and viscosity guidelines see "Service fluids", SM - section 1.3 e for adjustment values, see data page entries in SM
Reference
Notes
DIESEL ENGINE { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check engine oil level and pressure Check coolant level Check engine, radiator and belly pan for dirt - clean if necessary Check fuel filter water separator / drain if necessary Drain fuel tank condensation and sediments Replace engine oil Replace lube oil filter Check radiator cap and fan Replace coolant filter, check antifreeze / DCA4 percentage in coolant Check condition and tension of V-belt Check oil, cooling and fuel system for leaks and condition Check air intake and exhaust system for tightness and leaks Check oil pan and engine mounts for condition and tightness Check engine RPM - adjust if necessary Check and adjust valve clearance - with cold engine OM OM OM SM (before start of cold season) - if necessary or at least once a year - every 2 years - every 2 years - if necessary or at least every 3000 operating hours OM OM OM SM SM SM SM Check and service injection pump and potentiometer linkage PR 712B / 722B - Replace fuel pre- and fine filter elements - stage 1 and 2 PR 732B / 742B / 752 - Check fuel prefilter strainer / clean if necessary PR 732B / 742B / 752 - Replace fuel filter cartridge Grease flywheel teeth Check flame glow plug system Replace air filter elements Replace oil separator Replace coolant with antifreeze and DCA4 Check / adjust fuel injectors - at least once a week - at least once a year - at least once a year OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM SM SM SM SM SM
c c
cd
cd
{ {
e e
cd e
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check oil level in hydraulic tank Clean magnetic rod - daily up to 250 operating hours Replace return oil filter element in hydraulic tank, check all case drain filter inserts for deposits / contamination Replace pressure filter (element) of the repl. circuit Check attachment and travel hydraulic system for function and leaks, check hydraulic hose routing for chafing Drain hydraulic tank condensation and sediments (at least every 6 month) Check hydraulic oil cooler for dirt / clean if necessary, check fan for condition Check / adjust all hydraulic pressures according to adjustment checklist Check mountings and fittings for tight seating Replace hydraulic oil (refill via tank filter) - at least every 4 years - whenever environmentally safe hydraulic fluids are used request / observe any special guidelines from manufacturer OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM
e cd
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Maintenance and
01 00
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
3.2.14.01

every 8 - 10
every 1000
every 2000
at delivery
every 250
every 500
every 50
Reference
Notes
c cd
Check system functions incl. indicators and gauges Check battery electrolyte level Check, clean and grease battery terminals Check wire routing and connections Check control system according to adjustment checklist / adjust as necessary Check battery acid concentration / charge (before start of cold season) OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM
e e

Check system for function and leaks Replace fresh air filter - as necessary OM OM SM
TRAVEL GEAR { { { { { { { { { { {
Check oil level - clean magnetic plugs / magnetic rods Check bolts and nuts for tightness Replace gear oil - clean magnetic plugs / magnetic rods Replace lube oil from cone seal area - at least every 4 years - at least every 4 years OM OM OM OM SM
c cd cd
Check all bolts and nuts of track components, in particular at track pads and sprocket segments for tightness Check carrier rollers, track rollers and idlers for leaks PR 752 - grease outer bearings of equalizer bar Check idler guides / adjust, replace parts as necessary PR 752 - check screws at the outer rings of support shafts for tight seating Adjust chain tension to suit application Clean track components Check track components for wear - as necessary - as necessary - as necessary - shorten interval as necessary OM OM OM OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM
e e
ATTACHMENTS { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check all cutting edges, corner shanks and ripper teeth for wear, check if attachments are suited to application Grease all bearings including lift cylinder forks according to the lubrication chart - shorten interval as necessary Check all attachment bearings for play / wear Check blade adjustment / centered to main frame Check bolts, nuts and pin safeties for tightness Check attachments for damage - after every installation OM OM OM OM OM OM SM
d e
GENERAL { { { { {
Check entire machine for proper maintenance and condition PR 752 - Grease door hinges on battery and oil cooler room - as necessary Explain machine literature, in specially Operation Manual-safety guidelines to the operating personnel OM OM OM SM
Customer:............................................Mach.-Type...........F/N(PIN).........-..............Sm.-hours............Date............

every 8 - 10
every 1000
every 2000
at delivery
every 250
every 500
every 50
Reference
Notes
DIESEL ENGINE { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check engine oil level and pressure Check coolant level Check engine, radiator and belly pan for dirt - clean if necessary Check fuel filter water separator / drain if necessary Drain fuel tank condensation and sediments Replace engine oil Replace lube oil filter Check radiator cap and fan Replace coolant filter, check antifreeze / DCA4 percentage in coolant Check condition and tension of V-belt Check oil, cooling and fuel system for leaks and condition Check air intake and exhaust system for tightness and leaks Check oil pan and engine mounts for condition and tightness Check engine RPM - adjust if necessary Replace fuel prefilter - filter element Check and adjust valve clearance Replace fuel fine filter cartridge Grease flywheel teeth Check flame glow plug system Replace air filter elements Replace oil separator Replace coolant with antifreeze and DCA4 Check / adjust fuel injectors (before start of cold season) - if necessary or at least once a year - every 2 years - every 2 years - if necessary or at least every 3000 operating hours OM OM OM SM SM SM - with cold engine OM OM SM SM Check and service injection pump and potentiometer linkage OM SM SM - at least once a week - at least once a year - at least once a year OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM SM SM SM
c c
cd
cd
{ {
e e
cd e
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check oil level in hydraulic tank Clean magnetic rod - daily up to 250 operating hours Replace return oil filter element in hydraulic tank, check all case drain filter inserts for deposits / contamination Replace pressure filter (element) of the replenishing circuit Check attachment and travel hydraulic system for function and leaks, check hydraulic hose routing for chafing Drain hydraulic tank condensation and sediments (at least every 6 month) - whenever environmentally safe hydraulic fluids are used drain once a week Check hydraulic oil cooler for dirt / clean if necessary, check fan for condition Check / adjust all hydraulic pressures according to adjustment checklist Check mountings and fittings for tight seating Replace hydraulic oil (refill via tank filter) - at least every 4 years - whenever environmentally safe hydraulic fluids are used request / observe any special guidelines from manufacturer OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM
e cd
Mjfcifss!
Maintenance and
Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600
3.2.15.01

every 8 - 10
every 1000
every 2000
at delivery
every 250
every 500
every 50
Reference
Notes
c cd
Check system functions incl. indicators and gauges Check battery electrolyte level Check, clean and grease battery terminals Check wire routing and connections Check control system according to adjustment checklist / adjust as necessary Check battery acid concentration / charge (before start of cold season) OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM
e e

Check system for function and leaks Replace fresh air filter - as necessary OM OM SM
TRAVEL GEAR { { { { { { { { { { {
Check oil level - clean magnetic plugs / magnetic rods Check bolts and nuts for tightness Replace gear oil - clean magnetic plugs / magnetic rods Replace lube oil from cone seal area / flush cone seal area - at least every 4 years - at least every 4 years OM OM OM OM SM
c cd cd
Check all bolts and nuts of track components, in particular at track pads and sprocket segments for tightness Check carrier rollers, track rollers and idlers for leaks PR 752 - grease outer bearings of equalizer bar Check idler guides / adjust, replace parts as necessary PR 752 - check screws at the outer rings of support shafts for tight seating Adjust chain tension to suit application Clean track components Check track components for wear - as necessary - as necessary - as necessary - shorten interval as necessary OM OM OM OM OM OM OM SM SM SM SM SM
e e
ATTACHMENTS { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { {
Check all cutting edges, corner shanks and ripper teeth for wear, check if attachments are suited to application Grease all bearings including lift cylinder forks according to the lubrication chart - shorten interval as necessary Check all attachment bearings for play / wear Check blade adjustment / centered to main frame Check bolts, nuts and pin safeties for tightness Check attachments for damage - after every installation OM OM OM OM OM OM SM
d e
GENERAL { { { { {
Check entire machine for proper maintenance and condition PR 752 - Grease door hinges on battery and oil cooler room - as necessary Explain machine literature, in specially Operation Manual-safety guidelines to the operating personnel OM OM OM SM
1. General Guidelines 1.1. Documentation of work to be performed All maintenance work is noted in the Maintenance and Inspection Guidelines for the subject machine model, see group 3.2. A detailed record of completed work can be made by checking off all completed items on a report form and comparison with this list. Record the values obtained during adjustment checks on the adjustment check list form for the corresponding machine model, see group 3.5. In addition, confirm the completion of the inspection / delivery in the machines inspection notebook, send the appropriate service check to the applicable LIEBHERR representative. Remove the old sticker and attach the next inspection sticker, which is also in the notebook, in a clearly visible location in the operators cab of the machine. Explain the set-up and contents of the machine literature to the operator. Emphasize the safety guidelines and regulations and all necessary maintenance work to be carried out between inspections. 1.2. Safety Guidelines When performing any maintenance, inspection or repair work, observe all appropriate safety guidelines as outlined in group 1.2.01 and in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. In addition, observe all regional labors laws and regulations, accident prevention regulations and all applicable local, state and national laws and regulations. 1.3. Intervals Never exceed the given maintenance and inspection intervals; they can be shortened, if necessary. For example: replace the filters and drain the sediment in the fuel tank in case of contamination, clean the radiator in case of contamination, replace the filters and change the oil during and after repairs, etc. 1.4. Oil samples Any required oil samples must be taken directly from the component before changing the oil. Before taking the oil sample, operate the machine to circulate the oil to distribute any existing concentration of particles and to prevent incorrect test results due to deposits. To determine any residual contamination after the repair is completed, take another sample shortly after putting the machine back in service. Use the hand pump and take an oil sample from the center of the oil tank, do not overfill the oil sample container. Replace the suction hose on the hand pump after taking an oil sample. Fill out all forms to be submitted with the oil sample correctly and completely. Incorrect information can lead to unnecessary measures or to the elimination of necessary procedures and cause unnecessary charges. For further details, refer to the oil sample documentation. 1.5. Oils, filters and miscellaneous If possible, always drain the oil at operating temperature. For that reason complete all work, which has to be performed when the machine is cold first, such as adjusting the valves on the Diesel engine. Change the oil filters after draining the oil and before adding new oil. Before restarting the machine, bleed the system, as necessary. Turn the starter for 10 - 15 seconds before starting the Diesel engine. When possible, cut open the replaced filter cartridges and check them for abnormal deposits. The type and amount of deposits can give clues about the condition of the system and / or future problems. Dispose of used oil, filters and other waste products in an environmentally safe manner !
Mjfcifss!
Maintenance and Inspection

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Instructions
3.4.10.01
Use only original LIEBHERR spare part and supplies for all maintenance, inspection and repair work. If the operator insists on the installation of other parts, inform the operator that this could cause potential loss of warranty coverage; make sure to note this request and installation on the inspection report. For tightening torques, refer to page 1.4.02. For torque instructions for track pad and sprocket segment screws, refer to page 12.1.00.
2. Maintenance guidelines 2.1. Diesel engine maintenance On new machines, make sure to observe the first oil and filter change interval, because corrosion inhibitors have been added to the engine oil at the factory.
2.1.1 Change the lube oil filter Loosen the filter cartridges with a filter band and unscrew them by hand. Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual for installation position. Standing filters can also be removed with a suitable tool on the top of the cartridges. The filters are designed to retain the oil in the filters! 'Hand-tighten' (30 Nm) the filter cartridges.
2.1.2 Check the radiator cap and fan Radiator cap - Check the seal and function of the pressure relief valve. Replace the radiator cap, if necessary. Note: Insufficient pressure in the cooling system increases formation of vapors and can damage the engine. Check the fan for damage and make sure the distance between the fan and the radiator guard is the same on all sides. Adjust the guard, if necessary.
2.1.3 Check / replace the coolant / antifreeze mixture / corrosion inhibitor - in cooling systems without coolant filter Check the required percentage of antifreeze or corrosion inhibitor with an optical densimeter - see Special Tools, page 2.1.30.01. The test procedure is independent of the coolant temperature. A line between light and dark on the right scale of the sight gauge shows the protection value. When using antifreeze / corrosion inhibitor, the lowest temperature for which antifreeze protection is provided will be shown ( minus values above the 0 C mark, protection should be provided to - 37 C). Refer to the user instructions given by the manufacturer for further details. If in certain exceptional cases, the system is filled only with corrosion inhibitors, use the same scale to read the protection. Each -1C corresponds to 1% by volume of corrosion inhibitor (nominal value = 1%). Replace the coolant containing antifreeze every 2 years. Replace all special mixtures once a year. To drain the coolant from radiator and engine block, refer to instructions given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. See also group 1.3.01 - Service items, paragraph 1.3 - Coolant. If required, check the coolant pump before refilling, see paragraph 2.1.11. 2.1.4 Check / replace coolant - antifreeze and DCA4 concentration - in cooling systems with a coolant filter Check the DCA4 concentration before changing the coolant filter. Check for possible gel formation. Use the DCA4 test kit CC2602M, see Special Tools, group 2.1 to check the system. The kit contains multilanguage test instructions and maintenance guidelines, which must be observed. Check the expiration date of the test kit (example: "Use before Nov.1999").
If gel build up is found, drain the coolant and clean the system. Before refilling, check coolant / antifreeze quality and specification. The antifreeze may not be out of date nor emit silicates. Note: To prepare the coolant mixture, mix water first with the correct ratio of DCA4. Then add the required quantity of antifreeze to the water - DCA4 mixture and mix thoroughly. Replace the coolant with antifreeze and DCA4 every 2 years. Replace special coolant fluids every year. For details on draining the coolant from radiator and engine block, refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual. See also group 1.3.01 - Service items, paragraph 1.3 - Coolant. If necessary, check the coolant pump before refilling, see 2.1.11. 2.1.5 V-belt - Check condition and tension Check the belt tension manually, as outlined in the "Operation and Maintenance Manual". To check the V-belt tension with the Krikit test unit, (Id. No. 8122560), refer to the Diesel Engine Manual. Replace worn or brittle V-belts. For details on adjusting and changing the belt, refer to the "Operation and Maintenance Manual".
2.1.6 Check the oil, cooling and fuel systems as well as the intake and exhaust systems Check the systems for leaks, damage and chafed hoses. Repair leaks immediately, tighten loose connections, fittings and hose clamps. Replace chafed hoses or lines. Make sure they are routed properly to prevent chafing and kinks. Check the radiator mounts, change the radiator mounts, if necessary. Check the air filter housing and filter elements in the housing to ensure they are seated tightly. If applicable, replace damaged parts, seals and elements. 2.1.7 Checking the oil pan and engine mounts for tightness Check the screws on the oil pan and engine mounts, retighten if necessary. For torque values, see group 1.4. Check engine mounts, change engine mounts, if necessary. For torque values, see page 15.3. Check other fittings and components, such as fuel injectors, to ensure they are tight. 2.1.8 Check / adjust engine RPM - Service mechanical linkage to injection pump and potentiometer Check the RPMs when you check the electronic control system. See Adjustment checklist, group 3.5. If the required high / low idle RPMs are not reached, adjust the stop screws on the engine throttle control in the cab, adjust the routing / adjustment of the shut off and throttle control cable, check the neutral functions of hydraulic systems, and - if necessary - check the adjustment of the injection pump - see group 17.4. The engine RPMs can also be checked with an impulse tachometer (connect to a clear injection line), see Special Tools, page 2.1.10. Check the mechanical linkage to the injection pump and potentiometer for damage, check the ball joints for wear. Replace any damaged or worn parts.
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Instructions
3.4.10.02
2.1.9 Check / adjust valve clearance Check and adjust valve clearance when the engine is cold (ambient temperature). For valve clearance, firing order and cylinder location, see page 4.3.10.01. For further details and adjustment instructions, refer to the Diesel Engine Manual. Install the engine turning fixture, see Special Tools page 2.1.10 (see point 2.1.10) in place of the cover on the flywheel housing. 2.1.10 Check / grease the flywheel teeth Remove the cover from the flywheel housing and check the flywheel teeth. Apply about 1 cm of grease in the visible tooth cavity. Reinstall the cover. Note: Whenever possible, use non-metallic based greases. High metal or graphite content as well as too much grease combined with metallic friction, can cause problems with the RPM sensor signal.
2.1.11 Check the flame glow plug system - Replace the oil seperator - Check / test the fuel injectors - Check the coolant pump A defective flame glow plug system can impair the starting performance of the Diesel engine. For that reason, check the system before the start of the cold season. The diaphragm of the oil separator can leak due to aging or external damage and cause contamination damage to the engine. Check the service time and replace old or damaged oil separators. Check / test fuel injectors if there is any decrease in performance, if the engine runs rough, if you hear the engine knocking, or if the exhaust is black. If required, remove the cover on the coolant pump and check the axial play of the pump shaft with a dial indicator. If the axial play 0.1 mm, change the coolant pump. For further details, refer to the Diesel Engine Manual.
2.2. Inspect the hydraulic system 2.2.1 Clean the magnetic rod in the hydraulic tank Check and clean the magnetic rod daily on new machines and after repairs until you find only a minute amount of particles. Check the magnetic rod at regular intervals. Any increase in particles indicate abnormal wear. 2.2.2 Check / replace the return filter elements Replace the main return filter elements installed in the hydraulic tank. Check all case drain filters on travel pumps, motors and attachment pump for contamination. If any deposits are found, determine their origin and cause. Repair or replace components, as necessary. Replace case drain filters. 2.2.3 Check the working and the travel hydraulic system for function and leaks / check hose routing and check hoses for chafting, check mountings and fittings for tightness Actuate all travel and working functions, check for problems. Check the actuating disc, plunger and universal joint of the working hydraulic joysticks for wear, lubricate lightly and adjust, as necessary. For details, refer to page 8.5.01.02. Proceed the same way for pilot controls for added attachments. To check the accumulator (safety control) for the working hydraulic (except for on RL machines), start the Diesel engine and raise the front attachment. Shut off the engine (turn ignition key again to position 1) and leave the safety lever in raised position. Actuate the ' attachment down' function quickly and several times. If the attachment can be lowered less than 4 times, the accumulator is defective or there is excessive leakage in the system.
Check hoses and lines for leaks, make sure there are no kinks. Check for chafing. Replace chafed, sweaty (brittle) and old hoses! See safety guidelines, page 1.2.01.07. Do not route control, leak oil and tank lines and hoses together with high pressure hoses, do not route them over sharp corners, edges or hose fittings. Check connections for leaks and replace seal rings, as necessary. Check piston rods for damage, check piston rod bearings for leaks. Repair, as necessary. Check mounting screws on hydraulic components (pumps, motors, tank, etc.) as well as flange connections for tightness. Retighten, if necessary. 2.2.4 Check / adjust all hydraulic pressures Carry out pressure checks / adjustments according to adjustment checklist for the corresponding machine model - see group 3.5 - and record the results. For further details, data and instructions, refer to the quick reference for the adjustment checklist or the appropriate section in the Service Manual.
2.3. Inspect the electrical system 2.3.1 Check the function of the system including indicators and gauges Turn on all electrical functions and test all indicators and gauges on the instrument panel, as outlined in the "Operation and Maintenance Manual". In case of problems, check fuses and / or cables. Refer to the corresponding schematics in group 9.. 2.3.2 Clean / check / grease the battery connections, check the cable routing and connections Check the battery terminals and cable clamps for corrosion and tightness. Clean and grease the clamps and terminals at regular intervals. Check the batteries for external damage and leaks. Check the battery cable harness for chafing, check connections for corrosion. If chafed areas have been found, wrap them with electrical tape, reroute them and shrink fit the cable harness to prevent moisture infiltration.
2.3.3 Check / adjust the electronic control system On machines with electronic crawler control / E-box version CEP, use the test box to check and adjust the system, as outlined in group 10.4.. On machines with electronic crawler control / E-box version RST , use a notebook computer and the LIKOM Service Set, as outlined in group 10.5. Perform all checks / adjustments according to the adjustment checklist for the corresponding machine model - see group 3.5 - and record the results. For special tools, refer to page 2.1.30.01.
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Instructions
3.4.10.03
2.3.4 Check the battery electrolyte level (charge condition) Use an optical battery charge tester to check the electrolyte level, see Special Tools, page 2.1.30.01. The tester displays a line between light and dark on the left scale of the window, which means: GOOD FAIR RECHARGE = battery charged = battery half charged = battery discharged
Check the battery acid before adding water. Perform a separate test for each battery cell. If test values are the same for all cells, below 1200, the battery must be re- charged with an external battery charger. If the test values vary (difference is greater than 0.02), or if they are below 1.100, the battery must be replaced. Note: Disconnect the negative ( - ) terminal first, then disconnect the positive terminal ( +) ; connect the positive + terminal first, then connect the negative terminal ( - ).
For further details on the use of the battery charge tester or on the charging procedure, refer to the manufacturers instructions. Caution : Battery acid is highly corrosive! Handle the battery very carefully, always wear safety glasses and gloves. There is a danger of explosion in case of sparks! Make sure to strictly observe all safety guidelines!
2.4. Inspect the heater, ventilation and air conditioner 2.4.1 Check the system for function and for leaks Check all heater and fresh air functions and/or cooling function, if an air conditioner is installed. For further details, see Operation and Maintenance Manual. In case of heater problems, check the connections of the input and return lines, check for leaks. See group 17.3. For maintenance / malfunctions on air conditioners, call an air conditioning technician. For details, see group 17.5 and/or "Operation and Maintenance Manual".
2.5. Inspect the travel gear 2.5.1 Check screws for tightness Check all mounting screws for tightness, torque as necessary. For tightening torques, see page 1.4.02.01. Note: If the oil level is too high, the disk brake or travel motor seals may be leaking. On gears with two (2) life time seals, check the oil level (oil volume) in the seal chamber, open gears if necessary and check the inner life time seal (seal chamber is filled with hydraulic oil SAE 20, see Operation and Maintenance Manual).
Remove the gear cover and check hoses and flange connections for leaks.
2.6. Inspect the track components 2.6.1 Check screws and nuts for tightness This inspection is especially important on new track components. Loose track pad screws can also be detected by offset nuts.. Replace loose screws and retorque them. For safety reasons , retorque similar screw connections on the affected part as well. For torque specifications on track pad and sprocket segment screws, refer to page 12.1.00.01. For all other screws, use tightening torques given in section 1.4.
2.6.2 Check / adjust idler guides For check and adjustment details, refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Incorrectly adjusted idler guides will lead to idler damage! If the idler guide can no longer be properly adjusted due to excessive wear, replace worn parts. Wear strips for vertical play are attached to the inside of the roller frame and on the claws of the idler guide by tack welding or with screws. If new wear strips are installed and shims are intended to be installed, replace missing shims under the screw heads / covers for subsequent adjustments. If there are no more shims for the lateral play adjustment, replace or recondition the guide plates and add new shims, if the design calls for them, for subsequent adjustments. For details about idler guides for various machine types, refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual or group 12.4. 2.6.3 PR 752 - Check screws of the support shaft mounting for tightness Demount wire guard1. Tighten the screws2 of the support shaft crosswise up to the required torque- see section 1.4.02. Note: It is possible that the ring doesnt run in smooth. So repeat this action at least twice with different begins to reach the required screw torque for a long time.
2.6.4 Adjust the track chain tension to the job application, check the track components for wear Chain tension must be adjusted to suit the actual job application, since different ground conditions result in different material accumulation, but the slack should always be the same. If chains are tightened too much, track wear is significantly increased. Stop the machine in forward direction on level ground. The track chain tension is correct when the slack between the carrier roller and the idler or carrier roller and sprocket is approx. 40 to 60 mm, depending on track design. The track guards must be selected according to the working conditions, see page 12.2.00.04, paragraph 3.3.
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Instructions
3.4.10.04
For track wear inspection, measuring guidelines, wear data (wear chart) and evaluation of wear patterns and causes, see group 12.2. When checking the track components, always visually inspect the elastic bearings on support shafts and the equalizer bar.
2.7. Inspect the attachment 2.7.1 Check all bearings for play / wear To check the bearing play at the trunion, apply pressure upward or downward to one side and check the play with a feeler gauge or similar tool on the opposite site. A minimum play must be present, as soon as the maximum wear limit is reached, replace worn parts. Permissible play = min.0.5 mm max. 4.0 mm Check the crawler's center bearing on the push frame to ensure it is correctly mounted and adjusted, see page 13.2.10.01 and/or the Operation and Maintenance Manual, chapter Blade installation.
To check the radial play on cylindrical pin bushings, move the attachment vertically to the bolt axis and measure the play with a ruler. Replace excessively worn parts. Measure the axial play with feeler gauge or similar tool. If play is excessive, add shims. Pull or push the pipe layer reverse roller bearing at one point and check the play on the opposite side with feeler gauge or similar tool. Replace worn parts. Permissible radial play = max. 2.0 mm, Permissible axial play = max. 3.0 mm, Note: Cylindrical mounted hydraulic cylinders must be able to move freely in axial direction up to approx. 5 mm. Do not add shims.
Crawler loaders - Check oil filled bucket pin bearings for leaks, correct mounting and possible wear. Replace leaking or worn bucket pin bearings. Permissible radial play without leakage and/or dry = up to max. 2.0 mm.
When necessary, point out proper attachment selection to match application, i.e. on crawler dozers: on crawler loaders: straight corners for precision dozing, HP cutting edge for severe applications, side cutters, correct ripper tooth configuration, etc. bucket type (rock or standard bucket), proper bucket and ripper tooth configuration, etc.
2.7.2 Crawler loaders - bucket stops and limit switch adjustment With the bucket fully tilted in and in its lowest position, there must be a min. of 5 mm distance between the bucket and the linkage, and the bucket must touch the stops on both sides evenly. With the bucket fully raised (limit switch disabled) and fully tilted out, the linkage must touch the stop, the back of the bucket may touch the stops (bucket unloaded). Replace worn stops as outlined in group 13.2. Hoist and bucket limit switches must be adjusted to suit application and to aid the operator. See "Operation and Maintenance Manual".
2.7.3 Pipe layer - hoist gear - cable winch For further details on maintenance and inspection as well as important safety recommendations, refer to group 14, the winch manufacturers instructions and the "Operation and Maintenance Manual".
2.7.4 Pipe layer - function free fall device Caution: Secure machine and working area. The free fall area of the load has to be free. Observe safety guidelines.
Lift a suitable test load with a weight of appr. 1500 kg with the hoist gear and actuate the free fall device. The load has to drop down faster than normal lowering. Note: for attaching loads and actuating the free fall device, observe all guidelines of the machine reflected operation manuals.
2.8. General inspection procedures If any maintenance problems have been found, discuss the correct procedures with maintenance personnel. If possible, check for possible operational errors and advise the machine operator, as necessary. If additional measures, maintenance or inspections for special attachments are required, make sure to carry them out and record them on the inspection report. Determine any spare parts requirements or any expected repairs, discuss with and inform the appropriate personnel.
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Instructions
3.4.10.05
Customer - Name and address:
Machine type: Job application/ location:
PIN:
Sm-hrs.:
Date:
Checked by: from company:
A. Tests with standard test instruments - test with Diesel engine RPM at n-max
Test No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Test Test points Nominal value Remarks Test value actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc.
Visual tests and maintenance Operatingtemperature Cold start valve replenishing circuit Servo pressure Stand by pressure
Hydraulic system hydraulic tank SD (ND) ND working hydr. HD 70 C theoretic 1 25 bar

10
18+ bar
7
C C checked: changed: yes no yes no bar -bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar M1 M2 M1 M2 re li re li bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
must remain constant during all tests at PR 712 to PR 732 - only if necessary for test / adjustment see guidelines working hydraulic
20 bar 1 25+ bar +5 30 bar 210 bar 5 190 bar 5 160 bar bar bar bar
5
+1
bar PR 712 to 732 (A10V-without stand-by valve) bar PR 732 (A10V-with stand-by valve) bar PR 742 (HPR 130) bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar lift cylinder circuit max. working pressure pressure settings for optional hydraulic functions in fine control range/PR 742(HPR) adjust when spool is fully shifted possible actuation after engine is turned off PR 712 to PR 732 PR 742 PR 742 only pump right pump left check only if necessary use test flanges! max. engine RPM is 1400 Upm
6.
Pressure limitation 6.1 Sec. pressure 6.2 Prim. pressure 6.3 Pressure cut off 6.4 6.5 6.6 Pressure difference = p Accumulator Replenishing pressure Control pressure Hydr. neutral pos. travel hydraulic
working hydr. HD
7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
working hydr. HD to LD test SP travel hydr. ST shaft right M1 + M2 shaft left M1 + M2 M1 right M1 left M2 right M2 left
14+ bar <13 bar min. 4x +4 16 bar 3 25 bar

6
12.
Max. pressure travel forward Max. pressure travel reverse
50 bar M1 = M2 1 bar M1 = M2 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar

5
B. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/03 or CET 14/05
- mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Test Space No. A/6 8 9 9 9 4 11
Inl.6
During test Diesel engine is not running
After adjustment / repair
Remarks
Identification Battery Indicator light electron. fault ind. Signal red. speed. Signal counter rot. Travel joystick Proportional solenoids
V6/Inl.4
752/X.....
Inl.6
V6/Inl.4
752/X..... record denomination of LED
o.k. light at panel on:
undervolt. yes no
undervolt. yes no
after approx. 10 sec. of actuation light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) select reduced travel speed range press button and deflect joystick in all directions = analogic display of sections after approx. 10 sec. of actuation
no signal signal error good defect
no signal signal error good defect
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742
F/N xxx-0103 0384 F/N xxx-0103 0563 F/N xxx-2003 2500 F/N xxx-2001 2500
01 01
Adjustment Checklist
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.00.01
Test No. 8. 9. 10.
Test
Space No. 8 A 2
During test Diesel engine running
Remarks
Alternator RPM sensor Diesel engine RPM Diesel engine Potentiometer nominal RPM Brake release RPM sensor oil motors Basic adjustment left track - only if required at PR 742 pos. 3 before pos. 2
overv. low min:
o.k. o.k.
underv. high max:
overv. low min:
o.k. o.k.
underv. Diesel engine approx. 1500 RPM / test for 10 sec. high max: must be green from nmin up to nmax
+50
...............- Rpm -................. 3 14 {max.-.....Rpm {min.+.....Rpm light at panel: 14 forward 2 forward 3 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 Test forward 1 forward 2 forward 3 reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 (440 )
20
min: 800 Rpm max: PR 712 / 722 ...............- Rpm -................. PR 732 / 742 good defect on off right left
2100 Rpm +60 1900 Rpm

+20
+80
11. 12.
good defect on off right left
{max.-.....Rpm {min.+.....Rpm light at panel:
should be green at nmax -30 RPM and +20 nmin +30 RPM / = indication at part. range must be functioning for all remaining tests machine must be raised off the ground = no indication / must be "ok" for further tests pump regulating range forward pump end of regulating forward pump regulating range reverse pump end of regulating reverse motor regulating range forward control tests values are resulting from previous adjustments
Tracks running 13. 14. 13
forward 2 forward 3 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 Adjust Adjust yes no forward 1 yes forward 2 forward 3 yes no reverse 1 yes reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 mA mA mA
15.
Straight run compare track right to track left at PR 742 pos. 3 before pos. 2
14
note position of rotary switch no travel begin forward - tracks start to turn pump regulating range forward pump end of regulating forward no travel begin reverse - tracks start to turn pump regulating range reverse pump end of regulating reverse motor regulating range forward control tests values are resulting from previous adjustments throttle lever must be at max. RPM position initial current jump 50 50 PR 712 - 1000 mA, PR 722 - 990 mA PR 732 - 980 mA, PR 742 - 960 mA 70 70 PR 712 - 1450 mA, PR 722 - 1445 mA
50 50
Special tests - travel operation 16. Current supply 16.1 Diesel engine not running 2 max.
in reduced speed range
max.
in normal speed range
(1180 16.2 Diesel engine running 17. Straight run compare track right to track left 14 +2
60
mA mA mA | | | | mA mA mA mA
PR 732 - 1410 mA, PR 742 - 1380 mA reduced value when steering left
70 70
(440 )
20 30
initial current jump minimum current at maximum load (RPM drop) forward with approx. 550 mA reverse with approx. 550 mA forward with approx. 950 mA reverse with approx. 950 mA
(590 ) | | | | mA mA mA mA
Remarks:
Adjustment guidelines - quick reference and explanations

Complete the test procedure according to the checklist, even for a partial check. Use pressure gauges appropriate for the test ranges. To test the track speed / straight run, raise the machine off the ground and support it properly, so that the chains can turn freely without danger. Make sure to observe all safety guidelines - see group 1.2.01! Use only the correct tools (test instruments). The Diesel engine RPMs must be as noted. Perform all required maintenance work before adjustment. In case of questions, make sure to use the detailed instructions: for the adjustment of the travel hydraulic, see section 6.5.00, for the adjustment of the working hydraulic, see section 7.5.10 and for the use of the test box CET 08/03, see section 10.4.00 When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Check all indicators and gauges to ensure they are functioning correctly. Defects must be repaired immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem .
A. Tests with standard test instruments

All pressure tests must be performed at max. engine RPM unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5. 3. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting (example: in case of temperature problems). Valve should be closed, with the oil at operating temperature (also valid for by-pass valve on PR 742). Check adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 4. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example Quick drop, see Adjustment Working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 5. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. Note: - Only the new A10V100 pumps in PR732 are equipped with the stand-by valve (which is installed between the regulator and the pump housing). The adjustment on all A10V-pumps is made on the LS regulator. - The test value on PR 742 with regulating pump HPR 130 depends significantly on the temperature, the adjustment must be made via the Qmin stop on the pump. 6. Pressure limitation (working hydraulic) 6.1. Secondary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off and primary pressure setting. For the blade down function, block the line. Note the secondary pressure relief setting for additional attachments separately on the checklist.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
3.5.00.02
6.2. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments. 6.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure, primary and secondary pressure relief valves are installed for system safety. Check the pressure with the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit. 6.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description/test points) 6.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description/test points) 6.6. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description/test points) 7. Pressure difference -p HD to LD (working hydraulic) The p pressure in the fine control range is obtained on the machines with regulating pump A10V = PR 712, PR 722, PR 732 from the setting of the stand-by pressure. On machines with HPR 130 regulating pumps = PR742, the LS-regulator must be adjusted separately. The drop of p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 8. Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 9. Replenishing pressure ( travel hydraulic) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 10. Control pressure (travel hydraulic PR 742) The existing pressure value depends on the valve adjustment and the replenishing pressure, see schematic, group 6. 11. Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0- 40 / 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar. 12. Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. Determine location of test points M1/M2 , depending on the type of travel gear. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.
B. Tests with test box CET 08 / 03

Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. LED = light emitting diode 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the machine wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at undervoltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply.
3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator- H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" If the LED does not light up during the test, check the switch and wiring. 5. Signal - counter rotation If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LEDs light up, a jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. 7. Proportional solenoids Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If an error is shown, swap the connectors at the proportional solenoids and check again to find the problem - cable or solenoid. 8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and adjust required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10. Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box are valid. If values are too low, check function and routing of shut off cable, even check the neutral functions of the hydraulic system. Make adjustments on the stop screws of the engine operation in the cab and when necessary check adjustment of the injection pump - see chapter 17.4. If engine RPM is changed via a lever, the springs may not be fully compressed in any position. 11. Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30 RPM each.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
3.5.00.03
12. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light H4 on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up electrical defect Indicator light does not turn off hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-11 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 13. RPM sensor - hydraulic motors Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test always in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from left right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication Red diode Problem due to electrical circuit interruption, possible total sensor failure Mark appropriate square on check list Sensor sends error signal
14. Basic adjustment - left track The speed of the left track is shown in relation to the stored values in the test box. Carry out the required adjustment corrections until the analog indicator is in the green - center" range, even after several checks. Beachte: - The pump control / adjustment depends on the type of travel gear installed. - If surging" occurs in a speed range, set the corresponding regulating range (= adjustment stage 4, or stage 2 and 4, or stage 2) to the end of the left (slower) green range. - If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until indication is in the red range during the next test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range. - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning. 15. Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain The speed of the right chain is shown in relation to the speed of the left chain, measured via the speed sensors of the travel motors. If no basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, only minor corrections may be made. But in all speed ranges the faster chain has to be matched to the slower chain. If the basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, the right track is matched to the left track. A normal test run can be carried out in the switch position Test". For adjustments, every test run must be made in the switch position Adjust". Correct adjustments until the analog indicator is in the green - center" range, even after several test runs. Note: - If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until the indication is in the red range during the test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range. - For the simulation of the required engine load, see paragraph 10.4. 16. Current supply (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. Notes: - If the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever. - For the simulation of the required engine load, see paragraph 10.4. 17. Straight run, right chain to left chain (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating) exist. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning.
PIN:
Sm-hrs.:
Date:
A Tests with standard test instruments - test with Diesel engine RPM at 1000 RPM
Test No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Test Test points Nominal value Remarks Test value actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc..
Visual test and maintenance Operating temperature Cold start valve replenishing circuit Servo pressure Stand by pressure
Hydraulic system hydraulic tank SD (ND) ND working hydr HD 70 C theoretic 1 25 bar

10
must remain constant during all tests
18+ bar
7
checked: changed: at PR 712 to PR 732B - only if necessary yes no yes no for test / adjustment see guidelines bar -working hydraulic bar bar bar PR 712 to 732 (A10V-without stand-by valve) bar PR 732 (A10V-with stand-by valve)
20 bar 1 25+ bar
+1
6.
Pressure limitation 6.1 Prim. pressure 6.2 Sec. pressure 6.3 Pressure cut off 6.4 6.5 6.6 Pressure difference = p Accumulator Replenishing pressure Control pressure Hydr. neutral pos. travel hydraulic
working hydr. HD
220 bar 5 210 bar 5 160 bar bar bar bar

5
7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
working hydr HD to LD test SP travel hydr. ST Shaft right M1 + M2 Shaft left M1 + M2 M1 right M1 left M2 right M2 left
14+ bar <13 bar min. 4x +4 16 bar 3 25 bar

6
bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar M1 M2 M1 M2 ri le ri le bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
lift cylinder circuit max. working pressure pressure settings for optional hydraulic functions in fine control range (check only if necessary) when spool is fully shifted possible actuation after engine is turned off PR 712 to PR 732B PR 742B PR 742B up to F/Nxxx-5233 only
12.
50 bar M1 = M2 1 bar M1 = M2 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar

5
pump right pump left check only if necessary use test flanges!
- mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test No. 1. 2. 3. 4. Test Space No. A/6 8 9 9
Inl.6
After adjustment / repair.
Remarks
Identification Battery Indicator light electron. fault ind. Signal

travel speed range selection
V6/Inl.4
752/X.....
Inl.6
V6/Inl.4
752/X.....
record denomination of LED after approx. 10 sec. of actuation light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) 2-ranges -normal range 3-ranges - select "red. speed range"
undervolt. yes no
undervolt. yes no
no signal no signal no signal
no signal no signal no signal signal error good defect
normal = III
--
- red. speed range II - red. speed range I
5. 6. 7.
Signal counter rot. Travel joystick Proportional solenoids
9 4 11
signal error good defect
press button and deflect joystick in all directions = analogic display of sections after approx. 10 sec. of actuation
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0385 5599 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0564 5599 PR 732 B F/N xxx-2501 5599 PR 742 B F/N xxx-2501 5599
01 03
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.01.01
Test. No. 8. 9. 10.
Test
Space No. 8 A 2
Remarks
Alternator RPM sensor Diesel engine RPM Diesel engine Potentiometer nominal RPM Brake release
overv. low min:
o.k. o.k.
underv. high max:
overv. low min:
o.k. o.k.
+50
min: 800 RPM max: PR 712 / 722 ...............- RPM -................. ...............- RPM -................. PR 732 / 742 good defect on off right left forward 2 forward 3 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 Adjust Adjust yes no forward 1 yes forward 2 forward 3 yes no reverse 1 yes reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 mA mA {max.-.....RPM {min.+.....RPM light at panel: good defect on off right left
2100 RPM +80 1900 RPM

+20
+80
11. 12.
3 14
{max.-.....RPM {min.+.....RPM light at panel:
Tracks running 13. 14. RPM sensor oil motors Basic adjustment left track - only if required at PR 742 up to F/Nxxx-5233 pos. 3 before pos. 2 13 14 forward 2 forward 3 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 Test forward 1 forward 2 forward 3 reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 (440 ) max.
20
15.
Straight run compare track right to track left at PR 742 up to F/Nxxx-5233 pos. 3 before pos. 2
14
note position of rotary switch no travel begin forward - tracks start to turn pump regulating range forward pump end of regulating forward no travel begin reverse - tracks start to turn pump regulating range reverse pump end of regulating reverse motor regulating range forward control tests values are resulting from previous adjustments throttle lever must be at max. RPM position initial current jump
2-ranges mA, PR 712 - 1450+70 PR 722 - 1445+70 mA +70 PR 732 - 1410 70 mA, PR 742 - 1380+ mA mA PR 712 - 100050 PR 722 - 99050 mA 50 PR 732 - 980 50 mA PR 742 - 960 mA 3-ranges mA PR 712 - 1450+70 PR 722 - 1445+70 mA +70 PR 732 - 1410 mA PR 742 - 1380+70 mA mA PR 712 - 1240+50 PR 722 - 1235+50 mA +50 PR 732 - 1230 mA PR 742 - 1200+50 mA PR 712 - 910+50 mA PR 722 - 900+50 mA +50 PR 732 - 890 mA PR 742 - 880+50 mA
Special tests - travel operation 16. Current supply 16.1 Diesel engine not running 2
in normal speed range (switch position III)
max.
in reduced speed range (switch position II)
mA
max.
in reduced speed range (switch position I)
mA
--
(1180 )
80
reduced value when steering left (normal range) initial current jump minimum current at maximum load (RPM drop) forward with approx. 550 mA reverse with approx. 550 mA forward with approx. 950 mA reverse with approx. 950 mA
16.2 Diesel engine running 17. Straight run compare track right to track left 14 +2
(440 | | | |
20
) )
(500+
100
mA mA mA mA
If installed:
C. Pedal-tests with tester CET 03/08 (see Service Manual section 10.6/chapter "fine adjustment") - Diesel engine not running
T.No.
Test Inch/brake pedal
During test adjustments according to guidelines yes no
After adjustment / repair adjustments according to guidelines yes no
Remarks observe display - "Inchpedal ext" etc. LED "Voltage" must be always green
1.
Remarks:

Complete the test procedure according to the checklist, even for a partial check. Use pressure gauges appropriate for the test ranges. To test the track speed / straight run, raise the machine off the ground and support it properly, so that the chains can turn freely without danger. Make sure to observe all safety guidelines - see group 1.2.01! Use only the correct tools (test instruments). The Diesel engine RPMs must be as noted. Perform all required maintenance work before adjustment. In case of questions, make sure to use the detailed instructions: for the adjustment of the travel hydraulic, see section 6.5.00, for the adjustment of the working hydraulic, see section 7.5.10 ,for the use of the test box CET 08/03, see section 10.4.00. and for the use of the pedal control tester, see section 10.6.00. When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Check all indicators and gauges to ensure they are functioning correctly. Defects must be repaired immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem.

All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without engine load) unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5. 3. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting (example: in case of temperature problems). Valve should be closed, with the oil at operating temperature (also valid for by-pass valve on PR 742B). Check adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 4. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example Quick drop, see Adjustment Working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 5. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. Note: Only the new A10V100 pumps in PR732 and all A10V140 pumps in PR 742B machines, are equipped with the stand-by valve (which is installed between the regulator and the pump housing). The adjustment on all A10V-pumps is made on the LS regulator.
6. Pressure limitation (working hydraulic) 6.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
3.5.01.02
6.2. Secondary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off and primary pressure setting. For the blade down function, block the line or proceed as outlined in group 7.5. Note the secondary pressure relief setting for additional attachments separately on the checklist. 6.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 6.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 6.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 6.6. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 7. Pressure difference -p HD to LD (working hydraulic) The p pressure in the fine control range is obtained on the machines with regulating pump A10V = PR 712(B), PR 722(B), PR 732B und PR 742B from the setting of the stand-by pressure. The drop of p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 8. Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 9. Replenishing pressure ( travel hydraulic) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 10. Control pressure (travel hydraulic PR 742(B) to F/N xxx-5233) The existing pressure value depends on the valve adjustment and the replenishing pressure, see schematic, group 6. 11.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0- 40 / 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar. 12.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. Determine location of test points M1/M2 , depending on the type of travel gear. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.

Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the machine wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at undervoltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator- H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" 4.1. Reduced travel speed range with push button switch S12 on the panel (0 4,6 km/h) If the LED does not light up during the test, check the switch and wiring. 4.2. Reduced travel speed range with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (04 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (06,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (011 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness. 5. Signal - counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LEDs light up, a jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes: Do not actuate the push button switch counter rotation while testing the travel joystick - this can cause wrong Error - indications.
7. Proportional solenoids Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If an error is shown, swap the connectors at the proportional solenoids and check again to find the problem - cable or solenoid.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
3.5.01.03
8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box are valid. If values are too low, check function and routing of shut off cable, even check the neutral functions of the hydraulic system. Make adjustments on the stop screws of the engine operation in the cab and when necessary check adjustment of the injection pump - see chapter 17.4. If engine RPM is changed via a lever, the springs may not be fully compressed in any position. 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up electrical defect Indicator light does not turn off hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-11 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 13. RPM sensor - hydraulic motors Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test always in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from left right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication Red diode Problem due to electrical circuit interruption, possible total sensor failure Mark appropriate square on check list Sensor sends error signal
14.Basic adjustment - left track The speed of the left track is shown in relation to the stored values in the test box. Carry out the required adjustment corrections until the analog indicator is in the green - center" range, even after several checks. Note: - The pump control / adjustment depends on the type of travel gear installed. - If surging" occurs in a speed range, set the corresponding regulating range (= adjustment stage 4, or stage 2 and 4, or stage 2) to the end of the left (slower) green range. - If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until indication is in the red range during the next test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range. - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning.
15.Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain The speed of the right chain is shown in relation to the speed of the left chain, measured via the speed sensors of the travel motors. If no basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, only minor corrections may be made. But in all speed ranges the faster chain has to be matched to the slower chain. If the basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, the right track is matched to the left track. A normal test run can be carried out in the switch position Test". For adjustments, every test run must be made in the switch position Adjust". Correct adjustments until the analog indicator is in the green - center" range, even after several test runs. Note: - If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until the indication is in the red range during the test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range. - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning. 16. Current supply (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. When selecting the travel speed range via push button switch S12 on the panel = use values of column "2ranges", when selecting the travel speed range via rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick = use values of column "3-ranges". Notes - If the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever. - For the simulation of the required engine load, see paragraph 10.4. 17.Straight run, right chain to left chain (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating) exist. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning.
C. Pedal-tests with tester CET 03/08

1. Inch/brake pedal If there is an Inch / brake pedal installed, always perform the check of the adjustments when the electronic box is connected = connect all cables of the tester. Guidelines for the test and further notes see chapter 10.6, section B -1.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
3.5.01.04
PIN:
Sm-hrs.:
Date:
A Tests with standard test instruments - test with Diesel engine RPM at 1000 RPM or as outlined
Test No. 1. 2. 3. Test Test points Nominal value Remarks Test value actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc.. at PR 712 to PR 732 - only if necessary for test / adjustment see guidelines PR 712 Diesel engine at nmax, PR 722 at least one sensor unplugged. PR 732 PR 742 must remain constant during all tests working hydraulic bar PR 712, PR 722 (A10V-without stand-by valve) bar PR 732, PR 742 (A10V-with stand-by valve) bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
Visual test and maintenance Cold start valve replenishing circuit Pressure limitation fan drive
SD LA
Hydraulic system checked: changed: theoretic 1 25 bar yes no yes no +10 110 bar bar -+10 130 bar bar -+10 150 bar bar -+10 bar -210 bar 70 C
10 7
4. 5. 6. 7.
Operating temperature Servo pressure Stand by pressure Pressure limitation 7.1 Prim. pressure 7.2 Sec. pressure 7.3 Pressure cut off 7.4 7.5 Pressure difference = p Accumulator Replenishing pressure Hydr. neutral pos. travel hydraulic
hydraulic tank ND working hydr HD working hydr. HD
C bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar --
18+ bar 20 bar 1 25+ bar 220 bar 5 210 bar 5 160 bar bar bar
5 +1
lift cylinder circuit max. working pressure pressure settings for optional hydraulic functions in fine control range (check only if necessary) when spool is fully shifted possible actuation after engine is turned off PR 712 to PR 732 PR 742 pump right pump left check only if necessary use test flanges!
8. 9. 10. 11.
working hydr HD to LD test SP travel hydr. Shaft right M1 + M2 Shaft left M1 + M2 M1 right M1 left M2 right M2 left
12.
14+ bar <13 bar min. 4x +4 16 bar 3 25 bar M1 = M2 1 bar M1 = M2 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar
6
M1 M2 M1 M2 ri le ri le
- mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted - with e-box CEP12/08C, CEP12/20 first observe section D LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test No. 1. 2. 3. 4. Test Space No. A/6 8 9 9
Inl.6
Remarks

V6/Inl.4
752/X.....
Inl.6
V6/Inl.4
752/X.....
record denomination of LED after approx. 10 sec. of actuation light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) 2-ranges -normal range 3-ranges - normal = III - select "red. speed range" - red. speed range II -- red. speed range I press button and deflect joystick in all directions = analogic display of sections after approx. 10 sec. of actuation
undervolt. yes no
undervolt. yes no
5. 6. 7.
9 4 11
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B
01 03
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.02.01
Test. No. 8. 9. 10.
Test
Space No. 8 A 2
Remarks
Alternator RPM sensor Diesel engine RPM Diesel engine Potentiometer nominal RPM Brake release
overv. low min:
o.k. o.k.
underv. high max:
overv. low min:
o.k. o.k.
+50
2100 RPM +80 1900 RPM

+20
+80
11. 12.
3 14
Tracks running 13. 14. RPM sensor oil motors Basic adjustment left track - only if required 13 14 forward 2 forward 3 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 Test forward 1 forward 2 forward 3 reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 (440 ) max.
20
15.
Straight run compare track right to track left
14
2-ranges mA, PR 712 - 1450+70 PR 722 - 1445+70 mA PR 732 - 1410+70 mA, mA PR 712 - 100050 mA PR 722 - 99050 PR 732 - 98050 mA 3-ranges mA PR 712 - 1450+70 PR 722 - 1445+70 mA PR 732 - 1410+70 mA PR 742 - 1380+70 mA mA PR 712 - 1240+50 mA PR 722 - 1235+50 PR 732 - 1230+50 mA PR 742 - 1200+50 mA PR 712 - 910+50 mA mA PR 722 - 900+50 PR 732 - 890+50 mA PR 742 - 880+50 mA
max.
mA
max.
mA
--
(1180 )
80
mA mA mA
reduced value when steering left (normal range) initial current jump minimum current at maximum load (RPM drop)
16.2 Diesel engine running If installed:
(440
20
) )
(500+
100
T.No.
After adjustment / repair adjustments according to guidelines yes no
1.
D. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit (with e-box CEP12/08C, CEP12/20) - following the software instructions
T.No.
1. 1.1
Test Read memory Record codes
Before checklist step B/C memory available: yes no
After checklist step B/C memory deleted: yes no
Remarks Print out memory following the software instructions and add the adjustment checklist, or record here in saved order.
Remarks:


All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without engine load) unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting (example: in case of temperature problems). Valve should be closed, with the oil at operating temperature (also valid for by-pass valve on PR 742B). Check adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 3. Pressure limitation (fan drive) When the sensor is unplugged and the Diesel engine is on high idle, the postulated maximum pressure has to be reached. The proportional - pressure relief valve is not adjustable and is regulated by the electronic. When overheating in spite of right pressure and clean radiator, in every case check the fan RPM. This RPM doesn't depends only on pressure (also on air supply, turning resistance, damages, and suchlike). for RPM see technical data 3.1, Instructions see chapter 6.5. 4. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5. 5. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example Quick drop, see Adjustment Working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 6. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. Note: Only the A10V100 pumps in PR732 and the A10V140 pumps in PR 742B machines, are equipped with the stand-by valve (which is installed between the regulator and the pump housing). The adjustment on all A10V-pumps is made on the LS regulator.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
3.5.02.02
7. Pressure limitation (working hydraulic) 7.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief. 7.2. Secondary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off and primary pressure setting. For the blade down function, block the line or proceed as outlined in group 7.5. Note the secondary pressure relief setting for additional attachments separately on the checklist. 7.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 7.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 7.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 8. Pressure difference -p HD to LD (working hydraulic) The p pressure in the fine control range is obtained on the machines with regulating pump A10V = PR 712 B, PR 722 B, PR 732 B und PR 742 B from the setting of the stand-by pressure. The drop of p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 9. Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 10. Replenishing pressure ( travel hydraulic) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 11.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0- 40 / 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar. 12.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. Determine location of test points M1/M2 , depending on the type of travel gear. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.
Caution: Before carrying out tests/adjustments following section B, check the version of the electronic box. If there is a CEP 12/08C, CEP 12/20 or higher electronic box installed, observe section D = evaluate memory.

Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the machine wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at undervoltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator- H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" 4.1. Reduced travel speed range with push button switch S12 on the panel (0 4,6 km/h) If the LED does not light up during the test, check the switch and wiring. 4.2. Reduced travel speed range with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (04 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (06,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (011 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness. 5. Signal - counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LEDs light up, a jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes: Do not actuate the push button switch counter rotation while testing the travel joystick - this can cause wrong Error - indications.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
3.5.02.03
8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box are valid. If values are too low, check the neutral functions of the hydraulic system. Make adjustments on the stop screws of the engine operation in the cab and when necessary check adjustment of the injection pump - see chapter 17.4. If engine RPM is changed via a lever, the springs may not be fully compressed in any position. 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up electrical defect Indicator light does not turn off hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-11 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 13. RPM sensor - hydraulic motors Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test as possible in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from left right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication Red diode Problem due to electrical circuit interruption (wiring), possible total sensor failure Mark appropriate square on adjustment check list Sensor sends error signal
14.Basic adjustment - left track The speed of the left track is shown in relation to the stored values in the test box. Carry out the required adjustment corrections until the analog indicator is in the green - center" range, even after several checks. Note: - If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until indication is in the red range during the next test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning
15.Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain The speed of the right chain is shown in relation to the speed of the left chain, measured via the speed sensors of the travel motors. If no basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, only minor corrections may be made. But in all speed ranges the faster chain has to be matched to the slower chain. If the basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, the right track is matched to the left track. A normal test run can be carried out in the switch position Test". For adjustments, every test run must be made in the switch position Adjust". Correct adjustments until the analog indicator is in the green - center" range, even after several test runs. Note: - If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until the indication is in the red range during the test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range. - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning. 16. Current supply (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. When selecting the travel speed range via push button switch S12 on the panel = use values of column "2ranges", when selecting the travel speed range via rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick = use values of column "3-ranges". Notes - If the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever. - For the simulation of the required engine load, see paragraph 10.4. 17.Straight run, right chain to left chain (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Notes: This test can still be carried out. Caused by the rarely use, this test isn't on the checklist any more. Record the result under section "Remarks".
Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating) exist. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning.

D. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit

Can only be used for electronic box version CEP12/08C, CEP12/20 and higher. 1. Read error memory Before carrying out tests / adjustments following section B, evaluate the memory, save it on the notebook, print it out or record the codes in the saved order in the adjustment checklist. Repair existing defects. After adjustments, check the memory once again, delete the error memory! Notes: If the program displays "Error" from the beginning, check if the right interface COM1,2,3 or 4 is chosen, check plugs/wiring, check the power supply 24V from the instrument panel.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
3.5.02.04
PIN:
Sm-hrs.:
Date:
A Tests with standard test instruments - test with Diesel engine RPM at 1000 RPM or as outlined
Test No. 1. 2. 3. Test Test points Nominal value Remarks Test value actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc.. at PR 712 to PR 732 - only if necessary for test / adjustment see guidelines PR 712 Diesel engine at nmax, PR 722 at least one sensor unplugged. PR 732 PR 742 must remain constant during all tests working hydraulic bar PR 712, PR 722 (A10V-without stand-by valve) bar PR 732, PR 742 (A10V-with stand-by valve) bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
Visual test and maintenance Cold start valve replenishing circuit Pressure limitation fan drive
SD LA
Hydraulic system checked: changed: theoretic 1 25 bar yes no yes no +10 110 bar bar -+10 130 bar bar -+10 150 bar bar -+10 bar -210 bar 70 C
10 7
4. 5. 6. 7.
Operating temperature Servo pressure Stand by pressure Pressure limitation 7.1 Prim. pressure 7.2 Sec. pressure 7.3 Pressure cut off 7.4 7.5 Pressure difference = p Accumulator Replenishing pressure Hydr. neutral pos. travel hydraulic
hydraulic tank ND working hydr HD working hydr. HD
C bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar --
18+ bar 20 bar 1 25+ bar 220 bar 5 210 bar 5 160 bar bar bar
5 +1
lift cylinder circuit max. working pressure pressure settings for optional hydraulic functions in fine control range (check only if necessary) when spool is fully shifted possible actuation after engine is turned off PR 712 to PR 732 PR 742 pump right pump left check only if necessary use test flanges!
8. 9. 10. 11.
working hydr HD to LD test SP travel hydr. Shaft right M1 + M2 Shaft left M1 + M2 M1 right M1 left M2 right M2 left
12.
14+ bar <13 bar min. 4x +4 16 bar 3 25 bar M1 = M2 1 bar M1 = M2 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar
6
B. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit - following the software instructions
T.No.
1. 1.1
Before checklist step C/D memory available: yes no
After checklist step C/D memory deleted: yes no
Pedal installed
T.No.
yes Test
no During test adjustments according to guidelines yes no After adjustment / repair adjustments according to guidelines yes no Remarks observe display - "Inchpedal ext" etc. LED "Voltage" must be always green
1.
Inch/brake pedal
Remarks to A - B - C:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B
F/N xxx-6200 F/N xxx-6200 F/N xxx-6200 F/N xxx-6200
01 03
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.03.01
D. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/03 or CET 14/05
- mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted - after all adjustments are done check and delete E-Box memory - see step B. LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test No. 1. 2. 3. 4. Test Space No. A/6 8 9 9
Inl.6
Remarks

V6/Inl.4
752/X.....
Inl.6
V6/Inl.4
752/X.....
record denomination of LED after approx. 10 sec. of actuation light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) 3-ranges - normal = III - red. speed range II - red. speed range I press button and deflect joystick in all directions = analogic display of sections after approx. 10 sec. of actuation
undervolt. yes no
undervolt. yes no
5. 6. 7.
Signal counterrot." Travel joystick Proportional solenoids
9 4 11
Diesel engine running 8. 9. 10. Alternator RPM sensor Diesel engine RPM Diesel engine Potentiometer nominal RPM Brake release 8 A 2 overv. low min: o.k. o.k. underv. high max: overv. low min: o.k. o.k. underv. Diesel engine approx. 1500 RPM / test for 10 sec. high max: must be green from nmin up to nmax
+50
2100 RPM +80 1900 RPM

+20
+80
11. 12.
3 14
Tracks running 13. 14. RPM sensor oil motors Basic adjustment left track - only if required 13 14 forward 2 forward 3 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 Test forward 1 forward 2 forward 3 reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 forward 4 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 5 (440 ) max.
20
15.
Straight run compare track right to track left
14
PR 712 - 1450+70 mA PR 722 - 1445+70 mA +70 PR 732 - 1410 mA PR 742 - 1380+70 mA PR 712 - 1240+50 mA PR 722 - 1235+50 mA +50 PR 732 - 1230 mA PR 742 - 1160+50 mA forward / 1230+50 mA reverse PR 712 - 910+50 mA PR 722 - 900+50 mA +50 PR 732 - 890 mA PR 742 - 890+50 mA forward / 1000+50 mA reverse
max. f.
/r.
mA
forward: reverse: forward: reverse:
max. f.
/r.
mA
16.2 Diesel engine running
(1180 ) 20 (440 )
80
mA mA
reduced value when steering left (normal range) initial current jump
Remarks:


All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without engine load) unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting (example: in case of temperature problems). Valve should be closed, with the oil at operating temperature (also valid for by-pass valve on PR 742B). Check adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 3. Pressure limitation (fan drive) When the sensor is unplugged and the Diesel engine is on high idle, the postulated maximum pressure has to be reached. The proportional - pressure relief valve is not adjustable and is regulated by the electronic. When overheating in spite of right pressure and clean radiator, in every case check the fan RPM. This RPM doesn't depends only on pressure (also on air supply, turning resistance, damages, and suchlike). for RPM see technical data 3.1, Instructions see chapter 6.5. 4. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5. 5. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example Quick drop, see Adjustment Working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 6. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. Note: Only the A10V100 pumps in PR732 and the A10V140 pumps in PR 742B machines, are equipped with the stand-by valve (which is installed between the regulator and the pump housing). The adjustment on all A10V-pumps is made on the LS regulator.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
3.5.03.02
7. Pressure limitation (working hydraulic) 7.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief. 7.2. Secondary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off and primary pressure setting. For the blade down function, block the line or proceed as outlined in group 7.5. Note the secondary pressure relief setting for additional attachments separately on the checklist. 7.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 7.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 7.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter test point / description) 8. Pressure difference -p HD to LD (working hydraulic) The p pressure in the fine control range is obtained on the machines with regulating pump A10V = PR 712 B, PR 722 B, PR 732 B und PR 742 B from the setting of the stand-by pressure. The drop of p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 9. Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 10. Replenishing pressure (travel hydraulic) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 11.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0- 40 / 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar. 12.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. Determine location of test points M1/M2, depending on the type of travel gear. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.
B. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit

1. Read error memory Before carrying out tests / adjustments following section C/D, evaluate the memory, save it on the notebook, print it out or record the codes in the saved order in the adjustment checklist. Repair existing defects. After adjustments according to checklist step C and D, check the memory once again, delete the error memory! Notes: If the program displays "Error" from the beginning, check if the right interface COM1,2,3 or 4 is chosen, check plugs/wiring, check the power supply 24V from the instrument panel.

D. Tests with test box CET 08/03

Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the machine wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at undervoltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator- H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (04 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (06,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (011 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness. 5. Signal - counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LEDs light up, a jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes: Do not actuate the push button switch counter rotation while testing the travel joystick - this can cause wrong Error - indications.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
3.5.03.03
8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box are valid. If values are too low, check also the neutral functions of the hydraulic system. Make adjustments on the stop screws of the engine operation in the cab and when necessary check adjustment of the injection pump - see chapter 17.4. If engine RPM is changed via a lever, the springs may not be fully compressed in any position. 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up electrical defect Indicator light does not turn off hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-11 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 13. RPM sensor - hydraulic motors Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test as possible in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from left right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication Red diode Problem due to electrical circuit interruption (wiring), possible total sensor failure Mark appropriate square on adjustment check list Sensor sends error signal
14.Basic adjustment - left track The speed of the left track is shown in relation to the stored values in the test box. Carry out the required adjustment corrections until the analog indicator is in the green - center" range, even after several checks. Note: - If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until indication is in the red range during the next test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning
15.Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain The speed of the right chain is shown in relation to the speed of the left chain, measured via the speed sensors of the travel motors. If no basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, only minor corrections may be made. But in all speed ranges the faster chain has to be matched to the slower chain. If the basic adjustment of the left track was made as noted in par. 14, the right track is matched to the left track. A normal test run can be carried out in the switch position Test". For adjustments, every test run must be made in the switch position Adjust". Correct adjustments until the analog indicator is in the green - center" range, even after several test runs. Note: - If an existing adjustment is changed, change the adjustment to the required direction until the indication is in the red range during the test run. Then return the adjustment to the required green range. - Always make adjustment changes after the chain stops turning. 16. Current supply (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. Notes: - If the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever.
17.Straight run, right chain to left chain (Special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Notes: This test can still be carried out. Caused by the rarely use, this test isn't on the checklist any more. Record the result under section "Remarks".
Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating) exist. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
3.5.03.04
Machine type:
PIN:
Sm-hrs.:
Date:
Job application/ location: Checked by: from company:
A. Tests with standard test instruments - test with Diesel engine RPM at 1000 RPM or as outlined
Test No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Test Test points Remarks Test value actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc. Hydraulic system 30+
10 3
Nominal value
Visual tests and maintenance Stand by pressure Operating temperature Pressure limitation Cold start valve replenishing circuit Servo pressure Pressure difference = p Stand by pressure Pressure limitation 9.1 Prim. pressure 9.2 Sec. pressure 9.3 Pressure cut off 9.4 9.5 Accumulator Repl. pressure Hydr. neutral pos. travel hydraulic
fan drive. - LA Hydraulic tank LA travel hydr. SD ND working hydr. HD to LS HD working hydr. HD
bar C bar
bar A10V - check when machine is cold must remain constant during all tests C bar fan drive - A10V/Diesel engine at max RPM
70 C 160 theoretic 28+2 bar

3
25+ bar
3
- check only if necessary changed: checked: no - for test / adjustment see guidelines yes no yes bar -working hydraulic bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar in fine control range - adjust at HPR-pump bar when spool is fully shifted bar working hydraulic - adjust at HPR-pump bar bar bar bar bar bar
15 bar <13 bar 30+ bar

5
+6
10. 11. 12.
test SP right M1 + M2 left M1 + M2 M1 rights M1 left M2 right M2 left
13.
270 bar 5 250 bar 5 250 bar 5 200 bar bar bar min. 4x +7 20 bar M1 = M2 1 bar M1 = M2 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar
5
lift cylinder circuit - piston bottom side = A1 lift cylinder circuit - piston rod side = B1 max. working pressure pressure settings for optional hydraulic functions possible actuation after engine is turned off travel hydraulic
pump right pump left check only if necessary use test plates!
B. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/05
- mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. Test Space No. A/6 8 9 9
Inl.6
Remarks

V6/Inl.4
752/X.....
Inl.6
V6/Inl.4
752/X.....
record denomination of LED after approx. 10 sec. of actuation light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) 2-ranges -normal range 3-ranges - normal = III - select "red. speed range" - red. speed range II -- red. speed range I press button and deflect joystick in all directions = analogic display of sections after approx. 10 sec. of actuation
undervolt. yes no
undervolt. yes no
5. 6. 7.
9 4 11
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
PR 752 F/N xxx- 2002 5599

Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.50.01
Test. No.
Test
Space No.
Remarks
8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
Alternator RPM sensor Diesel engine RPM Diesel engine Potentiometer nominal RPM Overspeeding protection / D-engine Brake release
8 A A 3 A 14
overv. low
o.k. o.k.
underv. high
overv. low
o.k. o.k.
underv. Diesel engine approx. 1500 RPM / test for 10 sec. high must be green from nmin up to nmax
+50
min: max: min: max: min: 800 RPM +60 ...............- RPM -................. ...............- RPM -................. max: 1900 RPM {max.-......RPM good {min.+......RPM defect Function available: {max.-......RPM good {min.+......RPM defect should be green at nmax -30 RPM and +20 nmin +30 RPM / = indication at part. range
+20
yes Function available: no Light at panel:
yes press button RPM drop at engine working hydraulic - HD = max. no on off right left must be functioning for all remaining tests machine must be raised off the ground
Light at on panel: off Tracks running right left
14.
RPM sensor travel gear
13
= no Indication/ must be ok for further tests
Disconnect servo lines from pump-connection X to travel motor - see instructions 15.1. basic adjustment forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward 14 left track forward 3 forward 3 Pump end of regulation forward reverse 2 reverse 2 Pump regulating range reverse reverse 3 reverse 3 Pump end of regulation reverse note position of rotary switch 14 16.1 Straight run Test" "Adjust Adjust compare track right forward 1 yes no forward 1 yes no travel begin forward - tracks starts to turn to track left forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward forward 3 reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 15.2 16.2 yes forward 3 no reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 yes Pump end of regulation forward no travel begin reverse - tracks starts to turn Pump regulating range reverse Pump end of regulation reverse
Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to one travel motor on each side - see instruction Basic adjustment forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward 14 left track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Straight run 14 forward 4 forward 4 right motor regulating range forward right track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to all travel motors - see instruction basic adjustment 14 forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward left track forward 5 forward 5 left motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous reverse 4 reverse 4 adjustments reverse 5 reverse 5 Straight run compare track right to track left 14 forward 4 forward 4 forward 5 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 4 reverse 5 reverse 5 Special tests - travel operation (440 ) max.
20
15.3
16.3
right motor regulating range forward right motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous adjustments throttle lever must be at max. RPM position initial current jump 2-ranges 70 1350+ mA +50 950 mA -3-ranges 70 1350+ mA (Switch pos. III) 50 1170+ mA (Switch pos. II) 870+ mA
50
17.
current supply 17.1 Diesel engine not running
mA mA mA mA
max.
max.
(Switch pos. I)
(1180 )
80
reduced value when steering left (normal speed) initial current jump minimum current at maximum load (RPM drop) forward with approx. 550 mA reverse with approx. 550 mA forward with approx. 950 mA reverse with approx. 950 mA
17.2 Diesel engine running 18. Straight run compare right to track left
2 14 +2
(440 | | | |
20
) )
(500+
100
mA mA mA mA
If installed:
T.No. 1. Test Inch/brake pedal During test adjustments according to guidelines yes no After adjustment /repair adjustments according to guidelines yes no Remarks observe display - "Inchpedal ext" etc. LED "Voltage" must be always green
Remarks:

Complete the test procedure according to the checklist, even for a partial check. Use pressure gauges appropriate for the test ranges. To test the track speed / straight run, raise the machine off the ground and support it properly, so that the chains can turn freely without danger. Make sure to observe all safety guidelines see group 1.2.01! Use only the correct tools(test instruments). The Diesel engine RPMs must be as noted. Perform all required maintenance work before adjustment. In case of questions, make sure to use the detailed instructions: for the adjustment of the travel hydraulic, see section 6.5.00, for the adjustment of the working hydraulic, see section 7.5.10 ,for the use of the test box CET 08/03, see section 10.4.00. and for the use of the pedal control tester, see section 10.6.00. When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Check all indicators and gauges to ensure they are functioning correctly. Defects must be repaired immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem.

All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without an engine load), unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Standby pressure - fan drive The pressure determines the minimum RPM for the fan drive motors. Incorrect adjustments can cause failure of the hydraulic motors. Check / adjust with the machine cold. For instructions, refer to group 6.5. When the operating temperature is reached in one of the systems - hydraulic system, Diesel engine coolant circuit or charge air system - the fan drive is automatically changed over from stand by function to working function. 3. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5 4. Pressure limitation - fan drive The pressure determines the required working (minimum) RPM of the fan drive motors. For details, see group 6.5. 5. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting. With the oil at operating temperature, only a minimum amount of leak oil should emerge from the valve, otherwise, check the adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 6. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example Quick drop, see Adjustment working hydraulic, group 7.5.10.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
F/N xxx-2002 5599
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.50.02
7. Pressure difference - p HD to LD (working hydraulic) The correct adjustment of the LS regulator (p) is important for machine performance and simplifies the adjustment of the stand by pressure. The drop of p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 8. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. The adjustment is made via the Qmin stop of the pump. Important: The test value depends very much on the temperature. 9. Pressure limitation (working hydraulic) 9.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief. Leave the pressure cut off valve adjustment for the secondary pressure check as is. 9.2. Secondary pressure To check, block pressure lines on lift cylinders - see group 7.5. (Pressure cut off raised from primary pressure check) lift circuit - piston bottom side =A1= lift circuit - piston rod side =B1= blade down blade up
Also check the secondary relief of additional attachments / list on checklist, No. 9.4 / 9.5. 9.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 9.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 9.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 10. Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 11. Replenishing pressure (travel hydraulic) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 12.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar. 13.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. To check, close off HD lines on travel motors with blind flanges - see special tools, page 2.1.21.01 and screws M12x50-10.9. For location of test points and details, refer to group 6.5. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.
B. Tests with test box CET 08/03

Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. LED = light emitting diode 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at low voltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator - H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced travel speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" 4.1. Reduced travel speed range with push button switch S12 on the panel (0 4,6 km/h) If the LED does not light up during the test, check the switch and wiring. 4.2. Reduced travel speed range with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (04 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (06,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (011 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness.
5. Signal - counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LEDs light up, a jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes: Do not actuate the push button switch counter rotation while testing the travel joystick - this can cause wrong Error - indications.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
F/N xxx-2002 5599
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.50.03
8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box adapter are valid. If values are too low, check function and routing of throttle control. Make adjustments primary on the control lever stops on the operators platform (tilt cab). 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12.Overspeed safety - Diesel engine If the Diesel engine speed is not reduced significantly during the test and the pressure on the working hydraulic test point HD will not overcome primary setting, check the function of the solenoid valve and the pump regulator. See schematic, group 7.3. 13. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light H4 on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up electrical defect Indicator light does not turn off hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-12 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 14.RPM sensor - travel gear Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test always in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from left right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication Red diode problem due to electrical circuit interruption, possible total sensor failure mark appropriate square on check list sensor sends error signal.
15. / 16.Basic adjustment - left track / Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain A pre-check can be made during an inspection without closing off the control lines, limited to the following checklist points (right switch on test box to position "TEST"): 16.1 - forward 1 - forward 2 - reverse 1 - reverse 2 Note: 16.3 - forward 4 - forward 5 - reverse 4
If the indication is outside the "green center" range for one of these tests, then all tests / adjustment steps must be made according to the check list (right switch on test box in straight run adjustment position "ADJUST"). If one of the stages 3 are selected, the chains are running at full speed.
Attention:
Test steps for par. 15 "basic adjustment - left track " show the speed of the left chain in relation to the values stored in the test box. Adjustments are made on the left travel drive side. Test steps for par. 16 "straight run, right chain compared to left chain " show the speed of the right chain in relation to the speed of the left chain. Adjustments are made on the right travel drive side. Basic adjustments and straight run must be made in 3 groups, since the travel motors are hydraulically controlled by the pumps and there are 2 motors for each side. Group 15.1 / 16.1= Check / adjustment of pumps. Close of servo lines to motors on pump outlets (motors remain on Qmax). analog indicator "green center" Check / adjustment of motor per side. Servo lines to motors on pump outlets are reconnected, close off servo lines to one motor per side (motors remain on Qmax). Analog indicator exactly over the dividing line between the red indicator field SLOW and the green indicator field. "Center green" may not be exceeded. Analog indicator "Green center"
Correct adjustment for both groups: Group 15.2 / 16.2 =
Correct adjustment for group 15.2:
Correct adjustment for group 16.2: Group 15.3 / 16.3 =
Check / adjustment of one motor per side. Servo lines to all motors are reconnected. analog indicator "green center", for 15.3, the red indicator field "FAST" may never be reached.
Correct adjustment for both groups: Note:
- If an existing adjustment is changed, change it in the corresponding direction past the required indication value. Then reset it to the required value - see above. - Always make adjustments only after the chain stops turning. - Correct adjustments until the analog indicator remains in the required range, even after several rechecks. - If an adjustment must be made in stage 5 / mech. Qmin stop (group 15.3 / 16.3), determine the dimension of adjustment screw on both travel motors for the side to be adjusted. Chain too quick Chain too slow on travel motor with larger screw overlap, turn the adjustment screw in clockwise direction. on travel motor with smaller screw overlap, turn the adjustment screw in counterclockwise direction.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
F/N xxx-2002 5599
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.50.04
17.Current supply (special tests during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. When selecting the travel speed range via push button switch S12 on the panel = use values of column "2ranges", when selecting the travel speed range via rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick = use values of column "3-ranges". Notes - if the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever. - for the simulation of the required engine load, see paragraph 10.4. 18.Straight run, right chain to left chain (special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating)exist Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning

Machine type:
PIN:
Sm-hrs.:
Date:
Test No. 1. 2. 3. Test Test points Test value Remarks actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc. Hydraulic system 30
5
Nominal value
Visual tests and maintenance Stand by pressure Pressure cut off fan drive - ex factory 3.1 spare pump Operating temperature Cold start valve replenishing circuit Servo pressure Pressure difference = p Stand by pressure Pressure limitation 9.1 Prim. pressure 9.2 Sec. pressure 9.3 Pressure cut off 9.4 9.5 Accumulator Repl. pressure Hydr. neutral pos. travel hydraulic
fan drive. - LA LA
bar bar bar C yes
bar check w. cold machine/Diesel engine to nmax fuse F9 opened/Diesel engine at max RPM bar Caution: varied adjustments with special equipments - see page 2 bar must remain constant during all tests C
177+5 5 205 70 C theoretic 28+2 bar 25+ bar 15 bar <13 bar 30+ bar 270 bar 5 250 bar 5 250 bar 5 200 bar bar bar min. 4x +7 20 bar M1 = M2 1 bar M1 = M2 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar
5 5 +6 3 10
4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Hydraulic tank travel hydr. SD ND working hydr. HD to LS HD working hydr. HD
checked: changed: - check only if necessary no yes no - for test / adjustment see guidelines bar -working hydraulic bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar in fine control range - adjust at HPR-pump bar when spool is fully shifted bar working hydraulic - adjust at HPR-pump bar bar bar bar bar bar
10. 11. 12.
13.
B. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/05
- mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space No. = at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted - with e-box CEP12/08C, CEP12/20 first observe section D LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = Test. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. Test Space No. A/6 8 9 9
Inl.6
Remarks

V6/Inl.4
752/X.....
Inl.6
V6/Inl.4
752/X.....
record denomination of LED after approx. 10 sec. of actuation light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) 3-ranges normal = III - red. speed range II - red. speed range I
undervolt. yes no
undervolt. yes no
5. 6. 7.
9 4 11
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752 F/N xxx-5600 6199
01 04
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.51.01
Test. No.
Test
Space No.
Remarks
8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
Alternator RPM sensor Diesel engine RPM Diesel engine Potentiometer nominal RPM Overspeeding protection / D-engine Brake release
8 A A 3 A 14
overv. low
o.k. o.k.
underv. high
overv. low
o.k. o.k.
underv. Diesel engine approx. 1500 RPM / test for 10 sec. high must be green from nmin up to nmax
+60
+20
yes press button RPM drop at engine working hydraulic - HD = max. no on off right left must be functioning for all remaining tests machine must be raised off the ground = no Indication/ must be ok for further tests
14.
13
Disconnect servo lines from pump-connection X to travel motor - see instructions 15.1. basic adjustment forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward 14 left track forward 3 forward 3 Pump end of regulation forward reverse 2 reverse 2 Pump regulating range reverse reverse 3 reverse 3 Pump end of regulation reverse note position of rotary switch 16.1 Straight run Test" "Adjust Adjust 14 compare track right forward 1 yes no forward 1 yes no travel begin forward - tracks starts to turn to track left forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward forward 3 reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 15.2 16.2 yes forward 3 no reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 yes Pump end of regulation forward no travel begin reverse - tracks starts to turn Pump regulating range reverse Pump end of regulation reverse
Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to one travel motor on each side - see instruction Basic adjustment 14 forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward left track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Straight run 14 forward 4 forward 4 right motor regulating range forward right track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to all travel motors - see instruction basic adjustment 14 forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward left track forward 5 forward 5 left motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous reverse 4 reverse 4 adjustments reverse 5 reverse 5 Straight run compare track right to track left 14 forward 4 forward 4 forward 5 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 4 reverse 5 reverse 5 Special tests - travel operation (440 ) max.
20
15.3
16.3
right motor regulating range forward right motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous adjustments throttle lever must be at max. RPM position initial current jump 3-ranges 70 1350+ mA (Switch pos. III) 50 1170+ mA (Switch pos. II) 870+ mA (Switch pos. I) reduced value when steering left (normal speed) initial current jump minimum current at maximum load (RPM drop)
50
17.
mA mA mA mA
max.
max.
(1180 ) 17.2 Diesel engine running 2 (440

20
80
mA mA mA
) )
(500+
100
T.No.
After adjustment /repair adjustments according to guidelines yes no
1.
D. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit (with e-box CEP12/08C, CEP12/20) - following the software instructions
T.No.
1. 1.1
Before checklist step B/C memory available: yes no
After checklist step B/C memory deleted: yes no
Remarks:

Complete the test procedure according to the checklist, even for a partial check. Use pressure gauges appropriate for the test ranges. To test the track speed / straight run, raise the machine off the ground and support it properly, so that the chains can turn freely without danger. Make sure to observe all safety guidelines see group 1.2.01! Use only the correct tools( test instruments). The Diesel engine RPMs must be as noted. Perform all required maintenance work before adjustment. In case of questions, make sure to use the detailed instructions: for the adjustment of the travel hydraulic, see section 6.5.00, for the adjustment of the working hydraulic, see section 7.5.10 ,for the use of the test box CET 08/03, see section 10.4.00. and for the use of the pedal control tester, see section 10.6.00. When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Check all indicators and gauges to ensure they are functioning correctly. Defects must be repaired immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem.

All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without an engine load), unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Standby pressure - fan drive The pressure determines the minimum RPM for the fan drive motors. Incorrect adjustments can cause failure of the hydraulic motors. Check / adjust with the machine cold. For instructions, refer to group 6.5. Caution: When the temperature in the systems hydraulic oil, Diesel engine coolant or charge air is raising, the electronic control raises the pressure of the fan drive/fan RPM. When changing the standby pressure, the adjustments of the pressure limitation are also changing, according point 3. Both values have to be in the allowed tolerances.
3. Pressure cut off - fan drive For tests/adjustments, the power supply for the electronic control has to be interrupted - open fuse F9 (indicator light H7 is on) - the fan drive works with the maximum values (fail-save system) = adjustment-/test values see table "pmax" (fan RPM - main radiator front = n1, - oil cooler = n2). For details, see group 6.5.
Machine equipment = standard fans - standard ex factory spare pump fans - reversible ex factory spare pump 217 bar 1380 min +100 -1 1990 min
+100 -1 +5
Machine equipment = "waste kit" fans - standard 225 bar

-1 +5
fans - reversible 275 bar

+3
pmax
n1 n2
177+5 bar
1380 min +100 -1 1990 min
+100 -1
2055 bar
1530 min +100 -1 2200 min
+100 -1
255 bar 1520 min +100 -1 2180 min

+100
+5
1580 min +100 -1 2280 min
+100
-1
1560 min +100 -1 2240 min
+100
-1
Notes:
When changing the adjustments of the pressure limitation, the adjustments of the standby pressure are also changing, according point 2. Both values have to be in the allowed tolerances. If the temperature in one of the systems, which have to be cooled - hydraulic system, Diesel engine coolant circuit and charge air system - is too high, the indicator light H7 is flashing and the system regulates to maximum pressure. This pressure value is lower by the p of the regulation than the adjustment value. When overheating in spite of right pressure and clean radiator, in every case check the fan RPM. This RPM doesn't depends only on pressure (also on air supply, turning resistance, damages, and suchlike). Instructions see chapter 6.5.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5600 6199
01 04
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.51.02
4. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5 5. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting. With the oil at operating temperature, only a minimum amount of leak oil should emerge from the valve, otherwise, check the adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 6. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example Quick drop, see Adjustment working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 7. Pressure difference - p HD to LD ( working hydraulic ) The correct adjustment of the LS regulator (p) is important for machine performance and simplifies the adjustment of the stand by pressure. The drop of p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 8. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. The adjustment is made via the Qmin stop of the pump. Important: The test value depends very much on the temperature. 9. Pressure limitation ( working hydraulic ) 9.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief. Leave the pressure cut off valve adjustment for the secondary pressure check as is. 9.2. Secondary pressure To check, block pressure lines on lift cylinders - see group 7.5. (Pressure cut off raised from primary pressure check) lift circuit - piston bottom side =A1= lift circuit - piston rod side =B1= blade down blade up
Also check the secondary relief of additional attachments / list on checklist, No. 9.4 / 9.5. 9.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 9.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 9.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 10.Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 11.Replenishing pressure (travel hydraulic ) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 12.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar.
13.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. To check, close off HD lines on travel motors with blind flanges - see special tools, page 2.1.21.01 and screws M12x50-10.9. For location of test points and details, refer to group 6.5. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.
Caution: Before carrying out tests/adjustments following section B, check the version of the electronic box. If there is a CEP 12/08C, CEP 12/20 or higher electronic box installed, observe section D = evaluate memory.

Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. LED = light emitting diode 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at low voltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator - H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced travel speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" - rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (04 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (06,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (011 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness. 5. Signal - counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LEDs light up, a jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5600 6199
01 04
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.51.03
The red error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes: Do not actuate the push button switch counter rotation while testing the travel joystick - this can cause wrong Error - indications.
7. Proportional solenoids Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If an error is shown, swap the connectors at the proportional solenoids and check again to find the problem - cable or solenoid. 8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box adapter are valid. If values are too low, check function and routing of throttle control. Make adjustments primary on the control lever stops on the operators platform (tilt cab). 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12.Overspeed safety - Diesel engine If the Diesel engine speed is not reduced significantly during the test and the pressure on the working hydraulic test point HD will not overcome primary setting, check the function of the solenoid valve and the pump regulator. See schematic, group 7.3. 13. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light H4 on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up electrical defect Indicator light does not turn off hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-12 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn. 14.RPM sensor - travel gear Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test as possible in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from left right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication Red diode Problem due to electrical circuit interruption (wiring), possible total sensor failure Mark appropriate square on adjustment check list Sensor sends error signal
15. / 16.Basic adjustment - left track / Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain A pre-check can be made during an inspection without closing off the control lines, limited to the following checklist points (right switch on test box to position "TEST"): 16.1 - forward 1 - forward 2 - reverse 1 - reverse 2 Note: 16.3 - forward 4 - forward 5 - reverse 4
Attention:
Test steps for par. 15 "basic adjustment - left track " show the speed of the left chain in relation to the values stored in the test box. Adjustments are made on the left travel drive side. Test steps for par. 16 "straight run, right chain compared to left chain " show the speed of the right chain in relation to the speed of the left chain. Adjustments are made on the right travel drive side. Basic adjustments and straight run must be made in 3 groups, since the travel motors are hydraulically controlled by the pumps and there are 2 motors for each side. Group 15.1 / 16.1= Check / adjustment of pumps. Close of servo lines to motors on pump outlets (motors remain on Qmax). analog indicator "green center" Check / adjustment of motor per side. Servo lines to motors on pump outlets are reconnected, close off servo lines to one motor per side (motors remain on Qmax). Analog indicator exactly over the dividing line between the red indicator field SLOW and the green indicator field. "Center green" may not be exceeded. Analog indicator "Green center" analog indicator "green center", for 15.3, the red indicator field "FAST" may never be reached.
Correct adjustment for group 16.2: Group 15.3 / 16.3 = Correct adjustment for both groups: Note:
Check / adjustment of one motor per side. Servo lines to all motors are reconnected.
- If an existing adjustment is changed, change it in the corresponding direction past the required indication value. Then reset it to the required value - see above. - Always make adjustments only after the chain stops turning. - Correct adjustments until the analog indicator remains in the required range, even after several rechecks. - If an adjustment must be made in stage 5 / mech. Qmin stop (group 15.3 / 16.3), determine the dimension of adjustment screw on both travel motors for the side to be adjusted. Chain too quick Chain too slow on travel motor with larger screw overlap, turn the adjustment screw in clockwise direction. on travel motor with smaller screw overlap, turn the adjustment screw in counterclockwise direction.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5600 6199
01 04
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.51.04
17.Current supply (special tests during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. Select the travel speed range via rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick. Notes - if the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever. - for the simulation of the required engine load, see paragraph 10.4. 18.Straight run, right chain to left chain (special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Notes: This test can still be carried out. Caused by the rarely use, this test isn't on the checklist any more. Record the result under section "Remarks".
Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating)exist Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning

1. Inch/brake pedal Always perform the check of the adjustments of the Inch/brake pedal when the electronic box is connected = connect all cables of the tester. Guidelines for the test and further notes see chapter 10.6, section B -1.
D. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit

Can only be used for electronic box version CEP12/08C, CEP12/20 and higher. 1. Read error memory Before carrying out tests / adjustments following section B, evaluate the memory, save it on the notebook, print it out or record the codes in saved order in the adjustment checklist. Repair existing defects. After adjustments, check the memory once again, delete the error memory! Notes: If the program displays "Error" from the beginning, check if the right interface COM1,2,3 or 4 is chosen, check plugs/wiring, check the power supply 24V from the instrument panel.
Machine type:
PIN:
Sm-hrs.:
Date:
Test No. 1. 2. 3. Test Test points Test value Remarks actual value adjusted value o.k. remarks o.k. remarks fluids, filters, mech. components, etc. Hydraulic system 30
5
Nominal value
Visual tests and maintenance Stand by pressure Pressure cut off fan drive Operating temperature Cold start valve replenishing circuit Servo pressure Pressure difference = p Stand by pressure Pressure limitation 9.1 Prim. pressure 9.2 Sec. pressure 9.3 Pressure cut off 9.4 9.5 Accumulator Repl. pressure Hydr. neutral pos. travel hydraulic
fan drive. - LA LA
bar bar
bar check w. cold machine/Diesel engine to nmax fuse F9 opened/Diesel engine at max RPM bar Caution: varied adjustments with special equipments - see page 2 must remain constant during all tests C
205
4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Hydraulic tank travel hydr. SD ND working hydr. HD to LS HD working hydr. HD
70 C theoretic 28+2 bar 25+ bar 15 bar <13 bar 30+ bar 270 bar 5 250 bar 5 250 bar 5 200 bar bar bar min. 4x +7 20 bar M1 = M2 1 bar M1 = M2 1 bar +30/-10 420 bar +30/-10 420 bar
5 5 +6 3
10
C yes
checked: changed: - check only if necessary no yes no - for test / adjustment see guidelines bar -working hydraulic bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar in fine control range - adjust at HPR-pump bar when spool is fully shifted bar working hydraulic - adjust at HPR-pump bar bar bar bar bar bar
10. 11. 12.
13.
B. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit - following the software instructions
T.No.
1. 1.1
Before checklist step C/D memory available: yes no
After checklist step C/D memory deleted: yes no
T.No.
After adjustment /repair adjustments according to guidelines yes no
1.
D. Test with test box CET 08/03 H (see SM - section 10.4) and adapter CET 14/05
- mark LED which lights up or note position of analog indicator (space = space No. at test box, A = at adapter) - test with Diesel engine RPM at max. RPM or as noted - after all adjustments are done check and delete E-Box memory - see step B. LED - color: = green = yellow = red indicators = No. 1. 2. 3. Test Identification Battery Indicator light electron. fault ind. Space A/6 8 9
Inl.6

V6/Inl.4 752/X.....

Inl.6 V6/Inl.4
Remarks
752/X..... record denomination of LED
undervolt. yes no
undervolt. yes no
after approx. 10 sec. of actuation light at panel = on instrument panel of machine ("reduced speed" light lights together) Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752 F/N xxx-6200
01 04
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.52.01
No. 4.
Test Signal
Space 9
During test no signal no signal no signal signal error good defect
After adjustment / repair. no signal no signal no signal signal error good defect 3-ranges -
Remarks normal = III - red. speed range II - red. speed range I
5. 6. 7.
9 4 11
Diesel engine running 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Alternator RPM sensor Diesel engine RPM Diesel engine Potentiometer nominal RPM Overspeeding protection / D-engine Brake release 8 A A 3 A 14 overv. low o.k. o.k. underv. high overv. low o.k. o.k. underv. Diesel engine approx. 1500 RPM / test for 10 sec. high must be green from nmin up to nmax
+60
+20
yes press button RPM drop at engine no working hydraulic - HD = max. on off right left must be functioning for all remaining tests machine must be raised off the ground = no Indication/ must be ok for further tests
14.
13
Disconnect servo lines from pump-connection X to travel motor - see instructions 15.1. basic adjustment forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward 14 left track forward 3 forward 3 Pump end of regulation forward reverse 2 reverse 2 Pump regulating range reverse reverse 3 reverse 3 Pump end of regulation reverse note position of rotary switch 16.1 Straight run Test" "Adjust Adjust 14 compare track right forward 1 yes no forward 1 yes no travel begin forward - tracks starts to turn to track left forward 2 forward 2 Pump regulating range forward forward 3 reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 15.2 16.2 yes forward 3 no reverse 1 reverse 2 reverse 3 yes Pump end of regulation forward no travel begin reverse - tracks starts to turn Pump regulating range reverse Pump end of regulation reverse
Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to one travel motor on each side - see instruction Basic adjustment 14 forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward left track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Straight run 14 forward 4 forward 4 right motor regulating range forward right track reverse 4 reverse 4 control test Servo lines from pump-connection X connected to all travel motors - see instruction basic adjustment 14 forward 4 forward 4 left motor regulating range forward left track forward 5 forward 5 left motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous reverse 4 reverse 4 adjustments reverse 5 reverse 5 Straight run compare track right to track left 14 forward 4 forward 4 forward 5 forward 5 reverse 4 reverse 4 reverse 5 reverse 5 Special tests - travel operation (440 ) max.
20
15.3
16.3
right motor regulating range forward right motor - mech. end stop - Qmin control test - values are resulting from previous adjustments throttle lever must be at max. RPM position initial current jump 3-ranges 70 1390+ mA (Switch pos. III) 50 +50 1150 mA forward / 1220+ mA reverse
(Switch pos. II)
17.
mA mA /r. /r. mA mA mA mA
forward: reverse: forward: reverse:
max. f. max. f. (1340+50)
in reduced speed range in reduced speed range
880+ mA forward / 990+ mA reverse

(Switch pos. I)
50
50
reduced value when steering left (normal speed) initial current jump
17.2 Diesel engine running
(440 )
20
Remarks:

Complete the test procedure according to the checklist, even for a partial check. Use pressure gauges appropriate for the test ranges. To test the track speed / straight run, raise the machine off the ground and support it properly, so that the chains can turn freely without danger. Make sure to observe all safety guidelines see group 1.2.01! Use only the correct tools( test instruments). The Diesel engine RPMs must be as noted. Perform all required maintenance work before adjustment. In case of questions, make sure to use the detailed instructions: for the adjustment of the travel hydraulic, see section 6.5.00, for the adjustment of the working hydraulic, see section 7.5.10 ,for the use of the test box CET 08/03, see section 10.4.00. and for the use of the pedal control tester, see section 10.6.00. When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines given in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Check all indicators and gauges to ensure they are functioning correctly. Defects must be repaired immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem.

All pressure tests must be performed at 1000 RPM (without an engine load), unless noted otherwise. 1. Visual tests and maintenance Insufficient maintenance and mechanical component defects often point to the cause of the problem. Check oil levels, filters, coolant level, mechanical components and their mounting, cables and wiring harnesses, etc. Repair any detected defects immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. 2. Standby pressure - fan drive The pressure determines the minimum RPM for the fan drive motors. Incorrect adjustments can cause failure of the hydraulic motors. Check / adjust with the machine cold. For instructions, refer to group 6.5. Caution: When the temperature in the systems hydraulic oil, Diesel engine coolant or charge air is raising, the electronic control raises the pressure of the fan drive/fan RPM. When changing the standby pressure, the adjustments of the pressure limitation are also changing, according point 3. Both values have to be in the allowed tolerances.
3. Pressure cut off - fan drive For tests/adjustments, the power supply for the electronic control has to be interrupted - open fuse (automatic circuit breaker) F9 (indicator light H7 is on) - the fan drive works with the maximum values (fail-save system) = adjustment-/test values see table "pmax" (fan RPM - main radiator front = n1, - oil cooler = n2). For details, see group 6.5.
Machine equipment = standard fans - standard Machine equipment = "waste kit" fans - reversible 275 bar
-1 +3
fans - reversible fans - standard 255 bar 1520 min +100 -1 2180 min
+100 -1 +5
pmax
n1 n2
2055 bar
1530 min +100 -1 2200 min
+100 -1
225 bar 1580 min +100 -1 2280 min

+100
+5
1560 min +100 -1 2240 min
+100
-1
Notes:
When changing the adjustments of the pressure limitation, the adjustments of the standby pressure are also changing, according point 2. Both values have to be in the allowed tolerances. If the temperature in one of the systems, which have to be cooled - hydraulic system, Diesel engine coolant circuit and charge air system - is too high, the indicator light H7 is flashing and the system regulates to maximum pressure. This pressure value is lower by the p of the regulation than the adjustment value. When overheating in spite of right pressure and clean radiator, in every case check the fan RPM. This RPM doesn't depends only on pressure (also on air supply, turning resistance, damages, and suchlike). Instructions see chapter 6.5.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-6200
01 04
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.52.02
4. Operating temperature If the operating temperature is reached only for a short time, cover the cooler (air flow) partially for the test / adjustment. With the oil at operating temperature, before performing additional tests, actuate all hydraulic functions and monitor the temperature constantly. For additional information about bringing the hydraulic system to operating temperature, see group 6.5 or 7.5 5. Cold start valve (travel hydraulic) Needs to be checked only for troubleshooting. With the oil at operating temperature, only a minimum amount of leak oil should emerge from the valve, otherwise, check the adjustment, see group 6.5, p. 3. 6. Servo pressure (working hydraulic) Not adjustable - is a result of SP pressure. In case of problems, for example Quick drop, see Adjustment working hydraulic, group 7.5.10. 7. Pressure difference - p HD to LD ( working hydraulic ) The correct adjustment of the LS regulator (p) is important for machine performance and simplifies the adjustment of the stand by pressure. The drop of p with the control valve spools fully opened is necessary to obtain the shortest working cycles. 8. Stand-by pressure (working hydraulic) This pressure is the basis for the proper function of the entire working hydraulic system. The adjustment is made via the Qmin stop of the pump. Important: The test value depends very much on the temperature. 9. Pressure limitation ( working hydraulic ) 9.1. Primary pressure To check, raise the pressure cut off setting. Check the pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachments without secondary relief. Leave the pressure cut off valve adjustment for the secondary pressure check as is. 9.2. Secondary pressure To check, block pressure lines on lift cylinders - see group 7.5. (Pressure cut off raised from primary pressure check) lift circuit - piston bottom side =A1= lift circuit - piston rod side =B1= blade down blade up
Also check the secondary relief of additional attachments / list on checklist, No. 9.4 / 9.5. 9.3. Pressure cut off The pressure cut off limits the maximum working pressure. Primary and secondary pressure relief valves are only installed for system safety. Check the pressure as the primary pressure via the tilt circuit or additional attachment circuit without secondary relief. 9.4. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 9.5. Blank line for pressure setting of additional attachment (enter description / test points) 10.Accumulator (working hydraulic) For safety reasons, it must be possible to actuate a function (blade down) several times (within 3 minutes) after the Diesel engine is turned off. 11.Replenishing pressure (travel hydraulic ) If the pressure is too low, find and remedy the problem before continuing machine operation. 12.Hydraulic neutral position (travel hydraulic - travel pumps) Leave the safety lever in the down position. Check first with 0-600 bar pressure gauge, for final check / adjustment, use a 0-60 bar pressure gauge. The normal pressure reading should correspond to the replenishing pressure. The permissible pressure difference between M1 and M2 may be no more than 1.0 bar.
13.Pressure limitation of maximum system pressure (travel hydraulic) Not adjustable. Check only if needed. Check O-rings on blind flanges. To check, close off HD lines on travel motors with blind flanges - see special tools, page 2.1.21.01 and screws M12x50-10.9. For location of test points and details, refer to group 6.5. All work must be performed clean and carefully. Actuate the pumps carefully and hold the maximum pressure only for a short time. Bleed the system after tests.
B. Edit error memory with E-Box Evaluation Kit

1. Read error memory Before carrying out tests / adjustments following section C/D, evaluate the memory, save it on the notebook, print it out or record the codes in saved order in the adjustment checklist. Repair existing defects. After adjustments according to checklist step C and D, check the memory once again, delete the error memory! Notes: If the program displays "Error" from the beginning, check if the right interface COM1,2,3 or 4 is chosen, check plugs/wiring, check the power supply 24V from the instrument panel.

1. Inch/brake pedal Always perform the check of the adjustments of the Inch/brake pedal when the electronic box is connected = connect all cables of the tester. Guidelines for the test and further notes see chapter 10.6, section B -1.
D. Tests with test box CET 08/03

Before carrying out tests / adjustments, check the operational readiness and function of the LED on the test box and its adapter- see 10.4. LED = light emitting diode 1. Identification For identification, the indicators on the adapter and the test box have to be combined. In case of incorrect identification, check the operating condition of test box first - for example: check the rotary switch position and the cable configuration, then check the wire harness connections. 2. Battery If the battery is always at low voltage, check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button first, then continue to check the power supply. 3. Indicator lights - electronic fault indicator - H12 If there is a problem in the system, the time the indicator light lights up can give an initial hint to the problem area. Along with the electronic monitoring indicator light, the 'reduced travel speed range' indicator light H11 lights up as well. If these lights do not light up during the test, check the bulbs, wiring and relays. 4. Signal - preselection "reduced speed range" - rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I (04 km/h) = diode must be on Rocker switch in position II (06,5 km/h) = diode must switch off Rocker switch in position III (011 km/h) = diode must be on If the test result is not correct, check the switch and the wiring harness.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-6200
01 04
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.52.03
5. Signal - counter rotation" If the LED does not light up during the test, or if it turns off during joystick deflection, check the wiring as well as the switch and cable in the joystick. 6. Travel joystick The pointers in the test box must follow the joystick deflection evenly. Erratic movement or lack of movement indicates an error and should be noted as such on the checklist. In the four main directions, at full joystick deflection, the corresponding green LED must light up. In diagonal deflection, most of the time both directional LEDs light up, a jump", however, is within the permitted tolerance range. The red error" diode may not light up in any joystick position. Notes: Do not actuate the push button switch counter rotation while testing the travel joystick - this can cause wrong Error - indications.
7. Proportional solenoids Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If an error is shown, swap the connectors at the proportional solenoids and check again to find the problem - cable or solenoid. 8. Alternator In case of constant low voltage, always check the position of the safety lever and the emergency shut off button, then continue to check the power supply. Push the push button for about 15 seconds. If the green LED turns off and the red one lights up, check the alternator or V-belt. 9. RPM sensor - Diesel engine Readings at the test box adapter are valid. In case of error indication, remove the sensor and check it visually and/or clean. Check the harness and required distance to the top of the flywheel tooth. Repeat the test. 10.Diesel engine RPM Readings at the test box adapter are valid. If values are too low, check function and routing of throttle control. Make adjustments primary on the control lever stops on the operators platform (tilt cab). 11.Potentiometer The pointer in the test box must follow the throttle position evenly. Jerky movement or lack of movement indicates a defect and should be noted as such on the checklist. Approach test values of potentiometer adjustment from the medium RPM range of the Diesel engine. Determine the difference between the high and low idle (step 10) to those engine speeds and record the RPM where the corresponding LED just lights up (not flicker). If necessary, repeat the test several times. The nominal value should be within 30+20 RPM each. 12.Overspeed safety - Diesel engine If the Diesel engine speed is not reduced significantly during the test and the pressure on the working hydraulic test point HD will not overcome primary setting, check the function of the solenoid valve and the pump regulator. See schematic, group 7.3. 13. Release the brake When the LED lights up on the test box, the indicator light H4 on the panel must turn off. LED does not light up electrical defect Indicator light does not turn off hydraulic / mechanical defect Caution: If step A-12 was not carried out at all or carried out incorrectly, the chains may already begin to turn.
14.RPM sensor - travel gear Test read out usually starts in speed range 3, however, perform the test as possible in stage 5 (higher signal number). Before changing from left right", stop the track run, switch over and run again. No indication Red diode Problem due to electrical circuit interruption (wiring), possible total sensor failure Mark appropriate square on adjustment check list Sensor sends error signal
15./ 16.Basic adjustment - left track / Straight run, right chain compared to the left chain A pre-check can be made during an inspection without closing off the control lines, limited to the following checklist points (right switch on test box to position "TEST"): 16.1 - forward 1 - forward 2 - reverse 1 - reverse 2 Note: 16.3 - forward 4 - forward 5 - reverse 4
Attention:
Test steps for par. 15 "basic adjustment - left track " show the speed of the left chain in relation to the values stored in the test box. Adjustments are made on the left travel drive side. Test steps for par. 16 "straight run, right chain compared to left chain " show the speed of the right chain in relation to the speed of the left chain. Adjustments are made on the right travel drive side. Basic adjustments and straight run must be made in 3 groups, since the travel motors are hydraulically controlled by the pumps and there are 2 motors for each side. Group 15.1 / 16.1= Check / adjustment of pumps. Close of servo lines to motors on pump outlets (motors remain on Qmax). analog indicator "green center" Check / adjustment of motor per side. Servo lines to motors on pump outlets are reconnected, close off servo lines to one motor per side (motors remain on Qmax). Analog indicator exactly over the dividing line between the red indicator field SLOW and the green indicator field. "Center green" may not be exceeded. Analog indicator "Green center" analog indicator "green center", for 15.3, the red indicator field "FAST" may never be reached.
Correct adjustment for group 16.2: Group 15.3 / 16.3 = Correct adjustment for both groups: Note:
Check / adjustment of one motor per side. Servo lines to all motors are reconnected.
- If an existing adjustment is changed, change it in the corresponding direction past the required indication value. Then reset it to the required value - see above. - Always make adjustments only after the chain stops turning. - Correct adjustments until the analog indicator remains in the required range, even after several rechecks.
Mjfcifss!
Quick Reference
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-6200
01 04
Blatt Page Feuille
3.5.52.04
- If an adjustment must be made in stage 5 / mech. Qmin stop (group 15.3 / 16.3), determine the dimension of adjustment screw on both travel motors for the side to be adjusted. Chain too quick Chain too slow on travel motor with larger screw overlap, turn the adjustment screw in clockwise direction. on travel motor with smaller screw overlap, turn the adjustment screw in counterclockwise direction.
17.Current supply (special tests during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) This test is only required when troubleshooting. Only the current supply on the right track is measured. Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning. Select the travel speed range via rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick. Notes - if the maximum values are not reached, check the position of the throttle control lever.
18.Straight run, right chain to left chain (special test during normal travel - test box with Y-cable) Notes: This test can still be carried out. Caused by the rarely use, this test isn't on the checklist any more. Record the result under section "Remarks".
Perform this test only if the machine cannot be raised off the ground and properly supported. During normal travel operation, the current supply to the right drive side and the speed of the right track in relation to the speed of the left track is shown. Due to external influences, despite a wide tolerance range, large deviations (fluctuating)exist Additional indications are due to the switch design and have no meaning
Sub Group Index

Technical data LH engine
LH - engine in line D 904 TB D 904 T D 916 T D 916 TI LH - engine in line E D 924 T-E A1 D 926 T-E A2 D 926 TI-E A2 LH - engine V-type D 9306 TB D 9306 T D 9406 TI-E A3
4.1
4.1.10
4.1.11
4.1.30
Power, torque LH engine

PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 F/N xxx-01012999 F/N xxx-01012999 F/N xxx-20012999 F/N xxx-20012999 F/N xxx-3000 F/N xxx-3000 F/N xxx-3000 F/N xxx-3000 F/N xxx-2002
4.2
4.2.10
4.2.11
Fan and cylinder configuration LH - Diesel engine Remove and install engine fan
4.3 4.4
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 02
Engine
Blatt Page Feuille
4.0.00.01
Technical Data, Wear Limits, Torques

Type Cylinder bore Piston stroke Displacement, total Direction of rotation Diesel engine - on flywheel Direction of rotation fan - on flywheel Fan drive - up to F/N xxx-5599 Fan RPM rating at Fan drive - from F/N xxx-5600 Fan RPM rating at Fuel consumption at rated RPM Lube oil consumption - in relation to fuel consumption Firing order Overlap Firing sequence Injection pump timing Compression ratio Compression pressure min. / max. Deviation between cylinders max. Engine oil pressure min. (warmed-up) - low idle RPM - high idle RPM mm (inch) mm (inch) l (cu. in)
appr. 1/min
D 924 T-E A1 4 - in line 122 (4,803) 142 (5,590) 6,64 (405) left right direct 1850 hydr. - regulated see group 3.1
D 926 T-E A2 6 - in line
D 926 TI-E A2*
9,96 (607)
viscous 50 1630 see reverse side
1560
50
g/kWh 217 appr. % 0,8
210
205
1-3-4-2 1-5-3-6-2-4 4-2-1-3 6-2-4-1-5-3 CS 180 120 for details see engine type - plate 17,2 : 1 bar 20 - 28 bar 4 bar 1,5 bar 3,5 0,7 1,1 79 (174) 8 (0,314) Bosch VE 225 +8 217 23 20
+8
Cooling system - excess pressure bar - minimum pressure at coolant pump outlet (rated RPM) bar Thermostats - setting C (F) - stroke mm (inch) Fuel injection pump Governor Injectors Screw - injector holder Fuel supply line nuts Valve clearance - inl. / ex. Valve seat angle - inl. / ex. Cylinder head screws tightening torque (soft gasket) type type bar bar Nm Nm
0,8
Bosch MW Bosch RSV
Bosch P 3000
- injector opening pressure - new - operating pressure tightening torque tightening torque
mm 0,25 / 0,30 30 / 45 30 Nm + 30+30+60+60=180 90 30 Nm - 90 Nm + 70+70+70+70=280 -1,5 -0,06 161 (6,338 ) 162,5 (6,397)
Cylinder head screws retorque (soft gasket) Cylinder head screws tightening torque (metallic elastomer gasket) Cylinder head screws length mm (inch) Cylinder head screws length - limit max. mm (inch) Cam stroke Turbocharger
inl. / ex. mm (inch) 8,5 / 9 (0,334 / 0,354) - axial play max. mm (inch) 0,16 (0,006) - radial play max. mm (inch) 0,43 (0,016) tightening torque Nm 110
Oil drain valve - oil sump
For additional data or updates, refer to the Diesel Engine Service Manual For performance data - see machine specific data in groups 3.1 and 4.2
* = at PR 742 installed from F/N xxx-3000 to F/N xxx-5599 and

at RL 42 installed from F/N xxx-3002
Mjfcifss!
Technical Data
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
LH-engine (in line) E
4.1.11.01

Emission limit values in accordance with Nominal values (maximum) according to engine type plate power RPM Operating (nominal) values power RPM Type Cylinder bore Piston stroke Displacement, total Direction of rotation Diesel engine - on flywheel Direction of rotation fan - on flywheel Fan drive Fan RPM rating at Fuel consumption at rated RPM Lube oil consumption - in relation to fuel consumption Firing order Overlap Firing sequence Injection pump timing Compression ratio Compression pressure min. / max. Deviation between cylinders max. Engine oil pressure min. (warmed-up) - low idle RPM - high idle RPM kW 1/min kW 1/min
D 926 TI-E A2 D 926 TI-E A2* 97/68/EG (stage2) and EPA/CARB (Tier 2) 135 180 2100 2000 132 172 1800 1800
6 - in line mm (inch) 122 (4,803) mm (inch) 142 (5,590) l (cu. in) 9,96 (607) left right hydraulic - regulated appr. 1/min 1680 1475 g/kWh 210 appr. % 0,8 204
1-5-3-6-2-4 6-2-4-1-5-3 KW 120 for details see engine type - plate 17,2 : 1 bar 20 - 28 bar 4 bar 1,5 bar 3,5 0,6 1,1 79 (174) 8 (0,314) Bosch P 3000 Bosch RSV +8 225 +8 217 23 20 0,8
Cooling system - excess pressure bar minimum pressure at coolant pump outlet (rated RPM) bar Thermostats - setting C (F) - stroke mm (inch) Fuel injection pump Governor Injectors Screw - injector holder Fuel supply line nuts Valve clearance - inl. / ex. Valve seat angle - inl. / ex. Cylinder head screws tightening torque Cylinder head screws length Cylinder head screws length Cam stroke - inl. / ex. Turbocharger type type bar bar Nm Nm
mm 0,25 / 0,30 30 / 45 30 Nm - 90 Nm + 70+70+70+70=280 -1,5 -0,06 mm (inch) 161 (6,338 ) - limit max. mm (inch) 162,5 (6,397) mm (inch) 8,5 / 9 (0,334 / 0,354) - axial play max. mm (inch) 0,16 (0,006) - radial play max. mm (inch) 0,43 (0,016) tightening torque Nm 110
* = at PR 742 installed from F/N xxx-5600

#
= at LR 632 installed from F/N xxx-6200

Type Cylinder bore Piston stroke Displacement, total Direction of rotation Diesel engine - on flywheel Direction of rotation fan - on flywheel Fan drive Fan RPM rating at Fuel consumption at rated RPM Lube oil consumption - in relation to fuel consumption Firing order Overlap Firing sequence Injection pump timing Compression ratio Compression pressure min. / max. Deviation between cylinders max. Engine oil pressure min. (warmed-up) - low idle RPM - high idle RPM mm (inch) mm (inch) l (cu. in)
appr. 1/min
D 9306 TB V6 130 (5,118) 150 (5,905) 12 (732) left left direct 1530
D 9306 T
D 9406 TI-E A3* 135 (5,314) 12,88 (786) right hydraulic 1300
g/kWh 234 appr. % 0,8
222
206
1-6-3-5-2-4 5-2-4-1-6-3 CS 150-90-150-90-150-90 for details see engine type - plate 17 : 1 bar 20 - 28 bar 4 bar 1,5 bar 3,5 0,6 1,5 80 (175) 10 - 12,5 (0,393 - 0,492) Bosch P 3000 Bosch RSV +8 225 +8 217 23 20 15,5 : 1 18 - 26
120
17,2 : 1 20 - 28
Cooling system - excess pressure bar - minimum pressure at coolant pump outlet (rated RPM) bar Thermostats - setting C (F) - stroke mm (inch) Fuel injection pump Governor Injectors Screw - injector holder Fuel supply line nuts Valve clearance - inl. / ex. Valve seat angle - inl. / ex. Cylinder head screws tightening torque Cylinder head screws retorque Cylinder head screws length Cylinder head screws length Cam stroke Turbocharger type type bar bar Nm Nm
0,7
Bosch P 7800
mm 0,25 / 0,30 30 / 30 30 Nm - 90 Nm + 60+60+60+60=240 mm (inch) 170 (6,692 - limit max. mm (inch) 171,5 (6,751)
90
-1,5 -0,06
30 / 45
* = at PR 752 installed from F/N xxx-2002 to F/N xxx-5599 and

at RL 52 installed from F/N xxx-2002
Mjfcifss!
Technical Data
Datum Edition Date
01 04
LH - engine (V-type)
PR 732 PR 732 PR 742 PR 752 RL 52

Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2001 2500 F/N xxx-2001 2500 F/N xxx-2001 2500 F/N xxx-2002 F/N 739-2001
4.1.30.01

Emission limit values in accordance with Nominal values (maximum) according to engine type plate power RPM Operating (nominal) values power RPM Type Cylinder bore Piston stroke Displacement, total Direction of rotation Diesel engine - on flywheel Direction of rotation fan - on flywheel Fan drive Fan RPM rating at Fuel consumption at rated RPM Lube oil consumption - in relation to fuel consumption Firing order Overlap Firing sequence Injection pump timing Compression ratio Compression pressure min. / max. Deviation between cylinders max. Engine oil pressure min. (warmed-up) - low idle RPM - high idle RPM kW 1/min kW 1/min
D 9406 TI-E A3* 97/68/EG (stage2) and EPA/CARB (Tier 2) 258 2100 243 1800
V6 mm (inch) 135 (5,314) mm (inch) 150 (5,905) l (cu. in) 12,88 (786) left right hydraulic - regulated appr. 1/min 1300 from F/N xxx-6200 appr. 1500 g/kWh 210 appr. % 0,8 1-6-3-5-2-4 5-2-4-1-6-3 KW 120 for details see engine type - plate 17,2 : 1 bar 20 - 28 bar 4 bar 1,5 bar 3,5 0,7 1,5 80 (175) 10 - 12,5 (0,393 - 0,492) Bosch P 7800 Bosch RSV +8 225 +8 217 23 20
Cooling system - excess pressure bar minimum pressure at coolant pump outlet (rated RPM) bar Thermostats - setting C (F) - stroke mm (inch) Fuel injection pump Governor Injectors Screw - injector holder Fuel supply line nuts Valve clearance - inl. / ex. Valve seat angle - inl. / ex. Cylinder head screws tightening torque Cylinder head screws retorque Cylinder head screws length Cylinder head screws length Cam stroke Turbocharger type type bar bar Nm Nm
mm 0,25 / 0,30 30 / 45 30 Nm - 90 Nm + 60+60+60+60=240 mm (inch) 170 (6,692 - limit max. mm (inch) 171,5 (6,751)
90
-1,5 -0,06
* = at PR 752 installed from F/N xxx-5600
PR 712B F/N xxx-3000
PR 742B F/N xxx-30005599
Power P Torque Md
- kW - Nm
Mjfcifss!
Power, Torque
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
LH-Engine "E"
4.2.11.01
PR 752 F/N xxx-20025599
PR 752 F/N xxx-5600
Power P Torque Md
- kW - Nm
LH - 4/6 cylinder - In line engine Fan - push type = serial version MUL -viewed in air flow direction "running clockwise" Fan - suction type EDUL - viewed in air flow direction "running anti-clockwise"
= intake valve = exhaust valve
Firing order 4-cylinder engines:
firing overlap firing overlap
1 4 1 6
3 2 5 2
4 1 3 4
2 3 6 1 2 5 4 3
Firing order 6-cylinder engines
Valve clearance - adjust when the engine is cold: Emission optimised "E"-engines previous types intake/exhaust intake/exhaust 0,25/0,30 mm 0,20/0,25 mm
To adjust the valve clearance, see "Workshop Manual - Engine"
Mjfcifss!
Fan and Cylinder Configuration

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
LH-Diesel Engine
4.3.10.01
LH - 4/6 cylinder - In line engine / LH - 6/8 Cylinder - V-type engine Fan - push type = serial version MUL - viewed in air flow direction "running clockwise" with hydraulic fan drive motor
LH - 6/8 Cylinder - V-type engine Fan - push type = serial version EDUL - viewed in air flow direction "running anti-clockwise" Fan suction type MUL - viewed in air flow direction "running clockwise"
= intake valve = exhaust valve Firing order 6-cylinder V-type engines: firing overlap firing overlap intake/exhaust 1 5 1 7 6 2 8 3 3 4 4 6 5 1 2 5 2 6 7 1 4 3 3 8 6 4 5 2
Firing order 8-cylinder V-type engines:
Valve clearance -adjust when engine is cold
0,25/0,30 mm
To adjust the valve clearance, see "Workshop Manual - Engine"
Sub Group Index

Technical data coupling and splitter box Coupling
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 752 F/N xxx-0103 F/N xxx-0103 F/N xxx-2003 F/N xxx-2001 F/N xxx-2002
5.1 5.2
5.2.10
5.2.30
5.2.50
Splitter box
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-0103 F/N xxx-0103 F/N xxx-2003 F/N xxx-2001 F/N xxx-20025303 F/N xxx-5304
5.3
5.3.10
5.3.30
5.3.50 5.3.51
Mjfcifss!
Coupling and
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 01
Splitter box
Blatt Page Feuille
5.0.00.01
Description
PR 712
PR 722
PR 732
PR 742 350 B 376 350 B 374* 3 50 43 0,86 0,40 1,00 0,016-0,039 0 -218 / 8,58 10 / 0,39
PR 752
Splitter box
type
250 B 266 2,5 61 49
250 B 265 2,5 58 53 0,914 0,40 1,00 0,016-0,039 0 -163 / 6,42 10 / 0,39
350 B 375 3 50 43 0,86 0,40 1,00 0,016-0,039 0 -218 / 8,58 10 / 0,39
350 B 365 6 53 44 0,83 0,40 1,00 0,016-0,039 0 0,40 1,00# 0,016-0,039# 299 / 11,66 10 / 0,39
Oil quantity (for specification see group 1.3) l shaft I No. of teeth shaft II Gear ratio I,II shaft I roller bearing shaft II ball bearing shaft II roller bearing dim. A dim. B mm/inch mm/inch i
0,803 0,40 1,00 0,016-0,039 0 -163 / 6,42 10 / 0,39
Bearing play - axial min. max. mm inches
Oil level - control dimensions
Note:
* = installed at PR 742B F/N xxx-5234 (new travel hydraulic pumps) # = installed at PR 752 F/N xxx-5304 F/N xxx-5303 = bearings will be changed from ball to rollers at repair.
Description Coupling size Rated torque Max. torque Max. allowable. RPM Allowable. temperature range set. screw, item 8 Tightening torque screws, item 9/14 screws, item 7 Nm Nm min-1 C Nm Nm Nm
PR 712 H - 50 - 1 800 2100 4000 - 40 to + 150 120 220 --
PR 722 H - 50 - 1 800 2100 4000 - 40 to + 150 120 220 --
PR 732 K - 150 D 2400 6000 4000 - 40 to + 150 120 79 --
PR 742 K - 150 D 2400 6000 4000 - 40 to + 150 120 79 --
PR 752 H - 400 - 1 4000 10000 2500 - 40 to + 150 200 500 120
Mjfcifss!
Technical Data
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 01
Coupling and Splitter Box
Blatt Page Feuille
5.1.00.01
1. Construction, function Main components Pos. 6 hub Pos. 10 bushing- axial - with resilient elements Pos. 13 Elements - radial
The axial bushings are screwed onto the flywheel of the engine at fixed positions = torque input The hub is fixed at the input shaft of the splitter box with set screws and at that way also secured against axial and radial movement = torque output. The torque transfer from input to output is done by the plug-in type resilient elements = free of axial forces. 2. Maintenance The coupling is maintenance free and requires no lubrication. The material is oil and grease resistant. If a knocking noise is heard in the area of the coupling when shutting off the engine, maybe the cause is given by worn out resilient elements. Check the coupling as soon as possible and change all worn or damaged parts. 3. Disassembly / assembly Secure components with suitable lifting devices. Disconnect the splitter box 2 from the flywheel housing. Move it in axial direction to make it possible to disassemble parts of the coupling. It is not necessary to disassemble any other parts to change worn out resilient elements. To disassemble the complete coupling loosen set screws 8 in the hub and screw out socket head screws 9 from the bushings. Remove all parts. Assemble in reverse order. Due to cut outs in the flywheel the bushings 10 are centered. Slide the hub 6 together with the screwed on parts on the input shaft of the splitter box until the hub contacts the end of the spline. To secure the hub tighten and torque the set screws 8 correct. Note: The screws 9 and 14 may only be used once (1x) since the adhesive looses its properties after repeated use. Use only original screws of the quality "Inbus Plus". Prior to the installation, lubricate the friction surface on the heads of the screws lightly with grease. The curing process of the adhesive at 20C ambient temperature, after the screws have been tightened with the listed torque, is approx. 4 to 5 hours. The machine should therefore not be operated within this time frame. Tightening torque's of screws 7, 8, 9 and 14 are listed at data sheet 5.1.00.01. After the bushings 10 are bolted, slide on the resilient elements and slide in the hub together with the screwed on elements 13 to check the correct mounting position. The parts must be easily movable in axial direction.
4. Pre-assemble of a disassembled coupling (see also above notes) Combine inner and outer hub together, according to the drawing. screw in socket head screws 7 and tighten it with the correct torque. Assemble radial elements according to the drawing and fix it with screws 14. Fix the elements with a suitable tool against twisting (turning) and tighten the screws with the correct torque. Note: If hub and radial elements are not 100% in line, the coupling will be damaged after a short time. Slide in resilient elements between the radial elements the check there position. The elements must be easily movable in axial direction.
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Coupling
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 F/N 739-2001
5.2.50.01
1 2 3 4
Diesel engine Splitter box Hex head screw with washer Coupling complete
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Inner hub Socket head screw M12x20 Set screw Socket head screw M20x70 Bushing- axial Resilient element Outer hub Radial element Socket head screw M20x50
Notes
Reference dimension for oil level A, B see page 5.1.00.01
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Splitter box
PR 752 F/N xxx- 2002 5303 RL 52 F/N xxx- 2001 5303

Blatt Page Feuille
5.3.50.01
1 housing 2 dipstick 3 tube 4 guide tube 5 oil filler neck 6 fitting - oil filler 7 oil drain valve complete .1 poppet .2 seal ring .3 piston .4 spring .5 valve cap 8 seal ring 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 24 25 input shaft roller bearing roller bearing shaft seal bearing flange O-ring socket head screw spur gear roller bearing bearing flange O-ring grooved ball bearing socket head screw
26 stud with hex nut and washer 27 O-ring 30 31 32 33 34 35 spur gear roller bearing bearing flange O-ring grooved ball bearing socket head screw
36 stud with hex nut and washer 37 O-ring 40 identification plate install with Loctite 242 or comparable product install with Omnivisc 1050 or comparable product
* space between sealing lips filled with appr. ca. 30%

grease
Repositioned - sectional view
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Splitter box
PR 752 F/N xxx- 2002 5303 RL 52 F/N xxx- 2001 5303

Blatt Page Feuille
5.3.50.02
Notes
Reference dimension for oil level A, B see page 5.1.00.01
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Splitter box
PR 752 F/N xxx- 5304 RL 52 F/N xxx- 5304

Blatt Page Feuille
5.3.51.01
1 housing 2 dipstick 3 tube 4 guide tube 5 oil filler neck 6 fitting - oil filler 7 oil drain valve complete .1 poppet .2 seal ring .3 piston .4 spring .5 valve cap 8 seal ring 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 24 25 input shaft roller bearing roller bearing shaft seal bearing flange O-ring socket head screw spur gear roller bearing bearing flange O-ring roller bearing socket head screw
26 stud with hex nut and washer 27 O-ring 30 31 32 33 34 35 spur gear roller bearing bearing flange O-ring roller bearing socket head screw
36 stud with hex nut and washer 37 O-ring 40 identification plate install with Loctite 242 or comparable product install with Omnivisc 1050 or comparable product
* space between sealing lips filled with appr. ca. 30%

grease
Repositioned - sectional view
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Splitter box
PR 752 F/N xxx- 5304 RL 52 F/N xxx- 5304

Blatt Page Feuille
5.3.51.02
Sub Group Index

Technical data Description
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 752 F/N xxx-2002
6.1 6.2
6.2.10
6.2.50
Function
PR 712 PR 722 F/N xxx-01030421 F/N xxx-01030606
6.3
6.3.10 6.3.11 6.3.12 6.3.30 6.3.31 6.3.32 6.3.33 6.3.40 6.3.41 6.3.42 6.3.50 6.3.51 6.3.52 6.3.53
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-04225599 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-06075599 PR 712B F/N xxx-5600 PR 722B F/N xxx-5600 PR 732 PR 732 F/N xxx-20032207 F/N xxx-22082500
PR 732B F/N xxx-25015599 PR 732B F/N xxx-5600 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-20015233 PR 742B F/N xxx-52345599 PR 742B F/N xxx-5600 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-20022062 F/N xxx-20635071 F/N xxx-50725599 F/N xxx-5600
Hydraulic hose routing

Installation guidelines travel motor - high pressure hoses Hydraulic hose routing PR 712 F/N xxx-01030421 PR 722 F/N xxx-01030606 PR 732 F/N xxx-20032207
6.4
6.4.01 6.4.10 6.4.30 6.4.40
PR 742(B) F/N xxx-20015233
Test and adjustment

6.5
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 01
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.0.00.01
Description Gear pump(s) - replenishing oil flow Qmax pressure relief valve - replenishing pressure SP pressure relief valve - cold start SD to protect cooler and gear pump one way valve - oil cooler bypass Accumulator - replenishing system Gear pump - pump control circuit oil flow Qmax pressure relief valve - control pressure (measured value) Regulating pump - fan drive oil flow Qmax stand-by pressure working pressure flushing flow Variable pump - travel drive - oil flow Qmax hydraulic regulating pressure - servo control cylinder pressure relief valve - replenishing quantity protection pressure relief valves - max. high pressure - closed circuit left/right - travel forward/reverse flushing flow
PR 712(B) PR 722(B) PR 732(B) PR 742(B) PR 752 01035599 01035599 20035599 20015599 20025599 l/min bar bar 79 16+4 251 83 16+4 251 83 16+4 251 117* 150# 253 -180 20+7 28+2
bar bar
---
---
---
3 15* --#
---
l/min bar
---
---
---
33 505
---
l/min bar bar l/min
-----
-----
-----
----272* 282# 2-8 -420+30/-10 10 - 15* 15 - 20#
58 30+3 1603 2-5
l bar bar bar l/min
125 2-8 -420+30/-10 10 - 15
154 2-8 -420+30/-10 10 - 15
209 2-8 -420+30/-10 10 - 15
425 2-8 16+2 420+30/-10 10 - 15
Variable motor - travel drive - pressure relief valve - flushing hydraulic regulating pressure - at pilot piston flushing flow
bar bar l/min
10 - 10 - 15
10 - 10 - 15
10 - 10 - 15
10 - 10 - 15
10 8 - 15 10 - 15
Note:
* = PR 742(B) F/N xxx- 5233 # = PR 742B F/N xxx-52345599

Mjfcifss!
Technical data
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 03
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.1.00.01
Description Gear pump(s) - replenishing oil flow Qmax pressure relief valve - replenishing pressure SP pressure relief valve - cold start SD to protect cooler and gear pump one way valve - oil cooler bypass Gear pump - fan drive oil flow Qmax
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 5600 5600 5600 5600 5600 l/min bar bar 79 16+4 251 83 16+4 251 83 16+4 251 117 20+7 -180 20+7 28+2
bar
--
--
--
--
l/min
39 110+10
35 130+10
38 150+10
33 210+10
---
Proportional solenoid valve - electronic regulated - maximum pressure pmax bar Regulating pump - fan drive oil flow Qmax stand-by pressure
l/min bar
-----
-----
-----
-----
58 30+3 160+10 190+10 2-5
working pressure - standard (not adjustm. value) F/N xxx- 6199 max. bar F/N xxx-6200 max. bar flushing flow Variable pump - travel drive - oil flow Qmax hydraulic regulating pressure - servo control cylinder pressure relief valve - replenishing quantity protection pressure relief valves - max. high pressure - closed circuit left/right - travel forward/reverse flushing flow Variable motor - travel drive - pressure relief valve - flushing hydraulic regulating pressure - at pilot piston flushing flow Pressure limitation brake release (towing) l/min
l bar bar bar l/min
125 2-8 -420+30/-10 10 - 15
154 2-8 -420+30/-10 10 - 15
209 2-8 -420+30/-10 10 - 15
282 2-8 -420+30/-10 15 - 20
425 2-8 16+2 420+30/-10 10 - 15
bar bar l/min
10 - 10 - 15
10 - 10 - 15
10 - 10 - 15
10 - 10 - 15
10 8 - 15 10 - 15
bar
351
351
351
351
351
1. Description The travel hydraulic system consists primarily of two independent hydrostatic circuits. A variable flow pump and variable flow motors for each drive operate in a closed loop circuit and each drive a travel gear / track . The drives are always connected and also serve as the service brake. All travel and steering movements of the machine, from straight travel to counterrotation are infinitely variable by moving the travel lever. Control and regulation of the travel hydraulic system is handled by the electronic control system. The stepless regulation also makes maximum utilization of the existing Diesel engine power possible, since the result of force speed can be held at a constant level . The pressure between travel pumps and motors depends on the travel resistance, the transferred torque on the angle of the variable flow motors. The oil cooling system and hydraulic tank are also utilized for the working hydraulics of the machine. 2. Main components of drive train Diesel engine 7Splitter box 8Swash plate type variable flow pump, right & left 9Bent axis type variable flow motor 102 x right, 2 x left x5- Swash plate type - regulating pump (fan drive) 6- Gear pumps - replenishing 1234Axial piston fixed displ. motor / engine cooling fan Gear motor/ hydraulic oil cooling fan Hydr. oil cooler Hydraulic tank Travel gear with parking brake (not shown)
Mjfcifss!
Description
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Travel Hydraulic
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 F/N xxx-2001
6.2.50.01
2.1. Basic function of main components 2.1.1 Diesel engine - Splitter box - pump configuration The Diesel engine drives the splitter box via an elastic coupling at preselected RPM. The splitter box transfers the input RPM via two output shafts to the travel pumps, mounted on the splitter box. Mounted on the right output shaft are the right travel pump, the variable flow pump for the fan drive as well as the replenishing (tandem) gear pumps. Mounted on the left output shaft is the left travel pump as well as the variable flow working hydraulic pump.
2.1.2 Travel pumps - travel motors (closed loop circuit) The closed loop circuit consists of a variable flow travel pump which is connected to the variable flow travel motor with four high pressure hoses.
The travel pumps are regulated via two proportional solenoid valves per pump. They determine the direction (= travel direction ) and flow (= speed range). The intake volume of the travel motors (= higher speed) is regulated via pressure lines, also by the pump proportional solenoid valves. The change-over from pump to motor regulating range is stepless. The total speed range (= regulating range) ranges from 0 to 6.8 mph ( 0 to 11 km/h) The maximum speed can be limited to 2.8 mph ( 4.6 km/h ) via a switch in the electronic control.
This type of regulation with the same Diesel engine output results in:: a) small travel joystick deflection on travel pumps - small pump angle - small displacement = small flow on travel motors - large angle = large consumption slow speed - high torque b) large travel joystick deflection on travel pumps - large pump angle = large flow on travel motors - small angle = small consumption high speed - reduced torque c) in every intermediate position of the infinite joystick deflection a corresponding relation between speed and power, depending on the joystick deflection.
a)
b)
The hydraulic pressure created in the closed loop circuit is limited to maximum 420 bar by pressure relief valves integrated in the travel pumps. The required oil to shift the hydraulic pumps and motors is taken from the (tandem) gear pumps - replenishing circuit. Part of the oil in the closed loop circuit is discharged to the tank via valves in the travel motors. This oil as well as leak oil losses are replenished with cooled and filtered oil via the replenishing function in the travel pumps. The travel motors are inserted directly into the travel gears and are accessible from the outside via the rear main frame cover.
Mjfcifss!
Description
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Travel Hydraulic
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
6.2.50.02
2.1.3 Tandem gear pumps - replenishing function The gear pumps deliver oil from the hydraulic tank via a valve block, the filter bracket and the pressure filter to the travel pumps to replenish the closed circuits, for flushing the housing, for the pump control and to build up regulating pressure for pumps and motors. to the travel motors to control the motor angle. to the distributor block with solenoid valves for the oil pressure supply for the servo control of the working hydraulic and to release the parking brakes.
The resulting pressure in the system is limited by two pressure relief valves, which are installed in the valve block. Oil not needed in the system flows via these valves and the oil cooler back to tank. The valve block is mounted on the right hand side of the machine in the main frame. This valve block also holds the thermostat switch for the fan control. When the oil is cold and sluggish, part of the oil is displaced directly to the tank, via a pressure relief valve, which also is installed in the right hand side of the main frame. This prevents increased back pressure and the oil will heat up quicker to the required operating temperature. 2.1.4 Regulating pump- fan drive/ hydraulic fixed displacement motors The pump is an axial piston pump with swash plate design and load sensing control. Due to the load sensing control, the axial piston unit draws just enough oil from the hydraulic tank as is presently required to maintain the function (load sensing). When the machine is cold, the load sensing signal from the working circuit is directed via a solenoid valve to tank. The load sensing control regulates the axial piston unit in such a way, that the system pressure required to maintain the minimum speed for the fixed hydraulic motors / fan drive is always maintained. The electric fan drive control monitors the hydraulic oil temperature as well as the temperature for engine coolant and turbocharger. As soon as one item reaches the required operating temperature, the oil flow of the load sensing signal to the tank is blocked by the solenoid valve and the pressurized oil is redirected to the pump. The system pressure required for maximum RPM of the fixed hydraulic motors / fan drive is maintained, in the normal working RPM range of the Diesel engine. This control makes it possible for the oil to heat up quickly, even in cold ambient temperatures, and also makes it possible to maintain a constant operating temperature, even with changing loads. 2.1.5 Hydraulic tank The hydraulic tank is mounted on the left rear of the machine, it contains a return oil filter and serves as a reservoir for the complete hydraulic system of the machine. 2.1.6 Travel gears and disk brakes The travel gears, bolted to the main frame, transfer the output power of the travel motors to the track chains. The integrated parking brakes are always vented during travel operation.
1. Neutralfunction 1.1. Gear pump 15 - Replenishing
Functional schematic, see 6.3.11.00
As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 81 and supplies it to the oil cooler 16 and to the distributor block 50. From distributor block 50 to solenoid valve 51 (parking brake) blocked. check valve 54, accumulator 55 and solenoid valve 53 blocked (servo cut off - working hydraulic) test point ND blocked.
The pressure relief valve in the distributor block limits the possible back up pressure in front of the oil cooler to max. 25+3 bar. After raising the safety lever, the solenoid valve 53 clears the path to the servo control for the working hydraulic. From oil cooler 16 to pressure relief valve 17 pressure filter 18 F-travel pump 2 (right) internal. test connection SP. F-travel pump 2 (left) internal. pressure switch 19. restrictor 6 ( pump housing tank) replenishing function relief valve 4 closed loop circuit - M1(2) replenishing function relief valve 5 closed loop circuit - M2(1) proportional solenoid valve 10 and 11 blocked. pilot piston 8 orifice 12 pump control cylinder 9.
In F-travel pump 2 left / right to
Approx. ~1,5 l/min of oil flows through restrictors 6, through the pump housing and through the filter 85 into the hydraulic tank 80. The oil not needed in the pressure area of the system flows via the pressure relief valve 17, through the return filter 82 into the tank. The paths of pilot pistons 8 to control pistons 9 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally actuated with pressurized oil, keeping the swash plate for pumps 3 in neutral position = 0 pump angle. 1.2. Travel pumps 2 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuit With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 2 are in the neutral position, the pistons in the barrels do not stroke, meaning there is no flow, even though the rotary group is turning. However, the closed loop circuit is being pressurized with approx. 16+4 bar by the replenishing circuit (via check valves integrated into the high pressure relief valves 4 and 5 (see paragraph 1.1). The 7/2 directional valves 26 (= 7 connections/ 2 positions) in the travel motors 20 are in an end position, its side is not defined. Approx. 10 l/min oil is discharged from one side of the closed loop circuit, M1 or M2, from the opposite side the oil flows to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston unit 21 is held in neutral position = maximum (displacement) angle. Replenishing oil flows from M1/M2 to directional valve 26 pressure reducing valve 27 directional valve 26 pressure relief valve 24 orifice 28 motor housing (flushing) screen filter 30 support shaft 40 tank 80. directional valve 26 pressure reducing valve 27 directional valve 26 pilot piston 23 control piston 22 - spring side.
Control pressure moves from M1 /M2 to
The pressure reducing valves 27 are actuated on both sides with equal pressure, and therefore remain in neutral position = free flow. The piston bottom side of the control piston 22 is open towards the motor housing/ tank via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29.
Mjfcifss!
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0422 5599 PR 722B F/N xxx-0607 5599
Function
Datum Edition Date
01 02
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.11.01
2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are controlled by the electronic system via the proportional solenoid valves, which are installed on the pump covers and the travel motor remote control. The current and therefore the regulating pressure build-up is in proportion to the lever deflection. See also Description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2.10 and Functional Description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. Note: The pump control depends on the type of travel gear installed - see "Notes" on the parts listing or sub group 11. The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2, with travel gear type "A" or "C", for: Travel forward Travel reverse Electronic control: on solenoid valve 10 on solenoid valve 11 Regulating pressure build -up: at connection Z at connection Y Oil flow output: on P(top) on S(bottom)
The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2, with travel gear type "P", for: Travel forward Travel reverse Electronic control: on solenoid valve 11 on solenoid valve 10 Regulating pressure build -up: at connection Y at connection Z Oil flow output: on S(bottom) on P(top)
The solenoid valves for the travel motors are always energized during travel operation, but they only regulate from a certain current value. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side to which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced and the travel speed on this side is reduced. The solenoid valve 51 is energized during the complete travel operation. The valve shifts to diagonal path, the switch 52 is actuated by the oil pressure, flows via support axle 40 to the travel gears 35 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 36. Depending on the travel resistance (= rotary resistance of travel motors), high pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the pressure is SPpressure = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = System section - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = System section - test point M2 2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves 10/11 are energized, the pressurized oil flows to one side of the regulating cylinder 7 and builds up a magnetic force in proportion to the hydraulic pressure. The piston of the regulating cylinder 7 is moved by hydraulic pressure to the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The servo control piston 8 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 8 of swash plate control cylinder 9 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is changed to flow direction against Qmax . low current small flow volume high current large flow volume flow direction, see chart, section 2 As the swash place is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped = neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 9 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically on the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.2. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. Due to current going to the proportional solenoids, the servo control piston 23 is moved against the regulating spring and return spring to shift position parallel path. When starting to travel, the 7/2 directional valve 26 is actuated on one side with low pressure, on the other side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit and is moved depending on the forces against the low pressure side.
This results in the following oil pressure flow, in addition to the closed loop circuit: Low pressure sidedirectional valve 26 1.pressure reducing valve 27-spring side. (SP-pressure) 1.pressure reducing valve 27-piston side/pathdirectional valve 26 2. pressure reducing valve 27 -spring side. pressure relief valve 24 orifice 28 motor housing (flushing) screen filter 30 support shaft 40 tank 80. The sum of spring force + SP-pressure on the piston of pressure reducing valves 27 results in a pressure value of ~40 bar. High pressure side directional valve 26 blocked. pressure reducing valve 27 - path/piston side directional valve 26 pilot piston 23 control piston 22 - piston bottom side. When the pressure on the piston bottom side of the pressure reducing valve 27 reaches a pressure of ~40 bar, the piston is moved against the spring + SP-pressure and the path is restricted, so that the pressure cannot continue to increase (control pressure on piston 22 40 bar). The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29 to the motor housing / tank, the axial piston unit 21 is moved to a smaller angle = in direction Qmin. Due to this change in direction Qmin, the return spring pushes the servo control piston 23 increasingly against the force of the proportional solenoid. When the spring force is the same as the magnetic force, the servo control piston 23 is held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle. As current is increased, it continues to move in direction Qmin. The maximum possible current is limited by the electronic control. As current is decreased, the axial piston unit 21 is moved again in direction Qmax = neutral position, the control pressure is moved the same way as in neutral function via the servo control piston 23- diagonal path to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is relieved. Intermediate positions for equal force of solenoid to spring are held as described. 2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 The swash plate pump flow 3 is moved via a line connection and through the support axle 40 to a connection side of travel motor 20/ axial piston unit 21, it actuates its piston and sets the unit in rotation. Due to the output rotation, the oil is transported to the opposite connector side and flows via a second line connection through the support axle back to the suction side of the travel pump 2- swash plate pump 3. The expelled oil in the travel motor 20 - see previous description - is taken in again into the travel pump 2, also on the low pressure side = suction side via the replenishing function of the pressure relief valve 4 or 5 - see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the replenishing function is held closed by high pressure and the maximum pressure of the pressure relief valve is limited to 420+30/-10 bar. If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and lets the oil flow off to the replenishing - low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can also be measured on test points M1 and M2 (support axles 40 test connections are installed inside, can also be connected to outer flanges) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2.
Mjfcifss!
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0422 5599 PR 722B F/N xxx-0607 5599
Function
Datum Edition Date
01 02
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.11.02
As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 81 and supplies it to the oil cooler 17 and to the distributor block 45. From distributor block 45 to solenoid valve Y13 (parking brake) blocked. check valve 51, accumulator 55 and solenoid valve Y4 blocked (servo cut off - working hydraulic) test point SD blocked.
The pressure relief valve in the distributor block limits the possible back up pressure in front of the oil cooler to max. 25+3 bar. After raising the safety lever, the solenoid valve Y4 clears the path to the servo control for the working hydraulic. From oil cooler 17 to pressure relief valve 18 pressure filter 19 F-travel pump 3 (right) internal. test connection SP. F-travel pump 2 (left) internal. pressure switch B6. restrictor 11 ( pump housing tank) replenishing function relief valve 5 closed loop circuit - M1 replenishing function relief valve 6 closed loop circuit - M2 proportional solenoid valve Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 blocked. pilot piston 8 orifice 10 pump control cylinder 9.
In F-travel pump 2/3 left / right to
Approx. ~1,5 l/min of oil flows through restrictors 11, through the pump housing and through the filter 85 into the hydraulic tank 80. The oil not needed in the pressure area of the system flows via the pressure relief valve 18, through the return filter 82 into the tank. The paths of pilot pistons 8 to control pistons 9 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally actuated with pressurized oil, keeping the swash plate for pumps 4 in neutral position = 0 pump angle. 1.2. Travel pumps 2/3 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuit With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 2/3 are in the neutral position, the pistons in the barrels do not stroke, meaning there is no flow, even though the rotary group is turning. However, the closed loop circuit is being pressurized with approx. 16+4 bar by the replenishing circuit (via check valves integrated into the high pressure relief valves 5 and 6 (see paragraph 1.1). The 7/2 directional valves 26 (= 7 connections/ 2 positions) in the travel motors 20 are in an end position, its side is not defined. Approx. 10 l/min oil is discharged from one side of the closed loop circuit, M1 or M2, from the opposite side the oil flows to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston unit 21 is held in neutral position = maximum (displacement) angle. Replenishing oil flows from M1/M2 to directional valve 26 pressure reducing valve 27 directional valve 26 pressure relief valve 24 orifice 28 motor housing (flushing) screen filter 41 support shaft 40 tank 80. directional valve 26 pressure reducing valve 27 directional valve 26 pilot piston 23 control piston 22 - spring side.
Mjfcifss!
PR 712B F/N xxx-5600 PR 722B F/N xxx-5600
Function
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.12.01
1.3. Gear pump 16 - fan drive With the Diesel engine running, the gear pump 16 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80, via shut off valve 81 and supplies it via the filter 72 to the fixed displacement motor 70 and solenoid valve Y64. The motor 70 / fan begins to turn and the pressure regulating valve of the proportional solenoid valve Y64 opens when the regulated pressure level is reached = flow is divided. The oil flows together with the replenishing oil via the filter 82 to the tank 80. Test point LA (pressure build up in the fan drive) connected to outlet P of pump 16 . Regulation: With the starter switch S1 in operating position, the electronic fan control A18 is energized, among other items. A18 regulates the electrical power of the proportional solenoid valve Y64 depending on the signal values of temperature sensors B38 to 39 and limits the pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive = the fan speed. S1 K4 F6 A18 B38 - coolant temperature B39 - hydraulic oil temperature Y64 - proportional solenoid valve - fan drive When the machine is cold, Y64 is energized with the maximum value and regulates the possible pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive - pump 16 motor 70 - to the minimum value (fan turns at minimum speed or is stationary). At increasing temperatures, the current from Y64 is reduced proportionally and as a result, the hydraulic pressure value is increased proportionally = the fan speed increases. When one of the temperatures reaches the operating temperature, Y64 is fully shifted without current by A18. Without current, also in case of a system failure, Y64 regulates to the set maximum pressure = maximum fan speed (fail-save system) - pmax = 110+10 bar (PR 712), 130+10 bar (PR 722) For wiring see section 9 - Electrical System. 2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are controlled by the electronic system via the proportional solenoid valves, which are installed on the pump covers and the travel motor remote control. The current and therefore the regulating pressure build-up is in proportion to the lever deflection. See also Description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2.10 and Functional Description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2/3 for: Travel forward Travel reverse Electronic control: on solenoid valve Y9/Y11 on solenoid valve Y10/Y12 Regulating pressure build -up: at connection Y at connection Z Oil flow output: on S(bottom) on P(top)
The solenoid valves for the travel motors are always energized during travel operation, but they only regulate from a certain current value. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side to which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced and the travel speed on this side is reduced. The solenoid valve Y13 is energized during the complete travel operation. The valve shifts to diagonal path, the pressurized oil flows via outlet B to test center 65-BB to distributor block 75, actuates pressure switch B5 and pressure relief valve 76. support shafts 40 travel gear 35 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 36. Depending on the travel resistance (= rotary resistance of travel motors), high pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the pressure is SPpressure = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = System section - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = System section - test point M2
2.4. Regulation - travel pumps 2/3 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil flows to one side of the regulating cylinder 7 and builds up a magnetic force in proportion to the hydraulic pressure. The piston of the regulating cylinder 7 is moved by hydraulic pressure to the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The servo control piston 8 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 8 of swash plate control cylinder 9 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 4 is changed to flow direction against Qmax . low current small flow volume high current large flow volume flow direction, see chart, section 2 As the swash place is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped = neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 9 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically on the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.5. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. Due to current going to the proportional solenoids, the servo control piston 23 is moved against the regulating spring and return spring to shift position parallel path. When starting to travel, the 7/2 directional valve 26 is actuated on one side with low pressure, on the other side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit and is moved depending on the forces against the low pressure side. This results in the following oil pressure flow, in addition to the closed loop circuit: Low pressure sidedirectional valve 26 1.pressure reducing valve 27-spring side. (SP-pressure) 1.pressure reducing valve 27-piston side/pathdirectional valve 26 2. pressure reducing valve 27 -spring side. pressure relief valve 24 orifice 28 motor housing (flushing) screen filter 41 support shaft 40 tank 80. The sum of spring force + SP-pressure on the piston of pressure reducing valves 27 results in a pressure value of ~40 bar. High pressure side directional valve 26 blocked. pressure reducing valve 27 - path/piston side directional valve 26 pilot piston 23 control piston 22 - piston bottom side. When the pressure on the piston bottom side of the pressure reducing valve 27 reaches a pressure of ~40 bar, the piston is moved against the spring + SP-pressure and the path is restricted, so that the pressure cannot continue to increase (control pressure on piston 22 40 bar). The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29 to the motor housing / tank, the axial piston unit 21 is moved to a smaller angle = in direction Qmin. Due to this change in direction Qmin, the return spring pushes the servo control piston 23 increasingly against the force of the proportional solenoid. When the spring force is the same as the magnetic force, the servo control piston 23 is held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.12.02
As current is increased, it continues to move in direction Qmin. The maximum possible current is limited by the electronic control. As current is decreased, the axial piston unit 21 is moved again in direction Qmax = neutral position, the control pressure is moved the same way as in neutral function via the servo control piston 23- diagonal path to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is relieved. Intermediate positions for equal force of solenoid to spring are held as described. 2.6. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 The swash plate pump flow 4 is moved via a line connection and through the support axle 40 to a connection side of travel motor 20/ axial piston unit 21, it actuates its piston and sets the unit in rotation. Due to the output rotation, the oil is transported to the opposite connector side and flows via a second line connection through the support axle back to the suction side of the travel pump 2/3- swash plate pump 4. The expelled oil in the travel motor 20 - see previous description - is taken in again into the travel pump 2/3, also on the low pressure side = suction side via the replenishing function of the pressure relief valve 5 or 6 - see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the replenishing function is held closed by high pressure and the maximum pressure of the pressure relief valve is limited to 420+30/-10 bar. If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and lets the oil flow off to the replenishing - low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can also be measured on test points M1 and M2 located on the test center 65 with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2. 3. Special function - brake actuating when towing If any traveling function of the machine fails, the break function (operating brake) of the hydrostatic travel drive and the mechanic parking brake can be released manually/hydraulically. Observe all guidelines of the operation manual and all safety guidelines. 3.1. Brake release Connect hose from connection "BB" to connection "BS" and close "BB"(all connections on the test center 65). connect M1RM2R and M1LM2L on the test center 65 with hoses (delivered with the machine-tools) = hydrostatic drive - brake function is not in function anymore. set accumulator 77 by multiple actuating of the hand pump for tilting operators cab (see section 17.2.10) under sufficient pressure. bring starter switch, emergency OFF switch and safety lever in operating position = solenoid valve Y63 is currented/switched and the brakes 36 are released via path PB by the stored pressurized oil. When necessary, the brakes can be released directly by the hand pump, when the solenoid valve is switched.
The pressure relief valve 76 prevents the brake of too high pressure. The releasing of the brake is indicated on the instrument panel via pressure switch B5. While towing, the displaced oil by the variable motors circulates in the closed loop circuit via connection M1M2. 3.2. Emergency braking when towing Interrupt currenting to solenoid valve Y63 by - pressing the emergency OFF switch, or - lower the safety lever, or - turn starter switch to 0 position. The solenoid valve Y63 returns to neutral position, the pressure to the parking brake gets via path BT to tank and the brakes closes. The size of the accumulator 77 allows a recent releasing (twice is possible) of the parking brake.
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
02 02
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.12.00
1 splitter box 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 travel pump left travel pump right swash plate pump pressure relief valve - HP forward / M1 - with replenishing valve pressure relief valve - HP reverse / M2 - with replenishing valve servo control piston pilot piston pump control cylinder orifice restrictor 70 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - combinated cooler) 72 strainer 75 distributor block 76 pressure relief valve - parking brake 77 accumulator - safety device towing 80 81 82 83 85 90 91 92 93 95 hydraulic tank shut off valve return filter bypass valve strainer to regulating pump 100 - working hydraulic to control valve block - working hydraulic to pilot (servo) control valve - working hydraulic return line - working hydraulic to /from hand pump - cab tilt
15 gear pump - replenishing / coolant circuit 16 gear pump - fan drive 17 oil cooler 18 pressure relief valve - repl. oil pressure SP 19 filter - replenishing 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 travel motor complete left /right axial piston unit control piston pilot piston pressure relief valve - flushing valve unit directional valve pressure reducing valve (40 bar) orifice orifice
100 regulating pump - working hydraulic
B5 B6 B18 B39 Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9
pressure switch - parking brake (15 bar) pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) pressure switch - filter monitoring (2,5 bar) temperature sensor - fan drive solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid valve - travel motor left proportional solenoid valve - travel motor right
35 travel gear complete left /right 36 ring piston - parking brake 40 support shaft complete left /right 41 strainer 45 valve block / pressure relief valve - cold start 51 check valve 55 accumulator - working hydraulic 60 test center - test points SP = repl. oil pressure ND = control pressure - working hydraulic 65 test center - test points / connections M1L = high pressure travel forward - left side M2L = high pressure travel reverse - left side M1R = high pressure travel forward - right side M2R = high pressure travel reverse - right side hose connection BB = parking brake - operating position BS = parking brake - towing position M = test point - bleeding
proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel forward Y10 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel reverse Y11 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel forward Y12 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel reverse Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake Y63 solenoid valve - safety device towing Y64 proportional solenoid valve pressure relief - fan drive
test points in the machine SD = back-up pressure - cold start (pump 15)
Typ/ab Type/from Type/a partir de
liebherr
Datum Edition Date
F/N xxx - 5600 F/N xxx - 5600
02 02
Blatt Page Feuille
00
Notes
Note: Pump control and position of test points M1, M2 depends on the type of travel gear installed > see sub
group 11
Pos.
for FAT > Type AorC > Control / travel forward > Control / travel reverse > upper test point > lower test point
for FAT > Type P > Control / travel reverse > Control / travel forward > lower test point >upper test point
10 11 M1 M2
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Datum Edition Date
Parts List
PR 732
F/N xxx > 2208 2500
01 00
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.31.00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Splitterbox Travel pump, complete > right / left Swash plate pump Pressure relief valve > HP with replenishing valve Pressure relief valve > HP with replenishing valve Restrictor Servo control piston Servo piston Pump control piston Proportional solenoid valve (travel > primary regulation) Proportional solenoid valve (travel > primary regulation) Orifice Gear pump > Replenishing pressure Oil cooler Pressure relief valve > Replenishing pressure Pressure filter > Replenishing pressure Oil pressure switch > Replenishing pressure> Indicator light Travel motor, complete > right / left Axial piston unit Control piston Servo piston with proportional solenoid (secondary regulation) Pressure relief valve > flushing circuit Valve unit Directional valve Pressure reducing valves (integrated) 40 bar Orifice Orifice Filter Travel gear, complete > right / left Ring piston > disk brake Support axle > right / left Distributor block with pressure relief valve > cold start Solenoid valve > disk brake Oil pressure switch > brake indicator light
53 54 55 60 80 81 82 83 85 90 91 92 93 94 95 100
Solenoid valve > Safety control working hydraulic Check valve Accumulator Test center Hydraulic tank Shut off valve Return filter Bypass valve Filter Suction line > working pump to control valve block WH to servo control WH Leak oil line (from regulating pump to hydraulic tank) Return lines WH to / from hand pump Regulating pump / working hydraulic
15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 35 36 40
Test points SP ND M1 M2 Replenishing pressure Cold start pressure / control pressure working hydraulic High pressure > travel forward High pressure > travel reverse
WH = working hydraulic
50
51 52
As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 81 and supplies it to the oil cooler 16 and to the distributor block 50. From distributor block 50 to solenoid valve 51 (parking brake) blocked. check valve 53, accumulator 54 and solenoid valve 55 blocked (servo cut off - working hydraulic)
The pressure relief valve in the distributor block limits the possible back up pressure in front of the oil cooler to max. 25+3 bar. After raising the safety lever, the solenoid valve 55 clears the path to the servo control for the working hydraulic and test point ND. From oil cooler 16 to pressure relief valve 17 pressure filter 18 F-travel pump 2 (right) internal. test connection SP. F-travel pump 2 (left) internal. pressure switch 19. restrictor 6 ( pump housing tank) replenishing function relief valve 4 closed loop circuit - M2 replenishing function relief valve 5 closed loop circuit - M1 proportional solenoid valve 10 and 11 blocked. pilot piston 8 orifice 12 pump control cylinder 9.
In F-travel pump 2 left / right to
Approx. ~1,5 l/min of oil flows through restrictors 6, through the pump housing and through the filter 85 into the hydraulic tank 80. The oil not needed in the pressure area of the system flows via the pressure relief valve 17, through the return filter 82 into the tank. The paths of pilot pistons 8 to control pistons 9 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally actuated with pressurized oil, keeping the swash plate for pumps 3 in neutral position = 0 pump angle. 1.2. Travel pumps 2/3 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuit With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 2 are in the neutral position, the pistons in the barrels do not stroke, meaning there is no flow, even though the rotary group is turning. However, the closed loop circuit is being pressurized with approx. 16+4 bar by the replenishing circuit (via check valves integrated into the high pressure relief valves 4 and 5 (see paragraph 1.1). The 7/2 directional valves 26 (= 7 connections/ 2 positions) in the travel motors 20 are in an end position, its side is not defined. Approx. 10 l/min oil is discharged from one side of the closed loop circuit, M1 or M2, from the opposite side the oil flows to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston unit 21 is held in neutral position = maximum (displacement) angle. Replenishing oil flows from M1/M2 to directional valve 26 pressure reducing valve 27 directional valve 26 pressure relief valve 24 orifice 28 motor housing (flushing) screen filter 30 support shaft 40 tank 80. directional valve 26 pressure reducing valve 27 directional valve 26 pilot piston 23 control piston 22 - spring side.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 732B F/N xxx-2501 5599
01 02
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.32.01
2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are controlled by the electronic system via the proportional solenoid valves, which are installed on the pump covers and the travel motor remote control. The current and therefore the regulating pressure build-up is in proportion to the lever deflection. See also Description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2.10 and Functional Description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2 for: Travel forward Travel reverse Electronic control: on solenoid valve 11 on solenoid valve 10 Regulating pressure build -up: at connection Y at connection Z Oil flow output: on S(bottom) on P(top)
The solenoid valves for the travel motors are always energized during travel operation, but they only regulate from a certain current value. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side to which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced and the travel speed on this side is reduced. The solenoid valve 51 is energized during the complete travel operation. The valve shifts to diagonal path, the switch 52 is actuated by the oil pressure, flows via support axle 40 to the travel gears 35 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 36. Depending on the travel resistance (= rotary resistance of travel motors), high pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the pressure is SPpressure = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = System section - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = System section - test point M2 2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves 10/11 are energized, the pressurized oil flows to one side of the regulating cylinder 7 and builds up a magnetic force in proportion to the hydraulic pressure. The piston of the regulating cylinder 7 is moved by hydraulic pressure to the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The servo control piston 8 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 8 of swash plate control cylinder 9 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is changed to flow direction against Qmax . low current small flow volume high current large flow volume flow direction, see chart, section 2 As the swash place is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped = neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 9 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically on the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.2. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. Due to current going to the proportional solenoids, the servo control piston 23 is moved against the regulating spring and return spring to shift position parallel path. When starting to travel, the 7/2 directional valve 26 is actuated on one side with low pressure, on the other side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit and is moved depending on the forces against the low pressure side.
This results in the following oil pressure flow, in addition to the closed loop circuit: Low pressure sidedirectional valve 26 1.pressure reducing valve 27-spring side. (SP-pressure) 1.pressure reducing valve 27-piston side/pathdirectional valve 26 2. pressure reducing valve 27 -spring side. pressure relief valve 24 orifice 28 motor housing (flushing) screen filter 30 support shaft 40 tank 80. The sum of spring force + SP-pressure on the piston of pressure reducing valves 27 results in a pressure value of ~40 bar. High pressure side directional valve 26 blocked. pressure reducing valve 27 - path/piston side directional valve 26 pilot piston 23 control piston 22 - piston bottom side. When the pressure on the piston bottom side of the pressure reducing valve 27 reaches a pressure of ~40 bar, the piston is moved against the spring + SP-pressure and the path is restricted, so that the pressure cannot continue to increase (control pressure on piston 22 40 bar). The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29 to the motor housing / tank, the axial piston unit 21 is moved to a smaller angle = in direction Qmin. Due to this change in direction Qmin, the return spring pushes the servo control piston 23 increasingly against the force of the proportional solenoid. When the spring force is the same as the magnetic force, the servo control piston 23 is held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle. As current is increased, it continues to move in direction Qmin. The maximum possible current is limited by the electronic control. As current is decreased, the axial piston unit 21 is moved again in direction Qmax = neutral position, the control pressure is moved the same way as in neutral function via the servo control piston 23- diagonal path to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is relieved. Intermediate positions for equal force of solenoid to spring are held as described. 2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 The swash plate pump flow 3 is moved via a line connection and through the support axle 40 to a connection side of travel motor 20/ axial piston unit 21, it actuates its piston and sets the unit in rotation. Due to the output rotation, the oil is transported to the opposite connector side and flows via a second line connection through the support axle back to the suction side of the travel pump 2- swash plate pump 3. The expelled oil in the travel motor 20 - see previous description - is taken in again into the travel pump 2, also on the low pressure side = suction side via the replenishing function of the pressure relief valve 4 or 5 - see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the replenishing function is held closed by high pressure and the maximum pressure of the pressure relief valve is limited to 420+30/-10 bar. If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and lets the oil flow off to the replenishing - low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can also be measured on test points M1 and M2 (support axles 40 test connections are installed inside, can also be connected to outer flanges) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 732B F/N xxx-2501 5599
01 02
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.32.02
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Datum Edition Date
Parts List
PR 732 B F/N xxx> 25015599

Blatt Page Feuille
01 00
Travel Hydraulic
6.3.32.00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 15 16 17 18 19
Splitterbox Travel pump, complete > right / left Swash plate pump Pressure relief valve > HP> reverse with replenishing valve Pressure relief valve > HP > forward with replenishing valve Restrictor Servo control piston Servo piston Pump control piston Proportional solenoid valve (travel reverse > primary regulation) Proportional solenoid valve (travel forward > primary regulation) Orifice Gear pump > Replenishing pressure Oil cooler Pressure relief valve > Replenishing pressure Pressure filter > Replenishing pressure Oil pressure switch > Replenishing pressure> Indicator light Travel motor, complete > right / left Axial piston unit Control piston Servo piston with proportional solenoid (secondary regulation) Pressure relief valve > flushing circuit Valve unit Directional valve Pressure reducing valves (integrated) 40 bar Orifice Orifice Filter Travel gear, complete > right / left Ring piston > disk brake Support axle > right / left Distributor block with pressure relief valve > cold start Solenoid valve > disk brake Oil pressure switch > brake indicator light
53 54 55
Check valve Accumulator Solenoid valve > Safety control working hydraulic Test center Hydraulic tank Shut off valve Return filter > tank Bypass valve > tank Filter > tank Oil pressure switch > return filter monitor Suction line > working pump to control valve WH to servo control WH Leak oil line (from WH pump to hydraulic tank) Return lines WH to / from hand pump Pump / working hydraulic
60 80 81 82 83 85 86 90 91 92 93 94 95 100
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 35 36 40 50
Test points SP ND M1 M2 Replenishing pressure Cold start pressure / control pressure working hydraulic High pressure > travel forward High pressure > travel reverse
WH = working hydraulic
51 52
As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 81 and supplies it to the oil cooler 17 and to the distributor block 45. From distributor block 45 to check valve 52 solenoid valve Y13 (parking brake) blocked. check valve 51, accumulator 55 and solenoid valve Y4 blocked (servo cut off - working hydraulic) test point SD blocked.
The pressure relief valve in the distributor block limits the possible back up pressure in front of the oil cooler to max. 25+3 bar. After raising the safety lever, the solenoid valve Y4 clears the path to the servo control for the working hydraulic. From oil cooler 17 to pressure relief valve 18 pressure filter 19 F-travel pump 3 (right) internal. test connection SP. F-travel pump 2 (left) internal. pressure switch B6. restrictor 11 ( pump housing tank) replenishing function relief valve 5 closed loop circuit - M1 replenishing function relief valve 6 closed loop circuit - M2 proportional solenoid valve Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 blocked. pilot piston 8 orifice 10 pump control cylinder 9.
In F-travel pump 2/3 left / right to
Approx. ~1,5 l/min of oil flows through restrictors 11, through the pump housing and through the filter 85 into the hydraulic tank 80. The oil not needed in the pressure area of the system flows via the pressure relief valve 18, through the return filter 82 into the tank. The paths of pilot pistons 8 to control pistons 9 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally actuated with pressurized oil, keeping the swash plate for pumps 4 in neutral position = 0 pump angle. 1.2. Travel pumps 2/3 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuit With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 2/3 are in the neutral position, the pistons in the barrels do not stroke, meaning there is no flow, even though the rotary group is turning. However, the closed loop circuit is being pressurized with approx. 16+4 bar by the replenishing circuit (via check valves integrated into the high pressure relief valves 5 and 6 (see paragraph 1.1). The 7/2 directional valves 26 (= 7 connections/ 2 positions) in the travel motors 20 are in an end position, its side is not defined. Approx. 10 l/min oil is discharged from one side of the closed loop circuit, M1 or M2, from the opposite side the oil flows to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston unit 21 is held in neutral position = maximum (displacement) angle. Replenishing oil flows from M1/M2 to directional valve 26 pressure reducing valve 27 directional valve 26 pressure relief valve 24 orifice 28 motor housing (flushing) screen filter 41 support shaft 40 tank 80. directional valve 26 pressure reducing valve 27 directional valve 26 pilot piston 23 control piston 22 - spring side.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.33.01
1.3. Gear pump 16 - fan drive With the Diesel engine running, the gear pump 16 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80, via shut off valve 81 and supplies it via the filter 72 to the fixed displacement motor 70 and solenoid valve Y64. The motor 70 / fan begins to turn and the pressure regulating valve of the proportional solenoid valve Y64 opens when the regulated pressure level is reached = flow is divided. The oil flows together with the replenishing oil via the filter 82 to the tank 80. Test point LA (pressure build up in the fan drive) connected to outlet P of pump 16 . Regulation: With the starter switch S1 in operating position, the electronic fan control A18 is energized, among other items. A18 regulates the electrical power of the proportional solenoid valve Y64 depending on the signal values of temperature sensors B38 to 39 and limits the pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive = the fan speed. S1 K4 F6 A18 B38 - coolant temperature B39 - hydraulic oil temperature Y64 - proportional solenoid valve - fan drive When the machine is cold, Y64 is energized with the maximum value and regulates the possible pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive - pump 16 motor 70 - to the minimum value (fan turns at minimum speed or is stationary). At increasing temperatures, the current from Y64 is reduced proportionally and as a result, the hydraulic pressure value is increased proportionally = the fan speed increases. When one of the temperatures reaches the operating temperature, Y64 is fully shifted without current by A18. Without current, also in case of a system failure, Y64 regulates to the set maximum pressure = maximum fan speed (fail-save system) - pmax = 150+10 bar For wiring see section 9 - Electrical System. 2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are controlled by the electronic system via the proportional solenoid valves, which are installed on the pump covers and the travel motor remote control. The current and therefore the regulating pressure build-up is in proportion to the lever deflection. See also Description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2.10 and Functional Description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2/3 for: Travel forward Travel reverse Electronic control: on solenoid valve Y9/Y11 on solenoid valve Y10/Y12 Regulating pressure build -up: at connection Y at connection Z Oil flow output: on S(bottom) on P(top)
The solenoid valves for the travel motors are always energized during travel operation, but they only regulate from a certain current value. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side to which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced and the travel speed on this side is reduced. The solenoid valve Y13 is energized during the complete travel operation. The valve shifts to diagonal path, the pressurized oil flows via outlet B to test center 65-BB to distributor block 75, actuates pressure switch B5 and pressure relief valve 76. support shafts 40 travel gear 35 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 36. Depending on the travel resistance (= rotary resistance of travel motors), high pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the pressure is SPpressure = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = System section - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = System section - test point M2
2.4. Regulation - travel pumps 2/3 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil flows to one side of the regulating cylinder 7 and builds up a magnetic force in proportion to the hydraulic pressure. The piston of the regulating cylinder 7 is moved by hydraulic pressure to the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The servo control piston 8 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 8 of swash plate control cylinder 9 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 4 is changed to flow direction against Qmax . low current small flow volume high current large flow volume flow direction, see chart, section 2 As the swash place is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped = neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 9 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically on the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.5. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. Due to current going to the proportional solenoids, the servo control piston 23 is moved against the regulating spring and return spring to shift position parallel path. When starting to travel, the 7/2 directional valve 26 is actuated on one side with low pressure, on the other side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit and is moved depending on the forces against the low pressure side. This results in the following oil pressure flow, in addition to the closed loop circuit: Low pressure sidedirectional valve 26 1.pressure reducing valve 27-spring side. (SP-pressure) 1.pressure reducing valve 27-piston side/pathdirectional valve 26 2. pressure reducing valve 27 -spring side. pressure relief valve 24 orifice 28 motor housing (flushing) screen filter 41 support shaft 40 tank 80. The sum of spring force + SP-pressure on the piston of pressure reducing valves 27 results in a pressure value of ~40 bar. High pressure side directional valve 26 blocked. pressure reducing valve 27 - path/piston side directional valve 26 pilot piston 23 control piston 22 - piston bottom side. When the pressure on the piston bottom side of the pressure reducing valve 27 reaches a pressure of ~40 bar, the piston is moved against the spring + SP-pressure and the path is restricted, so that the pressure cannot continue to increase (control pressure on piston 22 40 bar). The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29 to the motor housing / tank, the axial piston unit 21 is moved to a smaller angle = in direction Qmin. Due to this change in direction Qmin, the return spring pushes the servo control piston 23 increasingly against the force of the proportional solenoid. When the spring force is the same as the magnetic force, the servo control piston 23 is held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.33.02
As current is increased, it continues to move in direction Qmin. The maximum possible current is limited by the electronic control. As current is decreased, the axial piston unit 21 is moved again in direction Qmax = neutral position, the control pressure is moved the same way as in neutral function via the servo control piston 23- diagonal path to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is relieved. Intermediate positions for equal force of solenoid to spring are held as described. 2.6. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 The swash plate pump flow 4 is moved via a line connection and through the support axle 40 to a connection side of travel motor 20/ axial piston unit 21, it actuates its piston and sets the unit in rotation. Due to the output rotation, the oil is transported to the opposite connector side and flows via a second line connection through the support axle back to the suction side of the travel pump 2/3- swash plate pump 4. The expelled oil in the travel motor 20 - see previous description - is taken in again into the travel pump 2/3, also on the low pressure side = suction side via the replenishing function of the pressure relief valve 5 or 6 - see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the replenishing function is held closed by high pressure and the maximum pressure of the pressure relief valve is limited to 420+30/-10 bar. If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and lets the oil flow off to the replenishing - low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can also be measured on test points M1 and M2 located on the test center 65 with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2. 3. Special function - brake actuating when towing If any traveling function of the machine fails, the break function (operating brake) of the hydrostatic travel drive and the mechanic parking brake can be released manually/hydraulically. Observe all guidelines of the operation manual and all safety guidelines. 3.1. Brake release Connect hose from connection "BB" to connection "BS" and close "BB"(all connections on the test center 65). connect M1RM2R and M1LM2L on the test center 65 with hoses (delivered with the machine-tools) = hydrostatic drive - brake function is not in function anymore. set accumulator 77 by multiple actuating of the hand pump for tilting operators cab (see section 17.2.10) under sufficient pressure. bring starter switch, emergency OFF switch and safety lever in operating position = solenoid valve Y63 is currented/switched and the brakes 36 are released via path PB by the stored pressurized oil. When necessary, the brakes can be released directly by the hand pump, when the solenoid valve is switched.
The pressure relief valve 76 prevents the brake of too high pressure. The releasing of the brake is indicated on the instrument panel via pressure switch B5. While towing, the displaced oil by the variable motors circulates in the closed loop circuit via connection M1M2. 3.2. Emergency braking when towing Interrupt currenting to solenoid valve Y63 by - pressing the emergency OFF switch, or - lower the safety lever, or - turn starter switch to 0 position. The solenoid valve Y63 returns to neutral position, the pressure to the parking brake gets via path BT to tank and the brakes closes. The size of the accumulator 77 allows a recent releasing (twice is possible) of the parking brake.
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
02 02
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.33.00
1 splitter box 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 travel pump left travel pump right swash plate pump pressure relief valve - HP forward / M1 - with replenishing valve pressure relief valve - HP reverse / M2 - with replenishing valve servo control piston pilot piston pump control cylinder orifice restrictor 70 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - combinated cooler) 72 strainer 75 distributor block 76 pressure relief valve - parking brake 77 accumulator - safety device towing 80 81 82 83 85 90 91 92 93 95 hydraulic tank shut off valve return filter bypass valve strainer to regulating pump 100 - working hydraulic to control valve block - working hydraulic to pilot (servo) control valve - working hydraulic return line - working hydraulic to /from hand pump - cab tilt
15 gear pump - replenishing / coolant circuit 16 gear pump - fan drive 17 oil cooler 18 pressure relief valve - repl. oil pressure SP 19 filter - replenishing 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 travel motor complete left /right axial piston unit control piston pilot piston pressure relief valve - flushing valve unit directional valve pressure reducing valve (40 bar) orifice orifice
B5 B6 B18 B39 Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9
35 travel gear complete left /right 36 ring piston - parking brake 40 support shaft complete left /right 41 strainer 45 valve block / pressure relief valve - cold start 51 check valve 52 check valve 55 accumulator - working hydraulic 60 test center - test points SP = repl. oil pressure ND = control pressure - working hydraulic 65 test center - test points / connections M1L = high pressure travel forward - left side M2L = high pressure travel reverse - left side M1R = high pressure travel forward - right side M2R = high pressure travel reverse - right side hose connection BB = parking brake - operating position BS = parking brake - towing position M = test point - bleeding
proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel forward Y10 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel reverse Y11 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel forward Y12 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel reverse Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake Y63 solenoid valve - safety device towing Y64 proportional solenoid valve pressure relief -fan drive - max. 150 bar test points in the machine SD = back-up pressure - cold start (pump 15)
liebherr
F/N xxx - 5600
Datum Edition Date
02 02
Blatt Page Feuille
00
Notes
Note: Pump control and position of test points M1, M2 depends on the type of travel gear installed > see sub
group 11 Pos. for FAT > Type AorC > Control / travel forward > Control / travel reverse > upper test point > lower test point for FAT > Type P > Control / travel reverse > Control / travel forward > lower test point >upper test point
10 11 M1 M2
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Datum Edition Date
Parts List
PR 742(B) F/N xxx- 20015233

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Travel Hydraulic
6.3.40.00
1 Splitter box 2 Travel pump, complete > L/R 3 Travel pump > rotary group 4 Pressure relief valve > HP with replenishing valve 5 Pressure relief valve > HP with replenishing valve 6 Pump control piston 7 Orifice 8 Spool valve > pump control 9 Servo control piston 10 Proportional solenoid valve > conn. z. > (travel > primary regulation) 11 Proportional solenoid valve > conn. y > (travel > primary regulation) 12 Check valve > Replenishing 13 Orifice 15 Gear pump > Replenishing / Cooling circuit 16 Gear pump > Pump control / Replenishing 18 Oil cooler 19 Check valve > Bypass (3 bar) 40 Support shaft, complete > L/R 41 Flange 42 Flange 43 Filter 45 Travel gear, complete > L/R 46 Piston > Travel brake 51 Solenoid valve > Travel brake 52 Pressure switch > Brake indicator 53 Check valve 54 Accumulator W.H. 55 Solenoid valve > servo cut off > W.H. 60 Test center 80 Hydraulic tank 81 Shut off valve > tank 82 Hydraulic oil filter 83 Check valve 85 Filter screen
20 Travel motor, complete > L/R 90 Suction line > W.H. 21 Travel motor, rotary group 91 to Control valve 130 > W.H. 22 Motor control piston 92 to Pilot (servo) control valve 115 > W.H. 23 Motor regulator valve w. proportional solenoid 93 from Variable pump to Hydraulic tank (secondary regulation) 94 Return lines W.H. 24 Motor relief valve > flushing 95 to / from hand pump 25 Motor control valve > complete 26 Directional valve 100 Variable pump > W.H. 27 Pressure reducing valve > 40 bar (integrated) 28 Orifice Test points 29 Orifice SP Replenishing pump pressure 30 Valve block ND Servo pressure > W.H. 31 Replenishing pressure relief valve 32 Control pressure relief valve M1 Travel pressure > forward > L/R M2 Travel pressure > reverse > L/R 35 Filter block 36 Filter assembly > Replenishing ST Control pressure 37 Filter assembly > Control 38 Accumulator 39 Pressure switch > Replenishing oil Note: L = Left R = Right T.R. = Travel hydraulic W.H. = Working hydraulic Repl. = Replenishing
Notes
Note: travel pump - for sectional drawing see group 8.1.41
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
PR 742B F/N xxx-5234 5599

Blatt Page Feuille
07 01
Travel Hydraulic
6.3.41.00
1 splitter box 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 travel pump left travel pump right swash plate pump pressure relief valve - HP forward / M1 - with replenishing valve pressure relief valve - HP reverse / M2 - with replenishing valve servo control piston pilot piston pump control cylinder 80 81 82 83 85 90 91 92 93 95 hydraulic tank shut off valve return filter bypass valve strainer to regulating pump 100 - working hydraulic to control valve block - working hydraulic to pilot (servo) control valve - working hydraulic return line - working hydraulic to /from hand pump - cab tilt
15 gear pump - replenishing / coolant circuit 16 gear pump - replenishing / coolant circuit 18 oil cooler 19 bypass valve (3 bar) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 travel motor complete left /right axial piston unit control piston pilot piston pressure relief valve - flushing valve unit directional valve pressure reducing valve (40 bar) orifice orifice
B5 pressure switch - parking brake (15 bar) B6 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) B18 pressure switch - filter monitoring (2,5 bar) Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9 solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid valve - travel motor left proportional solenoid valve - travel motor right
proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel forward Y10 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel reverse Y11 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel forward Y12 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel reverse Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake
30 valve block 31 pressure relief valves - repl. oil pressure SP 35 filter block 36 filter - replenishing 40 support shaft complete left /right 41 strainer 45 travel gear complete left /right 46 ring piston - parking brake 51 orifice 52 check valve 55 accumulator - working hydraulic 60 test center - test points SP = repl. oil pressure ND = control pressure - working hydraulic 65 test center - test points M1L = high pressure travel forward - left side M2L = high pressure travel reverse - left side M1R = high pressure travel forward - right side M2R = high pressure travel reverse - right side
liebherr
Datum Edition Date
F/N xxx - 5234

Blatt Page Feuille
5599
07 01
00
Functional schematic, see 6.3.42.00 1. Neutralfunction 1.1. Gear pump 15 - Replenishing With the Diesel engine running, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80, via shut off valve 81 to the valve block 30-P2 pressure relief valves 31. In the distributor block 30 the temperature sensor B39 determines the oil temperature and sends the value to the electronic box of the fan drive. From distributor block 30 to -F F-filter block 35/filter 36 -SP check valve 52 accumulator 55 (blocked) solenoid valve Y4 (servo cut off WH) blocked. solenoid valve Y13 (parking brake) blocked.
After raising the safety lever, the solenoid valve Y4 clears the path to outlet B servo control for the working hydraulic and test point ND. The oil not needed in the pressure area of the system flows via the pressure relief valve 31/ valve block 30-T hydraulic oil cooler 18 return filter 82 back to the hydraulic tank 80. Even with the oil at operating temperature, a back pressure of approx. 5 bar is created in the flow via the oil cooler, lines and filter, which is applied on the spring side of the pressure relief valves 31 (pressure adjustment 20+2 bar). This results in an operating pressure of approx. 25+2 bar in the system in front of the PR valves = test point SP (and M on valve block 30). If the oil is cold, part of the oil is directed parallel to the oil cooler, via check valve 19 (p 3 bar) to the filter tank. The system pressure increases proportionally if the oil is cold, depending on the viscosity.
Splitting of the oil flow- filter block35/filter 36 -FR F-travel pump2 right and test point SP. -FL F-travel pump2 left and pressure switch B6. -B, -PM, -X blocked. In travel pump 2 right/left from F to replenishing function relief valve 6 replenishing - closed loop circuit - M2 replenishing function relief valve 5 replenishing - closed loop circuit - M1 pilot piston 8 control cylinder 9. proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 blocked. The paths of pilot pistons 8 to control pistons 9 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally actuated with pressurized oil, keeping the swash plate for pumps 4 in neutral position = 0 pump angle. Leak oil in the travel pumps 2 flushes, cools and lubricates the parts of the rotary group and flows via housing connections L and T strainer 85 into the tank 80. 1.2. Travel pumps 2 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuit With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 2 are in the neutral position, the pistons in the barrels do not stroke, meaning there is no flow, even though the rotary group is turning. However, the closed loop circuit is being pressurized with approx. 25+2 bar by the replenishing circuit (via check valves integrated into the high pressure relief valves 5 and 6 (see paragraph 1.1). The 7/2 directional valves 26 (= 7 connections/ 2 positions) in the travel motors 20 are in an end position, its side is not defined. Approx. 10 l/min oil is discharged from one side of the closed loop circuit, M1 or M2, from the opposite side the oil flows to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston unit 21 is held in neutral position = maximum (displacement) angle. Replenishing oil flows from M1/M2 to directional valve 26 pressure reducing valve 27 directional valve 26 pressure relief valve 24 orifice 28 motor housing (flushing) screen filter 41 support shaft 40 tank 80.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Travel Hydraulic
6.3.42.01
directional valve 26 pressure reducing valve 27 directional valve 26 pilot piston 23 control piston 22 - spring side.
The pressure reducing valves 27 are actuated on both sides with equal pressure, and therefore remain in neutral position = free flow. The piston bottom side of the control piston 22 is open towards the motor housing/ tank via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29. 1.3. Gear pump 16 - fan drive With the Diesel engine running, the gear pump 16 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80, via shut off valve 81 and supplies it via the filter 72 to the fixed displacement motor 70 and solenoid valve Y45. The motor 70 / fan begins to turn and the pressure regulating valve of the proportional solenoid valve Y45 opens when the regulated pressure level is reached = flow is divided. The oil flows together with the replenishing oil via the oil cooler 18 filter 82 to the tank 80. Test point LA (pressure build up in the fan drive) connected to outlet P of pump 16 . Regulation: With the starter switch S1 in operating position, the electronic fan control A11 is energized, among other items. A11 regulates the electrical power of the proportional solenoid valve Y45 depending on the signal values of temperature sensors B38 to 40and limits the pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive = the fan speed. S1 K4 F6 A11 B38 - coolant temperature B39 - hydraulic oil temperature B40 - turbo charge air temperature Y45 - proportional solenoid valve - fan drive When the machine is cold, Y45 is energized with the maximum value and regulates the possible pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive - pump 16 motor 70 - to the minimum value (fan turns at minimum speed or is stationary). At increasing temperatures, the current from Y45 is reduced proportionally and as a result, the hydraulic pressure value is increased proportionally = the fan speed increases. When one of the temperatures reaches the operating temperature, Y45 is fully shifted without current by A11. Without current, also in case of a system failure, Y45 regulates to the set maximum pressure = maximum fan speed (fail-save system) - pmax = 210+10 bar For wiring see section 9 - Electrical System. 2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are controlled by the electronic system via the proportional solenoid valves Y7 to Y12, which are installed on the pump covers and the travel motor remote control. The current and therefore the regulating pressure build-up is in proportion to the lever deflection. See also Description - Travel Hydraulic section 6.2 and Functional Description - Electronic Control - section 10.3., Sectional drawing of the pump/ oil flow outlets - section 8.1.41. The direction is selected in travel operation on the travel pumps 2 for: Travel forward Travel reverse Electronic control: on solenoid valve Y9/Y11 on solenoid valve Y10/Y12 Regulating pressure build -up: at connection Z at connection Y Oil flow output: on P(left) on S(right)
The proportional solenoid valves for the travel motors are always energized during travel operation, but they only regulate from a certain current value. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side to which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced and the travel speed on this side is reduced. The solenoid valve Y13 is energized during the complete travel operation. The valve shifts to diagonal path, the pressurized oil flows via outlet B to test center 65-BB to distributor block 75, actuates pressure switch B5 and pressure relief valve 76. support shafts 40 travel gear 45 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 46. Depending on the travel resistance (= rotary resistance of travel motors), high pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the pressure is SPpressure = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = System section - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = System section - test point M2
2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral function, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system flows to one side of the servo control cylinders 7 and builds up a hydraulic regulating pressure in proportion to the magnetic force. The piston of the servo control cylinder 7 is moved by regulating pressure against the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. Via a mechanical connection, the piston 8 is moved into the opposite direction. The piston opens the oil flow to the swash plate - control cylinder 9, where the pressure build up occurred and allows the oil to flow into the pump housing from the opposite side of the swash plate - control cylinder 9. The swash plate pump 4 is changed to flow direction against Qmax . low current small flow volume high current large flow volume flow direction, see chart, section 2 With the shifting of the swash plate, the pilot piston 8 in the housing is returned to the neutral position (positive overlap) via a mechanical connection. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 9 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically on the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction of Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate of pump 4 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.2. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. Due to current going to the proportional solenoids Y7 or Y8, the servo control piston 23 is moved against the regulating spring and return spring to shift position parallel path. When starting to travel, the 7/2 directional valve 26 is actuated on one side with low pressure, on the other side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit and is moved depending on the forces against the low pressure side. This results in the following oil pressure flow, in addition to the closed loop circuit: Low pressure sidedirectional valve 26 1.pressure reducing valve 27-spring side. (SP-pressure) 1.pressure reducing valve 27-piston side/pathdirectional valve 26 2. pressure reducing valve 27 -spring side. pressure relief valve 24 orifice 28 motor housing (flushing) screen filter 41 support shaft 40 tank 80. The sum of spring force+SP-pressure on the piston of pressure reducing valves 27 results in a pressure value of ~40 bar. High pressure side directional valve 26 blocked. pressure reducing valve 27 - path/piston side directional valve 26 pilot piston 23 control piston 22 - piston bottom side. When the pressure on the piston bottom side of the pressure reducing valve 27 reaches a pressure of ~40 bar, the piston is moved against the spring+SP-pressure and the path is restricted, so that the pressure cannot continue to increase (control pressure on piston 22 40 bar). The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved via the servo control piston 23 and orifice 29 to the motor housing / tank, the axial piston unit 21 is moved to a smaller angle = in direction Qmin. Due to this change in Qmin direction, the return springs push the pilot pistons 23 more and more against the force of the proportional solenoid. When the spring force is the same as the solenoid force, the pilot pistons 23 are held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle / intake volume. As current is increased, the pressure continues to increase towards Qmin. The maximum possible current/ regulation is limited by the electronic control.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Travel Hydraulic
6.3.42.02
As current is decreased, the axial piston units 21 are moved again in direction of Qmax =neutral position, the control pressure is directed the same way as in neutral function: via the pilot piston 23- diagonal path to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is vented. Intermediate positions are held as described before in case of equal force between solenoid and spring. 2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 The swash plate pump flow 4 is moved via a line connection and through the support axle 40 to a connection side of travel motor 20/ axial piston unit 21, it actuates its piston and sets the unit in rotation. Due to the output rotation, the oil is transported to the opposite connector side and flows via a second line connection through the support axle back to the suction side of the travel pump 2 - swash plate pump 4. The expelled oil in the travel motor 20 - see previous description - is taken in again into the travel pump 2, also on the low pressure side = suction side via the replenishing function of the pressure relief valve 5 or 6 - see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the replenishing function is held closed by high pressure and the maximum pressure of the pressure relief valve is limited to 420+30/-10 bar. If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and directs the oil flow to the replenishing side / low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can also be measured on test points M1 and M2 located on the test center 65 with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2. 3. Special function - brake actuating when towing If any traveling function of the machine fails, the break function (operating brake) of the hydrostatic travel drive and the mechanic parking brake can be released manually/hydraulically. Observe all guidelines of the operation manual and all safety guidelines. 3.1. Brake release Connect hose from connection "BB" to connection "BS" and close "BB"(all connections on the test center 65). connect M1RM2R and M1LM2L on the test center 65 with hoses (delivered with the machine-tools) = hydrostatic drive - brake function is not in function anymore. set accumulator 77 by multiple actuating of the hand pump for tilting operators cab (see section 17.2.10) under sufficient pressure. bring starter switch, emergency OFF switch and safety lever in operating position = solenoid valve Y43 is currented/switched and the brakes 46 are released via path PB by the stored pressurized oil. When necessary, the brakes can be released directly by the hand pump, when the solenoid valve is switched.
The pressure relief valve 76 prevents the brake of too high pressure. The releasing of the brake is indicated on the instrument panel via pressure switch B5. While towing, the displaced oil by the variable motors circulates in the closed loop circuit via connection M1M2. 3.2. Emergency braking when towing Interrupt currenting to solenoid valve Y43 by - pressing the emergency OFF switch, or - lower the safety lever, or - turn starter switch to 0 position. The solenoid valve returns to neutral position, the pressure to the parking brake gets via path BT to tank and the brakes closes. The size of the accumulator 77 allows a recent releasing (twice is possible) of the parking brake.
Notes
Note: travel pump - for sectional drawing see group 8.1.41
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
02 02
Travel Hydraulic
6.3.42.00
1 splitter box 2 travel pump right /left 4 swash plate pump 5 pressure relief valve - HP forward / M1 - with replenishing valve 6 pressure relief valve - HP reverse / M2 - with replenishing valve 7 servo control piston 8 pilot piston 9 pump control cylinder 15 gear pump - replenishing / coolant circuit 16 gear pump - fan drive 18 oil cooler 19 bypass valve (3 bar) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 travel motor complete left /right axial piston unit control piston pilot piston pressure relief valve - flushing valve unit directional valve pressure reducing valve (40 bar) orifice 2,5 mm orifice 70 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - combinated cooler) 72 strainer 75 distributor block 76 pressure relief valve - parking brake 77 accumulator - safety device towing 80 81 82 83 85 90 91 92 93 95 hydraulic tank shut off valve return filter bypass valve strainer to regulating pump 100 - working hydraulic to control valve block - working hydraulic to pilot (servo) control valve - working hydraulic return line - working hydraulic to /from hand pump - cab tilt
B5 B6 B18 B39 Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9
30 valve block 31 pressure relief valve - repl. oil pressure SP 35 filter block 36 filter - replenishing 40 support shaft complete left /right 41 strainer 45 travel gear complete left /right 46 ring piston - parking brake 52 check valve 55 accumulator - working hydraulic 60 test center - test points SP = repl. oil pressure ND = control pressure - working hydraulic LA = system pressure - fan drive 65 test center - test points /hose connection M1L = high pressure travel forward - left side M2L = high pressure travel reverse - left side M1R = high pressure travel forward - right side M2R = high pressure travel reverse - right side hose connection: BB = parking brake - operating position BS = parking brake - towing position M = test point - bleeding
proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel forward Y10 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel reverse Y11 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel forward Y12 proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel reverse Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake Y43 solenoid valve - safety device towing Y45 proportional solenoid valve pressure relief -fan drive - max. 210 bar test points in the machine M = test point at pos. 30 (SP)
Typ/ab T ype/from Type/a partir de
liebherr
Datum Edition Date
F/N xxx - 5600

Blatt Page Feuille
02 02
00
1. Neutral function
1.1. Tandem gear pumps 15 - Replenishing function As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 82 and supplies it to the distributor block 16/P1+P2. From the distributor block 16/ K P-valve block 19 F F-filter bracket 18
Oil not needed in the system flows via the pressure relief valve 17 hydraulic oil cooler 66 return filter 83 to hydraulic tank 80. When the oil is at operating temperature, a certain resistance (appr. 5 bar) is created in the return oil flow by the oil cooler, lines and filter, which is applied on the spring side of the pressure relief valves 17 (adjusted to 20+2 bar). This results in an operating pressure of appr. 25+2 bar in the section in front of the pressure relief valves = test point SP (and SD). When the oil is cold, part of the oil is directed via the pressure relief valve in block 19 directly to tank and the system pressure is thereby limited to max. 28+2 bar (cold start pressure) = test point SD. Distribution of the oil flow - filter bracket18 /B check valve 52 distributor block50 solenoid valveY13 (parking brake) blocked. accumulator 55 and solenoid valve Y4 blocked. (servo cut off WH) /FR F-travel pump2 right and pressure switch B6. /FL F-travel pump2 left and test connection SP. /PM P-travel motor20 right pilot piston23 spring side control piston22. /PM P - travel motor20 leftpilot piston23spring side control piston22.
The solenoid valve Y4 is actuated, after raising off the safety lever, and permits passage to outlet GP servo control working hydraulic. In travel pump 2 right / left to (oil flow) check valve 6 replenishing - closed loop circuit - M1 channel pressure relief valve 4 (blocked). proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 blocked. pilot piston 9 control cylinder 10. orifice11 pressure relief valve12 pump housing screen filter 85 tank. channel pressure relief valve 5 (blocked). check valve 7 replenishing - closed loop circuit - M2.
The passages of pilot pistons 9 to control cylinders 10 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally pressurized with oil, keeping the swash plates of pumps 3 in neutral position =0 pump angle. The pressure relief valves 12 are opened by the system pressure. The orifices 11 limit the oil flow Q to ~ 8l/min. The oil flow flushes, cools and lubricates the drive sections of the travel pumps 2. If the system pressure drops below 16 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 12 close. The flushing circuit is interrupted and the entire oil flow is directed to the closed loop circuit and the control. The pump housing remains filled with oil via the tank lines. The control lines for the travel pumps and motors are vented to the pump housing/ tank via the proportional solenoid valves Y9 to Y12.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-2002 2062
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.50.01
1.2. Travel pumps 3 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuits With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 3 are in the neutral position, no piston stroke is created and therefore no oil flow, despite the rotation of the axial piston unit and pistons. However, the closed loop circuit is filled with pressurized oil of approx. 23+2 bar through the replenishing circuit (via check valves 6 and 7 (see paragraph 1.1)). In every travel motor 20, the pressurized oil from the closed loop circuit is directed on both sides to the directional valve 24 and blocked. The axial piston unit 21 is held by the spring and the pressurized oil on the springside of the control piston 22 (see paragraph 1.1) at maximum angle = Q max = neutral position. The piston bottom side of the control piston 22 is vented via the pilot piston 23 to the motor housing / tank.
1.3. Regulating pump 30 - fan drive When the Diesel engine is not running, the axial piston unit 31 of the pump 30 is at maximum angle = Qmax. As soon as the Diesel engine is running, the pump 30 starts deliver oil, the system pressure increases and the fan motors start to turn. If the starter switch S1 is in operating position and if the safety lever is raised (switch S2), the thermo switches for the fan drive control are energized. S1 S1 S1 F6 B28 - Coolant temperature - Diesel engine (closes at 90C opens at 85C) F10 B29 - Hydraulic oil temperature (closes at 65C opens at 60C) F15 B30 - Turbo charge air temperature - Diesel engine (closes at 55C opens at 50C).
If one of these media reaches the corresponding temperature, the contact of the thermo switch closes and energizes the solenoid valve Y52. For more information see group 9 - Electrical System. When the engine is cold, the solenoid valve Y52 is not energized and remains in neutral position and relieves the servo oil connection X of pump 30 to tank. The Load Sensing regulator 35 is displaced against its spring with a system pressure of 25+1 bar and pressurized oil is directed via the pressure cut off valve 34 to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to min. angle=Qmin. The angle/oil flow is regulated by the LS-regulator 35 and the return force of cylinder 33 in such a way, that a constant stand-by pressure of 30+1 bar (LA) is created in the system. This pressure determines the minimum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. When the machine is at operating temperature, the solenoid valve Y52 is energized and actuated via at least one thermo switch B28/B29/B30. The connection to tank is blocked, the servo oil connection X is pressurized with system pressure, which keeps the LS-regulator in neutral position. The control cylinder 32 is without pressure, the return cylinder 33 moves the axial piston unit 31 to max. angle = Qmax the system pressure exceeds the stand-by pressure. If the system pressure exceeds the spring value of the pressure cut off valve 34, the valve is shifted against the spring and pressurized oil flows to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to a smaller angle. The angle / oil flow is regulated by the pressure cut off valve 34 and the return force of the cylinder 33 in such a way, that at normal Diesel engine RPM range a constant operating pressure of 1603 bar (LA) is retained in the system. This pressure determines the maximum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. The displaced amount of oil which flows off via restrictor 36 when the pump is regulated is pressure dependent and is used to mute the signal and to flush the housing. The system pressure is measured on test point LA, just before the restrictor 53.
The check valves 39 and 41 are necessary to supply the oil for coasting of the fan / motors after the engine is shut down. Oil flow - working circuit: Hydraulic tank80 axial piston unit31 axial piston - fixed displacement motor38 gear motor40 oil cooler66 return filter83 tank80. Check valves 39 and 41 are kept closed by pressurized oil. Servo oil flow - when machine is cold: Axial piston unit31 restrictor53 LP-valve block50 P-solenoid valve Y52-A valve block50-T tank80.
(pump 30 - internal) return cylinder33. pressure cut off valve34 Load Sensing regulator35 pressure cut off valve34 control cylinder32. ( restrictor36 housing L screen filter85 tank80.) Servo oil flow - when machine is at operating temperature: Axial piston unit31 restrictor53 LP-valve block50 P-solenoid valve Y52 (blocked). regulating pump30 spring side LS-regulator35.
(pump30 internal) return cylinder33. pressure cut off valve34 Load Sensing regulator35 (blocked). pressure cut off valve34 control cylinder32. ( restrictor36 housing L screen filter85 tank80.) 2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are regulated by the electronic control via the proportional solenoid valves Y9 to Y12, which are installed on the travel pump covers. The lever deflection is in relation to the current flow of the solenoid valves and therefore the regulating pressure build-up. See also description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2. and Functional description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. The travel direction during travel operation is selected on the travel pumps 2 as follows: Travel forward Travel reverse electronic control: regulating pressure built up: on solenoid valves Y9 / Y11 at connection Y on solenoid valves Y10 / Y12 at connection Z oil flow output: on S (bottom) on P (top)
The travel speed depends on the joystick deflection = current =regulating pressure and can be infinitely regulated. Pump control: Motor control: flow volume zero Qmax intake volume Qmax Qmin =regulating pressure appr. 2 to 8 bar =regulating pressure appr. 8 to 15 bar
The regulation begin for the travel motors is approx. 0.3 bar before the end of regulation of the pumps, which means there is a slight overlap of pump / motor control in the regulating range of 8 bar. The regulating pressure for the travel motors is supplied from the travel pumps via a two way check valve 13 connection X. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side into which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced, which in turn reduces the travel speed on this side.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-2002 2062
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.50.02
The solenoid valve Y13 is energized during every travel operation. The valve shifts to diagonal path, the pressurized oil flows via distributor block 50 to the pressure switch B5 and via outlet B to the travel gears 45 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 46. Depending on the travel resistance (=rotary resistance of travel motors), hydraulic pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the replenishing pressure ( SP- pressure) is present = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = system - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = system - test point M2
2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system flows to one side of the servo control cylinders 8 and builds up a hydraulic regulating pressure in proportion to the magnetic force. The piston of the servo control cylinder 8 is moved by regulating pressure against the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The pilot piston 9 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 9 of swash plate control cylinder 10 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is shifted in the direction towards Qmax . For flow direction and volume, refer to par. 2. As the swash plate is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again posetively overlapped =neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 10 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically at the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction of Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate of pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above.
2.2. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. Regulating pressure flow: Travel pump2 left - proportional solenoid valve Y9 or Y10 servo control cylinder8 two way check valve13-X X-travel motors20 left pilot piston23. Travel pump2 right - proportional solenoid valve Y11 or Y12 servo control cylinder8 two way check valve13-X X-travel motors20 right pilot piston23. If the regulating pressure increases by energizing of one of the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 on the travel pump 2 and exceeds the regulating begin of the travel motors 20, the pilot pistons 23 will be shifted against the regulating and return spring to "parallel passage" position . The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved to the housing / tank, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system is directed to the piston bottom side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston units 21 are moved to a smaller angle = in direction of Qmin. Due to this change in Qmin direction, the return springs push the pilot pistons 23 more and more against the force of the regulating pressure. When the spring force is the same as the pressure force, the pilot pistons 23 are held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle / intake volume.
As current is increased, the pressure continues to increase towards Qmin. The maximum possible current/ regulation is limited by the electronic control. The axial piston units 21 do not reach the mechanical Qmin. stop = smallest angle. As current is decreased, the axial piston units 21 are moved again in direction of Qmax =neutral position, the control pressure is directed the same way as in neutral function: via the pilot piston 23- diagonal path to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is vented. Intermediate positions are held as described before in case of equal force between regulating pressure to spring.
2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 Pump flow from swash plate pump3 pump outlet - distributor block travel motor20-front/axial piston unit21 travel motor20-rear/axial piston unit21 distributor block-pump inlet swash plate pump3 The resulting high pressure in the travel motor intake actuates the piston of the axial piston unit 21 and starts to turn the unit. With this turning movement, the oil is directed to the opposite (low pressure) side . When the machine starts to travel, the directional valves 24 in the travel motors are actuated on one side with low pressure, on the opposite side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit, and they are moved towards the low pressure side and the port is opened. Pressurized oil (SP pressure)- low pressure sidedirectional valve 24restrictor 25pressure relief valve 26 (opens) motor housing U (flushing)screen filter 28 tank 80. Oil flow - restrictor 25 - each travel motor appr. 10 l/min = discharge If the pressure on the low pressure side drops below 10 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 26 will close. The discharge is stopped and cavitation in the closed loop circuit is prevented. The discharged oil from the travel motors 20 flows to the travel pump 2 via the check valve (7 or 6) on the low pressure side = suction side; see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the check valve (6 or 7) is held in the closed position by high pressure and the maximum pressure is limited to 420+30/-10 bar by the pressure relief valve (4 or 5) . If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and directs the oil flow to the replenishing side / low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can be measured on test points M1 and M2 (each on the distributor block - pump outlet) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-2002 2062
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.50.03
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Travel Hydraulic
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 2062
6.3.50.00
1 splitter box 2 travel pump cpl. - right / left 3 swash plate pump 4 pressure relief valve - HP forward - M1 5 pressure relief valve - HP reverse - M2 6 check valve - replenishing M1 7 check valve - replenishing M2 8 servo control piston 9 pilot piston 10 pump control cylinder 11 orifice 12 pressure relief valve - repl. circuit 13 two way check valve block 15 tandem gear pumps - replenishing 16 valve block 17 pressure relief valves - repl. oil pressure SP 18 filter assembly / filter - replenishing 19 valve block / pressure relief valve - cold start 20 travel motor cpl. - 2x left / 2x right 21 axial piston unit 22 control piston 23 pilot piston 24 directional valve - flushing 25 orifice 26 pressure relief valve - flushing 28 strainer
52 check valve 53 restrictor 55 accumulator WH. 60 test center - test points SP repl. oil pressure LA fan drive - system pressure 65 water cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 100 regulating pump working hydraulic
B5 B6
pressure switch - brake indicator light pressure switch - replenishing pressure indicator light B22 pressure switch - return filter monitor B29 thermo switch - fan drive Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y45 Y52 Y53 solenoid valve - servo cut off WH. proportional solenoid valve - le. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - le. travel reverse proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel reverse solenoid valve - parking brake solenoid valve - special attachment - WH. solenoid valve - fan drive solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety - WH.
30 regulating pump cpl. - fan drive 31 axial piston unit 32 control cylinder (Qmin) 33 return cylinder (Qmax) 34 pressure cut off valve 35 load sensing regulator 36 restrictor 38 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - water cooler) 39 check valve 40 gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) 41 check valve 45 travel gear cpl. left / right 46 ring piston - parking brake 50 distributor block 51 orifice GP to pilot (servo) control valve - P / WH. UP to regulating pump - X / WH.
M1 M2 SD
test points in the machine high pressure travel forward high pressure travel reverse back-up pressure - cold start (pumps 15)
unnamed line outlets on the hydraulic tank - suction line working hydraulic pump - return line working hydraulic - connection to hand pump - cab tilt
01 00
2062
1. Neutral function
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-2063 5071
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.51.01
1.3. Regulating pump 30 - fan drive When the Diesel engine is not running, the axial piston unit 31 of the pump 30 is at maximum angle = Qmax. As soon as the Diesel engine is running, the pump 30 starts deliver oil, the system pressure increases and the fan motors start to turn. In operating position of the starter switch S1, the solenoid valve Y25 gets currented via thermo switch of the fan control (closed in neutral position). S1 K4 F10 B25 - Turbo charge air temperature Diesel engine (closes at 55C opens at 50C) B24 - Hydraulic oil temperature (closes at 65C opens at 60C) B23 - Coolant temperature - Diesel engine (closes at 90C opens at 85C) Y25 solenoid valve - fan drive control. If one of these media reaches the corresponding temperature, the contact of the thermo switch opens and the currenting of the solenoid valve Y25 is interrupted. For more information see group 9 - Electrical System. When the engine is cold, the solenoid valve Y52 is energized and remains in actuated position and relieves the servo oil connection X of pump 30 to tank. The Load Sensing regulator 35 is displaced against its spring with a system pressure of 25+1 bar and pressurized oil is directed via the pressure cut off valve 34 to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to min. angle=Qmin. The angle/oil flow is regulated by the LS-regulator 35 and the return force of cylinder 33 in such a way, that a constant stand-by pressure of 30+1 bar (LA) is created in the system. This pressure determines the minimum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. When the machine is at operating temperature, the currenting of the solenoid valve Y25 is interrupted by at least one thermo switch B23/B24/B25, the solenoid valve is in neutral position. The connection to tank is blocked, the servo oil connection X is pressurized with system pressure, which keeps the LS-regulator in neutral position. The control cylinder 32 is without pressure, the return cylinder 33 moves the axial piston unit 31 to max. angle = Qmax the system pressure exceeds the stand-by pressure. If the system pressure exceeds the spring value of the pressure cut off valve 34, the valve is shifted against the spring and pressurized oil flows to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to a smaller angle. The angle / oil flow is regulated by the pressure cut off valve 34 and the return force of the cylinder 33 in such a way, that at normal Diesel engine RPM range a constant operating pressure of 1603 bar (LA) is retained in the system. This pressure determines the maximum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. The displaced amount of oil which flows off via restrictor 36 when the pump is regulated is pressure dependent and is used to mute the signal and to flush the housing. The system pressure is measured on test point LA, just before the restrictor 53.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-2063 5071
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.51.02
2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system flows to one side of the servo control cylinders 8 and builds up a hydraulic regulating pressure in proportion to the magnetic force. The piston of the servo control cylinder 8 is moved by regulating pressure against the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The pilot piston 9 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 9 of swash plate control cylinder 10 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is shifted in the direction towards Qmax . For flow direction and volume, refer to par. 2. As the swash plate is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped =neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 10 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically at the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction of Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate of pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above.
2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 Pump flow from swash plate pump3 pump outlet - distributor block travel motor20-front/axial piston unit21 travel motor20-rear/axial piston unit21 distributor block-pump inlet swash plate pump3 The resulting high pressure in the travel motor intake actuates the piston of the axial piston unit 21 and starts to turn the unit. With this turning movement, the oil is directed to the opposite (low pressure) side. When the machine starts to travel, the directional valves 24 in the travel motors are actuated on one side with low pressure, on the opposite side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit, and they are moved towards the low pressure side and the port is opened. Pressurized oil (SP pressure)- low pressure sidedirectional valve 24restrictor 25pressure relief valve 26 (opens) motor housing U (flushing)screen filter 28 tank 80. Oil flow - restrictor 25 - each travel motor appr. 10 l/min = discharge If the pressure on the low pressure side drops below 10 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 26 will close. The discharge is stopped and cavitation in the closed loop circuit is prevented. The discharged oil from the travel motors 20 flows to the travel pump 2 via the check valve (7 or 6) on the low pressure side = suction side; see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the check valve (6 or 7) is held in the closed position by high pressure and the maximum pressure is limited to 420+30/-10 bar by the pressure relief valve (4 or 5) . If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and directs the oil flow to the replenishing side / low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can be measured on test points M1 and M2 (each on the distributor block - pump outlet) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-2063 5071
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.51.03
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Travel Hydraulic
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2063 5071
6.3.51.00
52 check valve 53 restrictor 55 accumulator WH. 60 test center - test points SP repl. oil pressure LA fan drive - system pressure 65 water cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 100 regulating pump working hydraulic
B5 B6
pressure switch - brake indicator light pressure switch - replenishing pressure indicator light B18 pressure switch - return filter monitor B24 thermo switch - fan drive B26 temperature sending unit - indicator light hydraulic oil overheating Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 solenoid valve - servo cut off WH. proportional solenoid valve - le. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - le. travel reverse proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel reverse
Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake Y25 solenoid valve - fan drive Y28 solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety - WH. Y29 solenoid valve - special attachment - WH. test points in the machine high pressure travel forward high pressure travel reverse back-up pressure - cold start (pumps 15)
M1 M2 SD
liebherr
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Fahrhydraulik Travel Hydraulic Hydraulique de translation
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx- 2063
5071
6.3.51. 00
1. Neutral function
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5072 5599
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.52.01
1.3. Regulating pump 30 - fan drive When the Diesel engine is not running, the axial piston unit 31 of the pump 30 is at maximum angle = Qmax. As soon as the Diesel engine is running, the pump 30 starts deliver oil, the system pressure increases and the fan motors start to turn. In operating position of the starter switch S1, the solenoid valve Y25 gets currented via thermo switch of the fan control (closed in neutral position). S1 K4 F10 B25 - Turbo charge air temperature Diesel engine (closes at 55C opens at 50C) B24 - Hydraulic oil temperature (closes at 65C opens at 60C) B23 - Coolant temperature - Diesel engine (closes at 90C opens at 85C) Y25 solenoid valve - fan drive control. If one of these media reaches the corresponding temperature, the contact of the thermo switch opens and the currenting of the solenoid valve Y25 is interrupted. For more information see group 9 - Electrical System. When the engine is cold, the solenoid valve Y52 is energized and remains in actuated position and relieves the servo oil connection X of pump 30 to tank. The Load Sensing regulator 35 is displaced against its spring with a system pressure of 25+1 bar and pressurized oil is directed via the pressure cut off valve 34 to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to min. angle=Qmin. The angle/oil flow is regulated by the LS-regulator 35 and the return force of cylinder 33 in such a way, that a constant stand-by pressure of 30+1 bar (LA) is created in the system. This pressure determines the minimum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. When the machine is at operating temperature, the currenting of the solenoid valve Y25 is interrupted by at least one thermo switch B23/B24/B25, the solenoid valve is in neutral position. The connection to tank is blocked, the servo oil connection X is pressurized with system pressure, which keeps the LS-regulator in neutral position. The control cylinder 32 is without pressure, the return cylinder 33 moves the axial piston unit 31 to max. angle = Qmax the system pressure exceeds the stand-by pressure. If the system pressure exceeds the spring value of the pressure cut off valve 34, the valve is shifted against the spring and pressurized oil flows to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface ratio, the control cylinder 32 moves the axial piston unit 31 against the return cylinder 33 to a smaller angle. The angle / oil flow is regulated by the pressure cut off valve 34 and the return force of the cylinder 33 in such a way, that at normal Diesel engine RPM range a constant operating pressure of 1603 bar (LA) is retained in the system. This pressure determines the maximum RPM of the motors / fan - see page 3.1.50.01. The displaced amount of oil which flows off via restrictor 36 when the pump is regulated is pressure dependent and is used to mute the signal and to flush the housing. The system pressure is measured on test point LA, just before the restrictor 53.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5072 5599
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.52.02
2.4. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system flows to one side of the servo control cylinders 8 and builds up a hydraulic regulating pressure in proportion to the magnetic force. The piston of the servo control cylinder 8 is moved by regulating pressure against the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The pilot piston 9 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 9 of swash plate control cylinder 10 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is shifted in the direction towards Qmax . For flow direction and volume, refer to par. 2. As the swash plate is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped =neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 10 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically at the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction of Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate of pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above.
2.6. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 Pump flow from swash plate pump3 pump outlet - distributor block travel motor20-front/axial piston unit21 travel motor20-rear/axial piston unit21 distributor block-pump inlet swash plate pump3 The resulting high pressure in the travel motor intake actuates the piston of the axial piston unit 21 and starts to turn the unit. With this turning movement, the oil is directed to the opposite (low pressure) side . When the machine starts to travel, the directional valves 24 in the travel motors are actuated on one side with low pressure, on the opposite side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit, and they are moved towards the low pressure side and the port is opened. Pressurized oil (SP pressure)- low pressure sidedirectional valve 24restrictor 25pressure relief valve 26 (opens) motor housing U (flushing)screen filter 28 tank 80. Oil flow - restrictor 25 - each travel motor appr. 10 l/min = discharge If the pressure on the low pressure side drops below 10 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 26 will close. The discharge is stopped and cavitation in the closed loop circuit is prevented. The discharged oil from the travel motors 20 flows to the travel pump 2 via the check valve (7 or 6) on the low pressure side = suction side; see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the check valve (6 or 7) is held in the closed position by high pressure and the maximum pressure is limited to 420+30/-10 bar by the pressure relief valve (4 or 5) . If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and directs the oil flow to the replenishing side / low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can be measured on test points M1 and M2 (each on the distributor block - pump outlet) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2. 3. Special function - brake actuating when towing If any traveling function of the machine fails, the break function (operating brake) of the hydrostatic travel drive and the mechanic parking brake can be released manually/hydraulically. Observe all guidelines of the operation manual and all safety guidelines.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5072 5599
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.52.03
3.1. Brake release Connect hose from connection "BB" to connection "BS" and close "BB"(all connections on the test center 60). connect M1RM2R and M1LM2L on the test center 60 with hoses (delivered with the machine-tools) = hydrostatic drive - brake function is not in function anymore. set accumulator 57 by multiple actuating of the hand pump for tilting operators cab (see section 17.2.10) under sufficient pressure. bring starter switch, emergency OFF switch and safety lever in operating position = solenoid valve Y43 is currented/switched and the brakes 46 are released via path PB by the stored pressurized oil. When necessary, the brakes can be released directly by the hand pump, when the solenoid valve is switched.
The pressure relief valve 58 prevents the brake of too high pressure. The releasing of the brake is indicated on the instrument panel via pressure switch B5. While towing, the displaced oil by the variable motors circulates in the closed loop circuit via connection M1M2. 3.2. Emergency braking when towing Interrupt currenting to solenoid valve Y43 by - pressing the emergency OFF switch, or - lower the safety lever, or - turn starter switch to 0 position. The solenoid valve returns to neutral position, the pressure to the parking brake gets via path BT to tank and the brakes closes. The size of the accumulator 57 allows a recent releasing (twice is possible) of the parking brake.
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Travel Hydraulic
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-5072 5599
6.3.52.00
52 check valve 53 restrictor 55 accumulator WH. 57 accumulator - safety device towing 58 pressure relief valve - parking brake 60 test center - test points SP repl. oil pressure LA fan drive - system pressure M1R high pressure - travel forward - right M2R high pressure - travel reverse - right M1L high pressure - travel forward - left M2L high pressure - travel reverse - left hose connection BB parking brake - operating position BS parking brake - towing position 65 water cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 96 to /from hand pump - cab tilt 97 from safety device towing to hydraulic tank 100 regulating pump working hydraulic
B5 B6
pressure switch - brake indicator light pressure switch - replenishing pressure indicator light B18 pressure switch - return filter monitor B24 thermo switch - fan drive B26 temperature sending unit - indicator light hydraulic oil overheating Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 solenoid valve - servo cut off WH. proportional solenoid valve - le. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - le. travel reverse proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel reverse
Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake Y25 solenoid valve - fan drive Y28 solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety - WH. Y29 solenoid valve - special attachment - WH. Y43 solenoid valve - safety device towing test points in the machine back-up pressure - cold start (pumps 15)
SD
liebherr
Datum Edition Date
01 03
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx- 5072
5599
6.3.52. 00
1. Neutral function 1.1. Tandem gear pumps 15 - Replenishing function
As soon as the engine is started, the gear pump 15 draws oil from the hydraulic tank 80 via the shut off valve 82 and supplies it to the distributor block 16/P1+P2. From the distributor block 16/ K P-valve block 19 F F-filter bracket 18
Oil not needed in the system flows via the pressure relief valve 17 hydraulic oil cooler 66 return filter 83 to hydraulic tank 80. When the oil is at operating temperature, a certain resistance (appr. 5 bar) is created in the return oil flow by the oil cooler, lines and filter, which is applied on the spring side of the pressure relief valves 17 (adjusted to 20+2 bar). This results in an operating pressure of appr. 25+2 bar in the section in front of the pressure relief valves = test point SP (and SD). When the oil is cold, part of the oil is directed via the pressure relief valve in block 19 directly to the hydraulic tank - connector flange of the suction line of the gear pumps 15 - and the system pressure is thereby limited to max. 28+2 bar (cold start pressure) = test point SD. Distribution of the oil flow - filter bracket18 /B check valve 52 distributor block50 solenoid valveY13 (parking brake) blocked. accumulator 55 and solenoid valve Y4 blocked. (servo cut off WH) /FR F-travel pump2 right and pressure switch B6. /FL F-travel pump2 left and test connection SP. /PM P-travel motor20 right pilot piston23 spring side control piston22. /PM P - travel motor20 leftpilot piston23spring side control piston22.
The solenoid valve Y4 is actuated, after raising off the safety lever, and permits passage to outlet GP servo control working hydraulic. In travel pump 2 right / left to check valve 6 replenishing - closed loop circuit - M1 (oil flow) channel pressure relief valve 4 (blocked). proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 blocked. pilot piston 9 control cylinder 10. orifice11 pressure relief valve12 pump housing screen filter 85 tank. channel pressure relief valve 5 (blocked). check valve 7 replenishing - closed loop circuit - M2. The passages of pilot pistons 9 to control cylinders 10 are severely restricted. All control cylinders are equally pressurized with oil, keeping the swash plates of pumps 3 in neutral position =0 pump angle. The pressure relief valves 12 are opened by the system pressure. The orifices 11 limit the oil flow Q to ~ 8l/min. The oil flow flushes, cools and lubricates the drive sections of the travel pumps 2. If the system pressure drops below 16 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 12 close. The flushing circuit is interrupted and the entire oil flow is directed to the closed loop circuit and the control. The pump housing remains filled with oil via the tank lines. The control lines for the travel pumps and motors are vented to the pump housing/ tank via the proportional solenoid valves Y9 to Y12.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5600
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.53.01
1.2. Travel pumps 3 and travel motors 20 - closed loop circuits With the pumps in neutral, the oil in the closed loop circuit does not circulate. Because the swash plates of the travel pumps 3 are in the neutral position, no piston stroke is created and therefore no oil flow, despite the rotation of the axial piston unit and pistons. However, the closed loop circuit is filled with pressurized oil of approx. 23+2 bar through the replenishing circuit (via check valves 6 and 7 (see paragraph 1.1)). In every travel motor 20, the pressurized oil from the closed loop circuit is directed on both sides to the directional valve 24 and blocked. The axial piston unit 21 is held by the spring and the pressurized oil on the spring side of the control piston 22 (see paragraph 1.1) at maximum angle = Qmax = neutral position. The piston bottom side of the control piston 22 is vented via the pilot piston 23 to the motor housing / tank. 1.3. Regulating pump 30 - fan drive When the Diesel engine is not running, the axial piston unit 31 of the pump 30 is at maximum angle = Qmax. As soon as the Diesel engine is running, the pump 30 starts deliver oil, the system pressure increases and the fan motors start to turn. Electronic regulation: With the starter switch S1 in operating position, the electronic fan control A11 is supplied with current. Circuit board A11 regulates the current to the proportional valve Y45, depending on the signal values of the temperature sensors B38 to 40 and limits thereby the pressure built up in the hydraulic fan drive = the fan speed. S1 K4 F9 A11 B38 - coolant temperature B39 - hydraulic oil temperature
B40 - turbo charge air temperature Y45 - proportional solenoid valve - fan drive When the machine is cold, Y45 is supplied with maximum current from A11 and regulates the possible pressure build up in the hydraulic fan drive - pump 30 motors 38/40 - to the adjusted operating pressure (305 bar) (fans turn at minimum speed). With increasing operating temperature (hydraulic oil, Diesel engine coolant, charge air), the current to Y45 is proportionally reduced and as a result, the pressure in the fan drive ( fan speed ) is increased accordingly. When one of the temperatures reaches the operating temperature, Y45 ,supplied with minimum current from A11, is fully shifted and regulates the fan drive to normal operating pressure (approx. 160 bar) . If there is no current, for example in case of failure of fuse F9 or in case of a broken wire, Y45 regulates the pressure in the fan drive to the adjusted spring value of the pressure cut off valve mechanically / hydraulically (maximum fan speed / fail-save system) - p = 177+5 bar - see section 6.5, Check and Adjustment. For wiring, see sub group 9 - Electrical System, min/max fan speeds in normal operation, see page 3.1.51.01. Pump regulation: The pressure created in the system by the flow from pump 30 is applied against the spring on the load sensing regulator 35. On the proportional pressure cut off valve Y45, the magnetic force created by the winding (regulated by electronic box A11) and the pressure which is available via the restrictor bore 37 acts against the spring of the valve. If the sum of these forces exceeds the spring force, the valve Y45 opens and allows the pressurized oil to flow off into the housing / to the tank. The pressure remaining between the restrictor bore 37 and the pressure cut off valve Y45 ( = regulating pressure) supports the spring force on the LS regulator 35. If the force of the system pressure on the LS regulator 35 surpasses the sum of spring value and regulating pressure, the regulator is moved in direction of the spring and pressurized oil is directed to the control cylinder 32. Due to the given surface areas, the control cylinder 32 moves the piston unit 31 against the return force of cylinder 33 to a reduced angle = in the direction of Qmin. Via the LS regulator 35 and the force of cylinder 33 the pump angle / pump flow is adjusted based on the regulating forces to create a matching pressure. This pressure determines the speed (RPM) of the fan motor / drive. If the system pressure or the magnetic force, as determined by the electronic box A11, drops, the axial piston unit 31 is moved in reverse order in direction Qmax . The displaced amount of oil which flows off via restrictor 36 when the pump is regulated is pressure dependent and is used to mute the signal and to flush the housing. Test point LA (pressure build up in fan drive) is connected to the output side P of pump 30.
Oil flow - working circuit: Hydraulic tank80 axial piston unit31 axial piston - fixed displacement motor38 gear motor40 oil cooler66 return filter83 tank80. Check valves 39 and 41 are kept closed by pressurized oil. Oil flow - servo pressure (pump30 - internal): Axial piston unit 31 return cylinder33. restrictor 37 load sensing regulator35 proportional solenoid valve - pressure relief Y45 load sensing regluator35 control cylinder32. ( restrictor36 housing L screen filter85 tank80.)
2. Operating functions - travel The various travel functions are regulated by the electronic control via the proportional solenoid valves Y9 to Y12, which are installed on the travel pump covers. The lever deflection is in relation to the current flow of the solenoid valves and therefore the regulating pressure build-up. See also description - Travel Hydraulic - section 6.2. and Functional description - Electronic Control - section 10.3. The travel direction during travel operation is selected on the travel pumps 2 as follows: Travel forward Travel reverse electronic control: regulating pressure built up: on solenoid valves Y9 / Y11 at connection Y on solenoid valves Y10 / Y12 at connection Z oil flow output: on S (bottom) on P (top)
The regulation begin for the travel motors is approx. 0.3 bar before the end of regulation of the pumps, which means there is a slight overlap of pump / motor control in the regulating range of 8 bar. The regulating pressure for the travel motors is supplied from the travel pumps via a two way check valve 13 connection X. When turning, the solenoid valve on the side into which the machine is turning receives less current, as a result the intake volume of the motor is increased or the flow volume from the pump is reduced, which in turn reduces the travel speed on this side. The solenoid valve Y13 is energized during every travel operation. The valve shifts to diagonal path, the pressurized oil flows via distributor block 50 to the pressure switch B5 and via outlet B to the travel gears 45 and vents (releases) the disk brakes 46. Depending on the travel resistance (=rotary resistance of travel motors), hydraulic pressure is created in the pump flow = high pressure side of closed loop circuits. In the return flow from the travel motors, the replenishing pressure ( SP- pressure) is present = low pressure side of closed loop circuits. High pressure side - travel forward = system - test point M1 High pressure side - travel reverse = system - test point M2
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5600
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.53.02
2.1. Regulation - travel pumps 2 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. The valve is opened when the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 are energized, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system flows to one side of the servo control cylinders 8 and builds up a hydraulic regulating pressure in proportion to the magnetic force. The piston of the servo control cylinder 8 is moved by regulating pressure against the opposite regulating spring assembly, until the forces are balanced again. The pilot piston 9 is also moved via a mechanical connection. It opens the oil port to the side opposite of the control direction of the piston 9 of swash plate control cylinder 10 and allows the oil to flow from the opposite side into the pump housing. The swash plate pump 3 is shifted in the direction towards Qmax . For flow direction and volume, refer to par. 2. As the swash plate is moved, the housing of servo control piston 8 is mechanically moved along until the bores in the housing and the servo control piston are again positively overlapped =neutral position. Both sides of the swash plate control cylinder 10 are actuated again with pressurized oil and the swash plate is held hydraulically at the actuated pump angle. As current increases, it moves further in direction of Qmax until the mechanical regulating stop of the travel pump is reached. If current is decreased, the swash plate of pump 3 is moved in direction Qmin / neutral position, regulation / control sequence is as described above. 2.2. Regulation - travel motors 20 starting from neutral position, as described in section 1. Regulating pressure flow: Travel pump2 left - proportional solenoid valve Y9 or Y10 servo control cylinder8 two way check valve13-X X-travel motors20 left pilot piston23. Travel pump2 right - proportional solenoid valve Y11 or Y12 servo control cylinder8 two way check valve13-X X-travel motors20 right pilot piston23. If the regulating pressure increases by energizing of one of the proportional solenoid valves Y9/Y10 or Y11/Y12 on the travel pump 2 and exceeds the regulating begin of the travel motors 20, the pilot pistons 23 will be shifted against the regulating and return spring to "parallel passage" position . The spring side of the control piston 22 is relieved to the housing / tank, the pressurized oil from the "replenishing" section of the system is directed to the piston bottom side of the control piston 22 and the axial piston units 21 are moved to a smaller angle = in direction of Qmin. Due to this change in Qmin direction, the return springs push the pilot pistons 23 more and more against the force of the regulating pressure. When the spring force is the same as the pressure force, the pilot pistons 23 are held in center position, the ports to the control piston 22 are closed and the axial piston unit is held on the selected angle / intake volume. As current is increased, the pressure continues to increase towards Qmin. The maximum possible current/ regulation is limited by the electronic control. The axial piston units 21 do not reach the mechanical Qmin. stop = smallest angle. As current is decreased, the axial piston units 21 are moved again in direction of Qmax =neutral position, the control pressure is directed the same way as in neutral function: via the pilot piston 23- diagonal path to the spring side of the control piston 22 and the piston bottom side is vented. Intermediate positions are held as described before in case of equal force between regulating pressure to spring.
2.3. Closed loop circuits starting from neutral function, as described in section 1.1 Pump flow from swash plate pump3 pump outlet - distributor block travel motor20-front/axial piston unit21 travel motor20-rear/axial piston unit21 distributor block-pump inlet swash plate pump3 The resulting high pressure in the travel motor intake actuates the piston of the axial piston unit 21 and starts to turn the unit. With this turning movement, the oil is directed to the opposite (low pressure) side . When the machine starts to travel, the directional valves 24 in the travel motors are actuated on one side with low pressure, on the opposite side with high pressure from the closed loop circuit, and they are moved towards the low pressure side and the port is opened. Pressurized oil (SP pressure)- low pressure sidedirectional valve 24restrictor 25pressure relief valve 26 (opens) motor housing U (flushing)screen filter 28 tank 80. Oil flow - restrictor 25 - each travel motor appr. 10 l/min = discharge If the pressure on the low pressure side drops below 10 bar, due to a problem, the pressure relief valves 26 will close. The discharge is stopped and cavitation in the closed loop circuit is prevented. The discharged oil from the travel motors 20 flows to the travel pump 2 via the check valve (7 or 6) on the low pressure side = suction side; see neutral function, section 1.1. On the high pressure side = delivery side, the check valve (6 or 7) is held in the closed position by high pressure and the maximum pressure is limited to 420+30/-10 bar by the pressure relief valve (4 or 5) . If the pressure increases above this value, the pressure relief valve opens and directs the oil flow to the replenishing side / low pressure side. The second closed loop circuit works the same way. The pressures in the closed loop circuits can be measured on test points M1 and M2 (each on the distributor block - pump outlet) with suitable pressure gauges. See special tools, section 2.1.21. Observe safety guidelines - see section 1.2. 3. Special function - brake actuating when towing If any traveling function of the machine fails, the break function (operating brake) of the hydrostatic travel drive and the mechanic parking brake can be released manually/hydraulically. Observe all guidelines of the operation manual and all safety guidelines. 3.1. Brake release Connect hose from connection "BB" to connection "BS" and close "BB"(all connections on the test center 60). connect M1RM2R and M1LM2L on the test center 60 with hoses (delivered with the machine-tools) = hydrostatic drive - brake function is not in function anymore. set accumulator 57 by multiple actuating of the hand pump for tilting operators cab (see section 17.2.10) under sufficient pressure. bring starter switch, emergency OFF switch and safety lever in operating position = solenoid valve Y43 is currented/switched and the brakes 46 are released via path PB by the stored pressurized oil. When necessary, the brakes can be released directly by the hand pump, when the solenoid valve is switched.
The pressure relief valve 58 prevents the brake of too high pressure. The releasing of the brake is indicated on the instrument panel via pressure switch B5. While towing, the displaced oil by the variable motors circulates in the closed loop circuit via connection M1M2.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5600
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.53.03
3.2. Emergency braking when towing Interrupt currenting to solenoid valve Y43 by - pressing the emergency OFF switch, or - lower the safety lever, or - turn starter switch to 0 position. The solenoid valve returns to neutral position, the pressure to the parking brake gets via path BT to tank and the brakes closes. The size of the accumulator 57 allows a recent releasing (twice is possible) of the parking brake.
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Travel Hydraulic
F/N xxx-5600
Blatt Page Feuille
6.3.53.00
1 splitter box 2 travel pump cpl. - right / left 3 swash plate pump 4 pressure relief valve - HP forward - M1 5 pressure relief valve - HP reverse - M2 6 check valve - replenishing M1 7 check valve - replenishing M2 8 servo control piston 9 pilot piston 10 pump control cylinder 11 orifice 12 pressure relief valve - repl. circuit 13 two way check valve block 15 tandem gear pumps - replenishing 16 valve block 17 pressure relief valves - repl. oil pressure SP 18 filter assembly / filter - replenishing 19 valve block / pressure relief valve - cold start 20 travel motor cpl. - 2x left / 2x right 21 axial piston unit 22 control piston 23 pilot piston 24 directional valve - flushing 25 orifice 26 pressure relief valve - flushing 28 strainer 57 accumulator - safety device towing 58 pressure relief valve - parking brake 60 test center - test points /hose connection SP repl. oil pressure LA fan drive - system pressure M1R high pressure - travel forward - right M2R high pressure - travel reverse - right M1L high pressure - travel forward - left M2L high pressure - travel reverse - left hose connection: BB parking brake - operating position BS parking brake - towing position M = test point - bleeding 65 water cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 96 to /from hand pump - cab tilt 97 from safety device towing to hydraulic tank 100 regulating pump working hydraulic B5 B6 pressure switch - brake indicator light pressure switch - replenishing pressure indicator light B18 pressure switch - return filter monitor B26 temperature sending unit - indicator light hydraulic oil overheating B39 temperatur sensor - fan drive Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 solenoid valve - servo cut off WH. proportional solenoid valve - le. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - le. travel reverse proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel forward proportional solenoid valve - ri. travel reverse
30 regulating pump cpl. - fan drive 31 axial piston unit 32 control cylinder (Qmin) 33 return cylinder (Qmax) 35 load sensing regulator 36 restrictor 37 restrictor 38 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - water cooler) 39 check valve 40 gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler) 41 check valve 45 travel gear cpl. left / right 46 ring piston - parking brake 50 distributor block GP to pilot (servo) control valve - P / WH. UP to regulating pump - X / WH. 52 check valve 55 accumulator WH.
Y13 solenoid valve - parking brake Y28 solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety - WH. Y29 solenoid valve - special attachment - WH. Y43 solenoid valve - safety device towing Y45 proportional solenoid valve - pressure relief fan drive test points in the machine back-up pressure - cold start (pumps 15)
SD
liebherr
Datum Edition Date
02 02
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx- 5600
6.3.53. 00
Important information
The following adjustment instructions are intended for step by step machine adjustment; generally, only sections of the adjustments/instructions are required. However, it must be ensured that the required preconditions are met. Use only glycerin-filled pressure gauges with a reading accuracy of 1% or even more accurate test devices. The range of the pressure gauge should be approx. 30%, max. 100% above the test value to be adjusted. Use only the test box with adapter - see Special Tools, page 2.1.30.01. - to check the electronic system and the straight-run of the machine. For instructions, see group 10.4.00. When adjusting the straight run, just as in actual application, the track tension must be the same on the left and right track - see Operation Manual. Caution: To check / adjust the straight-run, park the machine on firm and level ground, raise it and securely support the machine to allow the chains to turn freely. Secure the danger zone. Observe all safety guidelines as outlined in group 1.2.01. If the operators cab is raised, the test box may only be used outside the machine and its danger zone. It is not permitted for persons to be on or near the crawler during these tests. When putting the machine into service, proceed according to the instructions given in the Operation Manual. Check the right origin of the indicator lights. Perform all tests and adjustments with Diesel-RPM, as indicated in the adjustment checklist and with the machine at operating temperature. (for exceptions see remarks) Any problems or defects detected during tests must be fixed immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the severity and type of problem. For tests / adjustments, use the corresponding Adjustment Checklist, page 3.5.xx.xx. The sequence of checks corresponds to system requirements, the following instructions have been matched to those requirements as much as possible. The nominal adjustment values are noted on the checklist.
A. Tests with standard measuring devices - adjustments

1. Visual tests and maintenance Perform scheduled maintenance and inspection work before checking the system visually. For intermediate tests / adjustments, observe the following points. 1.1 Service items and filters Check the coolant and oil level in the Diesel engine, splitter box and hydraulic tank. Add oil as necessary. Check the air filter for contamination, damage, correct installation and correct type. Add fuel as necessary, drain water and sediments from tank and separator. If there is any reduction of power, clean the screen filter and replace the pre / fine filters. If component failure is suspected, open / check the hydraulic oil filter for the affected part. In case of temperature problems, check the hydraulic oil cooler and fan for contamination / damage. 1.2 Mechanical components Diesel engine - check engine shut off, RPM adjustment and potentiometer linkage for mounting, function and wear.
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.5.00.01
Travel joystick - check rubber boots / covers for damage and correct installation. Wire harnesses - check for damage, chafing and defective plug connections. Leakage - check system functions and for leaks, check hose routing. Mounting tightness - check all items, such as potentiometer, sensors, consoles, etc. for tightness and condition. 2. Location of fixed hydraulic pressure test points 2.1 Machines up to F/N xxx-5599 PR 712742 - Battery compartment SP ND LD (LS) HD LA Test center - test points PR 752 - engine compartment, right
- Replenishing system pressure- TH - Servo pressure (repl.) - WH - Load sensing pressure - WH - High pressure (attachment) - WH - Operating pressure / fan drive - TH (only PR 752)
(Test points listed below in PR 752 starting with 5072) M1L High pressure travel forward, left - TH M1R High pressure travel forward, right - TH M2L High pressure travel reverse, left - TH M2R High pressure travel reverse, right - TH BB Operating pos. of hose to brake - TH BS Towing position of hose to brake - TH Test point SD - on valve block in main frame - right (tilt operators cab) PR 712 u.722 PR 732 PR 752 Test point ST - only PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233 filter block in main frame right (tilt operators cab)
Test points M1 / M2 PR 712742 up to F/N xxx-5233 on inside of support shaft (tilt operators cab) PR 752 F/N xxx-20015071 variable pumps on top/below (tilt operators cab) PR 752 F/N xxx-5072 engine compartment right (see point Test center)
Additional installation possibilities on blind flanges (see page 2.1.21) and support shaft flanges available.
PR 742B F/N xxx-5234 engine compartment right
2.2 Machines from F/N xxx-5600 2.2.1 Test points on the test centers PR 712742 - Battery compartment PR 712732 engine compartment left PR 742 - engine compartment right
PR 752 - engine compartment right LA SP ND LD (LS) HD M1L M1R M2L M2R BB BS - Operating pressure / fan drive - Replenishing system pressure - Servo pressure - Load sensing pressure - High pressure High pressure travel forward, left High pressure travel forward, right High pressure travel reverse, left High pressure travel reverse, right Operating pos. of hose to brake Towing position of hose to brake with test point "M" (not marked) - TH - TH - WH - WH - WH - TH - TH - TH - TH - TH - TH
2.2.2 Test point SD - oil pressure at cold start - on valve block in main frame - right (tilt operators cab) PR 712, PR722 PR 732 PR 742,PR 752
SD
3. Cold start valve - replenishing / cooling circuit To protect components, the back pressure in front of the oil cooler when the oil is cold must be limited. When the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature no by-pass to the oil cooler may occur. Normally, this test must be made only for troubleshooting, i.e. if replenishing pressure is too low, the operating temperature is too high in spite of a clean oil cooler, or if excessive pressure values are suspected.. Do not block the existing oil circuit (replenishing), not even for tests! Otherwise the pumps/motors could be damaged by lack of oil.
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.5.00.02
3.1 Inspection PR 712 to PR 732 and PR 752 Perform a function check in the corresponding temperature range. Maximum pressure = cold oil = below +20C, shut off function = oil at operating temperature = above +60C. If valve adjustment is changed in one temperature range, then - for safety reasons - the function in the other temperature range must be rechecked.
Valve installation position for PR 712 to PR 732 and PR 752 The distributor block with valve is mounted on the right hand side of the main frame, below the cab. For valve design / function, see group 8.7. PR 712, PR 722 PR 732 PR 752
3.1.1 Checking when oil is cold - Pmax - PR 712 to PR 732 Check on test point SD with a 0-40 bar pressure gauge. On older machines, test point ND is connected instead of SD and has to be checked. Check / monitor the oil temperature in the hydraulic tank with a remote thermometer. Start the Diesel engine, slowly increase the engine speed and watch the pressure gauge. Pressure should remain constant shortly before reaching high idle = maximum pressure, value to appr. 30 bar admissible. Correct the valve adjustment, as necessary. Remove the protective cap, loosen the locknut, turn the adjustment screw counterclockwise to lower the pressure adjustment, or clockwise to raise the pressure. Tighten the lock nut, reinstall the cap, recheck the pressure setting. Check the shut off function with the oil at operating temperature Note: Oil temperature increases rapidly when the engine is running and makes it impossible to perform subsequent checks for a long period of time. For that reason, turn the engine off after every pressure check and before readjustment. At PR 752, there is normally no test required - the oil cooler is not in this part of the system.
3.1.2 Checking with the oil at operating temperature - PR 712 to PR 732 and PR 752 Hold the temperature in the hydraulic tank constant above 60C (140 F). Check/monitor the oil temperature in the hydraulic tank with a thermometer. Unscrew the tank line of the valve unit and close off the line. Start the Diesel engine, slowly increase the engine speed to maximum RPM, while monitoring the oil flow from the open tank connection on the valve unit. Only a slight amount of leak oil may emerge. If the leakage is high, correct the valve adjustment: - Remove the cap, loosen the locknut. - Turn the adjustment screw counterclockwise until the pressure on SD drops significantly. - Turn the adjustment screw in clockwise direction until the pressure on SD no longer increases. - Continue to turn the adjustment screw by turn in clockwise direction. - Tighten the lock nut, reinstall the cap. - Check the maximum pressure when the oil is cold. (except PR 752). If the shut off function is not reached, check the valve for damage / replace valve.
3.2 Checking the PR 742 Increased backup pressure is released via a check valve, see schematics, group 6.3 and valve description in group 8.7. The distributor block with valve is installed up to F/N xxx-5233 on the right hand side of the main frame, below the variable pump and starting with F/N xxx-5234 underneath the battery box. PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233
3.2.1 Check opening function Disconnect the valve from the line connection on the block side and push the valve piston several times against the spring with a tool (pretension is approx. 3 bar) to check valve movement. Reinstall the valve, if the piston did not move freely, clean or replace the valve. 3.2.2 Check closing function Check the oil temperature in the hydraulic tank with a thermometer. Disconnect the return line to the tank from the valve and plug the line. Start the Diesel engine and raise the engine speed slowly to maximum engine RPM while checking the oil flow from the open end of the valve. Only a slight amount of leak oil may emerge. If oil leakage is high, clean / replace the valve. PR 742B from F/N xxx-5234
4. Stand by pressure - fan drive - only PR 752 Check the pressure on test point LA (test panel on right side of engine compartment) with a 0-40 bar pressure gauge. Carry out the test before the machine reaches operating temperature in any range, see description of function on page 6.3.5x. Connect the pressure gauge and check the pressure. This pressure determines the required minimum RPM for the fan motors, see page 3.1.5x. If the pressure does not correspond to the nominal value, correct the adjustment on the LS regulator of the pump (fan drive pump is mounted to the right travel pump, see schematics, group 6.3). PR 752 up to F/N xxx-5599 - remove the cap on the LS regulator and install the cap after the adjustment Remove the cap on the LS regulator, loosen the locknut and turn the adjustment screw until the nominal value is reached. To increase pressure, turn the screw clockwise, to reduce pressure, turn the screw counterclockwise. After adjustment, tighten the locknut, install the cap and recheck the pressure. Check the fan speed, if necessary - use a photo tach with a reflector strip. Note: At machines PR 752 F/N xxx-5600 with electronic regulating, the stand by pressure is changing with the maximum pressure check always both pressures and if necessary correct the adjustments. from F/N xxx-5600 up to F/N xxx-5599
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.5.00.03
5. Pressure limitation - fan drive - PR 712B to PR 742B - from F/N xxx-5600 and PR 752 Check the pressure on test point LA (see group 2. - test center) with a 0-250 bar pressure gauge (PR 752 - with "waste handling arrangement" and reversible fans 0-500 bar).Diesel engine RPM to nmax. - see description 6.3. The available pressure dictates the maximum RPM of the motors/fans. Note: Any time the system overheats, despite the correct system pressure and a clean cooler / radiator, the fan RPM must be checked. The fan RPM is not only dictated by the pressure, but by pump flow, air supply, turning resistance, component failure) by other conditions as well. For pressure values see adjustment checklist page 3.5.xx, fan RPM see technical data in group 3.1.
5.1 PR 712B to PR 742B - from F/N xxx-5600 Remove the plug from one of the temperature sensors. Connect a pressure gauge. Read the pressure and compare it with the nominal pressure. If the nominal pressure is not correct, determine the reason. Troubleshooting: If there is a temperature problem due to insufficient pressure on LA, unplug the proportional pressure relief valve: If the pressure does not increase to the nominal value, check the strainer and the gear pump, replace the proportional pressure relief valve, if necessary. If the pressure increases to the nominal value, check wiring and sensors. If there is no defect, replace the electronic box. If the pressure (RPM) is already obtained when the machine is cold, without unplugging a sensor or the valve, check the wiring (power supply to E-Box and E-Box to valve) and the sensors (resistance). If there is no other defect, replace the electronic box. For test values for temperature sensors see point 5.4. Proportional pressure relief valves with screen filter (= long fitting) - installed in the main frame:
PR 732 - engine compartment right, middle
PR 712, PR 722 - cross traverse rear PR 742 - engine compartment right
Temperature sensors: - Diesel engine coolant

front of Diesel engine
- Hydraulic oil
PR 712, PR 722 - SP pump outlet
- Hydraulic oil
PR 732 - SP pump outlet
- Hydraulic oil
PR 742 - SP valve block
- Diesel engine charge air

PR 742 - air intake pipe
5.2 PR 752 up to F/N xxx-5599 Test when machine is at operating temperature! Test on test point LA (test panel on right side of engine compartment) with a 0-250 bar pressure gauge. The machine must be at operating temperature, Diesel engine RPM to nmax - see description 6.3. Connect the pressure gauge and check the pressure. This pressure determines the required maximum speed of the fan motors, see page 3.1.5x. If the pressure does not correspond to the nominal value, correct the pressure adjustment on the pressure cut-off valve for the pump (mounted to the right travel pump, see schematics group 6.3). 5.3 PR 752 from F/N xxx-5600 Test when machine is cold! To check / adjust, interrupt the power supply to the electronic control - open fuse (automatic circuit breaker)F9 - the fan drive runs at maximum values = adjustment / test values (fail save system). Connect a pressure gauge, read the pressure and compare it with the nominal value. If the pressure does not correspond to the nominal value, correct the adjustment on the proportional pressure cut-off valve for the pump (mounted to the right travel pump, see schematics group 6.3.5x.). Remove the cap on the pressure cut-off valve, loosen the locknut and turn the adjustment screw until the nominal value is reached. To increase pressure, turn clockwise, to decrease, turn counterclockwise. After adjustment, tighten the locknut, install the cap and recheck the pressure setting. If necessary, check the fan speed - see data page, paragraph 3.1 - using a photo tach with reflector strip. Note: The maximum pressure also changes with the standby pressure counter check and possible correction of adjustments is necessary. To check the standby pressure when the machine is warm, 3 "Blind sensors" are required, otherwise the test can only be made when the machine is cold. Procedure: Disconnect all 3 temperature sensor and connect 3 spare sensor on the wire harness. Make sure the 3 sensors do not touch anything hot, reset the fuse F9 and proceed with the test. Adjustment values:: (the stand by pressure is generally) Stand by pressure:: 305 bar fan RPM - main radiator front = >350 RPM, Pressure cut off = pmax bar fan RPM - main radiator front = n1,
Machine equipment = standard fans - standard F/N xxx-6199 F/N xxx-6200 fans - reversible F/N xxx-6199 F/N xxx-6200 217 bar 1380 min +100 -1 1990 min
+100 -1 +5
- oil cooler = 550 - oil cooler = n2
+200
RPM
Machine equipment = "waste kit" fans - standard 225 bar

-1 +5
fans - reversible 275 bar

+3
pmax
n1 n2
177
+5
bar
-1
205 bar
1530 min +100 -1 2200 min
+100 -1
255 bar 1520 min +100 -1 2180 min

+100
+5
1380 min +100 -1 1990 min
+100
1580 min +100 -1 2280 min
+100
-1
1560 min +100 -1 2240 min
+100
-1
Note regarding function of indicator light H7 on the instrument panel: The indicator light lights up - during the starting procedure in case of temperature sensor failure in case of line interruption (for example broken wire, loose plug) in case of insufficient power supply to the electronic box The indicator light blinks if the temperature of the liquids is too high
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.5.00.04
Temperature sensors: - Diesel engine coolant

- front of Diesel engine
- Hydraulic oil
- SP valve block
- Diesel engine charge air

- air intake pipe
5.4 Test values for temperature sensors - resistance in Ohm: Sensor for coolant and hydraulic oil ID.No. 6290 186 and ID.No. 10 043 264 PR 712 PR 742 Temp. C 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 Ohm 1300 1350 1420 1480 1560 1620 1680 Sensor for charge air Id.No. 5802 148 PR 712 PR 742 Temp. C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Ohm 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1310 1360 Sensor for coolant and hydraulic oil ID.No. 7414 002 and charge air Id.No. 7414 003 PR 752 Temp. C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Ohm 1640 1778 1924 2078 2239 2408 2584 2767 2959 3157
6. Operating temperature Check the oil temperature in the hydraulic tank with remote mounted thermometer, see special tools, group 2.1.20. With an external thermometer, test the temperature on several points of the tank surface and determine the average value. The pressure values in a hydraulic system may change due to oil viscosity. Viscosity, however, always changes depending on oil temperature. For that reason, always maintain a constant operating temperature, and monitor the temperature during the entire inspection and adjustment procedure. If necessary, the warm up procedure must be repeated or the oil cooler must be partially covered during inspection and adjustment procedures. The operating temperature can be reached in various ways: a. b. Move the machine into appropriate work application. Actuate the ripper or blade tilt" function all the way and slowly extend and retract the lift cylinders in fine control range, pressure at HD should be at 105 bar. The oil is warmed up via the restrictions of the spool valves. "Lower" the ripper and blade lift cylinder function all the way. The oil is heated via the lift cylinder piston check valves. Warm up the oil" in intervals of approx. 5 minutes, with a 1 minute break between intervals. The travel drive should also be actuated to full speed at the same time, continuously, provided the machine is raised off the ground and is properly supported. Caution: Do not actuate the blade quick drop function.
c.
d.
Fully actuate the "lift" and "blade tilt" function. The oil is heated by flowing via the check valves in the lift cylinder pistons. Warm up the oil" in intervals of approx. 5 minutes, with a 1 minute break between intervals. Set the adjustment value of the pressure cut-off valve on the working hydraulic pump to max. 5 bar above the adjustment value (nominal value) of the primary pressure relief valve and actuate the ripper or blade tilt" function all the way. Fully actuate in intervals of approx. 1 minute, return to neutral position for approx. 20 seconds, otherwise the relief valve can be damaged due to overheating. On PR 752 machines, actuate the function Engine overspeed safety" with the test box, see group 10.4. Actuate in intervals of approx. 1 minute, with a 20 second break between intervals, otherwise the relief valve can be damaged due to overheating.
e.
f.
For procedures b, c, d, e and f, the travel drive (track chain) must be also actuated repeatedly during and after the warm-up procedure to ensure that the entire hydraulic system warms up evenly. For this procedure, the machine must be raised off the ground or driven. 7. Replenishing pressure Check the pressure on test point SP (test panel in battery box or, on the PR 752, on the right side of the engine compartment), using a 0-40 bar pressure gauge. While testing, vary the Diesel engine RPM slowly between appr. 1000 RPM and high idle RPM and observe the replenishing pressure. It should change only slightly. If the nominal value is not reached, or if the pressure drops sharply when engine speed is reduced, find / eliminate the problem before continuing to operate the machine. Failure to do so can result in complete failure of travel pumps / motors. The pressure relief valves are preset by the manufacturer. For design/function of valves, see group 8.7. Pressure loss can be caused, for example, by a defective relief valve, see also par. 3, by gear pump wear or by excessive leakage in the variable flow pumps or motors. On older PR 712, PR 722 and PR 732 models, the pressure limitation was handled by a relief valve in the travel pumps. See function / schematics in group 6.3 or variable flow pump, group 8.1. On all other models, the relief valve (PR 742B F/N xxx-5234 and PR 752 = 2pcs.) is mounted in a distributor block on the inside of the main frame, on the right hand side next to the variable pumps. PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233 PR 742B from F/N xxx-5234
PR 712, PR 722, PR 732
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.5.00.05
PR 752
8. Control pressure - only PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233 Check the pressure with a 0-100 bar pressure gauge on test point ST (on the filter bracket in the main frame, on the right hand side) The existing pressure results from the SP pressure acting on the spring side of the valve and from the spring setting, which is preset by the manufacturer, see schematic, group 6.3. The valve is mounted into the valve block, just as the relief valve for SP pressure, on the right side of the main frame, below the variable pump. For valve design / function, see group 8.7.
9. Hydraulic neutral position of the variable pumps Check on test points M1 and M2. Safety lever and joystick must remain in the park position during this test. After starting the Diesel engine, the variable pumps are held hydraulically in the neutral position, which means they may not produce any oil flow. To check the hydraulic neutral position, check the pressure build-up in the closed circuits = test points M1 and M2 on the right and left support shaft, at PR 742B F/N xxx-5234 at the test center, on PR 752 directly on the travel pumps - see schematics in group 6.3. The pressure value (approximately SP pressure) on M1 and M2 must be the same on both sides. Tolerance max 1 bar. 9.1 Pre-check and basic adjustment After repairs to pumps and when in doubt, recheck the neutral position with a 0-600 bar pressure gauge. On PR 712, PR 722, PR 732 and PR 752 machine, also check the position of the mark () on the eccentric pin on the pump cover, which must point towards the proportional solenoids. If necessary, turn the eccentric pin to the correct position, with the Diesel engine shut off. Connect the pressure gauges to test point M1 and M2 on the right and then on the left hydrostatic drive, turn over the Diesel engine with the starter or start briefly and check the increase in pressure. Caution: Chains may already be turning. Adjust the neutral position - see point 9.3 - as necessary, until all four test points show approximately the same pressure. 9.2 Test Connect a 0-40 (0-60) bar pressure gauge one after the other to test points M1 and M2 on both support shafts. Start the Diesel engine, check the pressure values and compare for each side M1 with M2. Adjust the neutral position, if necessary, until nominal values are obtained.
9.3 Adjustment procedure Connect one 0-40 (0-60) bar pressure gauge each to test points M1 and M2 of the pump to be adjusted. Change the adjustment to slightly decrease the higher pressure and to increase the lower pressure on the opposite side. Check also the reference dimension at PR 742B F/N xxx-5234, see Point 9.3.2.2. Caution: Chains may already be turning. Adjust until the same pressure is shown on both sides, tighten lock nut and recheck with one pressure gauge.
9.3.1 Additional instructions for PR 712, PR 722, PR 732, PR 752 Hold the eccentric pin1 with an Allen wrench, loosen the locknut 2. Watch the pressure gauge and turn the eccentric pin carefully until the required adjustment is completed and the neutral position of the pump is reached. Hold the eccentric pin and tighten the locknut. Check the pressures again.
9.3.2 Additional instructions for PR 742 9.3.2.1. up to F/N xxx-5233 Remove the plug 65 and loosen the clamp screw 67. Watch the pressure gauge and turn the valve sleeve stop 66 with a suitable screwdriver until the required adjustment is completed and the neutral position of the pump is reached. Tighten the clamp screw. Recheck the pressures and reinstall the plug. 9.3.2.2. from F/N xxx-5234 Check distance A from valve housing C front face to the control housing (clean areas from varnish coat before measuring) Nominal value = 14,75 mm. If adjustment is not correct, loosen locknut B with special tool - see page 2.1.20.01 - and turn valve housing C with a socket wrench until the reference dimension is reached. Hold the valve housing and tighten the locknut. Check pressures at M1/M2. If a further adjustment necessary, loosen locknut again, watch the pressure gauge and turn the valve housing until the required adjustment is completed and the neutral position of the pump is reached. Hold the valve housing and tighten the locknut. Recheck the pressures.
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.5.00.06
10.Pressure limitation - maximum operating pressure of the closed circuits Check pressures on test points M1 and M2 with a 0-600 bar pressure gauge. This test is only needed when troubleshooting, for example in case of undesired steering movements under load, insufficient power or excessive loss of replenishing pressure. A precheck of the existing high pressure should be performed in every application where the problem occurs. Check the high and low pressure on both circuits at the same time as a comparison. At machines without test center - before starting the test, match the components to the test points. They depend on the type of travel gear (see also group 6.3 and 11.3): For PR 712 to PR 742 from the start of production and with travel gear Type C - travel forward - travel backward For PR712 to PR742 after change in series / with travel gear Type P/D and PR 752 , from start of series production - travel forward - travel backward - M1 - located on top - M2 - located below - M1 - located below - M2 - located on top
The position of the high pressure hoses to the pumps and travel motors corresponds to the location of the test points. For this test, close off the high pressure lines. See par. 10.1 resp. 10.2 Test preparation. Install pressure gauges on the left and right on test point M1 to check travel forward" or M2 to check travel reverse". Start the Diesel engine and run at approx. 1400 RPM. Slowly deflect the travel joystick to travel forward" or travel reverse" until the pressure reading on the pressure gauge remains constant. Leave the travel joystick in this position for a short period and reduce the engine speed gradually to approx. 1000 RPM. The pressure reading on the gauge should remain constant or decrease slightly. Caution: For safety reasons, carry out this test at the lowest possible oil flow = slightest possible joystick deflection. Hold the highest pressure for no longer than 5 to 10 seconds.
If the nominal value was not reached on one or several points, find and eliminate the cause. Possible causes are loose or damaged relief valves, damaged cylinder barrels or control plates, defective servo piston seal (pressure increases when RPM decreases) or general wear. If nominal values were reached during this test, but they were not reached during the prechecks in working application, then the problem is located in the travel motor. For example, it could be caused by a damaged cylinder barrel or control plate, a defective directional valve for the flushing function. Find and eliminate the cause. After completing the test, reinstall all components with new seals. For tightening torques, see page 1.4.02. Bleed the hydraulic circuits. Test run the travel circuit. 10.1 Test preparation - block HP lines - PR 712 to PR 742 Remove gear cover on both sides, clean the support shaft area as necessary. Disconnect the wire harnesses, loosen and unscrew grommets on support shaft flanges. Remove silicon from mounting grooves and remove harness from flange passage. Remove flange mounting screws, lift the flange from the support shafts. Close the ports on the flanges with plastic plugs. Install special test flanges - see special tools page 2.1.21.01 - on the support shafts and tighten with corresponding screws. Reconnect the wiring harnesses.
Important: Water or dirt in oil ports and cable connections can cause pump and motor damage or electrical malfunctions. Do not damage the wiring harnesses. Check the special flanges and their O-rings before installation. Install test fittings or blind plugs. After the test, remove the flanges and pressure gauges. Replace the seals on the support shaft flange. Reinstall the flange. Insert the wiring harnesses properly, install the grommets, cover the mounting groove with silicon.
10.2 Test preparation - block HP lines - PR 752 Prepare blind plates B (4 or 8 pieces required) - see special tools page 2.1.21.01 - and hex head screws M12 x 50 - 10.9, ID No. 4600 724 (16 or 32 pieces required) for installation. The blind plates are installed with the SAE flanges of the HP lines to the travel motors. The mounting area is accessible via the rear cover plate, the bottom maintenance cover and, if necessary, by tilting the cab. Caution: Do not block the oil flow at the pump outlets with the blind plates, because there is no O-ring seal at the pump side. There is danger of serious injury due to hot oil blowing out.
To install, loosen the SAE flange screws and push in the blind plates. Replace the original screws individually with the longer screws mentioned above and tighten. Caution: Check the blind plates before installation for damage. Do not damage or push out the seal rings during installation. Protect the lines and ports from water or contamination, this could damage the pumps and motors. To remove the plates, replace one by one the screws on the SAE flanges again with the original screws and tighten them just to the point where the seal ring touches. Pull out the plate and torque the screws in sequence. For torque values, see page 1.4.02. Notes: For this test, all 8 HP line connections should be closed off. This makes it possible to check all four areas of the system in one test procedure. If this is not possible, close off at least all 4 line connections for one drive direction. To check the other direction, change over the blind plates to the other connections. It is not permitted to check both travel directions with the plates installed in the same position. The pressure which occurs on both sides of the travel motors could damage the motors. In addition, there is no O-ring seal on the motor. This could cause serious injury due to oil blowing out. For safety reasons, it is not permitted to block only one travel drive (the track chain on the opposite side could start to turn). Notes for troubleshooting: Even for troubleshooting, it is not permitted to disconnect just one travel motor of one travel drive from the high pressure circuit. If only one motor is driven per side, it may be damaged due to overload. If a high pressure oil loss is discovered in the area of the motors, a comparison of the pressure in each housing can show in which of the two motors the problem occurred. The comparison test must be made at the same time when the high pressure loss occurs.
B. Track chain run - test with test box CET 08/03 H - adjustments
1. Preparations Before performing any of the tests, all the points outlined in section A as well as the tests and preparations outlined in test box use", group 10.4 and other adjustment guidelines in test sections A and B must have been performed up to/ including track chain run - RPM sensor". 2. Type of test / adjustment The extent and procedure for testing and adjustment can be selected based on the problem. The actual adjustment procedure for the individual components is independent of the problems and is always performed in the same manner.
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.5.00.07
2.1 Checking straight run - minor corrections In this test, the check the speed of the right travel drive is compared to the speed of the left travel drive. For test instructions, see test box use" group 10.4, paragraph Checking straight run of tracks. Test steps according to paragraph in adjustment guidelines Straight run - right track to left track". If minor corrections/adjustments are made without checking the "basic adjustment / left track", always match the faster track to the slower one. On PR 752 machines, the hydraulic motor control must be disconnected when testing the end of pump regulation. See par. B2.3 2.2 Check / adjustment of speed and straight run = base adjustment Step 1 = Speed - The speed of the left track in relation to the nominal values in the test box is measured / adjusted. - For test instructions, see test box use" group 10.4, paragraph Base adjustment - left track speed. - Test steps according to the checklist in paragraph Basic adjustment - left track
Step 2 = Straight run - The speed of right track in relation to the speed of left track is measured / adjusted = matching to nominal speed. - For test instructions, see test box use" group 10.4, paragraph Checking track straight run. - Test steps according to the checklist in paragraph Straight run - right track to left track.
Notes: - Speed stages 1 and 5 as well as stage 4 in reverse are only used to double check the adjustment since they are results from adjusting stages 2, 3 and 4 forward. Exception: stage 5 forward on model PR 752 - see par. B-5. - If stop screws are installed in the spring housings of the pump covers they must be used for the adjustment. Additional eccentric pins in the pump cover have been added by the manufacturer as safety stops and may not be adjusted. If the spring housing is changed (regulating range adjustment), the end stop must also be readjusted. If only eccentric pins and spring housings without stop screws are installed, the regulating range and end stop can be adjusted independent of one another. - For travel pumps, type HPV 130 = PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233, the regulating range must be readjusted after the end stop is adjusted. For that reason, check / adjust speed stage 3 before speed stage 2. - Pump control / adjustment of travel pumps depends on the type of travel gear installed. See previous point A-10 Maximum working pressure" and the following illustrations in par. 4. - For adjustments on the pumps, the operators cab must be raised, and for travel motor adjustments on machine models PR 712 to PR 742, the gear cover must be removed. For travel motor adjustments on model PR 752, remove rear cover plate. Observe all safety recommendations.
2.2.1 Additional preparations for machine models PR 752 The travel motors (2 per side) on the PR 752 are controlled hydraulically from the pump remote control and start regulating shortly before the end of pump regulation. For function / schematics, see group 6.3. Because of this overlap, the servo control of hydraulic motors must be disconnected when testing / adjusting the end of pump regulation. Because internal leakage can cause a build-up in pressure and, as a result, change the motor adjustment, servo lines must be connected to tank" and may not be closed off. Test / adjustment of pumps - travel speed and straight run: Remove the servo line to the hydraulic motors on pump port X and connect to free housing port J. Close off connection X with the plug Perform tests / adjustments as outlined in checklist section disconnected servo lines". Reinstall parts after adjustment.
Test / adjustment of hydraulic motors - travel speed and straight run: The four displacement motors must be tested / adjusted individually during the basic adjustment. Therefore it is a need, to have on each side only one variable motor connected to the servo line before you start with the next tests/adjustments. In travel direction forward the two motors in front are on the end of the servo line. Remove the plug from connection Y at the remote controls of this motors and install fittings as listed below (drawing shows left hand front motor, seen from the rear side of the machine = cover at the main frame). Disconnect the servo lines "motor to motor" from the rear motors connection X and connect the lines with the fittings at connection Y on the front motors. Close fittings at the rear motors with stopper and union nut. Required parts: 1 2 3 4 5 2 x IdNo. 4900 038 2 x IdNo. 4774 001 2 x IdNo. 7403 569 2 x IdNo. 7404 259 2 x IdNo. 7410 458 Stopper Union nut Elbow fitting Reducer fitting Fitting
At the front motors connection X is now open to "tank", the rear motors are still connected to the servo lines. Carry out tests/adjustments referring to the checklist step "servo lines connected to one motor on each side", If necessary, adjust the rear motors. Note: The base adjustment (speed) for the left motor must be set to the line between the red and green field on the SLOW" side of the straight run indicator on the test box, the straight run of the right motor is as usual adjusted to the center of the green section. See test box use", group 10.4.
Reinstall the servo lines and close off connections Y.

Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.5.00.08
Carry out tests/adjustments referring to the checklist step "servo lines connected to all travel motors". If necessary, adjust the front motors. Note: The additional Qmin - limit screw (minimum angle) has been preset by the manufacturer to a nominal value and may not be readjusted. The Qmin - screw serves as a safety stop and is normally not reached since the maximum speed limitation is regulated via the electronic control. When replacing / readjusting a variable motor, note point 5 - adjustment of variable motors mechanical Qmin -stop - PR752. 3. Adjustments For simplified illustration of parts as well as component related sequence of test/adjustment steps, see par. 4. For more precise design details, see sectional views in group 8.1 and 8. Note: - If the test result for an existing adjustment is shown in red area on the test box, change the adjustment first past the green range until it is in the other red area. Then reset the adjustment to the required green area. Exception: PR 752 - stage 4 and 5. - Adjustments to reach the green area may only be made when the chain is at a standstill. - Recheck the adjustments to ensure the indicated value several times within a certain time frame approx. 20 seconds. Between the test runs, actuate the travel in different speeds / directions. 3.1 Adjustments on variable pumps type BPV and "HPV 135" - PR 712, PR 722, PR 732, PR 742B F/N xxx-5234, PR 752 See also Notes under par. 2.2. 3.1.1 Regulating range (begin of regulation) = test box test forward stage 2" / reverse stage 2" Begin of regulation and flow in the regulating range depend on the regulating spring adjustment and for that reason, they cannot be adjusted separately. Loosen the nut, turn the spring housing - clockwise - counterclockwise to slow down the track speed to increase the track speed.
Tighten the nut, perform a test run. Repeat the procedure until the required adjustment is obtained. If installed, loosen the lock nut and turn the adjustment screw - end of pump regulation by the same amount as the spring housing, but in the opposite direction. Tighten the lock nut. Proceed to the next test position for the required fine adjustment. 3.1.2 End stop (maximum pump angle) = test box test forward stage 3" / reverse stage 3" Version adjustment pin in spring housing Loosen the lock nut, turn adjustment screw - clockwise - counterclockwise to slow down the track speed to increase the track speed
Tighten the nut, perform a test run. Repeat the procedure until the required adjustment is obtained. Version eccentric pin in pump cover Remove the plug, loosen the lock nut on the eccentric pin. For special tools, see sub group 2.1.20. Note: The necessary turning direction for the adjustment cannot be determined beforehand. It must be determined after the first adjustment via a test run.
Move the eccentric pin slightly in one direction and lock it in this position with the lock nut. Perform a test run. Repeat the procedure in the necessary turning direction until the required adjustment is obtained.
3.2 Adjustments on variable pumps type HPV 130 - PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233 See also Notes under par. 2.2. 3.2.1 End stop (maximum pump angle) = test box test forward stage 3" / reverse stage 3" Loosen the lock nut, turn the spring housing - clockwise - counterclockwise to slow down the track speed to increase the track speed
Tighten the nut, perform a test run. Repeat the process until the required adjustment is obtained. Loosen the lock nut on adjustment screw, turn the screw the same amount as the spring housing but in the opposite direction. Tighten the nut. For the required fine adjustment, proceed to the next step = regulating range pumps. 3.2.2 Regulating range (begin of regulation) = test box test forward stage 2" / reverse stage 2" Begin of regulation and the flow in the regulating range depend on the regulating spring adjustment and for that reason, are not adjusted separately. Loosen the lock nut, turn the adjustment screw - clockwise - counterclockwise to slow down the track speed to increase the track speed
Tighten the nut, perform a test run. Repeat the procedure until the required adjustment is obtained. 3.3 Adjustment of variable motors regulating range (begin of regulation) = test box test forward stage 4" See also Notes" in par. 2.2 as well as par. 2.2.1 Preparations for machine models PR 752. Begin of regulation and the flow consumption in the regulating range depend on the regulating spring adjustment and for that reason, are not adjusted separately. The adjustment procedure is the same for all variable motor models "BMV". Loosen the lock nut, turn the adjustment screw - counterclockwise - clockwise to slow down the track speed to increase the track speed
Tighten the nut, perform a test run. Repeat the procedure until the required adjustment is obtained. Note: The Qmax limit screw (maximum motor angle) on the variable motors has been adjusted to a nominal value by the manufacturer and may not be readjusted. The Qmax screw determines oil consumption and torque transfer in the low speed range.
4. Sequence and location of adjustments The sequence of adjustments is given in steps 1 to 5 (6) and is valid for both base adjustment left track" = speed and straight run adjustment" =matching right track to left track. The sections are set up according to the type of travel gear installed (see group 11) and the type of end stops of the pumps. See also Notes" in par. 2.2 as well as par. 2.2.1 Preparations" for machine models PR 752. Parts are illustrated in simplified form; for more details refer to sectional views in group 8.1 and 8.2.
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.5.00.09
4.1 PR 712, PR 722, PR 732 - travel gear type C (A) Pump type BPV adjustment screw in spring housing eccentric pins in pump cover
Key to 4.1
c = test box - forward stage 2 = regulating range pump e = test box - reverse stage 2 = regulating range pump d = test box - forward stage 3 = end of pump regulation f = test box - reverse stage 3 = end of pump regulat. g = test box - forward stage 4 = regulating range motor
4.2 PR 712, PR 722, PR 732, PR 742B F/N xxx-5234, PR 752 - travel gear type P / type D and similar Pump type BPV adjustment screw in spring housing eccentric pins in pump cover
PR 752
d c
Key to 4.2
PR 742
f 3
c = test box - forward stage 2 = regulating range pump g = test box - forward stage 4 = regulating range motor d = test box - forward stage 3 = end of pump regulation f = test box - reverse stage 3 = end of pump regulation
(PR 752 - one hydraulic motor right/left)
e = test box - reverse stage 2 = regulating range pump h = test box - forward stage 4 = regulating range motor
(PR 752 - second hydraulic motor right/left)
4.3 PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5233 - pump type HPV 130 Travel gear type C (A) type P / type D
Key to 4.3
c = test box - forward stage 3 = end of pump regulation e = test box - reverse stage 3 = end of pump regulat. d = test box - forward stage 2 = regulating range pump f = test box - reverse stage 2 = regulating range pu. g = test box - forward stage 4 = regulating range motor
5. Adjustment of variable motors - mechanical Qmin -stop - PR 752 Note: When replacing a variable motor, the adjustment of the Qmin stop screw (=protrusion) on the new motor must be compared to the adjustment on the old, original motor. If necessary, change the adjustment on the new motor before installation. The protrusion should be about the same for all 4 motors. Servo lines to variable motors are connected normally. Check adjustments according to the adjustment checklist with the test box in speed stage 5 - forward. Note: The correct basic adjustment (speed) for the left motors and the straight run for the right motors is shown on the test box in the " green" area, as usual.
Adjustment procedure: If an adjustment must be made, determine the protrusion of the adjustment screw on both variable motors for the side to be adjusted. Chain too fast Chain too slow on the variable motor with the larger screw protrusion: loosen the lock nut, turn the, adjustment screw in clockwise direction. on the variable motor with the smaller screw protrusion: loosen the lock nut, turn the, adjustment screw in counterclockwise direction. Turn the adjustment screw only slightly. Do not change the adjustment past the green range on the straight run indicator into the red "FAST" area.
Note:
Tighten the lock nut, run through a test run. Repeat the procedure until the required adjustment is reached.
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Travel Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
6.5.00.10
6. Actuate the parking brake - bleed system and check pressure setting - PR 712PR752 F/N xxx-5600 Perform only if necessary - but always after repairs on the system. For schematic, see group 6.3. 6.1 Operating system - bleed pressure line to brake PR 712PR742 - Loosen the fitting on the brake line on the left and right support shaft flange. PR 752 - Loosen the hose connection to the brake on the right rear and the left front. If possible, place a container underneath to catch the oil. . Connect the test box and prepare to check the "solenoid valve - brake" - see group 10.4, point 3.6. Start the machine as outlined in group 10.4 , press the switch "BRAKE RELEASE" on the test box until oil free of air bubbles emerges on the fittings. Turn the machine off. Remove the test box. Tighten the fittings and clean the machine (oil). 6.2 Actuate the brake to bleed the system for towing Connect a test hose on test point "M" at test console / hose connection "BS" and place hose into a suitable container. Test console, see point 2. Bring starter switch S1, safety lever and the emergency shut off switch into operating position - solenoid valve / towing shifts. Do not start the engine! Move the hand pump of the cab tilt device to "Lift". Actuate the pump until oil free of air bubbles emerges on connection "BS" / test hose. Note: After changing a hose, it may be necessary to actuate the hand pump 30 times. Bring the starter switch S1 and the safety lever to neutral position. 6.3 Check the system for towing and the pressure setting As outlined in the operating manual, the hose from "BB" to "BS" and close off "BB" . Install a 0-60 bar pressure gauge on test connection "M" at "BS". Bring the starter switch S1 and safety lever into operating position - solenoid valve -( towing) is actuated. Watch the pressure gauge and actuate the hand pump for the cab tilt device in position "Lift" until the pressure relief valve opens and the pressure remains constant. Nominal value 35+3 bar. Under no circumstances may it exceed 40 bar - danger of damage to the brake piston seal. If the pressure relief valve does not open in the required range, correct the adjustment. Move the safety lever to the down position or press the emergency shut off switch. The solenoid valve (towing) moves to the neutral position, the indicator light - brake release H4, which was turned off before, lights up again on the instrument panel. Bring the safety lever and the emergency shut off switch again into the operating position. The solenoid valve is actuated, the brake is released by the accumulated pressure in the accumulator. The indicator light - brake release H4 must turn off. If the indicator light H4 does not turn off, the whole process and system check must be repeated. If necessary, check the charge pressure in the accumulator. Move the starter switch S1 to 0 and the safety lever to the down position. Move the lever on the hand pump for the cab tilt to the "down" position. Remove the pressure gauge, reposition the hose from "BS" to "BB" and close off "BS" with plug and nut. Clean the area, as necessary. Pressure relief valve: (tilt cab) on PR 712PR742 in main frame - right on PR 752 in main frame - left
Sub Group Index

Technical data Description Function
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 712 PR 722 F/N xxx-01030384 F/N xxx-01030563 F/N xxx-20032500 F/N xxx-03850500 F/N xxx-05641000
7.1 7.2 7.3

7.3.10
7.3.11
PR 712B F/N xxx-0501 PR 722B F/N xxx-1001 PR 732B F/N xxx-25012627 PR 732B F/N xxx-2628 PR 742B F/N xxx-2501 PR 742 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-20012500 F/N xxx-20022062 F/N xxx-20636199 F/N xxx-6200
7.3.12
7.3.30
7.3.40 7.3.50 7.3.51 7.3.52
Hydraulic hose routing

Hydraulic hose routing PR 712 F/N xxx-01030384 PR 722 F/N xxx-01030563 PR 732 PR 742 F/N xxx-20032500 F/N xxx-20012500
7.4
7.4.10
7.4.30 7.4.40
Test and adjustment
7.5
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 03
Working hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
7.0.00.01
Description Servo control pressure ND bar
PR 712(B) 18+7
PR 722(B) 18+7 0103 A10V071 156 20+1 1605 2-5
PR 732(B) 18+7
PR 742(B) 253
PR 752 25+7
Regulating pump F/N xxx-fromto 0103 type A10V045 oil flow l/min 112 stand-by pressure bar 20+1 pressure different p HD-LS bar pressure cut-off bar 1605 flushing flow l/min 2-5 Regulating pump type oil flow stand-by pressure pressure cut-off flushing flow Control valve type spool - regulating range spool - stroke primary pressure max. secondary pressure max. Control valve type 00 spool - regulating range spool - stroke - lift spool - stroke - tilt primary pressure max. secondary pressure max. Control valve type 10 Control valve type 10 spool - regulating range spool - stroke - lift spool - stroke - tilt primary pressure max. secondary pressure max. Accumulator - nitrogen pressure F/N xxx-fromto l/min bar bar l/min
20032627 20012500 2002 A10V100 HPR 130 HPR 160 209 272 336 +1 +5 20 30 30+5 +6 14 15+6 1605 1605 2005 2-5 2-5 2-5 2628 A10V100 209 25+1 1605 2-5 2500 A10V140 292 25+1 1605 2-5 --
F/N xxx-fromto 01030384 01030563 20032500 20012500 M5-1072/20 M5-1073/20 M5-1082/20 M5-1085/25 bar 5,2 - 15 5,2 - 15 5,2 - 15 5,3 - 15 mm 11 11 11 14 bar 1905 1905 1905 1905 bar 2105 2105 2105 2105
F/N xxx-fromto 03853084 05643175 25013206 25013095 20022077 M7-3001/22 M7-3001/22 M7-3004/22 M7-3004/22 M7-3022/22 bar 5 - 14 5 - 14 5 - 14 5 - 14 4,5 - 22 short cap A - mm 9 9 9 9 11 long cap B - mm 11 11 11 11 short cap A - mm 11 11 11 11 11 long cap B - mm 9 9 9 9 bar 2205 2205 2205 2205 2705 5 5 5 5 bar 210 210 210 210 2505 F/N xxx-fromto 3085 3176 3207 30966199 20786199 M7-3001/22 M7-3001/22 M7-3004/22 M7-3004/22 M7-3022/22 F/N xxx-fromto bar cap A - mm cap B - mm cap A - mm cap B - mm bar bar bar 5 - 14 9 11 11 9 2205 2105 12 5 - 14 9 11 11 9 2205 2105 12 5 - 14 9 11 11 9 2205 2105 12 6200 6200 M6-1149/22 M6-1149/22 5 - 14 4,5 - 22 9 11 11 11 11 9 2205 2705 5 210 2505 12 12
Note:
Certain equipments, such as winches and special attachments may require different pressure values.
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Technical data
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Working hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
7.1.00.01
Cycle times (in seconds): Raise / lower from level ground to maximum height Description F/N xxx-fromto Straightblade raise lower quick drop tilt raise lower quick drop tilt angle function sec. sec. sec. sec. sec. sec. sec. sec. sec. PR 712 (B) 103384 3,8 5,2 2,0 0,8 2,8 3,8 1,2 0,9 2,6 PR 722(B) PR 732 (B) PR 742 (B) 103563 2,6 3,6 1,7 0,8 2,2 3,0 1,3 1,0 2,7 564 20032500 20012500 3,0 3,9 1,5 1,0 3,4 3,8 1,8 1,3 3,2 2501 3,2 2,2 1,4 1,0 1,9 1,2 1,0 0,9 2,5 3,0 3,7 1,9 1,7 -----2501 2,8 2,1 1,4 1,6 --------------2002 3,3 3,0 1,4 1,6 -----PR 752
6-way blade
F/N xxx-fromto 385 Straightblade

(PR 752 Semi-U blade)
raise lower quick drop tilt raise lower quick drop tilt angle function
sec. sec. sec. sec. sec. sec. sec. sec. sec.
3,3 2,7 1,7 0,7
6-way blade
Permissible leakage limits Measure on lift cylinder piston rods Bring machine to operating temperature Raise attachments to maximum lifting height
Description Blade attachment Ripper 1-tooth 3-tooth mm / 10 min mm / 10 min mm / 10 min
PR 712 (B) 25 -15
PR 722(B) PR 732 (B) PR 742 (B) 25 -15 20 15 12 18 10 10
PR 752 15 8 8
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Working hydraulic
7.3.30.00
53 check valve 54 accumulator
60 test center - test points ND servo pressure - working hydraulic LD load sensing pressure HP high pressure - working hydraulic
80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 return filter 83 bypass valve 85 strainer
130 control valve block cpl. 131 pressure relief valve - primary safety 140 spool - lift / lower 141 check valve 142 pressure relief valve - secondary safety lift cylinder bottom side 145 spool - tilt 146 check valve 148 two way check valve 155 end plate 162 check valve
170 lift cylinder 171 check valves - piston 172 block
92 from TH. - gear pump - replenishing (TH. - see chapter 6.3) 95 to / from hand pump 96 to TH. - gear pump - replenishing 97 from TH. - return line
173 block 175 tilt cylinder
100 regulating pump cpl. 101 axial piston unit 102 control cylinder (Qmin) 103 return cylinder (Qmax) 105 pressure cut off valve 106 pilot piston 107 restrictor 109 load sensing regulator 110 pilot piston 111 case drain filter 112 stand-by valve 113 valve piston 114 restrictor 115 pilot (servo) control valve 116 regulating piston - lower 117 regulating piston - lift 118 regulating piston - tilt left 119 regulating piston - tilt right
B11 pressure switch - quick drop (= B22 at PR 742B starting with F /N xxx-5600) B22 pressure switch - return filter monitor (= B18 at PR 742B starting with F /N xxx-5600) Y3 Y4 Y6 Y25 solenoid valve - float position (bottom side) solenoid valve - servo cut off solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) solenoid valve - float position (rod side)
220
01 03
1. Neutral function 1.1. Servo control
Functional schematic see 7.3.50.00
Pressurized oil flows from travel hydraulic replenishing" (see group 6.3 filter base 18/B) check valve 52 P-distributor block 50
accumulator 55. solenoid valveY4.
After raising the safety lever (solenoid valve Y4 energized) from solenoid valve Y4/distributor block 50-GP to P-servo control valve115 regulating piston 116 to119 blocked. test point ND. The servo lines from servo control valve (joystick) 115 - outlets 1 to 4 - are relieved via regulating pistons 116 to 119 and line connection T to the tank. 1.2. Working circuit - Attachment pump 100 In rest position, axial piston unit 101 of attachment pump 100 is at maximum pump angle. When the Diesel engine is started, the pump starts to deliver, LS regulator 109 is pushed immediately against the spring and axial piston unit 101 is set to the smallest pump angle = Qmin (flow) by the variable control cylinder 102. The system maintains stand-by pressure of 30 +5 bar. Oil flow: Tank 80 shut off valve 81 attachment pump 100/axial piston unit 101 internal return cylinder 103. intermediate plate 105 pressure cut off valve107. LS-regulator 109 107 105 variable control cylinder 102. housing X UP-distributor block 50 P-solenoid valve Y53-A blocked. external P-control block 130 relief valve 131 blocked. outlet MP test point HD.. spool 135 blocked. spool 140 blocked. end plate 155 blocked. Piston ratio cylinder 102 to 103 = approx. 2:1. Regulator connection X /test point LS (LS signal) is relieved via two way check valve 145 spool 135/140 end plate 155 to the tank. 1.3. Working circuit end user - secondary relief Lines to and from the end user - lift and tilt cylinders - are closed off. If necessary, these hydraulic system components are protected from pressure overloads due to external influences by secondary relief valves. Lift cylinder 170 - blocked by spool 135. Passage for pressure oil on solenoid valves Y3 and Y25 blocked. The piston 161 of the quick drop unit 160 is kept in neutral position (no passage). Secondary relief on piston bottom side (2505 bar) provided by pressure/suction valve 137, on piston rod side by pressure/suction valve 139. The oil suction for piston movement is assured by the pressure/suction valve on the opposite side. Tilt cylinder 175 - blocked by spool 140.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Working Hydraulic
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 2062
7.3.50.01
2. Operational function of certain components remain identical based on neutral function according to par. 1. 2.1. Attachment pump 100 If a working function is actuated, the LS regulator 109 is actuated on one side with pressure in front of control piston (HD) and on the opposite side from the user side pressure (LS - connection X2) and the spring. The pressure ratio on the piston determines its position and thereby the pressure actuation of the control cylinder 102. The different forces of the control cylinders 102 and 103 that result from the pressure actuation and surface move the axial piston unit 101 constantly to the pump angle corresponding to the oil flow requirements (determined by valve spool opening) = on demand control. The pressure at test point HD is 15 +6 bar above the pressure on test point LS (HD-LS = p on the valve spool). At maximum pump flow = max. opening of a spool the p is (HD-LS) 13 bar. The pressure cut-off valve 107 is always actuated by the stand-by pressure on pump side. If the (load) pressure increases above the adjusted spring value = 2005 bar, then the piston is displaced toward the spring. The pressure oil supply from the LS regulator is closed off and the oil from the system is directed directly via valve107 to the control cylinder 102. The axial piston unit 101 is displaced toward Qmin until only the amount of oil which is required to maintain maximum operating pressure = pressure cut-off is supplied. HD=LS = p 0 bar The oil, bleeded at every setting from the pump control into the housing, along with the existing leakage oil, is used to flush the housing and flows via connection L filter 85 to the tank. 2.2. Servo control valve 115 The corresponding working function can be hydraulically controlled by deflecting the lever on the pilot control unit. The pressure build up in the control system and thus the working speed increases with the deflection angle of the lever. Maximum pilot control pressure = 25+3 bar, regulated control pressure build up via regulating pistons 116 to 119 = approx. 6.5 bar max. Tilt and lift cylinder functions can be actuated simultaneously by deflecting the lever diagonally. 2.3. Control valve block 130 Regulating range of spools 135 and 140 = approx. 4,5 - 22 bar 2.3.1 Spools 135 and 140, load check valves 136 and 141, two way check valve 145 When the spool is opened, load pressure on the user side is directed to the two way check valve 145. The higher pressure flows via the two way check valve to the LS regulator of pump 100 (which causes pump displacement toward Qmax). The path Puser is closed off by the check valve136/141 until the pressure induced by the end user is built up on the pump side (prevents load from sinking). The control spool travel and the opening for the input/outlet for the consumer (working speed) depends on servo pressure. 2.3.2 Pressure relief valve 131 - primary relief The valve protects the pump and the system from damage due to problems or incorrect adjustments of the pressure cut-off valve 107. Adjustment value 270 5 bar.
2.3.3 Solenoid valve-float function Y3/Y25 The available pressure oil flows via an orifice in the stage piston to the spring side of the piston and is blocked there by unenergized solenoids. Pressure and spring forces keep the valve closed. Tank pressure is applied constantly to the ring surface of the stage pistons and can lift them in case of low pressure in the control block channel A1 - A1 (Y3) or B1 - B1 (Y25) for suction. 2.3.4 Solenoid valve Y6 - Quick drop The oil returning from the end users via tank channel MT1 is slightly pressurized before the piston of the valve opens to the tank connection T. Oil reaching the spring chamber via the orifice in the piston flows through the open passage of the solenoid valve to connection T. 2.4. Quick drop unit 160 complete Oil in channel B - B1 - B1 flows around piston 161 and cannot act against the spring. The channel to connection P-solenoid valve Y50 is blocked on connection A. The pressurized hydraulic oil in channel A - A1 - A1 acts on the piston 161 and flows via a restrictor hole in the piston to its spring chamber. At the same time, the oil flow via the orifice 162 T-solenoid valve Y50-B also to the spring chamber. The piston is pressurized on both sides with the same pressure and is kept in neutral position by the higher force on the spring side (large surface x pressure) = passage A1 B1 remains blocked. 2.5. Lift cylinder 170 / check valves 171 When actuated with pressure, the pressure side check valves 171 open. However, the oil flow is blocked by the second check valves, which act in the opposite direction. When the pistons in the lift cylinders reach an end position, the previously blocked check valves are mechanically opened = the valve poppets contact the cylinder bottom/piston rod side, the cylinder pistons are moved further until the piston bottoms out, see group 8.8. The pressurized oil flows via the check valves to the opposite side, the system pressure does not increase further. 2.6. Solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety Y53 If the Diesel engine overspeeds due to external influences, the electronic crawler control energizes the solenoid valve. The pressurized oil from the pump control cylinder 102 is directed via passage PB, valve block 50-T to the tank. The control cylinder 102 has no force, the return cylinder 103 shifts the axial piston unit 101, independent of the demand, to maximum flow. After the corresponding pressure build up, the increased flow is relieved to tank, via the primary pressure relief valve 131. The resulting higher power requirement acts as a brake force and prevents further increase of Diesel engine speed. 2.7. Oil pressure switch - return filter monitor B22 If the return filter element is not replaced in time, the back up pressure in the oil return line increases due to filter contamination. Just before the opening of the filter bypass valve 84, the electrical contact on the switch is closed (switching point 2.5 bar) and the indicator light on instrument panel lights up.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Working Hydraulic
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 2062
7.3.50.02
3. Operating function - Working movement - starting from neutral position according to par. 1 and identical operating functions according to par. 2. 3.1. Blade up 3.1.1 Servo control Control pressure build up from regulating piston 117 to housing outlet 1 b1-control valve block 130 spool 135 - displacement toward a1. 3.1.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 135 to control valve block-outlet-B1 A-quick drop unit 160-A1/A1 B1-lift cylinder 170. pressure relief valve 139. solenoid valve Y25.
The piston/piston rod in the lift cylinders is pushed in and the blade is raised. Oil returns from lift cylinder/piston bottom side to B1/B1-quick drop unit 160-B A1-control block 130 spool 135 tank line/connection T return filter 82 tank 80. 3.2. Blade down 3.2.1 Servo control Control pressure build up from regulating piston 116 to housing outlet 3 pressure switch B22. a1-control valve block 130 spool 135 -displacement toward b1. 3.2.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 135 to control block-outlet A1 B-quick drop unit 160-B1/B1 A1-lift cylinder170. relief valve 137. one-way valve 138. solenoid valve Y3. The pistons/piston rods move outward on the lift cylinders, the blade is lowered. It moves downward to the ground level through its own weight load pressure build up in oil return, force from ground level on load pressure build up in oil supply. Oil returns from lift cylinders / piston rod side to A1/A1-quick drop unit 160-A B1-control block 130 spool 135 tank connection MT1 solenoid valve Y6 block connection T return filter83 tank 80. 3.3. Blade quick drop 3.3.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 116 as for blade down", point 3.2.1 but above 24 bar switch B22 / electr. contact closed solenoid valve Y6 and Y50 energized actuated. 3.3.2 Working circuit Oil supply from spool 135 as for blade down", point 3.2.2, however, in quick drop unit 160 channel B1 - B1 is connected with the spring chamber of piston 161 via P B-solenoid valve Y50. Pump 100 / spool 135 supply maximum flow to lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Oil return from lift cylinder/piston rod side to A1/A1-quick drop unit 160 orifice 162 T-solenoid valve Y50-A blocked. piston161 channel B1 - B1 A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. 160-outlet A B1-control block 130 spool 135 tank connection MT1 solenoid valve Y6 blocked one way valve 138 oil supply A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Blade drops to ground level position at maximum speed.
3.4. Blade tilt - left 3.4.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 118 to housing outlet 2 WT-distributor block 50 T- solenoid valve Y45-B distributor block 50-WB a2-control block 130 spool140 -displacement toward b2. 3.4.2 Working circuit Oil pressure flows from spool 140 to control block-outlet A2 support shaft right 180-B block 173-B tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed outward in the tilt cylinder, the left blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston rod side to A-block 173 A-support shaft right 180 B2-control block 130 spool140 tank connection MT1 solenoid valveY6 block connection T return filter 83 tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the left lift cylinder and pushed in on the right lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of lift cylinder, an oil flow is mechanically created (spool 140 remains closed). Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Right lift cylinder/piston bottom side B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. Left lift cylinder/piston rod side A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 right lift cylinder/piston rod side.. Oil flow at raised" end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves are opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston rod side B1-pressure build up A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side check valves 171 piston bottom side-A1 B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in through the tank line via piston/solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137. Oil flow at lowered" end position Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side A1-pressure build up B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side check valves 171 piston rod side-B1 A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via the pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Working Hydraulic
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 2062
7.3.50.03
3.5. Blade tilt - right 3.5.1 Servo Control Pressure build up from regulating piston 119 to housing outlet 4 WP-distributor block 50 P-solenoid valve Y45-A distributor block 50-WA b2-control block 130 spool 140 -displacement towards a2. 3.5.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 140 to control block-outlet B2 support shaft right 180-A block 173-A tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed inward in tilt cylinder, the right blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston bottom side to B-block 173 B-support shaft right 180 A2-control block 130 spool 140 tank line/connection T return filter 83 tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the right lift cylinder and pushed in on the left lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of the lift cylinder, an oil flow is created mechanically (spool 140 remains closed). Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Left lift cylinder/piston bottom side B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 right lift cylinder/piston bottom side.. Right lift cylinder/piston rod side A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 left lift cylinder/piston rod side..
Oil flow at raised end position: Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement towards piston rod side B1-pressure build up A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side check valves 171 piston bottom side-A1 B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in from the tank line via solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137. Oil flow at lowered end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side A1-pressure build up B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side end stroke valve 171 piston rod side-B1 A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139. 3.6. Blade float function For blade float function, the solenoid valves Y3 and Y25 are energized electrically to open port" position, the spring chamber of the piston is relieved to the tank. If the blade is raised or lowered due to ground conditions, the pressurized oil in the lift cylinder circuit lifts the piston and oil flows out into the tank channel. The oil required on the opposite side of the lift cylinder pistons is drawn from the tank channel via the second solenoid valve (piston bottom side also via the one-way valve 138 and the relief valve 137).
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Working Hydraulic
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 2062
7.3.50.00
50 distributor block 51 orifice P from filter assembly - replenishing / TH. B from parking brake / TH. LP to fan drive / TH. 52 check valve 55 accumulator 60 test center - test points ND servo pressure - working hydraulic LS load sensing pressure HP high pressure - working hydraulic 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 100 regulating pump cpl. 101 axial piston unit 102 control cylinder (Qmin) 103 return cylinder (Qmax) 105 intermediate plate 107 pressure cut off valve 109 load sensing regulator 115 pilot (servo) control valve 116 regulating piston - lower 117 regulating piston - lift 118 regulating piston - tilt left 119 regulating piston - tilt right 130 control valve block cpl. 131 pressure relief valve - primary safety 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 145 155 spool - lift / lower check valve pressure relief valve - secondary safety lift cylinder bottom side check valve pressure relief valve - secondary safety lift cylinder rod side spool - tilt check valve two way check valve end plate
160 quick drop unit cpl. 161 piston / built-in valve 162 orifice 163 intermediate plate 170 lift cylinder 171 check valves - piston 173 block 175 tilt cylinder 180 support shaft right B5 pressure switch / TH. B11 pressure switch - quick drop B22 pressure switch - return filter monitor Y3 Y4 Y6 Y13 Y25 Y45 Y50 Y52 Y53 solenoid valve - float position (bottom side) solenoid valve - servo cut off solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) solenoid valve - parking brake - travel hydraulic solenoid valve - float position (rod side) solenoid valve - special attachment solenoid valve - quick drop solenoid valve - fan drive - travel hydraulic solenoid valve - Diesel engine - RPM safety
unnamed line outlets on the hydraulic tank - suction line for fan drive und replenishing - return line travel hydraulic - connection to hand pump - cab tilt parts list remarks TH. see group 6, page 6.3.50.00
2062
01 01
After raising the safety lever (solenoid valve Y4 energized) from solenoid valve Y4/distributor block 50-GP to P-servo control valve115 regulating piston 116 to119 blocked. test point ND. The servo lines from servo control valve (joystick) 115 - outlets 1 to 4 - are relieved via regulating pistons 116 to 119 and line connection T to the tank. 1.2. Working circuit - Attachment pump 100 In rest position, axial piston unit 101 of attachment pump 100 is at maximum pump angle. When the Diesel engine is started, the pump starts to deliver, LS regulator 109 is pushed immediately against the spring and axial piston unit 101 is set to the smallest pump angle = Qmin (flow) by the variable control cylinder 102. The system maintains stand-by pressure of 30+5 bar.
Oil flow: Tank 80 shut off valve 81 attachment pump 100/axial piston unit 101 internal return cylinder 103. intermediate plate 105 pressure cut off valve107. LS-regulator 109 107 105 variable control cylinder 102. housing X UP-distributor block 50 P-solenoid valve Y28-A blocked. external P-control block 130 relief valve 131 blocked. outlet MP test point HD.. spool 135 blocked. spool 140 blocked. end plate 155 blocked. Piston ratio cylinder 102 to 103 = approx. 2:1. Regulator connection X /test point LS (LS signal) is relieved via two way check valve 145 spool 135/140 end plate 155 to the tank. 1.3. Working circuit end user - secondary relief Lines to and from the end user - lift and tilt cylinders - are closed off. If necessary, these hydraulic system components are protected from pressure overloads due to external influences by secondary relief valves. Lift cylinder 170 - blocked by spool 135. Passage for pressure oil on solenoid valves Y3 and Y5 blocked. The piston 161 of the quick drop unit 160 is kept in neutral position (no passage). Secondary relief on piston bottom side (2505 bar) provided by pressure/suction valve 137, on piston rod side by pressure/suction valve 139. The oil suction for piston movement is assured by the pressure/suction valve on the opposite side. Tilt cylinder 175 - blocked by spool 140.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Working Hydraulic
F/N xxx-2063 6199
Blatt Page Feuille
7.3.51.01
2. Operational function of certain components remain identical based on neutral function according to par. 1. 2.1. Attachment pump 100 If a working function is actuated, the LS regulator 109 is actuated on one side with pressure in front of control piston (HD) and on the opposite side from the user side pressure (LS - connection X2) and the spring. The pressure ratio on the piston determines its position and thereby the pressure actuation of the control cylinder 102. The different forces of the control cylinders 102 and 103 that result from the pressure actuation and surface move the axial piston unit 101 constantly to the pump angle corresponding to the oil flow requirements (determined by valve spool opening) = on demand control. The pressure at test point HD is 15+6 bar above the pressure on test point LS (HD-LS = p on the valve spool). At maximum pump flow = max. opening of a spool the p is (HD-LS) 13 bar. The pressure cut-off valve 107 is always actuated by the stand-by pressure on pump side. If the (load) pressure increases above the adjusted spring value = 2005 bar, then the piston is displaced toward the spring. The pressure oil supply from the LS regulator is closed off and the oil from the system is directed directly via valve107 to the control cylinder 102. The axial piston unit 101 is displaced toward Qmin until only the amount of oil which is required to maintain maximum operating pressure = pressure cut-off is supplied. HD=LS = p 0 bar The oil, bleeded at every setting from the pump control into the housing, along with the existing leakage oil, is used to flush the housing and flows via connection L filter 85 to the tank. 2.2. Servo control valve 115 The corresponding working function can be hydraulically controlled by deflecting the lever on the pilot control unit.. The pressure build up in the control system and thus the working speed increases with the deflection angle of the lever. Maximum pilot control pressure = 25+3 bar, regulated control pressure build up via regulating pistons 116 to 119 = approx. 6.5 bar max. Tilt and lift cylinder functions can be actuated simultaneously by deflecting the lever diagonally. 2.3. Control valve block 130 Regulating range of spools 135 and 140 = approx. 4,5 - 22 bar 2.3.1 Spools 135 and 140, load check valves 136 and 141, two way check valve 145 When the spool is opened, load pressure on the user side is directed to the two way check valve 145. The higher pressure flows via the two way check valve to the LS regulator of pump 100 (which causes pump displacement toward Qmax). The path Puser is closed off by the check valve136/141 until the pressure induced by the end user is built up on the pump side (prevents load from sinking). The control spool travel and the opening for the input/outlet for the consumer (working speed) depends on servo pressure. 2.3.2 Pressure relief valve 131 - primary relief The valve protects the pump and the system from damage due to problems or incorrect adjustments of the pressure cut-off valve 107. Adjustment value 2705 bar.
2.3.3 Solenoid valve-float function Y3/Y5 The available pressure oil flows via an orifice in the stage piston to the spring side of the piston and is blocked there by unenergized solenoids. Pressure and spring forces keep the valve closed. Tank pressure is applied constantly to the ring surface of the stage pistons and can lift them in case of low pressure in the control block channel A1 - A1 (Y3) or B1 - B1 (Y5) for suction. 2.3.4 Solenoid valve Y24 - Quick drop The oil returning from the end users via tank channel MT1 is slightly pressurized before the piston of the valve opens to the tank connection T. Oil reaching the spring chamber via the orifice in the piston flows through the open passage of the solenoid valve to connection T. 2.4. Quick drop unit 160 complete Oil in channel B - B1 - B1 flows around piston 161 and cannot act against the spring. The channel to connection P-solenoid valve Y23 is blocked on connection A. The pressurized hydraulic oil in channel A - A1 - A1 acts on the piston 161 and flows via a restrictor hole in the piston to its spring chamber. At the same time, the oil flow via the orifice 162 T-solenoid valve Y23-B also to the spring chamber. The piston is pressurized on both sides with the same pressure and is kept in neutral position by the higher force on the spring side (large surface x pressure) = passage A1 B1 remains blocked. 2.5. Lift cylinder 170 / check valves 171 When actuated with pressure, the pressure side check valves 171 open. However, the oil flow is blocked by the second check valves, which act in the opposite direction. When the pistons in the lift cylinders reach an end position, the previously blocked check valves are mechanically opened = the valve poppets contact the cylinder bottom/piston rod side, the cylinder pistons are moved further until the piston bottoms out, see group 8.8. The pressurized oil flows via the check valves to the opposite side, the system pressure does not increase further. 2.6. Solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety Y28 If the Diesel engine overspeeds due to external influences, the electronic crawler control energizes the solenoid valve. The pressurized oil from the pump control cylinder 102 is directed via passage PB, valve block 50-T to the tank. The control cylinder 102 has no force, the return cylinder 103 shifts the axial piston unit 101, independent of the demand, to maximum flow. After the corresponding pressure build up, the increased flow is relieved to tank, via the primary pressure relief valve 131. The resulting higher power requirement acts as a brake force and prevents further increase of Diesel engine speed. 2.7. Oil pressure switch - return filter monitor B18 If the return filter element is not replaced in time, the back up pressure in the oil return line increases due to filter contamination. Just before the opening of the filter bypass valve 84, the electrical contact on the switch is closed (switching point 2.5 bar) and the indicator light on instrument panel lights up.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Working Hydraulic
F/N xxx-2063 6199
Blatt Page Feuille
7.3.51.02
The piston/piston rod in the lift cylinders is pushed in and the blade is raised. Oil returns from lift cylinder/piston bottom side to B1/B1-quick drop unit 160-B A1-control block 130 spool 135 tank line/connection T return filter 82 tank 80. 3.2. Blade down 3.2.1 Servo control Control pressure build up from regulating piston 116 to housing outlet 3 pressure switch B22. a1-control valve block 130 spool 135 -displacement toward b1. 3.2.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 135 to control block-outlet A1 B-quick drop unit 160-B1/B1 A1-lift cylinder170. relief valve 137. one-way valve 138. solenoid valve Y3. The pistons/piston rods move outward on the lift cylinders, the blade is lowered. It moves downward to the ground level through its own weight load pressure build up in oil return, force from ground level on load pressure build up in oil supply. Oil returns from lift cylinders / piston rod side to A1/A1-quick drop unit 160-A B1-control block 130 spool 135 tank connection MT1 solenoid valve Y24 block connection T return filter83 tank 80. 3.3. Blade quick drop 3.3.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 116 as for blade down", point 3.2.1 but above 24 bar switch B22 / electr. contact closed solenoid valve Y24 and Y23 energized actuated. 3.3.2 Working circuit Oil supply from spool 135 as for blade down", point 3.2.2, however, in quick drop unit 160 channel B1 - B1 is connected with the spring chamber of piston 161 via P B-solenoid valve Y23. Pump 100 / spool 135 supply maximum flow to lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Oil return from lift cylinder/piston rod side to A1/A1-quick drop unit 160 orifice 162 T-solenoid valve Y23-A blocked. piston161 channel B1 - B1 A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. 160-outlet A B1-control block 130 spool 135 tank connection MT1 solenoid valve Y24 blocked one way valve 138 oil supply A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Blade drops to ground level position at maximum speed.
3.4. Blade tilt - left 3.4.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 118 to housing outlet 2 WT-distributor block 50 T- solenoid valve Y29-B distributor block 50-WB a2-control block 130 spool140 -displacement toward b2. 3.4.2 Working circuit Oil pressure flows from spool 140 to control block-outlet A2 support shaft right 180-B block 173-B tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed outward in the tilt cylinder, the left blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston rod side to A-block 173 A-support shaft right 180 B2-control block 130 spool140 tank connection MT1 solenoid valveY24 block connection T return filter 83 tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the left lift cylinder and pushed in on the right lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of lift cylinder, an oil flow is mechanically created (spool 140 remains closed).
Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Right lift cylinder/piston bottom side B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. Left lift cylinder/piston rod side A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 right lift cylinder/piston rod side..
Oil flow at raised" end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves are opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston rod side B1-pressure build up A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side check valves 171 piston bottom side-A1 B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in through the tank line via piston/solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137.
Oil flow at lowered" end position Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side A1-pressure build up B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side check valves 171 piston rod side-B1 A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via the pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Working Hydraulic
F/N xxx-2063 6199
Blatt Page Feuille
7.3.51.03
3.5. Blade tilt - right 3.5.1 Servo control Pressure build up from regulating piston 119 to housing outlet 4 WP-distributor block 50 P-solenoid valve Y29-A distributor block 50-WA b2-control block 130 spool 140 -displacement towards a2. 3.5.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 140 to control block-outlet B2 support shaft right 180-A block 173-A tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed inward in tilt cylinder, the right blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston bottom side to B-block 173 B-support shaft right 180 A2-control block 130 spool 140 tank line/connection T return filter 83 tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the right lift cylinder and pushed in on the left lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of the lift cylinder, an oil flow is created mechanically (spool 140 remains closed).
Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Left lift cylinder/piston bottom side B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 right lift cylinder/piston bottom side.. Right lift cylinder/piston rod side A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 left lift cylinder/piston rod side..
Oil flow at raised end position: Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement towards piston rod side B1-pressure build up A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side check valves 171 piston bottom side-A1 B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in from the tank line via solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137.
Oil flow at lowered end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side A1-pressure build up B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side end stroke valve 171 piston rod side-B1 A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139. 3.6. Blade float function For blade float function, the solenoid valves Y3 and Y5 are energized electrically to open port" position, the spring chamber of the piston is relieved to the tank. If the blade is raised or lowered due to ground conditions, the pressurized oil in the lift cylinder circuit lifts the piston and oil flows out into the tank channel. The oil required on the opposite side of the lift cylinder pistons is drawn from the tank channel via the second solenoid valve (piston bottom side also via the one-way valve 138 and the relief valve 137).
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Working Hydraulic
F/N xxx-2063 6199
Blatt Page Feuille
7.3.51.00
50 distributor block 51 orifice P from filter assembly - replenishing / TH. B from parking brake / TH. LP to fan drive / TH. 52 check valve 55 accumulator 60 test center - test points ND servo pressure - working hydraulic LS load sensing pressure HP high pressure - working hydraulic 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 100 regulating pump cpl. 101 axial piston unit 102 control cylinder (Qmin) 103 return cylinder (Qmax) 105 intermediate plate 107 pressure cut off valve 109 load sensing regulator 115 pilot (servo) control valve 116 regulating piston - lower 117 regulating piston - lift 118 regulating piston - tilt left 119 regulating piston - tilt right 130 control valve block cpl. 131 pressure relief valve - primary safety 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 145 155 spool - lift / lower check valve pressure relief valve - secondary safety lift cylinder bottom side check valve pressure relief valve - secondary safety lift cylinder rod side spool - tilt check valve two way check valve end plate
160 quick drop unit cpl. 161 piston / built-in valve 162 orifice 163 intermediate plate 170 lift cylinder 171 check valves - piston 173 block 175 tilt cylinder 180 support shaft right B5 B18 B22 B26 pressure switch / TH. pressure switch - return filter monitor pressure switch - quick drop temperature sending unit - indicator light hydraulic oil overheating solenoid valve - float position (bottom side) solenoid valve - servo cut off solenoid valve - float position (rod side) solenoid valve - parking brake - travel hydraulic solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) solenoid valve - quick drop solenoid valve - fan drive - travel hydraulic solenoid valve - Diesel engine - RPM safety solenoid valve - special attachment
Y3 Y4 Y5 Y13 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y28 Y29
unnamed line outlets on the hydraulic tank - suction line for fan drive and replenishing - return line travel hydraulic - connection to hand pump - cab tilt
parts list remarks TH. see group 6, page 6.3.5x.00
liebherr
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Arbeitshydraulik Working Hydraulic Hydraulique de travail
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx- 2063
6199
7.3.51. 00
After raising the safety lever (solenoid valve Y4 energized) from solenoid valve Y4/distributor block 50-GP to P-servo control valve115 regulating piston 116 to119 blocked. test point ND. The servo lines from servo control valve (joystick) 115 - outlets 1 to 4 - are relieved via regulating pistons 116 to 119 and line connection T to the tank. 1.2. Working circuit - Attachment pump 100 In rest position, axial piston unit 101 of attachment pump 100 is at maximum pump angle. When the Diesel engine is started, the pump starts to deliver, LS regulator 109 is pushed immediately against the spring and axial piston unit 101 is set to the smallest pump angle = Qmin (flow) by the variable control cylinder 102. The system maintains stand-by pressure of 30+5 bar.
Oil flow: Tank 80 shut off valve 81 attachment pump 100/axial piston unit 101 internal return cylinder 103. intermediate plate 105 pressure cut off valve107. LS-regulator 109 107 105 variable control cylinder 102. housing X UP-distributor block 50 P-solenoid valve Y28-A blocked. external P-control block 130 relief valve 131 blocked. outlet MP test point HD.. spool 135 blocked. spool 140 blocked. end plate 155 blocked. Piston ratio cylinder 102 to 103 = approx. 2:1. Regulator connection X /test point LS (LS signal) is relieved via two way check valve 145 spool 135/140 end plate 155 to the tank. 1.3. Working circuit end user - secondary relief Lines to and from the end user - lift and tilt cylinders - are closed off. If necessary, these hydraulic system components are protected from pressure overloads due to external influences by secondary relief valves. Lift cylinder 170 - blocked by spool 135. Passage for pressure oil on solenoid valves Y3 and Y5 blocked. The piston 161 of the quick drop unit 160 is kept in neutral position (no passage). Secondary relief on piston bottom side (2505 bar) provided by pressure/suction valve 137, on piston rod side by pressure/suction valve 139. The oil suction for piston movement is assured by the pressure/suction valve on the opposite side. Tilt cylinder 175 - blocked by spool 140.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Working Hydraulic
F/N xxx-6200
Blatt Page Feuille
7.3.52.01
2. Operational function of certain components remain identical based on neutral function according to par. 1. 2.1. Attachment pump 100 If a working function is actuated, the LS regulator 109 is actuated on one side with pressure in front of control piston (HD) and on the opposite side from the user side pressure (LS - connection X2) and the spring. The pressure ratio on the piston determines its position and thereby the pressure actuation of the control cylinder 102. The different forces of the control cylinders 102 and 103 that result from the pressure actuation and surface move the axial piston unit 101 constantly to the pump angle corresponding to the oil flow requirements (determined by valve spool opening) = on demand control. The pressure at test point HD is 15+6 bar above the pressure on test point LS (HD-LS = p on the valve spool). At maximum pump flow = max. opening of a spool the p is (HD-LS) 13 bar. The pressure cut-off valve 107 is always actuated by the stand-by pressure on pump side. If the (load) pressure increases above the adjusted spring value = 2005 bar, then the piston is displaced toward the spring. The pressure oil supply from the LS regulator is closed off and the oil from the system is directed directly via valve107 to the control cylinder 102. The axial piston unit 101 is displaced toward Qmin until only the amount of oil which is required to maintain maximum operating pressure = pressure cut-off is supplied. HD=LS = p 0 bar The oil, bleeded at every setting from the pump control into the housing, along with the existing leakage oil, is used to flush the housing and flows via connection L filter 85 to the tank. 2.2. Servo control valve 115 The corresponding working function can be hydraulically controlled by deflecting the lever on the pilot control unit.. The pressure build up in the control system and thus the working speed increases with the deflection angle of the lever. Maximum pilot control pressure = 25+3 bar, regulated control pressure build up via regulating pistons 116 to 119 = approx. 6.5 bar max. Tilt and lift cylinder functions can be actuated simultaneously by deflecting the lever diagonally. 2.3. Control valve block 130 Regulating range of spools 135 and 140 = approx. 4,5 - 22 bar 2.3.1 Spools 135 and 140, load check valves 136 and 141, two way check valve 145 When the spool is opened, load pressure on the user side is directed to the two way check valve 145. The higher pressure flows via the two way check valve to the LS regulator of pump 100 (which causes pump displacement toward Qmax). The path Puser is closed off by the check valve136/141 until the pressure induced by the end user is built up on the pump side (prevents load from sinking). The control spool travel and the opening for the input/outlet for the consumer (working speed) depends on servo pressure. 2.3.2 Pressure relief valve 131 - primary relief The valve protects the pump and the system from damage due to problems or incorrect adjustments of the pressure cut-off valve 107. Adjustment value 2705 bar.
2.3.3 Solenoid valve-float function Y3/Y5 The available pressure oil flows via an orifice in the stage piston to the spring side of the piston and is blocked there by unenergized solenoids. Pressure and spring forces keep the valve closed. Tank pressure is applied constantly to the ring surface of the stage pistons and can lift them in case of low pressure in the control block channel A1 - A1 (Y3) or B1 - B1 (Y5) for suction. 2.3.4 Solenoid valve Y24 - Quick drop The oil returning from the end users via tank channel MT1 is slightly pressurized before the piston of the valve opens to the tank connection T. Oil reaching the spring chamber via the orifice in the piston flows through the open passage of the solenoid valve to connection T. 2.4. Quick drop unit 160 complete Oil in channel B - B1 - B1 flows around piston 161 and cannot act against the spring. The channel to connection P-solenoid valve Y23 is blocked on connection A. The pressurized hydraulic oil in channel A - A1 - A1 acts on the piston 161 and flows via a restrictor hole in the piston to its spring chamber. At the same time, the oil flow via a channel from A-A1-A1 to T-solenoid valve Y23-B also to the spring chamber. The piston is pressurized on both sides with the same pressure and is kept in neutral position by the higher force on the spring side (large surface x pressure) = passage A1 B1 remains blocked. 2.5. Lift cylinder 170 / check valves 171 When actuated with pressure, the pressure side check valves 171 open. However, the oil flow is blocked by the second check valves, which act in the opposite direction. When the pistons in the lift cylinders reach an end position, the previously blocked check valves are mechanically opened = the valve poppets contact the cylinder bottom/piston rod side, the cylinder pistons are moved further until the piston bottoms out, see group 8.8. The pressurized oil flows via the check valves to the opposite side, the system pressure does not increase further. 2.6. Solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM safety Y28 If the Diesel engine overspeeds due to external influences, the electronic crawler control energizes the solenoid valve. The pressurized oil from the pump control cylinder 102 is directed via passage PB, valve block 50-T to the tank. The control cylinder 102 has no force, the return cylinder 103 shifts the axial piston unit 101, independent of the demand, to maximum flow. After the corresponding pressure build up, the increased flow is relieved to tank, via the primary pressure relief valve 131. The resulting higher power requirement acts as a brake force and prevents further increase of Diesel engine speed. 2.7. Oil pressure switch - return filter monitor B18 If the return filter element is not replaced in time, the back up pressure in the oil return line increases due to filter contamination. Just before the opening of the filter bypass valve 84, the electrical contact on the switch is closed (switching point 2.5 bar) and the indicator light on instrument panel lights up.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Working Hydraulic
F/N xxx-6200
Blatt Page Feuille
7.3.52.02
The piston/piston rod in the lift cylinders is pushed in and the blade is raised. Oil returns from lift cylinder/piston bottom side to B1/B1-quick drop unit 160-B A1-control block 130 spool 135 tank line/connection T return filter 82 tank 80. 3.2. Blade down 3.2.1 Servo control Control pressure build up from regulating piston 116 to housing outlet 3 pressure switch B22. a1-control valve block 130 spool 135 -displacement toward b1. 3.2.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 135 to control block-outlet A1 B-quick drop unit 160-B1/B1 A1-lift cylinder170. relief valve 137. one-way valve 138. solenoid valve Y3. The pistons/piston rods move outward on the lift cylinders, the blade is lowered. It moves downward to the ground level through its own weight load pressure build up in oil return, force from ground level on load pressure build up in oil supply. Oil returns from lift cylinders / piston rod side to A1/A1-quick drop unit 160-A B1-control block 130 spool 135 tank connection MT1 solenoid valve Y24 block connection T return filter83 tank 80. 3.3. Blade quick drop 3.3.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 116 as for blade down", point 3.2.1 but above 24 bar switch B22 / electr. contact closed solenoid valve Y24 and Y23 energized actuated. 3.3.2 Working circuit Oil supply from spool 135 as for blade down", point 3.2.2, however, in quick drop unit 160 channel B1 - B1 is connected with the spring chamber of piston 161 via P B-solenoid valve Y23. Pump 100 / spool 135 supply maximum flow to lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Oil return from lift cylinder/piston rod side to A1/A1-quick drop unit 160 T-solenoid valve Y23-A blocked. piston161 channel B1 - B1 A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. 160-outlet A B1-control block 130 spool 135 tank connection MT1 solenoid valve Y24 blocked one way valve 138 oil supply A1-lift cylinder 170/piston bottom side. Blade drops to ground level position at maximum speed.
3.4. Blade tilt - left 3.4.1 Servo control Oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 118 to housing outlet 2 WT-distributor block 50 T- solenoid valve Y29-B distributor block 50-WB a2-control block 130 spool140 -displacement toward b2. 3.4.2 Working circuit Oil pressure flows from spool 140 to control block-outlet A2 support shaft right 180-B block 173-B tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed outward in the tilt cylinder, the left blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston rod side to A-block 173 A-support shaft right 180 B2-control block 130 spool140 tank connection MT1 solenoid valveY24 block connection T return filter 83 tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the left lift cylinder and pushed in on the right lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of lift cylinder, an oil flow is mechanically created (spool 140 remains closed).
Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Right lift cylinder/piston bottom side B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. Left lift cylinder/piston rod side A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 right lift cylinder/piston rod side..
Oil flow at raised" end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves are opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston rod side B1-pressure build up A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side check valves 171 piston bottom side-A1 B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in through the tank line via piston/solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137.
Oil flow at lowered" end position Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side A1-pressure build up B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-left lift cylinder/piston bottom side check valves 171 piston rod side-B1 A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-right lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via the pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139.
Mjfcifss!
Function
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Working Hydraulic
F/N xxx-6200
Blatt Page Feuille
7.3.52.03
3.5. Blade tilt - right 3.5.1 Servo control Pressure build up from regulating piston 119 to housing outlet 4 WP-distributor block 50 P-solenoid valve Y29-A distributor block 50-WA b2-control block 130 spool 140 -displacement towards a2. 3.5.2 Working circuit Pressurized oil moves from spool 140 to control block-outlet B2 support shaft right 180-A block 173-A tilt cylinder 175. The piston and piston rod are pressed inward in tilt cylinder, the right blade corner tilts down. Oil returns from tilt cylinder/piston bottom side to B-block 173 B-support shaft right 180 A2-control block 130 spool 140 tank line/connection T return filter 83 tank 80. By moving the blade, the piston/piston rod is pulled out on the right lift cylinder and pushed in on the left lift cylinder - and therefore in the hydraulic circuit of the lift cylinder, an oil flow is created mechanically (spool 140 remains closed).
Oil flow at intermediate position of lift cylinder pistons: Left lift cylinder/piston bottom side B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 right lift cylinder/piston bottom side.. Right lift cylinder/piston rod side A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 left lift cylinder/piston rod side..
Oil flow at raised end position: Left lift cylinder piston - blocked in bottom side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Right lift cylinder piston/movement towards piston rod side B1-pressure build up A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side check valves 171 piston bottom side-A1 B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side. The missing oil volume (piston rod) is drawn in from the tank line via solenoid valve Y3, one-way valve 138 or the suction function of pressure relief valve 137.
Oil flow at lowered end position: Right lift cylinder piston - blocked in rod side end position, check valves opened mechanically on one side. Left lift cylinder piston/movement toward piston bottom side A1-pressure build up B1-quick drop unit 160-B1 A1-right lift cylinder/piston bottom side end stroke valve 171 piston rod side-B1 A1-quick drop unit 160-A1 B1-left lift cylinder/piston rod side. Excess oil (piston rod) is relieved via pressure relief valve 137 to the tank. The resulting pressure on the piston rod side, which occurs at immediately tilting in the opposite direction, is limited by the pressure/suction valve 139. 3.6. Blade float function For blade float function, the solenoid valves Y3 and Y5 are energized electrically to open port" position, the spring chamber of the piston is relieved to the tank. If the blade is raised or lowered due to ground conditions, the pressurized oil in the lift cylinder circuit lifts the piston and oil flows out into the tank channel. The oil required on the opposite side of the lift cylinder pistons is drawn from the tank channel via the second solenoid valve (piston bottom side also via the one-way valve 138 and the relief valve 137).
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-6200
01 04
Working Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
7.3.52.00
50 distributor block 51 orifice P from filter assembly - replenishing / TH. B from parking brake / TH. 52 check valve
160 quick drop unit cpl. 161 piston / built-in valve 163 intermediate plate 170 lift cylinder 171 check valves - piston 173 block
55 accumulator 175 tilt cylinder 60 test center - test points ND servo pressure - working hydraulic LS load sensing pressure HP high pressure - working hydraulic 80 hydraulic tank 81 shut off valve 82 shut off valve 83 return filter 84 bypass valve 85 strainer 100 regulating pump cpl. 101 axial piston unit 102 control cylinder (Qmin) 103 return cylinder (Qmax) 105 intermediate plate 107 pressure cut off valve 109 load sensing regulator 115 pilot (servo) control valve 116 regulating piston - lower 117 regulating piston - lift 118 regulating piston - tilt left 119 regulating piston - tilt right 130 control valve block cpl. 131 pressure relief valve - primary safety 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 145 155 spool - lift / lower check valve pressure relief valve - secondary safety lift cylinder bottom side check valve pressure relief valve - secondary safety lift cylinder rod side spool - tilt check valve two way check valve end plate 180 support shaft right B18 pressure switch - return filter monitor B22 pressure switch - quick drop B26 temperature sending unit - indicator light hydraulic oil overheating Y3 Y4 Y5 Y13 Y23 Y24 Y28 Y29 solenoid valve - float position (bottom side) solenoid valve - servo cut off solenoid valve - float position (rod side) solenoid valve - parking brake - travel hydraulic solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) solenoid valve - quick drop solenoid valve - Diesel engine - RPM safety solenoid valve - special attachment
unnamed line outlets on the hydraulic tank - suction line for fan drive and replenishing - return line travel hydraulic - connection to hand pump - cab tilt parts list remarks TH. see group 6, page 6.3.5x.00
liebherr
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Arbeitshydraulik Working Hydraulic Hydraulique de travail
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx- 6200
7.3.52. 00
Important information
For pressure tests, use only glycerin filled pressure gauges with a reading accuracy of 1 % or higher. The pressure gauge scale value should be approx. 30%, max. 100% above the test value to be checked. Caution: To check, adjust or repair a machine, observe all safety regulations and park the machine on solid, level ground, raise and support the machine and the attachment properly. Never move the machine with the cab in the raised position. Secure the danger zone. Observe all safety guidelines, as noted in group 1.2.01. When putting a machine into service, proceed according to the guidelines issued in the Operation Manual, check the correct function of the indicator lights and gauges. Carry out all checks and adjustments with the engine running at the engine speed as noted in the Adjustment Checklist and with the machine at operating temperature. If any defects are found during the inspection, they should be corrected immediately or as soon as possible. For inspection and adjustments, use the corresponding Adjustment check list, page 3.5.xx.xx. The check list sequence corresponds to system requirements, and the following procedure is tuned to this sequence. Refer to the check list for nominal adjustment values. Observe the following instructions accurately.
Test and adjustment
1. Visual inspections and maintenance Before the system inspection, carry out all necessary maintenance and inspections. For checks / adjustments in between, observe the following points. 1.1. Service fluids and filters Check the coolant level as well as the oil level in the Diesel engine, splitter box and hydraulic tank, add fluids, as necessary. Check the air filter for contamination, damage, correct installation and correct type. Add fuel if necessary. Drain water and sediments, corresponding to the machine design, from the tank and water separator. In case of reduced performance, clean the filter screen, replace the pre- and fine filter. In case of suspected component problems/wear, open/check the hydraulic oil filter on the affected component. In case of temperature problems, check the hydraulic oil cooler and fan for contamination / damage. 1.2. Mechanical components Check the Diesel engine shut off, throttle control and potentiometer linkage for installation position, function and wear. Check the working hydraulic joystick, adjustment and wear of the control plate and dust covers. Check wire harnesses for damage, chafing and defective plug connections. Check the systems for leaks and function as well as hose routing. Check the mounting tightness of components, such as cylinders mounts, brackets, etc., check for condition and tightness.
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Working Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
7.5.10.01
2. Operating temperature Check the oil temperature in the hydraulic tank with remote mounted thermometer, see special tools, group 2.1.20. With an external thermometer, test the temperature on several points of the tank surface and determine the average value. The pressure values in a hydraulic system may change due to oil viscosity. Viscosity, however, always changes depending on oil temperature. For that reason, always maintain a constant operating temperature, and monitor the temperature during the entire inspection and adjustment procedure. If necessary, the warm up procedure must be repeated or the oil cooler must be partially covered during inspection and adjustment procedures.
Various procedures can be selected to obtain the operating temperature: a) Operate the machine to bring it to operating temperature. b) Fully actuate ripper or tilt blade and at the same time, slowly extend and retract the lift cylinder in fine control range, with the HP pressure at approx. 105 bar. Oil is warmed up via the spool valve edge. c) Bottom out ripper and blade lift cylinder. Oil is warmed up via the lift cylinder check valves. Heat up for approx. 5 minutes, then wait for 1 minute. If supported properly, the travel drive can be fully actuated at the same time. Note: Do not actuate the "quick drop" function.
d) Fully actuate lift cylinder blade up and tilt function. Oil is warmed up via the lift cylinder check valves. Heat up for approx. 5 minutes, then wait for 1 minute. e) Raise the adjustment of the pressure cut off valve on the attachment pump to maximum 5 bar above the adjustment value (nominal value) of the primary pressure relief valve and fully actuate the ripper or tilt function. Fully actuate for approx. 1 minute, then hold for 20 seconds in neutral position, or the pressure relief valve will be damaged due to localized overheating. f) On PR 752, actuate the function RPM safety - Diesel engine with the test box - see group 10.4. Fully actuate for approx. 1 minute, then hold for 20 seconds in neutral position, or the pressure relief valve will be damaged due to localized overheating.
For procedures b, c, d, e and f, actuate the travel drive (chain run) during and at the end of the warm up procedure, to ensure that the complete hydraulic system warms up evenly. To do so, raise or drive the machine. 3. Pressure check - fixed test points PR 712742 - Battery compartment Test center - test points PR 752 - engine compartment, right
SP - Replenishing system pressure - TH ND - Servo pressure - WH LD (LS) - Load sensing pressure - WH HD - High pressure - WH LA - Operating pressure fan drive - TH (only at PR 752 and PR 712PR 742 from 5600) (additional on test center only at PR 752 from 5072) M1L High pressure travel forward, left - TH M1R High pressure travel forward, right - TH M2L High pressure travel forward, left - TH M2R High pressure travel forward, right - TH BB Operating pos. of hose to brake - TH BS Towing position of hose to brake - TH
4. Check servo pressure Check on test point ND with 0-40 (0-60) bar pressure gauge. The pressure results from the SP pressure of the travel hydraulic and the flow restriction between components and the test points (see schematic, section 6.3). If the required pressure is not reached, check the components before (at oil flow direction) the test point connection. If the required pressure is reached and problems occur due to low servo pressure, check the components after the test point connection. Check components for flow problems (excessive restriction results in drop of pressure), as well as for leakage to tank connection (internal leaks). 5. Stand by pressure Check on test point HD with 0-40 bar or 0-100 bar pressure gauge. The initial check should always be made with a 0-100 bar (or higher) pressure gauge. To check, make sure no working function is actuated.
5.1. Adjustment of regulating pump - type A10V If the pressure does not correspond to the nominal value, remove the cap on the LS regulator, loosen the lock nut and turn the adjustment screw until the nominal value is reached. To increase pressure, turn in clockwise direction, to decrease pressure, turn counterclockwise. This adjustment also influences the p value (HD-LS) of LS regulation. After adjustment, tighten the lock nut, install the cap and recheck the pressure setting.
5.2. Adjustment of regulating pump - type HPR" If the pressure does not correspond to the nominal value, loosen the lock nut on the adjustment screw for Qmin flow limitation. If the pressure is too high, turn the screw approx. 360 counterclockwise. Remove the pressure gauge and actuate a WHfunction for a short period. Connect the pressure gauge and recheck the stand-by pressure. Repeat as necessary until the pressure has dropped below 30 bar. To increase pressure to the nominal value, slowly turn the screw in clockwise direction while constantly monitoring the pressure gauge reading. After adjustment, tighten the lock nut and recheck the pressure adjustment. Note: Stand-by pressure is easier to adjust when the pressure difference - p HD to LD (LS function) has first been set as outlined in paragraph 7.
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Working Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
7.5.10.02
6. Pressure limitation Check on test point HD with 0-400 or 0-600 bar pressure gauge. For control valve type - see data page 7.1, for control valve design - see section 8.6, other valves design/ function - section 8.7, pump design - section 8.3. Control valve block - type M5 For all pressure checks/adjustments, except maximum working pressure, the adjustment of the pressure cut off valve on the pump regulator must be raised step by step until it is ensured that the primary pressure relief valve opens before the permissible secondary pressure. Then set the pressure cut off valve above the secondary setting and raise the primary relief valve adjustment until the secondary relief valve to be checked, opens or until its nominal value (including tolerance) has been exceeded by maximum 5 bar. If necessary, adjust the checked pressure relief valve to nominal value. Control valve block - type M7 and M6 Always adjust the primary relief valve first, then check/adjust the secondary relief valves. For all pressure checks/adjustments, except maximum working pressure, the adjustment of the pressure cut off valve on the pump regulator must be raised step by step until it is ensured that the valve to be checked opens or the nominal value (including tolerance) of the primary relief valve has been exceeded by maximum 5 bar. If necessary, adjust the checked pressure relief valve to nominal value. After the tests, readjust the valves with raised values back to nominal value. Valve adjustment procedure: - Remove the lead seal. Loosen the lock nut on the adjustment screw. - Turn the adjustment screw in clockwise direction = to increase pressure - Turn the adjustment screw in counterclockwise direction = to decrease pressure - Tighten the lock nut, attach new lead seal. To check/adjust corresponding functions, bottom out function, but do not actuate suddenly. Position of Pressure cut off valves Regulating pumps - type A10V Regulating pumps - type HPR
Position of Pressure relief valves Control valve block - type M5 Control valve block - type M7 and "M6"
1 2 3
Pressure relief valve - primary relief Pressure relief valve - secondary relief / lift cylinder piston bottom side Pressure relief valve - secondary relief / lift cylinder piston rod side = PR752 only
6.1. Test procedure on machines with control valve block - type M5 - see data page 7.1.00.01 6.1.1 Check/adjust secondary pressure, primary pressure and pressure cut off (inspection procedure) On both lift cylinders, loosen the screws on the SAE flange from connection B (line connections to piston bottom side) and install test plates. For required size, see special tools, page 2.1.21.01. Actuate the blade down function, check the pressure gauge reading. Raise pressure setting of cut off valve and primary pressure relief valve as described in paragraph 6. Adjust secondary pressure relief valve to nominal value primary pressure relief valve to nominal value pressure cut off valve to nominal value. Remove the test plates, replace the seal rings, if necessary, tighten flanges. If additional circuits with secondary relief valves are installed, actuate/set the corresponding functions / pressure relief valves before resetting the primary pressure relief valve. 6.1.2 Check/adjust only primary pressure and pressure cut off (for repairs, if necessary) Actuate the tilt blade or ripper function, monitor the pressure gauge, raise the setting of the pressure cut off valve as described in paragraph 6. Adjust primary pressure relief valve to nominal value, if necessary adjust pressure cut off valve to nominal value. 6.1.3 Check/adjust only pressure cut off (for repairs, if necessary) Actuate the tilt blade or ripper function, monitor the pressure gauge, adjust the pressure cut off valve to nominal value. 6.2. Test procedure on machines with control valve block - type M7 and M6 - see data page 7.1.00.01 6.2.1 Check/adjust primary pressure (inspection procedure) Actuate the tilt blade function or additional attachments without secondary relief, monitor the pressure gauge. Raise the setting of the pressure cut off valve as described in paragraph 6. Adjust primary pressure relief valve to nominal value, if necessary leave the pressure cut off valve adjustment for secondary pressure check. 6.2.2 Check/adjust secondary pressure and pressure cut off (inspection procedure) Adjustment of pressure cut off valve still raised from primary pressure check procedure. PR 712 to PR 742 (do not use for machine type PR 752) Lightly actuate the blade down function until the lift cylinder pistons bottom out, then continue to deflect the joystick lever past the pressure point to quick drop function and watch the pressure gauge. Set the secondary pressure relief valve to nominal value, if necessary set the pressure cut off valve to nominal value. PR 752 On both lift cylinders, loosen the screws on the SAE flange - connection A and B and install test plates. For size, see special tools, page 2.1.21.01. Actuate the blade down function and check the pressure setting of the secondary pressure relief valve, set to nominal value, if necessary. Actuate the blade up function and check the setting of the secondary pressure relief valve on the pressure gauge, set to nominal value if necessary set the pressure cut off valve to nominal value. If additional circuits with secondary valves are installed, actuate/set the corresponding functions/pressure relief valves before resetting the pressure cut off valve.
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Working Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
7.5.10.03
6.2.3 Check/adjust only pressure cut off (for repairs, if necessary) Actuate a function as in paragraph 6.2.1, monitor the pressure gauge, if necessary, set the pressure cut off valve to nominal value. 7. Pressure difference - p "HD" to "LD(LS)" ("high" pressure to "load" pressure/load sensing) Check at test point HD and LD (LS) with a 0-100 bar and/or 0-250 bar pressure gauge. The initial test should always be performed with a 0-250 bar (or higher) pressure gauge, to determine the more exact value, use a 0-100 bar pressure gauge. Place the blade in horizontal position and raise it all the way. Deflect the joystick about half way in blade up" direction (=fine control range) and hold it in this position. Read the pressure values of test points HD and LD (LS) and compare. The pressure difference HD to LD(LS)=p must decrease with corresponding lever movement from the upper tolerance limit down to 15 bar.
When spools are fully opened (= almost full lever deflection), p must decrease abruptly below 13 bar. If this range is not reached, then the pump is not regulating at maximum flow. This test should be performed with all working movements. Determine the pressure during the working movement on test point HD and LD (LS) at the same time. If the p 13 bar range is not reached, then the pump is not regulating at maximum flow. Possible causes for this problem are, for example: LS-regulator is stuck, axial piston unit of the pump or spool is not moved sufficiently, extreme pump wear, etc. 7.1. Adjustment of regulating pump - type A10V The regulating function pressure difference is part of the stand by pressure adjustment and cannot be adjusted separately. If there are problems, check the regulator function, for example: easy movement of the piston. 7.2. Adjustment of regulating pump - type HPR If the pressure difference in the fine control range does not match nominal value, release the lock nut from the adjustment screw on LS regulator. Turn the screw to approx. 90, depending on deviation, and check the pressure difference again. Repeat procedure until the nominal value is reached. Turn in clockwise direction Turn in counterclockwise direction to increase p / to raise HD pressure to decrease p / to decrease HD pressure the the the the
After the adjustment, tighten the lock nut and recheck. If p is not 13 bar, with spool fully open, see paragraph 7.
8. Check accumulator (emergency function) Let the Diesel engine run at high speed for a few minutes, raise the blade, turn the Diesel engine off. Leave the safety lever and the starter switch in operating position or return it to position 1. Actuate the blade down function a short distance several times - the blade must go down step by step (at least 4 times), or actuate the blade until the blade has dropped to the ground. If this requirement is not performed, check system and accumulator, renew defect parts.
9. Check quick drop function Normally, the quick drop function must only be checked in case of problems and therefore, it is not listed on the adjustment check list. If the function is actuated before the joystick reaches the pressure point, then the actuating point of the pressure switch is set too lowcheck/adjust function (replace switch). If the function does not actuate despite a fully deflected joystick, then the actuating point of pressure switch is set too high, the current supply from the switch to the solenoid valve is interrupted, or the solenoid valve is defective check electrical system / solenoid valve, check/adjust pressure switch function. For hydraulic functions, see group 7.3, for valve design, group 8.7, electrical system, group 9. 9.1. Check/adjust function of pressure switch Disconnect the oil pressure switch on connection 3 of the pilot control valve (joystick) and install a test fitting for a pressure gauge. Connect a 0-40 bar pressure gauge. Move the control lever towards blade down" to the pressure point. Watch the pressure gauge reading and continue to move the joystick past the pressure point. When the pressure point is passed, the pressure must star to increase. If the pressure does not increase or the readings are outside the norm values, check the pilot control / servo pressure, correct problem. On the switch, remove the color seal on the adjustment screw, remove the pressure gauge connection, install the switch and connect it with the currented wire. Check the power supply with a test lamp or voltage meter to determine the actuating point on the second electrical contact of the switch. Actuating point = voltage increase 0 24V. Deflect the joystick in blade down" direction, to the actuating point. The switch should not actuate, if necessary, raise the actuating point. Continue to deflect the joystick past the pressure point. The switch must actuate, otherwise lower the actuating point. Turn the adjustment screw on the switch in clockwise direction to raise the actuating point, turn it in counterclockwise direction to lower the actuating point. If the required actuating point cannot be reached, replace the switch.
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Test and Adjustment

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Working Hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
7.5.10.04
Sub Group Index

Variable pump travel hydraulic
Intermediate flange PR 712 F/N xxx-0103 PR 722 F/N xxx-0103 PR 732 F/N xxx-2003 Variable pump PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 Variable pump PR 742(B) F/N xxx-20015233 Variable pump PR 742B F/N xxx-5234 Variable pump PR 752 F/N xxx-2002
8.1
8.1.01
8.1.10
8.1.40 8.1.41 8.1.50
Variable motor travel hydraulic

Variable motor PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 Variable motor PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2003 Variable motor PR 752 F/N xxx-2002
8.2
8.2.10
8.2.30
8.2.50
Variable flow pump working hydraulic

Variable flow pump A10V PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 752 F/N xxx-2002 Variable flow pump HPR PR 742B F/N xxx-20012500 PR 752 F/N xxx-2001
8.3
8.3.10
(fan drive) 8.3.40
Constant pumps and motors

Gear pump travel hydraulic Axial piston - constant motor fan drive PR 732 F/N xxx-5600 PR 742 F/N xxx-5600
8.4
8.4.01 8.4.02
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 04
Hydraulic components
Blatt Page Feuille
8.0.00.01
Pilot control valve working hydraulic

Pilot control valve 2-way Pilot control valve 4-way PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-20016199 Pilot control valve 4-way PR 742B F/N xxx-6200 PR 752 F/N xxx-2001
8.5
8.5.03 8.5.10
8.5.40
Control valve block

8.6
8.6.10
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-03853084 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-05643175 PR 732B F/N xxx-25013206 PR 742B F/N xxx-25013095 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-3085 F/N xxx-3176 F/N xxx-3207 F/N xxx-3096 F/N xxx-20022077 F/N xxx-2078
8.6.11
8.6.12
8.6.50 8.6.51
Valves
Overview Pressure valves Directional valves Shut off valves Other valves
8.7
8.7.00 8.7.01 8.7.02 8.7.03 8.7.04
Hydraulic cylinder
8.8
Intermediate flange variable pump BPV - regulating pump A10V

1 variable pump 1.1 drive shaft 1.2 tapered roller bearing 2 regulating pump - working hydraulic 2.1 drive shaft 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 intermediate flange centering flange connector sleeve hex head screw O-ring washer hex head nut socket head screw stud washer hex head nut O-ring O-ring O-ring
Intermediate flange variable pump BPV - constant pump

1.1st version: PR 712 F/Nxxx-0103 , PR 722 F/N xxx-0103 , PR 732 F/N xxx-2003 xxxx, RL 22 F/N xxx-1001 1 variable pump 1.1 drive shaft 1.2 tapered roller bearing 2 gear pump - replenishing 2.1 input shaft 3 intermediate flange 4 connector sleeve 5 spring 6 stud 7 washer 8 hex head nut 9 O-ring 10 O-ring 11 socket head screw 12 washer
Mjfcifss!
Variable pumps
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732
F/N xxx-0103 F/N xxx-0103 F/N xxx-2003
01 04
Intermediate flange
Travel hydraulic
RL (4)22 F/N xxx-1001

Blatt Page Feuille
8.1.01.01
Intermediate flange Variable pump BPV - constant pump 2.2nd version: PR 732 F/N xxx-xxxx 7149
1 variable pump 1.1 drive shaft 1.2 tapered roller bearing 2 gear pump - replenishing 2.1 input shaft 3 intermediate flange 4 O-ring 5 O-ring 6 stud 7 washer 8 hex head nut 9 connector sleeve 10 lock ring 11 washer 12 spring 13 washer 14 socket head screw
3.3rd version: PR 732B F/N xxx-7150 1 variable pump 1.1 drive shaft 1.2 tapered roller bearing 2 gear pump - replenishing 2.1 input shaft 3 intermediate flange 4 O-ring 5 O-ring 6 stud 7 washer 8 hex head nut 9 connector sleeve 10 lock ring 11 sleeve 12 spring 13 washer 14 socket head screw
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003
01 01
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
8.1.10.01
1 housing 1.1 main housing 1.2 cover with electro-hydr. remote control 1.2.1 cover with remote control setscrew - end stop 1.2.2 cover with remote control eccentric pin - end stop 1.3 cover - mech. zero position 2 control plate mounting 3 flange 4 O-ring 5 swash plate 6 needle bearing - segment 7 retainer - guide 8 flange bolt 9 control cylinder 10 washer 11 control piston 12 seal 13 retainer plate 14 spacer 15 spacers 16 socket head screws 18 pilot valve, complete 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 ball end pin ball pin spring spacer pin O-ring drive shaft race cover socket head screws radial shaft seal tapered roller bearing spacers pin cylinder barrel piston with glide shoe return plate control plate support ring spring washer (retainer) shim lock ring tapered roller bearing for pumps with internal SP-pressure limitation: 44 pressure relief valve - replenishing 45 plug 46 adjustment shims 47 O-ring 48 spring 49 valve housing 50 piston
for pumps with external SP-pressure limitation: 44/1 intake restrictor 1,0 mm 47 O-ring 51 comp. pressure relief valve - high pressure with replenishing function 52 plug 53 O-ring 54 valve housing 55 O-ring 56 valve block 59 cylinder pin 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 spring cup spring spring cup roll pin bracket eccentric pin self sealing lock nut roll pin thrust washer roll pin hex head screw socket head screws eccentric pin - hydr. zero position O-ring hex nut O-ring lever piston - cylinder spring cup O-ring spring housing nut setscrew - end stop self sealing lock nut regulating spring regulating spring spring housing spring cup pressure relief valve proportional solenoid O-ring end stop plug hex nut eccentric pin lock ring
100 socket head screws 101 plug with O-ring
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
8.1.10.02
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
8.1.10.03
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
8.1.10.04
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
07 01
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 5233 RL 42B F/N 683-2001

Blatt Page Feuille
8.1.40.01
1 1.1 1.2 1.3
housing main housing bearing housing regulator housing with remote control
2 control plate mounting 3 O-ring 4 socket head screw 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 drive shaft race snap ring radial shaft seal snap ring tapered roller bearing spacer shims tapered roller bearing swash plate needle bearing- segment cyl. pin - bearing shell lock bracket - bearing guide stud pin plug - pin lock return plate piston with glide shoe cylinder barrel complete return ball shims pin support ring spring support ring snap ring
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 101 102 103 104
spring cup spring pin pilot piston valve sleeve spring plug plug ball / socket lever pin with lock plate guide pin proportional solenoid regulation valve O-ring plug plug O-ring grooved nut spring spring cup threaded pin collar nut spring housing threaded pin with nut spring cup piston - cylinder O-ring plug dowel pin plug
32 control plate 33 pin 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 socket head screw pin dowel pin dowel pin O-ring O-ring socket head screw cover - control cylinder socket head screw plug nozzle O-ring O-ring O-ring control cylinder cylinder bushing piston piston seal ring piston rod with ball socket spring cup ball pin hex head nut spring spring plug valve sleeve stop socket head screw spring snap ring
106 segment 107 hex head screw with washer 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 valve block outlet socket head screw replenishing valve plug stud O-ring O-ring nozzle O-ring plug pressure relief valve - HP valve housing threaded pin - pressure adjustment collar nut O-ring O-ring
135 plug 136 O-ring 138 plug 140 pressure line 141 tank line 142 to cylinder F I X pressure connection - supply side connection - tank return side pressure connection - control pressure
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
07 01
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 5233 RL 42B F/N 683-2001

Blatt Page Feuille
8.1.40.02
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
07 01
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 5233 RL 42B F/N 683-2001

Blatt Page Feuille
8.1.40.03
Notes
Notes:
1) Following parts are just for its designated installation position - do not interchange them: 2 pcs. pos. 42 - spacer 2 pcs. pos. 46 - tube guide and 2 pcs. pos. 48 - shim 2) Following parts are suited to the given tolerances of the parts: pos. 17 - shim pos. 21 - shim pos. 29 - shim pos. 72 - spring cap pos. 87 - shim (with pos. 88 - snap ring) 3) Remark when exchanging: heat the race pos. 11 to maximum 150C and install with Loctite 648 or equivalent. install radial shaft seal pos. 12 with Loctite 648 or equivalent and fill space between sealing lips with appr. 50% grease. 4) The hydraulic zero-position of the pump is given by the position of the valve housing pos. 80. Preadjustment (as necessary): Distance between front area valve housing pos. 80 to housing pos. 60 = 14,75 mm 5) Tightening torque for pressure relief valve Pos. 50 = 170 Nm
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
8.1.41.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
housing snap ring O-ring plug control plate mounting plug O-ring socket head screw plug (M14x1,5 mm) with O-ring drive shaft race radial shaft seal tapered roller bearing support ring spring washer (retainer) shim snap ring support ring tapered roller bearing shim swash plate bearing race pin retainer plate shim sleeve socket head screw piston with glide shoe return plate cylinder barrel complete
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 68 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79
housing with bushings - pump control O-ring O-ring socket head screw sleeve plug plug plug piston end stop screw spring cup* spring spring cup spring housing O-ring nut setscrew - end stop self sealing lock nut
80 valve housing 81 O-ring 82 nut 83 spring 84 pilot piston 85 86 87 88 89 90 support lever shim snap ring socket head screw sleeve
91 pressure regulating valve - cartridge 35 control plate (ccw) 36 pin 40 41 42 43 44 45 control piston seal ring spacer* washer spring spring cup 95 proportional solenoid 96 O-ring 98 plug 99 O-ring
46 tube guide* 47 O-ring with support ring 48 shim* 50 pressure relief valve complete with replenishing function 51 O-ring 52 valve support 53 spring 54 guiding plate (fixed onto pos. 57) 55 snap ring 56 valve piston (one way valve) 57 valve piston (pressure relief valve) 58 spring 59 O-ring
F L MP P(S) S(P) T U Y (Y) Z (Z)
connection to filter (control pressure/replenishing) connection - housing to tank test point - to P/S connection - high pressure line connection - high pressure line connection / housing (bleeding) connection / housing servo control - flow in direction S(P) test point servo pressure at Y servo control - flow in direction P(S) test point servo pressure at Z
* = observe remarks on the front page accurately
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
8.1.41.02
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
8.1.41.03
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
07 01
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 F/N 739-2001
8.1.50.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
housing cover socket head screw radial shaft seal drive shaft race tapered roller bearing shim
9 pin with O-ring 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 swash plate needle bearing - segment retainer - bearing guide bolt with washer and cotter (bolt fixed with roll pin ) flange bolt control piston seal ring retainer plate spacer shims socket head screw
50 cover with cylinder pins electro-hydr. remote control 51 piston - servo control 52 spring cup 53 regulating spring 54 regulating spring 55 spring housing 56 O-ring 57 nut 58 setscrew - end stop 59 self sealing lock nut 60 lever 61 eccentric pin w. O-ring and counter nut (hydr. zero) 62 pressure regulating valve - cartridge 63 proportional solenoid 64 O-ring 65 shuttle valve block 66 valve seat 67 ball 68 hollow screw with O-ring 70 pilot valve complete (housing, spring, piston) 72 flange 73 O-ring 74 O-ring 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 check valve housing - replenishing piston spring spring retainer retainer ring pressure relief valve housing O-ring spring retainer shims spring valve socket valve body orifice 2,2 mm pressure relief valve housing - high pressure O-ring shims spring retainer spring spring spring retainer ring O-ring valve cartridge with poppet and closing ball
21 control cylinder 22 spacer 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 ball end pin ball pin spring spacer pin O-ring with steel ring O-ring cylinder barrel - complete piston with glide shoe return plate control plate (ccw) support ring spring washer (retainer) shim lock ring tapered roller bearing control plate mounting O-ring plug plug cover with cylinder pins - mech. zero position bar eccentric pin with self sealing lock nut spring cup with spring guide spring spring cup with roll pins
101 hex head screw 102 hex head screw 105 coupling sleeve
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
07 01
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 F/N 739-2001
8.1.50.02
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
07 01
Variable pump
Travel hydraulic
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 F/N 739-2001
8.1.50.03
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103
01 01
Variable motor
Travel hydraulic
LR 622 RL(4)22
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N 392-2030 F/N xxx-1001
8.2.10.01
1 housing complete 1.1 main housing 1.2 housing - control plate mounting 1.3 housing - remote control 1.4 cover 2 drive shaft bearing unit 2.1 drive shaft 2.2 flange 2.3 socket head screw 2.4 spacer 2.5 O-ring 2.6 radial shaft seal ring 2.7 nut 2.8 tapered roller bearing 2.9 bushing 2.10 socket head screw with washer 2.11 tapered roller bearing 4 retainer plate 5 socket head screw 6 piston with rod / retainer ring 7 cylinder bushing 8 cylinder barrel 9 center pin 10 lock ring 11 spring 12 retainer with spacers 13 lock ring 15 control plate 16 bushing 20 sensor (RPM) 21 O-ring 25 control piston 26 pin 27 threaded pin 28 spring 29 spring cup 30 pilot piston 31 spring cup 32 lock ring 33 spring 34 spring cup with washer 35 O-ring 36 cylinder pin 37 cylinder pin 38 39 40 41 42 socket head screw O-ring set screw self sealing lock nut O-ring
50 proportional solenoid 51 adjustment screw with nut 52 spring with washer 53 O-ring 54 bushing 55 plug 60 pressure relief valve (10 bar) 61 valve housing 62 O-ring 63 plug 64 shim 65 spring 66 ball 67 orifice 70 2/7 - directional valve with pressure reducing valves - valve version I and II 71 valve housing 72 plug - version I 73 spring 74 piston (pressure reducing valve) 75 plug 76 O-ring - version II 77 lock ring - version II 78 spring cup - version II 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 HD - channel HD - channel channel - control pressure channel - piston bottom side channel - spring chamber channel - flushing channel - tank
87 set screw - plug
45 O-ring 46 O-ring
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Variable motor
Travel hydraulic
LR 622 RL(4)22
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N 392-2030 F/N xxx-1001
8.2.10.02
Valve Version II
Valve Version I
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Variable motor
Travel hydraulic
LR 622 RL(4)22
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N 392-2030 F/N xxx-1001
8.2.10.03
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2003 LR 632 F/N 393-2002 RL 42B F/N 683-3002
Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Variable motor
Travel hydraulic
8.2.30.01
1 housing complete 1.1 main housing 1.2 housing - control plate mounting 1.3 housing - remote control 1.4 cover 2 drive shaft bearing BMV 186 - PR 732(B)/LR 632 2.1 drive shaft 2.2 flange 2.3 socket head screw 2.4 spacer 2.5 O-ring 2.6 radial shaft seal ring 2.7 nut 2.8 tapered roller bearing 2.9 bushing 2.10 socket head screw with washer 2.11 tapered roller bearing 3 drive shaft bearing BMV 260 - PR 742(B)/RL 42B 3.1 drive shaft 3.2 flange 3.3 socket head screw 3.4 spacers 3.5 spacer 3.6 O-ring 3.7 radial shaft seal ring 3.8 race 3.9 straight roller bearing 3.10 ring 3.11 spacer 3.12 bushing 3.13 comb. axial - radial straight roller bearing 3.14 socket head screw with seal ring 3.15 ball cup - center pin 4 retainer plate 5 socket head screw 6 piston with rod / retainer ring 6.1 piston with rod and ball cup 7 cylinder bushing 8 cylinder barrel 9 center pin 10 lock ring 11 spring 12 retainer with spacers 13 lock ring 15 control plate 16 bushing 20 sensor (RPM) 21 O-ring 22 spacers (only PR 742, RL 42B) 25 control piston 26 pin 27 threaded pin 28 spring 29 spring cup
30 pilot piston 31 spring cup 32 lock ring 33 spring 34 spring cup with washer 35 O-ring 36 cylinder pin 37 cylinder pin 38 39 40 41 42 socket head screw O-ring set screw self sealing lock nut O-ring
45 O-ring 50 proportional solenoid 51 adjustment screw with nut 52 spring with washer 53 O-ring 54 bushing 55 plug 60 pressure relief valve (10 bar) 61 valve housing 62 O-ring 63 plug 64 shim 65 spring 66 ball 67 orifice 70 2/7 - directional valve w. pressure reducing valves 71 valve housing 72 lock ring 73 spring cup 74 spring 75 piston (pressure reducing valve) 76 plug 77 O-ring 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 HD - channel HD - channel channel - control pressure channel - piston bottom side channel - spring chamber channel - flushing channel - tank
87 set screw - plug
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2003 LR 632 F/N 393-2002 RL 42B F/N 683-3002
Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Variable motor
Travel hydraulic
8.2.30.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Variable motor
Travel hydraulic
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2007 F/N 739-2001
8.2.50.01
1 housing - drive unit 2 drive shaft 3 retainer plate 4 socket head screw 5 nut 6 tapered roller bearing 7 ring 8 spacer 9 tapered roller bearing 10 set and counter screw 11 snap ring 15 flange 16 radial shaft seal 17 socket head screw with seal ring 18 O-ring 19 spacer 20 cylinder barrel 21 cylinder bushing 22 piston with connecting rod 23 retainer ring 25 26 27 28 29 center pin snap ring spring shims ring
71 plug 72 protecting cap 73 socket head screw 80 cover 81 O-ring 82 O-ring 83 plug 84 socket head screw 85 pressure relief valve - flushing 86 O-ring 87 orifice 90 way valve 91 valve housing 92 valve piston 93 ring 94 spring 95 plug 96 O-ring
31 set screw 32 self sealing lock nut 33 plug - connection L 36 set pin 37 set pin 40 control plate mounting 41 control plate 42 bushing 43 piston 44 pin 45 set screw 50 remote control complete 51 spring 52 spring cup 53 spring 54 spring cup 55 set screw 56 self sealing lock nut 57 plug 58 O-ring 59 pilot piston 60 bushing 61 ring 62 snap ring 63 cover 64 screw 65 plug with seal ring 67 O-ring 68 O-ring
104 connection to housing/tank 105 connection to spring housing setting in direction Qmax 106 connection to piston bottom side setting in direction Qmin
M high pressure connection M1/M2 P connection - pressure oil for setting (from replenishing circuit) U connection for return flow to tank X connection - servo pressure (from prop. solenoid/valve at pump) Y connection - open to housing
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Variable motor
Travel hydraulic
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2007 F/N 739-2001
8.2.50.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 02
Variable flow pump A10V

Working hydraulic / fan drive
Blatt Page Feuille
8.3.10.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
housing complete main housing connector plate O-ring O-ring socket head screw drive shaft snap ring radial shaft seal tapered roller bearing shim tapered roller bearing spacer
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98
in addition from model 100 on stand by valve piston spring coupling with seal ring restrictor plug plug plug O-ring
18 coupling - leak oil return 20 swash plate 21 bearing race 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 cylinder barrel piston with glide shoe retainer plate return ball pressure pin support ring spring support ring snap ring
35 control plate 36 set pin 40 control cylinder 41 guide piston 42 ball socket with glide shoe 45 46 47 48 return piston return spring piston guide ball socket with glide shoe
regulator complete - model 140 100 housing - load sensing regulator 101 adjustment screw 102 lock nut 103 coupling 104 O-ring 105 support ring 106 O-ring 107 snap ring 108 thrust washer 109 snap ring 110 spring 111 spring 112 spring retainer 113 pilot piston 114 plug 115 O-ring 116 orifice 117 plug-in orifice with O-ring 118 O-ring 120 housing - pressure cut off valve 121 adjustment screw 122 lock nut 123 coupling 124 O-ring 125 support ring 126 O-ring 127 snap ring 128 thrust washer 129 snap ring 130 spring 131 spring 132 spring retainer 133 pilot piston 134 plug 135 O-ring 136 orifice 137 plug-in orifice with O-ring 138 O-ring 140 housing - stand by valve 141 piston 142 spring 143 plug 144 coupling 145 seal ring 146 plug 147 restrictor 148 O-ring 149 plug 150 intermediate plate only at RL 42B/RL 52 installed 151 plug / coupling 152 O-ring 155 stud 156 socket cap nut P PST T/T1 X/X1 pressure channel from pump outlet pressure channel to pump control tank line supply line - load pressure
regulator - up to model 100 50 housing with LS-regulator and pressure cut off 51 socket head screw 52 plug 53 O-ring 55 pressure cut off valve 56 cap nut with seal ring 57 hex nut with seal ring 58 adjustment screw 59 spring housing 60 thrust washer 61 O-ring 62 spring 63 spring retainer 64 pilot piston 65 plug 70 load sensing- regulator 71 cap nut with seal ring 72 hex nut with seal ring 73 adjustment screw 74 spring housing 75 thrust washer 76 O-ring 77 spring 78 spring 79 spring retainer 80 pilot piston 81 plug 85 plug 86 restrictor 87 plug
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 02

Blatt Page Feuille
8.3.10.02
Regulator - up to model 100 with stand by valve
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 02

Blatt Page Feuille
8.3.10.03
Regulator - model 140 with intermediate plate
Proportional - pressure relief regulator

(Fan Drive PR 752 F/N xxx-5600)
1 Solenoid coil - proportional solenoid Y45 2 nut 3 Solenoid anchor 4 O-ring 5 poppet 7 8 9 10 piston guide O-ring O-ring with support ring piston
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
spring housing O-ring setscrew O-ring with support ring hex nut washer spring spring spring cup
11 spring cup 12 spring 13 spring cup 15 16 17 18 19 housing piston plug hex nut cover
35 plug 36 seal 38 O-ring 39 socket head screws 40 orifice 41 O-ring P pressure channel from pump outlet PST pressure channel to pump control T tank line
20 pilot piston
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 02

Blatt Page Feuille
8.3.10.04
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Variable flow pump HPR

Working hydraulic
PR 742B F/N xxx-2001 2500 PR 752 F/N xxx-2001

Blatt Page Feuille
8.3.40.01
1 housing 1.1 main housing 1.2 control plate mounting 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10.1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 drive shaft race shaft seal snap ring tapered roller bearing tapered roller bearing shims spacer ring bearing race swash plate (sliding) bearing swash plate piston with glide shoe return ball retainer plate pressure pin support ring spring support ring snap ring cylinder barrel
50 51 52 53
piston, complete - hydr. return control to Qmax bushing adjustment screw / Qmin / stand- by pressure) self sealing lock nut
55 plug 56 plug 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 valve block with load sensing regulator and pressure cut off valve load sensing regulator plug O-ring spring washers valve sleeve pilot piston spring spring O-ring spring housing spring washer adjustment screw self sealing lock nut pressure cut off valve spring housing O-ring plug with seal ring support piston pilot piston spring washer spring spring washer adjustment screw self sealing lock nut
25 control plate 26 dowel pin 28 cover 29 allen head screw 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 rod with ball socket - mechanical Qmax return snap ring spring retainer spring spring dowel pin press fit pin dowel pin allen head screw
87 allen head screw 88 O-ring 90 91 92 93 LS L M X intermediate plate plug allen head screw O-ring pressure connection - LS(load sensing) connection - tank return test connection - LS signal test connection - control pressure
40 two piece retainer plate 41 shim 42 allen head screw 45 46 47 48 piston, complete - hydr. Qmin control bushing self sealing lock nut adjustment screw
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01

Working hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille
8.3.40.02
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01

Working hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille
8.3.40.03
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Input flange Pump housing End cover Input shaft / gear Driven gear Bushing Bushing O-ring
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Form gasket Support gasket Spacer Dowel pin Hex head screw Snap ring Shaft seal Roll pin
Mjfcifss!
Symbolic drawer
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Gear pump
Travel hydraulic
8.4.01.01
1 2 3 4 5 10 11 12 13 14 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
housing radial shaft seal ring snap ring cylinder pin fixed swash plate drive shaft adjusting spring tapered roller bearing tapered roller bearing shim cylinder barrel piston with glide shoe return plate return ball pin support ring spring lock ring divider plate
30 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 39
connector plate cylinder pin O-ring socket head screw plug valve sleeve valve poppet with seal spring valve poppet guide
A connection return line B connection pressure line L connection leak oil line
(anticlockwise revolving)
Mjfcifss!
Axial piston - constant motor

Datum Edition Date
LR 632(B) F/N xxx-5600 PR 732 F/N xxx-5600 PR 742 F/N xxx-5600

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Fan drive
Travel hydraulic
8.4.02.01
Design
The servo control valve, located on the right hand side in the cab is used to control the working hydraulic - basic functions. The joystick, movable in all directions, due to a ball bearing, controls simultaneously up to two of the four pressure relief valves which are integrated in the housing via an actuating disk. On the upper end of the joystick handle is a micro switch, which can actuate an additional function electrically. The mechanical parts on the outside of the housing are protected from contamination, dirt and dust by a dust cover, however, they should still be maintained and checked regularly.
Function
1. Neutral position The return springs 42 keep the actuating disk 15 and lever 11 in neutral position via plunger 35. The pressurized oil in connection P is blocked by regulating pistons 45. The control lines P-St. 1 to 4 are relieved via bores in regulating piston and connection T to the tank.
2. Operating positions
2.1. Lever - partially deflected - Regulating range
The actuating disk 15 pushes plunger 35 against return spring 42. At the same time, regulating piston 45 is moved over spring 46. The connection control line P-St to T-tank is closed and line P to P-St is opened.
The resulting pressure in line P-St. on the front of regulating piston 45 moves it against spring 46 until spring force and hydraulic force = pressure are equalized. The connecting bore is restricted to a point where only leak oil is lost and the P-St. pressure remains constant. Therefore, the resulting pressure in the control line depends on the lever deflection.
Mjfcifss!
Design, Function
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Pilot Control Valve 4-way

Working Hydraulic
8.5.01.01
If the lever deflection is reduced, the return spring 42 pushes plunger 35 in direction of neutral position. Due to the hydraulic force in P-St., the regulating piston 25 follows the movement of the plunger. P is closed off, T is opened and pressurized oil from P-St flows off. Due to the pressure reduction in P-St, the spring force returns regulating piston 45 to its pressure holding position.
2.2. Lever - fully deflected Actuating disk 15 is at stop, plunger 35 is pushed down all the way. The resulting pressure in P-St pushes regulating piston 45 against regulating spring until it hits plunger 35. The connection P to P-St remains open. In P-St, the same pressure builds up as in P = maximum control pressure.
2.3. Added function for control line 3 (Diagram C in overall view) Screw 51 of plunger 50 is designed like a plate. At sufficient movement of plunger via the actuating plate 15, the screw 51 pushes against spring 54 and creates a pressure point, which can be easily felt on the lever. This pressure point signals the operator that he has reached a certain pressure value in the control line, which actuates an oil pressure switch in the system.
2.4. Added function - micro switch Independent from the lever deflection, an additional function (for example: solenoid valve) can be selected electrically via the micro switch 4 on the joystick handle.
A. Adjustment
1. Zero position Loosen dust cover and push towards handle. Check for easy movement, clean all parts, loosen nut 12 and connector 13. Caution: Do not stretch or pull electrical cable! Hold lever 11 in center position and turn actuating disk 15 until it touches all four plungers without any play. However, the plungers may not be pushed . Hold actuating disk 12 with connector piece 10 . Watch out for electrical cable! Turn lever 11 to correct position and hold in place with nut 12. Lightly lubricate all parts, reinstall dust cover as shown in overall view.
2. Dead travel on lever Check zero position, adjust if necessary, see paragraph 1. Tilt up cab and secure. Install 0-25 bar pressure gauge with L-fitting and mini test connection step-by-step into control lines 1 to 4. Slowly move lever 11 into required direction until a pressure of ca. 6,5 bar is shown on pressure gauge. Hold lever and determine distance. Should be: A lever distance of max. 15 mm equals a plunger stroke of 0,8 - 1 mm to actuation point. If this distance is higher, remove operational parts and pull plunger with guide from housing. See section on Repairs in these guidelines. Insert required number of shims, Id. No. 4980 679 (6,012,00,2 mm) or Id. No. 4980 680 (6,012,00,3 mm) into spring cup 27 (see arrow). Example: A 0,4 mm thick shim reduces dead travel by ca. 8 mm . Reinstall plunger, guide and handle as shown in repair guidelines. Adjust zero position, recheck dead travel. If dead travel matches the desired distance (0-15 mm), remove pressure gauge and reinstall control line to joystick.
B. Removal and installation

Tilt up cab, secure. Remove hoses from pilot control valve, close off and unplug electrical cable. Unscrew pilot control valve and take from cab. Install in reverse order. Make sure hoses are installed properly - if necessary, see hose routing, section 7.4. Do not overtighten screws - observe torques - see section 2.
C. Repairs - Servo control valve removed

Observe absolute cleanliness, protect all parts from damage. Diverse small parts and fittings are not listed separately.
Mjfcifss!
Adjustment Repair
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Pilot Control Valve 4-way

Working Hydraulic
8.5.01.02
1. To dismantle pilot control valves Remove protective cover 1 and handle 5 from lever 11. Unsolder electrical cable from soldering points on micro switch 4. Remove dust cover 17, pull cable through bottom .
Loosen hex nut 12, unscrew lever 11, connector 13, actuating disk 15 and linkage 20. Remove cover 18 and sleeve 52.
Pull plunger 35 with plunger guide 37 as well as plunger 50 with installation 54, 53, 51 and plunger guide 55 from housing.
added
Caution:
Watch out for shims under the plunger in the spring cup 40 (for dead travel adjustment)
Remove screw 51 from plunger 50. Remove spring cup 53 and spring 54. Push all four plungers from plunger guides, remove seal rings 38 and O-rings 39. Pull resulting piston 45 separately with spring cup 40, lock washer 41, and springs 46, 42 from housing. Check regulating piston and reinstall. If necessary, release lock washer and remove parts. Regulating pistons are not available separately.
2. Assembly: Before assembly, clean all parts. Replace seals as well as damaged or worn parts. Install parts in reverse order. Insert plunger 50 with guide 55 and added installation in housing bore 3 . Torque linkage 20 with 20 Nm . Adjust zero position and dead travel of joystick - see Adjustment. Lightly grease parts, install cable clamp tension relief on electrical cable.
Solder cable on micro switch 4 : gray-1 red- 2 yellow - 3 blue - not used (insolate)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Lever Ball grip Adapter sleeve Shaft Roll pin Radial shaft seal ring Bushing Bushing Cam Roll pin Roll pin
23 O-ring 24 O-ring 25 O-ring 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Plunger Plunger guide Seal ring O-ring Spool Spring retainer Lock washer Return spring Regulating spring Shim
15 Cover 16 Socket head screw with washer 20 Housing - upper 21 O-ring 22 Socket head screw
40 Housing - lower
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic LR Litronic
01 03
Pilot control valve - 2-way

Working hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
8.5.03.01
Pedal operated
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 15 16 17 18
Pedal right Pedal left Adjustment screw Shaft Bushing Bushing Roll pin Plunger Seal ring Seal ring Bushing Cover Hex head screw Hex. nut Socket head screw with washer
20 21 22 23 24 25 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
Housing - upper O-ring Socket head screw O-ring O-ring O-ring Plunger Plunger guide Seal ring O-ring Spool Spring retainer Lock washer Return spring Regulating spring Shim
40 Housing - lower
Notes
Note: position numbers have changed against the general description in 8.5.01.
* = shims drop out by newer pilot control valves / repair kits - adjustment given by high of the plunger flange.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 6199
01 03

Working hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
8.5.10.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14
cap ball actuating lever micro switch S10 (float position) handle shells socket head screw oval head screw lever hex nut connector wire harness
15 actuating disk 17 dust cover 18 cover 20 21 22 23 24 25 universal joint - blind hole on the top joint - upper connector pin pin joint - lower
30 housing 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 45 46 47 50 51 52 53 54 55 plunger protecting cap plunger guide seal ring O - ring spring cup locking washer and shims* return spring regulating piston regulation spring shims plunger at connection 3 - lowering screw case spring cup spring plunger guide
X inverted plan view installation: install with connection P/T in direction to backside of machine
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 6199
01 03

Working hydraulic
Blatt Page Feuille
8.5.10.02
Notes
Note: PR 742B F/Nxxx-25016199 - pilot control valve is only installed with additional set - hydr. pitch angle adjustment. PR 752 micro switch pos. 6 is only installed on basic machine with additional set - hydr. pitch angle adjustment
Description of the electrical components: micro switch pos.4 = S 10 at PR 742B F/N xxx-25015599 PR 752 F/N xxx-20022062 S6 at PR 742B F/N xxx-5600 PR 752 F/N xxx-2063
micro switch pos.6 =
S 48 at PR 742B F/N xxx-25015599 PR 752 F/N xxx-20022062 S 32 at PR 742B F/N xxx-5600 PR 752 F/N xxx-2063
* = shims drop out by newer pilot control valves / repair kits - adjustment given by high of the plunger flange.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03

Working hydraulic
PR 742B F/N xxx-6200 PR 752 F/N xxx-2002

Blatt Page Feuille
8.5.40.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25
handle shells cap button micro switch - float position button micro switch - pitch angle adjustment spring rocker type switch - at crawler dozers not installed sealing screw socket head screw lever hex nut connector wire harness Actuating disk coupling nut dust cover cover universal joint - blind hole on the top joint - upper connector pin pin joint - lower
30 housing 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 45 46 47 50 51 52 53 54 55 plunger protecting cap plunger guide seal ring O - ring spring cup locking washer and shims* return spring regulating piston regulation spring shims plunger at connection 3 - lowering screw case spring cup spring plunger guide
X inverted plan view installation: install with connections P/T in direction to backside of machine.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03

Working hydraulic

Blatt Page Feuille
8.5.40.02
Notes
Tightening torques for control valve block parts:
(according to manufacturer list - dated 11 /97)
pos. 3 4 5 30 31 35 37 40 41 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
MA 70+5 Nm 160 Nm 5 Nm 9 Nm 10 Nm 100 Nm 240 Nm 10 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 150 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 200 Nm 5 Nm
description allen head screw plug plug bleeder screw allen head screw plug plug plug plug (installed with Loctite) pressure relief valve pressure relief valve built-in valve - quick drop check valve built-in valve - float position built-in valve - float position check valve two way check valve
optional section 119 120 125 130 131 9 Nm 200 Nm 100 Nm 5 Nm 10 Nm bleeder screw check valve plug two way check valve plug
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0385 3084 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0564 3175 PR 732B F/N xxx-2501 3206 PR 742B F/N xxx-2501 3095
01 01
Control valve block
Blatt Page Feuille
8.6.11.01
standard control valve block 1 housing 2 end plate 3 allen head screw with washer 4 plug 5 plug 10 spool - lift /lower 11 spring retainer 12 spring 13 spring 14 spring retainer with retainer ring 15 cover 16 O-ring 17 cover 18 O-ring 20 spool - tilt 21 spring retainer 22 spring 23 spring 24 spring retainer with retainer ring 25 cover 26 O-ring 27 cover 28 O-ring 30 bleeder screw 31 allen head screw 35 plug 37 38 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 plug (MT1) plug (MT1) plug (two way check valve) plug (LS - channel) O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring
80 built-in valve - float position (Y25) at PR 712 / PR 722 inlet restricted 81 O-ring 82 O-ring with retainer ring 85 check valve 85.1 spring 85.2 valve poppet 86 O-ring 90 two way check valve
optional section 2 end plate 101 housing - optional section 110 spool - optional functions 111 spring retainer 112 spring 113 spring 114 spring retainer with retainer ring 115 cover 116 O-ring 117 cover 118 O-ring 119 bleeder screw 120 check valve 120.1 spring 120.2 valve poppet 121 O-ring 125 plug / pressure relief valve (installation depends on attachment type) 126 O-ring 127 O-ring with retainer ring 130 two way check valve 131 plug 145 146 147 148 149 150 O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring
55 pressure relief valve - primary safety 56 O-ring 57 O-ring with retainer ring 60 pressure relief valve - secondary safety 61 O-ring 62 O-ring with retainer ring 65 built-in valve - quick drop (Y6) 66 O-ring 67 O-ring with retainer ring 70 check valve 71 O-ring 75 built-in valve - float position (Y3) 76 O-ring 77 O-ring with retainer ring
LS MP P T
connection - test point LD connection - test point HP connection - oil supply / pump connection - oil return flow / tank
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Control valve block
Blatt Page Feuille
8.6.11.02
optional section
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Control valve block
Blatt Page Feuille
8.6.11.03
Notes
(according to manufacturer list - dated 11/97)
Pos. 3 4 5 30 31 32 37 40 41 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
MA 70+5 Nm 160 Nm 5 Nm 9 Nm 10 Nm 20 Nm 240 Nm 10 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 150 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 200 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm
Description hex head screw plug plug bleeder screw allen head screw plug plug plug plug (installed with Loctite) pressure relief valve pressure relief valve two way insert valve - quick drop one way valve two way insert valve - blade release two way insert valve - blade release check valve two way check valve pressure relief valve
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B
01 01
Control valve block
Blatt Page Feuille
8.6.12.01
standard control valve block 1 housing 2 end plate 3 hex head screw with washer 4 plug 5 plug 10 spool - up/down 11 spring retainer 12 spring 13 cover 14 O-ring 15 adjustment screw 16 lock nut 17 O-ring 18 hut nut 20 spool - tilt 21 spring retainer 22 spring 23 cover 24 O-ring 25 adjustment screw 26 lock nut 27 O-ring 28 hut nut 30 31 32 35 37 38 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 bleeder screw allen head screw plug plug plug (MT1) plug (MT1) plug (two way check valve) plug (LS - channel) O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring
80 two way insert valve - blade release (Y25) at PR 712 / PR 722 inlet restricted 81 O-ring 82 O-ring with retainer ring 85 check valve 85.1 spring 85.2 valve poppet 86 O-ring 90 two way check valve 95 pressure relief valve - secondary relief 96 O-ring 97 O-ring with retainer ring optional section 2 end plate 101 housing - optional section 110 spool - optional functions 111 spring retainer 112 spring 113 cover 114 O-ring 115 adjustment screw 116 lock nut 117 O-ring 118 hut nut 119 bleeder screw 120 check valve 120.1 spring 120.2 valve poppet 121 O-ring 125 plug / pressure relief valve (installation depends on attachment type) 126 O-ring 127 O-ring with retainer ring 130 two way check valve 131 plug 132 plug 145 146 147 148 149 150 O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring
55 pressure relief valve - primary relief 56 O-ring 57 O-ring with retainer ring 60 pressure relief valve - secondary relief 61 O-ring 62 O-ring with retainer ring 65 two way insert valve - quick drop (Y6) 66 O-ring 67 O-ring with retainer ring 70 one way valve 71 O-ring 75 two way insert valve - blade release (Y3) 76 O-ring
LS MP P T
connection port - test point LD connection port - test point HD connection port - oil supply / pump connection port - oil return flow / tank
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B
01 01
Control valve block
Blatt Page Feuille
8.6.12.02
optional section
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B
01 01
Control valve block
Blatt Page Feuille
8.6.12.03
Notes
pos. 3 4 5 30 31 37 40 41 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
MA 70+5 Nm 160 Nm 5 Nm 9 Nm 10 Nm 240 Nm 10 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 150 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 200 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm
description allen head screw plug plug bleeder screw allen head screw plug plug plug (installed with Loctite) pressure relief valve pressure relief valve built-in valve - quick drop check valve built-in valve - float position built-in valve - float position check valve two way check valve pressure relief valve
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Control valve block
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 2077
8.6.50.01
standard control valve block 1 housing 2 end plate 3 allen head screw with washer 4 plug 5 plug 10 spool - lift /lower 11 spring retainer 12 spring 13 spring 14 spring retainer with retainer ring 15 cover 16 O-ring 17 cover 18 O-ring 20 spool - tilt 21 spring retainer 22 spring 23 spring 24 spring retainer with retainer ring 25 cover 26 O-ring 27 cover 28 O-ring 30 bleeder screw 31 allen head screw
80 built-in valve - float position (Y25) 81 O-ring 82 O-ring with retainer ring 85 check valve 85.1 spring 85.2 valve poppet 86 O-ring 90 two way check valve 95 pressure relief valve - secondary safety 96 O-ring 97 O-ring with retainer ring optional section 2 end plate 101 housing - optional section 110 spool - optional functions 111 spring retainer 112 spring 113 spring 114 spring retainer with retainer ring 115 cover 116 O-ring 117 cover 118 O-ring 119 bleeder screw 120 check valve 120.1 spring 120.2 valve poppet 121 O-ring 125 plug / pressure relief valve (installation depends on attachment type) 126 O-ring 127 O-ring with retainer ring 130 two way check valve 131 plug 145 146 147 148 149 150 O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring
37 38 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50
plug (MT1) plug (MT1) plug (two way check valve) plug (LS - channel) O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring
LS MP P T
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Control valve block
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 2077
8.6.50.02
optional section
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Control valve block
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 2077
8.6.50.03
Notes
pos. 3 4 5 30 31 32 37 40 41 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
MA 70+5 Nm 160 Nm 5 Nm 9 Nm 10 Nm 20 Nm 240 Nm 10 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 150 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm 200 Nm 5 Nm 100 Nm
description allen head screw plug plug bleeder screw allen head screw plug plug plug plug (installed with Loctite) pressure relief valve pressure relief valve built-in valve - quick drop check valve built-in valve - float position built-in valve - float position check valve two way check valve pressure relief valve
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Control valve block
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2078
8.6.51.01
standard control valve block 1 housing 2 end plate 3 allen head screw with washer 4 plug 5 plug 10 spool - lift /lower 11 spring retainer 12 spring 13 cover 14 O-ring 15 adjustment screw 16 lock nut 17 O-ring 18 hut nut 20 spool - tilt 21 spring retainer 22 spring 23 cover 24 O-ring 25 adjustment screw 26 lock nut 27 O-ring 28 hut nut 30 bleeder screw 31 allen head screw 32 plug 37 38 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 plug (MT1) plug (MT1) plug (two way check valve) plug (LS - channel) O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring
80 built-in valve - float position (Y25) 81 O-ring 82 O-ring with retainer ring 85 check valve 85.1 spring 85.2 valve poppet 86 O-ring 90 two way check valve 95 pressure relief valve - secondary safety 96 O-ring 97 O-ring with retainer ring optional section 2 end plate 101 housing - optional section 110 spool - optional functions 111 spring retainer 112 spring 113 cover 114 O-ring 115 adjustment screw 116 lock nut 117 O-ring 118 hut nut 119 bleeder screw 120 check valve 120.1 spring 120.2 valve poppet 121 O-ring 125 plug / pressure relief valve (installation depends on attachment type) 126 O-ring 127 O-ring with retainer ring 130 two way check valve 131 plug 132 plug 145 146 147 148 149 150 O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring O-ring
LS MP P T
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Control valve block
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2078
8.6.51.02
optional section
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Control valve block
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2078
8.6.51.03
Sub Group Index

Current flow diagram
PR 712 PR 722 PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B F/N xxx-01030218 F/N xxx-01030269 F/N xxx-02190271 F/N xxx-02700392 F/N xxx-20032091 F/N xxx-02720416 F/N xxx-03930598 F/N xxx-20922204 F/N xxx-20012064 F/N xxx-04170500 F/N xxx-05991000 F/N xxx-22052500 F/N xxx-20652500 F/N xxx-05012999 F/N xxx-10012999 F/N xxx-25012999 F/N xxx-25012999
9.1
9.1.10 9.1.11
9.1.12
9.1.13
9.1.14
PR 712B F/N xxx-30013083 PR 722B F/N xxx-30013170 PR 712B F/N xxx-30845599 PR 722B F/N xxx-31715599 PR 732B F/N xxx-30013135 PR 742B F/N xxx-30013088 PR 732B F/N xxx-31365599 PR 742B F/N xxx-30895599 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-20022026 F/N xxx-20272062 F/N xxx-20635071 F/N xxx-50725599
9.1.15 9.1.16 9.1.30 9.1.31 9.1.50 9.1.51 9.1.52 9.1.53
Electrical schematic and wiring

PR 712 PR 722 PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 F/N xxx-01030218 F/N xxx-01030269 F/N xxx-02190271 F/N xxx-02700392 F/N xxx-20032091 F/N xxx-20012500
9.2
9.2.10 9.2.11
(9.2.11.01)
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.0.00.01
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B
F/N xxx-02720416 F/N xxx-03930598 F/N xxx-20922204 F/N xxx-20012064 F/N xxx-04170500 F/N xxx-05991000 F/N xxx-22052500 F/N xxx-20652500 F/N xxx-05012999 F/N xxx-10012999 F/N xxx-25012999 F/N xxx-25012999
9.2.12
9.2.13
9.2.14
PR 712B F/N xxx-30013083 PR 722B F/N xxx-30013170 PR 712B F/N xxx-30845599 PR 722B F/N xxx-31715599 PR 712B F/N xxx-56005921 PR 722B F/N xxx-56005921 PR 712B F/N xxx-59226199 PR 722B F/N xxx-59226199 PR 712B F/N xxx-6200 PR 722B F/N xxx-6200 PR 732B F/N xxx-30013135 PR 742B F/N xxx-30013088 PR 732B F/N xxx-31365599 PR 742B F/N xxx-30895599 PR 732B F/N xxx-56005883 PR 732B F/N xxx-5884 PR 742B F/N xxx-56006199 PR 742B F/N xxx-6200 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-20022026 F/N xxx-20272062 F/N xxx-20635071 F/N xxx-50725599 F/N xxx-56005615 F/N xxx-56166199 F/N xxx-6200
9.2.15 9.2.16 9.2.17 9.2.18 9.2.19 9.2.30 9.2.31 9.2.32 9.2.33 9.2.40 9.2.41 9.2.50 9.2.51 9.2.52 9.2.53 9.2.54 9.2.55 9.2.56
Instrument panel
PR 712 PR 722 PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 F/N xxx-01030218 F/N xxx-01030269 F/N xxx-02190271 F/N xxx-02700392 F/N xxx-20032091 F/N xxx-02720416 F/N xxx-03930598 F/N xxx-20922204 F/N xxx-20012064
9.3
9.3.10 9.3.11
9.3.12
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B
F/N xxx-04170500 F/N xxx-05991000 F/N xxx-22052500 F/N xxx-20652500 F/N xxx-05012999 F/N xxx-10012999 F/N xxx-25012999 F/N xxx-25012999 F/N xxx-30013083 F/N xxx-30013170 F/N xxx-30013035 F/N xxx-30013088 F/N xxx-30845599 F/N xxx-31715599 F/N xxx-31365599 F/N xxx-30895599
9.3.13
9.3.14
9.3.15
9.3.16
PR 712B F/N xxx-56005921 PR 722B F/N xxx-56005921 PR 732B F/N xxx-56005883 PR 712B F/N xxx-59226199 PR 722B F/N xxx-59226199 PR 732B F/N xxx-5884 PR 712B F/N xxx-6200 PR 722B F/N xxx-6200 PR 742B F/N xxx-56006199 PR 742B F/N xxx-6200 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-20022026 F/N xxx-20272062 F/N xxx-20635071 F/N xxx-50725599 F/N xxx-56006199 F/N xxx-6200
9.3.17
9.3.18
9.3.19 9.3.40 9.3.41 9.3.50 9.3.51 9.3.52 9.3.53 9.3.54 9.3.55
Location of electrical components

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B F/N xxx-0501 F/N xxx-1001 F/N xxx-2501 F/N xxx-2501
9.4
9.4.10
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.0.00.02
Note: The indication on the wires at the end of the page designate the component/step of the continuation, Example: KL.30 = power supply line Continuations from page 00 /1 step 8 to X4 = panel plug are shown page 00 /4 Connections from page 00 /1, step 8 to A1 are shown in detail on the electric schematic / electronic control in group.10.2.. c= with air conditioner or auxiliary heater open cable from F11 d= with float position - ripper open cable Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl = blue bl-ws = blue-white br = brown br-ge = brown-yellow ge = yellow gn = green gr = gray rt = red rt-ws = red-white sw = black
Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 1mm Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F30 pos.
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F20 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30
Ampere application - standard

35A 3A 5A 8A 10A 5A 8A 25A 8A 5A 10A automatic circuit breaker - power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off electrical outlet 24V instruments, indicator lights, horn power supply roof panel free quick drop heater
- option
step
1 3 1,8,14,18 4 5 5,6,15,16 13 4 3 8,11,15 10,12,17,18 9 13,16 12 4,15 11 23 23 19 19 21 20
back up alarm, radio
monitoring - engine oil level, refueling pump light front
winch release air conditioner, operators seat with air suspension blower air conditioner, beacon light additional lights, refueling pump fuel preheater back up light
2A float position 8A free auxiliary heater (is located floating in the cable) 8A 8A 8A 8A 2A 5A windshield wiper and washer system front windshield wiper and washer system rear working light front left, rear right, instrument lights working light front right, rear left warning light cab
warning light canopy beacon light
pos. A1 A2 A3 A6 A7 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
description /step electronic box - connection /8 see group 10.2. (option) radio /25 (option) controller auxiliary heater /11 (option) refueling pump /16 (option) operators seat with air suspension /17 temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) /5
pos. B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24
description /step horn /6 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) horn - back up alarm /14 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /8 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /10
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list - Current flow diagram
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 00
Electrical System
9.1.14.00
pos. E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H10 H11 H12 H13 H17 H18 H23 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 K17 K18 K35 K37 K38 K39 K42 K43 K48 K53 K78 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R9 R11
description /step working light rear right /19 working light front left /19 working light rear left /19 working light front right /19 dome light /18 (option) back up light rear left /12 (option) back up light rear right /12 (option) heater for auxiliary heater /11 (option) high/low beam light front right /13 (option) high/low beam light front left /13 heater /10 (option) evaporator /10 (option) condenser /9 F1 - F30 see front page for listing alternator /1 batteries /1 indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 (option) indicator light - engine oil level /15 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /20 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /21 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /16 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay 35A - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /16 relay - warning light /24 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - compressor operators seat with air suspension /17 (option) relay - flame glow plug - auxiliary heater /11 (option) relay - auxiliary heater /10 (option) relay - back up light /12 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /16 relay 35A - working light /19 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (low beam light) /13 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (high beam light) /13 (option) relay - back up light /12 time relay - glow plug system /3 (option) relay 35A - parallel K4 /19 starter /2 windshield wiper front /23 windshield wiper left door /23 windshield wiper right door /23 windshield wiper rear /23 fresh air fan - heater /10 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /23 (option) motor - refueling pump /16 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operators seat with air suspension /17 motor - windshield washer system rear /23 hour meter /5 fuel gauge /5 coolant temperature gauge /5 engine oil pressure gauge /5 flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /5 resistor - blower motor - heater /10 (option) potentiometer auxiliary heater /11 (option) potentiometer air conditioner /10
pos. S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S16 S17 S18 S20 S21 S22 S25 S27 S28 S29 S44 S47 U1 V1 V3 V4 V9 V13 V17 V18 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X10 X15 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y25 Y26
description /step starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /23 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /23 (option) push button switch - working light front /13 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /19 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /10 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /23 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /23 (option) push button switch - winch release /18 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - float position - ripper /8 (option) clock - auxiliary heater /11 (option) rocker switch - low beam - high beam light /13 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /16 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /16 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection (at travel joystick) /7 (option) transformer - radio /20 diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - engine oil level /15 (option) diode 1A (V9) /15 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (K37) /16 electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /5 /15 coupling - cab - heater (option) plug - auxiliary heater plug roof panel - power supply plug roof panel - power supply plug to M3 /23 plug to M2 /23 plug to M4 /23 plug to M5 /23 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6 /21 (option) plug - air conditioner /9 plug to M7,M13 /23 plug to U1, A2 /21 solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 (option) solenoid valve - winch release /18 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) fuel pump auxiliary heater /11 solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8
Stromversorgung Power supply Alimentation

30 58
5A
Startanlage Start equipment Dmarrage
3 Flammstartanlage 4 Sicherheitseinrichtung
Flame glow plug Prchauffage Safety installation Installation de scurit
58
Steckdose, Anzeigeninstrumente, Warnlampen Plug socket, Gauge - Indicator, Warning lamps Prise, Instruments de mesure, Voyants de controle
Hupe Horn Klaxon
Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik , Schnellsenken, Elektronikberwachung, Reduz. Fahrgeschw. 8 Magnetventile: Schildfreigabe, Heckaufreisserfreigabe 7 (bei Fahrgeber)oder (permanent) Solenoid Valves:Float Position, Quick drop, Servo cut off,
Electronic System Guard, Red.Travel Speed (at Joystick)or(permanent) Contrle electronique, Petite vitesse (avec Joystick)ou(permanent)
Electrovanne:
Float Position Ripper Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Levier de scurit, Lame flottante Scarificateur
Kl.30
58
58
Kl.58
F3 S1
30 P,0 ,1, P 0 12 3 58 15 54
30
F4
8A
19 17 50a
D+ +24V Kl.15 A1-A A1-J

70 + +
86
30
86
30
X2
65 + +
X2
87a
K4
K39
87
85
87
85
F10
5A 31 31 S1 S
F3
5A
S21
S1
31
S12 X2
6
S1
31
S47 X2
S 69
S1
S11 X2
14
2.5
10A
2.5
H1
25A
F5 H2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
F6
F8
F15
S1
2A
8A
D+
30
D+
86
D+
S10 X2
5
X2
38
X4-C,E X4-A,B
K2 X2 X2
29 25
2.5
87a
87
85
2.5
X2
37
X2
13
X4-I
1 2.5 35A
V3 X2
17
X2
62 3 D+ + + + S1 + o G 2
X4-D
F1
12V
2 6 70
t
G
P1
+
30 86 49 20s 87a 49a 1
P2
P3
P4
H3
H4
H5 H23 V4 X5
5
S8 S
H11
H12
K7
G2
6 12V
V1
K3
87
X1 F2
16A
50
X2
27
85
X2
39
X2
51
X2
63
X2
4
X2
16
X2 X2
52 28
X2 X2
40 41
K53
30 50
31
S2
p 17
S22
S1
31
B11
31
B+
D+
G2
G o t
W p
G W p 500 31 p 8 31 31 p 8 31 p 2,5
30
85
30
85
G 3 50
U
X2
53
X2
87a
31
G1
88 86(85)
M1
31
R2
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6 B22
K5
K6 X2
18
87a
26
X2
1
X2
64
Q 31
X2
87 87
X2
58
31
B7
3 86 86
2.5
X2
30
Y1 K1
88a
S3 X2
54
R1
2.5 50
Y25
Y3
H8
Y26
Y16
Y4
Y6
A1-D A1-d 24V/A1 Kl.31
31
50
Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2
----- Optionen verkabelt, nicht bestckt Options wired, not equipped Options non equipes
01 01
Stromlaufplan Current Flow Diagramm Schmas lectriques
PR PR PR PR
712 B F/N xxx - 05013000 722 B F/N xxx - 10013000 732 B F/N xxx - 25013000 742 B F/N xxx - 25013000
9.1.14.00/1
Klimaanlage Air conditioner Climatisation

Kl.30 Kl.58
10
Heizung, Geblse Heating, Fresh air fan Chauffage, Ventilation
11
Standheizung Auxilary heater Chauffage additionel autonome
12
Rckfahrscheinwerfer Back up lights Phares de recul
13
Scheinwerfer vorne H3, Biluxscheinwerfer vorne H4 Headlights front H3,high/low beam lights front H4 Phares avant H3, Ampoule Phare H4
Kl.30
5A
Kl.58
D+ +24V Kl.15
10A
D+ +24V Kl.15
F12
F14 S25 X2
12 30 86 1 2 3
X10 R9
gn 6 5 4 3 rt 1 2 9
S S1 31
X2
21
S16
30 86 86 30
87a
87
K18
X14
85
E10 X15
1 7
8 10 9 11 12
X2
71
X2
50 4 1,5
X2
20 2.5 2.5
B9
p
31
X8
1 + 2.5
87 87a
K11
87a
K12
87
85
85
B8
31
X2
35
X8
6
0 12 3
8A
F11
10A
X2
47 +
X4
K
X4
J 1,5 1,5 1 p
18bar
X13
1 87a 87 85
1.5
S9
1 2 3 4 2.5 30 86 30 86 1.5 S S1 31
S6 K48
X43
5
X43
4
X43
7
F20
C
25A
K17 86
B
30
87 85
87
85
K35
1.5
B17
M M M
3 1,5
X4
G
R11
1
S27
S S1 31
X43
6
X2
23
35A
M11
M10 E17
87 87a
X4
H
F1
12V 6
X12
M
30 86
9 5 1 4 2 8 11 3 6 10 12 X11 1 2 3 4
86 30
K42
85
K43
87a 87 8A 85
X2
33 8
X8
7 4 gn 3
R3
A3
-
Y17
E9
E8 F7
8A
F13 X2
61
X8
5
G2
9 10 1 8 7 6 5 rt br-ge t 12V rt-ws bl-ws 1.5 +
1.5
X13 B24
M
2
X13
2 6
88 86(85)
X13
2
X2
49
X2
43
X2
44
M6
E16
E15
2
1.5
56a
56b 56a
56b
E13
E14
Y14
Kl.31
X8
3
K1
88a
Kl.31
01 01

.
PR PR PR PR
9.1.14.00/2
14 Back Up Alarm
Back up alarm Alarme marche arrire
15
lstandskontrolle Engine oil level Voyant niveau dhuile
16
Betankungspumpe Refueling pump Pompe de remplissage
17
Luftgefederter Sitz Driverseat w.air suspension Sige conducteur avec suspension air
Kl.30 Kl.58 F13 Kl.15 +24V

20A
Kl.30 Kl.58
F6
F6
F6
F11
S28
S29
86 30
2.5
S1
S1 S
X2
24
86 30
87a
F3
5A
87a
85
87
85
87
K37
K9
A7
M
2.5
M12
X2
42
X2
10
X2
11
X2
X2
8
22
K13
p
B9
31
H10
X2
34
X2
31
X2
59 31
X2
57
M M8
B8
H18
A7
A6
V13
(C) S +(A) Q
)A(+ Q
S (C)
B10 X5 Kl.31
5
V9
(B)
(B)
V17
10A
5A
8A
5A
Kl.58 +24V
Kl.31
01 01

.
PR PR PR PR
9.1.14.00/3
18
Kabinenleuchte Dome light Eclairage cabine
19
Arbeitsscheinwerfer Working lights Phares de travail
20
Rundumleuchte Beacon light Girophare
21
Warnleuchte Kabine Warning light cab Voyant dalarme cabine
22
Radio
23
Wisch-Waschanlage:Hinten, Vorne, Links, Rechts Windshield wiper and washer System front, rear, left, right Cirquit essuie lave - glce avant, arrire, gauche, droit
F8(4) +24 F3(8)

1,5 1,5
X4
C
X4
B
X4
A
X4
E
X4
B
X4
A
X37-2
2
X37-2
5A 3
X37-2 F30
4
X37-1
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
4
X47
1,5 1,5
5 1,5
S44
1 -
8A
86
30
K38 E7
85
87 1,5
+ L
F27 X4
P4/5
D
8A
F28
H13
F29
2A
8A
3A
A2 X37-2
1
R 2 10 2 10 0,1 2 10 0,1 7 2 5 4 7 2 5 4 7 2 5 4 2 10 0,1 0,1 7 2
5 4
X42
2 1.5 1.5
X42
3
S5 X47
1.5 1.5 86 30
S4
8A
S7
U1
+ 24V 12V
F26
F25
S17
S18
X46
1
X46
2
E4
E3
E6
E5
87a 87
K10
85
X41
1 2
X39 1
31b 53 M
X38
31b
1 2
X40 1
31b 53
53a 31
53a 31
53a 31
53a 31 M
53 M 2,5
53
X37-1
3
M13 X46 H17

3
M5
31
M7 X46
3
M2
31
M3
31
M4
31
X42
1 2,5
X4
I
X5-5(5) KL.31
31b
01 01

.
PR PR PR PR
9.1.14.00/4
Note: The indication on the wires at the end of the page designate the component/step of the continuation Example: Y4 /8 = wire solenoid valve Y4 in step 8 = servo cut off Continuations from page 00 /1 step 8 to X4 = panel plug are shown on page 00 /4 Connections from page 00 /1, step 8 and step 1 to X32-A1(*) are shown in detail on the electric schematic / electronic control in group.10.2.. c= with float position - ripper open cable d= with air conditioner or auxiliary heater open cable from F11 e= connect cable at K4 /87 (step 4) Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl = blue bl-ws = blue-white br = brown br-ge = brown-yellow ge = yellow gn = green gr = gray rt = red rt-ws = red-white sw = black
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F20 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30

- option
step
1 3 1,8,13,21 4 5 5,6,15,16 13 4 3 5,8,11,15 10,12,17,18 9 13,20 12 4,15 11 26 26 22 22 24 23,27
monitoring - engine oil level light front
winch release air conditioner, operators seat with air suspension blower air conditioner refueling pump, additional lights, fuel preheater back up light auxiliary heater (is located floating in the cable)
3A float position 8A 8A 10A 10A 2A 8A windshield wiper and washer system front windshield wiper and washer system rear working light front left, rear right, instrument lights working light front right, rear left warning light cab
warning light canopy beacon light, warning flash light
pos. A1 A2 A3 A6 A7 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7
description /step electronic box - connection /8 see group 10.2. (option) radio /25 (option) controller auxiliary heater /11 (option) refueling pump /16 (option) operators seat with air suspension /17 temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) /5 horn /6 Benennung Description Dnomination
pos. B8 B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24
description /step (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) horn - back up alarm /14 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /8 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /10
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B F/N xxx-3001 3083 PR 722 B F/N xxx-3001 3170
01 01
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.1.15.00
pos. E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H17 H18 H23 H30 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K17 K18 K35 K37 K38 K39 K40 K41 K42 K43 K48 K53 K78 M1 M2 M3 M4 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3
description /step (option) light front left /13 (option) light front right /13 working light rear right /22 working light front left /22 working light rear left /22 working light front right /22 dome light /21 (option) back up light rear left /12 (option) back up light rear right /12 (option) heater for auxiliary heater /11 (option) high/low beam light front right /13 (option) high/low beam light front left /13 heater /9 (option) evaporator /10 (option) condenser /9 F1 - F30 see front page for listing alternator /1 batteries /1 indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 (option) indicator light - engine oil level /15 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /23 (option) indicator light - winch release /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /V9 /24 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /16 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 (option) warning flash light /27 battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay 35A - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /16 relay - warning light /24 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - flame glow plug - auxiliary heater /11 (option) relay - auxiliary heater /10 (option) relay - back up light /12 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /16 relay 35A - working light /22 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - light front /13 (option) relay - fuel heater /20 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (low beam light) /13 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (high beam light) /13 (option) relay - back up light /12 time relay - glow plug system /3 (option) relay 35A - parallel K4 /19 starter /2 windshield wiper front /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper rear /26 fresh air fan - heater /10 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /26 (option) motor - refueling pump /16 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operators seat with air suspension /17 motor - windshield washer system rear /26 hour meter /5 fuel gauge /5 coolant temperature gauge /5 engine oil pressure gauge /5 flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /10
pos. R9 R10 R11 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S16 S17 S18 S20 S21 S22 S25 S27 S28 S29 S44 S45 S47 U1 V1 V3 V4 V9 V13 V17 V18 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X10 X15 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X65 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y25 Y26
description /step (option) potentiometer - auxiliary heater /11 (option) fuel heater /20 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9 starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /26 (option) push button switch - working light front /13 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /22 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /10 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /26 (option) push button switch - winch release /18 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - float position - ripper /8 (option) clock - auxiliary heater /11 (option) rocker switch - low beam - high beam light /13 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /16 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /16 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) rocker switch - warning flash light /27 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection (at travel joystick) /7 (option) transformer - radio /20 diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - engine oil level /15 (option) diode 1A (V9) /15 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (K37) /16 electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /5 /15 coupling - cab - heater (option) plug - auxiliary heater plug roof panel - power supply plug roof panel - power supply plug to M3 /26 plug to M2 /26 plug to M4 /26 plug to M5 /26 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6 /21 (option) plug - air conditioner /9 plug to M7,M13 /26 plug to U1, A2 /21 (option) plug - operators seat with air suspension /17 solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 (option) solenoid valve - winch release /18 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) fuel pump auxiliary heater /11 solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8

30 58
5A
58
Hupe Horn Klaxon
Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik , Schnellsenken, Elektronikberwachung, Reduz. Fahrgeschw. 8 Magnetventile: Schildfreigabe, Heckaufreisserfreigabe 7 (bei Fahrgeber)oder (permanent) Solenoid Valves:Float Position, Quick drop, Servo cut off,
Electronic System Guard, Red.Travel Speed (at Joystick)or(permanent) Contrle electronique, Petite vitesse (avec Joystick)ou(permanent)
Electrovanne:
30 /9
58
58
S1-58 /9
F3 S1
30 P ,0,1, P 0 12 3 58 15 54
30
F4
8A
19 17 50a
D+/9 +24V /9 S1-15 /9 X32 A1-A(*) X32 A1-J(*)

70 + +
86
30
86
30
X2
65 + +
X2
87a
K4
K39
87
85
87
85
F10
5A 31 31 S1 S
F3
5A
S21
S1
31
S12 X2
6
S1
31
S47 X2
S 69
S1
S11 X2
14
2.5
10A
2.5
H1
25A
F5 H2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
8A
F6
F10
F8
F15
S1
2A
5A
D+
30
D+
86
D+
S10 X2
5
X2
38
X4-C,E /21 X4-A,B /21
K2 X2 X2
29 25
2.5
87a
87
85
2.5
X2
37
X2
13
X4-I /21
1 2.5 35A
V3 X2
17
X2
62 3 D+ + + + S1 + o G 2
X4-D /21
F1
12V
2 6 70
t
G
P1
+
30 86 49 20s 87a 49a 1
P2
P3
P4
H3
H4
H5 H23 V4 X5
5
S8 S
H11
H12
K7
G2
6 12V
V1
K3
87
X1 F2
16A
50
X2
27
85
X2
39
X2
51
X2
63
X2
4
X2
16
X2 X2
52 28
X2 X2
40 41
K53
30 50
31
S2
p 17
S22
S1
31
B11
31
B+
D+
G2
G o t
W p
G W p 500 31 p 8 31 31 p 8 31 p 2,5
30
85
30
85
G 3 50
U
X2
53
X2
87a
31
G1
88 86(85)
M1
31
R2
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6 B22
K5
K6 X2
18
87a
55
X2
26
X2
1
X2
64
Q 31
X2
87 87
X2
58
31
B7
3 86 86
2.5
X2
30
Y2 K1
88a
Y1 R1
2.5
S3 X2
54
Y25
Y3
H8
Y26
Y16
Y4
Y6
X32 A1-D(*) X32 A1-d(*) X32 A1-24V(*) 31/9
X32 A1-B(*)
50 50
31
Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm 2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2
01 01
PR 712 B F/N xxx - 30013083 PR 722 B F/N xxx - 30013170
9.1.15.00/1

30/8
10
11
12
13
30/14
5A
S1-58/8
S1-58/14
D+/8 K4(+24V)/8 S1-15/8

10A
D+/14 +24V/14 S1-15/14
F12
F14 S25 X2
12 30 86 1 2 3
X10 R9
gn 6 5 4 3 rt 1 2 9
S S1 31
X2
21
1.5
S16
30 86 86 30
87a
X2
50 4 1,5
X2
20 2.5 2.5
B9
p
31
X8
1 + 2.5
87 87a
K11
87a
K12
87
85
85
B8
31
1.5 +
87
K18
X14
85
E10 X15
1 7
8 10 9 11 12
X2
71
8A
F11
10A
X2
0 12 3 47
S6
S1 31 +
X2
35
X8
6
X4
K
X4
J 1,5 1,5
X13
1 87a 87 85
1.5
S9
1 2 3 4 2.5 30 86 30 86 1.5 S S1 31
S6 K48
X43
5
X43
4 p
18bar
X43
7
F20
C
25A
K17 86
B
30
87 85
87
85
K35
1.5 30 86
R11
6
B17
M M M
3 1,5
X4
G
K40
87 87a 85
S27
S S1 31
X43
6
X2
23
X12
M
30 86
9 5 1 4 2 8 11 3 6 10 12 X11 1 2 3 4
86 30
M11
M10 E17
87 87a
X4
H
K42
85
K43
87a 87 8A 85
X2
33
6 t t 7 8
X8
5 4 gn 3 9 10 1 rt br-ge t
Y17 R3
A3
E9
E8
F7
8A
F7
1.5
8A
F13 X2
61
7 6 5 rt-ws bl-ws
1.5
X13 B24
M
2
X13
2 6
X13
2
X2
49
X2 X2
61 49
X2
43
X2
44
1,5
M6
E16
E15
56a 2 56b 56a 56b
1.5
E1
E2 E13
E14
Y14
31/8
X8
3
31/14
Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm
01 01

.
9.1.15.00/2
14
Back Up Alarm Back up alarm Alarme marche arrire
15
16
17 18 Luftgefederter Sitz
Driverseat w.air suspension Sige conducteur avec suspension air
19
Relais zus. zu K4 Relais add. to K4 Relais supl. K4
20
Kraftstoffwasserabscheider heizbar Fuel water seperator heated Nettoyer - carburant chauffe
Windenfreischaltung Winch Freespool Dbrayage du treuil
30/13 58/13
20A
30/21 58/21 F13 F13

16A
F6
F6
F6
F11
10A
F11
10A
5A
8A
5A
15/13 K4+24V/13
15/21 K4+24V/21
S28
S29
86 30
86 30
2.5
S1
S1 S
2.5
86 30
86 30
87a
87a
F3
5A
K37
K9
87a
85
87
85
87
K78
85
87
K41 85
2,5 87
2.5
X2
42 +
X2
10
X2
11
X2
8
X2
22
X2 S20
S S1 31
2,5
X2
9
56
B9
31
H10 A7
p
M12
br bl 2,5 ge/gn
15C
X2
59 31
X2
57
M M8
X65
R10 H14
B8
H14
A6
V13
X2
(C) S +(A) Q )A(+ Q (B) (B) S (C) 48
B10 X5 31/13
5
V9
V17 Y15 31/21
2,5
Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2
01 01

.
9.1.15.00/3
21
Kabinenleuchte Dome light Eclaireage cabine
22
23
24
25
Radio
26
27
Warnblitzleuchte Warning flash light Lumire
+24V
1,5
1,5
X4
C
X4
B
X4
A
X4
E
X4
B
X4
A
X37-2
2
X37-2
5A 3
X37-2 F30
4
X37-1
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
4
X47
1,5 1,5
5 1,5
S44
1 -
8A
U1 X4 C,E/8 (F3/8) X4 A,B/8 (F8 +24V/4) X4 I/8 (X5-5/5) X4 D/8 (P4/5) E7 F27 X4
D 8A 8A 86 30
K38
85
87 1,5
12V
per+
+ L
3A
F28
H13
F29
2A
A2 X37-2
1
R 2 10 2 10 0,1 2 10 0,1 2 10 0,1 0,1 7 2 5 4 7 2 5 4 7 2 5 4 7 2
8A
S7
+ 24V 12V
F26
F25
F30
5 4
X42
2 1.5 1.5
X42
3
S5 X47
1.5 1.5 86 30
S4
S17
S18
1
X46
1
X46
2
S45 X39 1
2 3
E4
E3
E6
E5
87a 87
K10
85
X41
1 2
X38
31b
1 2
X40 1
31b 53
53a 31
53a 31
53a 31
53a 31
31b
53 M
53 M
53
31b
X37-1
3
2,5
H30
M13 X46 H17

3
M5
31
M7 X46
3
M2
31
M3
31
M4
31
X42
1 2,5
X4
I
5A
31/20
31
Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm
01 01

.
9.1.15.00/4
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F20 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30

35A 3A 5A 8A 10A 8A 8A 25A 8A 5A 10A 10A 8A,16A,20A 8A 2A 25A 8A 8A 8A 8A 2A 5A automatic circuit breaker - power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off electrical outlet 24V instruments, indicator lights, horn power supply roof panel free quick drop heater
- option
step
1 3 1,8,13,21 4 5 5,6,15,16 13 4 3 5,8,11,15 10,12,17,18 9 13,20 12 4,15 11 26 26 22 22 24 23,27
winch release air conditioner, operators seat with air suspension blower air conditioner additional lights, fuel preheater, refueling pump back up light auxiliary heater (is located floating in the cable)
float position windshield wiper and washer system front windshield wiper and washer system rear working light front left, rear right, instrument lights working light front right, rear left warning light cab
pos. A1 A2 A3 A6 A7 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7
description /step electronic box - connection /8 see group 10.2. (option) radio /25 (option) controller auxiliary heater /11 (option) refueling pump /16 (option) operators seat with air suspension /17 temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) /5 horn /6
pos. B8 B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24 B34 B35
description /step (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) horn - back up alarm /14 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /8 (option) push button switch - air conditioner (18 bar) /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /10 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /7 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /7
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B F/N xxx -3084 5599 PR 722 B F/N xxx -3171 5599
01 02
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.1.16.00
pos. E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H17 H18 H23 H30 H36 H39 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K17 K18 K35 K37 K38 K39 K40 K41 K42 K43 K48 K53 K78 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1
description /step (option) light front left /13 (option) light front right /13 working light rear right /22 working light front left /22 working light rear left /22 working light front right /22 dome light /21 (option) back up light rear left /12 (option) back up light rear right /12 (option) heater for auxiliary heater /11 (option) high/low beam light front right /13 (option) high/low beam light front left /13 heater /9 (option) evaporator /10 (option) condenser /9 F1 - F30 see front page for listing alternator /1 batteries /1 indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 (option) indicator light - engine oil level /15 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /23 (option) indicator light - winch release /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /V9 /24 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /16 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 (option) warning flash light /27 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /7 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /7 battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay 35A - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /16 relay - warning light /24 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - flame glow plug - auxiliary heater /11 (option) relay - auxiliary heater /10 (option) relay - back up light /12 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /16 relay 35A - working light /22 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - light front /13 (option) relay - fuel heater /20 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (low beam light) /13 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (high beam light) /13 (option) relay - back up light /12 time relay - glow plug system /3 (option) relay 35A - parallel K4 /19 starter /2 windshield wiper front /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper rear /26 fresh air fan - heater /10 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /26 (option) motor - refueling pump /16 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operators seat with air suspension /17 motor - windshield washer system rear /26 hour meter /5 fuel gauge /5 coolant temperature gauge /5 engine oil pressure gauge /5 flame glow plug /3
pos. R2 R3 R9 R10 R11 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S16 S17 S18 S20 S21 S22 S25 S27 S28 S29 S44 S45 S47
description /step fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /10 (option) potentiometer - auxiliary heater /11 (option) fuel heater /20 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9 starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /26 (option) push button switch - working light front /13 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /22 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /10 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /26 (option) push button switch - winch release /18 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - float position - ripper /8 (option) clock - auxiliary heater /11 (option) rocker switch - low beam - high beam light /13 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /16 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /16 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) rocker switch - warning flash light /27 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection (at travel joystick) /7 (option) transformer - radio /20 diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - engine oil level /15 (option) diode 1A (V9) /15 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (K37) /16 electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /5 /15 coupling - cab - heater (option) plug - auxiliary heater plug to A1 plug roof panel - power supply plug roof panel - power supply plug to M3 /26 plug to M2 /26 plug to M4 /26 plug to M5 /26 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6 /21 (option) plug - air conditioner /9 plug to M7,M13 /26 plug to U1, A2 /21 (option) plug - operators seat with air suspension /17 solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 (option) solenoid valve - winch release /18 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) fuel pump auxiliary heater /11 solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8
U1 V1 V3 V4 V9 V13 V17 V18 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X10 X15 X32 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X65 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y25 Y26

30 58
5A
58
Hupe Horn Klaxon
Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik , Schnellsenken, Elektronikberwachung,Reduz. Fahrgeschw. 8 Magnetventile: Schildfreigabe, Heckaufreisserfreigabe lstandsberwachung Doppellifetime 7 Electronic Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick drop, Servo cut off, System Guard,Red.Travel Speed
Oillevel monitoring duo-cone seal area Contrle electronique,Petite vitesse,Contrle niveau dhuile double joint life-time area
Electrovanne:
S1-30 /9
58
58
S1-58 /9 D+/9 K4 (+24V) /9 S1-15 /9 X32 A1-A(*) X32 A1-J(*) F10

+ 5A 31 31 S1 S
F3 S1
30
P,0, 1,
30
F4
4
P 0 12 3 58 15 54
19 17 50a
86
30
8A
X2
65 5 + +
X2
70 +
K4
85
87
K39
2 4
F3
5A
S21
S1
31
S12 X2
6
S1
31
S47 X2
S 69
S1
S11 X2
14
2.5
10A
2.5
H1
25A
F5 H2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
F6
8A
F10
F8
F15
S1
2A
5A
D+
30
D+
86
D+
S10 X2
5
X2
38
87a
K2 X2 X2
29 25
X4-C,E /21 X4-A,B /21 X4-I /21
X2
37
X2
13
2.5 87
85
2.5
1 2.5 35A
V3 X2
17
X2
62 D+ + + + S1 + 15 30
X4-D /21
F1
12V
2 6 70
t
G
o G
87a
P1
+
3 1 49 20s 49a 1
P2
P3
P4
S8 S
5
K7
31
X5 X2
27
G2
6 12V
87
H3
H4
H5 H23 V4
H11
H12
H36
H39
V1
K3
X1 S2 F2
16A 2 3
50
X2 X2
5 4
X2
39
X2
51
X2
63
X2
4
X2
16
X2 X2
52 28
X2 X2
40 41
47
X2
68
67
A
+
p 17
K53
30 50
31
S22
S1
31
B11
31
B+
D+
G2
C
G
A
+
C
S Q
G 3 50
U
X2
53
G t o 96
W 0,5 p
G W p 500 31 31 p 12 31 p 8 31 p
2
S
55
26
64
G1
31
M1
88 86(85)
31
R2
31
B2
31
B3
B4
B5
B6 B22
B7
5 4
K5
K6 X2
18
B34
B35
2.5
X2
30
Y2 K1
88a
Y1 R1
2.5
S3 X2
54
X32 A1-B(*)
50 50
31
01 02
X2
X2
X2
X2
2,5
X2
3
X2
58
Y25
Y3
H8
Y26
Y16
Y4
Y6 X32 A1-D(*) X32 A1-d(*) X32 A1-24V(*) 31/9
PR 712B F/N xxx - 30845599 PR 722B F/N xxx - 31715599
9.1.16.00/1
10
11
12
13
30/8
5A
S1-30/14 F3 S1-58/14 D+/14 K4 (+24V)/14 S1-15/14

10A
S1-58/8 D+/8 K4(+24V)/8 S1-15/8 F12
F14 S25 X2
12 30 86 1 2 3
X10 R9
gn 6 5 4 3 rt 1 2 9
S S1 31
X2
21
1.5
S16
30 86 86 30
87a
X2
50 4 1,5
X2
20 2.5 2.5
p 1,5
B9
p 1,5
31
X8
1 + 2.5
87 87a
K11
87a
K12
87
85
85
B8
31
1.5 +
87
K18
X14
85
E10 X15
1 7
8 10 9 11 12
X2
71
8A
F11
10A
X2
0 12 3 47
S6
S1 31 +
X2
35
X8
6
X4
K
X4
J 1,5 1,5
X13
1 87a 87 85
1.5
S9
1 2 3 4 2.5 30 86 30 86 1.5 S S1 31
S6 K48
X43
5
X43
4 p
18bar
X43
7
F20
C
25A
K17 86
B
30
87 85
87
85
K35
1.5 30 86
B17
M M M
3 1,5
X4
G
R11
6
K40
87 87a 85
S27
S S1 31
X43
6
X2
23
X12
M
30 86
9 5 1 4 2 8 11 3 6 10 12 X11 1 2 3 4
86 30
M11
M10 E17
87 87a
X4
H
K42
85
K43
87a 87 8A 85
X2
33
6 t t 7 9 10 1 8 7 6 5
X8
5 4 gn 3
Y17 R3
A3
E9
E8
F7
8A
F7
1.5
8A
F13 X2
61
1.5
1,5
rt br-ge t
rt-ws bl-ws
X13 B24
M
2
X13
2 6
X13
2
X2
49
X2 X2
61 49
X2
43
X2
44
M6
E16
E15
56a 2 56b 56a 56b
1.5
E1
E2 E13
E14
Y14 31/8
X8
3
31/14
01 02

.
9.1.16.00/2
14
15
16
19
20
S1-30/13 S1-58/13
20A
S1-30/21 S1-58/21 F13 F13

16A
F6
F6
F6
10A
F11
F11
10A
5A
8A
5A
S1-15/13 K4(+24V)/13
S1-15/21 K4+24V/21
S28
S29
86 30
2.5
S1
S1 S
2.5
86 30
86 30
86 30
87a
87a
F3
5A
K37
K9
87a
85
87
85
87
K78
85
87
K41 85
2,5 87
2.5
X2
42 +
X2
10
X2
11
X2
8
X2
22
X2 S20
S S1 31
2,5
X2
9
56
p
1,5
B9
31
H10 A7
p
M12
br bl 2,5 ge/gn
15C
X2
59 31
X2
57
M M8
X65
R10 H14
1,5
B8
H18
A6
V13
X2
(C) S +(A) Q )A(+ Q (B) (B) S (C) 48
B10 X5 31/13
5
V9
V17 Y15 31/21
2,5
01 02

.
9.1.16.00/3
21
22
23
24
25
Radio
26
27
+24V
1,5
1,5
X4
C
X4
B
X4
A
X4
E
X4
B
X4
A
X37-2
2
X37-2
5A 3
X37-2 F30
4
X37-1
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
4
X47
1,5 1,5
5 1,5
S44
1 -
8A
D 8A 8A 86 30
K38
85
87 1,5
12V
per+
+ L
3A
F28
H13
F29
2A
A2 X37-2
1
R 2 10 2 10 0,1 2 10 0,1 2 10 0,1 0,1 7 2 5 4 7 2 5 4 7 2 5 4 7 2
8A
S7
+ 24V 12V
F26
F25
F30
5 4
X42
2 1.5 1.5
X42
3
S5 X47
1.5 1.5
1 3
S4
S17
S18
1
X46
1
X46
2
S45 X39 1
2 3
E4
E3
E6
E5 K10
2 4 5
X41
1 2
X38
31b
1 2
X40 1
31b 53
53a 31
53a 31
53a 31
53a 31
31b
53 M
53 M
53
31b
X37-1
3
2,5
H30
M13 X46 H17

3
M5
31
M7 X46
3
M2
31
M3
31
M4
31
X42
1 2,5
X4
I
5A
31/20
31
01 02

.
9.1.16.00/4
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F20 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31

- option
step
1 3 1,8,13,21 4 5 5,6,15,16 13 4 3 5,8,11,15 10,12,17,18 9 13,20 12 4,15 11 26 26 22 22 24 23,27 3
winch release air conditioner, operators seat with air suspension blower air conditioner refueling pump, additional lights, fuel preheater back up light auxiliary heater (is located floating in the cable)
3A float position 8A 8A 10A 10A 2A 8A 35A windshield wiper and washer system front windshield wiper and washer system rear working light front left, rear right, instrument lights working light front right, rear left warning light cab automatic circuit breaker - glow plug system
pos. A1 A2 A3 A6 A7 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7
description /step electronic box - connection /8 see group 10.2. (option) radio /25 (option) controller auxiliary heater /11 (option) refueling pump /16 (option) operators seat with air suspension /17 temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure (0.5 bar) /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) /5 horn /6 Benennung Description Dnomination
pos. B8 B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24
description /step (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) horn - back up alarm /14 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /8 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /10
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 732 B F/N xxx-30013135 PR 742 B F/N xxx-30013088

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Electrical System
9.1.30.00
pos. E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H17 H18 H23 H30 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K17 K18 K35 K37 K38 K39 K40 K41 K42 K43 K48 K53 K71 K78 M1 M2 M3 M4 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2
description /step (option) light front left /13 (option) light front right /13 working light rear right /22 working light front left /22 working light rear left /22 working light front right /22 dome light /21 (option) back up light rear left /12 (option) back up light rear right /12 (option) heater for auxiliary heater /11 (option) high/low beam light front right /13 (option) high/low beam light front left /13 heater /9 (option) evaporator /10 (option) condenser /9 F1 - F30 see front page for listing alternator /1 batteries /1 indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 (option) indicator light - engine oil level /15 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /23 (option) indicator light - winch release /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /V9 /24 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /16 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 (option) warning flash light /27 battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay 35A - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /16 relay - warning light /24 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - flame glow plug - auxiliary heater /11 (option) relay - auxiliary heater /10 (option) relay - back up light /12 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /16 relay 35A - working light /22 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - light front /13 (option) relay - fuel heater /20 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (low beam light) /13 (option) relay - high/low beam light front (high beam light) /13 (option) relay - back up light /12 time relay - glow plug system /3 relay - glow plug system /4 (option) relay 35A - parallel K4 /19 starter /2 windshield wiper front /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper rear /26 fresh air fan - heater /10 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /26 (option) motor - refueling pump /16 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operators seat with air suspension /17 motor - windshield washer system rear /26 hour meter /5 fuel gauge /5 coolant temperature gauge /5 engine oil pressure gauge /5 flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2
pos. R3 R9 R10 R11 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S16 S17 S18 S20 S21 S22 S25 S27 S28 S29 S44 S45 S47 U1 V1 V3 V4 V9 V13 V17 V18 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X10 X15 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X65 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y25 Y26 Y34 Y47 Y48
description /step resistor - blower motor - heater /10 (option) potentiometer - auxiliary heater /11 (option) fuel heater /20 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9 starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /26 (option) push button switch - working light front /13 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /22 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /10 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /26 (option) push button switch - winch release /18 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - float position - ripper /8 (option) clock - auxiliary heater /11 (option) rocker switch - low beam - high beam light /13 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /16 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /16 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) rocker switch - warning flash light /27 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection (at travel joystick) /7 (option) transformer - radio /20 diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - engine oil level /15 (option) diode 1A (V9) /15 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (K37) /16 electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /5 /15 coupling - cab - heater (option) plug - auxiliary heater plug roof panel - power supply plug roof panel - power supply plug to M3 /26 plug to M2 /26 plug to M4 /26 plug to M5 /26 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6 /21 (option) plug - air conditioner /9 plug to M7,M13 /26 plug to U1, A2 /21 (option) plug - operators seat with air suspension /17 solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 (option) solenoid valve - winch release /18 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) fuel pump auxiliary heater /11 solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /3 (option) solenoid valve - ultra quick drop left /8 (option) solenoid valve - ultra quick drop right /8

30
Hupe Horn Klaxon
Elektronikberwachung, Reduz. Fahrgeschw. 8 7 (bei Fahrgeber)oder (permanent) Electronic System Guard, Red.Travel Speed (at Joystick)or(permanent) Contrle electronique, Petite vitesse (avec Joystick)ou(permanent)
Magnetventile: Schildfreigabe, Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik , Schnellsenken, zus.Schnellsenkventil, Heckaufreisserfreigabe Solenoid Valves:Float Position, Quick Drop, add. Quick drop, Servo cut off, Float Position Ripper Electrovanne: Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Descente rapide additional, Levier de scurit, Lame flottante Scarificateur
30 58
30 P,0 ,1, 30
58
58
58
8A
S1-58
F4
4
F3 S1
5A
P 0 123
58 15 54 19 17 50a
D+ +24V S1-15 A1-A A1-J

70 +
86
30
86
30
X2
65 + +
X2
87a
K4
K39
87
85
87
85
S47
+ 31 31 S1 S
F10
5A
F3
5A
S21
S1
31
S12 X2
6
S1
31
S1
S11
X2
69
2.5
10A 8A 2A
2.5
F5
25A
F6
X2
14
H1
2.5 2.5 2.5
H2
F2
F8
F15
2A
S1
D+
30
D+
86
D+
S10 X2
5
X2
1
X2
38
X4-C,E X4-A,B
K2
2.5
87a 87 85
2.5
X2
29
X2
25 1
X2
37
X2
13
X4-I
2.5
49 20s
49a
V3 X2
17
X2
62 3 D+ + + + S1
+
X4-D
2
35A
F1
+ 12V
10 70
31
t
G
p
G
p G
K53
35A
1
P1
+ 1 30 86
P2
P3
P4
H3
H4
H5 H23 V4
5
50
G2
6
F31 V1
87 30 86
S8 X5 X2
40
H11
H12
K7
17
B11
+
31
X1 S2
2 3
87a
+ 12V
K3
X2
27
X2
39
X2
51
X2
63
X2
4
X2
16
X2
52
X2
28
X2
41
85
87
85
S22
S1
31
Y6
K71
30 50 G G o t 31 W G W p p 31 500 31 31 p 8 31 p 8 31 p 2.5 31 30 85 30 85
B+ D+
G2
G 50 3
U
X2
53
10
X2
26
X2
64
B7
87a
X2
3
X2
58
Y48
G1
31
M1
88 86(85)
31
R2
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6 B22
K5
K6 X2
18
87a
87
87
86
86
X2
30
Y34 K1
88a
Y1 R1
S3 X2
54
Y47 Y25 Y3 H8 Y26 Y16 Y4

A1-D A1-d A1-24V 31
31
50
50
01 03
Stromlaufplan Current Flow Diagram Schmas lectriques

.
9.1.30.00/1

30
10 Heizung, Geblse
Heating, Fresh air fan Chauffage, Ventilation
11
12
13Scheinwerfer vorne H3, Biluxscheinwerfer vorne H4

Headlights front H3,high/low beam lights front H4 Phares avant H3, Ampoule Phare H4
30 S1-58/2
S1-58/2
F3
D+ +24V S1-15/2
5A
D+ +24V S1-15/2
10A
F12
S25 X10 X2
12 30 S S1 31 86
E10 R9
gn
6 5 4 3
rt
1 2 9 1 7 2 8 10 9 11 12
87a
1.5
S16
30 86 86 30
X2
21
X2
50 4
X2
20
2.5
1,5
X8
1
2.5
B9
p
31
87a
K11
87a
87
87
85
85
K12
+
2.5
7
B8
31
X2
0 12 3
47
1 2 3 4
1.5
+
87
X14 K18
85
X15
X2
71
8A
F11
10A
F14
S6
S1
31 +
X2
35
X8
6
X4
K
X4
J
X13
1 87
1.5
S9
2.5
87a
S6
30 86 30 86
S1
31
1,5
85 25A
1.5
1,5
X43
5
X43
4 p 18bar 1
X43
7
F20
C
K17
B
86
30
87
85
87
85
K35
1.5
K48
30 86
B17
M M M
X4
1,5
G
R11
6
S27
S1
31
X43
6
K40 X2
23
87a
87
85 30 86 86 30
X12
M
t
5 7
2 8 11 3
6 10 12
X11
1 2
M11
M10 E17
X4
H
K42
87a 87 85
K43
87a 87 8A 85
X2
33
6 t
X8
4 3 10 1
A3 R3 Y17
E9
E8
F7
8A
F7
1.5 1.5
8A
F13 X2
61
1.5
gn
rt
br-ge
rt-ws
bl-ws
1,5
X13
M
2
X13
2
X13
2
X2
49
X2 X2
61 49
X2
43
X2
44
B24 E16
M6 E15
56a
56b
56a
56b
Y14
31
X8
3
E1
E2 E13
E14
31
01 03

.
9.1.30.00/2
14
15
16
19
20
30 58
20A
30 58 F13 F13
16A
F6
F6
F6
F11
10A
F11
10A
5A
8A
5A
15 +24V
15 +24V
S28
S29
86 30
86 30
2.5
S1
S1 S
2.5
86 30
86 30
87a
87a
F3
5A
K37
K9
87a
85
87
85
87
K78
85
87
K41 85
2,5 87
2.5
X2
42 +
X2
10
X2
11
X2
8
X2
22
X2 S20
S S1 31
2,5
X2
9
56
B9
31
H10 A7
p
M12
br bl 2,5 ge/gn
15C
X2
59 31
X2
57
M M8
X65
R10 H14
B8
H14
A6
V13
X2
(C) S +(A) Q )A(+ Q (B) (B) S (C) 48
B10 X5 31
5
V9
V17 Y15 31
2,5
01 03

.
9.1.30.00/3
21
22
23
24
25
Radio
26
27
F8(4) +24V F3(8)

1,5 1,5
+24V
X4
C
X4
B
X4
A
X4
E
X4
B
X4
A
X37-2
2
X37-2
5A 3
X37-2 F30
4
X37-1
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
4
X47
1,5 1,5
5 1,5
S44
1 -
8A
U1
86 30
K38 E7
85
87 1,5
12V
per+
+ L
3A
F27 X4 P4(5)
D
8A
F28
H13
F29
8A
2A
A2 X37-2
1
R 2 10 2 10 0,1 2 10 0,1 2 10 0,1 0,1 7 2 5 4 7 2 5 4 7 2 5 4 7 2
8A
S7
+ 24V 12V
F26
F25
F30
5 4
X42
2 1.5 1.5
X42
3
S5 X47
1.5 1.5 86 30
S4
S17
S18
1
X46
1
X46
2
S45 X39 1
2 3
E4
E3
E6
E5
87a 87
K10
85
X41
1 2
X38
31b
1 2
X40 1
31b 53
53a 31
53a 31
53a 31
53a 31
31b
53 M
53 M
53
31b
X37-1
3
2,5
H30
M13 X46 H17

3
M5
31
M7 X46
3
M2
31
M3
31
M4
31
X42
1 2,5
X4
I
X5-5(5) 31 31
Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm
01 03

.
5A
9.1.30.00/4
Note:
The indication on the wires at the end of the page designate the component/step of the continuation, Example: Y4 /8 = wire solenoid valve Y4 in step 8 = servo cut off Continuations from page 00 /1 step 8 to X4 = panel plug are shown on page 00 /4 Connections from page 00 /1, step 8 and step 1 to X32-A1(*) are shown in detail on the electric schematic / electronic control in group.10.2.. c= with float position - ripper open cable d= with air conditioner or auxiliary heater open wire from F11 e= connect wire at K4 /87 (step 4) Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl = blue bl-ws = blue-white br = brown br-ge = brown-yellow ge = yellow gn = green gr = gray rt = red rt-ws = red-white sw = black
Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 1mm
Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F31

pos.
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F20 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31 pos. A1 A2 A3 A6 A7 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7

- option
step
1 3 1,8,13,21 4 5 5,6,15,16 13 4 3 5,8,11,15 10,12,17,18 9 16,20 12 4,15 11 26 26 22 22 24 23,27 3
winch release air conditioner, operator's seat with air suspension blower air conditioner refueling pump, fuel preheater back up light auxiliary heater (is located floating in the cable)
2A float position 8A 8A 10A 10A 2A 8A 35A windshield wiper and washer system front windshield wiper and washer system rear working light front left, rear right, instrument lights working light front right, rear left warning light cab automatic circuit breaker - glow plug system pos. B8 B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24 B34 B35 description /step
description /step electronic box - connection /8 see group 10.2. (option) radio /25 (option) controller auxiliary heater /11 (option) refueling pump /16 (option) operator's seat with air suspension /17 temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure (0.5 bar) /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) /5 horn /6 Benennung Description Dnomination
(option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) /12 /14 (option) horn - back up alarm /14 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /8 (option) push button switch - air conditioner (18 bar) /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /10 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /7 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /7
Mjfcifss!
Parts list -Current flow diagram

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Electrical System
9.1.31.00
pos. E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 E15 E16 E17 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H17 H18 H23 H30 H36 H39 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K17 K18 K35 K37 K38 K39 K40 K41 K48 K53 K71 K78 M1 M2 M3 M4 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2
description /step (option) light front left /13 (option) light front right /13 working light rear right /22 working light front left /22 working light rear left /22 working light front right /22 dome light /21 (option) back up light rear left /12 (option) back up light rear right /12 (option) heater for auxiliary heater /11 heater /9 (option) evaporator air conditioner /10 (option) condenser air conditioner /9 F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /1 batteries /1 indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 (option) indicator light - engine oil level /15 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /23 (option) indicator light - winch release /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /V9 /24 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /16 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 (option) warning flash light /27 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /7 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /7 battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay 35A - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /16 relay - warning light /24 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - flame glow plug - auxiliary heater /11 (option) relay - auxiliary heater /10 (option) relay - back up light /12 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /16 relay 35A - working light /22 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - light front /13 (option) relay - fuel heater /20 (option) relay - back up light /12 time relay - glow plug system /3 relay - glow plug system /4 (option) relay 35A - parallel K4 /19 starter /2 windshield wiper front /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper left door /26 windshield wiper right door /26 windshield wiper rear /26 fresh air fan - heater /10 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /26 (option) motor - refueling pump /16 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operator's seat with air suspension /17 motor - windshield washer system rear /26 hour meter /5 fuel gauge /5 coolant temperature gauge /5 engine oil pressure gauge /5 flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2
pos. R3 R9 R10 R11 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S16 S17 S18 S20 S21 S22 S25 S28 S29 S44 S45 S47
description /step resistor - blower motor - heater /10 (option) potentiometer - auxiliary heater /11 (option) fuel heater /20 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9 starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /26 (option) push button switch - working light front /13 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /22 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /10 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /26 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /26 (option) push button switch - winch release /18 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - float position - ripper /8 (option) clock - auxiliary heater /11 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /16 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /16 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) rocker switch - warning flash light /27 (option) push button switch - travel speed range selection (at travel joystick) /7 (option) transformer - radio /20 diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - engine oil level /15 (option) diode 1A (V9) /15 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (K37) /16 electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /5 /15 coupling - cab - heater (option) plug - auxiliary heater plug roof panel - power supply plug roof panel - power supply plug to M3 /26 plug to M2 /26 plug to M4 /26 plug to M5 /26 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6 /21 (option) plug - air conditioner /9 plug to M7,M13 /26 plug to U1, A2 /21 (option) plug - operator's seat with air suspension /17 solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 (option) solenoid valve - winch release /18 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) fuel pump auxiliary heater /11 solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - float position - ripper /8 (option) solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /3 (option) solenoid valve - ultra quick drop left /8 (option) solenoid valve - ultra quick drop right /8
U1 V1 V3 V4 V9 V13 V17 V18 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X10 X15 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X65 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y25 Y26 Y34 Y47 Y48

30 58
5A
58
Hupe Horn Klaxon
Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik , Schnellsenken, Elektronikberwachung,Reduz. Fahrgeschw. 8 Magnetventile: Schildfreigabe, Heckaufreisserfreigabe lstandsberwachung Doppellifetime 7 Electronic Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick drop, Servo cut off, System Guard,Red.Travel Speed
Oillevel monitoring duo-cone seal area Contrle electronique,Petite vitesse,Contrle niveau dhuile double joint life-time area
Electrovanne:
S1-30 /9
58
58
S1-58 /9 D+/9 K4 (+24V) /9 S1-15 /9 X32 A1-A(*) X32 A1-J(*) F10

+ 5A 31 31 S1 S
F3 S1
30 P,0 ,1, P 0 12 3 58 15 54
30
F4
4
19 17 50a
86
30
8A
X2
65 + +
X2
70 +
K4
85
87
K39
4 5
F3
5A
S21
S1
31
S12 X2
6
S1
31
S47 X2
S 69
S1
S11 X2
14
2.5
10A
2.5
H1
25A
F5 H2
2.5 2.5 2.5
F6
F2
2A
F8
F15
S1
2A
8A
D+
30
D+
86
D+
S10 X2
X2
38
K2
2.5
87a 87 85
X2
1
X4-C,E /21 X4-A,B /21 X4-I /21
2.5
X2
29
X2
25
X2
37
X2
13 49 49a 20s
1 2.5 35A
V3 X2
17
X2
62
X4-D /21
15
D+ + + + S1 + p 17
30
F1
12V
2 6
10
70
K53
35A
31
t
G
o G
P1
+
1
P2
P3
P4
S8 S
5
K7
87a 87
H3
H4
H5 H23 V4 X5
H11
H12
H36
H39
31
B11
+
31
G2
6 12V
F31
30 86
V1
K3
5 4 2
X1 S2
2 3
50
X2 X2
X2
27
X2
39
X2
51
X2
63
X2
4
X2
16
X2 X2
52 28
X2 X2
40 41
47
X2
68
67
A
+
87
85
S22
S1
31
Y6
B+
D+
G2
30 50
K71
C
G G o t 31 W p 31 G W p 500 31 31 p 12 31 p 8 31 p 3 2 3 2
S
A
+
C
S Q
G 3 50
U
X2
53
26
64
31
G1
88 86(85)
M1
31
R2
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6 B22
B7
K5
K6 X2
18
B34
B35
10
X2
30
Y34 K1
88a
Y1 R1
S3 X2
54
X32 A1-B(*)
50 50
31
01 02
X2
X2
2,5
X2
3
X2
58
Y48
Y47
Y25
Y3
H8
Y26
Y16
Y4 X32 A1-D(*) X32 A1-d(*) X32 A1-24V(*) 31/9
9.1.31.00/1
10
11
12
13
Scheinwerfer vorne H3 Headlights front H3 Phares avant H3
30/8
5A
S1-30/14 F3 S1-58/14 D+/14 K4 (+24V)/14 S1-15/14

10A
S1-58/8 D+/8 K4(+24V)/8 S1-15/8 F12
F14 S25 X2
12 30 86 1 2 3
X10 R9
gn 6 5 4 3 rt 1 2 9
S S1 31
X2
21
1.5
S16
30 86 86 30
87a
X2
50 4 1,5
X2
20 2.5 2.5
p 1,5
B9
p 1,5
31
X8
1 + 2.5
87 87a
K11
87a
K12
87
85
85
B8
31
X2
0 12 3 47
1.5 +
87
K18
X14
85
E10 X15
1 7
8 10 9 11 12
X2
71
8A
F11
10A
S6
S1 31
X2
35
X8
6
X4
K
X4
J 1,5 1,5
X13
1 87a 87 85
2.5 30 86 30 86
1.5
S9
1 2 3 4
X43
5
X43
4 p
18bar
X43
7
F20
C
25A
K48
K17 86
30 87 85 87 85
K35
1.5 30 86
B17
M M M
3 1,5
X4
G
R11
6
K40
87 87a 85
X43
6
X2
23
X12
M
8 11 3
6 10 12
X11
1 2
M11
M10 E17
X4
H
X2
33
6 t t 7 9 10 1 8 7 6 5
X8
5 4 gn 3
Y17 R3
A3
E9
E8
F7
8A
1.5
1.5
1,5
rt br-ge t
rt-ws bl-ws
X13 B24
M
2
X13
2 6
X13
2
X2
49
X2
61
M6
E16
E15
2
E1
E2 31/14
Y14 31/8
X8
3
01 02

.
9.1.31.00/2
14
Back Up Alarm lstandskontrolle Back up alarm Engine oil level Alarme marche arrire Voyant niveau dhuile
15
16
19
20
S1-30/13 S1-58/13
20A
S1-30/21 S1-58/21 F13 F13

16A
F6
F6
F6
10A
F11
F11
10A
5A
8A
5A
S1-15/13 K4(+24V)/13
S1-15/21 K4+24V/21
S28
S29
86 30
2.5
S1
S1 S
2.5
86 30
86 30
86 30
87a
87a
F3
5A
K37
K9
87a
85
87
85
87
K78
85
87
K41 85
2,5 87
2.5
X2
42 +
X2
10
X2
11
X2
8
X2
22
X2 S20
S S1 31
2,5
X2
9
56
p
1,5
B9
31
H10 A7
p
M12
br bl 2,5 ge/gn
15C
X2
59 31
X2
57
M M8
X65
R10 H14
1,5
B8
H18
A6
V13
X2
(C) S +(A) Q )A(+ Q (B) (B) S (C) 48
B10 X5 31/13
5
V9
V17 Y15 31/21
2,5
01 02

.
9.1.31.00/3
21
22
23
24
25
Radio
26
27
+24V
1,5
1,5
X4
C
X4
B
X4
A
X4
E
X4
B
X4
A
X37-2
2
X37-2
5A 3
X37-2 F30
4
X37-1
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
4
X47
1,5 1,5
5 1,5
S44
1 -
8A
D 8A 8A 86 30
K38
85
87 1,5
12V
per+ + L
3A
F28
H13
F29
2A
2 10
2 10 0,1
2 10 0,1
2 10 0,1
A2 X37-2
1
R 0,1 7 2 5 4 7 2 5 4 7 2 5 4 7 2
8A
S7
+ 24V 12V
F26
F25
F30
5 4
X42
2 1.5 1.5
X42
3
S5 X47
1.5 1.5 1 3
S4
S17
S18
1
X46
1
X46
2
S45 X39 1
2 3
E4
E3
E6
E5 K10
2 4 5
X41
1 2
X38
31b
1 2
X40 1
31b 53
53a 31
53a 31
53a 31
53a 31
31b
53 M
53 M
53
31b
X37-1
3
2,5
H30
M13 X46 H17

3
M5
31
M7 X46
3
M2
31
M3
31
M4
31
X42
1 2,5
X4
I
5A
31/20
31
01 02

.
9.1.31.00/4
Note:
The indication on the wires at the end of the page designate the component/step of the continuation, Example: Y4 /8 = wire solenoid valve Y4 in step 8 = servo cut off Continuations from page 00 /1 step 7 to X4 = panel plug are shown on page 00 /4 Connections from page 00 /1, step 7 and step 1 to X32-A1(*) are shown in detail on the electric schematic / electronic control in group.10.2.. Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge = = = = = blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow gr rt rt-ws sw gn = = = = = gray red red-white black green

pos.Ampere application - standard F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F32 45A 3A 5A 8A 10A 5A 8A 25A 20A 5A 10A - option step 1 3 1,7,13 4 5 5,6,10 14 4 3 5,8,11,15 9,12 9 10 4,15 21 21 17 17 19 18 3
3A 8A 8A 10A 10A 2A 8A 45A
power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light back up alarm, radio electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off electrical outlet 24V instruments, indicator lights, horn, monitoring - engine oil level fan drive B28, oil level sensor - travel gear cone seal area light front power supply roof panel shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) quick drop, fan drive B29 pin puller heater air conditioner, operators seat with air suspension blower air conditioner refueling pump float position, fan drive B30 windshield wiper and washer system doors windshield wiper and washer system front, rear working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left instrument lights working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right warning light cab warning light canopy beacon light, warning flash light glow plug system
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752 F/N xxx- 2002 2026

Blatt Page Feuille
9.1.50.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A7 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24 B27 B28 B29 B30 B32 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H13 H17 H18 H23 H35 H36 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K37 K38 K39 K53 K70 K71 K73 K74 K75 M1 M2 M3 M4
description /step electronic box - connection /7 see group 10.2. (option) radio /2 (option) refueling pump /10 (option) operators seat with air suspension /12 temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /5 horn /6 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar /13 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /13 (option) horn - back up alarm /13 pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /8 (option) pressure switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /9 temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96C) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /5 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /5 mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007 (option) light front left /14 (option) light front right /B14 working light rear right /17 working light front left /17 working light rear left /17 working light front right /17 dome light /16 heater /9 2. working light front left /17 2. working light front right /17 F1 - F32 see front page for listing alternator /1 batteries /1 indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /19 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /10 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /5 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /5 mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007 battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /10 relay - warning light /19 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /10 relay - working light /17 relay - power guard /4 time relay - glow plug system /3 (option) relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 relay - glow plug system /3 relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /3 (option) relay - light front /14 2. relay - working light /17 starter /2 windshield wiper front /21 windshield wiper left door /21 windshield wiper right door /21
pos. M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R11 R12 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S16 S17 S18 S28 S29 S44 S48 S52 U1 V1 V2 V3 V17 V18 V34 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X57 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y34 Y25 Y45 Y46 Y49 Y50 Y51 Y25
description /step windshield wiper rear /21 fresh air fan - heater /9 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /21 (option) motor - refueling pump /10 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operators seat with air suspension /12 motor - windshield washer system rear /21 hour meter /5 fuel gauge /5 coolant temperature gauge /5 engine oil pressure gauge /5 flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /9 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9 flame glow plug /3 starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /21 (option) push button switch - working light front /14 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /17 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /9 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /21 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /10 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /10 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) push button switch hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 push button switch - pin puller /11 (option) transformer - radio /20 diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (K37) /9 (option) diode 1A (H35) /5 electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /5 coupling - cab - heater plug plug plug to M3 /21 plug to M2 /21 plug to M4 /21 plug to M5 /21 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6, E18, E19 /17 plug to M7,M13 /21 plug to U1, A2 /20 plug to Y51 solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /2 2. solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 1 = pull, 2 = hold solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /8 (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /11 solenoid valve - fan drive /5
Stromversorgung Power Supply Alimentation

30 58 5A
2 Startanlage
Start equipment Dmarrage
3 Flammstartanlage
Flame glow plug Prchauffage
Sicherheitseinrichtung Safety Installation Installation de scurit
Lftersteuerung Steckdose, Anzeigeinstrumente, Warnlampen lstandsberwachung Hupe Plug Socket, Gauge - Indicator, Warning Lamps Fan Device Oillevel Monitor Horn Prise, Instruments de mesure, Voyants de contrle Commande Ventilateur Monitorage Niveau D`Huile Klaxon
58
Elektronikberwachung,Reduz. Fahrgeschw., 7 Kabinenanschl.-X4, Boxanschl.-A1 Electronic System Guard,Low Speed Select, Cabine conn.-X4, E-Box conn.-A1 Contrle electronique,Petite vitesse, Conn. Cabine-X4, Conn.-E-Box-A1
30/8
58 30
P ,0,1, P 0 123 58 15 54
58 30 2,5
F4
2.5
8A
58/8 Y4/8 S11/+/8 D+/8 +24V/8 15/8 X32 A1-A(*)
F3 S1
19 17 50a
86
30
86
30
X2
65 +
87a
87a
87
3A
5A
5A
K4
K39
F15
F6
F6
5A
85
87
F3
5A
85
F10
S12 X2
2.5 10A 2.5 48
S S1 31
X2
15
X2
44
X2
6
F5 H1
2.5 2.5 2.5
F6
F2 H2
F9
20A
25A
3A
F8
F15
2.5
3A
5A
X32 A1-J(*)
> 50 < 55
> 60 < 65
> 85 < 90
D+ 30
D+ 85 86 30
D+
B30
B29
B28
X4-C,E/16
K2
2.5 87a 87 86 85 87a 87
K73
2X1,5
X4-A,B/16 X4-I/16
X2
29
X2
25
37 1
X2
X2
13 2.5
X2
1
X2
43 2.5
V3 X2
17
X2
62
X4-D/16
S1
45A
F1
2 2.5 rt 70 2
45A
P1 D+ P2 +
Q
P3 +
t o
P4 +
p
+
12V
- G
- G
- G
H3
H4
H23
H35
H5 V34
V4 X5 X2
28
5
H36
S8
H11
H12
50
V1
87
30
86 49 49a
20s
2.5 rt
G2
6
X2
26
F32
1 1
X1
86
X2 X2
27 39
+
12V
88
X2
51
X2
63
X2
4
X2
52
X2
46
X2
16
X2 X2
40 69
X2
71
X2
41
87a
K3
-
85 31
S2
2 3
G2
B+
3
U
K53 K71 88a
85 G G W
96 0,5
D+ 50
X2
53
30 M
50
GW
p p
500
G W
96
30
p
8
85
30
85
X2
64 2.5 31
o t
p
17
p
2,5
o t
+ S
87a
G1
31
88 86(85)
M1
R2
1 2
B2
B3
B4
B5
B22
B27
B6
B32
K5
K6
87
86
87a
87
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
A C B
B7
86
X2 S3 X2
54 18
X2
Y34 K1
88a A1 - B(*)
Y1 R12
30
Y49 R1
2.5
Y52
X32 A1-D(*) X32 A1-d(*) +24V X32 A1-C(*) 31/8
50
31
50
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20022026
9.1.50.00/1
8 Magnetventile:
Schildfreigabe, Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik, Schnellsenken Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick Drop, Servo cut off Electrovanne: Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Levier de scurit
9
Klimaanlage,Heizung,Geblse Air conditioner, Heating, Fresh air fan Climatisation, Chauffage, Ventilation
10
11
Bolzenzieher Pin Puller/Ripper Axe dent ripper
30/12 58/12
30/7 58/7 S2-3/4 S2-3/4 D+/7 K4(+24V)/4 15/7
F13
20A
D+/12 K4(+24V)/12 15/12
10A
5A
5A
F12 S11 +
31 S1 S
F10
5A
10A
F11
F6
F6
F10
S52
2.5
S28
S S1 31
S1
S1
S1
S29
86 30
X2
14
X2 S16
+ 21
X2
86 30
50
V18
85 87a 4 1.5
2 S1
K11 30 86
87a 87 85
K12 86
87a 85
30
85
X8
1 +
K37
K9
87
87a
X56
87
87
S10 X56
1
S2
X2
38 7
X4
X4
J
X2
35
X8
6
0 12 3
S9
1 2 3 4
X2
X2
10
X2
2.5
11
X2
8
X2
47
1
p
X43
7 1.5 B
K7
1 4 5
18bar
R11
X57
A
B17 X43
p 24bar
X4
G
X43
X43
X2
23 M
M8
X4 X2
1.5 H 33 8 6 7
3 gn 9 10 1 8 7 6 5
B11 31
H18 A6
Y51
X2
3 1.5
X8
5
4
R3 X57
2.5
bl-ws
rt br-ge rt-ws
E17 Y25 Y3 H8 Y4 Y6 Y50

M M M
)A( + S (C) M Q
B24 E16 Y14
M6 E15 2 X8
3
(B)
V17
M11
31/7
M10
5A
31/12
Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20022026
9.1.50.00/2
12
Luftgefederter Sitz Driver seat with air suspension Sige conducteur avec suspension air
30/11 58/11
13
14
Scheinwerfer vorne Headlights Front Phares de route
15
Schnittwinkelverstellung Blade pitch Adjustment Rglage de angle de coupe 30 58
D+/11 K4(+24V)/11 15/11 10A
D+ +24V 15
F11
F3
5A
F10
+ 1,5 30 86
S6
2,5
S S1 31
K70
87a 87 85
X2
42
X2
22
30 86
X2
72
5A
X2
67
X2
68
K74
87 87a 85 2,5 2
X8
3
F7
p
8A
S48
1,5 31 1,5
A7
M M12
B9
X2
p
X2
61 1,5
49 1,5 31
B8
4
X8
1
E1
E2
Y45
Y46
B10
1,5
1,5
31/11
31
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20022026
9.1.50.00/3
16
Fahrerstandbeleuchtung Dome light Eclairage cabine
17
18 19 Rundumleuchte
Beacon light Girophare
20
Radio Radio Radio
21
Wisch-Waschanlage:Hinten, Vorne, Links, Rechts Windshield wiper and washer system: rear, front, left, right Circuit essuie - glace arrire, avant gauche, droit
+24V
1,5
1,5
1,5
X4
C
X4
B
X4
A
X4
A
X4
E
X4
B
X4
A
X37-2
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
5A 4
X37-2 F30
4
X37-1
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
4
5 5 1,5 1,5
X47 24V 12V
S44
S7
8A
K38
85 87
K75
85 87
H13
F26
F25
X4-C,E/7 (F3/7) X4-A,B/7 (F8/4+24V) X4-I/7 (X5-5/5) X4-D/7 (P4/5)
E7
10A 10A
+
3A
F27 X4
D
F28
F29
2A
A2
21 0
0,12 1 0
8A
86 30
86 30
1,5
1,5
U1
21 0 0,1
21 0,1 0
0,1
7 2 5 4
7 2 5 4
7 2 5 4
7 2
X37-2
1
5 4
X42
2 1.5 1.5
X42
3
S5 X47
1.5 1.5 1.5 86 30
S4 X46
2
S17
S18
X46
1
1.5
K10
87a 87
E4
E3 E18
E6
E5 E19
85
X41
12
X39 1
53
2 53a
3 31b
X38
12
3 31b
X40 1
53
3 31b
53a 31
53a 31 31b
53 2,5
31
53
X37-1
3
M13
M7 M5
M
M2
M 31
M3
M 31
M4
M 31
X42
1 2,5
X4
I
H17
X46
3
X46
3
53a 31
31/15
31
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20022026
9.1.50.00/4
Note: The indication on the wires at the end of the page designate the component/step of the continuation, Example: Y4 /8 = wire solenoid valve Y4 in step 8 = servo cut off Continuations from page 00 /1 step 7 to X4 = panel plug panel plug are shown on page 00 /4 Connections from page 00 /1, step 7 and step 1 to X32-A1(*) are shown in detail on the electric schematic / electronic control in group.10.2.. Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl = blue bl-ws = blue-white br = brown br-ge = brown-yellow ge = yellow gn = green gr = gray rt = red rt-ws = red-white sw = black
Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F32 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F32 Ampere application - standard 45A 3A 5A 8A - option step 1 3 1,7,13 4 5 5,6,10 14 4 3 5,8,11,15 9,12 9 10 4,15 21 21 17 17 19 18 3
power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light back up alarm, radio electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, monitoring - engine oil level fan drive B28, oil level sensor - travel gear cone seal area 8A light front 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, fan drive B29 pin puller 10A heater air conditioner, operators seat with air suspension blower air conditioner refueling pump 3A float position, fan drive B30 8A windshield wiper and washer system doors 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab warning light canopy 8A beacon light, warning flash light 45A glow plug system
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20272062
9.1.51.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A7 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B17 B22 B24 B27 B28 B29 B30 B32 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H13 H17 H18 H23 H35 H36 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K9 K10 K11 K12 K37 K38 K39 K53 K70 K71 K73 K74 K75 M1 M2 M3 M4
description /step electronic box - connection /7 see group 10.2. (option) radio /2 (option) refueling pump /10 (option) operators seat with air suspension /12 temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /5 horn /6 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar /13 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /13 (option) horn - back up alarm /13 pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /8 (option) pressure switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /9 temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96C) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /5 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /5 mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007 (option) light front left /14 (option) light front right /B14 working light rear right /17 working light front left /17 working light rear left /17 working light front right /17 dome light /16 heater /9 2. working light front left /17 2. working light front right /17 F1 - F32 see front page for listing alternator /1 batteries /1 indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /19 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /10 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /5 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /5 mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007 battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 (option) relay - refueling pump /10 relay - warning light /19 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /10 relay - working light /17 relay - power guard /4 time relay - glow plug system /3 (option) relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 relay - glow plug system /3 relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /3 (option) relay - light front /14 2. relay - working light /17 starter /2 windshield wiper front /21 windshield wiper left door /21 windshield wiper right door /21
pos. M5 M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R11 R12 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S16 S17 S18 S28 S29 S44 S48 S52 U1 V1 V2 V3 V17 V18 V34 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X57 X64 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y34 Y25 Y45 Y46 Y49 Y50 Y51 Y25
description /step windshield wiper rear /21 fresh air fan - heater /9 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /21 (option) motor - refueling pump /10 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operators seat with air suspension /12 motor - windshield washer system rear /21 hour meter /5 fuel gauge /5 coolant temperature gauge /5 engine oil pressure gauge /5 flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /9 (option) - potentiometer - air conditioner /9 flame glow plug /3 starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /21 (option) push button switch - working light front /14 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /17 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /9 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /21 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /10 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /10 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 (option) push button switch hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 push button switch - pin puller /11 (option) transformer - radio /20 diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (K37) /9 (option) diode 1A (H35) /5 electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /5 coupling - cab - heater plug plug plug to M3 /21 plug to M2 /21 plug to M4 /21 plug to M5 /21 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6, E18, E19 /17 plug to M7,M13 /21 plug to U1, A2 /20 plug to Y51 plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /2 2. solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 1 = pull, 2 = hold solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /8 (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /11 solenoid valve - fan drive /5

30 58 5A
2 Startanlage
Start equipment Dmarrage
3 Flammstartanlage
Flame glow plug Prchauffage
Sicherheitseinrichtung Safety Installation Installation de scurit
Lftersteuerung Steckdose, Anzeigeinstrumente, Warnlampen lstandsberwachung Hupe Plug Socket, Gauge - Indicator, Warning Lamps Fan Device Oillevel Monitor Horn Prise, Instruments de mesure, Voyants de contrle Commande Ventilateur Monitorage Niveau D`Huile Klaxon
58
30/8
58 30
P ,0,1, P 0 123 58 15 54
58 30 2,5
F4
2.5
8A
58/8 Y4/8 S11/+/8 D+/8 +24V/8 15/8 X32 A1-A(*)
F3 S1
19 17 50a
86
30
86
30
X2
65 +
87a
87a
87
3A
5A
5A
K4
K39
F15
F6
F6
5A
85
87
F3
5A
85
F10
S12 X2
2.5 10A 2.5 48
S S1 31
X2
15
X2
44
X2
6
F5
25A
F6
5A
X32 A1-J(*)
H1
2.5 2.5 2.5
F2 H2
F9
20A
3A
F8
F15
3A
X64
12
X64
9
2.5
> 50 < 55
> 60 < 65
> 85 < 90
D+ 30
D+ 85 86 30
D+
B30
B29
13
B28
X4-C,E/16
10
K2
2.5 87a 87 86 85 87a 87
X64
2X1,5
X64
K73
X4-A,B/16 X4-I/16
X2
29
X2
25
37 1
X2
X2
13 2.5
X2
1
X2
43 2.5
V3 X2
17
X2
62
X4-D/16
S1
X64
16 6
45A
F1 X64
1
2 2.5 rt 70 2
45A
P1 D+ P2 +
Q
P3 +
t o
P4 +
p
X64 H3 H4 H23 H35 H5 V34 V4

5
+
12V
- G
- G
- G
H36
11
S8
H11
H12
50
V1
87
30
86 49 49a
20s
2.5 rt
G2
6
X2
26
F32
1 1
X1
86
X2 X2
27 39
X5 X2
28
+
12V
88
X2
51
X2
63
X2
4
X2
52
X2
46
X2
16
X2 X2
40 69
X2
71
X2
41
87a
K3
-
85 31
S2
2 3
X64
17 G
X64
18 G W
96 0,5
G2
B+
3
U
K53 K71 88a
85 GW
p p
500
D+ 50
X2
53
30 M
50
G W
96
30
p
8
85
30
85
X64
14 15 2.5 31
X64
6
X2
64
o t
p
17
p
2,5
o t
+ S
87a
G1
31
88 86(85)
M1
X64
1 2
R2
B2
B3
B4
B5
B22
B27
B6
B32
K5
K6
87
86
87a
87
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
A C B
B7
86
X2 S3
18
X2
Y34 K1
88a A1 - B(*)
Y1 R12
30
Y49 R1 X64
7 2.5
Y52
X32 A1-D(*) X32 A1-d(*) +24V X32 A1-C(*) 31/8
50
50
X2
54
31
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20272062
9.1.51.00/1
8 Magnetventile:
Schildfreigabe, Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik, Schnellsenken Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick Drop, Servo cut off Electrovanne: Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Levier de scurit
9
10
11
30/12 58/12
30/7 58/7 S2-3/4 S2-3/4 D+/7 K4(+24V)/4 15/7
F13
20A
D+/12 K4(+24V)/12 15/12
10A
5A
5A
F12 S11 +
31 S1 S
F10
5A
10A
F11
F6
F6
F10
S52
2.5
S28
S S1 31
S1
S1
S1
S29
86 30
X2
14
X2 S16
+ 21
X2
86 30
50
V18
85 87a 4 1.5
2 S1
K11 30 86
87a 87 85
K12 86
87a 85
30
85
X8
1 +
K37
K9
87
87a
X56
87
87
S10 X56
1
S2
X2
38 7
X4
X4
J
X2
35
X8
6
0 12 3
S9
1 2 3 4
X2
X2
10
X2
2.5
11
X2
8
X2
47
1
p
X43
7 1.5 B
K7
1 4 5
18bar
R11
X57
A
B17 X43
p 24bar
X4
G
X43
X43
X2
23 M
M8
X4 X2
1.5 H 33 8 6 7
3 gn 9 10 1 8 7 6 5
B11 31
H18 A6
Y51
X2
3 1.5
X8
5
4
R3 X57
2.5
bl-ws
rt br-ge rt-ws
E17 Y25 Y3 H8 Y4 Y6 Y50

M M M
)A( + S (C) M Q
B24 E16 Y14
M6 E15 2 X8
3
(B)
V17
M11
31/7
M10
5A
31/12
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20272062
9.1.51.00/2
12
30/11 58/11
13
14
15
Schnittwinkelverstellung Blade pitch Adjustment Rglage de angle de coupe 30 58
D+/11 K4(+24V)/11 15/11 10A
D+ +24V 15
F11
F3
5A
F10
+ 1,5 30 86
S6
2,5
S S1 31
K70
87a 87 85
X2
42
X2
22
30 86
5A
X2
72
X2
67
X2
68
K74
87 87a 85 2,5 2
X8
3
F7
p
8A
S48
1,5 31 1,5
A7
M M12
B9
X2
p
X2
61 1,5
49 1,5 31
B8
4
X8
1
E1
E2
Y45
Y46
B10
1,5
1,5
31/11
31
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20272062
9.1.51.00/3
16
17
18 19 Rundumleuchte
Beacon light Girophare
20
Radio Radio Radio
21
+24V
1,5
1,5
1,5
X4
C
X4
B
X4
A
X4
A
X4
E
X4
B
X4
A
X37-2
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
5A 4
X37-2 F30
4
X37-1
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
4
5 5 1,5 1,5
X47 24V 12V
S44
S7
8A
K38
85 87
K75
85 87
H13
F26
F25
X4-C,E/7 (F3/7) X4-A,B/7 (F8/4+24V) X4-I/7 (X5-5/5) X4-D/7 (P4/5)
E7
10A 10A
+
3A
F27 X4
D
F28
F29
2A
A2
21 0
0,12 1 0
8A
86 30
86 30
1,5
1,5
U1
21 0 0,1
21 0,1 0
0,1
7 2 5 4
7 2 5 4
7 2 5 4
7 2
X37-2
1
5 4
X42
2 1.5 1.5
X42
3
S5 X47
1.5 1.5 1.5 86 30
S4 X46
2
S17
S18
X46
1
1.5
K10
87a 87
E4
E3 E18
E6
E5 E19
85
X41
12
X39 1
53
2 53a
3 31b
X38
12
3 31b
X40 1
53
3 31b
53a 31
53a 31 31b
53 2,5
31
53
X37-1
3
M13
M7 M5
M
M2
M 31
M3
M 31
M4
M 31
X42
1 2,5
X4
I
H17
X46
3
X46
3
53a 31
31/15
31
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20272062
9.1.51.00/4
Note:

pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31 Ampere application - standard power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, fan drive 10A heater 10A 20A 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system doors 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 5A 45A glow plug system 45A 3A 5A 8A - option step 1 3 1,7,13 4 5 5,6,10 14 4 3 5,8,11,15
pin puller, hydr. pitch angle adjustment air conditioner, operators seat with air 9,12 suspension blower air conditioner 9 refueling pump 10 4,15 21 21 17 17 warning light canopy beacon light, warning flash light 19 18 3
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752 F/N xxx-20635071

Blatt Page Feuille
9.1.52.00
pos. A1 A2 A4 A5 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B17 B18 B19 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E12 E13 E18 E19 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H19 H20 K1 K2 K3 K4 K15 K16 K7 K8 K9 K10 K11 K12 K14 K17 K19 K26 K27 K28 K29 K31 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5
description /step electronic box - connection /7 see group 10.2. (option) radio /20 (option) refueling pump /10 (option) operators seat with air suspension /12 temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /5 horn /6 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar /13 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /13 (option) horn - back up alarm /13 (option) pressure switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /9 pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /8 temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /5 temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96C) /5 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /5 (option) light front left /14 (option) light front right /14 working light rear right /17 working light front left /17 working light rear left /17 working light front right /17 dome light /16 heater /9 evaporator /9 condenser /9 2. working light front left /17 2. working light front right /17 F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /1 batteries /1 indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /19 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /10 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /5 indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /5 battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - refueling pump /10 relay - warning light /19 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 time relay - glow plug system /3 relay - working light /17 (option) relay - light front /14 relay - glow plug system /3 relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /3 2. relay - working light /17 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /10 (option) relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 starter /2 windshield wiper front /21 windshield wiper left door /21 windshield wiper right door /21 windshield wiper rear /21
pos. M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R6 R7 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S12 S16 S18 S20 S21 S23 S27 S30 S31 S32 U1 V1 V2 V3 V7 V8 V14 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X57 X64 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y26 Y27 Y29 Y30
description /step fresh air fan - heater /9 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /21 (option) motor - refueling pump /10 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operators seat with air suspension /12 motor - windshield washer system rear /21 hour meter /5 fuel gauge /5 coolant temperature gauge /5 engine oil pressure gauge /5 flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /9 (option) potentiometer - air conditioner /9 flame glow plug /3 starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /21 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /17 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /9 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 (option) push button switch - working light front /14 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /21 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 push button switch - pin puller /11 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /10 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /10 (option) push button switch hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 (option) transformer - radio /20 diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (H20) /5 (option) diode 1A (K29) /9 electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /5 coupling - cab - heater plug /8 plug plug plug to M3 /21 plug to M2 /21 plug to M4 /21 plug to M5 /21 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6, E18, E19 /17 plug /9 plug to M7,M13 /21 plug to U1, A2 /20 plug to Y51 plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 2. solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /2 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /8 solenoid valve - fan drive /5 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /11 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15

30 58 5A
4
Flammstartanlage Flame glow plug Prchauffage Sicherheitseinrichtung Safety Installation Installation de scurit
58
lstandsberwachung Steckdose, Anzeigeinstrumente, Warnlampen Lftersteuerung Hupe Oillevel Monitor Plug Socket, Gauge - Indicator, Warning Lamps Fan Device Horn Prise, Instruments de mesure, Voyants de contrle Commande Ventilateur Monitorage Niveau D`Huile Klaxon
58
S1-30/8
58 30
P ,0,1, P 0 123 58 15 54
F3 S1
30
2,5
F4
2.5
8A
S1-58/8 Y4/8 S11/+/8 D+ +24V/8
19 17 50a
86
30
S1-15/8 X32-A1-A(*)
F10
87a 85 87 2 4 5
5A
X2
17
F3
5A
K4
K8 B25
2.5 10A 2.5
X2
8
> 50 < 55
F6
F5 H1
2.5 2.5 2.5
F6
5A
X64
13
> 60 < 65
F2 H2
F9
20A
25A
3A
F8
F15
3A
B24
2.5
> 85 < 90
D+ 30
D+ 85 86 30
D+
B23
5A
K2
2.5 87a 87 86 85 87a 87
X4-C,E/18/20
2X1,5
K27
X4-A,B/17/19/21 X4-I/19
X2
43
X2
61
49 1
X2
X2
25 2.5
X2
39
X2
42 2.5
V2 X2
28
X2
64 D+
X4-D/16
S1
X64
16 6
45A
F1 X64
1
2 2.5 rt 70 2
45A
P2 +
Q
P3 +
t o
P4 +
p
X64 H3 H4 H16 H20 V8 H5 V3

5
+
12V
P1
+
- G
- G
- G
H19
11
S8
H11
H12
50
V1 K3
5
1 49
20s
2.5 rt
G2
6
X2
67
F31
49a
1 1
X1
86
X2 X2
51 52
X5 X2
7
+
12V
88
X2
53
X2
54
X2
55
X2
56
X2
3
X2
41
X2 X2
6 39
X2
71
X2
41
S2
2 3
2 31
X64
17 G
X64
18 G W GW
0,5
G2
B+
3
U
K14 K26 88a
85 G W
p
500
D+ 50
X2
26
30 M
50
3
p
8
X64
14 15 2.5 31
X64
6
96
X2
40
p
17
p
2,5
96
+ S
G1
31
88 86(85)
M1
X64
1 2
R2
31
B2
31
B3
31
B4
31
B5
31
B18
31
31
31
A C B
B26
B6
B7
B27 Y25
4 1
4 1
K15
K16 X2
18
X2
Y15 K1
88a
Y1 R7
19
S3 R1 Y26 X64
7 2.5
X32-A1/B(*) 50 50
X2
50
31
X32-A1-D(*) X32-A1-d(*) +24V X32- A1/C(*) 31/8
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20635071
9.1.52.00/1
8 Magnetventile:
Schildfreigabe, Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik, Schnellsenken, Abschleppschaltung Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick Drop, Servo cut off, safety device towing Electrovanne: Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Levier de scurit
9
10
11
S1-30/12 S1-58/12
S1-30/7 S1-58/7 S2-3/4 S2-3/4 D+ F8-+24V/4 S1-15/7
F13
20A
D+ F8-+24V/12 S1-15/12
10A
5A
F12 S11 +
31 S1 S
F10
5A
10A
F11
F6
F6
5A
F10
S27
2.5
S30
S S1 31
S1
S1
S1
S31
86 30 86
X2
65
X2
+ 21
X2
50
30
S16 X33
2 S1
30 86 86 30 4
V14
85 87a
1.5
K11
87 87a 85
K12
87a 87 85
X8
1
K29
+
K9
87a
87
85
87
S6 X33
1
S2
X2
66
7
X4
K
X4
J
X2
35
X8
6
0 12 3
S9
1 2 3 4
X2
X2
10
X2
11
2.5
X2
1
X2
47
15
+
30
1
p 18
X43
7
87a
B17 X43
5
p
X43
4
X43
6
X2
23
24
X4
1.5
H
1.5
K7 31
87
R6
B
X4
B22 31
M
M8
X2
70
H15 A4
Y51
X2
44 1.5
X8
5 7
4 gn 3
R3
9 10 1 8 7 6 5
X57
2.5
bl-ws
rt br-ge rt-ws
)A(+ S (C)
E13 Y5 Y3 H8 Y4 Y23 Y24

M M M
B24 E12 Y14
M6 E11
2
(B)
V7
M11
M10
X8
3
31/7
5A
31/12
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20635071
9.1.52.00/2
12
S1-30/11 S1-58/11
13
14
15
Schnittwinkelverstellung Blade pitch Adjustment Rglage de angle de coupe
S1-30 S1-58
D+ F8-+24V/11 S1-15/11
D+ F8-+24V
S1-15
10A
F11
F3
5A
F10
1,5
30
5A
86 87a 85
S18S
2,5
S1 31
K31
87
X2
14
X2
46 30 86
X2
72
X2
69
X2
71
87
87a
K19
5
X8
8
F7
p
2,5
8A
bl
1,5
A5
M M12
B9
31
X2
p
X2
31
29 31
1,5
X8
1
1,5
E1
E2
1,5
B8
1,5
1,5
S32
Y29
Y30
B10
31/11
1,5
1,5
rt
85
31
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20635071
9.1.52.00/3
16
17
18
19
20
Radio Radio Radio
21
+24V
1,5
1,5
1,5
X4
C
X4
B
X4
A
X4
A
X4
E
X4
B
X4
A
X37-2
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
5A 4
X37-2 F30
4
X37-1
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
4
5 5 1,5 1,5
X47 24V 12V
S23
S7
8A
K17
85 87
K28
85 87
H13
F26
F25
F3/7
F8-+24V/4
E7
10A 10A
+
3A
X5-5(5) P4(5)
X4
D
F27
F28
F29
2A
A2
21 0
0,12 1 0
8A
86 30
86 30
1,5
1,5
U1
0,1
X37-2
1
21 0 0,1
21 0,1 0
7 2 5 4
7 2 5 4
7 2 5 4
7 2
5 4
X42
2 1.5 1.5
X42
3
S5 X47
1.5 1.5 1.5 1 3
S4 X46
2
S20
S21
X46
1
1.5
K10 E4 E3 E18 E6 E5 E19

2 4 5
X41
12
X39 1
53
2 53a
3 31b
X38
12
3 31b
X40 1
53
3 31b
53a 31
53a 31 31b
53 2,5
31
53
M13 X37-1
3
M7 M5
M
M2
M 31
M3
M 31
M4
M 31
X42
1 2,5
X4
I
H14
X46
3
X46
3
53a 31
31
31
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20635071
9.1.52.00/4
Note:

pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31 Ampere application - standard 45A 3A 5A 8A power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, fan drive - option step 1 3 1,7,13 4 5 5,6,10 14 4 3 5,8,11,15
10A heater 10A 20A 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system doors 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 5A 45A glow plug system
pin puller, hydr. pitch angle adjustment air conditioner, operators seat with air 9,12 suspension blower air conditioner 9 refueling pump 10 4,15 21 21 17 17 warning light canopy beacon light, warning flash light 19 18 3
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 02
Electrical System
PR 752 F/N xxx-5072 5599

Blatt Page Feuille
9.1.53.00
pos. A1 A2 A4 A5 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B17 B18 B19 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E12 E13 E18 E19 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H19 H20 K1 K2 K3 K4 K15 K16 K7 K8 K9 K10 K11 K12 K14 K17 K19 K26 K27 K28 K29 K31 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5
description /step electronic box - connection /7 see group 10.2. (option) radio /20 (option) refueling pump /10 (option) operators seat with air suspension /12 temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /5 pressure switch - engine oil pressure /5 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /5 pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /5 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /5 horn /6 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar /13 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /13 (option) horn - back up alarm /13 (option) pressure switch - air conditioner /9 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /5 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner /9 pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /8 temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /5 temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /5 temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96C) /5 oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /5 (option) light front left /14 (option) light front right /14 working light rear right /17 working light front left /17 working light rear left /17 working light front right /17 dome light /16 heater /9 evaporator /9 condenser /9 2. working light front left /17 2. working light front right /17 F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /1 batteries /1 indicator light - charge indicator /1 indicator light - glow plug system /3 indicator light - air filter /5 indicator light - parking brake /5 indicator light - repl. oil pressure /5 indicator light - float position /8 indicator light - reduced travel speed range /7 indicator light - electronic fault indicator /7 (option) beacon light, operated manually or via start switch /18 warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /19 (option) indicator light - refueling pump /10 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /5 indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /5 indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /5 battery main switch /1 relay - starter cut off /2 relay - power guard /2 relay - power supply /4 relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /7 relay - electronic fault indicator /7 step relay - float position /8 relay - power guard /4 (option) relay - refueling pump /10 relay - warning light /19 (option) relay - condenser /9 (option) relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner /9 time relay - glow plug system /3 relay - working light /17 (option) relay - light front /14 relay - glow plug system /3 relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /3 2. relay - working light /17 (option) relay - refueling pump - shut off /10 (option) relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 starter /2 windshield wiper front /21 windshield wiper left door /21 windshield wiper right door /21 windshield wiper rear /21
pos. M6 M7 M8 M10 M11 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R6 R7 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S12 S16 S18 S20 S21 S23 S27 S30 S31 S32 U1 Vx V1 V2 V3 V7 V8 V14 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X43 X46 X47 X57 X64 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y26 Y29 Y30 Y43 Y51
description /step fresh air fan - heater /9 motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /21 (option) motor - refueling pump /10 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser middle /9 (option) - fresh air fan - condenser left /right /9 (option) - compressor operators seat with air suspension /12 motor - windshield washer system rear /21 hour meter /5 fuel gauge /5 coolant temperature gauge /5 engine oil pressure gauge /5 flame glow plug /3 fuel level sending unit /2 resistor - blower motor - heater /9 (option) potentiometer - air conditioner /9 flame glow plug /3 starter switch w. preheat position /2 neutral starting switch /4 emergency off switch /4 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /21 push button switch - right joystick - float position /8 rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /17 push button switch - horn /6 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /9 push button switch - float position /8 push button switch - travel speed range selection /7 (option) push button switch - air conditioner /9 (option) push button switch - working light front /14 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /21 rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /21 (option) rocker switch beacon light /18 push button switch - pin puller /11 (option) push button switch refueling pump - on /10 (option) push button switch refueling pump - off /10 (option) push button switch hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 (option) transformer - radio /20 diode 1A (Y4) /8 diode 1A (K1) /1 diode 1A (K2) /4 diode 1A (H5) /5 (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /10 (option) diode 1A (H20) /5 (option) diode 1A (K29) /9 electrical outlet 24V /5 panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /5 coupling - cab - heater plug /8 plug plug plug to M3 /21 plug to M2 /21 plug to M4 /21 plug to M5 /21 plug to E3, E4, E5, E6, E18, E19 /17 plug /9 plug to M7,M13 /21 plug to U1, A2 /20 plug to Y51 plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole solenoid valve - glow plug system /3 solenoid valve - float position /8 solenoid valve - servo cut off /8 2. solenoid valve - float position /8 (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /9 solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /2 solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /8 solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /8 solenoid valve - fan drive /5 shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /3 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 (option) solenoid valve - hydr. pitch angle adjustment /15 solenoid valve - safety device towing /8 (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /11

30 58 5A
4
Flammstartanlage Flame glow plug Prchauffage Sicherheitseinrichtung Safety Installation Installation de scurit
58
Steckdose, Anzeigeinstrumente, Warnlampen lstandsberwachung Lftersteuerung Hupe Plug Socket, Gauge - Indicator, Warning Lamps Fan Device Oillevel Monitor Horn Prise, Instruments de mesure, Voyants de contrle Commande Ventilateur Monitorage Niveau D`Huile Klaxon
58
Fahrgeschw., 7 Elektronikberwachung,Reduz. Kabinenanschl.-X4, Boxanschl.-A1 Electronic System Guard,Low Speed Select, Cabine conn.-X4, E-Box conn.-A1 Contrle electronique,Petite vitesse, Conn. Cabine-X4, Conn.-E-Box-A1
S1-30/8
58 30
P,0 ,1, P 0 123 58 15 54
F3 S1
30
2,5
F4
2.5
19 17 50a
S1-58/8 Y43/8 Y4/8 S11/+/8 D+ +24V/8 S1-15/8 X32-A1-A(*)
8A
86
30
F10
87a 85 87 2 4 5
5A
X2
17
F3
5A
K4
K8 B25
2.5 10A 2.5
X2
8
> 50 < 55
F6
F5 H1
2.5 2.5 2.5
F6
5A
X64
13
> 60 < 65
F2 H2
F9
20A
25A
3A
F8
3A
F15
2.5
B24
> 85 < 90
D+ 30
D+ 85 86 30
D+
B23
5A
K2
2.5 87a 87 86 85 87a 87
X4-C,E/18/20
2X1,5
K27
X4-A,B/17/19/21 X4-I/19
X2
43
X2
61
49 1
X2
X2
25 2.5
X2
39
X2
42 2.5
V2 X2
28
X2
64 D+
X4-D/16
S1
X64
16 6
45A
F1 X64
1
2 2.5 rt 70 2
45A
P2 +
Q
P3 +
t o
P4 +
p
X64 H3 H4 H16 H20 V8 H5 V3

5
+
12V
P1
+
- G
- G
- G
H19
11
S8
H11
H12
50
V1 K3
5
1 49
20s
2.5 rt
G2
6
X2
67
F31
49a
1 1
X1
86
X2 X2
51 52
X5 X2
7
+
12V
88
X2
53
X2
54
X2
55
X2
56
X2
3
X2
41
X2 X2
6 39
X2
71
X2
41
S2
2 3
2 31
X64
17 G
X64
18 G W GW
0,5
G2
B+
3
U
K14 K26 88a
85
D+ 50
X2
26
30 M
50 14 31 X64 15
X64
6
A p
500
G W
p
2,5
96
A Q
3
+ S
X2
40
96
2.5
G1
31
88 86(85)
M1
X64
1 2
R2
31
B2
31
B3
31
B4
31
p
17
B18
B
31
31
B26 B6
p
8
A C B
B7
B5 S3 R1 Y26 X64
7 2.5
B27
B
4 1
4 1
K15 Y25
K16 X2
18
X2
Y15 K1
88a
Y1 R7
19
X32-A1/B(*) 50 50
X2
50
31
X32-A1-D(*) X32-A1-d(*) +24V X32- A1/C(*) 31/8
01 02

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 50725599
9.1.53.00/1
8 Magnetventile:
Schildfreigabe, Sicherheitsschaltung Arbeitshydraulik, Schnellsenken, Abschleppschaltung Solenoid Valves: Float Position, Quick Drop, Servo cut off, safety device towing Electrovanne: Lame flottante, Descente rapide, Levier de scurit
9
10
11
S1-30/12 S1-58/12
S1-30/7 S1-58/7 S3/4 S2-3/4 S2-3/4 D+ F8-+24V/4 S1-15/7
F13
20A
D+ F8-+24V/12 S1-15/12
10A
5A
F12 S11 +
31 S1 S
F10
5A
10A
F11
F6
F6
5A
F10
S27
2.5
S30
S S1 31
S1
S1
S1
S31
86 30 86
X2
65
X2
+ 21
X2
50
30
S16 X33
2 S1
30 86 86 30 4
V14
85 87a
1.5
K11
87 87a 85
K12
87a 87 85
X8
1
K29
+
K9
87a
87
85
87
S6 X33
1
S2
X2
66
7
X4
K
X4
J
X2
35
X8
6
0 12 3
S9
1 2 3 4
X2
X2
10
X2
11
2.5
X2
1
X2
47
15
+
30
1
p 18
X43
7
87a
B17 X43
5
p
X43
4
X43
6
X2
23
24
X4
1.5
H
1.5
K7 31
87
R6
B
X4
B22 31
M
M8
X2
70
H15 A4
Y51
X2
44
Y43
X8
5 7
4 gn 3
R3
9 10 1 8 7 6 5
1.5
X57
2.5
bl-ws
Vx E13 Y5 Y3 H8 Y4 Y23 Y24

M M M
rt br-ge rt-ws
)A(+ S (C)
B24 E12 Y14
M6 E11
2
(B)
V7
M11
M10
X8
3
31/7
5A
31/12
01 02

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 50725599
9.1.53.00/2
12
S1-30/11 S1-58/11
13
14
15
Schnittwinkelverstellung Blade pitch Adjustment Rglage de angle de coupe
S1-30 S1-58
D+ F8-+24V/11 S1-15/11
D+ F8-+24V
S1-15
10A
F11
F3
5A
F10
1,5
30
5A
86 87a 85
S18S
2,5
S1 31
K31
87
X2
14
X2
46 30 86
X2
72
X2
69
X2
71
87
87a
K19
5
X8
8
F7
p
2,5
8A
bl
1,5
A5
M M12
B9
31
X2
p
X2
31
29 31
1,5
X8
1
1,5
E1
E2
1,5
B8
1,5
1,5
S32
Y29
Y30
B10
31/11
1,5
1,5
rt
85
31
01 02

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 50725599
9.1.53.00/3
16
17
18
19
20
Radio Radio Radio
21
+24V
1,5
1,5
1,5
X4
C
X4
B
X4
A
X4
A
X4
E
X4
B
X4
A
X37-2
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
5A 4
X37-2 F30
4
X37-1
2
X37-2
3
X37-2
4
5 5 1,5 1,5
X47 24V 12V
S23
S7
8A
K17
85 87
K28
85 87
H13
F26
F25
F3/7
F8-+24V/4
E7
10A 10A
+
3A
X5-5(5) P4(5)
X4
D
F27
F28
F29
2A
A2
21 0
0,12 1 0
8A
86 30
86 30
1,5
1,5
U1
5 4
5 4
0,1
X37-2
7 2 5 4
7 2 5 4
21 0 0,1
21 0,1 0
7 2
X42
2 1.5 1.5
X42
3
S5 X47
1.5 1.5 1.5 1 3
S4 X46
2
S20
S21
X46
1
1.5
K10 E4 E3 E18 E6 E5 E19

2 4 5
X41
12
X39 1
53
2 53a
3 31b
X38
12
3 31b
X40 1
53
3 31b
53a 31
53a 31 31b
53 2,5
31
53
M13 X37-1
3
M7 M5
M
M2
M 31
M3
M 31
M4
M 31
X42
1 2,5
X4
I
H14
X46
3
X46
3
53a 31
31
31
01 02

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 50725599
9.1.53.00/4
1. Panel plug X2 (72 poles) central wiring harness (Harting HAN 72 DD) Socket on wiring harness Plug in instrument panel
Socket Pin
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 314 8 911 15 22 924 29 300 36 937 43 908 50 102 57 921 64 323 71 934 2 6270 9 917 16 401 23 930 30 667 37 105 44 914 51 402 58 927 65 610 72 940 3 604 10 923 17 304 24 936 31 900 38 602 45 920 52 442 59 933 66 643 4 400 11 929 18 670 25 105 32 913 39 406 46 926 53 302 60 939 67 910 5 601 12 935 19 681 26 301 33 919 40 403 47 932 54 600 61 706 68 916 6 615 13 317 20 912 27 408 34 925 41 325 48 938 55 909 62 101 69 922 7 665 14 674 21 918 28 407 35 931 42 311 49 705 56 915 63 409 70 928
2. Panel plug X4 (14 poles) cab wiring harness (Cannon CA COM-E-20-27S-B-01) Socket on wiring harness Socket Pin Plug in instrument panel
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. A 174 D 708 G 901 J 903 M 906 B 173 E 178 H 902 K 904 N 907 C 172 F 941 I 445 L 905
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Plugs - positioning chart
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Electrical System
9.2.14.01
3. Plug (8 poles) - cab - heater (AMP) Socket on wiring harness /heater Plug in cab Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 3 sw 7 4 102 8 Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -
4. Plug (2 poles) - back up alarm (AMP) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in back up alarm Socket on wiring harness
Notes
Color codes: bl = br = ge = gn = gr = rt = sw = blue brown yellow green gray red black
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wiring list
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Electrical System
9.2.14.02
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 392 400 401 402 403 405 406
Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 F4-K39 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4 /I-X37 /1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 F3X2 -B9 B9-B8 B8-B10 F2X2 -R1 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K5,6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 F10X2 -Y2 instrumentation B5X2 -H4 B6X2 -H5 B3X2 -P4 B3X2 -X5 /5 V4-H5 B2X2 -P3
wire no. 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 533 534 535 536 546 547 548 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667 670
Connector plugs B2R2B4K53K7X5 /5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5 /5X2 X2 X2 X2 X4 /I -X5 /5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -K10
wire no. 673 674 679 681 6270 700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 900 901 907 908 910 942
Connector plugs S3S11Y25A1A1X2 X2 X2 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2 -X5 /3
electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S4 S4-S5 S9-R3 /M6 S9-R3 /M6 S9-M6 /R3 S4-M2 S18-M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 S4 -S17 S4 -S18 S5 -M13 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11X2 -Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -X5 /1 A1X2 -X5 /3 A1X2 -K6 A1X2 -K5
electrical installation lights F28-E6 F27-E4 E3-E4 E5-E6 F7X2 -E1 F7X2 -E2 F28- X37 /2-X4 /D -P2,3,4 F27-S5 S5-S18 S18-S4 S4-S17 S17-S7 K38-F27 K38-F28 open wires open connection X2 open connections cab open connection X2 open connections X2
MASSE
K1-
-A1
wo.no.
ground wire black
Description parts list /schematic: e.g. pos. A1 description /area electronic box /B /B = area basic machine with operators platform /P = area instrument panel /C = area cab
Wire - identifications Connection wires in the machine (wiring harness): red(rt) black(sw) white(ws) white(ws) with number, e.g.105 = wires for main power supply without number = ground wire with MASSE = minus supply to electronic-box (wire from K1 to A1) with number, e.g. 600 = other wires
Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl = blue br = brown ge = yellow gn = green gr = gray rt = red sw = black
d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection main frame / area battery box instrument panel roof panel (cab)
Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F29 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 Ampere application - standard 35A 16A 5A 8A 10A 5A 8A 25A 5A 10A 2A 8A 8A 8A automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply electrical outlet 24V instruments, indicator lights, horn - option area B P P P P P P P P P P C C C C C
light front power supply roof panel quick drop heater operators seat with air suspension float position windshield wiper and washer system front windshield wiper and washer system rear working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab warning light canopy
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list - Electrical schematic
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Electrical System
9.2.14.00
pos. A1 A2 A8 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E15 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C diode combination V1-V4 /P temperature sending unit - coolant (96) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure (0.5 bar) /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1.5 bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1.5 bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2.5 bar) /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F29 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B
pos. S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18 U1 V1 V3 V4 V5 X1 X2 X4 X5
description /area starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C (option) push button switch additional lights /P rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P push button switch - travel speed range selection /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P
electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y25 solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B solenoid valve - float position /B
Socket Pin
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 314 8 519 15 942 22 531 29 300 36 937 43 908 50 102 57 921 64 323 71 934 2 6270 9 917 16 401 23 522 30 667 37 105 44 914 51 402 58 927 65 610 72 940 3 604 10 542 17 304 24 936 31 900 38 602 45 920 52 442 59 933 66 643 4 400 11 sw 18 670 25 105 32 913 39 406 46 926 53 302 60 939 67 910 5 601 12 935 19 681 26 301 33 524 40 403 47 932 54 600 61 706 68 916 6 615 13 317 20 912 27 408 34 925 41 325 48 938 55 392 62 101 69 922 7 665 14 674 21 521 28 407 35 553 42 311 49 705 56 915 63 409 70 928
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.15.01
3. Plug (2 poles) solenoid valves (AMP Junior Timer) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in solenoid valve Socket on wiring harness
4. Plug (8 poles) - cab - heater (AMP) Socket on wiring harness /heater Plug in cab Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 553 3 sw 7 521 4 102 8 522 Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 102 5 522 2 sw 6 521 3 7 553 4 8 -
5. Plug (3 poles) - neutral starting switch (Cannon - Deutsch) Plug in neutral starting switch Socket on wiring harness Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. A 304 B 101 C 323
6. Plug (4 poles) - cab /roof panel (MATE-N-LOK) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in cab Socket on wiring harness
8. Plug (2 poles) - air conditioner (Cannon - Deutsch) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in compressor Socket on wiring harness
9. Plug (3 poles) - sensor Diesel tank, - travel gear - cone seal area (Cannon) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in sensor Socket on wiring harness
10. Plug (4 poles) - windshield wiper motors (AMP) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in windshield wiper motors Socket on wiring harness
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.15.02
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wiring list
01 01
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.15.03
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 400 401 402 403 405 406
Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4/I-X37/1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 F3X2 -B9 B9-B8 B8-B10 F2X2 -R1 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K5,6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 instrumentation B5X2 -H4 B6X2 -H5 B3X2 -P4 B3X2 -X5/5 V4-H5 B2X2 -P3
wire no. 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547 548 553 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667 670
Connector plugs B2R2B4K53K7X5/5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5/5X2 X2 X2 X2 X4/I -X5/5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -K10
wire no. 673 674 679 681 6270 700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 900 901 907 908 910 942
Connector plugs S3S11Y25A1A1X2 X2 X2 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5/2 -X5/3
electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S4 S4-S5 S9-R3/M6 S9-R3/M6 S9- M6/R3 X2-A6/M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -A7 S4-M2 S18-M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18 S5 -M13 X2-X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11X2 -Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -X5/1 A1X2 -X5/3 A1X2 -K6 A1X2 -K5
electrical installation lights F28-E6 F27-E4 E3-E4 E5-E6 F7X2 -E1 F7X2 -E2 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 F27-S5 S5-S18 S18-S4 S4-S17 S17-S7 K38-F27 K38-F28 open wires open connection X2 open connections cab open connection X2 open connections X2
MASSE
K1-
-A1
wo.no.
ground wire black
Wire - identifications Connection wires in the machine (wiring harness): red(rt) black(sw) white(ws) white(ws) with number, e.g.105 = wires for main power supply without number = ground wire with MASSE = minus supply to electronic-box(wire from K1 to A1) with number, e.g. 600 = other wires
Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F29 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 Ampere application - standard automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine), quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A 16A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P P P P P P C C C C C
light front operators seat with air suspension
warning light canopy
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.15.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operators seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P temperature sending unit - coolant (96) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure (0.5 bar) /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1.5 bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1.5 bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2.5 bar) /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F29 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operators seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B
pos. S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18 U1 V1 V2 V3 V4 V17 X1 X2 X4 X5
description /area starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P push button switch - travel speed range selection /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B
electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operators seat with air suspension /B Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 solenoid valve - glow plug system /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B
MP
516 517
R3
518
1 0 12 3 2 3 4
Instrumentenpult Instrument Panel Pupitre

674 126
S + S1
M
610
Y25
679
Y3
604
Y6
605
Y4 S9 E15
br sw 2 3
M6
615
Grundgert mit Fahrerstand Basic Machine with Operator Platform Machine de base avec poste de conduite
S1 p 17
31
102 553 522 521

1 C 2 4 8 3 7 5 6
S12
324
S1
MP S11
100 rt
S2
bl 1
673
118
+
601
674
S10
S2
rt rt rt 105 107
30 30
rt
B11
B
607
X8
4 3 1 5 2 6 8 7
1,5
X2 MP
2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 674 301 602 102
21 23 35 24 12 71 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 72 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 67 46 20 32 44 56 68 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 36 47 59
P ,0,1,
X1
102
553
522
521
101
X34
601 674
MP
2.5 521 522 936 935 934 1.5 674 553
P 0 12 3
320
531
602 392
101
315
301
102
315
MP
S1
58 15 54 19 17 50a
174 173 118
MP
304
323
318
113
F7
1040
8A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F11 F10
10A 5A
F2
16A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
705
321
314
311
416
178
108
109
172
149
113
110
123
1.5
1.5
B22
31
p 2.5
101 442 705 706 1,5 1,5 705 706 604 392 408 406 402 400
101 705 706 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 319 940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 105 670 667 311 314 317 600 665 308 681 6270 908 2.5 417 123 307 308 416 410 120 120 910 2.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5 915 2.5 643 916 2.5 917 2.5 939 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 921 1.5 922 1.5 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 937 932 1,5 933 1,5 415 445 445
1 2 3 4 5 S1 D+ + + + 87a 30 86
1.5 1.5 335 150

30 86 49 20s
410
49a
B6
31
401
8 p
E1
E2
31 500
MP
409 400 401
87
B5 B4
31
K4
87 85
K39
85
K53
31
708 149 108 2,5 2,5 110
409
407 403 442
MP
B3
31
0.5 G W
318 300 415 324 306 320 324 100

30 30
1.5
1.5
102
107
602
111
301
2.5
706
114
402 403 406 407
323 601 940 304 300 325 302 610 615 rt 2,5 2,5 105 105 670 667 311 2,5 314 317 600 643 665 300
307 306
174 173 172

87a 87
A B C D I E F G H J K L M N
31
o G W
B2
31 Q G
V5
8 V4 V3 V1
85
86
87a 87
304
708 445 178 941
85
85
A8
405
1 6 7 5
K2
87a
K3
87 87a 86 87 85
K5
86 30
K6
86 30
670
417
325
rt
2,5
126
2,5
rt rt
302
303
667
418
R2
408
305
901 902 903 904 905 906 907

1 4 5
B7
601
2.5 2.5 317
K7
105 105
MP
708 123 412 323 120 418
F1
35A 2
R1
301 392 317
681 6270 908 900

50
70 rt
rt
70 rt
B+ G 3
+
12V
M
U
926
Y1
50 rt
401 405
M1
12V
302
408
916 917 939 311 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531
681 6270 665
A1
915
325
P1
P2
P3
P4
406
402
442
G1
409
400
G2
Y2
912 913 914
Q S8
S
t
G
p
G
31
31
H3
H4 H5 H23
120
D+
30
910
120
103
900
119
119
119
673
H11
H12
H1
H2
H8
S3
50 rt
G2
MASSE
86(85) 88
MP MP
p 313
31 1.5
p 312
31 1.5
X5
K1
50
88a
B8 MP B10
B9
M12
Q
1,5
524 937 932
600
604
A7 V17 X65
531
M8
+
. .
. .
A6
519 542 SW
Y14
933
412
314
2,5
X4
643
----- Optionen verkabelt, nicht bestckt Options wired, not equipped Options non equipes Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm 2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm
2
MP
01 01
Kabelschema Electrical - Schematic Schmas de cblage lectriques

.
9.2.15.00/1

674 126
MP MP
M 31 31
610
31
MP
53
53a
31b
S S1 M +
M2
673 sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr
31b
MP
615
324
sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr
S12
S11
100 rt rt 118
+ M M
31b
53
rt rt
105 107
P ,0,1,
1,5
X2
4
MP
21 23 35 24 12 71 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 72 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 67 46 20 32 44 56 68 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 36 47 59
535
506 504
2.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 1.5 674 301 602 102 101 705 1.5 706 1.5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 105 2,5 670 667 311 314 2.5 317 2.5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2.5 900 910 2.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5 915 2.5 916 2.5 917 2.5 643 681
P 0 12 3
502
505
504
320
301
174 173 118
531 102
101
602 392
113
315
315
503
318
F7
1040
8A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F11 F10
10A 5A
F2
16A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
X38
1
X39
X40
1 2 3 1 2 3
X41
1 2 3
705
321
2.5
706
114 109 314 108 178 311 416 172 149 110 113 123 111
107
S17
1.5 1.5
210 0,1 7
S4
210 0,1
S18
533
210 0,1
S5
534
210 0,1
1.5
1.5
501 500
7 2
534
S1
508 506
58 15 54 19 17 50a
MP
548
512
X1
gn
sw
bl
30
30
M13
M7
53a
31b
rt
M5
31
S1
MP
M3
sw sw-gr gr
M4
509
30
86
335 150
410
30 86 49 20s 49a
535
515
536
536
505 4 512 546 722
5 2
503
508
5 4 2
5 4
7 2
502
546
547
721 720
87a
87
87
85
85
31
708 110 723 149 108 2,5 2,5
318 300 415 319 306 320 324 100

30 30
307 306 324
87a 87
87a 87
304
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6
85
86
85
85
A8
1 7 5
K2
87a
K3
87a 87 86 87 85
K5
86 30
K6
86 30
405
305 302
K L M N
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5
174 1050
rt rt
126
173 175
303
601
K7
317
1 4 5
X4
1,5 445 1050 719 723 175
MP
308 708 123 417 418 323 308 307 416 123 410 412 120
+
604 412
MP
178 673
1,5
2A 85 5 86
120
120
120
119
S1 D+
119
+
119
+
F29
176
MP
1,5 724 725 1,5
8A
172
174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
A B C D I E F G H J 1
174 173 172 708
514 501
507
MP F25
8A
X37 1-2
2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
F26
8A
1,5
670
417
667
418
X46 E7
Kabine Cab Cabine
719
K4
K39
K53
MP
547 722 721
MP
MP
MP
704
30
120
87
176
S7
443 1,5
Q
S8
325 6270 665
S
t
G
p
409 400 401 442
G
405
708 600
1.5
408
406
402
2,5
178
921 1.5 922 1.5 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 937
415 445
445
K10
+
87a
87
86
H17
444
U1
24V 12V
E5
12V
1460
+ 3A + L
932 1,5 933 1,5
A2
SW
----- Option verkabelt nicht bestckt Option wired not equipped Options non equipes
.
. .
01 01

.
9.2.15.00/2
704
1.5
939 1 2 3 4 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 X5
MP
443
MP
85
30
X42 MP E4
1 2
703
1.5
MP
700 701
1,5 1,5 2,5
1.5
P1
P2
P3
P4
701
1.5
H3 H4 H5 H23
H11
H12
H1
H2 H8
S3
X47
8A
719
700
K38
F27
F28
E6
E3
515 514
548 720
500
1. Panel plug X2 (72 poles) central wiring harness (Harting HAN 72 DD)
Socket on wiring harness Plug in instrument panel
Socket Pin
2. Panel plug X4 (14 poles) cab wiring harness (Cannon CA COM-E-20-27S-B-01)

Socket on wiring harness Socket Pin Plug in instrument panel
Mjfcifss!
PR 712 PR 722
F/N xxx-3084 5599 F/N xxx-3171 5599
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 02
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.16.01
3. Plug (2 poles) solenoid valves (AMP Junior Timer)

Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in solenoid valve Socket on wiring harness
4. Plug (8 poles) - cab - heater (AMP)

Socket on wiring harness /heater Plug in cab Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 553 3 sw 7 521 4 102 8 522 Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 0102 5 522 2 sw 6 521 3 7 553 4 8 -
5. Plug (3 poles) - neutral starting switch (Cannon - Deutsch)

Plug in neutral starting switch Socket on wiring harness Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. A 304 B 101 C 323
6. Plug (4 poles) - cab /roof panel (MATE-N-LOK)

Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in cab Socket on wiring harness
7. Plug (2 poles ) - back up alarm (AMP)

Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in back up alarm Socket on wiring harness
8. Plug (2 poles) - air conditioner (Cannon - Deutsch)

Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in compressor Socket on wiring harness
9. Plug (3 poles) - sensor Diesel tank /- travel gear - cone seal area(Cannon)
Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in sensor Socket on wiring harness
10. Plug (4 poles) - windshield wiper motors (AMP)

Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in windshield wiper motors Socket on wiring harness
Mjfcifss!
PR 712 PR 722
F/N xxx-3084 5599 F/N xxx-3171 5599
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 02
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.16.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
PR 712 PR 722
F/N xxx-3084 5599 F/N xxx-3171 5599
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 02
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.16.03
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050
Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4 /I-X37 /1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 F3X2 -B9 B9-B8 B8-B10 F2X2 -R1 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 F10X2 -Y2 instrumentation B5X2 -H4 B6X2 -H5 B3X2 -P4 B3X2 -X5 /5 V4-H5 B2X2 -P3
wire no. 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465
Connector plugs B2R2B4K53K7X5 /5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5 /5F6B34B35X2 -X5 /5 X2 -P2 X2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 X2 -H23 -K10 -H17 X4 /I -K10 X2 -B34 /B35 X2 -H36 X2 -H39
wire no. 673 674 679 681 6270
Connector plugs S3S11Y25A1A1X2 X2 X2 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2 -X5 /3
300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 392 400 401 402 403 405 406
500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547 548 553
600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667 670
electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S4 S4-S5 S9-R3 /M6 S9-R3 /M6 S9- M6 /R3 X2-A6 /M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -A7 S4-M2 S18-M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18 S5 -M13 X2-X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11X2 -Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -X5 /1 A1X2 -X5 /3 A1X2 -K6 A1X2 -K5
700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725
900 901 907 908 910 942
MASSE
K1-
-A1
wo.no.
ground wire black
Description parts list /schematic:

e.g. pos. A1 description /area electronic box /B /B = area basic machine with operators platform /P = area instrument panel /C = area cab
Wire - identifications
Connection wires in the machine (wiring harness): red(rt) black(sw) white(ws) white(ws) with number, e.g.105 without number withMASSE with number, e.g. 600 = wires for main power supply = ground wire = minus supply to electronic-box(wire from K1 to A1) = other wires

pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 Ampere application - standard automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine), quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A 16A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P light front P P P P P C C C C C
operator's seat with air suspension
Mjfcifss!
PR 712 PR 722
F/N xxx-3084 5599 F/N xxx-3171 5599

Datum Edition Date
01 02
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.16.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 B34 B35 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H36 H39 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator's seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P temperature sending unit - coolant /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F29 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operator's seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B
electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator's seat with air suspension /B Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 solenoid valve - glow plug system /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B
MP
516 517
R3
518
1 0 12 3 2 3 4

674 126
S + S1
M
610
Y25
679
Y3
604
Y6
605
Y4 S9 E15
br sw 2 3
M6
615
S1 p 17
31
102 553 522 521

1 C 2 4 8 3 7 5 6
S12
324
S1
MP S11
100 rt
S2
bl 1
673
118
+
601
674
S10
S2
rt rt rt 105 107
30 30
rt
B11
B
607
X8
4 3 1 5 2 6 8 7
1,5
X2 MP
2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 674 301 602 102
21 23 35 24 12 71 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 72 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 67 46 20 32 44 56 68 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
P,0, 1,
X1
102
553
522
521
101
X34
601 674
MP
2.5 521 522 936 935 934 1.5 674 553
P 0 12 3
320
531
602 392
101
315
102
315
MP
S1
58 15 54 19 17 50a
174 173 118
MP
301
304
323
318
113
F7
1040
8A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F11 F10
10A 5A
F2
16A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
705
321
314
311
416
178
108
109
172
149
113
110
123
1.5
1.5
B22
31
p 2.5
101 442 705 706 1,5 1,5 705 706 604 392 408 406 402 400
101 705 706 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 319 940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 105 670 667 311 314 317 600 665 308 681 6270 908 2.5 417 123 307 308 416 410 120 120 910 2.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5 915 2.5 643 916 2.5 917 2.5 939 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 921 1.5 922 1.5 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 415 445 445
1 2 3 4 5 S1 D+ + + + 30 86
1.5 1.5 335 150

3 1 49 20s
410
49a
B6
31
401
12 p
E1
E2
B5
31
K4 87
K53
85
K39
31
MP
409 400 401
708 149 108 2,5 2,5 110
500
B4
31
409
p 0,5 G W
407 403 442
MP
B3
31
318 300 415 324 306 320 324 100

30 3
1.5
1.5
102
107
602
111
301
2.5
706
114
402 403 406 407
323 601 940 304 300 325 302 610 615 rt 2,5 2,5 105 105 670 667 311 2,5 314 317 600 643 665 300
307 306
174 173 172 708

4 5
31 t
96 G W
304
B2
Q 31 G
V5
4 9 8 V4 V3 V1
85
445 178 941
A8
405
1 6 7 5
K2
87a
670
417
325
rt
2,5
rt 601
15 +
126
2,5
rt
302
303
667
418
R2
408
305
86
87
K3
K5
K6
901 902 903 904 905 906 907

87 31 87a
30
B7
2.5 2.5 317
K7
105 105
MP
708 123 412 323 120 418
F1
35A 2
R1
301 392 317
681 6270 908 900

50
70 rt
rt
70 rt
B+ G 3
+
12V
120
103
D+ 30
900
119
119
119
M
U
926
Y1
50 rt
401 405
M1
465
462
302
408
406
50 rt
311
G2
MASSE
86(85) 88
939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531
MP MP
p 313
31 1.5
p 312
31 1.5
X5
K1
50
88a
B8 MP B10
B9
M12
Q
1,5 0,75 0,75 0,75 465 461 462 461
524 465 462 461 SW
600
917
402
461
12V
916
681 6270 665
A1
915
325
P1
P2
P3
P4
442
G1
409
400
G2
Y2
912 913 914
Q S8
S
t
G
p
G
120
910
673
H39 H38
G
31
31
H3
H4 H5 H23
H11
H12
H1
H2
H8
S3
604
A7 V17 X65
531
M8
+
. .
. .
A6
519 542 SW
Y14
SW
412
314
2,5
X4
643
C A B S
C A B S
----- Optionen verkabelt, nicht bestckt Options wired, not equipped Options non equipes Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2
MP
01 02
B34
B35

.
9.2.16.00/1

674 126
MP MP
M 31 31
610
31
MP
53
53a
31b
S S1 M +
M2
31b
MP
615
324
sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr
S12
S11
100 rt rt 118
+ M M
31b
53
rt rt
105 107
P,0, 1,
1,5
X2
4
MP
21 23 35 24 12 71 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 72 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 67 46 20 32 44 56 68 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
535
506 504
2.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 1.5 674 301 602 102 101 705 1.5 706 1.5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 105 2,5 670 667 311 314 2.5 317 2.5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2.5 900 910 2.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5 915 2.5 916 2.5 917 2.5 643 681
P 0 12 3
502
505
504
320
301
174 173 118
531 102
101
602 392
113
315
315
503
318
F7
1040
8A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F11 F10
10A 5A
F2
16A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
X38
1
X39
X40
1 2 3 1 2 3
X41
1 2 3
705
321
2.5
706
114 109 314 108 178 311 416 172 149 110 113 123 111
107
S17
1.5 1.5
210 0,1 7
S4
210 0,1
S18
533
210 0,1
S5
534
210 0,1
1.5
1.5
501 500
7 2
534
S1
508 506
58 15 54 19 17 50a
MP
548
512
X1
gn
sw
bl
30
30
M13
M7
53a
31b
rt
M5
31
S1
MP
sw sw-gr gr
M3
M4
509
30
86
335 150
410
3 1
49 20s
49a
535
515
536
536
505 4 512 546 722
5 2
503
508
5 4 2
5 4
7 2
502
546
547
721 720
K4
87
85
K39
K53
149 108
31
708 110 723 2,5 2,5
318 300 415 319 306 320 324 100

30
3
307 306 324
304
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6
85
A8
1 7 5
K2
87a
405
305 302
86
87
K3
303
K5
K6
K L M N
15
30
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5
174 1050
rt rt
601
K7
317
87 31 87a
X4
1,5 445 1050 719 723 175
MP
308 708 123 417 418 323 308 307 416 123 410 412 120
+
604 412
MP
178 673
1,5
2A 85 5 86
120
120
120
119
S1 D+
119
+
119
+
F29
176
MP
1,5 724 725 1,5
8A
172
174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
174 173 172 708
514 501
507
MP F25
8A
X37 1-2
2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
F26
173 175
8A
1,5
670
417
667
418
X46 E7
Kabine Cab Cabine
126
719
MP
547 722 721
MP
MP
MP
704
30
120
87
176
S7
443 1,5
Q
S8
325 6270 665
S
t
G
p
409 400 401 442
G
405
708
1.5
465
462
408
406
402
461
178
921 1.5 922 1.5 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465
415 445
445
K10
1 4
H17
444
U1
24V 12V
E5
12V
1460
+ 3A + L
462 461
A2
SW
01 02
9.2.16.00/2
704
1.5
939 1 2 3 4 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 X5
600
2,5
MP
443
MP
X42 MP E4
1 2
703
1.5
MP
700 701
1,5 1,5 2,5
1.5
P1
P2
P3
P4
701
1.5
H3
H4 H5 H23
H39 H38
H11
H12
H1
H2 H8
S3
X47
8A
719
700
K38
F27
F28
E6
E3
515 514
548 720
500
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!
PR 712B F/N xxx-5600 5921 PR 722B F/N xxx-5600 5921
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.17.01







11. Plug (15 poles) - Electronic - fan drive (Bosch-AMP)

Socket on wiring harness Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 6061 10 ws 2 6071 11 3 467 12 4 466 13 5 sw 14 6 1780 15 7 469 8 468 9 ws
Plug in electronic box
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.17.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.17.03
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 178 1015 1016 1017 1019 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1040 1050 1350 1360 1780 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 392
Connector plugs S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3-X4 /C F8-X4 /B F8-X4 /B F3-X4 /I X4 /A- X37 /2,F25 X4 /B- X37 /2 X4 /C- X37 /2 X4 /E- X37 /1,X47 F26K17F29K10U1S1F25 G2F31F6X2 /X71 G1S1K1K3S2V3K3K3H1F3B9B8F2S1K2K39 V1S1S1S2S12S8K4F10X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -F29 -F26 -E7 -U1 -K17 -S7 -K10 -K10 -A2 -K53 -F29 -F31 -K71 -A18 -K2 -Y1 -V1 -V1 -V3 -K2 -K2 -H1 -P1 -B9 -B8 -B10 -R1 -F2 -M1 -S1 -K39 -K2 -K39 -S3 -K6 -B7 -K39 -Y2
wire no. 3180 3190 400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465 466 467 468 469 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 542 546 547 548 553 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667 670 673 674 679 681 6000 6001 6002
Connector plugs B9B9B5B6B3B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5 /5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5 /5F6B34B35B38A18B39A18S9S9S9X2X2X2X2F11X2 S4 S4 S5 X2S3S10F10K7B11S2S12S12A1A1A1A1S3S11Y25A1K17F27K17X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X42 -B8 -B8 -H4 -H5 -P4 -X5 /5 -H5 -P3 -X5 /5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -X4 /I -B34 /B35 -H36 -H39 -A18 -B38 -A18 -B39 -R3 /M6 -R3 /M6 - M6 /R3 -A6 /M8 -X8 -X8 -Y14 -A7 -V17 -S17 -S18 -M13 -X8 -A1 -K7 -B11 -Y3 -Y6 -Y4 -A1 -A1 -X5 /1 -X5 /3 -K6 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2 -F27 -E4 -F28
wire no. 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6061 6062 6071 6270 705 706 708 900 901 907 908 910 942
Connector plugs F28E5E3F27F28S5 S7K10X4 /IF26F26F26S5S5S4S5S4F25S20F25F25S5S21S4S20S4 S4 S20S21S21S20S20A18S3Y64A1F7F7X4 /D X42 X37 /2 X37 /1 X41 X39 X41 X39 X41 X39 X40 X38 X46 X40 X40 X38 X38 X2 X2 X2 X2 -E6 -E6 -E4 -S5 -X4 /D -M13 -K17 -H14 -K10 -S5 -M5 -M2 -S4 -M5 -M2 -M5 -M2 -S20 -S21 -M4 -M3 -S21 -S4 -S20 -S7 -S21 -S20 -M7 -M4 -M4 -M3 -M3 -Y64 -Y63 -A18 -X5 /3 -E1 -E2 -P2,3,4
open connection X2 open connections cab open connection X2 open connections X2
wo.no.
ground wire black

Connection wires in the machine (wiring harness): red(rt) black(sw) white(ws) with number, e.g.105 without number with number, e.g. 600 = wires for main power supply = ground wire = other wires
Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl = blue br = brown ge = yellow gn = green gr = gray rt = red sw = black sw-bl = black-blue sw-gr = black-gray ws = white ws-bl = white-blue ws-sw = white-black

pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 Ampere application - standard automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine), quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A 16A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P
F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29
light front
operators seat with air suspension
P P P P P C C C C C
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 02
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.17.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 A18 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 B34 B35 B38 B39 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H36 H39 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operators seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P electronic box - fan drive /B temperature sending unit - coolant /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F29 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operators seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B
electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operators seat with air suspension /B X71 plug to A18 /B Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y63 Y64 solenoid valve - glow plug system /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B
MP
674 126
S
Y63
Y25
6062
604
605
679
Y3
Y6
Y4 1
br 2 3 sw
610
324
615 S1
S1
31
S12
MP
100 rt
S11
rt 118 +
p
17
S10
601
S2
B11
674 607
S2
B
bl 1
rt rt rt 105 107
P ,0,1,
1,5
304
101
MP
2.5
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20
MP
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 643 681 6270 665
320
601
674
315
113
321
323
31
p 2,5 442 674 301 602 401 101
1040
F7
8A
F10
MP
F11
318
118
301
602 392 315
101 531 102
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
1780
X34
X2
30
30
673
S1 +
2,5
X1
174 173
MP
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
16A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
10A
5A
705 706
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111 1,5 1,5 1,5
321
B6
2
15 p
500
B5
31
400 p 409 p 0,5 G
B4
31
B3
31 t
402 W 403 406
96 G
B2
31
W 407 G
100
319
306
320
324
324
R2
325
408
405
87a
B7
105 rt rt 300 2,5 2,5
601
604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 0,75 615 105 105 0,75 670 667 314 317 0,75 600 0,75 643 0,75 665 681 0,75 6270
30
86
335 150
410
30 86 49 49a
20s
87 87a
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5 2,5 708
110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
318 300 415 304

3
307 306
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6 7 5
85
30
A8 1
670
417
126
2
302
303
667
418
305
K2
86
87
K3
K5
K6
1,5
8 p
107
2,5
B22
X4
1 4 5
35A
301
392
103 rt
B+
rt 6 rt 70
308
G
U
D+
30
50
MP
708
3 +
M
31
H11417
123 308 307 416
410
120
120
120
H12
412
12V
D+
50
409
400
H39
+ 12V
36 9 60
325
408
406
402
H36
56
P1
P2
P3
P4
405 401
442
44
S8
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
G2
32
120
S1
673
H1
H2 H8
S3
G2
302
50
48 45 15 57 69 58
MP
MP
X5
88
86(85)
70 34 8
415 445
K1
88a
10 11 22 33 68 47 67
50
A1
6062 600
465
462
461
323
G1
M1
31
Y1
Y2
119
119
119
120
418
R1
604 412
317
F1
317
K7
rt
70
01 02
9.2.17.00/1
R3
516 517 518
674 126
1 2 3 4
0 123
M
610
+
S9
M6
324 615 S1
+
S S1
E15
102
S12
1 2 4 8 3 7 5 6
MP
100 rt
S11
rt 118 +
rt rt rt 105 107
P ,0,1,
3 1 5 2 6 8 7
1,5
X8
X2
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38
30
30
673
320
315
113
321
F11
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
118
301
101 531 102
602 392 315
MP
1780
1,5
MP
705 706
1,5 1,5
705 706
49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71
E2
30
86
335 150
410
30 86 49 49a
20s
87 87a
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5 2,5 708
110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
A18
5 9 10
> 60 < 65
> 85 < 90
318 300 415 100 306 319 306 304 320

3 1
307 324 324
6061
6071
1780
X71
SW WS WS 469 468 467 466
17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6 7 5
85
30
405
87a
A8 1
670
417
1 2
1 2
MP t t
311
42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
601
18 30
126
302
303
667
418
305
K2
86
87
K3
K5
K6
1,5 1,5
62
1,5
102
50
107
E1
B39
B38
MP
308 708
H11417
123 308 307 416
410
120
120
120
MP
313
31
31
311
D+
409
400
H39
325
408
406
402
H36
P1
P2
P3
P4
405 401
442
3190
S8
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
B10
B8
B9
120
H12
412
S1
673
H1
H2 H8
S3
M
B
643 681 6270 665
MP
M12
MP
A7 X65
531
V17
M8
X5
A6
519 542 SW 1,5 2,5
415 445
MP
524 0,75 0,75 0,75 462 461 sw 465 461 sw
6062 600
465
462
461
323
119
119
119
120
418
3180
908 900 933 940 912 913 914 915 937 917 939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 465 462 461
604 412
Y64
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
1780
102
553 522 521
2,5
X1
174 173
MP
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
16A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
10A
5A
705 706
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111
321
2,5
X4
1 4 5
317
K7
Y14
C A S
C A S
+ -
+ -
B34
B35
01 02
9.2.17.00/2
31
31b 3
7
53b
53b
31b
53a
31b
M2
53b
53a 31b
53a
31
53
53
53
31
M5
673
sw-gr
ws/sw
324
S12
rt rt 105 107
P ,0,1,
MP
100 rt
2 4
1 3 5
sw
3 5
bl
S11
rt 118
M13
M7
rt
3 4 2 1
6011
1,5
MP
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 643 681 6270 665
320
315
113
321
118
301
602 392 315
101 531 102
S1
P 0 12 3 58
1780
2,5
15 54 19 17 50a
MP
MP
MP
174 173
X381
F6
5A
X391
X401
2 3
X411
F11
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
16A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
10A
5A
705 706
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111
321
S20
6046
0
S4
6020
21
S21
6044
0 0
S5
6021
7 0,1
107
6047
6045
1,5
1,5
0,1
0,1
1,5 1,5
7 2
6022
7 2
21 0,1
5 4
5 4 2
5 4 2
6041
6034
6042 6039
6040
87 87a
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5 2,5 708
110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
318 300 415 100 306 319 306 320 324 304
3 1
307 324
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014

1019
8A
6033 6036 6035
6015 6016 6017
6038 6037
6011 6037 6006
20s
6042 6041 6039 6038
30
86
30
86
49
49a
6033 6034
MP
MP
MP
MP
MP
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6 7 5
85
30
F25 F26
8A
1,5
405
87a
1015 1015
A8 1
670
417
667
418
305
1016 1028
K2
86
87
K3
K5
K6
1 2
3
1 2 3 4
1 2
X46
1017
126
302
303
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5
1015
E7
601
X4
1 4 5
317
K7
MP
X37/1
1019
6014
6040
604 412
1,5
308
708
MP
H11417
418 123 308 307 416 410 412 323 120 120 120 120
+
2A
1029 1030
86
85
F29
1028
X37/2
1,5
6012
MP
1,5 1,5 6000 6002
Kabine Cab Cabine
30
119
S1 D+
H12
119
+
119
+
S7
1,5
1029
120
673
K17
F27
8A
87
409
400
405 401
H39
325
H36
P1
6003
P2
442
S8
P3
P4
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
1,5
6004
F28
8A
H1
H2 H8
S3
X47
6014
1030
6006 6007
E6
1,5 6001 6005
408
406
402
6062 600
MP
1019
MP
+
2 3
MP
1031
6003 6001 2,5
1,5 1,5 1 2,5

2
465
462
461
E3
1,5 1,5 1,5 6004
24V
X42
MP E4
1,5 per+
+ L
3A
X5
U1
415 445
12V
K10 1 12V
4 5
H14
6013
1032
E5
A2
SW
01 02
9.2.17.00/3
6018 6015
6018
335 150
410
6043
6019
2,5
21
21
6021 6016 6019

2 0
X2
30
30
X1
6043
6047 6036 6046
6045 6035 6044
sw-bl
gr
615 S1
ws/bl gr
S1 +
M3
M4
53b
53a
53
610
674 126
31
MP
MP
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.18.01








Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.18.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.18.03
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 178 1015 1016 1017 1019 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1040 1050 1350 1360 1780 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 392
Connector plugs S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3-X4/C F8-X4/B F8-X4/B F3-X4/I X4/A- X37/2,F25 X4/BX37/2 X4/CX37/2 X4/E- X37/1,X47 F26K17F29K10U1S1F25 G2F31F6X2/X71 G1S1K1K3S2V3K3K3H1F3B9B8F2S1K2K39 V1S1S1S2K5S8K4F10X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -F29 -F26 -E7 -U1 -K17 -S7 -K10 -K10 -A2 -K53 -F29 -F31 -K71 -A18 -K2 -Y1 -V1 -V1 -V3 -K2 -K2 -H1 -P1 -B9 -B8 -B10 -R1 -F2 -M1 -S1 -K39 -K2 -K39 -S3 -K6 -B7 -K39 -Y2
wire no. 3180 3190 400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465 466 467 468 469 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 542 546 547 548 553 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 643 665 667 670 673 674 679 681 6000 6001 6002
Connector plugs B9B9B5B6B3B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5/5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5/5F6B34B35B38A18B39A18S9S9S9X2X2X2X2F11X2 S4 S4 S5 X2S3S10F10K7B11S2K5A1A1A1A1S3S11Y25A1K17F27K17X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X42 -B8 -B8 -H4 -H5 -P4 -X5/5 -H5 -P3 -X5/5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -X4/I -B34/B35 -H36 -H39 -A18 -B38 -A18 -B39 -R3/M6 -R3/M6 - M6/R3 -A6/M8 -X8 -X8 -Y14 -A7 -V17 -S17 -S18 -M13 -X8 -A1 -K7 -B11 -Y3 -Y6 -Y4 -A1 -X5/1 -X5/3 -K6 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5/2 -F27 -E4 -F28
wire no. 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6061 6062 6071 6270 705 706 708 900 901 907 908 910 942
Connector plugs F28E5E3F27F28S5 S7K10X4/IF26F26F26S5S5S4S5S4F25S20F25F25S5S21S4S20S4 S4 S20S21S21S20S20A18S3Y64A1F7F7X4/D X42 X37/2 X37/1 X41 X39 X41 X39 X41 X39 X40 X38 X46 X40 X40 X38 X38 X2 X2 X2 X2 -E6 -E6 -E4 -S5 -X4/D -M13 -K17 -H14 -K10 -S5 -M5 -M2 -S4 -M5 -M2 -M5 -M2 -S20 -S21 -M4 -M3 -S21 -S4 -S20 -S7 -S21 -S20 -M7 -M4 -M4 -M3 -M3 -Y64 -Y63 -A18 -X5/3 -E1 -E2 -P2,3,4
wo.no.
ground wire black


pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 Ampere application - standard automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine), quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A 16A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P
F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29
light front
P P P P P C C C C C
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.18.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 A18 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 B34 B35 B38 B39 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H36 H39 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operators seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P electronic box - fan drive /B temperature sending unit - coolant /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F29 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operators seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B
pos. S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S17 S18 U1 V1 V2 V3 V4 V17 X1 X2 X4 X5
description /area starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B
electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operators seat with air suspension /B X71 plug to A18 /B Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y63 Y64 solenoid valve - glow plug system /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B
MP
674 126
S
Y63
Y25
6062
604
605
679
Y3
Y6
Y4 1
br 2 3 sw
S1
MP
100 rt
31
S11
rt 118 +
p
17
S10
601
S2
B11
674 607
S2
B
bl 1
rt rt rt 105 107
P ,0,1,
1,5
304
101
MP
2.5
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20
MP
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 643 681 6270 665
320
601
674
315
113
321
323
F11
MP
31
p 2,5 442 674 301 602 401 101
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
118
301
101 531 102
602 392 315
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
1780
X34
X2
30
30
673
S1
2,5
X1
174 173
MP
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
16A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
10A
5A
705 706
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111 1,5 1,5 1,5
321
B6
2
15 p
500
B5
31
400 p 409 p 0,5 G

W
B4
31
B3
31 t
402 403 406
96 G
B2
31
W 407 G
100
610
319
306
320
324
R2
325
408
405
87a
B7
105 rt rt 300 2,5 2,5
604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 105 105 0,75 670 667 314 317 600 643 665 681 6270
30
86
335 150
410
30 86 49 49a
20s
87 87a
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5 2,5 708
110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
318 300 415 304

3
307 306
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6 7 5
85
30
A8 1
670
417
601
126
2
302
303
667
418
305
K2
86
87
K3
K5
K6
1,5
8 p
107
2,5
B22
X4
1 4 5
35A
317
F1
317
K7
MP
rt
70 103 rt
B+
rt 6 rt 70
308
G
U
D+
30
50
3 +
H11417
123 308 307 416
120
120
120
H12
410
412
31
12V
D+
50
409
400
405 401
H39
+ 12V
36 9 60
325
408
406
402
H36
56
P1
P2
P3
P4
442
44
S8
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
G2
32
120
S1
673
H1
H2 H8
S3
G2
302
50
48 45 15 57 69 58
MP
MP
X5
88
86(85)
70 34 8
415 445
K1
88a
10 11 22 33 68 47 67
50
A1
6062 600
465
462
461
323
G1
M1
31
Y1
Y2
119
119
119
120
418
R1
0,75
708
301
392
0,75 0,75 0,75
604 412
01 03
9.2.18.00/1
R3
516 517 518
674 126
1 2 3 4
0 123
M
+
S9
M6
MP
S S1
E15
102
rt
2 4 8 3 7 5 6
S11
rt 118 +
100 rt
rt rt
105 107
P ,0,1,
3 1 5 2 6 8 7
1,5
X8
X2
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38
30
30
673
320
315
113
321
F11
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
118
301
101 531 102
602 392 315
MP
1780
1,5
MP
705 706
1,5 1,5
705 706
49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71
E2
30
86
335 150
410
30 86 49 49a
20s
87 87a
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5 2,5 708
110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
A18
5 9 10
> 60 < 65
> 85 < 90
318 300 415 100 306 610 319 306 304 320
3 1
307 324
6061
6071
1780
X71
SW WS WS 469 468 467 466
17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6 7 5
85
30
87a
405
A8 1
670
417
1 2
1 2
MP t t
311
42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
601
18 30
126
302
303
667
418
305
K2
86
87
K3
K5
K6
1,5 1,5
62
1,5
102
50
107
E1
B39
B38
MP
308 708
H11417
123 308 307 416
120
120
120
MP
313
31
31
311
D+
409
400
405 401
H39
325
408
406
402
H36
P1
P2
P3
P4
442
3190
S8
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
B10
B8
B9
120
H12
410
412
S1
673
H1
H2 H8
S3
M
B
643 681 6270 665
MP
M12
MP
A7 X65
531
V17
M8
X5
A6
519 542 SW 1,5 2,5
415 445
MP
524 0,75 0,75 0,75 462 461 sw 465 461 sw
6062 600
465
462
461
323
119
119
119
120
418
3180
908 900 933 940 912 913 914 915 937 917 939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 465 462 461
604 412
Y64
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
1780
102
553 522 521
2,5
X1
174 173
MP
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
16A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
10A
5A
705 706
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111
321
2,5
X4
1 4 5
317
K7
Y14
Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm 2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm
2
C A S
C A S
+ -
+ -
B34
B35
01 03
9.2.18.00/2
31
674 126
M
53a
M 53b
M
31b 53b 53a 31b 53
31b 3
7
31 31
MP
MP
53b
31b
S S1
M2
53a
31
53
53
M5
673
sw-gr
ws/sw
S11
rt 118
M13
6011
MP
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 643 681 6270 665
320
315
113
321
118
301
101 531 102
602 392 315
S1
P 0 12 3 58
1780
2,5
15 54 19 17 50a
MP
MP
MP
174 173
X381
F6
5A
X391
X401
2 3
X411
F11
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
16A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
10A
5A
705 706
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111
321
S20
6046
0
S4
6020
21
S21
6044
0 0
S5
6021
7 0,1
107
6047
6045
1,5
1,5
1,5 1,5
0,1
0,1
7 2
6022
7 2
21 0,1
5 4
5 4 2
5 4 2
6041
6034
6042 6039
6040
87 87a
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5 2,5 708
110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
A B C D I E F G H J K L M
300 415 100 306 610 319 306 320 304

3 1
307 324
6015 6016 6017
318
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014

1019
8A
6033 6036 6035
6038 6037
6011 6037 6006
20s
6042 6041 6039 6038
30
86
30
86
49
49a
6033 6034
MP
MP
MP
MP
MP
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 1 6 7 5
85
30
F25 F26
8A
1,5
405
87a
1015 1015
A8
670
417
667
418
305
1016 1028
K2
86
87
K3 5
K5
K6
1 2
3
1 2 3 4
1 2
X46
1017
126
302
303
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5
1015
E7
601
X4
1 4 5
317
K7
MP
X37/1
1019
6014
6040
604 412
1,5
308
708
MP
H11417
418 123 308 307 416 410 412 323 120 120 120 120
+
2A
1029 1030
86
85
F29
1028
X37/2
1,5
6012
MP
1,5 1,5 6000 6002
Kabine Cab Cabine
30
119
S1 D+
H12
119
+
119
+
S7
1,5
1029
120
673
K17
F27
8A
87
409
400
405 401
6003
H39
325
H36
P1
P2
442
S8
P3
P4
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
1,5
6004
F28
8A
H1
H2 H8
S3
X47
6014
1030
6006 6007
E6
1,5 6001 6005
408
406
402
6062 600
MP
1019
MP
+
2 3
MP
1031
6003 6001 2,5
1,5 1,5 1 2,5

2
465
462
461
E3
1,5 1,5 1,5 6004
24V
X42
MP E4
1,5 per+
+ L
3A
X5
U1
415 445
12V
K10 1 12V
4 5
H14
6013
1032
E5
A2
SW
01 03
9.2.18.00/3
6018 6015
6018
335 150
410
6043
6019
2,5
21
21
6021 6016 6019

2 0
P ,0,1,
1,5
X2
30
30
X1
6043
6047 6036 6046
6045 6035 6044
rt rt
105 107
M7
rt
100 rt
3 4 2 1
bl
MP
2 4
1 3 5
sw
3 5
ws/bl gr
sw-bl
M3
M4
gr
53a
53b
53
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.19.01






9. Plug (3 poles) - sensor fueltank /- travel gear - cone seal area(Cannon)



Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.19.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.19.03
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 178 1015 1016 1017 1019 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1040 1050 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1093 1094 1350 1360 1780 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 392 3160 3161 3172 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178
Connector plugs S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3-X4 /C F8-X4 /B F8-X4 /B F3-X4 /I X4 /AX4 /BX4 /CX4 /EF26K17F29K10U1S1F25 F26F25S35F26F25F25X98X98G2F31F6G1S1K1K3S2V3K3K3H1F3B9B8F2S1K2K39 V1S1S1S2K5S8K4F10B9B9S4S35S35S35V16V16X37 /2,F25 X37 /2 X37 /2 X37 /1,X47 X2 /X71 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -F29 -F26 -E7 -U1 -K17 -S7 -K10 -K10 -A2 -K53 -F29 -K24 -S35 -S35 -K50 -K52 -K51 -X97 -X99 -F31 -K71 -A18 -K2 -Y1 -V1 -V1 -V3 -K2 -K2 -H1 -P1 -B9 -B8 -B10 -R1 -F2 -M1 -S1 -K39 -K2 -K39 -S3 -K6 -B7 -K39 -Y2 -B8 -B8 -K50 -K24 -K24 -V16 -K49 -K49
wire no. 3177 3178 3180 3181 3182 3183 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465 466 467 468 469 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 542 546 547 548 553 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 643 665 667 670 673 674 679 681 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012
Connector plugs V16V16V16K24V15V15V15S20S21V16V15V16V15B5B6B3B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5 /5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5 /5F6B34B35B38A18B39A18S9S9S9X2X2X2X2F11X2 S4 S4 S5 X2S3S10F10K7B11S2K5A1A1A1A1S3S11Y25A1K17F27K17F28E5E3F27F28S5 S7X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X42 X42 X37 /2 -K49 -K49 -S4 -K49 -K24 -S35 -S4 -K51 -K52 -S20 -S20 -S21 -S21 -H4 -H5 -P4 -X5 /5 -H5 -P3 -X5 /5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -X4 /I -B34 /B35 -H36 -H39 -A18 -B38 -A18 -B39 -R3 /M6 -R3 /M6 - M6 /R3 -A6 /M8 -X8 -X8 -Y14 -A7 -V17 -S17 -S18 -M13 -X8 -A1 -K7 -B11 -Y3 -Y6 -Y4 -A1 -X5 /1 -X5 /3 -K6 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2 -F27 -E4 -F28 -E6 -E6 -E4 -S5 -X4 /D -M13 -K17
wire no. 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6061 6062 6071 6270 705 706 708 900 901 907 908 910 942
Connector plugs K10X4 /IF26F26F26S5S5S4S5S4F25S20F25F25S5S21S4S20S4 S4 S20S21S21S20S20S35X100X100X100X100A18S3Y64A1F7F7X4 /D X37 /1 X41 X39 X41 X39 X41 X39 X40 X38 X46 X40 X40 X38 X38 X2 X2 X2 X2 -H14 -K10 -S5 -M5 -M2 -S4 -M5 -M2 -M5 -M2 -S20 -S21 -M4 -M3 -S21 -S4 -S20 -S7 -S21 -S20 -M7 -M4 -M4 -M3 -M3 -S5 B52 B52 B53 B53 -Y64 -Y63 -A18 -X5 /3 -E1 -E2 -P2,3,4
wo.no.
ground wire black
Description Parts list /Scheme:


pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 Ampere application - standard 35A 16A 6.3A 8A automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine), quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 8A electrical outlet 12V - option area B P P P P P
F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F50
light front
P P P P P C C C C C C
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.19.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 A9 A18 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 B33 B34 B35 B38 B39 B52 B53 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K17 K24 K39 K49 K50 K51 K52 K53 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13
description /area electronic box connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operators seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V15-V16 /C electronic box - fan drive /B temperature sending unit - coolant /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right back up alarm /B (option) pressure switch left back up alarm /B (option) horn back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /B temperature switch cold start device /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B speakers right /C speakers left /C (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F29 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C time relay - interval timer /C relay - power guard /P relay - interval switch on /C relay - interval switch front /C relay - interval switch door left /C relay - interval switch door right /C time relay - glow plug system /P ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper door left /C windshield wiper door right /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operators seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C
pos. P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S17 S18 S35
description /area hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper. front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper rear /C rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater /B push button switch -joystick right - float position /P push button switch - float position /P rocker switch - windshield wiper door left /C rocker switch - windshield wiper door right /C rocker switch - preselection interval switch / Waschanlage /C position 1 windshield washer position (push button style) position 2 interval position (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (interval switch) /C diode 1A (interval switch) /C (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B
U1 V1 V2 V3 V4 V15 V16 V17
X1 X2 X4 X5
electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72-poles /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14-poles /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal for K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operators seat with air suspension /B X71 plug to A18 /B X97 electrical outlet 12V /C X98 plug to X97, X99 /C X99 plug to A2 /C X100 plug to B52/B53 /C Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y54 Y63 Y64 solenoid valve - glow plug system /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off Arbeitshydr. /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - cold start device /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B
MP
674 126
S
Y63
Y25
6062
604
605
679
Y3
Y6
Vx
Y4 1
br 2 3 sw
S1
MP
100 rt
31
S11
rt 118 +
p
17
S10
601
S2
B11
674 607
S2
B
bl 1
rt rt rt 105 107
P ,0,1,
1,5
304
101
MP
2.5
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20
MP
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461
320
601
674
315
113
321
323
F11
MP
31
p 2,5 442 674 301 602 401 101
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
118
301
101 531 102
602 392 315
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
1780
X34
X2
30
30
673
S1
2,5
X1
174 173
MP
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
16A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
10A
5A
705 706
673
114
113
108
109
314
149
321
1,5
1,5
B6
2
15 p
500
B5
31
400 p 409 p 0,5 G

W
B4
31
B3
31 t
402 403 406
96 G
B2
31
W 407 G
100
610
319
306
320
324
R2
325
408
405
87a
B7
105
rt rt 2,5 2,5
604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 105 105 0,75 670 667 314 317 600 643 665 681 6270
30
86
335 150
410
30 86 49 49a
20s
87 87a
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5 2,5 708
110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
318 300 415 304

3
307
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6 7 5
85
30
306
4 5
A8 1
670
417
300
601
126
302
303
667
418
305
K2
86
87
K3
5 4
K5
K6
1,5 1,5
8 p
107
2,5
178 311 416 172
123
111
B22
110
X4
1 4 5
35A
317
F1
317
K7
MP
rt
70 103 rt
B+
rt 6 rt 70
308
G
U
D+
30
50
3 +
123 308 307 416
120
120
120
H12
410
412
31
12V
D+
50
409
405 401
H39
5791
5790
36 9 60 48 45
325
408
406
402
H36
56
P1
P2
P3
P4
442
400
> 50 < 35
X75
44
S8
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
G2
32
120
S1
673
H1
H2 H8
S3
12V
302
G2
643 681 6270 665
B33 Y54 Y2
SW
86(85)
MP
MP
15 57 69 58 70 34 8
50
X5
88
415 445
K1
88a
10 11 22 33 68 47 67
50
A1
6062 600
465
462
461
323
G1
M1
31
Y1
119
119
119
120
H11417
418
R1
0,75
708
301
392
0,75 0,75 0,75
604 412
01 03
9.2.19.00/1
R3
516 517 518
674 126
1 2 3 4
0 123
M
+
S9
M6
MP
S S1
E15
102
rt
2 4 8 3 7 5 6
S11
rt 118 +
100 rt
rt rt
105 107
P ,0,1,
3 1 5 2 6 8 7
1,5
X8
X2
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38
30
30
673
320
315
113
321
F11
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
118
301
101 531 102
602 392 315
MP
1780
1,5
MP
705 706
1,5 1,5
705 706
49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71
E2
30
86
335 150
410
30 86 49 49a
20s
87 87a
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5 2,5 708
110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
A18
5 9 10
> 60 < 65
> 85 < 90
318 300 415 307
100
306
610
319
306
6061
6071
1780
17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37
304
320
SW
WS WS
469 468
467 466
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6 7 5
85
30
4 5
324
X71
87a
405
A8 1
670
417
1 2
1 2
MP t t
311
42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
601
18 30
126
302
303
667
418
305
K2
86
87
K3
5 4
K5
K6
1,5 1,5
62
1,5
102
50
107
E1
B39
B38
MP
308 708
123 308 307 416
120
120
120
MP
313
31
31
311
D+
409
H39
325
408
406
402
H36
P1
P2
P3
P4
405 401
442
400
3160
S8
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
B10
B8
B9
120
H12
410
412
S1
673
H1
H2 H8
S3
M
B
643 681 6270 665
MP
M12
MP
A7 X65
531
V17
M8
X5
A6
519 542 SW 1,5 2,5
415 445
MP
524
0,75 0,75 0,75
462 461 sw
465 461 sw
6062 600
465
462
461
323
119
119
119
120
H11417
418
3161
908 900 933 940 912 913 914 915 937 917 939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 465 462 461
604 412
Y64
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 392 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 2,5 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
1780
102
553 522 521
2,5
X1
174 173
MP
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
16A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
10A
5A
705 706
673
114
113
108
109
314
149
110
321
2,5
178 311 416 172
123
111
X4
1 4 5
317
K7
Y14
2
C A S
C A S
+ -
+ -
B34
B35
01 03
9.2.19.00/2
31
31
M
53b 53a 31b 53 31
53
53a
31b
M3
53b
M2
53b
5
31
M
53a 31b 1
M4
53
31 3 5
6047
6036
6046
ws/sw
sw-gr
sw
gr
6045
6035
MP X38
1 2 3
6044
MP X39 X40
1 2 3 1 2 3
M5
53 53a 31b 53b
6047
6036
6046
6022
6017
6020
sw-bl
4
ws/bl
2 3
6045
6035
6044
31
6011
6043
M13
M7
3
1
5 4
3
1
5 4
3
1
5 4
2
1079
Kabine Cab Cabine

1080
3187
6021
1081
6016
2
K51
3186
3172
MP
K50
MP
K52
MP
X41
1
1,5 1,5 5
1,0
3188
5
1,0
1,0
3180
5
3190 21 0,1
6021
3189
3185 1
174
175
172
3191
MP
MP
MP
6040
178
S20
6039
S4
6038
S21
6037
6019 SW 6015
6011
6006
25A
6.3A
X4
174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904
1,5 1,5 1,5
A B C D I E F G H J K L M 1 2 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 3
1015
6036
6035
1016 1017 6007 6014 1019
1081
1080
1077
6015
6016
6017
1079
1076
3183
3188
3189
3180
3190
3177
F25
8A
F26
1078
3185
3191
8A
1,5
1078
1077
X46
1015 1015 1016 1028
E7
6043
A9
8
V15 2 9
V16 4
3182
905 906
907
6043
7 2
1019
6014
1,5 1,5
1,5
1017
3175
3176
3183
3174 6055
1015
708
1,5 1,5
SW
X37/1
S35
3182
X37/2
119
+
MP
6014
2A
1030
6040
1028
F29
1029
86
X47
1019
85
MP
6012
MP
1,5 1,5 1076
30
87
15 31b
S
3176
MP
5 4 6
0,2
3178
MP
1029
6002
6000
S7
K17
3181
5 4
2
3 1
6055
F8
F3
S5
3178
1031
P4
U1
10A
24V 12V
H14
K10
1 4 5 6013
1,5
1,5
6004
31
3177
F27
8A
F28
6003
8A
E6
1,5
MP K24
3174
86
MP
K49
X5
X98
1093 +
6006 6007 6003

3 2 1
E3
1,5 1,5 1,5
3175
1,5 1,5
2,5
F50
445 415 415 445
1094
8A
X97
sw -
6001
2,5
6001 6005
MP X100
5A
sw
ws
E4
1,5
X99
8 4
7 3
4
B52
6056 6057
+ -
E5
RT GE
BL + BL/SW
6004
X42
per+
A2
BR/SW
BR 6 5
B53
6058 6059 +
BR
01 03
Kabelschema Electrical - Schematic Schma de cblage lectriques

.
9.2.19.00/3
6019
MP
gr
1
bl
0 0
0 0 0
Socket Pin
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Electrical System
9.2.30.01
4. Plug (8 poles) - cab - heater (AMP) Socket on wiring harness /heater Plug in cab Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 553 3 sw 7 521 4 102 8 522 Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 102 5 522 2 sw 6 521 3 7 553 4 8 -
9. Plug (3 poles) - sensor Diesel tank (Cannon) Assignment acc. to application / see schematic Plug in sensor Socket on wiring harness
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Electrical System
9.2.30.02
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wiring list

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Electrical System
9.2.30.03
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 1350 1360 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386 392 397 400 401 402
Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4/I-X37/1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 G2-F31 F31-K71 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 F3X2 -B9 B9-B8 B8-B10 F2X2 -K71 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 M1-Y34 F10X2 -Y2 K71-R1 instrumentation B5X2 -H4 B6X2 -H5 B3X2 -P4
wire no. 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547 548 553 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667
Connector plugs B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5/5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5/5X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X4/I -X5/5 -H5 -P3 -X5/5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -K10
wire no. 670 673 674 679 681 6270 700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 900 901 907 908 912 942
Connector plugs A1S3S11Y25A1A1X2 X2 X2 X2 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5/2 -X5/3
electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S4 S4-S5 S9-R3/M6 S9-R3/M6 S9- M6/R3 X2-A6/M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -A7 S4-M2 S18-M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18 S5 -M13 X2-X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11X2 -Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -X5/1 A1X2 -X5/3 A1X2 -K6
electrical installation lights F28-E6 F27-E4 E3-E4 E5-E6 F7X2 -E1 F7X2 -E2 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 F27-S5 S5-S18 S18-S4 S4-S17 S17-S7 K38-F27 K38-F28 open wires open connection X2 open connections cab open connection X2 open connections X2
MASSE
K1-
-A1
wo.no.
ground wire black
Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F31 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31 Ampere application - standard automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A automatic circuit breaker /glow plug system 35A 2A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P P P P P P C C C C C B
light front operators seat with air suspension
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Electrical System
9.2.30.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operators seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P temperature sending unit - coolant (96) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure (0.5 bar) /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1.5 bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1.5 bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2.5 bar) /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operators seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B
electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operators seat with air suspension /B Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y34 solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B
MP
516 517
R3
518
1 0 12 3 2 3 4

674 126
S + S1
M
610
+
Y25
679
Y3
604
Y6
605
Y4 S9 E15
br sw 2 3
M6
615
S1
31
S12
102 553 522 521
324
S1
MP S11
100 rt
p 17 601 674
S2 bl 1
S2 X8
673
118
+
S10
B11
rt rt rt 105 107
30 30
rt
607
1,5
X2 MP
2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 674 301 602 102
21 23 35 24 12 71 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 72 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 67 46 20 32 44 56 68 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 36 47 59
P ,0,1,
X1
102
553
522
521
101
MP
2.5 521 522 936 935 934 1.5 674 553
P 0 12 3
601
674
320
531
602
101
315
301
102
315
MP
S1
58 15 54 19 17 50a
174 173 118
MP
304
323
318
113
F7
1040
8A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F11 F10
10A 5A
F2
2A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
705
321
314
311
416
178
108
109
172
149
113
110
123
1.5
1.5
B22
31
101 442 705 706 1,5 1,5 705 706 604 909 408 406 402 400
101 705 706 604 909 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 319 940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 105 670 667 311 314 317 600 665 308 681 6270 908 2.5 417 123 307 308 416 410 120 120 910 2.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5 915 2.5 643 6270 681 916 2.5 917 2.5 939 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 921 1.5 922 1.5 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 937 932 1,5 933 1,5 415 445 445
4 1 2 3 5 S1 D+ + + + 87a 30 86
2.5
1.5 1.5 335 150

30 86 49 20s
410
49a
B6
31
401 8 p
E1
E2
31
MP
409 400 401
87
B5 B4
31
K4
87 85
K39
85
K53
31
708 149 108 2,5 2,5 110
500
409
407 403 442
MP
B3
31
p 0.5
G W o G W
318 300 415 324 306 320 324 100

30 30
1.5
1.5
102
107
602
111
301
2.5
706
114
402 403 406 407
323 601 940 304 300 325 302 610 615 rt 2,5 2,5 105 105 670 667 311 314
307 306
174 173 172

87a 87
31
B2
31
V5
8 V4 V3 V1
85
86
87a 87
304
708 445 178 941
85
85
Q
G
A8
405
1 6 7 5
K2
87a
K3
87 87a 86 87 85
K5
86 30
K6
86 30
670
417
325
rt
2,5
126
2,5
rt rt
302
303
667
418
R2
408
305
901 902 903 904 905 906 907

1 4 5
B7
601
K7
2.5 317 604
105 105
2,5 1350
2
317 600 643 665
X4
35A 300
MP
708 123 412 323 120 120 418
F1
35A
2
F31
rt
681 386 301 6270 908 900

50
70 rt
10 rt
317
70 rt
B+ G
+
12V
D+
30
910 926 912 913 914
120
103
900
119
119
119
673
1360
314
3 U
50 rt
401 405
M1
12V
408
397
50 rt
311
G2
88
302
MP
Masse p 313
31
939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531
MP MP
10 sw
86(85)
p 312
31
X5
K1
50
88a
1.5
1.5
B8 R1 B10 MP
B9
M12
Q
1,5
524 937 932
A7 V17 X65
531
M8
+
. .
. .
A6
519 542 SW
Y14
933
MP
01 01

.
600
917
402
87
406
85
916
665
K71
A1
915
325
P1
P2
P3
P4
442
G1
409
400
G2
Y34
31
Y1
Q S8
S
t
G
p
G
H23
G
30
86
31
H3
H4 H5 H11 H12 H1
H2
H8
S3
412
643
9.2.30.00/1

674 126
MP MP
M
31 31 53 53a 31b
610
31
MP
S S1
M
31b
M2
MP
M
sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr
31b
615
324
S12
S11
100 rt rt 118
+
M
53a 3 31b 7 2
rt rt
105 107
P ,0,1,
1,5
X2
4
MP
21 23 35 24 12 71 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 72 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 67 46 20 32 44 56 68 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 36 47 59
535
506 504
2.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 674 301 602 102 101 705 706 604 909 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601
P 0 12 3
548
512
X1
gn 508 506 505 504 503
320
301
174 173 118
531 102
101
602
113
315
315
318 1.5
F7
1040
8A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F11 F10
10A 5A
F2
2A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
X38
1
X39
X40
1 2 3 1 2 3
534
X41
1 2
705
321
2.5
706
114 109 314 108 178 311 416 172 149 110 113 123 111
107
S17
1.5 1.5
210 0,1 7
S4
210 0,1
S18
533
210 0,1
1.5
1.5
534
210 0,1
502
S1
58 15 54 19 17 50a
MP
S5
502 500
1.5 1.5 2,5

30 86
509
335 150
410
30 86 49 20s 49a
535
515
536
536
505 4 512 546 722
5 2
503
508
5 4 2
5 4
7 2
546
547
721 720
87a
87
87
85
85
31
708 110 723 149 108 2,5 2,5
318 300 415 319 306 320 324 100

30 30
307 306 324
409
400
401
442
405
408
406
402
178
921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 937 932 933
1.5 1.5
415 445
445
K10
+
87a
87
86
H17
444
U1
24V 12V
E5
12V
1,5 1,5 1,5 1460
+ 3A + L
A2
SW
.
. .
01 01

.
9.2.30.00/2
704
1.5
939 4 1 2 3 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 X5
600
915 2.5 916 2.5 917 2.5
643 6270 681 665
325
708
1.5
2,5
MP
443
MP
85
30
X42 MP E4
1 2
703
1.5
MP
700 701
1,5 1,5 2,5
1.5
P1
P2
P3
P4
701
1.5
940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 105 2,5 670 667 311 314 317 2.5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2.5 900 910 2.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5
87a 87
87a 87
304
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6
85
86
85
85
A8
1 7 5
K2
87a
K3
87a 87 86 87 85
K5
86 30
K6
86 30
405
305 302
K L M N
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5
174 1050
rt rt
126
173 175
303
601
K7
317
1 4 5
X4
1,5 445 1050 719 723 175
MP
308 708 123 417 418 323 308 307 416 123 410 412 120
+
604 412
MP
178 673
1,5
2A 85 5 86
120
120
120
119
S1 D+
119
+
119
+
120
F29
176
MP
1,5 724 725 1,5
8A
172
174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
174 173 172 708
514 501
507
MP F25
8A
X37 1-2
2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
F26
8A
1,5
670
417
667
418
X46 E7
Kabine Cab Cabine
719
K4
K39
K53
MP
547 722 721
MP
MP
MP
704
30
87
176
S7
443 1,5
Q
S8
S
t
G
p
G
H23
G
H3 H4 H5
H11
H12
H1
H2 H8
S3
X47
8A
719
700
K38
F27
F28
E6
E3
515 514
548 720
501 500
sw
bl
30
30
M13
M7
53
rt
M5
31
S1
MP
M3
sw sw-gr gr
M4
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Electrical System
9.2.31.01


Socket on wiring harness /heater Plug in cab Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 553 3 sw 7 521 4 102 8 522 Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 102 5 522 2 sw 6 521 3 7 553 4 8 -





Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Electrical System
9.2.31.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Electrical System
9.2.31.03
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 1350 1360
Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4 /I-X37 /1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 G2-F31 F31-K71 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 F3X2 -B9 B9-B8 B8-B10 F2X2 -K71 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 M1-Y34 F10X2 -Y2 K71-R1 instrumentation B5X2 -H4 B6X2 -H5 B3X2 -P4
wire no. 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465
Connector plugs B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5 /5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5 /5F6B34B35X2 -X5 /5 -H5 X2 -P3 X2 -X5 /5 X2 -P2 X2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 X2 -H23 -K10 -H17 X4 /I -K10 X2 -B34 /B35 X2 -H36 X2 -H39
wire no. 670 673 674 679 681 6270
Connector plugs A1S3S11Y25A1A1X2 X2 X2 X2 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2 -X5 /3
300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386 392 397 400 401 402
500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547 548 553
600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667
electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S4 S4-S5 S9-R3 /M6 S9-R3 /M6 S9- M6 /R3 X2-A6 /M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -A7 S4-M2 S18-M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18 S5 -M13 X2-X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11X2 -Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -X5 /1 A1X2 -X5 /3 A1X2 -K6
700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725
900 901 907 908 912 942
MASSE
K1-
-A1
wo.no.
ground wire black

Connection wires in the machine (wiring harness): red(rt) black(sw) white(ws) white(ws) with number, e.g.105 without number with MASSE with number, e.g. 600 = wires for main power supply = ground wire = minus supply to electronic-box(wire from K1 to A1) = other wires

pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31 Ampere application - standard automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A automatic circuit breaker /glow plug system 35A 2A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P light front P P P P P C C C C C B
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Electrical System
9.2.31.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 B34 B35 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H36 H39 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator's seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P temperature sending unit - coolant /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operator's seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B
electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator's seat with air suspension /B Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y34 solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B
MP
516 517
R3
518
1 0 12 3 2 3 4

674 126
S + S1
M
610
Y25
679
Y3
604
Y6
605
Y4 S9 E15
br sw 2 3
M6
615
S1 p 17
31
102 553 522 521

1 C 2 4 8 3 7 5 6
S12
324
S1
MP S11
100 rt
S2
bl 1
673
118
+
601
674
S10
S2
rt rt rt 105 107
30 30
rt
B11
B
607
X8
4 3 1 5 2 6 8 7
1,5
X2 MP
2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 674 301 602 102
21 23 35 24 12 71 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 72 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 46 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
P,0, 1,
X1
102
553
522
521
101
X34
601 674
MP
2.5 521 522 936 935 934 1.5 674 553
P 0 12 3
320
531
602
101
315
102
315
MP
S1
58 15 54 19 17 50a
174 173 118
MP
301
304
323
318
113
F7
1040
8A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F11 F10
10A 5A
F2
2A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
705
321
314
311
416
178
108
109
172
149
113
110
123
1.5
1.5
B22
31
p 2.5
101 442 705 706 1,5 1,5 705 706 604 909 408 406 402 400
101 705 706 604 909 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 319 940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 105 670 667 311 314 317 600 665 308 681 6270 908 2.5 417 123 307 308 416 410 120 120 933 1.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5 915 2.5 643 6270 681 937 917 2.5 939 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 921 1.5 922 1.5 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 415 445 445
4 1 2 3 5 30 86
1.5 1.5 335 150

3 1 49 20s
410
49a
B6
31
401
12 p
E1
E2
B5
31
K4
87
85
K39
K53
149 108
31
MP
409 400 401
708 2,5 2,5 110
500
B4
31
409
407 403 442
MP
B3
31
0.5 G W
318 300 415 324 306 320 324 100

30 3
1.5
1.5
102
107
602
111
301
2.5
706
114
402 403 406 407
323 601 940 304 300 325 302 610 615 rt 2,5 2,5 105 105 670 667 311 314
307 306
174 173 172 708

4 5
31 t
96 G W
304
B2
31 Q G
V5
4 9 8 V4 V3 V1
85
445 178 941
A8
405
1 6 7 5
K2
87a
670
417
325
rt
2,5
126
2,5
rt rt
302
303
667
418
R2
408
305
86
87
K3
K5
K6
901 902 903 904 905 906 907

87 31 87a
B7
601
15 +
30
105 105
K7
2.5 317
2,5 1350
2
317 600 643 665
X4
35A
MP
708 123 412 323 120
+
300
F1
35A 2
F31
rt
681 386 301 6270 908 900

50
70 rt
317
70 10 rt rt
B+ G
+
12V
120
103
D+ 30
900
S1
119
D+
119
+
119
+
418
1360
314
3 U
926
50 rt
401 405
M1
465
462
408
302
397
50 rt
311
G2
88
MP
MASSE p 313
31 1.5
939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531
MP MP
10 sw
86(85)
p 312
31 1.5
X5
K1
50
88a
B8 R1 B10 MP
B9
M12
Q
1,5 0,75 0,75 0,75 465 461 462 461
524 465 462 461 SW
600
917
402
87
406
85
461
12V
937
665
K71
A1
915
325
P1
P2
P3
P4
442
G1
409
400
G2
Y34
31
Y1
912 913 914
Q S8
S
t
G
p
G
120
933
673
H39 H36
G
30
86
31
H3
H4 H5 H23
H11
H12
H1
H2
H8
S3
604
A7 V17 X65
531
M8
+
. .
. .
A6
519 542 SW
Y14
SW
C A B S
C A B S
----- Optionen verkabelt, nicht bestckt Options wired, not equipped Options non equipes Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2
MP
01 02
B34
B35

.
412
643
9.2.31.00/1

674 126
MP MP
M
31 31 53 53a 31b
610
31
MP
S S1
M
31b
M2
MP
M
sw 53 sw-gr 53a gr
31b
615
324
S12
S11
100 rt rt 118
+
M
53a 3 31b 7 2
rt rt
105 107
P,0, 1,
1,5
X2
4
MP
21 23 35 24 12 71 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 72 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 46 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
535
506 504
2.5 521 522 553 936 935 934 674 301 602 102 101 705 706 604 909 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601
P 0 12 3
502
505
504
320
301
174 173 118
531 102
101
602
113
315
315
503
318 1.5
F7
1040
8A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F11 F10
10A 5A
F2
2A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
X38
1
X39
X40
1 2 3 1 2 3
X41
1 2
705
321
2.5
706
114 109 314 108 178 311 416 172 149 110 113 123 111
107
S17
1.5 1.5
210 0,1 7
S4
210 0,1
S18
533
210 0,1
S5
534
210 0,1
1.5
1.5
501 500
534
S1
508 506
58 15 54 19 17 50a
MP
548
512
X1
gn
sw
bl
30
30
M13
M7
53
rt
M5
31
S1
MP
sw sw-gr gr
1.5 1.5 2,5

30 86
509
335 150
410
3 1
49 20s
49a
535
515
536
536
505 4 512 546 722
5 2
503
508
5 4 2
5 4
7 2
502
546
547
721 720
K4
87
85
K39
K53
149 108
31
708 110 723 2,5 2,5
318 300 415 319 306 320 324 100

30
3
307 306 324
409
400
401
442
405
921 1.5 922 1.5 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465
415 445
445
178
K10
+
1 4
H17
444
U1
24V 12V
E5
12V
1460
+ 3A + L
462 461
A2
SW
01 02
9.2.31.00/2
704
1.5
915 2.5 937 917 2.5 939 4 1 2 3 938 920 1.5 942 1.5 X5
643 6270 681 665
325
708
1.5
465
462
408
406
402
461
600
2,5
MP
443
MP
X42 MP E4
1 2
703
1.5
MP
700 701
1,5 1,5 2,5
1.5
P1
P2
P3
P4
701
1.5
940 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 105 2,5 670 667 311 314 317 2.5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2.5 900 933 1.5 926 2.5 912 2.5 913 2.5 914 2.5
304
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6
85
A8
1 7 5
K2
87a
405
305 302
86
87
K3
303
K5
K6 1
667
K L M N
15
30
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5
174 1050
rt rt
601
K7
317
87 31 87a
X4
1,5 445 1050 719 723 175
MP
308 708 123 417 418 323 308 307 416 123 410 412 120
+
604 412
MP
178 673
1,5
2A 85 5 86
120
120
120
119
S1 D+
119
+
119
+
F29
176
MP
1,5 724 725 1,5
8A
172
174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
174 173 172 708
514 501
507
MP F25
8A
X37 1-2
2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
F26
173 175
8A
1,5
670
417
418
X46 E7
Kabine Cab Cabine
126
719
MP
547 722 721
MP
MP
MP
704
30
120
87
176
S7
443 1,5
Q
S8
S
t
G
p
G
H3
H4 H5 H23
H39 H36
H11
H12
H1
H2 H8
S3
X47
8A
719
700
K38
F27
F28
E6
E3
515 514
548 720
500
M3
M4
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 732B F/N xxx-5600 5883
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.32.01








Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 732B F/N xxx-5600 5883
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.32.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 732B F/N xxx-5600 5883
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.32.03
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 178 1015 1016 1017 1019 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1040 1050 1350 1360 1780 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386
Connector plugs S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3-X4 /C F8-X4 /B F8-X4 /B F3-X4 /I X4 /A- X37 /2,F25 X4 /B- X37 /2 X4 /C- X37 /2 X4 /E- X37 /1,X47 F26K17F29K10U1S1F25 G2F31F6X2 /X71 G1S1K1K3S2V3K3K3H1F3B9B8F2S1K2K39 V1S1S1S2S12S8K4M1X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -F29 -F26 -E7 -U1 -K17 -S7 -K10 -K10 -A2 -K53 -F29 -F31 -K71 -A18 -K2 -Y1 -V1 -V1 -V3 -K2 -K2 -H1 -P1 -B9 -B8 -B10 -K71 -F2 -M1 -S1 -K39 -K2 -K39 -S3 -K6 -B7 -K39 -Y34
wire no. 392 397 3180 3190 400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465 466 467 468 469 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 542 553 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 643 665 667 670 673 674 679 681 6000 6001 6002
Connector plugs F10K71B9B9B5B6B3B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5 /5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5 /5F6B34B35B38A18B39A18S9S9S9X2X2X2X2F11X2 X2S3S10F10K7B11S2S12S12A1A1A1A1S3S11Y25A1K17F27K17X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X42 -Y2 -R1 -B8 -B8 -H4 -H5 -P4 -X5 /5 -H5 -P3 -X5 /5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -X4 /I -B34 /B35 -H36 -H39 -A18 -B38 -A18 -B39 -R3 /M6 -R3 /M6 - M6 /R3 -A6 /M8 -X8 -X8 -Y14 -A7 -V17 -X8 -A1 -K7 -B11 -Y3 -Y6 -Y4 -A1 -A1 -X5 /1 -X5 /3 -K6 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5 /2 -F27 -E4 -F28
wire no. 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6061 6062 6071 6270 705 706 708 900 901 907 908 912 942
wo.no.
ground wire black


pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 Ampere application - standard automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A automatic circuit breaker /glow plug system
- option
area B P P P P P
35A 2A 5A 8A
F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31
light front
P P P P P P C C C C C B
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 732B F/N xxx-5600 5883
01 02
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.32.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 A18 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 B34 B35 B38 B39 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71 K73 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator's seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P electronic box - fan drive /B temperature sending unit - coolant /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) Y49 /P ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operator's seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B
electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operator's seat with air suspension /B X71 plug to A18 /B Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y34 Y49 Y63 Y64 solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1=pull, 2=hold solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B
MP
Y63
Y25
6062
604
605
679
Y3
Y6
Y4 1
br 2 3 sw
610
674 126
S
324
615 S1
S1
31
S12 S2
607
B bl 1
MP
100 rt
S11
rt 118 + rt 2,5
p
17
S10
601
S2
rt rt rt 105 107
P ,0,1,
B11
674
1,5
304
101
MP
2.5
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20 32 44 56
MP
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 6270 665 681 643
320
1400
101 531 102
602
601
674
321 398 315
113
323
F11
MP
31
p 2,5 442 674 301 602 401 101
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
118
301
315
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
1780
X34
X2
30
30
1400
673
S1 +
X1
174 173
MP
F9
20A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
2A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
10A
5A
705 706
rt 2,5
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111 1,5 1,5 1,5
321
2,5
B6
2
15 p
500
B5
31
400 2,5 p 409 p 0,5 G

W
B4
31
B3
31 t
402 403 406
96 G
B2
31
W 407 G
100
319
306
320
324
324
R2
325
408
405
87a
B7
105 rt rt 2,5 2,5
601
604 309 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 0,75 615 105 105 0,75 670 667 2,5 314 317 0,75 600 0,75 643 0,75 665 681 0,75 6270
30
86
335 150
410
30 86 49 49a
86
20s
85 87 87a 87a
1390
398
30
87
K73
2,5 2,5
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5
309 110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
708 318 300 415 304

3
307 306
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6 7 5
85
30
4 5
A8 1
670
417
126
2
302
303
667
418
305
K2
86
87
K3
K5
K6
1,5
8 p
107
B22
309
300
X4
1 4 5
35A
rt 10 rt 6 rt 70 1350
1350
2 B+ 1 2
308
35A 3
G
U
D+
30
50
MP
708
M
31
H11417
2,5
123 308 307 416
410
120
120
120
H12
412
rt 10
12V
D+
409
400
1360 314
H39
+ 12V
301
386
36 9 60 48
325
408
406
G2
302
50
K71
87 85
MP
397
Y1
Y34
45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8
MP
MP
88
86(85)
sw 10
X5
415 445
K1
88a
10 11
50
R1 A1
22 33 68 47 67
01 02
6062 600
465
462
461
30 86
402
H36
P1
P2
P3
P4
405 401
442
S8
50
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
G2
MP
120
S1
673
H1
H2 H8
S3
323
F31
Y49
G1
M1
31
119
119
119
120
418
604 412
rt 70 103 rt 6
317 386
F1
317
K7
PR 732B F/N xxx - 56005883
9.2.32.00/1
R3
516 517 518
674 126
1 2 3 4
0 123
M
610
+
S9
M6
324 615 S1
+
S S1
E15
102
S12
1 2 4 8 3 7 5 6
MP
100 rt
S11
rt 118 + rt 2,5
rt rt rt 105 107
P ,0,1,
3 1 5 2 6 8 7
1,5
X8
X2
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38
30
30
1400
673
320
1400
101 531 102
602
321 398 315
113
F11
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
118
301
315
MP
1780
1,5
2,5
MP
705 706
1,5 1,5
705 706
49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71
E2
30
86
335 150
410
30 86 49 49a
86
20s
85 87 87a 87a
1390
398
30
87
K73
2,5 2,5
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5
309 110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
708 318 300 415 100 306 319 306 304 320
3 1
A18
5 9 10
> 60 < 65
> 85 < 90
307 324 324
6061
6071
1780
X71
SW WS WS 469 468 467 466
17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 1 6 7 5
85
30
87a
405
A8
670
417
1 2
1 2
MP t t
311
42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
601
18 30
126
302
303
667
418
305
K2
86
87
K3
K5
K6
1,5 1,5
62
321
1,5
102
50
107
E1
B39
B38
MP
308 708
H11417
123 308 307 416
120
120
120
MP
313
31
31
311
D+
409
400
405 401
H39
325
408
406
402
H36
P1
P2
P3
P4
442
3190
S8
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
B10
B8
B9
120
H12
410
412
S1
673
H1
H2 H8
S3
M
B
6270 665 681 643
MP
M12
MP
A7 X65
531
V17
M8
X5
A6
519 542 SW 1,5 2,5
415 445
MP
524 0,75 0,75 0,75 462 461 sw 465 461 sw
Y14
2
C A S
C A S
+ -
+ -
B34
B35
01 02
6062 600
465
462
461
323
119
119
119
120
418
3180
908 900 933 940 912 913 914 915 937 917 939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 465 462 461
604 412
Y64
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
1780
X1
102
553 522 521
174 173
MP
F9
20A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
2A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
10A
5A
705 706
rt 2,5
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111
X4
1 4 5
317
K7
PR 732B F/N xxx - 56005883
9.2.32.00/2
31
31b 3
7
53b
53b
31b
53a
31b
M2
53b
53a 31b
53a
31
53
53
53
31
M5
673
sw-gr
ws/sw
sw
gr
324
S12
rt rt 105 107
P ,0,1,
S11
rt 118
M13
+ rt 2,5
M7
rt
100 rt 1400
3 4 2 1
6011
1,5
MP
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
1780
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 615 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 6270 665 681 643
320
1400
101 531 102
602
321 398 315
113
118
301
315
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
MP
MP
MP
174 173
X381
F6
5A
X391
X401
2 3
X411
F11
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
F9
20A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
2A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
10A
5A
705 706
rt 2,5
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111
S20
6046
0
S4
6020
21
S21
6044
0 0
S5
6021
7 0,1
107
6047
6045
321
1,5
0,1
0,1
1,5
2,5
1390
398
1,5 1,5
7 2
6022
7 2
21 0,1
5 4
5 4 2
5 4 2
6041
6034
30
6042 6039
85 87 87a
87a
87
K73
2,5 2,5
6040
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5
309 110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
708 318 300 415 100 306 319 306 320 324 304
3 1
307 324
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014

1019
8A
6033 6036 6035
6015 6016 6017
6038 6037
6011 6037 6006
20s
6042 6041 6039 6038
30
86
30
86
49
49a
6033 6034
86
MP
MP
MP
MP
MP
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 1 6 7 5
85
30
F25 F26
8A
1,5
405
87a
1015 1015
A8
670
417
667
418
305
1016 1028
K2
86
87
K3
K5
K6
1 2
3
1 2 3 4
1 2
X46
1017
126
302
303
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5
1015
E7
601
X4
1 4 5
317
K7
MP
X37/1
1019
6014
6040
604 412
1,5
308
708
MP
H11417
418 323 123 308 307 416 120 120 120
2A
1029 1030
86
85
F29
1028
X37/2
1,5
6012
MP
1,5 1,5 6000 6002
Kabine Cab Cabine
30
H12
410
412
119
S1 D+
119
+
119
+ +
120
S7
1,5
1029
120
673
K17
F27
8A
87
1,5
409
400
405 401
6003
H39
325
H36
P1
P2
442
S8
P3
P4
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
6004
F28
8A
H1
H2 H8
S3
X47
6014
1030
6006 6007
E6
1,5 6001 6005
408
406
402
6062 600
MP
1019
MP
+
2 3
MP
1031
6003 6001 2,5
1,5 1,5 1 2,5

2
465
462
461
E3
1,5 1,5 1,5 6004
24V
X42
MP E4
1,5 per+
+ L
3A
X5
U1
415 445
12V
K10 1 12V
4 5
H14
6013
1032
E5
A2
SW
01 02
PR 732B F/N xxx - 56005883
9.2.32.00/3
6018 6015
6018
335 150
410
6043
6019
21
21
6021 6016 6019

2 0
X2
30
30
X1
6043
6047 6036 6046
6045 6035 6044
bl
615 S1
MP
2 4
1 3 5
3 5
ws/bl gr
sw-bl
S1 +
M3
M4
53b
53a
53
610
674 126
31
MP
MP
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.33.01








Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.33.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.33.03
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 178 1015 1016 1017 1019 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1040 1050 1350 1360 1780 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 311 312 313 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386
Connector plugs S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3-X4 /C F8-X4 /B F8-X4 /B F3-X4 /I X4 /A- X37 /2,F25 X4 /B- X37 /2 X4 /C- X37 /2 X4 /E- X37 /1,X47 F26K17F29K10U1S1F25 G2F31F6X2 /X71 G1S1K1K3S2V3K3K3H1F3B9B8F2S1K2K39 V1S1S1S2K5S8K4M1X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 -F29 -F26 -E7 -U1 -K17 -S7 -K10 -K10 -A2 -K53 -F29 -F31 -K71 -A18 -K2 -Y1 -V1 -V1 -V3 -K2 -K2 -H1 -P1 -B9 -B8 -B10 -K71 -F2 -M1 -S1 -K39 -K2 -K39 -S3 -K6 -B7 -K39 -Y34
wire no. 392 397 3180 3190 400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 461 462 465 466 467 468 469 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 542 553 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 643 665 667 670 673 674 679 681 6000 6001 6002
Connector plugs F10K71B9B9B5B6B3B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5 /5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5 /5F6B34B35B38A18B39A18S9S9S9X2X2X2X2F11X2 X2S3S10F10K7B11S2K5A1A1A1A1S3S11Y25A1K17F27K17X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X42 -Y2 -R1 -B8 -B8 -H4 -H5 -P4 -X5 /5 -H5 -P3 -X5 /5 -P2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 -H23 -K10 -H17 -X4 /I -B34 /B35 -H36 -H39 -A18 -B38 -A18 -B39 -R3 /M6 -R3 /M6 - M6 /R3 -A6 /M8 -X8 -X8 -Y14 -A7 -V17 -X8 -A1 -K7 -B11 -Y3 -Y6 -Y4 -A1 -X5/1 -X5/3 -K6 -K5 -S11 -S10 -Y3 -X5/2 -F27 -E4 -F28
wire no. 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6061 6062 6071 6270 705 706 708 900 901 907 908 912 942
wo.no.
ground wire black


pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 Ampere application - standard automatic circuit breaker /power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop 10A heater 2A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system front 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear 8A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 8A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab 35A automatic circuit breaker /glow plug system
- option
area B P P P P P
35A 2A 5A 8A
F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31
light front
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 02
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.33.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A7 A8 A18 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B22 B34 B35 B38 B39 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71 K73 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M12 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operators seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P electronic box - fan drive /B temperature sending unit - coolant /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (0,05bar) /B pressure switch - parking brake (12bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay 35A - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay - float position /P relay - warning light /C relay 35A - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) Y49 /P ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /C motor - windshield washer system front /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B (option) motor - operators seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B
pos. S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S17 S18 U1 V1 V2 V3 V4 V17 X1 X2 X4 X5
description /area starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B
electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) /P X8 coupling - cab - heater /B X37-1 plug to U1,K10 /C X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C X38 plug to M3 /C X39 plug to M2 /C X40 plug to M4 /C X41 plug to M5 /C X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C X46 plug to M7,M13 /C X47 plug to U1, A2 /C X65 (option) plug operators seat with air suspension /B X71 plug to A18 /B Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y25 Y34 Y49 Y63 Y64 solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1=pull, 2=hold solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B
MP
674 126
S
Y63
Y25
6062
604
605
679
Y3
Y6
Y4 1
br 2 3 sw
S1
MP
100 rt
31
S11
rt 118 + rt 2,5
p
17
S10
601
S2
B11
674 607
S2
B
bl 1
rt rt rt 105 107
P ,0,1,
1,5
304
101
MP
2.5
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20 32 44 56
MP
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 6270 665 681 643
320
1400
101 531 102
602
601
674
321 398 315
113
323
F11
MP
31
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
118
301
315
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
1780
X34
X2
4
30
30
1400
673
S1
X1
174 173
MP
F9
20A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
2A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
p 2,5 442 674 301 602 401 101
10A
5A
705 706
rt 2,5
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111 1,5 1,5 1,5
321
2,5
B6
2
15 p
500
B5
31
400 2,5 p 409 p 0,5 G

W
B4
31
B3
31 t
402 403 406
96 G
B2
31
W 407 G
100
319
306
320
324
R2
325
408
405
87a
B7
1001 rt rt 2,5 2,5
604 309 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 105 105 0,75 670 667
30
86
335 150
410
30 86 49 49a
86
20s
85 87 87a 87a
1390
398
30
87
K73
2,5 2,5
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5
309 110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
708 318 300 415 306 304

3 1
307 610
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6 7 5
85
30
A8 1
670
417
601
126
2
302
303
667
418
305
K2
86
87
K3
K5
K6
1,5
8 p
107
B22
309
2,5 300 314 317 0,75 600 0,75 643 0,75 665 681 0,75 6270 317 386
X4
1 4 5
35A
F1
317
K7
MP
rt 10 rt 6 rt 70 1350
1350
2 B+ 1 2
308
35A 3
G
U
D+
30
50
H11417
123 308 307 416
120
120
120
H12
410
412
31
rt 10
12V
D+
409
400
1360 314
H39
+ 12V
301
386
36 9 60 48
325
408
406
G2
302
50
K71
MP
87 85
397
Y1
Y34
45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11
MP
MP
88
86(85)
sw 10
X5
415 445
K1
88a
50
R1 A1
22 33 68 47 67
01 02
6062 600
465
462
461
30 86
402
H36
P1
P2
P3
P4
405 401
442
S8
50
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
G2
MP
120
S1
673
H1
H2 H8
S3
323
2,5
F31
Y49
G1
M1
31
119
119
119
120
418
708
604 412
rt 70 103 rt 6
PR 732B F/N xxx - 5884
9.2.33.00/1
R3
516 517 518
674 126
1 2 3 4
0 123
M
+
S9
M6
MP
S S1
E15
102
rt
2 4 8 3 7 5 6
S11
rt 118 + rt 2,5
100 rt 1400
rt rt
105 107
P ,0,1,
3 1 5 2 6 8 7
1,5
X8
X2
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38
30
30
673
320
1400
101 531 102
602
321 398 315
113
F11
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
118
301
315
MP
1780
1,5
2,5
MP
705 706
1,5 1,5
705 706
49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71
E2
30
86
335 150
410
30 86 49 49a
86
20s
85 87 87a 87a
1390
398
30
87
K73
2,5 2,5
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5
309 110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
708 318 300 415 306 100 610 319 306 304 320
3 1
A18
5 9 10
> 60 < 65
> 85 < 90
307 324
6061
6071
1780
X71
SW WS WS 469 468 467 466
17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6 7 5
85
30
87a
405
A8 1
670
417
1 2
1 2
MP t t
311
42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
601
18 30
126
302
303
667
418
305
K2
86
87
K3 5
K5
K6
1,5 1,5
62
321
1,5
102
50
107
E1
B39
B38
MP
308 708
H11417
123 308 307 416
410
120
120
120
p 31
H12
412
MP
313
31
311
D+
409
400
H39
325
408
406
402
H36
P1
P2
P3
P4
405 401
442
3190
S8
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
B10
B8
B9
120
S1
673
H1
H2 H8
S3
M
B
6270 665 681 643
MP
M12
MP
A7 X65
531
V17
M8
X5
A6
519 542 SW 1,5 2,5
415 445
MP
524 0,75 0,75 0,75 462 461 sw 465 461 sw
Y14
2
C A S
C A S
+ -
+ -
B34
B35
01 02
6062 600
465
462
461
323
119
119
119
120
418
3180
908 900 933 940 912 913 914 915 937 917 939 938 920 942 921 922 927 928 925 519 542 SW 531 524 465 462 461
604 412
Y64
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
1780
X1
102
553 522 521
174 173
MP
F9
20A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
2A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
10A
5A
705 706
rt 2,5
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111
X4
1 4 5
317
K7
PR 732B F/N xxx - 5884
9.2.33.00/2
31
674 126
M
53a
M 53b
M
31b 53b 53a 31b 53
31b 3
7
31 31
MP
MP
53b
31b
S S1
M2
53a
31
53
53
M5
673
sw-gr
ws/sw
S11
rt 118
M13
6011
MP
21 23 35 24 12 46 14 26 38 50 62 49 61 3 55 27 39 51 63 4 16 28 40 52 64 5 71 17 29 41 53 65 6 25 37 18 30 42 1 13 54 66 7 19 2 43 31 59 72 20 32 44 56 36 9 60 48 45 15 57 69 58 70 34 8 10 11 22 33 68 47 67
2,5 521 522 553 936 935 1780 674 301 602 102 101 705 1,5 706 1,5 604 309 2,5 408 406 402 409 400 401 407 403 442 323 601 6062 304 300 325 302 610 944 1,5 105 2,5 rt 105 2,5 rt 670 667 311 314 317 2,5 600 643 665 681 6270 908 2,5 900 933 1,5 940 912 2,5 913 2,5 914 2,5 915 2,5 937 917 2,5 939 938 9201,5 942 1,5 1 2 3 4 5 9211,5 9221,5 927 928 925 519 2,5 542 SW 531 524 1,5 465 462 461 6270 665 681 643
320
1400
101 531 102
602
321 398 315
113
118
301
315
S1
P 0 12 3 58
1780
15
54 19 17 50a
MP
MP
MP
174 173
X381
F6
5A
X391
X401
2 3
X411
F11
1040
F7
8A
F10
318
F9
20A
F15
2A
F4
8A
F2 F3
2A 5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
10A
5A
705 706
rt 2,5
673
114 108 109 113 314 149 110 178 311 416 172 123 111
S20
6046
0
S4
6020
21
S21
6044
0 0
S5
6021
7 0,1
6047
6045
321
1,5
1,5
1,5 1,5
0,1
0,1
2,5
1390
7 2
6022
398
7 2
21 0,1
5 4
5 4 2
5 4 2
6042 6039
85 87 87a
87a
87
K73
2,5 2,5
6040
K4
87
85
K39
85
K53
149 108
31
2,5
309 110 174 173 172 708 445 178 941 901 902 903 904 905 906 907
708 318 300 415 306 100 610 319 306 320 304
3 1
307 324
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014

1019
8A
6033 6036 6035
6015 6016 6017
6038 6037
6011 6037 6006
20s
6042 6041 6039 6038
30
86
30
86
49
49a
6033 6034
MP
MP
6018
30
MP
MP
MP
2 4 9 8 V5 V4 V3 V1 6 7 5
85
30
F25 F26
8A
1,5
405
87a
1015 1015
A8 1
670
417
667
418
305
1016 1028
K2
86
87
K3
K5
K6
1 2
3
1 2 3 4
1 2
X46
1017
126
302
303
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5
1015
E7
601
X4
1 4 5
317
K7
MP
X37/1
1019
6014
6040
604 412
1,5
308
708
MP
H11417
418 123 308 307 416 410 412 323 120 120 120 120
+
2A
1029 1030
86
85
F29
1028
X37/2
1,5
6012
MP
1,5 1,5 6000 6002
Kabine Cab Cabine
30
119
S1 D+
H12
119
+
119
+
S7
1,5
1029
120
673
K17
F27
8A
87
409
400
405 401
6003
H39
325
H36
P1
P2
442
S8
P3
P4
H3 H4 H5
G
H23
1,5
6004
F28
8A
H1
H2 H8
S3
X47
6014
1030
6006 6007
E6
1,5 6001 6005
408
406
402
6062 600
MP
1019
MP
+
2 3
MP
1031
6003 6001 2,5
1,5 1,5 1 2,5

2
465
462
461
E3
1,5 1,5 1,5 6004
24V
X42
MP E4
1,5 per+
+ L
3A
X5
U1
415 445
12V
K10 1 12V
4 5
H14
6013
1032
E5
A2
SW
01 02
PR 732B F/N xxx - 5884
9.2.33.00/3
6018 6015
86
6041
6034
335 150
410
6043
6019
107
21
21
6021 6016 6019

2 0
P ,0,1,
1,5
X2
30
30
1400
rt
2,5
X1
6043
6047 6036 6046
6045 6035 6044
rt rt
105 107
M7
rt
100 rt
3 4 2 1
bl
MP
2 4
1 3 5
sw
3 5
ws/bl gr
sw-bl
M3
M4
gr
53b
53a
53
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 742B F/N xxx-5600 6199

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.2.40.01


Socket on wiring harness /heater Plug in cab
Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 3010 3 sw 7 3008 4 1021 8 3009 Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 0102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -




9. Plug (3 poles) - sensor Diesel tank, - travel gear - cone seal area (Cannon)


Socket on wiring harness Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 7017 10 6344 2 7018 11 3 6341 12 4 6340 13 5 sw 14 6 1071 15 7 6343 8 6342 9 6345
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 742B F/N xxx-5600 6199

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.2.40.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 742B F/N xxx-5600 6199

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.2.40.03
wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1003rt 1004rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1024 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1056 1057 1065 1066 1071 3000 3004 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3015 3016 3046 3047 3160 3161 5000 5004 5005 5929 5990
Connector plugs X8 /1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6 /R3 M1-G1 F1X2 /61 -S1 F1X2 /49 -S1 G2-F31 F31-K18 K18-R1 S1-K4 S1-K3 K4-F8 K4-F11 F11-F5 F5-F6 F6-F10 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8- X4 /A-X37 /2-F25 /F29 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F5-X1 F3- X4 /E-X37 /1 X47-U1 F4- X2 /64-X34 /A -S2 /bl F11X2 /62 -X8 /4 F6-H12 H12 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 U1-A2 S1-F9 F9-K27 H12X2 /63 -B36 B36-B35 F6X2 /33,X88 -A11 F11- X2 /46,X49-A5 /M12 F3X2 /14 -B9 B9-B10 X2 /70-Y14 X2 /34-X8 /7 X2 /21-X8 /8 X2 /38-X8 /6 F7X2 /29 -E1 F7X2 /31 -E2 X2 /1-A4 X2 /10-V7 B9-B8 B9-B8 S1M1K27G1K2X2 /67 X2 /42 X2 /43 X2 /25 -Y1 -Y15 -Y26 -K2 -M1
wire no. 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305
Connector plugs K17-F27 F27X42 /2 -E4 K17-F28 F28X42 /3 -E6 E6-E5 E4-E3 F27-S5 F28- X37 /2-X4 /D -P2,3,4 S5X46 /1 -M13 S7-K17 K10-H14 X5 /5-X4 /I-X37-1 /3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41 /2 -M5 F26X39 /2 -M2 S5-S4 S5X41 /3 -M5 S4X39 /3 -M2 S5X41 /1 -M5 S4X39 /1 -M2 F25-S20 S20-S21 F25X40 /2 -M4 F25X38 /2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20X46 /2 -M7 S21X40 /3 -M4 S21X40 /1 -M4 S20X38 /3 -M3 S20X38 /1 -M3 S1S1K8S1K8S1K14H2S11K15K2K3H1K15K16F3K7S1H4H5P4X5 /5H3P3X2 /55 X2 /41 X2 /53 X2 /6 X2 /54 X2 /52 -K2 -K8 -V1 -K8 -K4 -K14 -H2 -K14 -K7 -K16 -K3 -H1 -P1 -H11 -H12 -H2 -H8 -K27 -B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2
wire no. 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6312 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6500 6501 6502 6503 6505 6600 6800 6803 6804 6805 6806 6808 6854 7002 7003 7004 7011 7016 7017 7018 9000 9007 9010 9045
sw
Connector plugs H3X2 /54 P3X2 /52 X5 /5X2 /7 P2X2 /51 H16X2 /56 F14S2sw-X34 /C-X2 /40 S2br- X34 /B-X2 /28 V2S3S6X2 /5 S11- X2 /65 X33 H5V3F10X2 /66 B35X2 /69 B36X2 /71 A11A11A11A11A11A11F2S1V1K3S1S8S3A1A1A1A1A1A1X2 /39 X2 /26 X2 /68 X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X2 /2 X2 /20 X2 /4 X2 /17 -B4 -B2 -B2 -R2 -B18 -S11 -S3 -V2 -K2 -F14 -K7 -S6 -V3 -X5 /5 -B22 -H25 -H26 -B38 -B38 -B39 -B39 -B40 -B40 -K18 -F2 -K1 -V1 -K14 -B7 -A1 -K15 -K16 -X5 /1 -X5 /1 -X5 /2 -K15 -Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y43 -Y45 -A11
K7X2 /44 Y3X34 /CB22S3X2 /9 A11Y45-
open connections cab
open connections basic machine
K1-
-A1
wo.no.
ground wire black (sw)

e.g. pos. description /area A1 electronic box /B /B = area basic machine with operators platform /P = area instrument panel /C = area cab
Connection wires in the machine (wiring harness): red(rt)with number, e.g. 1001 black(sw)without number white(ws)with MASSE = wires for main power supply = ground wire = minus supply to electronic-box(wire from K1 to A1)
white(ws)with number, e.g. 6800 = other wires Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge = = = = = blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow gr rt rt-ws sw gn = = = = = gray red red-white black green

pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 Ampere application - standard power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, float position safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop 10A heater 35A 3A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P
F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F14 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31
light front
air conditioner, operator's seat with air suspension
5A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system left door and right 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab warning light canopy 35A glow plug system
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 742B F/N xxx-5600 6199

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.2.40.00
pos. A1 A2 A4 A5 A6 A11 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B18 B22 B35 B36 B38 B39 B40 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H25 H26 K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K18 K27 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M12 M13
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operator's seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P electronic box - fan drive /B temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (15 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y26) /P ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C (option) motor - operator's seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C
pos. P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S20 S21 U1 Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X88 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y26 Y43 Y45
description /area hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system. front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system. rear /C push button switch - float position right joystick /B rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - float position /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system. left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system. right door /C (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (Y4) /B diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug to A11 /B solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B
MP
2 2 2 2 2
Vx
Y5
1
6320
6108
7002
7011
7004
7016
7003
MP
br sw
2 3
S11
X2
2,5
47 48
31
MP
rt 1001 1005 1056
rt 30
P,0,1 ,
p 17
9016 9017 9019 9020 9021 1,5 9022 9023
1056
rt 2,5 1018
S6
ge
B22
B
bl
A
S2
C
35 36 22 23
rt
gr
1006
30
rt
6325
6312
Y3
Y23
Y4
Y43
S1
X34
7004 6316 1020 6315
24 10 11
F9
20A
rt 4
1057
3047 SW 9026 1071 9033 1,5 9031 3009 1,5 3008 1,5
6101 1013
6103
33 27 8 21 34 38
6320
6319
6127
5000
6100
12
rt 2,5
2,5
X33
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
X1 MP
1,5 1,5 1017 1018 1071
6312
1020
1021
3000
1015
1016
1005
6127
p 31
7016 6308 6319 6320 5000
B18
B 31
65 67 62
6320 5000 1021 1020 6325 7002 3015 3016 9037 9036 6308 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 1,5 1,5
30
86
49 20s
49a
F2
2A
86
30
F14 F8
5A
F4 F11 F10
8A 10A 5A
F7
8A
3004
2,5
1012
2,5
7016 6319
6104
6105
6106 6107
1057
3000
1,5
6103
46
1013
6325
MP
3010 1,5
6501
1019
F3
6116
5A
F5
10A
F6
1010 1024
5A
25A
6318
1011
1008
3015
B6
B 31 15 p A
6325 7002 6300
66 44 29 31
K4
K8
1007 1008
K14
K27
5005
87a
87
85
31
85
87
3016
6301
1020
2,5
1009
64
6500
1007
8 p
1014
B5
500 p 31
2,5 2,5 1009
1011 1015 1016 1017 6007
1,5
32
X4
6304 6308
31 p 0,5 G
30 56 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 70
B4
6302 6303 6305 6306
6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 6303
B3
31 t 96
W G W
MP
6101 5929 6322 6111 6319 1006 6100 6854 6110 6108 6102 6316 6111 6112
6014 1019 9000 9001 9002 9003 9004 1,5 1,5 1,5 9005 9006 9007
B2
31 Q G
6303 3007 1,5 6315 6316 6600 6502 5005 5929 1001 1001 9028 5990 3046 9034 6800 9040 6500 3004 9045 6854 6803 6804 6806 6805 6806 6808 6303 6805 6306 6808 9035 1,5 9010 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 2,5 9013 1,5 9014 2,5 6014 6338 6339 1065 6322
S
6307 6315 6316 6600 6600 6502 2,5 rt 2,5 2,5 2,5 5005 5929 5005 5929 1001 1001 5990
R2
40 28 68 26 42 43 61 49 37 25 1 13
86 V4 V3 V2 V1
30
5 +
87a
A6
2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 6502 6321
K2
6317 6503
85 87 5 4 2
6803
5990
6114
6804
6115
B7
1001
K3
K15
K16
K7
7002
rt
rt
35A
5004
5990
5000
rt 70
rt 10 1002 rt 70 1002
2
45
1000 rt
B+ D+
G 1 2 3
U
6
30 50
6500
39 15
rt 6
35A
14 16
M
6854
31
6113
9038
6007
F1
0,75
6800
50
6117
MP
6114
6115
6113
6112
6116
6107
6106
2,5
rt 10
Y1
12V
6804 0,75 0,75 6806 6805 6808
19 20 2 4 3
S8
S1
D+
+
Q t
+
o
+
p
1025
F31
Y26
G1
M1
31
0,75
6803
18
1025
1025
1025
6117
1026
1026
1026
1025
6304
6300
6301
6800
1003
6500
72
5004
6305
+
12V
6302
58 59 60
6307
6308
30
86
X5
H25
H26
1024
MP
MP
6322 6014 6338 6339 1065
50
6502
G2
K18
87 85
Y15
57 69 71 63
1004
MP
sw
88 86(85)
K1
rt 10
88a
A1 R1
50
01 03

.
PR 742B F/N xxx - 56006199
9.2.40.00/1
7016
6600
6321
50
P1
P2
- G P3 - G P4 -
H3 H4 H5
G
H16
G2
MP
H11
1025 1025
H12
H1 H2
H8 S3
2
6318
17
6315
0516 0517
1 0 12 3 2
R3
0518
3 4

M
6320
6108
S1
S9 E11
M6
MP X2
S11
0102
MP
2,5 9016 9017 9019

47 48 35 36 22 23 24 10 11 12 33 27 8 21 34 38 46 9 5 65 67
2,5 9016 9017 9019 9020 9021 1,5 9022 9023
MP
rt 1001 1005 1056
rt rt
1056
rt 2,5 1018
X8
M
1 2 4 8 3 7 6 5
9020 1,5 9021 9022 9023 3047 SW 9026 1071 1,5 1,5 9029 1,5 9033 9031 3009 3008 3010
1006
30
P,0,1,
rt
30
6312
F9
20A
rt 4
1057
M12
4 3 1 5 2 6 7 8
3047 SW 9026 1071 9033 1,5 9031 3009 1,5 3008 1,5
1021
3010
3008
3009
6101 1013
6103
rt 2,5
A5 X49
6127
5000
6100
2,5
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
X1 MP
MP
1,5
1,5 1,5 1017 1018 1071
1020
1015
6312
1016
1021
3000
1005
6127
7016 6319 6320 5000 1021 1020 6325 7002 3015 3016 9037 9036 6308 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 1,5 1,5
6104 1012
86 3
6105 2,5
49 20s
6106 6107
49a
1057
MP
3000
1,5
3000
3000
1,5
6103
1013
6325
3010 1,5
6501
1019
30
F2
2A
86
30
F14 F8
5A 25A
F4 F11 F10
8A 10A 5A
F7
8A
3004
F3
6116
5A
F5
10A
F6
1010 1024
5A
6318
1011
1008
3015
66 44
K4
K8
1007 1008
K14
K27
5005
87a
E1 MP
3015 3016 1,5 1,5 3015 3016 9037 9036
87
85
31
85
87
3016
2,5
1009
64
6500
1007
1021
62
1014
29 31 32 30 56 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6
2,5 2,5 1009
1011 1015 1016 1017 6007
1,5
X4
E2
MP
6101 5929 6322 6111 6319 1006 6100 6854 6110 6108 6102 6316 6111 6112
6014 1019 9000 9001 9002 9003 9004 1,5 1,5 1,5 9005 9006 9007
6303 3007 6315 6316 6600 6502 5005 5929 1001 1001 9028 5990 3046 9034 6800 9040 6500 3004 9045 6854 6803 6804 6806 6805 6806 6808 6303 6805 6306 6808 9035 1,5 9010 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 2,5 9013 1,5 9014 2,5 6014 6338 6339 1065 6322
S
1,5
3007
1,5
3007
70 40 28 68 26
86 V4 V3 V2 V1
30
5 +
Y14
B
87a
A6
2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 6502 6321
K2
6317 6503
85 87 5 4 2
6803
7002
V7
M8 A4
3046 3047 SW 3161
p p
31
49 37
rt
2,5 9028 2,5 2,5 3046 9034 9040 9038 3004 3004 9045
25 1 13 50 45 39 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 2 4
MP B10
3006
31
1,5
1,5
6114
6115
6113
6112
6116
6107
6106
1025
S8
S1
D+
+
Q t
+
o
+
p
1025
3160
1025
1025
6117
1026
1026
1026
1025
6304
6300
6301
6800
6305
6302
11
10
2,5 2,5 1,5
9011 9012 9013 9014 6338 6339 1065
58 59 60 57 69 71 63
6307
6308
A11
> 50C < 55C
> 60C < 65C
> 85C < 90C
2,5
9010
72
X5
H25
H26
1024
MP
X88
7017 7018 1071 0,75 0,75 0,75 6345 6344 6343 6342 6341 6340 SW
MP
6322 6014 6338 6339 1065
2,5
MP
MP
MP
1 2 1 2 1 2
----- Optionen verkabelt, nicht bestckt Options wired, not equipped Options non equipes Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm2 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm
2
6338
1066
6339
1065
sw
t
210bar
C A 2 S
C A S
B40
B39
B38
Y45
B35
B36
sw
01 03

.
PR 742B F/N xxx - 56006199
9.2.40.00/2
7016
1,5
9035
6600
6321
P1
P2
- G P3 - G P4 -
H3 H4 H5
G
H16
H11
1025 1025
H12
H1 H2
H8 S3
2
6318
B8
6315
B9
6113
9038
6007
6117
5990
43 61
6114
6804
6115
42
K3
K15
K16
K7
MP
MP
31
MP
31
6320
6108
53
31b
53
53b
53a
53b
31b
31b
53a
53b
53a
31b
6312
ws/sw
sw-gr
sw-bl
4 2 6016 7 2
sw
ws/bl
2 3
MP X2
2,5
47 48 35 36 22 23 24 10 11 12 33 27 8 21 34 38 46 9 5 65 67 62 64 66 44 29 31 32 30 56 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 70 40 28 68 26 42 43 61 49 37 25 1 13 50 45 39 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 2 4 3 72 58 59 60 57 69 71 63
S11
M3
gr
31
M4
gr
1
MP
rt 1001 1005 1056
rt 30
P,0,1,
6047
6046
6045
6011
9017 9019 9020 9021 1,5 9022 9023 rt 4 3047 SW 9026 1071 9033 1,5 9031 3009 1,5 3008 1,5
6021
1006
30
rt
F9
20A
MP X38
1 2 3
MP X39 1
2 3
1057
5000
6101 1013
6103
6127
6100
rt 2,5
2,5
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
X1 MP
X40 1
X41
1,5 1,5 1017 1018 1071
S20
2 1 0 2 1 0
S4
6046 6020 6022 6045
S21
2 1 0
S5
2 1 0
6044
1020
1021
1015
6312
1016
3000
1013
6325
3010 1,5 1005 3000 7016 6319 6320 5000 1021 1020 6325 7002 3015 3016 9037 9036 6308 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 6102 6303 3007 6315 6316 6600 6502 5005 5929 1001 1001 9028 5990 3046 9034 6800 9040 6500 6113 9038 3004 9045 6854 6803 6804 6806 6805 6303 6806 6805 6808 6306 6808 9035 1,5 9010 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 2,5 9013 1,5 9014 2,5 6014 6322 6338 6339 1065
S
1,5
6501 1,5 6103 6104 1012

30 86 3 1
6047
0,1
0,1
0,1
1019
6105 2,5
49 20s
6106 6107
49a
6127
1057
5 2 4 2
5 4
7 2
5 4
6034
6018
6018
86
30
6042
6116
6042
6039
6041
6039
1024
6038
2A
5A
25A
8A
10A
5A
8A
5A
10A
5A
6033
6041
F4 F11 F10
1011 1008 3015
6011
6038
6318
6500
1007
1014 3016
6040
1009
K4
1,5 1,5
K8
1007 1008
K14
K27
5005
87a
87
85
31
85
87
2,5
2,5 2,5 1009
1011 1015 1016 1017 6007
1,5
1010
X4
1015 6033 1016 1017 6007 6014 1019 6036 6035
6015
6016
6017
6037
6037
6006
MP
MP
MP
MP
MP
MP
6101 5929 6322 6111 1006 6100 6854 6110 6319 6108 6316 6111 6112
6014 1019 9000 9001 9002 9003 9004 1,5 1,5 1,5 9005 9006 9007
F25
8A
F26
8A
1,5
X46
1015 1015
86 V4 V3 V2 V1
30
5 +
MP
1,5 1,5 1,5 1015
1016
1028
E7
1017
87a
A6
2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 6502 6321
K2
6317 6503
85 87 5 4 2
6804
6115
6803
5990
6114
K3
K15
K16
K7
X37/1
7002 6117
MP
1019
6014
rt
X37/2
1,5
1,5
6040 1028
F29 MP
6007
2A
Kabine Cab Cabine

85
86
1029 1030
6012
MP
1,5 1,5 6000 6002
30
1029
S7
1,5
K17
87
1,5
6004 8A 6003
F27
6315 6114 6115 6113 6112 6116 6107 6106 6117 1025 1025 1025 1026 1026 1025 6318
F28 E6
1,5 6003
3 2 1
1026
X47
8A 6006 6007
S8
S1
D+
+
Q t
+
o
+
p
6304
1025
1,5 1,5 1,5 2,5 6005 6001
E3
1,5 1,5 6004
6014
6300
6301
6321
6800
7016
6600
- G P3 - G P4 P1 P2
6307 6305
1025
1025
S3
1019
H3 H4 H5
H16
H11
H12
H1 H2
H8
1030
6001
24V
+
2 3
MP
1031
2,5
X42 MP E4
1,5
6302
6308
X5
H25
H26
1024
MP
U1
12V
MP
6014 6322 6338 6339 1065
K10
H14
6013
1032
per+
E5
+
3A
L
12V A2
SW
01 03

.
PR 742B F/N xxx - 56006199
9.2.40.00/3
6015
F6
6034
F2
F14 F8
F7
3004
6043
F3
F5
0,1
6021
6019
6019
rt
1018
6043
6036
6035
6044
9016
1056
rt 2,5
M13
M7
bl
53a
53b
S1
M2
53 53 31
M5
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.2.41.01


Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 2 6 3010 3 sw 7 3008 4 1021 8 3009 Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 0102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -






Socket on wiring harness Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 7017 10 6344 2 7018 11 3 6341 12 4 6340 13 5 sw 14 6 1071 15 7 6343 8 6342 9 6345
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.2.41.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.2.41.03
wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1003rt 1004rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1024 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1056 1057 1065 1066 1071 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1093 1094 3000 3004 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3015 3016 3046 3047 3160 3161 3172 3174 3175 3176
Connector plugs X8/1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6/R3 M1-G1 F1X2/61 -S1 F1X2/49 -S1 G2-F31 F31-K18 K18-R1 S1-K4 S1-K3 K4-F8 K4-F11 F11-F5 F5-F6 F6-F10 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8X4/A-X37/2-F25/F29 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F5-X1 F3X4/E-X37/1 X47-U1 F4- X2/64-X34/A -S2/bl F11X2/62 -X8/4 F6-H12 H12 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 S1-F9 F9-K27 H12X2/63 -B36 B36-B35 F6X2/33,X88 -A11 F26-K24 F25-S35 S35-S35 F26-K50 F25-K52 F25-K51 X98-X97 X98-X99 F11- X2/46,X49 -A5/M12 F3X2/14 -B9 B9-B10 X2/70-Y14 X2/34-X8/7 X2/21-X8/8 X2/38-X8/6 F7X2/29 -E1 F7X2/31 -E2 X2/1-A4 X2/10-V7 B9-B8 B9-B8 S4-K50 S35-K24 S35-K24 S35-V16
wire no. 3178 3180 3181 3182 3183 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 5000 5004 5005 5929 5990 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6019 6020 6021 6022 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6112 6114
Connector plugs V16-K49 V16-S4 K24-K49 V15-K24 V15-S35 V15-S4 S20-K51 S21-K52 V16-S20 V15-S20 V16-S21 V15-S21 S1X2/67 -Y1 M1-Y15 K27X2/42 -Y26 G1X2/43 -K2 K2X2/25 -M1 K17-F27 F27X42/2 -E4 K17-F28 F28X42/3 -E6 E6-E5 E4-E3 F27-S5 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 S5X46/1 -M13 S7-K17 K10-H14 X5/5- X4/I-X37-1/3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41/2 -M5 F26X39/2 -M2 S5X41/3 -M5 K5X39/3 -M2 S5X41/1 -M5 K5X39/1 -M2 F25X40/2 -M4 F25X38/2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S35X46/2 -M7 K52X40/3 -M4 K52X40/1 -M4 K51X38/3 -M3 K51X38/1 -M3 S35-S5 X100B52 X100B52 X100B53 X100B53 S1-K2 S1-K8 K8-V1 S1-K8 K8-K4 S1-K14 K14-H2 H2-K14 S11-K7 K15-K16 K3-H1 K15-H11
wire no. 6116 6117 6127 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6312 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6500 6501 6502 6503 6505 6600 6800 6803 6804 6805 6806 6808 6854 7002 7003 7004 7011 7016 7017 7018 9000 9007 9010 9045
sw
Connector plugs F3K7S1H4X2/55 H5X2/41 P4X2/53 X5/5X2/6 H3X2/54 P3X2/52 H3X2/54 P3X2/52 X5/5X2/7 P2X2/51 H16X2/56 F14S2sw-X34/C-X2/40 S2br- X34/B-X2/28 V2S3S6X2/5 S11- X2/65 X33 H5V3F10X2/66 B35X2/69 B36X2/71 A11A11A11A11A11A11F2X2/39 S1V1X2/26 K3S1S8X2/68 S3X2/50 A1X2/18 A1X2/19 A1X2/2 A1X2/20 A1X2/4 A1X2/17 K7X2/44 Y3X34/CB22S3X2/9 A11Y45-H2 -H8 -K27 -B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2 -B4 -B2 -B2 -R2 -B18 -S11 -S3 -V2 -K2 -F14 -K7 -S6 -V3 -X5/5 -B22 -H25 -H26 -B38 -B38 -B39 -B39 -B40 -B40 -K18 -F2 -K1 -V1 -K14 -B7 -A1 -K15 -K16 -X5/1 -X5/1 -X5/2 -K15 -Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y43 -Y45 -A11
K1-
-A1
wo.no.
ground wire black (sw)


pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 Ampere application - standard 35A power supply 3A glow plug system 5A charge indicator, dome light, electrical outlet 12V 8A electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off, float position safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop 10A heater - option area B P P P P P
F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F14 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31 F50
light front
air conditioner, operators seat with air suspension
P P P P P P C C C C C B C
5A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system left door and right 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left 2A warning light cab warning light canopy 35A glow plug system 7,5A electrical outlet 12V
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.2.41.00
pos. A1 A2 A4 A5 A6 A9 A11 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B18 B22 B35 B36 B38 B39 B40 B52 B53 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H25 H26 K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K18 K24 K27 K49 K50 K51 K52 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M12 M13
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operators seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V15-V16 /C electronic box - fan drive /B temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (15 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area left /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area right /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B speakers /C speakers /C (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B relay - interval timer /C relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y26) /P relay - interval switch on /C relay - interval switch front /C relay - interval switch left door /C relay - interval switch right door /C ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C (option) motor - operators seat with air suspension /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C
pos. P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S20 S21 S35
description /area hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper system rear /C push button switch - float position right joystick /B rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - float position /P rocker switch - windshield wiper system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper system right door /C rocker switch - preselection interval switch / washer system /C position 1 windshield washer position (push button style) position 2 interval position (option) transformer - radio / electrical outlet 12V /C diode 1A (Y4) /B diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (interval switch) /C diode 1A (interval switch) /C electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug to A11 /B electrical outlet 12V /C plug to X97, X99 /C plug to A2 /C plug to B52, B53 /C solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B
U1 Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V15 V16 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X88 X97 X98 X99 X100 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y26 Y43 Y45
MP
2 2 2 2 2
Vx
Y5
1
6320
6108
7002
7011
7004
7016
7003
MP
br sw
2 3
S11
X2
2,5
47 48
31
MP
rt 1001 1005
rt 30
P ,0,1,
p 17
9016 9017 9019 9020 9021 1,5 9022 9023
1056
rt 2,5
S6
ge
1056
B22
1
B
bl
A
S2
C
35 36 22 23
6312
Y3
Y23
Y4
Y43
S1
rt
1018
gr
1006
30
rt
6325
X34
7004
24 10 11
F9
20A
rt 4
1057
3047 SW 9026 1071 9033 1,5 9031 3009 1,5 3008 1,5
6316
1020
6315
5000
6101 1013
6103
33 27 8 21 34 38
6320
6319
6127
6100
12
rt 2,5
2,5
X33
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
X1 MP
1,5 1,5
1017
1018
1020
1021
1015
6312
1016
3000
1005
p 31 2,5
7016 6308 6319 6320 5000 6301 1020 6325 7002 6300
B18
B 31
65 67 62 64 66 44 29 31
6320 5000 1021 1020 6325 7002 3015 3016 9037 9036 6308 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 1,5 1,5
30
86
49 20s
49a
F2
2A
86
30
F14 F8
5A
F4 F11 F10
8A 10A 5A
F7
8A
3004
1012
2,5
7016 6319
6104
6105
6106 6107
6127
1057
3000
1,5
6103
46
1013
6325
MP
3010 1,5
6501
1019
F3
6116
5A
F5
10A
6318
6500
1011
1009
3015
B6
B 31 15 p
C
A
K4
K8
1007 1008
K14
K27
5005
87a
87
85
31
85
87
1008
3016
2,5
B5
500
p 31
2,5 2,5 1009
1011 1015 1016 1017 6007
1,5
1010
1007
8 p
1014
1024
25A
1071
F6
5A
32
X4
6304 6308
31 p 0,5 G
30 56 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 70
B4
6302 6303 6305 6306
6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 6303
B3
31 t 96
W G W
MP
6101 5929 6322 6111 6112
6014 1019 9000 9001 9002
B2
31 Q G
6111
1006
6100
6854
6110
6319
6108
6102
6303 3007 1,5 6315 6316 6600 6502 5005 5929 1001 1001 9028 5990 3046 9034 6800 9040 6500 3004 9045 6854 6803 6804 6806 6805 6808 9035 1,5 9010 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 2,5 9013 1,5 9014 2,5
S
9003 9004 1,5 1,5 1,5 9005 9006 9007
6307 6315 6316 6600 6600 6502 2,5 rt 2,5 2,5 2,5 5005 5929 1001 1001 5990
6316
R2
40 28 68 26 42 43 61 49 37 25 1
86 V4 V3 V2 V1
30
5 +
87a
A6
2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 6502
K2
6317 6503
85 87 5 4 2
6803
6321
5990
6114
6804
6115
B7
1001
K3
K15
K16
K7
7002
rt
rt
5005
35A
5004
5990
5000
rt 70
rt 10 1002
2
45
1000 rt
B+ D+
G 1 2 3
U
6
30 50
6500
39 15
1002
rt 70
rt 6
35A
14 16
M
6854
31
6113
9038
6007
F1
5929
13
0,75
6800
50
6117
MP
6114
6115
6113
6112
6116
6107
6106
2,5
rt 10
Y1
12V
6804 0,75 0,75 6806 6805 6808
19 20 2 4 3 72
S8
S1
D+
+
Q t
+
o
+
p
1025
F31
Y26
G1
M1
31
0,75
6803
18
1025
1025
1025
6117
1026
1026
1026
1025
6806
6808
6303
6805
6306
6304
6300
6301
6800
1003
6500
5004
6305
+
12V
6302
58 59 60
6307
6308
30
86
MP
Y15
X5
H25
H26
1024
MP
MP
6014 6322 6322 6014 6338 6339 1065
50
6502
G2
K18
87 85
57 69 71 63
6338 6339 1065
1004
MP
sw
88 86(85)
K1
rt 10
88a
A1 R1
50
01 03

.
PR 742B F/N xxx - 6200
9.2.41.00/1
7016
6600
6321
50
P1
P2
- G P3 - G P4 -
H3 H4 H5
G
H16
G2
H11
1025 1025
H12
H1 H2
H8 S3
2
6318
17
6315
0516 0517
1 0 12 3 2
R3
0518
3 4

M
6320
6108
S1
S9 E11
M6
MP X2
S11
0102
MP
2,5 9016 9017 9019

47 48 35 36 22 23 24 10 11 12 33 27 8 21 34 38 46 9 5 65 67
2,5 9016 9017 9019 9020 9021 1,5 9022 9023
MP
rt 1001 1005 1056
rt rt
1056
rt 2,5 1018
X8
M
1 2 4 8 3 7 6 5
9020 1,5 9021 9022 9023 3047 SW 9026 1071 1,5 1,5 9029 1,5 9033 9031 3009 3008 3010
1006
30
P ,0,1,
rt
30
6312
F9
20A
rt 4
1057
M12
4 3 1 5 2 6 7 8
3047 SW 9026 1071 9033 1,5 9031 3009 1,5 3008 1,5
1021
3010
3008
3009
5000
6101 1013
6103
rt 2,5
A5 X49
6127
6100
2,5
S1
P 0 12 3 58
15
54 19 17 50a
X1 MP
MP
1,5
1,5 1,5 1017 1018 1071
1020
1021
1015
6312
1016
3000
1005
7016 6319 6320 5000 1021 1020 6325 7002 3015 3016 9037 9036 6308 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 1,5 1,5
6104 1012
86 3
6105 2,5
49 20s
6106 6107
49a
6127
1057
MP
3000
1,5
3000
3000
1,5
6103
1013
6325
3010 1,5
6501
1019
30
F2
2A
86
30
F14 F8
5A 25A
F4 F11 F10
8A 10A 5A
F7
8A
3004
F3
6116
5A
F5
10A
F6
1010 1024
5A
6318
1011
3015
66 44
K4
K8
1007 1008
K14
K27
5005
87a
E1 MP
3015 3016 1,5 1,5 3015 3016 9037 9036
87
85
31
85
87
1008
3016
2,5
1009
64
6500
1007
1021
62
1014
29 31 32 30 56 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6
2,5 2,5 1009
1011 1015 1016 1017 6007
1,5
X4
E2
MP
6101 5929 6322 6111 1006 6100 6854 6110 6319 6108 6102 6316 6111 6112
6014 1019 9000 9001 9002 9003 9004 1,5 1,5 1,5 9005 9006 9007
6303 3007 6315 6316 6600 6502 5005 5929 1001 1001 9028 5990 3046 9034 6800 9040 6500 3004 9045 6854 6803 6804 6806 6805 6303 6806 6805 6808 6306 6808 9035 1,5 9010 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 2,5 9013 1,5 9014 2,5 6014 6338 6339 1065 6322
S
1,5
3007
1,5
3007
70 40 28 68 26
86 V4 V3 V2 V1
30
5 +
Y14
B
87a
A6
2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 6502 6321
K2
6317 6503
85 87 5 4 2
6803
7002
V7
M8 A4
3046 3047 SW 3161
p
31
49 37
rt
2,5 9028 2,5 2,5 3046 9034 9040

p
31
25 1 13 50 45 39 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 2 4
MP
1 31
3006
1,5
1,5
3004
3004 9045
6114
6115
6113
6112
6116
6107
6106
1025
S8
S1
D+
+
Q t
+
o
+
p
1025
3160
1025
1025
6117
1026
1026
1026
1025
6304
6300
6301
6800
6305
6302
11
10
2,5 2,5 1,5
9011 9012 9013 9014 6338 6339 1065
58 59 60 57 69 71 63
6307
6308
A11
> 50C < 55C
> 60C < 65C
> 85C < 90C
2,5
9010
72
X5
H25
H26
1024
MP
X88
7017 7018 1071 0,75 0,75 0,75 6345 6344 6343 6342 6341 6340 SW
MP
6322 6014 6338 6339 1065
2,5
MP
MP
MP
1 2 1 2 1 2
----- Optionen verkabelt, nicht bestckt Options wired, not equipped Options non equipes Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 1mm 2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm Cable sans prescription de section = 1mm2
2
6338
1066
6339
1065
sw
t
210bar
C A 2 S
C A S
B40
B39
B38
Y45
B35
B36
sw
01 03

.
PR 742B F/N xxx - 6200
9.2.41.00/2
7016
1,5
9035
6600
6321
P1
P2
- G P3 - G P4 -
H3 H4 H5
G
H16
H11
1025 1025
H12
H1 H2
H8 S3
2
6318
B10
B8
6315
B9
6113
9038
9038
6007
6117
5990
43 61
6114
6804
6115
42
K3
K15
K16
K7
MP
31
31
M
53b 53a 31b 53 31
53
53a
31b
M3
53b
M2
53b
5
31
M
53a 31b 1
M4
53
31 3 5
6047
6036
6046
ws/sw
sw-gr
sw
gr
6045
6035
MP X38
1 2 3
6044
MP X39 X40
1 2 3 1 2 3
M5
53 53a 31b 53b
6047
6036
6046
6022
6017
6020
sw-bl
4
ws/bl
2 3
6045
6035
6044
31
6011
6043
M13
M7
3
1
5 4
3
1
5 4
3
1
5 4
2
1079
Kabine Cab Cabine

1080
3187
6021
1081
6016
2
K51
3186
3172
MP
K50
MP
K52
MP
X41
1
1,5 1,5 5
1,0
3188
5
1,0
1,0
3180
5
3190 21 0,1
6021
3189
3185 1
1015
1016
1017
3191
MP
MP
MP
6040
1019
S20
6039
S4
6038
S21
6037
6019 SW 6015
6011
6006
25A
5A
X4
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014 1019 9000 9001 9002 9003 9004
1,5 1,5 1,5
A B C D I E F G H J K L M 1 2 1 3 4 2 3 1 2 3
1015
6036
6035
1016 1017 6007 6014 1019
1081
1080
1077
6015
6016
6017
1079
1076
3183
3188
3189
3180
3190
3177
F25
8A
F26
1078
3185
3191
8A
1,5
1078
1077
X46
1015 1015 1016 1028
E7
6043
A9
8
V15 2 9
V16 4
3182
9005 9006
9007
6043
7 2
1019
6014
1,5 1,5
1,5
1017
3175
3176
3183
3174 6055
6007
1015
1,5 1,5
SW
X37/1
S35
3182
X37/2
1026
+
MP
6014
2A
1030
6040
1028
F29
1029
86
X47
1019
85
MP
6012
MP
1,5 1,5 1076
30
87
15 31b
S
3176
MP
5 4 6
0,2
3178
MP
1029
6002
6000
S7
K17
3181
5 4
2
3 1
6055
F8
F3
S5
3178
1031
P4
U1
10A
24V 12V
H14
K10
1 4 5 6013
1,5
1,5
6004
31
3177
F27
8A
F28
6003
8A
E6
1,5
MP K24
3174
86
MP
K49
X5
X98
1093 + 7,5A
6006 6007 6003

3 2 1
E3
1,5 1,5 1,5
3175
1,5 1,5
2,5
6322
6014
6322
6014
F50
sw
1094
X97
-
6001
2,5
6001 6005
MP X100
5A
sw
ws
E4
1,5
X99
B52
6056 6057
+ -
E5
RT GE
BL + BL/SW
5 4
per+
A2
BR/SW
BR
1 8
B53
6058 6059 +
BR
01 03

.
6004
X42
PR 742B F/N xxx - 6200
9.2.41.00/3
6019
MP
gr
1
bl
0 0
0 0 0
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-2002 2026
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.50.01


Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 531 2 6 553 3 sw 7 521 4 1021 8 522 Positioning chart Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -





Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752 F/N xxx- 2002 2026

Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.50.02
Notes
Color codes:
bl = br = ge = gn = gr = rt = sw = blue brown yellow green gray red black
Mjfcifss!
Wiring list
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752 F/N xxx- 2002 2026

Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.50.03
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 1350 1360 1380 1390 1400 1450 1460 1660 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 311 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386 392 396 397
Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1-M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 K4-K39 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4/I-X37/1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 G2-F32 F32-K71 F25-K75 F9-K73 S1-F9 F10-S52 U1-A2 F6-H36 engine start / safety installations G1X2 -K2 S1X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 K73X2 -Y49 F3X2 -B9 F2X2 -K71 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K5/K6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 M1-Y34 F10X2 -Y2 K71-R1 R1-R6
wire no. 398 3010 3020 3030 3040 3050 400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 458 459 460 461 462 465 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547
Connector plugs S1F15F10F6B30B29B5B6B3B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5/5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5/5B27H35A13H36B32B35-K73 X2 -B30 X2 -B29 X2 -B28 -B29 -B29 instrumentation X2 -H4 X2 -H5 X2 -P4 X2 -X5/5 -H5 X2 -P3 X2 -X5/5 X2 -P2 X2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 X2 -H23 -K10 X37/1 -H17 X4/I -K10 X2 -H35 -A13 -X5/5 X2 -B32 X2 -H36 X2 -H39
wire no. 548 553 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 667 670 673 674 679 6800 6830 6840
Connector plugs X46 -M13 -X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11-Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -K6 A1X2 -K5 S3F15 -S11 S11X2 -S10 Y25-Y3 Y6-Y50 S52X2 -Y51 B28-Y52 electrical installation lights F28X42 -E6 F27X42 -E4 X42-E3 X42-E5 F7X2 -E1 F7X2 -E2 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 F27-S5 S5-S18 S18-S4 S4-S17 S17-S7 K38-F27 K75-F28 K38-K75 X42-E18 X42-E19 open wires open connection X2 open connections cab open connection X2 open connections X2 S5 X2-
electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S5 S5-S4 S9-R3/M6 S9-R3/M6 S9- M6/R3 X2-A6/M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -X8 S4X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18
700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 727 728 729 900 901 907 908 910 942
MASSE
K1-
-A1
wo.no.
ground wire black

Connection wires in the machine (wiring harness): red(rt)with number, e.g.105 black(sw)without number white(ws)with MASSE = wires for main power supply = ground wire = minus supply to electronic-box(wire from K1 to A1)
c = connections option operators seat with air suspension d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection main frame - left operators platform support rear instrument panel roof panel (cab)

pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F32 Ampere application - standard power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, temperature switch B28, oil level sensor travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, temperature switch B29 10A heater 3A float position, temperature switch B30 8A windshield wiper and washer system door and side window left 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system
- option
area B P P P P P P P P P P P C C C C
45A 3A 5A 8A
monitoring engine oil level light front light front pin puller air conditioner, operators seat with air suspension
C B
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752 F/N xxx- 2002 2026

Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.50.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A8 A13 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B11 B22 B27 B28 B29 B30 B32 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E15 E18 E19 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H35 H36 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71 K73 K75 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M13
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B diode combination V1-V5 /P diode combination V34 - V37 /P temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96C) /B temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007 (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B 2. working light front left /C 2. working light front right /C F1 - F32 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007 battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay /P relay - warning light /C relay - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /P 2. relay - working light /C ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C
pos. P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R12 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18 S52 U1 V1 V3 V4 V5 V17 V34 V35 V36 V37 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X64 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y24 Y25 Y34 Y49 Y51 Y52
description /area hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B flame glow plug /B starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C (option) push button switch - working light front /P rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P push button switch - travel speed range selection /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C push button switch - pin puller /P (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (H35) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B (option) solenoid clutch - air conditioner /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /B solenoid valve - fan drive /B
24
X34
96
0,5
96
PR 752 F/N xxx - 2002 2026
01 01
9.2.50.00/1
PR 752 F/N xxx - 2002 2026
01 01
9.2.50.00/2
Socket Pin
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20272062
9.2.51.01
4. Plug (8 poles) - cab - heater (AMP) Socket on wiring harness /heater Plug in cab Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 531 2 6 553 3 sw 7 521 4 1021 8 522 Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -
11. Plug (18 poles) - Diesel engine (Deutsch HDP 26-24-18 SE) Plug in engine wiring harness Plug in central wiring harness Positioning chart pole 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 c.no. 103 658 649 654 646 309 sw pole 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3030 18 c.no. 3050 6840 3010 3040 386 301 300 406 407
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20272062
9.2.51.02
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wiring list
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20272062
9.2.51.03
wire no. 100 101 102 103 105 107 108 109 110 111 113 114 116 118 119 120 123 126 149 150 172 173 174 175 176 178 1040 1050 1350 1360 1380 1390 1400 1450 1460 1660 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 311 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 323 324 325 335 386 392 396 397
Connector plugs power supply S1-K3 F4X2 -S2 F11X2, X8 -S9 G1X64 -M1 F1-S1 S1-K4 K4-F11 F11-F10 F10-F5 F5-F6 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8-S6 F5-X1 P4-P3, P2, S8 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 F6-H12 S11-K7 K4-F8 F4-K39 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F25 F26-K38 S7-K38 F3X4/I-X37/1 X47-U1 S1-K53 F25 -F29 G2-F32 F32-K71 F25-K75 F9-K73 S1-F9 F10-S52 U1-A2 F6-H36 engine start / safety installations G1X64,X2 -K2 S1X64,X2 -Y1 K1X2 -V1 K3-V1 S2X2 -V3 V3-K2 K3-K2 K3-H1 H1-P1 K73X2,X64 -Y49 F3X2 -B9 F2X2 -K71 S1-F2 K2X2 -M1 K39 -S1 V1-K39 S1-K2 S1-K39 S2X2 -S3 S12-K5/K6 S8X2 -B7 K4-K39 M1-Y34 F10X2 -Y2 K71-R1 R1-R6
wire no. 398 3010 3020 3030 3040 3050 400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 410 412 415 416 417 418 442 443 444 445 458 459 460 461 462 465 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 512 514 515 516 517 518 519 521 522 524 531 533 534 535 536 542 546 547
Connector plugs S1F15F10F6B30B29B5B6B3B3V4B2B2R2B4K53K7X5/5F3H11H12B22F29K10X5/5B27H35A13H36B32B35-K73 X2/X64 -B30 X2 -B29 X2/X64 -B28 X64 -B29 X64 -B29 instrumentation X2 -H4 X2 -H5 X2 -P4 X2 -X5/5 -H5 X2 -P3 X2 -X5/5 X2 -P2 X2 -H3 -H2 -H8 -V4 -H1 -K5 -K6 X2 -H23 -K10 X37/1 -H17 X4/I -K10 X2 -H35 -A13 -X5/5 X2 -B32 X2 -H36 X2 -H39
wire no. 548 553 600 601 602 604 605 607 610 615 667 670 673 674 679 6800 6830 6840
Connector plugs X46 -M13 -X8 valves, electronic connections S3X2 -A1 S10X2 -K7 F10X2 -B11 K7X2 -Y3 B11-Y6 S2-Y4 S12X2 -A1 S12X2 -A1 A1X2 -K6 A1X2 -K5 S3F15 -S11 S11X2 -S10 Y25-Y3 Y6-Y50 S52X2 -Y51 B28X64 -Y52 electrical installation lights F28X42 -E6 F27X42 -E4 X42-E3 X42-E5 F7X2 -E1 F7X2 -E2 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 F27-S5 S5-S18 S18-S4 S4-S17 S17-S7 K38-F27 K75-F28 K38-K75 X42-E18 X42-E19 open wires open connection X2 open connections cab open connection X2 open connections X2 S5 X2-
electrical installation S5X41 -M5 F26X41 -M5 S5X41 -M5 S17X38 -M3 F25X38 -M3 S17X38 -M3 F25X40 -M4 F26X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 S4X39 -M2 S17X46 -M7 F26-S5 S5-S4 S9-R3/M6 S9-R3/M6 S9- M6/R3 X2-A6/M8 X2-X8 X2-X8 X2-Y14 F11X2 -X8 S4X39 -M2 S18X40 -M4 F25-S17 S17 -S18 X2 -V17 S4 -S17 S4 -S18
700 701 703 704 705 706 708 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 727 728 729 900 901 907 908 910 942
MASSE
K1-
-A1
wo.no.
ground wire black
Wiring on components (part of the component): always with colors, without number Color codes: bl = blue gn = green br = brown gr = gray ge = yellow rt = red sw = black ws-sw = white-black sw-gr = black-gray
Automatic circuit breaker - fuse listing F1 - F32 pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F32 Ampere application - standard power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, temperature switch B28, oil level sensor travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, temperature switch B29 10A heater 3A float position, temperature switch B30 8A windshield wiper and washer system door and side window left 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system 45A 3A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P P P P P P P C C C C warning light canopy C B
Type/from Type/a partir de
monitoring engine oil level light front light front pin puller air conditioner, operators seat with air suspension
Typ/ab
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20272062
9.2.51.00
pos. A1 A2 A6 A8 A13 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B11 B22 B27 B28 B29 B30 B32 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E15 E18 E19 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H35 H36 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K71 K73 K75 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M13
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B diode combination V1-V5 /P diode combination V34 - V37 /P temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96C) /B temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007 (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B 2. working light front left /C 2. working light front right /C F1 - F32 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P mounted from machine PR752 F /N xxx-2007 battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P step relay /P relay - warning light /C relay - working light /C relay - power guard /P time relay - glow plug system /P relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) /P 2. relay - working light /C ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system rear /C
pos. P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R12 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S17 S18 S52 U1 V1 V3 V4 V5 V17 V34 V35 V36 V37 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X64 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y14 Y24 Y25 Y34 Y49 Y51 Y52
description /area hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B flame glow plug /B starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C (option) push button switch - working light front /P rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - right joystick - float position /B push button switch - float position /P push button switch - travel speed range selection /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C push button switch - pin puller /P (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (H35) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B (option) solenoid clutch - air conditioner /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /B solenoid valve - fan drive /B
24bar
PR 752 F/N xxx - 2027 2062
01 01
PR 752 F/N xxx - 2027 2062
01 01
9.2.51.00/2
Socket Pin
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20635071
9.2.52.01
4. Plug (8 poles) - cab - heater (AMP) Socket on wiring harness /heater Plug in cab Positioning chart Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 5 3000 2 6 3010 3 sw 7 3008 4 1021 8 3009 Socket on wiring harness /heater pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 0102 5 2 sw 6 3 7 4 8 -
11. Plug (18 poles) - Diesel engine (Deutsch HDP 26-24-18 SE) Plug in engine wiring harness Plug in central wiring harness Positioning chart pole 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 c.no. 1000 6822 6824 6825 6823 5005 sw pole 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 c.no. 7013 6329 5004 5000 2529 6305 6306
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20635071
9.2.52.02
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wiring list
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20635071
9.2.52.03
wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1024 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 3000 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3014 3015 3016 3046 3047 3048
Connector plugs X8/1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9-M6/R3 M1-G1 F1X2/61 -S1 F1X2/49 -S1 G2-F31 S1-K4 S1-K3 K4-F8 K4-F11 F11-F5 F5-F6 F6-F10 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8X4/A-X37/2-F25/F29 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 F3X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F5-X1 F3X4/E-X37/1 X47-U1 F4- X2/64-X34/A -S2/bl F11X2/62 -X8/4 F6-H12 H12 - H11,H23,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 U1-A2 F31-K26 K26-R1 K26-R7 F10 -S27 F6-H19 F8-S18 S1-F9 F9-K27 F25 -K28 F11F3B8B9X2/70X2/34X2/21X2/38K19F7F7X2/1X2/10S27X2/46 X2/14 X2/29 X2/31 X2/47 -X8 -B8 -B9 -B10 -Y14 -X8/7 -X8/8 -X8/6 -F7 -E1 -E2 -A4 -V7 -Y27
wire no. 5000 5004 5005 5929 5990 6000 6001 6003 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127
Connector plugs S1X2/67 M1K27- X2/42-X64/6 G1- X2/43-X64/16 K2X2/25 -Y1 -Y15 -Y26 -K2 -M1
K17-F27 F27X42/2 -E4 F28X42/3 -E6 F27-S5 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 S5X46/1 -M13 S7-K17 K10X37-1/1 -H14 X5/5- X4/I-X37-1/3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41/2 -M5 F26X39/2 -M2 S5-S4 S5X41/3 -M5 S4X39/3 -M2 S5X41/1 -M5 S4X39/1 -M2 F25-S20 S20-S21 F25X40/2 -M4 F25X38/2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20X46/2 -M7 S21X40/3 -M4 S21X40/1 -M4 S20X38/3 -M3 S20X38/1 -M3 K17-K28 F28-K28 X42/2 -E19 X42/2 -E5 X42/1 -E18 X42/1 -E3 S1K8S1K8S1K14H2S11K15K2K3H1K15K16F3K7S1-K8 -V1 -K8 -K4 -K14 -H2 -K14 -K7 -K16 -K3 -H1 -P1 -H11 -H12 -H2 -H8 -K27
wire no. 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6315 6316 6317 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6326 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6502 6503 6504 6505 6600 6800 6803 6804 6854 7002 7003 7004 7011 7012 7013 9000 9007 9010 9045
Connector plugs H4X2/55 H5X2/41 P4X2/53 X5/5X2/6 H3X2/54 P3X2/52 X5/5X2/7 P2X2/51 H16X2/56 S2- X34/C-X2/40 S2- X34/B-X2/28 V2S6X2/5 S11X2/65 H5V3F10X2/66 F10X2/8 B25X64/13 B24H20X2/3 F15H19X2/37 V8H19X2/36 H20S3V1K3F2S1S8S3A1A1A1X2/26 X2/39 X2/68 X2/50 X2/18 X2/19 X2/17 -B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2 -B2 -R2 -B18 -S3 -V2 -K2 -K7 -S6 -V3 -X5/5 -B22 -B25 -B24 -B23 -B21 -S11 -B27 -X5/5 -B27 -V8 -F15 -K1 -V1 -K26 -F2 -B7 -A1 -K15 -K16 -K15 -Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y24 -Y25
K7X2/44 Y3X34/CB22Y23B23X64/11 open connections cab
MASSE
K1-
-A1
wo.no.
ground wire black


pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31 Ampere application - standard power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, fan drive (B23, B24, B25, Y25) 10A heater 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system door and side window left 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system 45A 3A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P light front light front pin puller operators seat with air suspension P P P P P P C C C C warning light canopy C B
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752 F/N xxx-20635071

Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.52.00
pos. A1 A2 A4 A5 A6 A8 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B18 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20 K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K26 K27 K28 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M13
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operators seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V8 - V11 /P temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96C) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B 2. working light front left /C 2. working light front right /C F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y26) /P 2. relay - working light /C ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C
pos. P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R7 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S18 S20 S21 S27 U1 V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X64 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y26 Y27
description /area hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B flame glow plug /B starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C push button switch - float position /B rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - float position /P (option) push button switch - working light front /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C push button switch - pin puller /P (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (H20) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B solenoid valve - fan drive /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /B
MP
> 85 < 90
> 60 < 65
> 50 < 55
6320
B23
br 2 3 sw
B24
0516 0517 1 2 3 4 0 12 3 0518 R3
B25
6108
X64
X64
6326
MP
Y25
11
7013
t
6330
t
6329
13
S + 6332 3048 S1
S27
S 1053
S1
MP
M 1006
S11
rt
Y5
7011
7003
Y3
2
Y23
31
Y24
7012
Y4
bl 1
S S1
1055
1,5
1018 +
7002
S2 S9
B A C
+ 0102
M6
MP X2
rt
rt rt
rt rt
1001 1005
P ,0,1,
1056 2,5
ge
gr
6325
6316
7004
1020
6315
1053
6326 6505
X8
4 1021 3 1 5 2 6 7 8 3000 1,5 1,5 1,5
9023 6326 9032 3009 3008 3010 6320 5000
8 9 21 34 38 65 67 66 62 64 29 31 44 46 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12 28 43 68 26 13 45 61 49 18 19 14 39 25 50 17 16 63 15 42 27 33 30 58 59 32 60 71 72 35 70 69 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57
9023 6326 9032 3009 1,5 3008 1,5 3010 1,5
S1
6101
1020
24
19
17
50a
1056
2,5
2,5
58
15
54
3000 1,5 1021 6325
S6 X33
X34
2 4 8 3 7 6 5
2,5
B22
2
6320 6319
MP
P 0 12 3 5000 1013 6127 6505
1015 1016 1018
MP
F6
5A
rt
1055
6100
MP
31
t
96
F15
3A 3015 6105 6337 3016
F7
8A
F9
20A rt 1057
F4 F11 F10 F2
8A 1013 10A 5A 1014 1008 1011 6504 3A
F3
5A 1019 3004 6116 1017
F8
25A 1007 1009
F5
10A 1024 1054 1010
2,5
1,5
1020
1020 2,5 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002 3000 1,5 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 6102 9026 6316 5929 6600 6321 6502 9034 2,5 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6804 3004 6504 5990 2,5 6800 9045 6113 9038 5005 2,5 1026 1026 D+ 9033 1,5 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 6303 6306 6600 9012 2,5 9037 9013 1,5 9009 1,5 6305 6302 9010 2,5 9019 3007 1,5 6014 6322 9015 1,5 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6333 3046 2,5 3047 SW 3048 9014 2,5 6322 6014 6334
5
1,5 6104 1012 30 86 3 1 49

20s
B18
31
p
2.5 8 p 6301 17 p 6300 500 6308
MP E2
3015 3016
1,5 1,5 1,5
3015 3016 7002 3000 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306
6106 49a 6107 1009
B6
31
1006
87 85
5 4
31 MP 1007 1008
1,5
B26
6331
1021
1021
1,5
E1
6325
6325
1005
2,5
5000
6103
6320
B5
31
K4
6101
K8
K14
1015 1016 2,5 2,5 1017 6007 6014 1019
B4
31 MP
p
6304
6303 6308 6315 6319 9026
rt 1057
B3
31 31
6100 5929 6322 6854 6316

V4
9000 6111 6112 6127 6110 9001 9002 9003 9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
87a
p
6302 G 6303 W
t
96
17
G 6305 W 6306
6316 5929 6600 6502 2,5 9034 9040
86
V3 V2 V1
30
2 4 5
2 4 5
86
30
B2
31 Q
18
6114
6804
6115
2,5 2,5
1001 1001 6803 6804 3004
rt rt
6317
6803
2,5
B7
1001 1001
5005
6319
6600
15 +
K7
31 87a 87
6504
rt 70
5929 1002 5990
2,5
5990 6800 6854 9045
5990
3004
45A
rt 6 1 3
U
1
1000
14
5004
MP
6007
p
1,5 3005
F1
31
2 rt 6
rt 25
45A
F31
B+ D+ G
X64
30 M
50
X64
9041 9038 2,5 5005 1,5 9033 1,5 9029 9036 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 9037 1,5 9013 1,5 9009 2,5 9010 9019 1,5 6800 3007 1,5 9015 9017 9042 9043 9044
9041
6117
1024
6113
6112
6116
6106
1025
1025
1025
1025
1025
6315
rt 25
Y15
15
+ Q
+ t o
+ p
6321
6335
1,5 3006
2,5
6304
6300
6307
6308
6301
50 rt
B9
31
1050 6504
X64
5000 MASSE
6336
G2 B10 MP MP
B Q
12V
88
MASSE
86
1 2
Y1
6502 50
K26
88a 85
Y14
6334
2,5
Y26
7
A1
+ A
C
9021 9022 6331 6335 6335 6333 6333 3046
1052
88
86(85)
1051
MP
M8
+
K1
50
X64 MP
2,5 Q
88a
V7
A4
3046 3047 SW
R7
R1
sw
MP
3047 SW 3048 2,5 9014
B27
Y27
01 01
Kabelschema Electrical - Schematic Schmas lectriques

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20635071
6800
5005
X5 MP
MP
V8 V9 V10 V11
6333
X64
P1
6331
G2
12V
- G
- G
- G
H3 H4 H5 H16
H20
H11
1025
H12
H1
H2 H8
H19
S3
A8
6337
G1
6
31
M1
31
S8
S1
P2
P3
P4
6114
6115
B8
1026
1025
6107
1054
7002
6117
6854
6108
R2
G 6307
16 rt rt
6502
85
87
6503
K3
K15
K16
K27
85
87a
X64
A6
K2
5 4 2
X64
87
X4
30
9.2.52.00/1
1,5
24
1,5
E11
30
30
S18
X1
-
MP
31
MP
31
MP
31
MP
31
M M3
31b 53a 53b 53
M M2
53a 31b 53b 53
M M4
53a 31b 53b 53
M M5
53a 53 31b 53b 7 2
6320
6108
gr ws-sw
gr ws-sw
gr ws-sw
sw sw-gr
S + 6332 3048 S1
sw-gr
S1
1053
MP
1006
rt rt rt
S11
rt
S S1
6046
6022
6017
6020
1055
1,5
1018
6047
6045
6044
6035
6021
rt rt
1001 1005
P ,0,1,
1056 2,5
1,5
X2
2,5
30
30
S18
X1
1,5
-
M M13
6011
M M7
6043
6036
MP
24 8 9 21 34 38 65 67 66 62 64 29 31 44 46 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12 28 43 68 26 13 45 61 49 18 19 14 39 25 50 17 16 63 15 42 27 33 30 58 59 32 60 71 72 35 70 69 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57 2,5 9023 6326 9032 3009 1,5 3008 1,5 3010 1,5
X38
1053
6326 6505
S1
6101
1020
58
15
54
19
17
50a
3000 1,5 1021 6325
P 0 12 3 1056 5000 1013 6127 6505 rt
1 2
X39
X40
1
2 3
X41
1 2 3
1015 1016 1018
MP
6044 0,12 10
6016
6019 6019
2 10
2 10
6020
6045
1055
0,1
6100
3A 3015 6105 6337 3016
8A
20A rt 1057
8A 1013
10A
5A 1014 1011 1008
3A
5A 3004 6116 1017 1019
25A 1007 1009
10A 1010 1024 1054
5A
6046
0,1
6047 6043 6042
5 4 2
5 4 2
5 4
7 2
6103
6320 5000 6325 1021 1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002 3000 1,5 6307 6305 6302 6304 6101 6300 6301 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 87 85 5 4 6104 1012 30 86 3 1005
6011 6034 6037 6006
6034
6018
0,1
F15
F7
F9
F4 F11 F10 F2
F3
F8
F5
F6
6022
6021
2 10
gr ws-sw
sw sw-gr
sw
sw
sw-gr
S27
6033
6504
2,5
6042
6041
6041
6038 6037
2,5
6039
6039
6038
1,5
1,5 6106 2,5 1 49

20s
49a 6107
1006
K4
K8
31 MP 1007 1008
K14
1015 1016 2,5 2,5 1017 6007 6014 1019
6100 rt 1057 5929 6322 6854 6102 6316

V4
9000 6111 6112 6127 6110 9001 9002 9003 9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
87a
9026 6316 5929 6600 6321 6502 9034 2,5 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6804 3004 6504 5990 2,5 6800 6854 9045 6113 rt rt
86
V3 V2 V1
30
2 4 5
2 4 5
86
30
A6
6502
K2
85 6317 87 6503 6803 6108 6114 6804 6115
1,5 1,5 1015 1,5

2
K3
K15
K16
K27
85
87a
5 4
87 2,5
X4
6319 15 + 30
1,5 6048
86
K28
85
MP
5005
F29
6040 1028
1
K7
31 87a 87
30
86
5990
85
1029
6012
MP
6000 1,5
1,5
87
2A
1058
6049
30
87
6051
7002
6117
1019
6014
1030
MP
6007 2,5 1026 1026 D+
S7
1029
K17 F27
10A
6006
9041 9038 5005 9033 1,5 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 6303 6306 6600 9012 2,5 9037 9013 1,5 9009 1,5 9010 2,5 9019 3007 1,5 6014 6322 9015 1,5 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6333 3046 2,5 3047 SW 3048 9014 2,5 6334
5
F28
1 2 3 4
6050
MP
MP E19 MP E6 MP E3
6053 6051
10A
1 1
1,5
6117
6106
1024
6113
6112
1025
1025
1025
1025
1025
6114
6115
1026 + t o
1025
6116
6107
1054
1,5
6315
+ Q
+ p
6337
S8
X47
6003 6001
6003 6001
6007
S1
P2
P3
P4
6053
6052
X42
1019
2 3
6321
6335
6333
24V
1031
P1
6331
- G
- G
- G
H3 H4 H5 H16
H20
H11
6336
1025
H12
H1
H2 H8
H19
E4 E18
E5 MP
6304
6300
6301
6308
6307
6305
6302
X5 MP
MP
V8 V9 V10 V11
S3
6800
U1
12V
K10
A8
6334 6322 6014
6013
Kabine Cab Cabine
12V
1032 +
+
3A
A2
-
SW
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20635071
9.2.52.00/2
1017
1015 1016 1017 6007
MP
6033 6035 6036 6015 6016 6017
6040
1009
1,5
S20
MP
1,5
S4
MP
S21
MP
S5
MP
H14
6013
1
MP
X37 1-2
1 2
1
F25
8A
2
F26
8A
2
1 2
2
1 2
X46
1015 1015 1058 1016 1028
MP
E7
6018
6015
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 02
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5072 5599
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.53.01







11. Plug (18 poles) - Diesel engine (Deutsch HDP 26-24-18 SE)
Plug in engine wiring harness Plug in central wiring harness Positioning chart pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 1000 10 2 6822 11 7013 3 6824 12 4 6825 13 6329 5 6823 14 5004 6 5005 15 5000 7 sw 16 2529 8 17 6305 9 18 6306
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 02
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5072 5599
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.53.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 02
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5072 5599
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.53.03
wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1024 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 3000 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3014 3015 3016 3046 3047 3048
Connector plugs X8 /1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6 /R3 M1-G1 F1X2 /61 -S1 F1X2 /49 -S1 G2-F31 S1-K4 S1-K3 K4-F8 K4-F11 F11-F5 F5-F6 F6-F10 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8- X4 /A-X37 /2-F25 /F29 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F5-X1 F3- X4 /E-X37 /1 X47-U1 F4- X2 /64-X34 /A -S2 /bl F11X2 /62 -X8 /4 F6-H12 H12 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 U1-A2 F31-K26 K26-R1 K26-R7 F10 -S27 F6-H19 F8-S18 S1-F9 F9-K27 F25 -K28 F11X2 /46 F3X2 /14 B8B9X2 /70X2 /34X2 /21X2 /38K19F7X2 /29 F7X2 /31 X2 /1X2 /10S27X2 /47 -X8 -B8 -B9 -B10 -Y14 -X8 /7 -X8 /8 -X8 /6 -F7 -E1 -E2 -A4 -V7 -Y27
wire no. 5000 5004 5005 5929 5990 6000 6001 6003 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127
Connector plugs S1X2 /67 -Y1 M1-Y15 K27- X2 /42-X64 /6 -Y26 G1- X2 /43-X64 /16 -K2 K2X2 /25 -M1 K17-F27 F27X42 /2 -E4 F28X42 /3 -E6 F27-S5 F28- X37 /2-X4 /D -P2,3,4 S5X46 /1 -M13 S7-K17 K10X37-1 /1 -H14 X5 /5-X4 /I-X37-1 /3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41 /2 -M5 F26X39 /2 -M2 S5-S4 S5X41 /3 -M5 S4X39 /3 -M2 S5X41 /1 -M5 S4X39 /1 -M2 F25-S20 S20-S21 F25X40 /2 -M4 F25X38 /2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20X46 /2 -M7 S21X40 /3 -M4 S21X40 /1 -M4 S20X38 /3 -M3 S20X38 /1 -M3 K17-K28 F28-K28 X42 /2 -E19 X42 /2 -E5 X42 /1 -E18 X42 /1 -E3 S1K8S1K8S1K14H2S11K15K2K3H1K15K16F3K7S1-K8 -V1 -K8 -K4 -K14 -H2 -K14 -K7 -K16 -K3 -H1 -P1 -H11 -H12 -H2 -H8 -K27
wire no. 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6315 6316 6317 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6326 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6502 6503 6504 6505 6600 6800 6803 6804 6854 7002 7003 7004 7011 7012 7013 7016 9000 9007 9010 9045
Connector plugs H4X2 /55 -B5 H5X2 /41 -B6 P4X2 /53 -B3 X5 /5X2 /6 -B3 H3X2 /54 -B4 P3X2 /52 -B2 X5 /5X2 /7 -B2 P2X2 /51 -R2 H16X2 /56 -B18 S2- X34 /C-X2 /40 -S3 S2- X34 /B-X2 /28 -V2 V2-K2 S6X2 /5 -K7 S11X2 /65 -S6 H5-V3 V3-X5 /5 F10X2 /66 -B22 F10X2 /8 -B25 B25X64 /13 -B24 B24-B23 H20X2 /3 -B21 F15-S11 H19X2 /37 -B27 V8-X5 /5 H19X2 /36 -B27 H20-V8 S3-F15 V1K3F2S1S8S3A1A1A1X2 /26 X2 /39 X2 /68 X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X2 /17 -K1 -V1 -K26 -F2 -B7 -A1 -K15 -K16 -K15 -Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y24 -Y25 -Y43
K7X2 /44 Y3X34 /CB22Y23B23X64 /11 S3X2 /9
MASSE
K1-
-A1
wo.no.
ground wire black


pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31 Ampere application - standard power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area 8A 25A power supply roof panel 20A shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 5A quick drop, fan drive (B23, B24, B25, Y25) 10A heater 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system door and side window left 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system 45A 3A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P light front light front pin puller operators seat with air suspension P P P P P P C C C C warning light canopy C B
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 02
Electrical System
PR 752 F/N xxx-50725599

Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.53.00
pos. A1 A2 A4 A5 A6 A8 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B18 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20 K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K26 K27 K28 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M13
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B (option) operators seat with air suspension /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V8 - V11 /P temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B temperature switch - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature switch - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96C) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B 2. working light front left /C 2. working light front right /C F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y26) /P 2. relay - working light /C ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C
pos. P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R7 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S18 S20 S21 S27 U1 Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X64 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y26 Y27 Y43
description /area hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B flame glow plug /B starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C push button switch - float position /B rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - float position /P (option) push button switch - working light front /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C push button switch - pin puller /P (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (Y4) /B diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (H20) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) /B 1 = pull, 2 = hold (option) solenoid valve - pin puller /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B
MP
> 85 < 90
> 60 < 65
> 50 < 55
6320
B23
br 2 3 sw
B24
0516 0517 1 2 3 4 0 12 3 0518 R3
B25
6108
X64
X64
6326
MP
Y25
11
7013
t
6330
t
6329
13
S + 6332 3048 S1
S27
S 1053
Vx
Y5 Y3
2
S1
MP
M 1006
S11
rt
7011
7003
Y23
31
Y24
7012
Y4
Y43
bl 1
S S1
1055
1,5
1018 +
7002
S2 S9 X34
B A C
+ 0102
M6
MP X2
rt
rt rt
rt rt
1001 1005
P,0,1 ,
1056 2,5
ge
gr
6325
6316
7004
7016
1020
6315
1053
6326 6505
X8
4 1021 3 1 5 2 6 7 8 3000 1,5 1,5 1,5
9023 6326 7016 3009 3008 3010 6320 5000
8 9 21 34 38 65 67 66 62 64 29 31 44 46 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12 28 43 68 26 13 45 61 49 18 19 14 39 25 50 17 16 63 15 42 27 33 30 58 59 32 60 71 72 35 70 69 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57
9023 6326 7016 3009 1,5 3008 1,5 3010 1,5
S1
6101
1020
24
19
17
50a
1056
2,5
2,5
58
15
54
3000 1,5 1021 6325
S6 X33
2 4 8 3 7 6 5
2,5
B22
2
6320 6319
MP
P 0 12 3 5000 1013 6127 6505
1015 1016 1018
MP
F6
5A
rt
1055
6100
MP
31
t
96
F15
3A 3015 6105 6334 3016
F7
8A
F9
20A rt 1057
F4 F11 F10 F2
8A 1013 10A 5A 1014 1008 1011 6504 3A
F3
5A 1019 3004 6116 1017
F8
25A 1007 1009
F5
10A 1024 1054 1010
2,5
1,5
1020
1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002 3000 1,5 6307 87 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 9026 6316 5929 6600 6321 6502 9034 2,5 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6804 3004 6504 5990 2,5 6800 9045 6113 9038 5005 2,5 1026 1026 D+ 9033 1,5 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 6303 6306 6600 9012 2,5 9037 9013 1,5 9009 1,5 6305 6302 9010 2,5 9019 3007 1,5 6014 6322 9015 1,5 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6333 3046 2,5 3047 SW 3048 9014 2,5 6322 6014 6334
5
1,5 6104 1012 30 86 30 86 49

20s
1006
6301
6305 6302 6304
87a
B6 B5
1,5
3000 6307
8 p
87 85
85
31 MP 1007 1008
6107
31
2.5
6308
E2
7002
49a
2,5
B18
MP
3015 3016
1,5 1,5
3015 3016
6106 1009
1,5
B26
6331
1021
1021
1,5
E1
6325
6325
1005
2,5
5000
6103
6320
6101
17 p
K4
K8
K14
1015 1016 2,5 2,5 1017 6007 6014 1019
6300
6300 6301 6306
500
B4
31
p
6304
6303 6308 6315 6319 9026
6102
6854
6110
31
87a 87
87a 87
6302 G 6303 W
t
96
rt 1057
MP
B3
6100 5929 6322 6316

V4
9000 6111 6112 6127 9001 9002 9003 9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
87a
31
17
G 6305 W 6306
6316 5929 6600 6502 2,5 9034 9040
86
V3 V2 V1
30
30
86
85
85
86
30
B2
31 Q
18
6114
6804
6115
2,5 2,5
1001 1001 6803 6804 3004
6317
6803
rt rt
2,5
6319
B7
1001 1001
5005
6600
3 2 +
K7
1 4 5
6504
rt 70
5929 1002 5990
2,5
5990 6800 6854 9045
5990
3004
45A
rt 6 1 3
U
1
1000
14
5004
MP
6007
p
1,5 3160
F1
31
2 rt 6
rt 25
45A
F31
B+ D+ G
X64
30 M
50
X64
9041 9038 2,5 5005 1,5 9033 1,5 9029
9041
6117
1024
6113
6112
6116
6106
1025
1025
1025
1025
1025
6315
3161
rt 25
Y15
15
9036 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 9037 1,5 9013 1,5 9009 2,5 9010 9019 1,5 6800 3007 1,5 9015 9017 9042 9043 9044
+ Q
+ t o
+ p
6321
6335
6304
6300
6301
6307
3006
1050
6504
G2 B10 MP MP
B Q
12V
88
86
1 2
Y1 Y26
7
6502 50
K26
88a 85
Y14
6334
2,5
A1
+ A
C
9021 9022 6331 6335 6335 6333 6333 3046
1052
88
86(85)
1051
MP
M8
+
K1
50
X64 MP
2,5 Q
88a
V7
A4
3046 3047 SW
R7
R1
sw
MP
3047 SW 3048 2,5 9014
B27
Y27
01 02

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 5072 5599
6800
5005
5000
X5
6308
50 rt
B9
31
X64
6333
MP
V8 V9 V10 V11
S3
MP
A8
7016
2,5
1,5
6333
X64
P1
6331
G2
12V
- G
- G
- G
H3 H4 H5 H16
H20
H11
1025
H12
H1
H2 H8
H19
6334
G1
31
M1
31
S8
S1
P2
P3
P4
6114
6115
B8
1026
1025
6107
1054
7002
6117
6854
6108
R2
G 6307
16 rt rt
6502
85
87
6503
K3
K15
K16
K27
85
87a
X64
87 87a
X64
A6
K2
85
86 30
86 30
87
X4
9.2.53.00/1
1,5
24
1,5
E11
30
30
S18
X1
-
MP
31
MP
31
MP
31
MP
31
M M3
31b 53a 53b 53
M M2
53a 31b 53b 53
M M4
53a 31b 53b 53
M M5
53a 53 31b 53b 7 2
6320
6108
gr ws-sw
gr ws-sw
gr ws-sw
sw sw-gr
S + 6332 3048 S1
sw-gr
S1
1053
MP
1006
rt rt rt
S11
rt
S S1
6046
6022
6017
6020
1055
1,5
1018
6047
6045
6044
6035
6021
rt rt
1001 1005
P,0,1 ,
1056 2,5
1,5
X2
2,5
30
30
S18
X1
1,5
M M13
6011
M M7
6043
6036
MP
24 8 9 21 34 38 65 67 66 62 64 29 31 44 46 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12 28 43 68 26 13 45 61 49 18 19 14 39 25 50 17 16 63 15 42 27 33 30 58 59 32 60 71 72 35 70 69 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57 2,5 9023 6326 7016 3009 1,5 3008 1,5 3010 1,5
X38
1053
6326 6505
S1
6101
1020
19
17
50a
1056
58
15
54
3000 1,5 1021 6325
P 0 12 3 5000 1013 6127 6505
1 2
X39
X40
1
2 3
X41
1 2 3
1015 1016 1018
MP
6044
rt
6016
6019 6019
2 10 0,1
2 10
2 10
6020
6045
1055
0,1
6100
3A 3015 6105 6334 3016
8A
20A rt 1057
8A 1013
10A
5A 1014 1011 1008
3A
5A 3004 6116 1017 1019
25A 1007 1009
10A 1010 1024 1054
5A
6046
0,1
F4
F11 F10
6047 6043 6042
5 4 2
5 4 2
5 4
7 2
6103
6320 5000 6325 1021 1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002 3000 1,5 6307 87 6305 6302 6304 6101 6300 6301 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 9026 6316 5929 6600 6321 6502 9034 2,5 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6804 3004 6504 5990 2,5 6800 6854 9045 6113 rt rt 6316
V4
6011 6034 6037 6006
6034
6018
0,1
F15
F7
F9
F2
F3
F8
F5
F6
6022
6021
2 10
gr ws-sw
sw sw-gr
sw
sw
sw-gr
S27
6033
6504
2,5
1005
6042
6041
6041
6038 6037
2,5
6039
6039
6038
1,5
1,5 6104 1012 30 86 30 86 49

20s
6106 49a 6107 2,5 1009

6040
87a
1006
87
85
85
31 MP 1007 1008
1,5
S20
MP
1,5
S4
MP
S21
MP
S5
MP
K4
K8
K14
1015 1016 2,5 2,5 1017 6007 6014 1019
6100 rt 1057 5929 6322 6854 6102 6111 6112 6127 6110
9000 9001 9002 9003 9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007 87 87a
87a
86
V3 V2 V1
30
30
86
85
85
86
30
A6
6502
K2
85 6317 87 6503 6803 6108 6114 6804 6115
1,5 1,5 1015 1,5

2
K3
K15
K16
K27
85
87a
85
86 30
86 30
87 2,5
X4
6319 3 2 +
1,5 6048
86
K28
85
MP
5005
F29
6040 1028
1
K7
1 4 5
30
86
5990
85
1029
6012
MP
6000 1,5
1,5
87
2A
1058
6049
30
87
6051
7002
6117
1019
6014
1030
MP
6007 2,5 1026 1026 D+
S7
1029
K17 F27
10A
6006
9041 9038 5005 9033 1,5 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 6303 6306 6600 9012 2,5 9037 9013 1,5 9009 1,5 9010 2,5 9019 3007 1,5 6014 6322 9015 1,5 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6333 3046 2,5 3047 SW 3048 9014 2,5 6334 S
F28
1 2 3 4
6050
MP
MP E19 MP E6 MP E3
6053 6051
10A
1 1
1,5
6117
1024
6112
6106
6113
1025
1025
1025
1025
1025
6114
6115
1026 + t o
1025
6116
6107
1054
1,5
6315
+ Q
+ p
6334
S8
X47
6003 6001
6003 6001
6007
S1
P2
P3
P4
6053
6052
X42
1019
85 30
6321
6335
6333
1031
P1
6331
- G
- G
- G
H3 H4 H5 H16
H20
H11
6333
1025
H12
H1
H2 H8
H19
7016
24V
E4 E18
E5 MP
6304
6300
6301
6308
6305
6302
X5
6307
MP
V8 V9 V10 V11
S3
6800
U1
12V
K10
MP
6334 6322 6014
A8
12V
1032 +
+
3A
87
86
6013
Kabine Cab Cabine
87a
A2
-
SW
01 02

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 5072 5599
9.2.53.00/2
1017
1015 1016 1017 6007
MP
6033 6035 6036 6015 6016 6017
H14
6013
1
MP
X37 1-2
1 2
1
F25
8A
2
F26
8A
2
1 2
2
1 2
X46
1015 1015 1058 1016 1028
87a 87
87a 87
MP
E7
6018
6015
Socket Pin
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 3046 8 9031 15 9038 22 9021 29 3015 36 6335 43 5929 50 6800 57 9014 64 1020 71 9009 2 9042 9 7016 16 9045 23 9022 30 9036 37 6336 44 7002 51 6307 58 9011 65 6320 72 9010 3 6331 10 3047 17 6854 24 9023 31 3016 38 3010 45 9040 52 6305 59 9012 66 6325 4 9043 11 sw 18 6803 25 5990 32 9037 39 6504 46 3000 53 6302 60 1074 67 5000 sw 5 6319 12 9026 19 6804 26 6502 33 9029 40 6315 47 3048 54 6304 61 1001 68 6600 6 6303 13 9034 20 9044 27 9033 34 3008 41 6301 48 9017 55 6300 62 1021 69 6347 7 6306 14 3004 21 3009 28 6316 35 9019 42 9039 49 1001 56 6308 63 9041 70 3007

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5600 5615
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.54.01

4. Plug X8(8 poles) - cab - heater (AMP)

5. Plug X2(3 poles) - neutral starting switch (Cannon - Deutsch)





11. Plug X64(18 poles) - Diesel engine (Deutsch HDP 26-24-18 SE)
Plug in engine wiring harness Plug in central wiring harness Positioning chart pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 1000 10 2 6822 11 --3 6824 12 4 6825 13 --5 6823 14 5004 6 --- 15 5000 7 --- 16 2529 8 17 6305 9 18 6306
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5600 5615
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.54.02
12. Plug X90(25 poles) - electronic box fan drive (AMP Junior Timer)
Socket on wiring harness Positioning chart pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 sw 14 1074 2 7018 15 7017 3 --- 16 --4 --- 17 6347 5 --- 18 --6 --- 19 --7 --- 20 6340 8 6341 21 6342 9 6343 22 6344 10 6345 23 --11 --- 24 --12 --- 25 --13 ---
Notes
Color codes: bl = br = ge = gn = gr = rt = sw = ws = blue brown yellow green gray red black white
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5600 5615
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.54.03
wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1024 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1073 1074 3000 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3014 3015 3016 3046 3047 3048 5000 5004 5929 5990
Connector plugs X8 /1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6 /R3 M1-G1 F1X2 /61 -S1 F1X2 /49 -S1 G2-F31 S1-K4 S1-K3 K4-F8 K4-F11 F11-F5 F5-F6 F6-F10 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8- X4 /A-X37 /2-F25 /F29 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 F3- X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F5-X1 F3- X4 /E-X37 /1 X47-U1 F4- X2 /64-X34 /A -S2 /bl F11X2 /62 -X8 /4 F6-H12 H12 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 U1-A2 F31-K26 K26-R1 K26-R7 F10 -S27 F6-H19 F8-S18 S1-F9 F9-K27 F25 -K28 K3-F9 F9 X2 /60 -A11 F11F3B8B9X2 /70X2 /34X2 /21X2 /38K19F7F7X2 /1X2 /10S27X2 /46 X2 /14 X2 /29 X2 /31 X2 /47 -X8 -B8 -B9 -B10 -Y14 -X8 /7 -X8 /8 -X8 /6 -F7 -E1 -E2 -A4 -V7 -Y27
wire no. 6000 6001 6003 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306
Connector plugs K17-F27 F27X42 /2 -E4 F28X42 /3 -E6 F27-S5 F28- X37 /2-X4 /D -P2,3,4 S5X46 /1 -M13 S7-K17 K10X37-1 /1 -H14 X5 /5-X4 /I-X37-1 /3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41 /2 -M5 F26X39 /2 -M2 S5-S4 S5X41 /3 -M5 S4X39 /3 -M2 S5X41 /1 -M5 S4X39 /1 -M2 F25-S20 S20-S21 F25X40 /2 -M4 F25X38 /2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20X46 /2 -M7 S21X40 /3 -M4 S21X40 /1 -M4 S20X38 /3 -M3 S20X38 /1 -M3 K17-K28 F28-K28 X42 /2 -E19 X42 /2 -E5 X42 /1 -E18 X42 /1 -E3 S1K8S1K8S1K14H2S11K15K2K3H1K15K16F3K7S1H4H5P4X5 /5H3P3X5 /5X2 /55 X2 /41 X2 /53 X2 /6 X2 /54 X2 /52 X2 /7 -K8 -V1 -K8 -K4 -K14 -H2 -K14 -K7 -K16 -K3 -H1 -P1 -H11 -H12 -H2 -H8 -K27 -B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2 -B2
wire no. 6307 6308 6315 6316 6317 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6326 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6347 6502 6503 6504 6505 6600 6800 6803 6804 6854 7002 7003 7004 7011 7012 7016 7017 7018 9000 9007 9010 9045
Connector plugs P2X2 /51 -R2 H16X2 /56 -B18 S2- X34 /C-X2 /40 -S3 S2- X34 /B-X2 /28 -V2 V2-K2 S6X2 /5 -K7 S11X2 /65 -S6 H5-V3 V3-X5 /5 F10X2 /66 -B22 F10X2 /8 -B25 H20X2 /3 -B21 F15-S11 H20-V8 V8-X5 /5 H19X2 /36 -B27 B27X2 /37 -H19 S3-F15 B38-A11 A11-B38 B39-A11 A11-B39 B40-A11 A11-B40 A11X2 /69 -H7 V1K3F2S1S8S3A1A1A1X2 /26 X2 /39 X2 /68 X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X2 /17 -K1 -V1 -K26 -F2 -B7 -A1 -K15 -K16 -K15 -Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y24 -Y43 -Y45 -A11
K7X2 /44 Y3X34 /CB22Y23S3X2 /9 A11Y45-
wo.no.
ground wire black
S1X2 /67 -Y1 M1-Y15 G1- X2 /43-X64 /16 -K2 K2X2 /25 -M1

c = connections option operator's seat with air suspension d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection main frame - left operators platform support rear instrument panel roof panel (cab)

pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 Ampere application - standard power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A fan drive 5A quick drop, pin puller 10A heater 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system left door and right 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system 45A 3A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P
F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31
light front light front
P P P P P P C C C C
C B
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 02
Electrical System
PR 752 F/N xxx-56005615

Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.54.00
pos. A1 A2 A4 A6 A8 A11 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B18 B22 B26 B27 B38 B39 B40 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20 K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K26 K28 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M13
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V8 - V11 /P electronic box - fan drive /B temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96C) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B 2. working light front left /C 2. working light front right /C F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - fan drive /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B 2. relay - working light /C ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C
pos. P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R7 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S18 S20 S21 S27 U1 Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X64 X90 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y27 Y43 Y45
description /area hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B flame glow plug /B starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C push button switch - float position /B rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - float position /P (option) push button switch - working light front /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C push button switch - pin puller /P (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (Y4) /B diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (H20) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B plug to A11 /B solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B solenoid valve - pin puller /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B
MP Vx
br
sw
7002
7011
7016
7004
7003
bl
6320
6108
Y5
Y3
Y23
Y24
7012
Y4
Y43
S2
S + S1 6332 3048 S 1053 S S1 1055 +
S1
MP
31 p
24
1006 rt
S11
S27
S18
1018
2
B
1,5
1,5
MP
rt rt 1001 1005
P ,0,1,
rt
rt
+ X1 1,5
6316
gr
6325
31 t
ge
96 G
1020
6315
B22
S6
X34
X2
2,5
24 8 2,5 9023 9031 7016 3009 1,5 3008 1,5 3010 1,5 6101 1013 2,5
30
30
MP
1021
6325
1053
6505
3000
S1
1073
1020
B26
p
31
1,5
W 6331
P 0 12 3 58
15 54
19 17
50a 5000 6505
1015 1016 1018 MP
X33
6308
6319
1 6320
2 7016
9 21 34 38 65 67 66 62 64 29 31 44 46 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12 28 43 68 26 13 45 61 49 18 19 14 39 25 50 17 16 63 15 42 27 33 30
B18
2
2.5
8 p
F15
3A 3016 6337
1055
F7
6100 8A 3015 6105 6103
F9
5A 1074
F4 F11 F10 F2 F3
8A 10A 5A 1014 1013 1008 1011 6504 3A 5A 1019 3004 6116 1017
F8
25A 1007
F5
10A 1009 1024 1054 1010 1,5
F6
5A
31
6301
6320
5000
6320 5000 6325 1021 1020 3015 3016 7002 3000 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 87 85 5 4 1,5 1,5 1,5 30 86 6104 1012 3 1005
6325 17 p 1 6300 1020
2,5
B6
2
2,5
1,5
31
1,5 6106 1 49 20s 6107 49a 1009
B5
500 p 6304 31
7002 6307
B4 MP
31 p 0,5 G
W
6305
31
1,5
6302
6303
6302
6304
K4
6101
K8
K14
MP 2,5 2,5
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014 1019 9000
B3
31 t 96 G
6300 17 18
6301
1007 1008
B2
31 Q
6305 W 6306
6306
6303
X64
G
6308
6315 6319
5929 6322 6100 6102
6111 1006 6854
6112 6110
9001 9002 9003 9004 4 5 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
R2
6307 6316 5929

6600 6600
9026 6316 5929 6600 6321 6502 9034 2,5 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6804 3004 6504 5990 2,5 6800 9045 9041 9038 9039 2,5 9033 1,5 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 9012 2,5 6303 6306 6600 6347 1074 9009 1,5 9010 2,5 S 1026 6113 6854 rt rt 6502 6316
86 V4 V3 V2 V1
30
87a
B7
rt 2,5
6502
A6
K2
6317
85
87 6503
K3
K15
K16
X4
6804 6115 3 6319 + 6108 2
6803
rt 1001
1001 16
2,5
1001
6803
1073
6804 6504 rt 70 2,5 5990 5990 6800 1

rt 6 1000
X64
1002 5929
6114
1001
1 2
K7
5990 MP
1 4
rt 25
F31
1
3
B+ D+ G
U
X64
30
50
X64
5004
F1
45A
14
M M1
31
6007
rt 6
6107
1024
6113
6112
6116
1025
1025
1025
1025
1025
58 59 69 60 71
S1
P1
D+
P2 -
+ Q
P3
t
+ o
P4
p
G2
12V
rt 25
6321
6335
15
72 35 70 32 48 2
6333 6304 6300 6301 6305
6336
50 rt 1050 6504
6331
H3 H4 H5 H16
G
H20
1025
1025
H2 H8 H7 H1 MP
H19
H11
H12
3007 1,5 9037 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6336 3046 2,5 3047 SW 3048 9014 2,5
MP 6014 6322 6334
V8 V9 V10 V11
88
86 6800
A8
5000
G2
12V
K26 6502 88a 85
4 20 22 23
6322 6014 6334
50
A1 MP
1052 1051 6331
3 36 37 1 10
Y1 MP
88
86(85)
11 47 57
K1
50
88a
R7
R1
01 02

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 56005615
6800
X64
9019
X5
6302
6307
6308
S3
6315
6337
9.2.54.00/1
7016
Y15
S8
6114
6115
6347
G1
31
1026
1026
1025
6106
6117
1054
7002
6117
45A
6854
6320
6108
S + S S1 6332 3048 S 1053 S1 1055 +
0516 0517 1 2 3 4 0 12 3 0518
R3
S1 MP
M
1006 rt
S11
rt rt rt 1001 1005
P ,0,1,
S27
S18
1018
1,5
1,5
S9 E11
1
+ 0102
M6
MP
X2 MP
2,5
2,5 24 8 9 21 34 38 65 67 66 9023 9031 7016 3009 1,5 3008 1,5 3010 1,5
rt
+ X1 1,5
30
30
2 4 8 3 7 6 5
2,5
1021
6325
1053
9031 1,5 1,5 1,5 3009 3008 3010
5000 1013 6505 6101
1021
3000
6100
MP
F15
3A 3016 6337
8A 3015 6105
5A 1074
F4 F11 F10 F2 F3
8A 10A 5A 3A 5A 1019 3004 6116 1017 1014 1013 1008 1011 6504
1055
F7
6103
F9
F8
25A 1007
1018
3 1 5 2 6 7 8
3000
9023
6505
S1
1073
1020
X8
P 0 12 3 58
1,5
15 54
19 17
50a
1015 1016 MP
F5
10A 1009 1024 1054 1010 1,5
F6
5A
6320 5000 6325 1021 1020 3015 3016 7002 3000 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 87 85 5 4 1,5 1,5 1,5 30 86 6104 1012 3 1005
1,5
64 29 31 44 46 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12 28 43 68 26 13 45 61 49 18 19
1,5 6106 1 49 20s 6107 49a 1009
MP
E2
3015 3016
1,5 1,5 1,5
3015 3016 3000
31
1,5
1021
2,5
E1
62
2,5
K4
6101
K8
K14
MP 2,5 2,5
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014 1019 9000
1007 1008
5929 6322 6100 6102
6111 1006 6854
6112 6110
9001 9002 9003 9004 4 5 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
9026
9026 6316 5929 6600 6321 6502 9034 2,5 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6804 3004 6504 5990 2,5 6800 9045 9041 9038 9039 2,5 9033 1,5 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 9012 2,5 6303 6306 6600 6347 1074 9009 1,5 9010 2,5 S 1026 6113 6854 rt rt 6502 6316
86 V4 V3 V2 V1
30
87a
2,5 9034 9040 3161 p p 31 1,5 3004 3004
A6
K2
6317
85
87 6503
K3
K15
K16
X4
6804 6115 3 6319 + 6108 2
6803
1073
MP
B10
3006
14 39 25 50 17 16 63 15 42 27 33 30 58 59 69 60 71 72 35 70 32 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57
31
1,5
6114
B8
3160
B9
9045 9041 9038
K7
5990 MP
1 4
6007
A11
1
> 50C < 55C
> 60C < 65C
> 85C < 90C
2,5 9039 20 15 2 14 17 1,5 9033 1,5 9029 9036 2,5 9011 2,5 9012 6347 1074 1,5 9015 1,5 9013 1,5 9009 2,5 9010 1 2 9019 1,5 3007 9037 9017 9042 30 Q + S A C B 9043 6335 6336 sw MP 9044 9021 9022 6335 6336 3046 2,5 3046 3047 SW 3047 SW 3048 2,5 9014 +
6107
1024
6113
6112
6116
1025
1025
1025
1025
1025
S1
P1
D+
P2 -
+ Q
P3
t
+ o
P4
p
7017
7018
1074
6347
SW
6345
6344
6343
6342
6341
6340
6321
6331
H3 H4 H5 H16
G
H20
1025
1025
H2 H8
6335
6333 6304 6300 6301 6305
6336
H11
H12
H7
H1 MP
H19
3007 1,5 9037 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6336 3046 2,5 3047 SW 3048 9014 2,5
MP 6014 6322 6334
1 2
1 2
1 2 pmax
V8 V9 V10 V11
Y14
A8
6322 6014 6334
MP
B40
B39
B38
M8
B27
M
A4
MP
Q V7
Y27
01 02

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 56005615
6800
Y45
9019
X5
6302
6307
6308
S3
6315
6337
9.2.54.00/2
7016
S8
6114
X90
6115
6347
1026
1026
1025
6106
6117
1054
10
22
21
7002
6117
MP
31
MP
31
MP
31
MP
31
M
6320 6108
M
53 31b 53b 31b 53b 53
M
53 31b 53b 53a
M
31b 53b 6019 7 2 ws-sw gr
53
53a
53a
S + S1 6332 3048 S 1053 S S1 1055 +
ws-sw
ws-sw
sw-gr
ws-sw
sw-gr
sw-gr
S1 MP
S11
1006 rt rt rt 1001 1005
P ,0,1,
S27
S18
1018
rt
6046
6047
6045
6044
6036
6017
6035
6021
1,5
1,5
X2 MP
2,5 2,5 24 8 9 21 34 38 65 67 66 62 64 29 31 44 46 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12 28 43 68 26 13 45 61 49 18 19 14 39 25 50 17 16 63 15 42 27 33 30 58 59 69 60 71 72 35 70 32 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57 9023 9031 7016 3009 1,5 3008 1,5 3010 1,5 6101 1013 P 0 12 3 58
30
30
X1 1,5
M
6011
M13
M7
6043
1,5
X38
1021
6325
1053
6505
3000
S1
1073
1020
15 54
19 17
50a 5000 6505
1015 1016 1018 MP
1 2
X39
X40
1 2 3 1 2 3
X41
1 2 3
21 0
21 0
21 0
21 0
6044
6016
6022
6020
rt
sw-gr
gr
gr
sw
sw
gr
sw
sw
53a
M3
M2
M4
M5
1055
6022
0,1
0,1
0,1
6100
8A 3015 3016 6105
3A 6337
5A 1074
8A
10A
5A
3A
5A 1019 3004 6116 1017
25A 1007 1009
10A 1010 1024 1054
5A
6103
6320 5000 1005 6325 1021 1020 3015 3016 7002 3000 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 87 85 5 4 1,5 1,5 1,5 30 86 6104 1012 3
1014 1013 1008 1011 6504
6047 6043
6042
5 4
6046
5 4 6034
5
2
5 6011 6034 6037

6006
4 6018 6041 6038

6037
2,5
0,1
F15
F4 F11 F10 F2 F3
6045
F7
F9
6021
F8
F5
F6
6020
6018
6019 MP
6033
6042
1,5
1,5
1,5
6039
6039
6038
1,5 6106 1 49 20s 6107 49a 1009
S20
6040
MP
6041
2,5
S4
MP
S21
MP
S5
31
K4
6101
K8
K14
MP 2,5 2,5
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014 1019 9000
1015 1016
MP
6033 6035 6036 6015 6016 6017
1007 1008
1017 6007
H14
6013
MP
5929 6322 6100 6102
6111 1006 6854
6112 6110
9001 9002 9003 9004 4 5 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
X37 1-2
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
F25
8A
1 2
F26
8A
1 2
X46
1015 1058 1015 1016 1028
9026 6316 5929 6600 6321 6502 9034 2,5 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6804 3004 5990 2,5 6800 6854 9045 9041 9038 9039 2,5 9033 1,5 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 9012 2,5 6303 6306 6600 6347 1074 9009 1,5 9010 2,5 S 1026 6113 6504 rt rt 6502 6316
2
1,5
1,5
86 V4 V3 V2 V1
30
MP
87a
A6
K2
6317
85
87 6503
K3
K15
K16
X4
6108 6804 6115
6803
6114
1015 2 1
1073
3 6319 +
F29
2A
1,5
1,5 86 6048
1058
K28
30
87
5990 MP
1 4
86
85
1029 1019 6014

1030
6012
MP
6000
1,5
1,5
MP
7002 6117
6040
1028
K7
85
MP
S7
1029
6007
K17
MP E19 MP
E6 E3
6053
6049
30
6051
F27
10A
2 2 1 1 1,5
F28
1,5 6003 6001 1 2 3 4 10A
6003
X47
6107 1024 6113 6112 6116 6115 1025 1025 1025 1025 1025 6114 6347 1026 1026 + o Q t G 6106 6117 1054 1025
6050
87
1017
E7
6015
6006
6315 6337 7016
6001
S8
S1
P1
D+
P2 -
P3 -
P4
p
6007 1019
MP
6053 6052
X42
+ 1031
85 30
6321
6331
H3 H4 H5 H16
G
H20
1025
1025
H2 H8
6335
6336
H11
6333
H12
H7
H1 MP
H19
24V
E4
E18
E5 MP
U1
S3
6800
12V
6304
6300
6305
9019 3007 1,5 9037 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6336 3046 2,5 3047 SW 3048 9014 2,5
X5
6014
6302
5 MP 6322 6334
6307
6301
6308
K10
87a
V8 V9 V10 V11
A8
12V
6322 6014 6334
1032 per+ + L
3A
87
86
6013
Kabine Cab Cabine
A2
SW R
01 02
PR 752 F/N xxx - 56005615
9.2.54.00/3
6051
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5616 6199
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.55.01







Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5616 6199
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.55.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5616 6199
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.55.03
wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012rt 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1050rt 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1058 1073 1074 3000 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3014 3015 3016 3046 3047 3048 5000 5004 5929 5990
Connector plugs X8 /1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6 /R3 M1X64 /1 -G1 F1X2 /61 -S1 F1X2 /49 -S1 G2-F31 S1-K4 K8-K3 K4-F8 K4-F10 F10-F2 F2-F5 F5-F6 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8- X4 /A-X37 /2-F25 /F29 F8- X4 /B-X37 /2 -F26 X2 /14-X4 /C-X37 /2 -E7 F5-X1 F3- X4 /E-X37 /1 X47-U1 F4- X2 /64-X34 /A -S2 /bl F11X2 /62 -X8 /4 F6 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 U1-A2 F31-K26 K26-R1 K26-R7 F10 -S27 F6-H19 F8-S18 F25 -K28 K3-F9 F9 X2 /60 -A11 F11H1B8B9X2 /70X2 /34X2 /21X2 /38K19F7F7X2 /1X2 /10S27X2 /46 X2 /14 X2 /29 X2 /31 X2 /47 -X8 -B8 -B9 -B10 -Y14 -X8 /7 -X8 /8 -X8 /6 -F7 -E1 -E2 -A4 -V7 -Y27
wire no. 6000 6001 6003 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306
Connector plugs K17-F27 F27X42 /2 -E4 F28X42 /3 -E6 F27-S5 F28- X37 /2-X4 /D -P2,3,4 S5X46 /1 -M13 S7-K17 K10X37-1 /1 -H14 X5 /5-X4 /I-X37-1 /3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41 /2 -M5 F26X39 /2 -M2 S5-S4 S5X41 /3 -M5 S4X39 /3 -M2 S5X41 /1 -M5 S4X39 /1 -M2 F25-S20 S20-S21 F25X40 /2 -M4 F25X38 /2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20X46 /2 -M7 S21X40 /3 -M4 S21X40 /1 -M4 S20X38 /3 -M3 S20X38 /1 -M3 K17-K28 F28-K28 X42 /2 -E19 X42 /2 -E5 X42 /1 -E18 X42 /1 -E3 S1K8S1K8S1K14H2S11K15K2K3H1K15K16F3K7S1H4H5P4X5 /5H3P3X5 /5X2 /55 X2 /41 X2 /53 X2 /6 X2 /54 X2 /52 X2 /7 -K8 -V1 -K8 -K4 -K14 -H2 -K14 -K7 -K16 -K3 -H1 -P1 -H11 -H12 -H1 -H8 -K27 -B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2 -B2
wire no. 6307 6308 6315 6316 6317 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6326 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6347 6502 6503 6504 6505 6600 6800 6803 6804 6854 7002 7003 7004 7011 7012 7016 7017 7018 9000 9007 9010 9045
Connector plugs P2X2 /51 -R2 H16X2 /56 -B18 S2- X34 /C-X2 /40 -S3 S2- X34 /B-X2 /28 -V2 V2-K2 S6X2 /5 -K7 K7X2 /65-X33 -S6 H5-V3 V3-X5 /5 F10X2 /66 -B22 F10X2 /8 -B25 B26X2 /3 -H20 F15-S11 H20-V8 V8-V3 H19X2 /36 -B27 B27X2 /37 -H19 S3-F15 B38-A11 A11-B38 B39-A11 A11-B39 B40-A11 A11-B40 A11X2 /69 -H7 V1K3F2H2S8S3A1A1A1X2 /26 X2 /39 X2 /68 X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X2 /17 -K1 -V1 -K26 -F2 -B7 -A1 -K15 -K16 -K15 -Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y24 -Y43 -Y45 -A11
K7X2 /44 Y3X34 /CB22Y23S3X2 /9 A11Y45-
S1- X2 /67-X64 /15 -Y1 M1X64 /14 -Y15 G1- X2 /43-X64 /16 -K2 K2X2 /25 -M1
wo.no.
ground wire black


pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 Ampere application - standard power supply glow plug system charge indicator, dome light electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A fan drive 5A quick drop, pin puller 10A heater 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system left door and right 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system 45A 3A 5A 8A - option area B P P P P P
F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31
P P P P P P C C C C
C B
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
PR 752 F/N xxx-5616 6199

Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.55.00
pos. A1 A2 A4 A6 A8 A11 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B18 B22 B26 B27 B38 B39 B40 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20 K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K26 K28 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M7 M13
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V8 - V11 /P electronic box - fan drive /B temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96C) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B 2. working light front left /C 2. working light front right /C F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - fan drive /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - glow plug system /B 2. relay - working light /C ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C fresh air fan - heater /B (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C
pos. P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R7 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S18 S20 S21 S27 U1 Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X64 X90 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y27 Y43 Y45
description /area hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B flame glow plug /B starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear /C push button switch - float position /B rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - float position /P (option) push button switch - working light front /P rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door /C push button switch - pin puller /P (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (Y4) /B diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (H20) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B plug to A11 /B solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B solenoid valve - pin puller /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B
MP Vx
br
sw
7002
7011
7016
7004
7003
Y23
Y4
Y43
bl
6108
Y5
Y3
Y24
7012
rt rt rt 1001 1005
P ,0,1,
rt
S2
S +
S1
S +
30
30
1055
S1
S1
6332
3048
MP
58 15 54 19 17 50a
P 0 12 3
S11
1053
S27
S18
1018 1,5 1,5
S1
31 p
24
2
1013
1,5
MP
6101
2,5
5000 1021 6325 1073 1020 6505 1053
1015 1016 1018
6316
6325
gr
B26
p
31
24
1055
2,5
SW2 2,5 9023 9031 7016

8
6100
W 6331
MP
F7
8A
F15
3A
F9
5A
F4 F11 F10 F2
8A 10A 5A 3A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
6116
3015
3016
6105
1007
1074
1010
1025
1054
6337
6103
1013
6319
6320
2,5
8 p
38
3010 1,5 6320 5000 6325 1021 1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002 3000 1,5 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6102 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 9026 6316 5929 6600 6321 6502 9034 2,5 rt rt 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6319 6804 1017 3004 6504 5990 2,5 6800 9045 9041 9038 9039 2,5 9033 1,5 6113 1025 3004 6116 6106 1025 1025 1025 1025 1025 1025 6114 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 9012 2,5 6303 6306 6600 6347 1074 9009 1,5 9010 2,5 6304 6307 6300 6305 6302 9019 3007 1,5 9037 6014 6322 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6336 3046 3047 SW1 3048 9014 2,5 2,5 6322 6014
5 S1 + 5 4 2 31 30 86
31
6301
6320
5000
65 67 66 62
6104 1012 rt
3 1
6106 1006 rt
49 20s 49a
B6
2
6325 17 p 1 1020
6107
1,5
3008 1,5
2,5
34
6504
B18
2.5
3009 1,5
1005
21
1008
6308
7016
1009
1011
2,5
1014
1019
X33
MP
1,5
64 29 31
31
6300
B5
500 p 6304
K4
87
85
K8
K14
7002 6307
6305
44 46 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12
MP
31
B4 MP
31 p 0,5 G
W
1,5
6302
6303
6302
6304
1007 1008
2,5 2,5
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014 1019 9000
6300
6301
B3
31 t 96 G
1,5
31 t
ge
96 G
1020
6315
B22
S6
X34
X2
3000
X1
B2
31 Q
6305 W 6306
17 18
6306
6303
X64
G
6308 6315
6319
6101 5929 6334 1006 6854 6110 6316

4 V4 V3 V2 9 V1 8 86
6111
6112
9001 9002 9003

4 5
R2
6307
6316 5929
6600
28 43 68 26 13 45
6100
6322
30
9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
6600
6502
87a
B7
rt 2,5 1001
A6
6301 6502
6803
6804
rt
2,5
1001
6803
49 18 19 14
6317
6114
6115
6503
1073
15
6108
61
30
1001
1001
16
6804
X64
6504 rt 70 5929 1002 5990 2 2,5 1
rt 6 1000
39 25 50 17 16
5990 6800 6854
5990
K7
6320
K2 85
87
K3
K15
K16
X4
31
87a
87
rt 25
F31
1
3
B+ D+ G
U
X64
30
50
X64
5004
F1
MP
6007 6113 1026
D+
63 15 42 27
M M1
31
rt 6
1026
+
1026
+ +
6115
6347
6117
Y15
58 59 69 60 71
1054
30
6112
6107
G1
rt 25
31
33
7002
6117 6315
1
45A
45A
14
6854
6337
G2
12V
t
G
p
G
15
S8
P1
P2
P3
P4
H3 H4 H5 H16 H20
6321 6331 6308
H11
6333
1025
H12
1
1025
H7
6505
6335
50 rt
1050
6504
X64
35 70 32 48 2
6336
72
H1 H2
H8 MP
H19 S3
2
X5
88
86 6800
5000
G2
12V
A8
V8 V9 V10 V11 2
6334
K26 6502 88a 85
4 20 22
50
A1 MP
1052 1051 6331
23 3 36 37 1 10
Y1 MP
88
86(85)
11 47 57
K1
50
88a
R7
R1
01 03
PR 752 F/N xxx - 56166199
6800
MP
9.2.55.00/1
7016
6108
rt rt 1001 rt 1005
P ,0,1,
rt
S +
S1
S +
0516 0517 0518
R3
30
30
1055
S1
S1
6332
3048
1 2 3 4 0 12 3
MP
58 15 54 19 17 50a
P 0 12 3
S11
1053
S27
S18
1018 1,5 1,5
M
+ 0102
S1
1013
S9 E11
1
MP
6101
1,5
M6
2,5
5000 1021 6325 1073 1020 6505 1053
1015 1016 1018
X2
2 4 8 3 7 6 5 9023
24 8 9
3000
X1 F5
10A
X8
4 3 1 5 2 6 7 8 1,5 1,5 1,5
1055
2,5 9031 3009 3008 3010
SW2 2,5 9023 9031 7016
6100
MP
F7
8A
F15
3A
F9
5A
F4 F11 F10 F2
8A 10A 5A 3A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F6
5A
6116
3015
3016
6105
1007
1074
1010
1025
1054
6337
6103
1013
1021
3000
2,5
MP
38 65 67 66
3010 1,5 6320 5000 6325 1021 1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002 3000 1,5 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6102 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 9026 6316 5929 6600 6321 6502 9034 2,5 rt rt 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6319 6804 1017 3004 6504 5990 2,5 6800 9045 9041 9038 9039 2,5 9033 1,5 6113 1025 3004 6116 6106 1025 1025 1025 1025 1025 1025 6114 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 9012 2,5 6303 6306 6600 6347 1074 9009 1,5 9010 2,5 6304 6307 6300 6305 6302 9019 3007 1,5 9037 6014 6322 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6336 3046 3047 SW1 3048 9014 2,5 2,5 6322 6014
5 S1 + 5 4 2 31 30 86
6104 1012 rt
3 1
6106 1006 rt
49 20s 49a
1,5
64
MP
E2
3015 3016
1,5 1,5 1,5
3015 3016 3000
29 31 44 46 51 52
K4
87
85
K8
K14
MP
1,5
1021
6107
E1
62
1,5
3008 1,5
2,5
34
6504
3009 1,5
1005
21
1008
1009
1011
2,5
1014
1019
MP
53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12 28 43 68 26 13 45 61
1007 1008
2,5 2,5
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014 1019 9000
1,5
6101 5929 6334 1006 6854 6110 6316

4 V4 V3 V2 9 V1 8 86
6111
6112
9001 9002 9003

4 5
6100
6322
30
9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
87a
A6
6301 6502
6803
6804
3161 p p 31 1,5 3004 3004
49 18 19 14
6317
6114
6115
6503
1073
15
6108
30
MP
B10
3006
31
1,5
B8
3160
B9
39 25 50 17 16 63 15
5990
K7
6320
K2 85
87
K3
K15
K16
X4
31
87a
87
MP
6007 6113 1026
D+
A11
1
> 50C < 55C
> 60C < 65C
> 85C < 90C
42 27
10
22
21
20
15
14
17
6115
6347
6117
58
1054
X90
7017 7018 1074 6347
1026
1026
30
6112
6107
33
7002
6117 6315
1
6854
6337
59
SW
6345
6344
6343
6342
6341
6340
6347 1074
1,5 9015 1,5 9013
69 60 71 72
t
G
p
G
S8
P1
P2
P3
P4
H3 H4 H5 H16 H20
6321 6331 6308
H11
6333
1025
H12
1
1025
H7
6505
H1 H2
H8
6335
H19
6336
1 1 2 1 2 1 2 pmax
Y45
1,5 3007
35 70 32
X5
Y14
30 Q + S A C B 6335 6336 sw MP 6335 6336 3046 2,5 3046 3047 SW + 3048 3047 SW
48 2
A8
V8 V9 V10 V11 2
6334
4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57
MP
B40
B39
B38
M8
B27
M
A4
MP
Q V7
Y27
01 03
PR 752 F/N xxx - 56166199
6800
MP
MP
S3
9.2.55.00/2
7016
MP
31
MP
31
MP
31
MP
31
M
53 53
M
53 31b 53b 31b 53b
M
31b 53b 53 53a
M
31b 53b 6019 7 2 ws-sw gr
53a
53a
6108
rt
rt rt
ws-sw
ws-sw
sw-gr
sw-gr
sw-gr
sw
sw
sw
S1
S1
6332
3048
P ,0,1,
MP
58 15 54 19 17 50a
P 0 12 3
S11
1053
S27
S18
1018 1,5
S1
6101
6046
6022
6020
6047
6045
6044
6036
6017
6035
6021
1,5
1013
1,5
1015 1016 1018
1021
6325
1073
1020
X2
SW2 2,5
24 8 9 21 34 38 65 67 66 62 64 29 31 44 46 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12 28 43 68 26 13 45 61 49 18 19 14
3000
1053
6505
M
X1
1,5
6011
M13
M7
6043
6100
1055
MP
F7
8A
F15
3A
F9
5A
F4 F11 F10 F2
8A 10A 5A 3A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
X38
1 2
X39
X40
1 2 3 1 2 3
X41
1 2 3
9023 9031 7016 6103 1005 3009 1,5 3008 1,5 3010 1,5 6320 5000 6325 1021 1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002 3000 1,5 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6102 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 9026 6316 5929 6600 6321 6502 9034 2,5 rt rt 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6804 1017 3004 6504 5990 2,5 6800 6854 9045 9041 9038 9039 2,5 9033 1,5 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 9012 2,5 6303 6306 6600 6347 1074 9009 1,5 9010 2,5 6307 6305
S1 5 4 2 30 86
3015
3016
6105
1007
1074
1010
1025
1054
6337
1013
1009
1011
2,5
1014 6504
6116
1019
MP
21 0 21 0 21 0
21 0
1008
6044
6016
2,5
5000
sw
30
30
sw-gr
gr
gr
gr
1055
ws-sw
1001 1005
S +
S1
S +
53a
rt
M3
M2
M4
M5
6020
6022
0,1
0,1
6104 1012 rt
3 1
6106 1006 rt
49 20s 49a
6047 6043
6107
5 4
6046
0,1
5 4 6034
5
2
5 6011 6034 6037

6006
4 6018 6041 6038

6037
0,1
6045
6021
2,5
2,5
1,5
6018
6019 MP
6033
6042
6042
6041
6039
6039
6038
1,5
K4
87
85
K8
31
K14
6040
MP
1,5
S20
MP
S4
MP
S21
MP
S5
1007 1008
2,5 2,5
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014 1019 9000
1015 1016
MP
6033 6035 6036 6015 6016 6017
1017 6007
H14
6013
MP
6101 5929 6334 1006 6854 6110 6100 6322 6316

4 V4 V3 V2 9 V1 8 86
6111
6112
9001 9002 9003

4 5
X37 1-2
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
F25
8A
1 2
F26
8A
1 2
X46
1015 1058 1015 1016 1028
30
9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
2
1,5
MP
87a
A6
6301 6502
6803
6804
6115
2
30
15
F29
2A
1,5
6317
6114
6503
1073
6108
6320
K2 85
87
K3
K15
K16
X4
1,5
1015 1,5 86 6048

1058
K28
30
87
6319
86
5990
50 17 16 63 15 42 27 33 30 58 59 69 60 71 72 35 70 32 48 2 4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57
85
1029 1019 6014

1030
6012
MP
6000
1,5
1,5
25
K7
31
87a
87
MP
6040
39
1028
85
MP
MP
6007 6113 6113 1025 3004 6116 6106 1026
D+
S7
1029
K17
MP E19 MP
E6 E3
6053
6049
30
6051
F27
10A
2 2 1 1 1,5
F28
10A 1 2 3 1,5
6003
X47
6006
1025 1025 1025 1025 1025 1025 6114 1026
+
6003
6050
7002
6117
87
1017
E7
6015
6001
6001
1026
+ +
6112
6107
6115
6347
6117
6007
1054
MP
6053 6052
6315
6337
7016
1019
X42
+ 1031
85 30
t
G
p
G
24V
E4
E18
E5 MP
S8
P1
P2
P3
P4
1 G
H3 H4 H5 H16 H20
6321 6331 6304 6300 6308
H11
6333
1025
H12
1
1025
H7
6505
H1 H2
H8
6335
H19
6336
U1
S3
2
12V
9019 3007 1,5 9037 6014 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6336 3046 3047 SW1 3048 9014 2,5 2,5
6302
K10
87a
X5
6322
A8
6322 6014
V8 V9 V10 V11 2
6800
MP
6334
MP
12V
1032 per+ + L
3A
87
86
6013
Kabine Cab Cabine
A2
SW
01 03

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 56166199
9.2.55.00/3
6051
Socket Pin

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-6200
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.56.01







Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-6200
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.56.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-6200
Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.56.03
wire no. 0102 0516 0517 0518 1000 1001rt 1001rt 1002rt 1005rt 1006rt 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012rt 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1025 1026 1028 1029 1030 1031 1050rt 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1058 1073 1074 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1093 1094 3000 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3014 3015 3016 3046 3047 3048 3172 3174 3175 3176
Connector plugs X8/1-S9 S9R3 -M6 S9R3 -M6 S9- M6/R3 M1X64/1 -G1 F1X2/61 -S1 F1X2/49 -S1 G2-F31 S1-K4 K8-K3 K4-F8 K4-F10 F10-F2 F2-F5 F5-F6 K4-K8 S1-F4 F4-F3 F8X4/A-X37/2-F25/F29 F8X4/B-X37/2 -F26 X2/14- X4/C-X37/2 -E7 F5-X1 F3X4/E-X37/1 X47-U1 F4- X2/64-X34/A -S2/bl F11X2/62 -X8/4 F6 - H11,H16,H5,H4,H3, P4 P4-P3, P2, S8 F26-K17 K17-S7 F29-K10 K10-K10 F31-K26 K26-R1 K26-R7 F10 -S27 F6-H19 F8-S18 F25 -K28 K3-F9 F9X2/60 -A11 F26-K24 F25-S35 S35-S35 F26-K50 F25-K52 F25-K51 X98-X97 X98-X99 F11X2/46 -X8 H1X2/14 -B8 B8-B9 B9-B10 X2/70-Y14 X2/34-X8/7 X2/21-X8/8 X2/38-X8/6 K19-F7 F7X2/29 -E1 F7X2/31 -E2 X2/1-A4 X2/10-V7 S27X2/47 -Y27 S4-K50 K24-S35 K25-S35 S35-V16
wire no. 3177 3178 3180 3181 3182 3183 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 5000 5004 5929 5990 6000 6001 6003 6006 6007 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6019 6020 6021 6022 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6110 6111 6112
Connector plugs V16-K49 K49-V16 V16-S4 K24-K49 K24-V15 V15-S35 V15-S4 S20-K51 S21-K52 S20-V16 S20-V15 S21-V16 S21-V15 S1- X2/67-X64/15 -Y1 M1X64/14 -Y15 G1- X2/43-X64/16 -K2 K2X2/25 -M1 K17-F27 F27X42/2 -E4 F28X42/3 -E6 F27-S5 F28- X37/2-X4/D -P2,3,4 S5X46/1 -M13 S7-K17 K10X37-1/1 -H14 X5/5- X4/I-X37-1/3 -K10 F26-S5 F26X41/2 -M5 F26X39/2 -M2 S5X41/3 -M5 K50X39/3 -M2 S5X41/1 -M5 K50X39/1 -M2 F25X40/2 -M4 F25X38/2 -M3 S5-S21 S21-S4 S4-S20 S20-S7 S35X46/2 -M7 K52X40/3 -M4 K52X40/1 -M4 K51X38/3 -M3 K51X38/1 -M3 K17-K28 F28-K28 X42/2-E19 X42/2-E5 X42/1-E18 X42/1-E3 S5-S35 X100-B52 X100-B52 X100-B53 X100-B53 S1-K8 K8-V1 S1-K8 K8-K4 S1-K14 K14-H2 H2-K14 S11-K7 K15-K16 K2-K3 K3-H1
wire no. 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6127 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6315 6316 6317 6319 6320 6321 6322 6325 6326 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6347 6502 6503 6504 6505 6600 6800 6803 6804 6854 7002 7003 7004 7011 7012 7016 7017 7018 9000 9007 9010 9045 wo.no.
Connector plugs H1K15K16F3K7S1H4X2/55 H5X2/41 P4X2/53 X5/5X2/6 H3X2/54 P3X2/52 X5/5X2/7 P2X2/51 H16X2/56 S2- X34/C-X2/40 S2- X34/B-X2/28 V2S6X2/5 K7X2/65-X33 H5V3F10X2/66 F10X2/8 B26X2/3 F15H20V8H19X2/36 B27X2/37 S3B38A11B39A11B40A11A11X2/69 V1X2/26 K3F2X2/39 H2S8X2/68 S3X2/50 A1X2/18 A1X2/19 A1X2/17 K7X2/44 Y3X34/CB22Y23S3X2/9 A11Y45-P1 -H11 -H12 -H1 -H8 -K27 -B5 -B6 -B3 -B3 -B4 -B2 -B2 -R2 -B18 -S3 -V2 -K2 -K7 -S6 -V3 -X5/5 -B22 -B25 -H20 -S11 -V8 -V3 -B27 -H19 -F15 -A11 -B38 -A11 -B39 -A11 -B40 -H7 -K1 -V1 -K26 -F2 -B7 -A1 -K15 -K16 -K15 -Y3 -Y5 -Y4 -Y23 -Y24 -Y43 -Y45 -A11
ground wire black

c = connections option operators seat with air suspension d = connections option air conditioner MP = ground connection main frame area - left operators platform support rear instrument panel roof panel (cab)

pos. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 Ampere application - standard 45A power supply 3A glow plug system 5A charge indicator, dome light, electrical outlet 12V 8A electronic supply, servo cut off, starter cut off safety device towing 10A electrical outlet 24V 5A instruments, indicator lights, horn, oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area, electronic box - fan drive 8A 25A power supply roof panel 5A fan drive 5A quick drop, pin puller 10A heater 3A float position 8A windshield wiper and washer system left door and right 8A windshield wiper and washer system front, rear 10A working light front left, rear right, 2. working light left, instrument lights 10A working light front right, rear left, 2. working light right 2A warning light cab 45A glow plug system 7,5A electrical outlet 12V
- option
area B P P P P P
F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F15 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F31 F50
P P P P P P C C C C
C B C
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical System
PR 752 F/N xxx-6200

Blatt Page Feuille
9.2.56.00
pos. A1 A2 A4 A6 A8 A9 A11 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B18 B22 B26 B27 B38 B39 B40 B52 B53 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E11 E18 E19 Fx G1 G2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20 K1 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K24 K26 K28 K49 K50 K51 K52 MP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5
description /area electronic box - connection /B see group 10.2. (option) radio /C (option) refueling pump /B diode combination V1-V4 /P diode combination V8 - V11 /P diode combination V15-V16 /C electronic box - fan drive /B temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) /B pressure switch - engine oil pressure /B vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) /B pressure switch - parking brake (17 bar) /B pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8bar) /B horn /B (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm (1,5bar) /B (option) horn - back up alarm /B pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5bar) /B pressure switch - quick drop (24 bar) /B temperature sending unit - hydraulic oil (96C) /B oil level sensor - travel gear - cone seal area /B temperature sensor - fan drive (coolant temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (hydraulic oil temperature) /B temperature sensor - fan drive (boost air temperature) /B speakers /C speakers /C (option) light front left /B (option) light front right /B working light rear right /C working light front left /C working light rear left /C working light front right /C dome light /C heater /B 2. working light front left /C 2. working light front right /C F1 - F31 see front page for listing alternator /B batteries /B indicator light - charge indicator /P indicator light - glow plug system /P indicator light - air filter /P indicator light - parking brake /P indicator light - repl. oil pressure /P indicator light - fan drive /P indicator light - float position /P indicator light - reduced travel speed range /P indicator light - electronic fault indicator /P warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 /C indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) /P indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area /P indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating /P battery main switch /B relay - starter cut off /P relay - power guard /P relay - power supply /P step relay /P relay - power guard /P relay - warning light /C time relay - glow plug system /P relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light /P relay - electronic fault indicator /P relay - working light /C relay - interval timer /C relay - glow plug system /B 2. relay - working light /C relay - interval switch on /C relay - interval switch front /C relay - interval switch left door /C relay - interval switch right door /C ground connections /B /P /C see front page for listing starter /B windshield wiper front /C windshield wiper left door /C windshield wiper right door /C windshield wiper rear /C
pos. M6 M8 M7 M13 P1 P2 P3 P4 R1 R2 R3 R7 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S11 S18 S20 S21 S27 S35
description /area fresh air fan - heater /B (option) motor - refueling pump /B motor - windshield washer system front, left, right /C motor - windshield washer system rear /C hour meter /P fuel gauge /P coolant temperature gauge /P engine oil pressure gauge /P flame glow plug /B fuel level sending unit /B resistor - blower motor - heater /B flame glow plug /B starter switch w. preheat position /P neutral starting switch /B emergency off switch /P rocker switch - windshield wiper system front /C rocker switch - windshield wiper system rear /C push button switch - float position /B rocker switch - working light, instrument lights /C push button switch - horn /P rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /B push button switch - float position /P (option) push button switch - working light front /P rocker switch - windshield wiper system left door /C rocker switch - windshield wiper system right door /C push button switch - pin puller /P rocker switch - preselection interval switch / washer system /C position 1 windshield washer position (push button style) position 2 interval position (option) transformer - radio /C diode 1A (Y4) /B diode 1A (K1) /P diode 1A (K2) /P diode 1A (H5) /P diode 1A (free) /P (option) sensor - fuel level - fuel tank /B diode 1A (H20) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (free) /P diode 1A (interval switch) /C diode 1A (interval switch) /C electrical outlet 24V /P panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole /P panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole /P serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) /P coupling - cab - heater /B plug to S6 /B plug to S2 /B plug to U1,K10 /C plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 /C plug to M3 /C plug to M2 /C plug to M4 /C plug to M5 /C plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 /C plug to M7,M13 /C plug to U1, A2 /C plug wiring harness-motor 18 pole /B plug to A11 /B electrical outlet 12V /C plug to X97, X99 /C plug to A2 /C plug to B52, B53 /C solenoid valve - glow plug system /B solenoid valve - float position /B solenoid valve - servo cut off /B 2. solenoid valve - float position /B (option) solenoid clutch air conditioner /B solenoid valve - starting fuel quantity /B solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) /B 2. solenoid valve - quick drop on the quick drop block /B solenoid valve - pin puller /B solenoid valve - safety device towing /B proportional solenoid valve - fan drive /B
U1 Vx V1 V2 V3 V4 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11 V15 V16 X1 X2 X4 X5 X8 X33 X34 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X64 X90 X97 X98 X99 X100 Y1 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y14 Y15 Y23 Y24 Y27 Y43 Y45
MP Vx
br
sw
7002
7011
7016
7004
7003
Y23
Y4
Y43
bl
6108
Y5
Y3
Y24
7012
rt rt rt 1001 1005
P ,0,1,
rt
S2
S1
30
30
1055
S1
S1
6332
3048
MP
58 15 54 19 17 50a
P 0 12 3
S11
1053
S27
S18
1018
31 p
24
1013
1,5
MP
6101
1,5
2,5
5000
1,5
S1
1015 1016
1021
6325
1073
1020
1018
6316
6325
gr
B26
B p 31 2,5
24
1055
2,5
SW2 2,5 9023 9031 7016

8
6100
W 6331
C A
MP
F7
8A
F15
3A
F9
5A
F4 F11 F10 F2
8A 10A 5A 3A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F5
10A
F6
5A
6116
3015
3016
1025
6105
1007
1074
1010
1054
6337
6103
1013
6319
6320
2,5
C p B 31 8 A
38
3010 1,5 6320 5000 6325 1021 1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002 3000 1,5 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 9026 6316 5929 6600 6502 9034 2,5 rt rt 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6804 1017 3004 6504 5990 2,5 6800 9045 9041 9038 9039 2,5 9033 1,5 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 9012 2,5
S1 5 4 2 31 30 86
6301
6320
5000
65 67 66 62
6104 1012 rt
3 1
6106 1006 rt
49 20s 49a
B6
B 31 15 p C A
6325 1020
6107
1,5
3008 1,5
2,5
B18
34
6504
3009 1,5
1005
21
1008
6308
7016
1009
1011
2,5
1014
1019
X33
MP
64 29 31
6300
B5
500 p 6304
K4
87
85
K8
K14
7002 6307
6305
44 46 51 52 53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12
MP
31
B4 MP
31 p 0,5 G
W
1,5
1,5
6302
6303
6302
6304
1007 1008
2,5 2,5
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014 1019 9000
6300
6301
B3
31 t 96 G
1,5
31 t
ge
96 G
1020
6315
B22
S6
X34
X2
3000
1053
6505
X1
B2
31 Q
6305 W 6306
18
6303
X64
G
6308 6315
6319
6101 5929 6334 6322 6316

4 V4 V3 V2 9 V1 8 86
6102
17
6306
6111
6112
9001 9002
1006
6854
6110
R2
6307
6316 5929
6600
28 43 68 26 13 45
6100
9003
4 5
30
9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
6600
6321
6502
87a
B7
rt 2,5 1001
A6
6301 6502
6803
6804
rt
2,5
1001
6803
49 18 19 14
6317
6114
6115
6503
1073
15
6108
61
30
6319
1001
1001
16
6804
X64
6504 rt 70 5929 1002 5990 2 2,5 1
rt 6 1000
39 25 50 17 16
5990 6800 6854
5990
K7
6320
K2 85
87
K3
K15
K16
X4
31
87a
87
rt 25
F31
1
3
B+ D+ G
U
X64
30
50
X64
5004
F1
MP
6007 6113
63 15 42 27
M M1
31
rt 6
1025
6113
3004
6116
6106
1025
1025
1025
1025
1025
6115
6347
6117
Y15
58 59 69 60 71
D+
1054
30
1025
6114
1026
1026
1026
6112
6107
G1
rt 25
31
33
7002
6117 6315
1 2
45A
45A
14
6854
G2
12V
Q
6303 6306 6600
6347 1074 9009 1,5 9010 2,5
t
G
p
G
15
S8
P1
P2
P3
P4
H3 H4 H5 H16 H20
6321 6331 6304 6300 6308
H11
6333
1025
H12
1
1025
H7
6505
50 rt
6307
6305
1050
6504
X64
70 32 48 2
9019 3007 1,5 9037 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6336 3046 3047 SW1 3048 9014 2,5 2,5
6302
35
6335
6336
72
H1 H2
H8 MP
H19 S3
X5
6014 6322
88
86 6800
5000
G2
12V
A8
6322 6014
V8 V9 V10 V11 2
6334
K26 6502 88a 85
4 20 22
50
A1 MP
1052 1051 6331
23 3 36 37 1 10
Y1 MP
88
86(85)
11 47 57
K1
50
88a
R7
R1
01 03
PR 752 F/N xxx - 6200
6800
MP
6337
9.2.56.00/1
7016
6108
rt rt
rt
0516 0517 0518
R3
rt
1001 1005
P ,0,1,
S1
30
30
1055
S1
S1
6332
3048
1 2 3 4 0 12 3
MP
58 15 54 19 17 50a
P 0 12 3
S11
1053
S27
S18
1018
M
+ 0102
1,5
1013
S9 E11
1
MP
6101
1,5
M6
2,5
5000
1,5
S1
1015 1016
1021
6325
1073
1020
1018
X2
2 4 8 3 7 6 5 9023
24 8 9
3000
1053
6505
X1 F5
10A
X8
4 3 1 5 2 6 7 8 1,5 1,5 1,5
1055
2,5 9031 3009 3008 3010
SW2 2,5 9023 9031 7016
6100
MP
F7
8A
F15
3A
F9
5A
F4 F11 F10 F2
8A 10A 5A 3A
F3
5A
F8
25A
F6
5A
6116
3015
3016
1025
6105
1007
1074
1010
1054
6337
6103
1013
1021
3000
2,5
MP
38 65 67 66
3010 1,5 6320 5000 6325 1021 1020 3015 1,5 3016 1,5 7002 3000 1,5 6307 6305 6302 6304 6300 6301 6306 6303 6308 6315 6319 9026 6316 5929 6600 6502 9034 2,5 rt rt 9040 1001 2,5 1001 2,5 6803 6804 1017 3004 6504 5990 2,5 6800 9045 9041 9038 9039 2,5 9033 1,5 9029 1,5 9036 9011 2,5 9012 2,5
S1 5 4 2 31 30 86
6104 1012 rt
3 1
6106 1006 rt
49 20s 49a
64
MP
E2
3015 3016
1,5 1,5 1,5
3015 3016 3000
29 31 44 46 51 52
K4
87
85
K8
K14
MP
1,5
1,5
1021
6107
E1
62
1,5
3008 1,5
2,5
34
6504
3009 1,5
1005
21
1008
1009
1011
2,5
1014
1019
MP
53 54 55 41 7 6 56 40 5 12 28 43 68 26 13 45 61
1007 1008
2,5 2,5
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014 1019 9000
1,5
6101 5929 6334 6322 6316

4 V4 V3 V2 9 V1 8 86
6102
6111
6112
9001 9002
1006
6854
6110
6100
9003
4 5
30
9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
6321
87a
A6
6301 6502
6803
6804
3161
p
31
49 18
6317
6114
6115
6503
1073
MP
1 31
2 31
6319
p 1,5
19
15 +
6108
30
3006
1,5
3004
3004
14
B10
B8
3160
B9
39 25 50 17 16 63 15
5990
K7
6320
K2 85
87
K3
K15
K16
X4
31
87a
87
MP
6007 6113
A11
1
> 50C < 55C
> 60C < 65C
> 85C < 90C
42 27
10
22
21
20
15
14
17
1025
6113
3004
6116
6106
1025
1025
1025
1025
1025
6115
6347
6117
58
D+
1054
30
1025
6114
X90
7017 7018 1074 6347
1026
1026
1026
6112
6107
33
7002
6117 6315
1 2
6854
59
SW
6345
6344
6343
6342
6341
6340
6303
6306
6600
6347 1074
1,5 9015 1,5 9013
69 60 71 72
6347 1074 9009 1,5 9010 2,5
t
G
p
G
S8
P1
P2
P3
P4
H3 H4 H5 H16 H20
6321 6331 6304 6300 6308
H11
6333
1025
H12
1
1025
H7
6505
H1 H2
H8
6335
H19
6336
6305
1 1 2 1 2 1 2 pmax
1,5
3007
70 32
9019 3007 1,5 9037 9017 9042 9043 9044 9021 9022 6331 6335 6336 3046 3047 SW1 3048 9014 2,5 2,5
6302
Y45 Y14
30 Q + S A C B 6335 6336 sw MP 6335 6336 3046 3047 SW
6307
35
X5
6014 6322
48 2
A8
6322 6014
V8 V9 V10 V11 2
6334
4 20 22 23 3 36 37 1 10 11 47 57
MP
B40
B39
B38
M8
B27
M
A4
3046
2,5
MP
3048 3047 SW
Q V7
Y27
01 03
PR 752 F/N xxx - 6200
6800
MP
MP
S3
6337
9.2.56.00/2
7016
31
M
53a 53b 31b 53b 53
31
M
53a 31b
53a
M2
31
M4
53b
31b
53
31
53
X38
31
M3
31
MP
6020 6047 6036 6022 6045 6035 6044 6046 6017
MP X39
1
MP X40
1 2 3 1 2
3
MP
Kabine Cab Cabine
53
31b 2 3
7 2
sw-bl
4
M13
6011
M7
6043
5 3 1 4 2 3 1 5 4 2 3 1 5 4 2
6021
6016
2
1081
1015
1079
3187
3186
3172
1016
K51
MP
K50
K52
MP
MP
1080
X41
1
1055
1,0
5A
25A
5
1,0
3188
5
1,0
F3
6116 1019
1014
F8
1007
3180
5
3190 0
S5
6021 0,1
21
3189
3185
3191
MP
6040
MP S4 S21
6038
MP
6037
5 4
S20
6039
6019 SW 6015
6011
6006
1,5
1,5
MP
1015 1016 1017 6007 6014 1019 9000 9001 9002 9003 9004 1,5 9005 1,5 9006 1,5 9007
A
B
6036
6035
6015
6016
6017
D
I
1017 6007 6014 1019
1079
1076
1016
1081
1080
1077
1015
H14
6013
1
MP
3183 3191 3188 3189 3185 3180 3190 3177 3178
E F G
H
F25
8A 2
F26
1078 1078 1077
8A
J K L M
1015
1058
1028
1015
1016
MP
6043 1,5 1,5
0,2
E7
6043
X46
6
V16
1017
6014
1019
3175
3176
3183
X4
3174 6055
1,5
1015
1,5
SW
X37/1 X37/2
2
1,5 6048 1058
14
86
85
1030
3004
30
X2
6007
6014
1028
X47
1019
+
87
1,5
1076
15 31b S
3182
1017
MP
F29
2A
1
K28 MP
S35
3182
3176
5 4 6
V15
A9
1031
30
24V
87
1029
6051
6050
U1
1025
1026 + p
10A
12V
K17
1,5
K10
5
6000
6049
6040
85
86
1029
6012
MP
3181
5
4
3 1
S7
1,5 1093
MP
E19 MP MP
31
MP K24
3174 3175
86
MP
K49
X98
6013
2
+
F50
G sw
7,5A
F27
F28
1 1
6053
1,5
-
6001
6001
MP MP
6051
P4
X97
10A
10A
1,5
6003
3
2
E6
6003
E3
1094
6053
6052
sw
ws
6006 6007
X42
E4
MP E18
E5
X99
6322 6014
X100
5A
B52
6056 6057
+ -
RT GE per+ +
BL BL/SW
3 4
A2
BR/SW
BR
6 5
B53
6058 6059 +
BR
01 03

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 6200
9.2.56.00/3
6055
3178 3177
6019
ws/bl gr
1
6047
6036
6046
6022
6017
6020
6045
6035
6044
bl
53a
MP
53b
M5
31
0 0
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list - Instrument panel
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
01 01
Electrical System
9.3.14.01
pos. A2 A8 E7 F2 F16 F25 F29 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S17 S18 U1 V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5 X1 X2 X4 X5
description (option) radio / speakers diode combination (V1 - V5) dome light fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing on page 9.1.14.00) fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.1.14.00) indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - warning light relay - working light relay - power guard time relay - glow plug system ground connections hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position push button switch - travel speed range selection rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door (option) transformer - radio diode combination A8 diode 1A for K1 diode 1A for K2 diode 1A for H5 diode 1A free red green yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow
electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) X37-1 plug to U1,K10 X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 X38 plug to M3 X39 plug to M2 X40 plug to M4 X41 plug to M5 X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 X46 plug to M7,M13 X47 plug to U1, A2 components are named in the panel components in panel refer to illustrated configuration, valid only for basic equipment set-up
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
2999 2999 2999 2999
9.3.14.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
01 01
Electrical System
9.3.15.01
pos. A2 A8 E7 F2 F16 F25 F29 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S17 S18 U1 V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5 X1 X2 X4 X5
description (option) radio / speakers diode combination (V1 - V5) dome light fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing on page 9.1.15.00) fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.1.15.00) indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - warning light relay - working light relay - power guard time relay - glow plug system ground connections hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position push button switch - travel speed range selection rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door (option) transformer - radio diode combination A8 diode 1A for K1 diode 1A for K2 diode 1A for H5 diode 1A free red yellow yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
3083 3170 3135 3088
9.3.15.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Electrical System
9.3.16.01
pos. A2 A8 E7 F2 F16 F25 F29 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H36 H39 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S17 S18 U1 V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5 X1 X2 X4 X5
description (option) radio / speakers diode combination (V1 - V5) dome light fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing on page 9.1.16.00) fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.1.16.00)
indicator light - charge indicator red indicator light - glow plug system yellow indicator light - air filter yellow indicator light - parking brake yellow indicator light - repl. oil pressure red indicator light - float position yellow indicator light - reduced travel speed range yellow indicator light - electronic fault indicator red warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 red indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) yellow indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left red indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right red relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - warning light relay - working light relay - power guard time relay - glow plug system ground connections hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position push button switch - travel speed range selection rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door (option) transformer - radio diode combination A8 diode 1A for K1 diode 1A for K2 diode 1A for H5 diode 1A free
Mjfcifss!
Instrument panel
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Electrical System
9.3.16.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 712B F/N xxx-5600 5921 PR 722B F/N xxx-5600 5921 PR 732B F/N xxx-5600 5883
01 02
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.17.01
pos. A2 A8 E7 F2 F16 F25 F29 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K14 K17 K27 MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S20 S21 U1 V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5 X1 X2 X4 X5
description (option) radio / speakers diode combination (V1 - V5) dome light fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing 9.2. Parts list to Electrical schematic fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing 9.2. Parts list to Electrical schematic
indicator light - charge indicator red indicator light - glow plug system yellow indicator light - air filter yellow indicator light - parking brake yellow indicator light - repl. oil pressure red indicator light - float position yellow indicator light - reduced travel speed range yellow indicator light - electronic fault indicator red warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 red indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) yellow indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left red indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right red relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light relay - glow plug system relay - working light relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) only at PR732B ground connection hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position push button switch - travel speed range selection rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door (option) transformer - radio diode combination A8 diode 1A for K1 diode 1A for K2 diode 1A for H5 diode 1A free
Mjfcifss!
Instrument panel
Datum Edition Date
PR 712B F/N xxx-5600 5921 PR 722B F/N xxx-5600 5921 PR 732B F/N xxx-5600 5883
01 02
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.17.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 712B F/N xxx-5922 6199 PR 722B F/N xxx-5922 6199 PR 732B F/N xxx-5884
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.18.01
pos. A2 A8 E7 F2 F16 F25 F29 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K14 K17 K27 MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 U1 V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5 X1 X2 X4 X5
description (option) radio / speakers diode combination (V1 - V5) dome light fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing 9.2. Parts list to Electrical schematic fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing 9.2. Parts list to Electrical schematic
indicator light - charge indicator red indicator light - glow plug system yellow indicator light - air filter yellow indicator light - parking brake yellow indicator light - repl. oil pressure red indicator light - float position yellow indicator light - reduced travel speed range yellow indicator light - electronic fault indicator red warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 red indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) yellow indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left red indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right red relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light relay - glow plug system relay - working light relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) only at PR732B ground connection hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door (option) transformer - radio diode combination A8 diode 1A for K1 diode 1A for K2 diode 1A for H5 diode 1A free
Mjfcifss!
Instrument panel
Datum Edition Date
PR 712B F/N xxx-5922 6199 PR 722B F/N xxx-5922 6199 PR 732B F/N xxx-5884
01 03
Electrical System
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.18.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list - instrument panel

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical system
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.19.01
pos. A2 A8 E7 F2 F16 F25 F29 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H23 H36 H39 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K17 K24 K27 K39 K49 K50 K51 K52 K53 MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 S35 U1 V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5 X1 X2 X4 X5
components are named in the panel components in panel refer to illustrated configuration, valid only for basic equipment set-up
indicator light - charge indicator red indicator light - glow plug system yellow indicator light - air filter yellow indicator light - parking brake yellow indicator light - repl. oil pressure red indicator light - float position yellow indicator light - reduced travel speed range yellow indicator light - electronic fault indicator red warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 red indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) yellow indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left red indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right red relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - warning light relay - working light relay - interval timer relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) relay - power guard relay - interval switch on relay - interval switch front relay - interval switch left door relay - interval switch right door relay - glow plug system ground connection hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper front rocker switch - windshield wiper rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper left door rocker switch - windshield wiper right door rocker switch - preselection interval switch / washer system (option) transformer - radio diode combination A8 diode 1A for K1 diode 1A for K2 diode 1A for H5 diode 1A free
electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) X37-1 plug to U1,K10 X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 X38 plug to M3 X39 plug to M2 X40 plug to M4 X41 plug to M5 X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 X46 plug to M7,M13 X47 plug to U1 X97 electrical outlet 12V X98 plug to X97, X99 X99 plug to A2
Mjfcifss!
Instrument panel
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Electrical system
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.19.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-5600 6199

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.3.40.01
pos. A2 A8 E7 F2 F16 F25 F29 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H25 H26 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K27 MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 U1 V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5 X1 X2 X4 X5
indicator light - charge indicator red indicator light - glow plug system yellow indicator light - air filter yellow indicator light - parking brake yellow indicator light - repl. oil pressure red indicator light - float position yellow indicator light - reduced travel speed range yellow indicator light - electronic fault indicator red warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 red indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) yellow indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left red indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right red relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) ground connection hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door (option) transformer - radio diode combination A8 diode 1A for K1 diode 1A for K2 diode 1A for H5 diode 1A free
Mjfcifss!
Instrument panel
Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-5600 6199

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.3.40.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-6200

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.3.41.01
pos. A2 A8 A9 E7 F2 F16 F25 F29 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H25 H26 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K24 K27 K49 K50 K51 K52 MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 S35 U1 V1-5 V1 V3 V4 V5 X1 X2 X4 X5
description (option) radio / speakers diode combination (V1 - V5) diode combination (V15-V16) dome light fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing on page 9.2.41.00) fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.2.41.00)
indicator light - charge indicator red indicator light - glow plug system yellow indicator light - air filter yellow indicator light - parking brake yellow indicator light - repl. oil pressure red indicator light - float position yellow indicator light - reduced travel speed range yellow indicator light - electronic fault indicator red warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 red indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) yellow indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area left red indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area right red relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light relay - interval timer relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) relay - interval switch on relay - interval switch front relay - interval switch left door relay - interval switch right door ground connection hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper front rocker switch - windshield wiper rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper left door rocker switch - windshield wiper right door rocker switch - preselection interval switch / washer system (option) transformer - radio diode combination A8 diode 1A for K1 diode 1A for K2 diode 1A for H5 diode 1A free
electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10, machine identification) X37-1 plug to U1,K10 X37-2 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 X38 plug to M3 X39 plug to M2 X40 plug to M4 X41 plug to M5 X42 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 X46 plug to M7,M13 X47 plug to U1 X97 electrical outlet 12V X98 plug to X97, X99 X99 plug to A2
Mjfcifss!
Instrument panel
Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-6200

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electrical System
9.3.41.02
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20022026
9.3.50.01
pos. A2 A8 A13 E7 F2 F15 F25 F30 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H35 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K73 K75 LS MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S17 S18 S52 U1 X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47
description (option) radio / speakers diode combination diode combination dome light fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing on page 9.2.50.00) fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.2.50.00) indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay relay - warning light relay - working light relay - power guard time relay - glow plug system relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) 2. relay - working light speakers ground connections hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position push button switch - travel speed range selection rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door push button switch - pin puller (option) transformer - radio electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) plug to U1,K10 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 plug to M3 plug to M2 plug to M4 plug to M5 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 plug to M7,M13 plug to U1, A2 components are named in the panel components in panel refer to illustrated configuration, valid only for basic equipment set-up red yellow yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow red
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 2026
9.3.50.02
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electrical System
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2027 2062
9.3.51.01
pos. A2 A8 A13 E7 F2 F15 F25 F30 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H17 H23 H35 H36 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K10 K38 K39 K53 K73 K75 LS MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S12 S17 S18 S52 U1 X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47
description (option) radio / speakers diode combination diode combination dome light fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing on page 9.2.51.00) fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.2.51.00) indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B27 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area mounted from machine PR 752 F/N xxx-2007 relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay relay - warning light H17 relay - working light relay - power guard time relay - glow plug system relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) (Y49) 2. relay - working light speakers ground connections hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position push button switch - travel speed range selection rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door push button switch - pin puller (option) transformer - radio electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) plug to U1,K10 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 plug to M3 plug to M2 plug to M4 plug to M5 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 plug to M7,M13 plug to U1, A2 components are named in the panel components in panel refer to illustrated configuration, valid only for basic equipment set-up red yellow yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow red red
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2027 2062
9.3.51.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 02
Electrical System
F/N xxx-2063 5071
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.52.01
pos. A2 A6 A8 E7 F2 F15 F25 F30 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K27 K28 LS MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 S27 U1 X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47
description (option) radio diode combination diode combination dome light fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing on page 9.2.52.00) fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.2.52.00)
indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light H14 time relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 2. relay - working light (option) speakers ground connections hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge
red yellow yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow red red
starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door push button switch - pin puller (option) transformer - radio electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) plug to U1,K10 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 plug to M3 plug to M2 plug to M4 plug to M5 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 plug to M7,M13 plug to U1, A2 components are named in the panel components in panel refer to illustrated configuration, valid only for basic equipment set-up
Mjfcifss!
Instrument panel
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 02
Electrical System
F/N xxx-2063 5071
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.52.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 02
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5072 5599
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.53.01
pos. A2 A6 A8 E7 F2 F15 F25 F30 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K27 K28 LS MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 S27 U1 X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47
indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light H14 time relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light relay - shut off solenoid (Diesel engine) 2. relay - working light (option) speakers ground connections hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge
red yellow yellow yellow red yellow yellow red red yellow red red
starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door push button switch - pin puller (option) transformer - radio electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) plug to U1,K10 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 plug to M3 plug to M2 plug to M4 plug to M5 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 plug to M7,M13 plug to U1, A2 components are named in the panel components in panel refer to illustrated configuration, valid only for basic equipment set-up
Mjfcifss!
Instrument panel
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 02
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5072 5599
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.53.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5600 6199
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.54.01
pos. A2 A6 A8 E7 F2 F15 F25 F30 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K28 LS MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 S27 U1 X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47
indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - fan drive indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light H14 time relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light 2. relay - working light (option) speakers ground connections hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system front rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system left door rocker switch - windshield wiper and washer system right door push button switch - pin puller (option) transformer - radio electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) plug to U1,K10 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 plug to M3 plug to M2 plug to M4 plug to M5 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 plug to M7,M13 plug to U1, A2
red yellow yellow yellow red red yellow yellow red red yellow red red
Mjfcifss!
Instrument panel
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-5600 6199
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.54.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-6200
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.55.01
pos. A2 A6 A8 A9 E7 F2 F19 F25 F29 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H8 H11 H12 H14 H16 H19 H20 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K10 K14 K15 K16 K17 K24 K28 K49 K50 K51 K52 MP P1 P2 P3 P4 S1 S3 S4 S5 S7 S8 S11 S20 S21 S27 S35 U1 X1 X2 X4 X5 X37-1 X37-2 X38 X39 X40 X41 X42 X46 X47 X97 X98 X99 X100
description (option) radio diode combination diode combination diode combination dome light fuses on instrument panel (application - see listing on page 9.2.56.00) fuses on control panel - cab (application - see listing on page 9.2.56.00)
indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - air filter indicator light - parking brake indicator light - repl. oil pressure indicator light - fan drive indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light - cab activated by B2 /B3 /B6 /B26 indicator light - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) indicator light - oil level - travel gear - cone seal area indicator light - hydraulic oil overheating relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light H14 time relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator relay - working light relay - interval timer 2. relay - working light relay - interval switch on relay - interval switch front relay - interval switch left door relay - interval switch right door ground connections hour meter fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge
red yellow yellow yellow red red yellow yellow red red yellow red red
starter switch w. preheat position emergency off switch rocker switch - windshield wiper front rocker switch - windshield wiper rear rocker switch - working light, instrument lights push button switch - horn push button switch - float position rocker switch - windshield wiper left door rocker switch - windshield wiper right door push button switch - pin puller rocker switch - preselection interval switch / washer system (option) transformer - radio electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) plug to U1,K10 plug to F28, E7, F26, F25 plug to M3 plug to M2 plug to M4 plug to M5 plug to E3,E4,E5,E6 plug to M7,M13 plug to U1 electrical outlet 12V plug to X97, X99 plug to A2 plug to B52, B53
Mjfcifss!
Instrument panel
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Electrical System
F/N xxx-6200
Blatt Page Feuille
9.3.55.02
Notes
Note: View of location contains only series components for basic machines
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Electrical System
9.4.10.01
A1 electronic box B2 temperature sending unit - coolant (96C) B3 pressure switch - engine oil pressure B4 vacuum indicator - air filter (500 mWs = 50 mbar vacuum) B5 pressure switch - parking brake (12 bar) B6 pressure switch - repl. oil pressure (8 bar) B7 horn B8 (option) pressure switch right - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) B9 (option) pressure switch left - back up alarm / back up light (1,5 bar) B10 (option) horn - back up alarm B11 pressure switch - quick drop (17 bar) B17 (option) push button switch - air conditioner B22 pressure switch - hydr. filter monitoring (tank) (2,5 bar) B24 (option) electronic thermostat air conditioner E1 (option) light front left E2 (option) light front right F1 35A automatic circuit breaker - power supply
X1 X2 X4 X8 X Y1 Y3 Y4 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y25
electrical outlet 24V panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wiring harness 14 pole coupling - cab - heater open connections solenoid valve - glow plug system solenoid valve - float position solenoid valve - servo cut off solenoid valve - quick drop (return flow cut off) proportional solenoid valve - travel motor left proportional solenoid valve - travel motor right proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel forward proportional solenoid valve - travel pump left travel reverse proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel forward proportional solenoid valve - travel pump right travel reverse solenoid valve - parking brake solenoid valve - float position
G1 alternator G2 batteries K1 battery main switch MP ground connections M1 starter R1 flame glow plug R2 fuel level sending unit R5 potentiometer - nominal RPM value S2 neutral starting switch S9 rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan S10 push button switch - right joystick - float position
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Electrical System
9.4.10.02
Sub Group Index

Electrical schematic and wiring
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B F/N xxx-01030500 F/N xxx-01031000 F/N xxx-20032500 F/N xxx-20012500 F/N xxx-05015599 F/N xxx-10015599 F/N xxx-25015599 F/N xxx-25015599
10.2
10.2.10
10.2.11
PR 712B F/N xxx-56005921 PR 722B F/N xxx-56005921 PR 732B F/N xxx-56005883 PR 712B F/N xxx-5922 PR 722B F/N xxx-5922 PR 732B F/N xxx-5884 PR 742B F/N xxx-5600 PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-20022026 F/N xxx-20272062 F/N xxx-2063
10.2.12
10.2.13
10.2.40 10.2.50 10.2.51 10.2.52
Description of function Diagnostic test box application Linkage electronic engine speed sensing horsepower control system
PR 712 PR 722 F/N xxx-0103 F/N xxx-0103
10.3 10.4 10.5

10.5.10
Pedal control tester application
10.6
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 03
Electronic control
Blatt Page Feuille
10.0.00.01
Travel control joystick

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-01030604 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-01031134 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-20032664 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-20012506 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 F/N xxx-0605 F/N xxx-1135 F/N xxx-2665 F/N xxx-2507 F/N xxx-20022061
10.7
10.7.10
10.7.11
PR 732B F/N xxx-5884 PR 742B F/N xxx-5600 PR 752 F/N xxx-2062
10.7.12
Notes
Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge = = = = = blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow gr rt rt-ws sw gn = = = = = gray red red-white black green
identification - machine model: machine PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 wire no. 643 665 643 665 634 665 643 665 connections X5 /6 - A1 /y X5 /14 - A1 /x X5 /14 - A1 /y X5 /6 - A1 /x X5 /14 - A1 /z wire eliminated X5 /6 - A1 /z wire eliminated
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list - electrical schematic
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Electronic Control
10.2.10.00
pos. description A1 B12 B13 B14 B15 F4 F6 F15 G2 electronic box (55 poles) travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - diesel engine RPM sensor - travel motor RPM - left sensor - travel motor RPM - right fuse fuse fuse battery
wire no. 101 304 323 324 600 607 610 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 666 667 668 669 670 673 696 250
connections F4 - S2 /1 S2 - X2 /N - V2 S2 /3 - X2 /O - S3 S12 /S - K5 /K6 S3 - X5 /19 - A1 /C S2 - Y4 S12 /S - X3 /M - X5 /4 S12 /S1 - X3 /F - X5 /18 X5 /19 - A1 /C A1 /D - X5 /1 A1 /E - Y12 /A A1 /F - Y11 /B A1 /G - X5 /12 A1 /H - Y11 /A X5 /18 - A1 /J A1 /K X7 - Y8 /B A1 /L - X31 - B12 /K A1 /M - X31 - B12 /H A1 /T - Y9 /A A1 /U - Y9 /B A1 /V X6 - Y7 /B A1 /Y - B13 /2 option A1 /a - Y12 /B A1 /b - X5 /15 A1 /c - X5 /10 A1 /f X7 - Y8 /A A1 /g - Y10 /B A1 /h - X31 - B12 /A A1 /j - X31 - B12 /D A1 /n - Y10 /A A1 /p X6 - Y7 /A A1 /q - Y13 A1 /r - X31 - B12 /E A1 /s - Y13 A1 /y - X5 /14 A1 /AA - X31 - B12 /G A1 /BB X6 - B14 /B A1 /DD - R5 /B A1 /EE X7 - B15 /B X5 /1 - X31 - B12 /F X5 /2 - X29 - R5 /D option X5 /4 - X31 - B12 /L X5 /10 - X31 - B12 /I X5 /5 - X30 - B13 /1 X5 /11 - R5 /A X5 /6 - X31 - B12 /N X5 /13 X7 - B15 /A X5 /13 X6 - B14 /A X5 /17 - R5 /C X5 /15 - X31 - B12 /B X5 /16 X7 - B15 /C X5 /16 X6 - B14 /C A1 /A - X5 /3 A1 /x - X5 /6 A1 /d - X5 /20 X5 /2 - X3 /A - K6 /86 B12 /C - X31 - A1 /R B12 /J - X31 - A1 /u X5 /20 - X3 /B - K5 /86 S3 - F15 option ground connection to A1 /B
H11 indicator light - reduced travel speed range H12 indicator light - electronic fault indicator K1 K5 K6 R5 S2 S3 S12 X2 X3 X5 X6 X7 X31 X32 V2 Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Note: numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,96 mm marked wires e.g. y643 = identification machine model battery main switch relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator potentiometer - nominal RPM value neutral starting switch emergency off switch push button switch - travel speed range selection panel plug - central wire harness panel plug - central wire harness serial connecting terminal plug (Sure seal 5 poles) plug (Sure seal 5 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) diode (K2) solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel motor left proportional solenoid - travel motor right proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake
V2
1
304 323
br sw 2 3
Y4
X2/O
607
A1 X32
DD
S2
bl
r AA M L R u Z x D A c G y
BB g
EE
b z
h j
V p
s q
636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 630 665 617 664 633 620 643 632
622 616 666
646
629
628 639 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621
1 1
250
S3
S S1
101
F4
+ 24V
647 623 634
F15
323 673
600
X3/L
600
X7
4 5
634 623
A C B
615
X3/F
615
88
G2
86(85)
324
S12
87b 87a 85 87 86
610
610
Y8
660 619 621 656
A C B 3 2 1 3 2 1
H11
30/88a
X3/M
K1
670
1 1 2 3
88a
670
X3/B
660 647 656
C B A
K5
324
87b 87a 85 87 86
R5
E F
629 653
2 3 1
B15 Y12
H12
30/88a C B X3/A D A
667
667
B13
658 646 649 654
631 618
K6
A C B
Y11
640
Y13
670 642 636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 696 659 648 651 652 655 600 626
A E D A C B
B M
J C
freie Anschlsse isoliert free connections isolated connections libres isoles

649 654 658
Y10
K H G
615
627
638 635
A C B
Y9
660 661 657 656
B12
X6
3 2 1 3 2 1
X31
661 645 657
C B A
B14
4 5 4 5
639
1 1 1 1 1
639 628
A C B
628
Y7
648 617 667 649 650 664 610 651 653 665 652 633 654 655 620 657 656 643 659 632 660 661 658 615 622 600 616 670 666
X5
Option
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01 01
Kabelschema - Elektronik Electronics - Schematic Schma de cblage lectronique

.
PR PR PR PR
712 722 732 742
F/N xxx - 01030500 F/N xxx - 01031000 F/N xxx - 20032500 F/N xxx - 20012500
10.2.10.00
1. Plug (55 poles) central wiring harness /electronic box (Cannon KPSE 06 E 22-55 SB-DN) Plug in electronic box Socket on wiring harness
Socket Pin
pole c.no. A 664 B 250 C 600 D 617 E 618 F 619 G 620
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. H 621 R 668 Y 629 f 634 n 638 J 615 S --Z --g 635 p 639 K 623 T 626 a 631 h 636 q 640 L 624 U 627 b 632 i --r 641 M 625 V 628 c 633 j 637 s 642 N --W --d 670 k --t --P --X --e --m --u 669
pole c.no. pole c.no. v --- CC --w --- DD 646 x 665 EE 647 y 643 FF --z 6270 GG --AA 644 HH --BB 645
2. Plug (14 poles) central wiring harness /travel joystick (Cannon CA 06COM-E-20-27S-B-03-A176-LH) Plug in travel joystick Socket Pin Socket on wiring harness
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. A 636 D 637 G 644 J 669 M --B 659 E 641 H 625 K 624 N 655 C 668 F 648 I 652 L 651
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
5599 5599 5599 5599
01 02
Electronic Control
10.2.11.01
3. Plug (6 poles) central wiring harness /potentiometer (Cannon CA 06 COM-E 14S-6 S-B-03-A176-LH) Socket on wiring harness Plug in potentiometer
pole c.no. pole c.no. A 654 D 649 B 646 E --C 658 F ---
4. Plug X6, X7 (5 poles) support shaft wiring harness / travel motor-wiring harness (Sure Seal SS 5 P (R)) Socket on wiring harness Plug in travel motor pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no.
plug X6 wiring harness left
1 2 1 2
657 645 656 647
3 4 3 4
661 639 660 634
5 5
628 623
plug X7 wiring harness right
5. Plug (3 poles) central wiring harness /proportional solenoids (Cannon CA 06 COM-E 10 SL-3 S-B-03-LH) Socket on wiring harness Plug in proportional solenoid pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no.
travel pump left Y9 travel forward
A A A A A A
638 626 618 621 639 634
B B B B B B
635 627 631 619 628 623
C C C C C C
-------------
travel pump left Y10 travel reverse travel pump right Y11 travel forward travel pump right Y12 travel reverse travel motor left Y7 travel motor right Y8
6. Plug (3 poles) travel motor-wiring harness /sensors (Cannon KPSE 06 E 8-3A SB-DN) Socket on wiring harness Plug in sensor left right pole c.no. pole c.no. A 657 A 656 B 645 B 647 C 661 C 660
7. Plug X30 (3 poles) central wiring harness /Diesel engine RPM sensor (AMP Junior Timer) Plug in sensor Socket on wiring harness
pole c.no. 1 653 2 629 3 ---
Notes
Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge = = = = = blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow gr rt rt-ws sw gn = = = = = gray red red-white black green
identification - machine model: machine PR 712 B wire no. 6270 643 665 6270 643 665 6270 665 643 6270 643 665 connections X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /3 - A1 /y X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /y X5 /3 - A1 /x X5 /1 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /y X5 /1 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /y X5 /3 - A1 /x
PR 722 B
PR 732 B
PR 742 B
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Electronic Control
10.2.11.00
pos. A1 B12 B13 B14 B15 F4 F6 F15 G2 H11 H12 K1 K5 K6 R5 S2 S3 S12 X2 X5 X6 X7 X21 X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 V2 Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13
description electronic box (55 poles) travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - Diesel engine RPM sensor - travel motor RPM - left sensor - travel motor RPM - right fuse fuse fuse battery indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator battery main switch relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator potentiometer - nominal RPM value neutral starting switch emergency off switch push button switch - travel speed range selection panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) serial connecting terminal (machine identification) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) diode (K2) solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel motor left proportional solenoid - travel motor right proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake
wire no. 101 304 323 324 600 607 610 615 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 667 668 669 670 673 681 y6270
connections F4 S2 X2 /17 S2 /3 X2 /64 S12 /S S3 X2 /54 S2 splice2 X2 /65 S12 /S1 X2 /6 A1 /D A1 /E X27 A1 /F X28 A1 /G A1 /H X28 A1 /K X7 /X24 A1 /L X31 A1 /M X31 A1 /T X26 A1 /U X26 A1 /V X6 /X23 A1 /Y X30 A1 /a X27 A1 /b A1 /c A1 /f X7 /X24 A1 /g X25 A1 /h X31 A1 /j X31 A1 /n X25 A1 /p X6 /X23 A1 /q A1 /r X31 A1 /s see table on front page A1 /AA X31 A1 /BB X6 /X21 A1 /DD X29 A1 /EE X7 /X22 splice1 X31 splice1 X29 splice2 X31 splice4 X31 splice2 X30 splice4 X29 splice5 X31 splice5 X7 /X22 splice5 X6 /X21 splice3 X29 splice3 X31 splice3 X7 /X22 splice3 X6 /X21 A1 /A see table on front page splice1 X2 /30 B12 /C X31 B12 /J X31 A1 /d X2 /18 S3 splice5 X2 /19 see table on front page S2 /1 V2 S3 K5 /K6 A1 /C Y4 S12 /S A1 /J splice1 Y12 /A Y11 /B splice5 Y11 /A Y8 /B B12 /K B12 /H Y9 /A Y9 /B Y7 /B B13 /2 Y12 /B splice3 splice4 Y8 /A Y10 /B B12 /A B12 /D Y10 /A Y7 /A Y13 B12 /E Y13 B12 /G B14 /B R5 /B B15 /B B12 /F R5 /D B12 /L B12 /I B13 /1 R5 /A B12 /N B15 /A B14 /A R5 /C B12 /B B15 /C B14 /C splice2 K6 /86 A1 /R A1 /u K5 /86 F15 X5 /2
Note: Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,96 mm marked wires e.g. y643 = identification machine model
MASSE ground connection to A1 /B
V2
1
304 323 br sw 2 3
Y4
X2/64
607
A1 X32
DD
sw
S2
bl
r AA M L R u z x D A c G y
BB g
EE
h j
V p
s q
646 615 600 670 629
628 639 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621
1 1
Masse
S3
S S1
101
F4
+ 24V
647 623 634
F15
X2/54
636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 6270 665 617 664 633 620 643 632
323 673
600
600
X7
X24
4 5
634 623
A C B
615
X2/6
615
88
G2
86(85)
324
S12
87b 87a 85 87 86
610
610
Y8 X22
660
3 2 1 3 2 1
H11
F6
X2/65
K1
670
1 1 2
88a
K5
324
87b 87a 85 87 86
X2/18
X30 R5 X29
E F
631 618
670
X27
A C B
656
660 647 656
C B
629 653
2 3 1
B15 Y12
H12
C B F6 X2/30 D A
667 6270
X2/2
667 6270 643 665 681
B13
619 621
K6
658 646 649 654
X28
A C B
665 681 643
2 3
X2/66 X2/7 X2/19
Y11
640
X5
617 667
Y13
2
651
648 664
632
681
658
636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 659 648 651 652 655
610
653 638 635
X25
A C B
642
E D
Y10
J C
K H G
B M
659 633
X26
626 627
A C B
B12
655
5
656 657
652 620
654 660 661 657 656

3 2 1
660 661
Y9 X6
3 2
X21
661 645 1 657
C B A
X31
B14
4 5 4 5
X23
639 628
639 628
A B
Y7
01 02

.
PR PR PR PR
712B F/N xxx - 05015599 722B F/N xxx - 10015599 732B F/N xxx - 25015599 742B F/N xxx - 25015599
10.2.11.00
1. Plug X32 (55 poles) central wiring harness /electronic box

(Cannon KPSE 06 E 22-55 SB-DN) Plug in electronic box Pin Socket on wiring harness Socket
pole c.no. A 664 B 250 C 600 D 617 E 618 F 619 G 620
pole c.no. H 621 J 6853 K 623 L 624 M 625 N --P ---
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 668 Y 629 f 634 n 638 S --Z --g 635 p 639 T 626 a 631 h 636 q 640 U 627 b 632 i --r 641 V 628 c 633 j 637 s 642 W --d 670 k --t 3052 X --e --m --u 669
pole c.no. v --w 3051 X 665 Y 643 Z 6270 AA 644 BB 645
pole c.no. CC --DD 646 EE 647 FF --GG --HH ---
2. Plug X31(14 poles) central wiring harness /travel joystick

(Cannon CA 06COM-E-20-27S-B-03-A176-LH) Plug in travel joystick Pin Socket on wiring harness Socket
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B F/N xxx-5600 5921 PR 722 B F/N xxx-5600 5921 PR 732 B F/N xxx-5600 5883
01 02
Electronic Control
Blatt Page Feuille
10.2.12.01
3. Plug X29 (6 poles) central wiring harness /potentiometer

(Cannon CA 06 COM-E 14S-6 S-B-03-A176-LH) Socket on wiring harness Plug in potentiometer
4. Plug X6, X7 (5 poles) support shaft wiring harness / travel motor-wiring harness
(Sure Seal SS 5 P (R) Socket on wiring harness Plug in travel motor pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no.
1 2 1 2
657 645 656 647
3 4 3 4
661 639 660 634
5 5
628 623
5. Plug (3 poles) central wiring harness /proportional solenoids

(Cannon CA 06 COM-E 10 SL-3 S-B-03-LH) Socket on wiring harness Plug in proportional solenoid pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no.
A A A A A A
638 626 618 621 639 634
B B B B B B
635 627 631 619 628 623
C C C C C C
-------------
6. Plug X21, X22 (3 poles) travel motor-wiring harness /sensors

(Cannon KPSE 06 E 8-3A SB-DN) Socket on wiring harness Plug in sensor left right pole c.no. pole c.no. A 657 A 656 B 645 B 647 C 661 C 660
7. Plug X30 (3 poles) central wiring harness /Diesel engine RPM sensor
(AMP Junior Timer) Plug in sensor Socket on wiring harness
pole c.no. 1 653 2 629 3 ---
8. (option) Plug X72 (12 poles) central wiring harness /wiring harness for pedals
(Cannon - Deutsch) Socket on pedal wiring harness Socket on central wiring harness
pole c.no. 1 044 2 042 3 041 4 043 5 040 6 ---
pole c.no. 7 --8 --9 --10 --11 --12 ---
9. (option) Plug X73 (4 poles) wiring harness for pedals /Inchpedal

(Cannon - Deutsch)
Socket on pedal wiring harness
Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. 1 3050 2 3051 3 3052 4 3049
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 02
Electronic Control
Blatt Page Feuille
10.2.12.02
10. (option) Intermediate harness X81 (14 poles) between central wiring harness and travel joystick
(Cannon CA 06COM-E-20-27S-B-03-A176-LH) Plug to travel joystick Socket Plug to wiring harness Pin
Positioning chart: Plug to wiring harness
Plug to travel joystick
11. (option) Intermediate harness X80 (55 poles) between central wiring harness and electronic box with plug to Inchpedal X72
(Cannon KPSE 06 E 22-55 SB-DN) Plug to electronic box Socket Plug to wiring harness Pin
X72 Positioning chart: Plug to electronic box
Plug to central wiring harness
Plug to Inchpedal
Notes
Note: When there is a 3-steps travel joystick B12 installed, there is no S12 at the instrument panel.
Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge ws
= = = = = =
blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow white
gr rt rt-ws sw gn
= = = = =
gray red red-white black green
identification - machine model: machine PR 712 B wire no. 6270 643 665 6270 643 665 6270 665 643 connections X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /3 - A1 /y X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /y X5 /3 - A1 /x X5 /1 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /y
PR 722 B
PR 732 B
Wiring B12 travel joystick 3 speed ranges:

S67 push button switch - counter rotation S68 rocker switch - travel speed range selection 3 steps Pin N Pin I Pin B Pin M Pin A external supply stabilized - (plus) from E-BOX G external supply stabilized - (middle) from E-BOX c external supply stabilized - (minus) from E-BOX b = outlet signal reduced speed range to E-BOX J = outlet signal counter rotation to E-BOX h
S67
S67 S68
Test with multimeter (-meter) on the joystick: Rocker switch: Speed range I test between N M = 1400 210 Speed range II test between N M = OL (infinite) Speed range III test between B M = 1400 210 Push button switch: Test "push button switch actuated" N A = 800 120 Test "push button switch not actuated" N A = 2000300
S68
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Electronic Control
Blatt Page Feuille
10.2.12.00
pos. A1 B12 B13 B14 B15 B31 F4 F6 G2 H11 H12 K1 K5 K6 R5 S2 S3 S12 S67 S68 X2 X5 X6 X7 X21 X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 X72 X73 X76 X80 X81 V2 Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13
description electronic box (55 poles) travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - Diesel engine RPM sensor - travel motor RPM - left sensor - travel motor RPM - right Inchpedal fuse fuse battery indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator battery main switch relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator potentiometer - nominal RPM value neutral starting switch emergency off switch push button switch - travel speed range selection 2-steps push button switch - counter rotation rocker switch - travel speed range selection 3 steps panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) serial connecting terminal (machine identification) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) plug to B31 (Deutsch 12 poles) plug to B31 (Deutsch 4 poles) code plug (installed on wiring harness at machines without Inchpedal) Intermediate harness electronic box Intermediate harness travel joystick diode (K2) solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel motor left proportional solenoid - travel motor right proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake
wire no.
101 304 323 324 600 607 610 615 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 667 668 669 670 673 681 y6270 3049 3050 3051 3052 3094 6853 sw
connections
F4 S2 X2 /17 S2 /3 X2 /64 S12 /S S3 X2 /54 S2 splice2 X2 /65 S12 /S1 X2 /6 A1 /D A1 /E X27 A1 /F X28 A1 /G A1 /H X28 A1 /K X7 /X24 A1 /L X31 A1 /M X31 A1 /T X26 A1 /U X26 A1 /V X6 /X23 A1 /Y X30 A1 /a X27 A1 /b A1 /c A1 /f X7 /X24 A1 /g X25 A1 /h X31 A1 /j X31 A1 /n X25 A1 /p X6 /X23 A1 /q A1 /r X31 A1 /s see table on front page A1 /AA X31 A1 /BB X6 /X21 A1 /DD X29 A1 /EE X7 /X22 splice1 X31 splice1 X29 splice2 X31 splice4 X31 splice2 X30 splice4 X29 splice5 X31 splice5 X7 /X22 splice5 X6 /X21 splice3 X29 splice3 X31 splice3 X7 /X22 splice3 X6 /X21 A1 /A see table on front page splice1 X2 /30 B12 /C X31 B12 /J X31 A1 /d X2 /18 S3 splice5 X2 /19 see table on front page splice5 splice3 X72 X72 splice4 B12 /M ground connection to A1 /B S2 /1 V2 S3 K5 /K6 A1 /C Y4 S12 /S A1 /J splice1 Y12 /A Y11 /B splice5 Y11 /A Y8 /B B12 /K B12 /H Y9 /A Y9 /B Y7 /B B13 /2 Y12 /B splice3 splice4 Y8 /A Y10 /B B12 /A B12 /D Y10 /A Y7 /A Y13 B12 /E Y13 B12 /G B14 /B R5 /B B15 /B B12 /F R5 /D B12 /L B12 /I B13 /1 R5 /A B12 /N B15 /A B14 /A R5 /C B12 /B B15 /C B14 /C splice2 K6 /86 A1 /R A1 /u K5 /86 F15 X5 /2 X72 X72 A1 /w A1 /t X72 A1 /J
A1
MP
X32
CC
DD
AA
BB g
EE EE
G y
K K
V p
s q
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016
017
018
019 020 021
041 042
022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 030 031 032 033 034 035 036
V2
607
304 323
br sw 2 3
Y4
X2/64
040 043 044
S2
bl
CC
DD
AA
BB g
G y
V p
s q
X32
628 639 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621
S3
S S1
1 615
X2/6
101
F4
+ 24V
646 615 600 670 629
SW
647 623 634
X2/54
636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 6270 665 617 664 633 620 643 632
323
600
600
037 038 039
X80
X7
4 5 86(85) 4 5
X24
634 623
A C B
615
1
88
S12
324
610
87 86
610
1 660
3 2 1 3
Y8
87b 87a 85
H11
670 F6
X2/65
X22
K1
670
X2/18
88a
1 631 618
X27
A C B
656
660 2 647 1 656
C B
K5
324
1 2
B15 Y12
87b 87a 85
87 86
H12
667 F6
X2/30 X2/2
667 6270 643 665 681
1 658 646 649 654
619 621
K6
6270
R5
X29
C B
D A
665 681 643
X2/66 X2/7 X2/19
X28 A
C B
Y11
640
Instrumentenpult X5 Instrument Panel Pupitre
617
667
Y13
629 653 653
2 3 1
648 664
A D E G H
S68
3 21
K C J M B F L I N
045 046 047 048 049 050 051 052 053 054 055 056 057
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
A D E G H K C J M B F L I N
632
681
658
636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 659 648 651 652 655
610
642 638 635
651
X25 A
C B
X30 B13
Y10
S67
659 633
626 627
X26 A
C B
660 661
Y9
660 661 657 656
B12
655
656 657
X31
X31 X81
652 620
654
X6
3 2 1 3 2 1
661 645 657
X21
C B
B14
4 5 4 5
1 4 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
044 043 042 041 040
639
1 4 2 3
639 628
X23A
C B
3050 3049 3051 3052
1 4 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
X76
X73
044 043 042 041 040
628
Y7
B31
----- Option
12
X72
X72
01 02
PR 712B F/N xxx - 56005921 PR 722B F/N xxx - 56005921 PR 732B F/N xxx - 56005883
10.2.12.00
1. Plug (55 poles) central wiring harness /electronic box

pole c.no. A 664 B 250 C 600 D 617 E 618 F 619 G 620
pole c.no. H 621 J 6853 K 623 L 624 M 625 N --P ---
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 668 Y 629 f 634 n 638 S --Z --g 635 p 639 T 626 a 631 h 636 q 640 U 627 b 632 i --r 641 V 628 c 633 j 637 s 642 W --d 670 k --t 3052 X --e --m --u 669
pole c.no. v --w 3051 X 665 Y 643 Z 6270 AA 644 BB 645
2. Plug (14 poles) central wiring harness /travel joystick

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B F/N xxx-5922 PR 722 B F/N xxx-5922 PR 732 B F/N xxx-5884
01 02
Electronic Control
Blatt Page Feuille
10.2.13.01
3. Plug (6 poles) central wiring harness /potentiometer

4. Plug X6, X7 (5 poles) support shaft wiring harness / travel motor-wiring harness
(Sure Seal SS 5 P (R) Socket on wiring harness Plug in travel motor pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no.
1 2 1 2
657 645 656 647
3 4 3 4
661 639 660 634
5 5
628 623

A A A A A A
638 626 618 621 639 634
B B B B B B
635 627 631 619 628 623
C C C C C C
-------------
6. Plug (3 poles) travel motor-wiring harness /sensors

pole c.no. 1 653 2 629 3 ---
pole c.no. 1 044 2 042 3 041 4 043 5 040 6 ---
pole c.no. 7 --8 --9 --10 --11 --12 ---

(Cannon - Deutsch)
Socket on pedal wiring harness
Socket on central wiring harness pole c.no. 1 3050 2 3051 3 3052 4 3049
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
01 02
Electronic Control
Blatt Page Feuille
10.2.13.02
Notes
Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge ws = = = = = = blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow white gr rt rt-ws sw gn = = = = = gray red red-white black green
identification - machine model: machine PR 712 B wire no. 6270 643 665 6270 643 665 6270 665 643 connections X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /3 - A1 /y X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /y X5 /3 - A1 /x X5 /1 - A1 /z X5 /1 - A1 /x X5 /3 - A1 /y
PR 722 B
PR 732 B

S67
S67 S68
S68
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 04
Electronic Control
Blatt Page Feuille
10.2.13.00
pos. A1 B12 B13 B14 B15 B31 F4 F6 G2 H11 H12 K1 K5 K6 R5 S2 S3 S67 S68 X2 X5 X6 X7 X21 X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 X72 X73 X76 V2 Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13
description electronic box (55 poles) travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - Diesel engine RPM sensor - travel motor RPM - left sensor - travel motor RPM - right Inchpedal fuse fuse battery indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator battery main switch relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator potentiometer - nominal RPM value neutral starting switch emergency off switch push button switch - counter rotation rocker switch - travel speed range selection 3 steps panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) serial connecting terminal (machine identification) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Sure Seal 5 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) plug to B31 (Deutsch 12 poles) plug to B31 (Deutsch 4 poles) code plug (installed on wiring harness at machines without Inchpedal) diode (K2) solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel motor left proportional solenoid - travel motor right proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake
wire no.
101 304 323 324 600 607 610 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 667 668 669 670 673 681 y6270 3049 3050 3051 3052 3094 6853 sw
connections
F4 S2 X2 /17 S2 /3 X2 /64 K5 S3 X2 /54 S2 splice2 X2 /65 A1 /D A1 /E X27 A1 /F X28 A1 /G A1 /H X28 A1 /K X7 /X24 A1 /L X31 A1 /M X31 A1 /T X26 A1 /U X26 A1 /V X6 /X23 A1 /Y X30 A1 /a X27 A1 /b A1 /c A1 /f X7 /X24 A1 /g X25 A1 /h X31 A1 /j X31 A1 /n X25 A1 /p X6 /X23 A1 /q A1 /r X31 A1 /s see table on front page A1 /AA X31 A1 /BB X6 /X21 A1 /DD X29 A1 /EE X7 /X22 splice1 X31 splice1 X29 splice2 X31 splice4 X31 splice2 X30 splice4 X29 splice5 X31 splice5 X7 /X22 splice5 X6 /X21 splice3 X29 splice3 X31 splice3 X7 /X22 splice3 X6 /X21 A1 /A see table on front page splice1 X2 /30 B12 /C X31 B12 /J X31 A1 /d X2 /18 S3 splice5 X2 /19 see table on front page splice5 splice3 X72 X72 splice4 B12 /M ground connection to A1 /B S2 /1 V2 S3 K6 A1 /C Y4 K5 splice1 Y12 /A Y11 /B splice5 Y11 /A Y8 /B B12 /K B12 /H Y9 /A Y9 /B Y7 /B B13 /2 Y12 /B splice3 splice4 Y8 /A Y10 /B B12 /A B12 /D Y10 /A Y7 /A Y13 B12 /E Y13 B12 /G B14 /B R5 /B B15 /B B12 /F R5 /D B12 /L B12 /I B13 /1 R5 /A B12 /N B15 /A B14 /A R5 /C B12 /B B15 /C B14 /C splice2 K6 /86 A1 /R A1 /u K5 /86 F15 X5 /2 X72 X72 A1 /w A1 /t X72 A1 /J
V2 Y4
607
304 323 br sw 2 3
A1 MP
DD
X2/64
S2
600
X2/54
bl
AA
BB g
EE
X32
h r j
G y
w t
V p
s q
636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 6853 6270 665 617 664 633 620 643 632
0.75 646 600 670 629
3051 3052 628 639 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621
323
600
101
S3
F4
+
24V
647 623 634
SW
X7
4 5 4 634 5 623
X24
A C B
0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
88
610
X2/65 87 87b 87a 85 86
610
86(85)
G2
660
H11
F6
X2/18
K1
670
1 2
X22
88a 3 2 1 3 660 2 647 1 656 C B A
Y8
K5
324
87 87b 87a 85 86
R5 X29
E F
629 653
X30 2
3 1
631 618
670
X27
A C B
656
B15 Y12
H12
F6 X2/30 667 6270
X2/2 C B D A
619 621
K6
665 681 643
3
1 1 1 1
X2/66 X2/7 X2/19
6270 643 665 681
658 646 649 654
0.75
667
B13 X28
A C B
Y11
640
X5
667
617
648 664
Y13
653 638 635
610 636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 6853 659 648 651 652 655 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
D A
651
X25
A C B
642
632
M J
681
658
S67
321
C K
S68
H G E
Y10
659 633
3
3050 654 660 661
X26
626 627
A C B
B12
Y9
660 661 657 656
655
652 620
N I
X6
3 2 1 3 661 2 645 1 657
X21
C B A
X31
3094 656 657
5
3049
X23
639 628
4 5 4 639 5 628 A C B
B14
Y7
1 4 2 3
----- Option
3050 3049 3051 3052
1 4 2 3 5 6 7 8 9
X73 B31 X72 X76
3050 3049 3051 3052 3094
10 11 12
X72
01 02
PR 712B F/N xxx - 5922 PR 722B F/N xxx - 5922 PR 732B F/N xxx - 5884
10.2.13.00
1. Plug (55 poles) central wiring harness /electronic box

pole c.no. A 6849 B Masse C 6800 D 6848 E 6845 F 6842 G 6852
pole c.no. H 6843 J 6853 K 6836 L 6814 M 6813 N --P ---
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 6815 Y 6827 f 6837 n 6841 v --S --Z --g 6840 p 6835 w 3051 T 6839 a 6844 h 6809 q 6847 x --U 6838 b 6850 i --r 6811 y 6806 V 6834 c 6851 j 6810 s 6846 z 6805 W --d 6803 k --t 3052 AA 6812 X --e --m --u 6816 BB 6829
2. Plug (14 poles) central wiring harness /travel joystick

Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-5600

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Electronic Control
10.2.40.01
3. Plug (6 poles) central wiring harness /potentiometer

4. Plug X6 /X7 (8 poles) central wiring harness /travel motor-wiring harness

(Cannon - Deutsch) Plug in travel motor-wiring harness Plug in central wiring harness left X6 right X7 pole c.no. pole c.no. 1 6828 1 6831 2 6829 2 6832 3 6830 3 6833 4 6835 4 6837 5 6834 5 6836 6 1066 6 1065 7 SW 7 SW 8 6338 8 6339

A A A A A A
6839 6841 6843 6845 6835 6837
B B B B B B
6838 6840 6842 6844 6834 6836
C C C C C C
-------------
6. Plug (3 poles) travel motor-wiring harness /sensors

pole c.no. 1 6826 2 6827 3 ---
pole c.no. 1 3050 2 3051 3 3052 4 3049 5 3094 6 ---
pole c.no. 7 --8 --9 --10 --11 --12 ---

(Cannon - Deutsch) Socket on pedal wiring harness Socket on central wiring harness pole 1 2 3 4 c.no. 3050 3051 3052 3049
Mjfcifss!
Wiring
Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-5600

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Electronic Control
10.2.40.02
Notes
Note: Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,75 mm marked wires e.g. 6805 y = identification machine model wire from K1 /88 to A1 /B sw = black (A1 - minus) Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge = = = = = blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow gr rt rt-ws sw gn = = = = = gray red red-white black green
identification - machine model: machine wire no. connections 6805 X5 /1 - A1 /z PR 742 B 6806 X5 /1 - A1 /y

Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 742 B F/N xxx-5600

Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Electronic Control
10.2.40.00
pos. A1 B12 B13 B14 B15 B28 F4 F6 G2 H11 H12 K1 K15 K16 MP R5 S2 S3 S28 S29 V2 X2 X5 X7 X8 X21 X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 X65 X73 X77 Y4 Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13
description electronic box travel joystick sensor - Diesel engine RPM sensor - travel motor RPM - left sensor - travel motor RPM - right Inchpedal fuse fuse battery indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator battery main switch relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator ground connection potentiometer - nominal RPM value neutral starting switch emergency off switch push button switch - counter rotation rocker switch - travel speed range selection 3 steps diode (K2) panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) serial connecting terminal (machine identification) plug (Deutsch 8 poles) plug (Deutsch 8 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(AMP Junior Timer 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) plug to B28 (Deutsch 12 poles) code plug (installed on wiring harness at machines without Inchpedal) plug to B28 (Deutsch 4 poles) solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel motor left proportional solenoid - travel motor right proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake
wire no. 1020 3049 3050 3051 3052 3094 6110 6315 6316 6318 6800 6803 6804 y6805 y6806 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854
connections F4 splice5 splice3 B28 B28 splice4 K15 S2 /3 S2 /2 S3 S3 A1 /d splice1 X5 /1 X5 /1 X5 /1 A1 /h A1 /j A1 /r A1 /AA A1 /M A1 /L B12 /C B12 /J splice3 splice1 splice2 splice4 splice5 splice3 A1 /DD splice1 splice4 splice2 A1 /Y splice5 A1 /BB splice3 splice5 A1 /EE splice3 A1 /V A1 /p A1 /K A1 /f A1 /U A1 /T A1 /g A1 /n A1 /F A1 /H A1 /a A1 /E A1 /s A1 /q A1 /D A1 /A A1 /b A1 /c A1 /G B12 /M splice2 X65 X65 X65 X65 X2 /40 X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X2 /2 X220 X2 /4 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X29 X29 X29 X29 X30 X30 X6 /X21 X6 /X21 X6 /X21 X7 /X22 X7 /X22 X7 /X22 X6 /X23 X6 /X23 X7 /X24 X7 /X24 X26 X26 X25 X25 X28 X28 X27 X27 X31 X2 /17 S2 /1 B28 B28 A1 /w A1 /t X65 K16 S3 V2 A1 /C K15 /86 K16 /86 A1 /z A1 /y splice5 B12 /A B12 /D B12 /E B12 /G B12 /H B12 /K A1 /R A1 /u B12 /B B12 /F B12 /L B12 /I B12 /N R5 /C R5 /B R5 /D R5 /A B13 /1 B13 /2 B14 /A B14 /B B14 /C B15 /A B15 /B B15 /C Y7 /B Y7 /A Y8 /B Y8 /A Y9 /B Y9 /A Y10 /B Y10 /A Y11 /B Y11 /A Y12 /B Y12 /A Y13 Y13 splice1 splice2 splice3 splice4 splice5 A1 /J K15
V2 Y4
X2/40
6316 6315 7004

br sw 2 3
A1
SW 6
MP
S2
bl
DD J
AA
BB g
EE
G y
X32
h j r
C d
w t
A c
V p
6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6805
6823 6853 6800 6803 6827
SW
S3
1020
F4
G2+
24V
3051 3052 6834 6835 6829 6840 6841 6838 6839 6846 6847 6844 6845 6842 6843
6832 6836 6837
X2/50
6848 6849 6851 6852 6806 6850
6315 6318
6800
6800
K f
T s q
R u
8 7 4 6 5
X7
8 7 4 6 5
0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75
0,75 0,75 0,75
X24
6837 6836
A C B
88 86(85)
6854
87b 87a 85 87 86
6854
X2/17
Y8 X22
6833 6844 6845 6831
3 2 1 3 2 1
H11
6803
K1
88a
F6
6803
X2/18
K15
6110
87b 87a 85 86
R5
1 3
X27
6833 6832 6831
C B A
A C B
B15 Y12
87
F6
X2/19
6827
E F
H12
6804
6822 6823 6824 6825
K16
6806 6808
1
6805
X2/2
6805
X29
6826
6842 6843
6804
C B D A
X30
2
X28
A C B
B13
X5
X2/4
6808
6848 6849
X2/20
6806
1 1 1 1
Y11
6847
6804
1 2
6818 6819 6846 6826
Y13
6854
D A
NO
bl
S28
sw
M J
S28
321
S29
ws
N I
6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6853 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
X25
6841 6840
A C B
C K
H G E
Y10
6851
6850
6808
6822
X26
6839 6838
A C B
6817
3
3050 6820 6852
Y9
6833 6830 6828 6831
4
3094
X6
3 2 1 3 2 1
X21
6830 6829 6828
C B A
6825 6833 6830
6821
3049
S29
1a
3 21 1b
B12
br rt
X31
B14 X23
4 6 5 7 8 4 6 5 7 8
6828 6831
6835 6834
6835 6834
A C B
1 4 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 4 2 3 1 4 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Y7
3050 3049 3051 3052
X77
3050 3049 3051 3052 3094
B28
X73
X65
01 03

.
PR 742B F/N xxx - 5600
10.2.40.00
Socket Pin
pole c.no. H 621 J 615 K 623 L 624 M 625 N --P 6820
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 668 Y 629 f 623 n 638 S --Z --g 635 p 628 T 626 a 631 h 636 q 640 U 627 b 632 i --r 641 V 628 c 633 j 637 s 642 W --d 670 k --t --X --e --m --u 669
pole c.no. v --w --x 665 y 643 z --AA 644 BB 645
pole c.no. CC 6810 DD 646 EE 647 FF --GG --HH ---
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electronic Control
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20022026
10.2.50.01
A A A A
638 626 618 621
B B B B
635 627 631 619
C C C C
---------
travel pump left Y10 travel reverse travel pump right Y11 travel forward travel pump right Y12 travel reverse
6. Plug (3 poles) central wiring harness /Diesel engine RPM sensor (AMP Junior Timer) Plug in sensor Socket on wiring harness
pole c.no. 1 653 2 629 3 ---
Notes
color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge = = = = = blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow gr rt rt-ws sw gn = = = = = gray red red-white black green
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electronic Control
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 2026
10.2.50.00
pos. description A1 B12 B13 B14 B15 F4 F6 F15 G2 electronic box (55 poles) travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - diesel engine RPM sensor - RPM - travel drive - left sensor - RPM - travel drive - right fuse fuse fuse battery
wire no. 101 323 324 600 610 615 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 631 632 633 635 636 637 638 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 667 668 669 670 6810 6820
MASSE
connections F4 S2 /3 S12 /S S3 splice2 S12 /S1 A1 /D A1 /E A1 /F A1 /G A1 /H A1 /K A1 /L A1 /M A1 /T A1 /U A1 /V A1 /Y A1 /a A1 /b A1 /c A1 /g A1 /h A1 /j A1 /n A1 /q A1 /r A1 /s splice5 A1 /AA A1 /BB A1 /DD A1 /EE splice1 splice1 splice2 splice4 splice2 splice4 splice5 splice5 splice5 splice3 splice3 splice3 splice3 A1 /A splice5 splice1 B12 /C B12 /J A1 /d A1 /CC A1 /P X2 /64 X2 /54 X2 /65 X2 /6 X27 X28 X28 X31 X31 X26 X26 X30 X27 X25 X31 X31 X25 X31 X31 X21 X29 X22 X31 X29 X31 X31 X30 X29 X31 X22 X21 X29 X31 X22 X21 X2 /30 X31 X31 X2 /18 S2 /1 S3 K5 /K6 A1 /C S12 /S A1 /J splice1 Y12 /A Y11 /B splice5 Y11 /A A1 /f B12 /K B12 /H Y9 /A Y9 /B A1 /p B13 /2 Y12 /B splice3 splice4 Y10 /B B12 /A B12 /D Y10 /A Y13 B12 /E Y13 A1 /y B12 /G B14 /B R5 /B B15 /B B12 /F R5 /D B12 /L B12 /I B13 /1 R5 /A B12 /N B15 /A B14 /A R5 /C B12 /B B15 /C B14 /C splice2 A1 /x K6 /86 A1 /R A1 /u K5 /86 Y53 Y53
H11 indicator light - reduced travel speed range H12 indicator light - electronic fault indicator K1 K5 K6 R5 S2 S3 S12 V2 X2 X21 X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y53 battery main switch relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator potentiometer - nominal RPM value neutral starting switch emergency off switch push button switch - travel speed range selection fuse panel plug - central wire harness (72 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM/safety control (working hydraulic)
Note: numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,96 mm marked wires e.g. y643 = identification machine model (integrated in central wiring harness) wire from K1 /88 to A1 /B = wo.no. white with mark MASSE (A1 - minus)
ground connection to A1 /B
V2 Y4
607
304 323 br sw 2 3
A1 X32
h j
sw
X2/64
S2
bl
CC P
DD J C d Y
r AA M L R u z x
BB g
323
600 X2/54
600 6810 6820 636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 665 617 664 633 620 643 632 646 615 600 670 629 628 628 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621 MASSE
101
F15
673
S3
S S1 615 615 X2/6
F4
+
24V
G2
86(85)
88 1
324
S12
87b 87a 85 87 86
610
H11
F6 670
X2/65
610
647 623 623
EE K f
D A c G y
E F H
n U T s q a
V p
K1
88a 660 656 619 621 1 2 3 660 647 656
X22
C B A
X2/18
670
K5
324 87b 87a 85 87 86
Y53 X29
X28
A C B
B15 Y11
H12
F6 667 X2/30 667 1
R5
C B D A E F
K6
658 646 649 654
631 618
X27
A C B
Y12
640
617
667
X30
629 653 653
Y13 X26
626 627 A C B 642
I L F B M J C K H G E D A
632
658
665
636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 659 648 651 652 655
610
2
651
2 3 1
648 664
B13
Y9
X25
638 635 A C B
655 643
5
656 657
652 620
633
4 654
660 661
B12
659
Y10 X21
661 645 657 C B A
X31
660 661 657 656
B14
Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 0,96 mm2 All unmarked wires have a cross section of 0,96 mm2 Cable sans prescription de section = 0,96 mm2
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20022026
10.2.50.00
Socket Pin
pole c.no. H 621 J 615 K 623 L 624 M 625 N --P 6820
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 668 Y 629 f 623 n 638 S --Z --g 635 p 628 T 626 a 631 h 636 q 640 U 627 b 632 i --r 641 V 628 c 633 j 637 s 642 W --d 670 k --t --X --e --m --u 669
pole c.no. v --w --x 665 y 643 z --AA 644 BB 645
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electronic Control
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20272062
10.2.51.01
A A A A
638 626 618 621
B B B B
635 627 631 619
C C C C
---------
6. Plug (3 poles) central wiring harness /Diesel engine RPM sensor (AMP Junior Timer) Plug in sensor Socket on wiring harness
pole c.no. 1 653 2 629 3 ---
Notes
color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge = = = = = blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow gr rt rt-ws sw gn = = = = = gray red red-white black green
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electronic Control
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2027 2062
10.2.51.00
pos. description A1 B12 B13 B14 B15 F4 F6 F15 G2 electronic box (55 poles) travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - diesel engine RPM sensor - RPM - travel drive - left sensor - RPM - travel drive - right fuse fuse fuse battery
wire no. 101 323 324 600 610 615 617 618 619 620 621 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 631 632 633 635 636 637 638 640 641 642 y643 644 645 646 647 648 649 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 664 y665 667 668 669 670 6810 6820
MASSE
connections F4 S2 /3 S12 /S S3 splice2 S12 /S1 A1 /D A1 /E A1 /F A1 /G A1 /H A1 /K A1 /L A1 /M A1 /T A1 /U A1 /V A1 /Y A1 /a A1 /b A1 /c A1 /g A1 /h A1 /j A1 /n A1 /q A1 /r A1 /s splice5 A1 /AA A1 /BB A1 /DD A1 /EE splice1 splice1 splice2 splice4 splice2 splice4 splice5 splice5 splice5 splice3 splice3 splice3 splice3 A1 /A splice5 splice1 B12 /C B12 /J A1 /d A1 /CC A1 /P X2 /64 X2 /54 X2 /65 X2 /6 X27 X28 X28 X31 X31 X26 X26 X30 X27 X25 X31 X31 X25 X31 X31 X21 X64/X29 X22 X31 X64/X29 X31 X31 X30 X64/X29 X31 X22 X21 X64/X29 X31 X22 X21 X2 /30 X31 X31 X2 /18 S2 /1 S3 K5 /K6 A1 /C S12 /S A1 /J splice1 Y12 /A Y11 /B splice5 Y11 /A A1 /f B12 /K B12 /H Y9 /A Y9 /B A1 /p B13 /2 Y12 /B splice3 splice4 Y10 /B B12 /A B12 /D Y10 /A Y13 B12 /E Y13 A1 /y B12 /G B14 /B R5 /B B15 /B B12 /F R5 /D B12 /L B12 /I B13 /1 R5 /A B12 /N B15 /A B14 /A R5 /C B12 /B B15 /C B14 /C splice2 A1 /x K6 /86 A1 /R A1 /u K5 /86 Y53 Y53
H11 indicator light - reduced travel speed range H12 indicator light - electronic fault indicator K1 K5 K6 R5 S2 S3 S12 V2 X2 X21 X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 X64 Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y53 battery main switch relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator potentiometer - nominal RPM value neutral starting switch emergency off switch push button switch - travel speed range selection diode (K2) panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) plug (Deutsch 18 poles) solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM/safety control (working hydraulic)
Note: numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,96 mm marked wires e.g. y643 = identification machine model (integrated in central wiring harness) wire from K1 /88 to A1 /B = wo.no. white with mark MASSE (A1 - minus)
ground connection to A1 /B
V2 Y4
607
304 323 br sw 2 3
A1 X32
h j
sw
X2/64
S2
bl
CC P
DD J C d Y
r AA M L R u z x
BB g
323
600 X2/54
600 6810 6820 636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 665 617 664 633 620 643 632 646 615 600 670 629 628 628 645 635 638 627 626 642 640 631 618 619 621 MASSE
101
F15
673
S3
S S1 615 615 X2/6
F4
+
24V
G2
86(85)
88 1
324
S12
87b 87a 85 87 86
610
H11
F6 670
X2/65
610
647 623 623
EE K f
D A c G y
E F H
n U T s q a
V p
K1
88a 660 656 619 621 1 2 3 660 647 656
X22
C B A
X2/18
670
K5
324 87b 87a 85 87 86
Y53 X29
X28
A C B
B15 Y11
H12
F6 667 X2/30 667 1
R5
C B D A E F
K6
658 646 649 654
631 618
X27
A C B
2 5 3 4
X64
Y12
640
617
Instrumentenpult Instrument Panel Pupitre 667
X30
629 653 653
Y13 X26
626 627 A C B 642
I L F B M J C K H G E D A
632
658
665
636 637 641 644 625 624 668 669 659 648 651 652 655
610
2
651
2 3 1
648 664
B13
Y9
X25
638 635 A C B
655 643
5
656 657
652 620
633
4 654
660 661
B12
659
Y10 X21
661 645 657 C B A
X31
660 661 657 656
B14
Kabel ohne Querschnittsangabe 0,96 mm All unmarked wires have a cross section of 0,96 mm2 2 Cable sans prescription de section = 0,96 mm
01 01

.
PR 752 F/N xxx - 20272062
10.2.51.00
Socket Pin
pole c.no. pole c.no. A 6849 H 6843 B Masse J 6853 C 6800 K 6859 D 6848 L 6814 E 6845 M 6813 F 6842 N --G 6852 P 6856 Plug in travel joystick
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. R 6815 Y 6827 f 6859 n 6841 v --S --Z --g 6840 p 6860 w 3051 T 6839 a 6844 h 6809 q 6847 x 6857 U 6838 b 6850 i --r 6811 y 6858 V 6860 c 6851 j 6810 s 6846 z --W --d 6803 k --t 3052 AA 6812 X --e --m --u 6816 BB 6829
2. Plug (14 poles) central wiring harness /travel joystick (Cannon CA 06COM-E-20-27S-B-03-A176-LH) Socket on wiring harness Socket Pin
pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no. A 6809 D 6810 G 6812 J 6816 M 6853 B 6817 E 6811 H 6813 K 6814 N 6821 C 6815 F 6818 I 6820 L 6819 3. Plug (6 poles) central wiring harness /potentiometer (Cannon CA 06 COM-E 14S-6 S-B-03-A176-LH) Socket on wiring harness Plug in potentiometer
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Electronic Control
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2063
10.2.52.01
4 Plug (3 poles) central wiring harness /proportional solenoids (Cannon CA 06 COM-E 10 SL-3 S-B-03-LH) Socket on wiring harness Plug in proportional solenoid pole c.no. pole c.no. pole c.no.
A A A A
6839 6841 6843 6845
B B B B
6838 6840 6842 6844
C C C C
---------
5 Plug (3 poles) travel motor-wiring harness /sensors (Cannon KPSE 06 E 8-3A SB-DN) Socket on wiring harness Plug in sensor left right pole c.no. pole c.no. A 6828 A 6831 B 6829 B 6832 C 6830 C 6833
6. (option) Plug X65 (12 poles) central wiring harness /wiring harness for pedals (Cannon - Deutsch) Socket on pedal wiring harness Socket on central wiring harness
pole c.no. 1 3050 2 3051 3 3052 4 3049 5 3094 6 ---
pole c.no. 7 --8 --9 --10 --11 --12 ---
7. Plug X30 (3 poles) central wiring harness /Diesel engine RPM sensor (AMP Junior Timer) Plug in sensor Socket on wiring harness
pole c.no. 1 6826 2 6827 3 ---
Notes
Note: Numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 0,75 mm marked wires e.g. y6857 = identification machine model (integrated in central wiring harness) wire from K1 /88 to A1 /B = wo.no. white with mark MASSE (A1 - minus) or sw black (A1 - minus) Color codes: bl bl-ws br br-ge ge = = = = = blue blue-white brown brown-yellow yellow gr rt rt-ws sw gn = = = = = gray red red-white black green

Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-2063
01 04
Electronic Control
Blatt Page Feuille
10.2.52.00
pos. A1 B12 B13 B14 B15 B28 F4 F6 F15 G2 H11 H12 K1 K15 K16 MP R5 S2 S3 S28 S29 V2 X2 X21 X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 X64 X65 X73 Y4 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y28
description electronic box (55 poles) travel joystick (14 poles) sensor - Diesel engine RPM sensor - RPM - travel drive - left sensor - RPM - travel drive - right Inchpedal fuse fuse fuse battery indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator battery main switch relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator ground connection potentiometer - nominal RPM value neutral starting switch emergency off switch push button switch - counter rotation rocker switch - travel speed range selection 3 steps diode (K2) panel plug - central wiring harness (72 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug (Cannon 3 poles) plug to R5(Cannon 6 poles) plug to B13(Cannon 3 poles) plug to B12(Cannon 14 poles) plug to A1(Cannon 55 poles) plug to R5 (Deutsch 18 poles) plug to B28 (Deutsch 12 poles) code plug (installed on wiring harness at machines without Inchpedal) solenoid valve - servo cut off proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump left (travel reverse) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel forward) proportional solenoid - travel pump right (travel reverse) solenoid valve - parking brake solenoid valve - Diesel engine RPM/safety control (working hydraulic)
wire no. 6110 6315 6334 6800 6803 6804 6809 6810 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854 6855 6856 y6857 y6858 6859 6860
connections K15 S2 /3 S3 A1 /d splice1 A1 /h A1 /j A1 /CC A1 /r A1 /AA A1 /M A1 /L B12 /C B12 /J splice3 splice1 splice2 splice4 A1 /P splice5 splice3 A1 /DD splice1 splice4 splice2 A1 /Y splice5 A1 /BB splice3 splice5 A1 /EE splice3 A1 /U A1 /T A1 /g A1 /n A1 /F A1 /H A1 /a A1 /E A1 /s A1 /q A1 /D A1 /A A1 /b A1 /c A1 /G B12 /m splice2 A1 /CC A1 /P splice5 splice5 A1 /K A1 /V X2 /40 X2 /50 X2 /18 X2 /19 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X31 X64 /X29 X64 /X29 X64 /X29 X64 /X29 X30 X30 X21 X21 X21 X22 X22 X22 X26 X26 X25 X25 X28 X28 X27 X27 X31 X2 /17 K16 S3 A1 /C K15 /86 K16 /86 B12 /A B12 /D Y53 B12 /E B12 /G B12 /H B12 /K A1 /R A1 /u B12 /B B12 /F B12 /L B12 /I Y53 B12 /N R5 /C R5 /B R5 /D R5 /A B13 /1 B13 /2 B14 /A B14 /B B14 /C B15 /A B15 /B B15 /C Y9 /B Y9 /A Y10 /B Y10 /A Y11 /B Y11 /A Y12 /B Y12 /A Y13 Y13 splice1 splice2 splice3 splice4 splice5 A1 /J K15 Y28 Y28 A1 /x A1 /y A1 /f A1 /p
MASSE ground connection to A1 /B
V2 Y4
X2/40
6316
6315
7004 br sw 2 3
A1
sw
MP
S2
bl
CC
DD
AA
BB g
EE
G y
A c
6315
6800
6857
6848
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6849
6851
6852
6858
6850
6823
6829
6843
6855
6853
6800
6803
6827
6856
3051
3052
6860
6860
6840
6841
6838
6839
6846
6847
6832
6859
6844
S3
1020
F4
MASSE
+
24V

6854
X2/17 87b 87a 85 86 87
0,75
0,75
0,75
0,75
0,75
0,75
0,75
0,75
88 86(85)
6854
K1
88a
0,75
0,75
6845
6842
6859
F15
6334
X2/50
6800
K f
X32
h r j
R u
T s
X22
6833 6842 6843 1 1 6833 6832 6831 6831
C B A
H11
F6 6803 6803
X2/18 1
Y28 R5
3 2
K15
6110
87b 87a 85 86 87
X28 A
C B
H12
F6 6804
X2/19
Y11
B15
6804
C B
D A
6844
6822
6823
6824
6825
6845
K16
X29
6827
X27
A C
B13
2 3 1
Y12
6847
6848
6849
X64
6826
X30
6846
Y13 X26
6839 6838
6804
D A
1
NO
A C B
bl
6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6853 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6854 6818
2
6819
6826
Y9
S28
sw
C K
H G E
6851
M J
S28
321
6857
6850
6822
6841 6840
X25 A
C B
S29
ws
6817
3
6833 6830 3050 6825 3094 1 1
Y10
6833 6830 6828 6831 1 1 6830 6829 6828
X21
C B A
N I
6820 6821
S29
1a
6831 6828
3 21 1b
B12
br rt
X31
6852 6858 3049
B14
3050
3049
3051
3052
X65
ge gn sw rt
1 4 2 3
X65
1 4 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3050 3049 3051 3052
3094
B28
X73
01 03

.
PR752 F/N xxx - 2063
10.2.52.00
A. Components - Quick Reference

1. Electronic box - A1 1.1. Version CEP 11 This electronic control unit consists of four circuit boards which are installed and sealed in a sturdy aluminum housing. They are connected to the other components by high-grade, military acceptable plug connectors and a wiring harness. The unit is protected from environmental influences such as water, shock, vibration or atmospheric conditions. To prevent premature failure, all parts have been tested for proper function in ambient temperatures of -40 C to +85 C for a certain period of time. In addition, the control unit is protected via an extensive integrated short circuit and terminal protection as well as increased protection from disturbances caused by high frequency and excessive voltage. The electronic control consists of a micro processor which controls entire signal processing together with analogous components. Some signals are processed twice and all are continuously monitored for maximum safety. Since current via terminal x 5 depends on the machine model, the control unit chooses only the corresponding program type for electronic control. 1.2. Version CEP 12 This electronic control unit consists of a double circuit board which is installed in a sturdy aluminum housing and covered with a protective coat of lacquer. They are connected to the other components by high-grade, military acceptable plug connectors and a wiring harness. The unit is protected from environmental influences such as water, shock, vibration or atmospheric conditions. Only components specified for the expanded temperature range are used that have been tested for proper function within the entire range of ambient temperatures from -20C to +60C. In addition, the control unit is protected via an extensive integrated short circuit and terminal protection as well as increased protection from disturbances caused by high frequency and excessive voltage. The electronic control unit consists of a part designed with microcontrollers that controls/regulates all required functions, mostly digitally processed. Analog signals from the periphery, e.g. from travel joystick, are properly converted for digital processing. Some signals are processed twice and all are continuously monitored for maximum safety. Since current depends on machine model, the control unit chooses only the corresponding program type for electronic control. Current depending on machine model is predetermined by type of cable clamps on terminal X5 or by appropriate splice on wiring harness.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Description of Function

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.3.00.01
2. Travel control joystick B 12 The joystick features a four quadrant lever with an integrated switch to control travel function. By moving the lever, a certain voltage is sent as a travel or steering signal to the electronic box via the potentiometer and the integrated processing electronics, resulting in a clear" signal via the parallel controlled micro-switch to control the function. Current travel joystick models send signals via parallel controlled potentiometers. After switch (push button) in the handle is pushed and the lever is deflected at the same time to the left or right, the regular steering signal is processed for the counter rotation" function. Except LR-machines starting with F/N xxx-6200 - see point 3.2.1. At special machines, some of them as option, there is a rocker switch installed for choosing different travel speed ranges. (see chapter B, point 3.1) Additionally the function of the travel control joystick is combined with a pedal steering system (see group 10.6, chapter B, point 1. and 2.) 3. Sensor - Diesel engine RPM B 13 The sensor is installed in the flywheel housing above the starter ring gear. During operation, the teeth of the rotating flywheel teeth cuts the magnetic field of a permanent magnet, which is located in the sensor and surrounded by a spool. Then an alternate current is created in the spool, its frequency informs the electronic control of the actual speed of the diesel engine. 4. Sensors - Variable motor RPM B 14 / B 15 These sensors are installed in the variable motors of the hydraulic drive system (on PR 752 and RL 52 models, they are installed in the travel gears) and operate according to the principle of an inductive proximity switch. The magnetic field created by the sensors electronics is cushioned by a perforated disk running in the variable motor. The drive shaft flange is used as a perforated disk in the displacement motor and/or a pinion of the gear. The resulting signal is used by the control unit to check the effective travel speed of the left or right chain.
5. RPM - rated value potentiometer R 5 The potentiometer is coupled via a linkage with the injection pump on the diesel engine and sends a proportional voltage depending on the angle = injection pump position. From this voltage the electronic control calculates the selected Diesel engine RPM.
6. Proportional solenoids Y7 to Y12 These are used to control the variable flow pumps and motors of the hydrostatic drive. They convert current in proportion to the amperage. A proportional hydraulic servo pressure is created via a connected valve system which actuates the hydraulic components according to this pressure.
(Y7 / Y8 Proportional solenoids - Variable motor shown at sensors B14 / B15)
B. Description of Function - Block diagram (see reverse side)

1. Current supply and self-check Current is supplied by batteries G2 or the alternator / Diesel engine. When the starter switch S1 is actuated, the regular electrical system is supplied with current, the indicator light H 12 lights up since the electronic is not yet supplied with current. After the safety lever S2 and the emergency off switch S3 are brought into operating position, the electronic is supplied with current via the polarity and overvoltage protection. The entire electronic system, internal and external, receives +" and - processed current via voltage stabilization, calculated against a reference voltage level of 0". If the supply is improper, for example if available voltage is too low, the current supply of the electronic is interrupted by the shut off system and indicator light H 12 continues to burn. If all prerequisites are met, indicator light H 12 turns off immediately and, within 1 second, the electronic checks all important functions for defects (self-check). If a problem occurs, the automatic turns off and H 12 lights up again. If a signal from joystick B 12 is given within this test period, the travel function is not actuated. The internal current supply, however, is built up and H 12 does not light up. After returning the joystick to neutral position, the electronic lock is released and travel function can be controlled normally. See also paragraph 8, Shut off criteria". 2. Function - Parking brake After the starting procedure, the brakes on the machine, ready for travel, remain applied. After the initial movement of the joystick, the travel and steering logic of solenoid valve Y13 is energized and shifts. The pressurized oil is applied to the disk brakes. The brakes are released, the indicator light on the instrument panel turns off (see also section - travel hydraulic). During continuing travel operation the brakes remain released. The parking brake is applied again when the current supply of solenoid valve Y13 is interrupted. This occurs: a) when the current supply to the electronic is interrupted by external (manual) changes - H 12 lights up. - starter switch S1 in moved to the neutral position - safety lever is lowered, switch S2 is in the neutral position - emergency off switch S3 pushed down. Caution: Please inform the operator: When the parking brake is applied, the moving machine is stopped abruptly. b) when an internal shut-off signal from the control unit is given - when the joystick is in neutral position and the chains continue to move approx. 2 cm (1inch) after the machine has come to a stop, due to external forces (machine rolling), - when the joystick remains for more than 7 seconds in neutral position, - when the monitoring system of the electronic control unit recognizes a problem and then activates the internal shut off - H 12 lights up again. c) when pedal steering is installed - when inch/brake pedal is actuated - Note: when slowing down the machine via steering pedals, the brake does not close (see group 10.6)
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.3.00.02
Block diagram with electronic control box version CEP 11 or CEP 12:
Parts list for block diagram

A1 Electronic box 2 Overvoltage and polarity protection 3 Voltage stabilization 3.1 External supply 3.2 Internal supply 4 5 6 7 Shut off Monitoring system Command and switch values Machine type program B12 Travel joystick a Travel signal b Steering signal c Signal release - travel d Signal release - steering e Signal counterrotation B13 Sensor - Diesel engine RPM B14 Sensor - RPM - travel drive left B15 Sensor - RPM - travel drive right G2 Batteries 10 Signal processing 11 Travel control range 12 Travel value processing 13 Travel ramp 14 Steering ramp 15 Steering value - left 16 Steering value - right 17 Engine speed processing 18 Rated value development 19 Load regulator 20 Travel and steering logic 21 Counterrotation 22 Straight run control 23 Speed limitation 24 Control signal Y13 (parking brake) 25 Max. current limitation 27 Pump and motor control stage - left chain 28 Pump and motor control stage - right chain 30 Engine - RPM/safety control - only CEP 12/06 31 Control stage Y53 H11 Indicator light travel speed range H12 Indicator light electronic fault indicator R5 Potentiometer - nominal RPM value S1 S2 S3 S12 Starter switch w. preheat position Neutral starting switch Emergency off switch Push button switch - travel speed range selection
X5 Serial connecting terminal Y7 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y53 Proportional solenoid - travel motor left Proportional solenoid - travel motor right Proportional solenoid - travel pump left - reverse Proportional solenoid - travel pump left - forward Proportional solenoid - travel pump right - reverse Proportional solenoid - travel pump right - forward Solenoid valve - parking brake Solenoid valve - Diesel engine - RPM/safety control
Type identification: 101 Diesel engine X12-PR 712 X22-PR 722 / LR 622 / RL (4)22 X32-PR 732 / LR 632 X42-PR 742 / RL 42 X52-PR 752 / RL 52 102 Travel pump left 103 Travel pump right 104 Travel motor left 105 Travel motor right 106 Regulating pump - working hydraulic
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.3.00.03
Note:
For safety reasons, check the proper function of the emergency OFF switch, especially before use in dangerous applications. Otherwise, especially when traveling on an incline or downhill; only actuate in case of an emergency.
3. Travel functions Caution: Only operate on-board CBs or radios when the machine is not moving, since operation of such equipment could cause problems for the electronic, which might not be recognized as such by the electronic system.
Travel direction and speed are primarily controlled via joystick B 12. However, additional function of electronic control unit, described below, are connected with these functions and affect regulation. The signals coming from B 12 - see description - are processed in the electronic box as they come in and then sent to the precise control range/ travel value control and steering ramp as well as to the travel and steering logic for parallel processing. 3.1. Travel signal The precise control range/ travel value control contains the processing of the travel signal for precision control and continued processing for the travel ramp. Reduced travel speed range with push button switch S12 on the instrument panel: If switch - travel speed range selection - is actuated (indicator light H 11 lights up), all other signals are divided in half, so that finally, when the lever is fully deflected, the variable pumps are at max. angle and the variable motors are in the first part of regulation range (for travel speed limitation see "Technical Data" chapter 3). Reduced travel speed range with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick: The switch "reduced speed range" on the instrument panel is never used. Instead of them, a rocker switch with 3 positions is integrated into the joystick handle to select three different travel speed ranges. I II III = switch position down = switch position middle = switch position up reduced travel speed range reduced travel speed range normal travel speed range H11 on H11 on H11 off
In all speed ranges the complete handle movement is used to change the speed without a step. In the end position the maximum speed is limited by the electronic part. For travel speed limitations see "Technical Data" chapter 3. If necessary the travel speed ranges can be changed during traveling. If range I or II is selected, the control light H11 "reduced speed range" lights up on the panel.
In travel ramp range, the increase of the machine speed is in proportion to the joystick lever deflection B12. This means, at reduced deflection from neutral position, the machines travel speed increases very little = slow travel start, at full lever deflection, maximum travel speed increase. When the travel direction is reversed quickly, influenced by the travel logic, the machine is slows down faster and speeds up faster. From the rated value RPM potentiometer R5 via the rated value development and load regulator , the selected Diesel engine speed is signaled to the travel ramp and then to maximum current value limitation. Depending on the machine type and selected Diesel engine RPM, the maximum continuous current value is limited = electrical Qmin limitation of variable motors. The signal from this area is now forwarded to the pump and motor control stages, as well as to the right and left steering values. The signal also moves simultaneously to the overload warning device for check. Depending on these and additional influences, the proportional solenoids Y7 to Y12, which are also influenced by the travel logic signal are supplied with current via the pump and motor control levels. These current values are also forwarded to the monitoring system to be checked and to assure system safety.
3.2. Steering signal When the steering function is selected, the current to the proportional solenoids on the selected side are calculated and then reduced depending on the desired radius of the turn. The steering signal coming in via the signal processing unit is forwarded simultaneously to the steering ramp and the steering logic. In the steering ramp, the progressive steering procedure is regulated in proportion to the joystick lever deflection and then the appropriate signal is forwarded to the steering value at the right or left, as well as to the maximum current value limit. In the area of the left to right steering value, controlled by the steering logic depending on steering direction, the required steering signal is matched to the existing travel value and then forwarded to the appropriate pump or motor control stage, as well as to the monitoring system. In the pump and motor control stage, also influenced by the steering logic, the current supply of the proportional solenoids depending on the selected curve radius is remodified. In order to satisfy the increased power requirements in soft ground", when traveling at high speed and changing direction, at increasing steering deflection = smaller curve radius, the speed of the chain at the external side of the curve is reduced as well. When the travel direction is reversed quickly via the joystick, and the steering function is actuated at the same time, the completed steering radius is stored in the electronic and the curve radius maintained during the braking period until the machine comes to a stop. Only when starting to travel in the opposite direction, a new steering value is entered again.
3.2.1 Counterrotation The signal from the counterrotation switch on the joystick is forwarded in the control unit via the signal processing unit to the travel and steering logic. Further processing only occurs if there is no travel signal. Forward and reverse travel is always handled on a priority basis. Counterrotation is only applied when the machine has first come to a stop, at least for a short time (the travel joystick does not have to be returned to neutral"), the counterrotation switch has been pushed and only the steering direction has been selected. If these prerequisites are given, the proportional solenoids for one drive side for forward and the other for reverse travel are energized by the counterrotation signal and its control from the travel and steering logic via maximum current value limitation, steering value left/right, as well as pump and motor control stages. At crawler loaders starting with F/N xxx-6200 or with pedal steering there is no more push button switch for counter rotation. This function is activated directly from the steering signal, starting with an appointed deflection on the joystick or pedal. 4. SSHC system (engine speed sensing horsepower control system) The potentiometer R5, connected on the injection pump lever, sends a voltage signal (max. RPM - U = zero V / min. RPM - U = -5+0,7 V), proportional to engine speed, to the electronic control for rated value development. The signal depending on actual engine RPMs given by sensor B 13 is processed depending on machine type as soon as it enters the electronic control. In the engine load regulator, both signals, the actual and the nominal value, are processed, taking the machine type into account. If actual diesel engine RPMs are much less than the nominal RPMs, the signals to the travel ramp and the travel and steering logic reduce the current to the regulating solenoids for pumps and motors. The electronic engine speed sensing horsepower control system is therefore a load regulator, which prevents overload of the diesel engine by lowering the travel speed. At continuous loads, the maximum drop in engine speed is approx. -7% in relation to the rated diesel engine RPM. At sudden load, the RPM can drop even further for a short period of time. This has been intended in order to prevent a drop of high pressure in the closed loop hydraulic circuit and for utilization of the travel dynamics of the machine.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.3.00.04
If the working hydraulic also induces a load on the Diesel engine, the travel speed (travel performance) is further reduced via the engine load regulator and the working function is given priority. If the regulator starts while traveling in a curve, the signals combine with the travel and steering logic and retain the preselected curve radius. During counterrotation", the travel signal line is not used. Therefore the changed routing of the reducing signal causes a somewhat lower maximum reduction than at normal working cycle. 5. Straight run control From the electronic sensors B 14 and B 15, the impulses in relation to the RPM of the travel drive are sent to the travel and steering logic of the electronic control unit. These impulses are compared in the straight run control. If there is any deviation between them, a control signal to the pump and motor control stages of the faster side reduces the current of these proportional solenoids until the straight run is restored. During and shortly after the steering procedure, as well as at travel begin, straight run control is not active. Considerable asymmetry of the variable displacement pumps or motors can lead to perceptible deviation (zigzag travel of the machine). The symptom can be alleviated by manually adjusting the components with the help of a test box. See paragraph 10.4 - use of the test box. 6. Speed limitation The frequencies sent from the electronic sensors B 14 and B15 are compared with the speed limitation of the travel and steering logic and with the maximum allowable frequency at maximum speed. If it is exceeded, a control signal is sent to the pump and motor control stages, and the current supply to all proportional solenoids is evenly reduced until it is within the maximum speed. If straight run is regulated at the same time, the signals are added (+) at the output of the travel and steering logic. Important: This speed limit regulation is only intended to increase the operating safety of the machine if not operated properly. This safety function for machine models PR 752 and RL 52 is further expanded by the RPM cut-off safety described below. The operator must always select the reduced speed range when traveling downhill (see Operation Manual) and when the Diesel engine RPM increased, he should also reduce the deflection of the joystick. 7. Diesel engine RPM safety control - only on Model PR 752 and RL 52 The signal, which depends on the actual engine RPM forwarded by sensor B 13, is checked in the control electronic after processing according to machine type of diesel engine RPM safety. If the engine RPM safety detects an excessively high actual RPM signal, proportional solenoid Y53 is energized via precontrol electronics. Actual RPM 2150+50 RPM = actuating point. RPM overspeeding of the Diesel engine is caused by improper downhill travel (excessive speed/towing application) control. Pressure of working hydraulic pump regulator is vented via proportional solenoids Y53, see function description group 7.3.50. Due to the increased flow, power requirement of working hydraulic increases sharply. This supports braking effect of diesel engine and causes its RPM to decrease again despite excessive towing application. If the Diesel engine RPMs decrease below 2000+50 RPM = shut off point, the current supply to proportional solenoid Y53 is switched off by control electronic and the regulating pump of the working hydraulic functions normally again. Note: At the machines starting with F/N xxx-6200 the engine RPM safety control maybe starts also during an abrupt changing between forward and reverse, given by the faster travel dynamics.
8. Shut off criteria - Safety Any time the system detects a deviation from the set values of the travel control by the electronic, the control currents are turned off. From travel operation, the variable motors are moved to Qmax, the pumps are moved to zero and the brake is applied. This causes the machine to slow down and stop very quickly. Generally, if there is a short circuit against the frame or interruptions of safety related electrical lines, the system automatically recognizes a problem. Following results in a default of the electrical system which then actuates the automatic shut off. Battery voltage low voltage, for example: discharged or defective battery, loose or broken wires, damaged or dirty plugs, defective switch, defective fuse, main fused tripped. excessive voltage, for example: when using external starting aids wrong polarity, for example: batteries installed incorrectly short circuit in voltage supply, for example: due to damaged cable, short circuit due to moisture, defective switch, dirty or damaged plug short circuit in stabilized current supply, for example: due to damaged cable, defective or dirty plug, defective electronic box
Travel joystick and steering pedals signal values outside of the permissible range, for example: if the joystick is defective, short circuit in wiring harness, short circuit due to moisture signal value before completion of self-check (indicator light is not lit), for example: the joystick was deflected too early or was already deflected when the machine was started: signal value in permissible range: the line for travel signal is not cleared; H 12 does not light up. Travel permission can be given by first moving joystick to neutral position and then deflecting it again
signal value outside permissible range or not equal to switch value: Shut off occurs after the end of completion of self-check (H 12 lights up again).
Valid for travel and steering values. Solenoid - directional valve/brake control no current consumption, for example: due to broken cable, damaged or dirty plug, broken wire in the solenoid, defective electronic box for example: due to short circuit in the wiring harness, short circuit in the solenoid, short circuit due to moisture
current consumption excessive,
Proportional solenoid on pumps and motors resistance too high, for example: due to broken cable, damaged or dirty plug, defective electronic box for example: due to short circuit in wiring harness, short in solenoid, or short due to moisture infiltration for example due to chafed wiring harness and contact with frame
resistance too low,
short circuit against frame,
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.3.00.05
Electronic box internal malfunctions for example: mechanical damage or moisture, age, parts failure, improper handling of the electronic system. Note: Short circuit against + battery terminals" on brake solenoid or one of the proportional solenoids might not lead to shut off, however, it can damage the electronic box internally. Sensors and potentiometer elevated limit values of the signal level, for example: a short circuit in the wiring harness or in a sensor/potentiometer sometimes lead to actuation of the automatic shut off.
Only with electronic box version CEP 12/06 - machine model PR 752 and RL 52 If a problem is detected in the control range to solenoid - maximum RPM safety device (engine overspeeding) - short circuit or broken cable - the electronic automatically switches travel drive control to reduced speed range, control of travel drive is not, however, locked out. Simultaneously, the problem is displayed on the instrument panel of the machine by blinking indicator light reduced speed range". For examples of possible problems, see point solenoid - directional valve/brake control" mentioned above. The function proportional solenoid for travel motor left / right" is equipped with only one cable loop each in the wiring harness of these machines. Errors in this range, however, are recognized as such similar to proportional solenoids on pumps and motors" in previous paragraph.
A. Important information
1. Test procedure Use of diagnostic test box CET-08/03 only on electronically controlled crawlers with electronic box version CEP. Connect device with correct adapter - see "Notes" in point B - and cables according to guidelines, in place of the electronic box present, to control system of machine. When commissioning the machine, proceed according to guidelines in Operation and Maintenance Manual, observe correct sequence of indicator lights.
When carrying out testing and adjustment work, use appropriate adjustment checklist, page 3.5.xx.xx. Prepare required copies, or request them from your LIEBHERR distributor.
All checks and adjustments are performed at maximum Diesel engine RPM and operating temperature of the machine, unless stated otherwise.
Problems found during the tests are to be eliminated immediately or as soon as possible, depending on the type of problem. Measures to be taken for tests of group A - "with standard measurement gauges" - are to be carried out before the other test steps. Note: Machine must also be at operating temperature for the following tests!
The checklist corresponds to the system demands, and the following instructions are, to a large extent, designed for these demands. Set values of adjustments are found on checklist. Measures for adjustment of travel hydraulic - also in connection with electronic control - see group 6.5.
Caution:
For tests, adjustments or repairs, the machine must be parked on firm level ground. If a check is to be made when the chains are operating (speed / synchronization), the machine must be raised and securely supported so that the chains can turn freely. Pipelayers may only be raised with their boom in transport position or if it has been removed. Secure danger zone. Observe safety recommendations as per group 1.2.01. If operator's cab is raised, the diagnostic test box may only be used outside of the machine and its danger zone. It is not permitted for anyone to be on or near the crawler during tests. Never try controlling the machine via the diagnostic test box.
Caution:
If a LR-Litronic crawler loader has steering pedals or an end-position plug with a splice, the 12-pole plug on the wiring harness - near to the operators platform support / see picture beside, possible to reach it through the battery area - must be disconnected before starting the checks. At PR-Litronic crawler dozers and RL-Litronic pipe layers don't unplug an existing wiring harness for a inch/brake pedal or an end-position plug.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Diagnostic test box application

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.4.00.01
2. Diagnostic test box The diagnostic test box with adapter is a highly developed electronic test instrument, especially designed for crawler controls. Careful handling and periodic recalibration is absolutely necessary for trouble-free operation. The due date for the next test box check/recalibration (annual) can be seen on the green test sticker located on the face of the test box. Example: 6-1990 = June 1990 (but at the latest June 1992) The date of the last check/recalibration can be seen on the yellow or blue test sticker located on the face of the test box. The recommended date of the next test/recalibration is therefore one year later, for example: 4-2003 next check/recalibration = April 2004 (but at the latest April 2006). Details concerning this procedure may be obtained from your LIEBHERR distributor. Check appropriate adapter cable for damage before every test. NOTE: For correct tests at machines type LR 622B and LR632B starting with F/Nxxx-6200 (without pedal steering) the diagnostic test box MUST have a blue sticker with a date later than 4-2003, otherwise, for example, the joystick test shows always "ERROR".
The following notes are very important for the correct handling of the diagnostic test box. Notes: - During transport, the test box must be protected from shock because the individual components could only be designed to withstand minimal shock loads corresponding to a maximum drop height of 4" (100 mm). - For storage and transport, always connect the adapter cable's sockets or cover them with a protective cap, and keep the case closed. Thus the contacts and sockets are protected from moisture. Do not force plugs together, consider the guide grooves. Loose connections must also be protected from contamination and moisture during mounting. Damaged or wet plugs can lead to erroneous readings! - Adapter CET 14/03 (created for machines with 6-cyl. in line engines) is replaced by the expanded adapter CET 14/05. This adapter can be used on all machine models. Caution: Only use the diagnostic test box in connection with the adapter CET 14/05 and the appropriate adapter cables on machine model PR 752 and RL 52, since besides erroneous readings the diagnostic test box can also be damaged!
- For illustrations and a list of identification numbers for the diagnostic test box, adapter and adapter cable, see Special Tools, page 2.1.30.01.
Diagnostic test box - Description of indicators and switches:
Indicator lights green Indicator lights red Indicator lights yellow
Analog indicator
Push button switch Rocker switch
Plug
Rotary switch
Diagnostic test box - description
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.4.00.02
3. Connecting the diagnostic test box - observe all previous information
The Diesel engine must be turned off and the starter switch in "0" position, safety lever in low position. Disconnect the plug from the electronic box (turn change over nut clockwise) and install the adapter cable 3 (2 Cannon plugs) to the wiring harness of the machine. Route cable to work site (operator's seat or next to the machine). Connect power supply cable 2 to the test box at "POWER INPUT", adapter cable 3 to the adapter on the test box at "MAIN CONNECTOR". Connect power input cable 2 to the outlet on the instrument panel. Check cable routing. Secure it as necessary so that when the chains are moving there is no danger of damage.
On test box in area 1 place rocker switch for "POWER INPUT" in "OFF" position.
In area 14-"straight run test" turn the left rotary switch-"track speed" into position "0", turn the right rotary switch to "Test". The rotary switches remain in this position for all tests, unless stated otherwise.
Place the test box in a secure position as necessary. Do not use tracks or covers of the machine as a table to set test box during tests.
B. Diagnostic test box application

1. Operational readiness of test box 1.1. Operational readiness of machine and function of indicator lights of test box adapter Move starter switch of the machine to position 1 = operation position, the emergency OFF switch must be pulled and the joystick must be in neutral position. Watch the adapter on the test box and lift safety lever. All light diodes in the adapter must light up briefly and digital indicators must be activated = function control. Check indicator lights of the instrument panel according to Operation Manual. In addition, indicators H 11 "reduced speed range" and H 12 "electronic fault" continue to light up.
1.2. Operational readiness of test box (area1) Move rocker switch to "ON" test box is operational. - Indicator light "LINE MONITOR" must light up. - On panel indicator lights H 11 "low speed range" and H 12 "electronic fault" must go off.
If any of these prerequisites are not met, find problem and eliminate it. Note: Additional indicator lights may light up (machine identification, battery voltage and diesel engine sensor) on the test box, but this is of no importance at this time.
Possible problems / causes e.g.: - indicator light "LINE MONITOR" does not light up no current supply from the instrument panel, plug power supply defective, test fuse in the instrument panel blown, indicator light defective, rocker switch defective, - one indicator light on adapter does not light up indicator light is defective, - indicator light H 12 "Electronic" (plus H 11) does not go off connection/wiring harness malfunctioning, relays on instrument panel are not switching, - indicator light "BRAKE RELEASE" lights up short circuit against ground in wiring harness/magnetic brake solenoid,
- indicator lights "ERROR" (area 4), "COUNTER ROTATION" (area 9), "DEFECT" (area13) light up, analog indicators "TRAVEL" and "STEERING" receive signal short circuit in wiring harness/RPM potentiometer - indicator lights "ERROR" (area 4), "COUNTER ROTATION" (area 9), "BATTERY UNDERVOLTAGE" (8), and false readings in "MACH. MODEL" (area 6) and "ENGINE" on the adapter light up minus line to electronic = cable no. 250 interrupted, 1.3. Lamp test (area 10) Push "LAMP TEST" switch - all test box indicator lights, with the exception of the yellow "BRAKE RELEASE" light, must light up, or the indicator light is defective.
Note:
Digital display in area 2 must have been activated and now be active since beginning of operational readiness of the test box.
2. Tests according to adjustment checklist - Diesel engine not running 2.1. Identification machine model (adapter + area 6) Indicators light up automatically when test box is turned on and must match the machine.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.4.00.03
Note: c= Test with test box - without adapter - possible. Use either adapter CET 14/03 or CET 14/05. d= Test only with test box and adapter possible. Use either adapter CET 14/03 or CET 14/05. e= Test only with test box and adapter CET 14/05 possible (+corresponding adapter cable).
Machine model / c PR712 (B) PR722 (B) PR732 PR742 LR622 RL422
engine type 4 cyl. in line 4 cyl. in line 6 cyl. V 6 cyl. V 4 cyl. in line 4 cyl. in line
= indicator light on:
adapter V6/INLINE4 V6/INLINE4 V6/INLINE4 V6/INLINE4 V6/INLINE4 V6/INLINE4
test box x12 x22 x32 x42 x22 x22
PR732 B PR742 B LR632 RL442
6 cyl. in line 6 cyl. in line 6 cyl. in line 6 cyl. in line
INLINE 6 INLINE 6 INLINE 6 INLINE 6
x32 x42 x32 x42
PR752 and RL 52
6 cyl. V 6 cyl. V
V6/INLINE4 and 752
x42
If identification is not correct, find and eliminate problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - machine model/engine type does not correspond to indicator lights rotary switch not in "TEST" position, one of the safety switches S2/S3 defective / not switched on, fuse F 4 not operational, plug connection/wiring harness malfunctioning, encoding cable on X5 badly / incorrectly fastened, 2.2. Battery (area 8)
Push the test switch for 10 to 15 seconds to check the battery under load. Battery voltage is controlled under load, green indicator light "VOLTAGE OK" must continuously light on. If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem.
Possible problems/causes e.g.: - a constant red light "UNDERVOLTAGE" system voltage to low, conditions of point 2 no more correct, battery discharged ore terminals are corroded, plug connection/cable harness defective.
- indication changes from "VOLTAGE OK" to "UNDERVOLTAGE" battery defective, 2.3. Function of indicator light "electronic fault" (area 9) Push the test switch "CHECK ..." indicator light H12 "electronic fault" (+H11) on the instrument panel must light up.
If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: lamp defective, wiring harness damaged, relays on instrument panel defective,
2.4. Indicator light "reduced speed range" (area 9) 2.4.1 Reduced travel speed range with push button switch S12 on the panel (0 4,6 km/h) Push the reduced speed range push button switch on the instrument panel the indicator light "LOW RANGE" must light up, when activating button. If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: switch on the instrument panel defective, wiring harness damaged,
2.4.2 Reduced travel speed range with rocker switch S29 on the travel control joystick Rocker switch in position I reduced travel speed range diode "LOW RANGE" must be on
Rocker switch in position II reduced travel speed range diode "LOW RANGE" must switch off Rocker switch in position III normal travel speed range diode "LOW RANGE" must be on If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: rocker switch / wiring on joystick defective, wiring harness damaged
2.5. Indicator light "counterrotation " (area 9) - not available on LR-machines with pedal steering All machines except LR 622B /LR 632B-machines starting with F/N xxx-6200: Actuate the push button on the travel joystick indicator light "COUNTER ROTATION" must light up when button activated. In addition, fully deflect the lever of the joystick and move it around 360 in both directions. The indicator light must be permanently on. If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: switch/wiring on joystick defective, wiring harness damaged,
Note: indicator light "ERROR" (area 4) can light up briefly = no problems. LR 622B /LR 632B-machines starting with F/N xxx-6200: (test box calibration later than 4-2003, see 2.6) The indicator light "COUNTER ROTATION" must light all the time (joystick without push button). 2.6. Function of travel joystick (area 4) Check is done on all machines with normal travel speed range selected. (at travel joystick with rocker switch = position III - see point 2.4.2.). Note: If a LR-Litronic crawler loader has steering pedals or an end-position plug with a splice, the 12-pole plug on the wiring harness - near to the operators platform support / see picture beside, possible to reach it through the battery area - must be disconnected before starting the checks. The steering function left and right of the joystick is blocked, therefore there is no indication for "STEERING LEFT - RIGHT". If the wiring for the pedals or the end-position plug with a splice is connected, the analog indicator for "STEERING LEFT" runs to the maximum position and the red indicator "ERROR" lights up. At PR-Litronic crawler dozers and RL-Litronic pipe layers don't unplug an existing wiring harness for a inch/brake pedal or an end-position plug. To test a machine LR 622B or LR 632B without pedal steering and a higher F/N (PIN) as xxx-6200, the last calibration of the diagnostic test box must be done 4-2003 or later (date marked on the sticker), otherwise the test shows always "ERROR".
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.4.00.04
a)Move the joystick lever slowly and evenly forward and reverse until the stop. The needle of the analog indicator "TRAVEL" should follow the movement of the joystick lever. In each end position, the green indicator light "MAX. VOLTAGE" should come on. b)Move the joystick lever slowly and evenly to right and left until the stop. The needle of the analog indicator "STEERING" should follow the movement of the joystick lever. In each end position, the green indicator lights "MAX. VOLTAGE" should come on. c) In addition, fully deflect the lever of the joystick and move it around 360 in both directions. The needles of both indicators should follow the movement of the joystick lever. In the corners (45 deflection), both indicator lights "MAX. VOLTAGE" of the two steered directions light up or the indications jump from one light directly to the next one. If one of the test results is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - no reaction of indicators plug / wiring harness is defective, - one "MAX. VOLTAGE" indicator light does not light up maximum voltage for this function is not reached/ joystick is defective. (Replace joystick, the machine may be operated until the joystick can be replaced) - the needle movement does not match the lever movement joystick is defective (problems with machine travel behavior, replace joystick, the machine may be operated until the joystick can be replaced. - the red "ERROR" light comes on at a certain lever position defect in the wiring harness or plug, joystick is defective, (The machine may not be operated until the problem is solved, e.g. the defective joystick is replaced) - indicator light "ERROR" is lit permanently defect in the wiring harness or plug, joystick is defective, short circuit in cable harness/RPM-sensor travel drive- run test according to point 4.1 Note: A short flicker of the error indicator light (if it does not stay on as above mentioned) at the beginning of joystick lever movement can occur and is normal.
2.7. Function of proportional solenoids (resistance) (area 11) Push button "TEST" switch for 10 to 15 seconds. The test box determines the resistance of the solenoids and corresponding wiring and compares with the calculated temperature related average value. If all values are within the allowable tolerance, green indicator light "OK" lights up. If a value is above the permitted tolerance range, the yellow indicator light "RESISTANCE TOO HIGH" lights up. If a value is below the permitted tolerance range, the yellow indicator light "RESISTANCE TOO LOW" lights up. At the same time, the function with error - prop. solenoid/wiring - is indicated via a red indicator light, with the meanings: "PLF"- pump left forward "PRF"- pump right forward "PLR"- pump left reverse "PRR"- pump right reverse "ML"- motor left "MR"- motor right
If resistance values of two functions (PR 712 to PR 742: 1x pump+1x motor, PR 752/RL 52: 2x pump)are outside the permitted tolerance range both functions are indicated. If there are other multiple out of range values all 6 read indicators light up.
To pinpoint the problem, interchange the plug connections on the pump solenoids. For example: exchange at the pump left - forward with reverse, or change the motor solenoids and check again. If the same indicator light lights up, then the problem is in the wiring harness, if the indicator light changes, the problem is in the solenoid. After the test is completed, make sure to reconnect the wiring correctly! Note: There are no solenoids on the variable motors of the machine model PR 752 and RL 52. However, the function is occupied by two cable loops in the machine's wiring harness. Errors on these cable loops can lead to switching off of electronic control, see group 10.3, chapter 8, "shut off criteria". These loops cannot be checked by the test box. As necessary, i.e. when there is a problem but test box does not indicate error, check the cable loops with an Ohmmeter. Cable no. 623 - wiring harness - plug socket "K" and "f" Cable no. 628 - wiring harness - plug socket "V" and "p" See electronics schematics - group 10.2. If an error is indicated, find cause and eliminate it. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - red indicator light and "RESISTANCE TOO HIGH" plugs / wiring harness defective, broken cable in wiring harness / solenoid, - red indicator light and "RESISTANCE TOO LOW" plugs wet (short circuit), short circuit in wiring harness / solenoid - contact A(+) to B, or A to ground,
2.8. Nominal value - potentiometer for Diesel engine RPM (Throttle Pot. - area 3) A basic check/adjustment can already be performed when the engine is shut off. The procedure is similar to point 3.4 but without consideration of the effective RPM. Preset/precheck: Throttle lever in position "low idle" indicator light "LOW IDLE" lights up. Moving the throttle lever the needle of the analog indicator must follow the movement of the lever exactly. Throttle lever in position "high idle" indicator light "FULL THROTTLE" lights up. For possible problems/causes, see point 3.4. Note: Check also area 4 "joystick" during the lever movement. If there the red "ERROR" light occurs, the potentiometer has a short circuit to ground. 3. Tests according to adjustment checklist - Diesel engine running Turn the test box off, lower the safety lever, bring starter switch and travel joystick to the neutral position. Start the Diesel engine as described in the Operation and Maintenance Manual, raise the safety lever and pull out the emergency Off switch. Turn the test box on, see point 1.2. Note: Watch operating temperature. Tests 3.2 to 3.4 can be performed at the same time.
3.1. Alternator (area 8) Adjust Diesel engine RPM to middle range, approx. 1600 RPM. Actuate the push button for about 10 to 15 seconds. The circuit board voltage is checked under load, green indicator light "VOLTAGE OK" must light up continuously. If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.4.00.05
Possible problems/causes e.g.: - red indicator "UNDERVOLTAGE" lights up continuously voltage too low conditions required in point 2.1 no longer met, V-belts not tensioned / torn, alternator or voltage regulator defective, plug / wiring harness malfunctioning, if the voltage decreases to high - as first test the voltage again with multimeter (test after 15 minutes engine run, battery (+) to ground (-) = 270,5 V) - indicator changes from "VOLTAGE OK" to "UNDERVOLTAGE" battery is discharged, Note: Run Diesel engine for about 10 minutes at high idle. It is usually possible to perform further tests at this time. Then repeat alternator check.
- red indicator light "OVERVOLTAGE" lights up voltage is too high = voltage regulator of alternator is defective. 3.2. Diesel engine - RPM sensor (adapter) Note: Function is shown on adapter. When green indicator light "OK" lights up in area 7 of the test box, only a clear signal arriving is confirmed.
Move the throttle lever from low idle to high idle and back to low idle. The green indicator light "OK" must remain on.
If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - red indicator light "HIGH VOLT." lights up - red indicator light "LOW VOLT." lights up - red indicator light "LOW VOLT." lights up permanently distance from sensor to flywheel is too small (check the sensor surface for damage), sensor is too far away from flywheel,
Note: The distance of the sensor to the flywheel (top of tooth) should be approx. 1 mm (0.040"). distance sensor to flywheel to big, plug connection/wiring harness defective, sensor defective
3.3. Diesel engine RPM (area 2 / adapter) Move throttle lever to end stop "low idle" as well as to "high idle" and check the values. Note: This function is displayed in the test box area 2 for all machine models, with the exception of PR 752 and RL 52. On the adapter in some cases there are values indicated, which should not be considered. For the PR 752 and RL 52, the display is on the adapter. The value appearing in area 2 is incorrect and should not be considered. If adjusted values - see adjustment checklist - are not correct, adjust RPM-limiter as necessary.
3.4. Nominal value - potentiometer for Diesel engine RPM (Throttle Pot. - area 3) Move the throttle lever slowly and evenly in both directions from one stop to the other. The needle of the analog indicator must follow the throttle lever movement exactly. Move the throttle lever from mid-range to low and high idle again, watch RPM display and indicator light "LOW IDLE" resp. "FULL THROTTLE". The appropriate indicator light must light up fully, and not flicker, 30+20 RPM before reaching final RPMs. If the test results are not correct, find and fix the problem.
Possible problems/causes e.g.: - indicator light "LOW IDLE" lights up too early, "FULL THROTTLE" does not light up potentiometer shaft adjusted incorrectly, - indicator light "FULL THROTTLE" lights up too early, "LOW IDLE" does not light up potentiometer shaft adjusted incorrectly, - indicator lights "FULL THROTTLE" and "LOW IDLE" do not light up fixing linkage on potentiometer lever too far from turning point (shaft), - indicator lights "FULL THROTTLE" and "LOW IDLE" light up too early fixing linkage on potentiometer lever too close to turning point (shaft), Note: If for one idling RPM the adjustment is correct but for the other one not, potentiometer shaft and fixing linkage must be readjusted.
- indicator lights "FULL THROTTLE" and "LOW IDLE" light up at different RPMs after repeated checks linkage/ball pivot worn, fastening of ball pivot loose, fastening of potentiometer/bracket loose, - indicator light "FULL THROTTLE" or "LOW IDLE" lights up continuously, analog indicator does not react plug / wiring harness defective, potentiometer shaft turned completely wrong, potentiometer defective, - needle of analog indicator does not follow lever movement, jumps ahead or falls back plug/wiring harness defective, potentiometer malfunctioning in part of a range, 3.5. Diesel engine maximum RPM safety device - only on PR 752 and RL 52 Push button on adapter Diesel engine RPM should decrease sharply. Note: The reduction of RPMs is caused by excessive power requirement = working hydraulic pump regulates to Qmax, oil flow redirected via primary relief valve. Test point HD = maximum pressure. See working hydraulic, group 7.3.50.
If the test result is not correct, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - Diesel engine RPM does not decrease plugs / wiring harness / solenoid defective, adapter cable is not correct version, solenoid valve is not switching, 3.6. Solenoid valve - brake (area 14) Actuate push button, the yellow indicator light "BRAKE RELEASE" on the test box must light up, the indicator light - parking brake on the instrument panel must go off. If one of the test results is not correct, find and fix the problem. Must function correctly for further tests! Possible problems/causes e.g.: - indicator light "BRAKE RELEASE" does not light up, the brake indicator light on the instrument panel remains on plugs/wiring harness defective, - indicator light "BRAKE RELEASE" lights up and the indicator light on the instrument panel remains on pressure switch for the brake indicator light is defective, directional valve is not switched by solenoid, short circuit in wiring harness / solenoid.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.4.00.06
4. Tests according to adjustment checklist - track run (with Diesel engine running and machine raised) Observe all safety recommendations. See "Important information", page .01 of this group. 4.1. Speed sensors - hydraulic motors/ travel gear (area 13) Turn rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" to "FORW." - stage 5. Push "BRAKE RELEASE" button as described in point 3.6, then, in addition, push "TRACK RUN" button and hold both for about 10 to 15 seconds. Caution! The chains are running at full speed. The yellow indicator light "TESTING" lights up in area 13 on test box. Note: At this point the side is checked that is shown by the rocker switch, e.g. "RIGHT" = test/display for speed sensor on the right drive side.
After about 5 seconds, the green indicator light "OK" lights up if there are no problems. At the end of every test run, first release the "TRACK RUN" button, then release the "BRAKE RELEASE" button. Move the rocker switch to the other side and repeat the test for the other side. If during a test run the indicator light "OK" does not light up, find and fix the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - yellow indicator light "TESTING" does not light up the test box receives no sensor signal, plugs / wiring harness faulty, sensor defective, distance between sensor and perforated disk too large (i.e. drive shaft bearing of variable motor defective), - red indicator light "DEFEKT" lights up frequency of sensor signals erroneous plugs / wiring harness faulty, sensor defective, distance between sensor and perforated disk is changing (e.g. drive shaft bearing of variable motor defective), short circuit to ground in cable/connection B ( - ) of one proportional solenoid of the running drive side the basic adjustment or straight run test reveals: - no change of speed of the chain running at stages 2, 3, 4 and 5 in selected direction of travel malfunction solenoid - pump. (the other direction shows no malfunction) - change of speed of the chain running at stages 2, 3, 4, but no change at stage 5 (4=5) in both directions of travel malfunction solenoid - motor.
- only one chain is running, second chain stops
Note:
The following tests/adjustments can only be performed when identification machine model, all sensors and solenoids, as well as brake control are functioning properly.
4.2. Basic adjustment - left chain speed (area 14 "STRAIGHT RUN TEST") The speed of the left travel drive (left track) is displayed in relation to the set values stored in the test box for the corresponding machine model. The right travel drive runs as well, but it is not considered during the test. Notes for machine model PR 752 and RL 52: - to check/adjust stage 3=pump end stop, the servo lines to the variable displacement motors must be relieved to the tank (close off pump outlets). If they are not relieved, the tracks are running with a faster speed. - for tests/adjustments of stage 4=begin of regulation/ regulating range displacement motor, the two displacement motors per side must be tested / adjusted individually, - observe sequence of tests according to checklist, page 3.5.50.01, and the instructions in "testing and adjusting - travel hydraulic", group 6.5, point 2.2, - in some cases, after changing a variable displacement motor, it might be necessary to adjust stage 5=maximum speed. See paragraph 6.5, point 5.
Select test program "base adjustment" on test box via the rotary switch on the right: - move rotary switch to position "BASE ADJUST LEFT TRACK". Select direction of drive and speed range according to checklist via rotary switch on the left, "TRACK SPEED": forward travel: turn rotary switch clockwise to range reverse travel: turn rotary switch counterclockwise to range "FORW.", "REV.".
Speed range forward/reverse = range of adjustment: stage 2 = regulating range pump tests / adjustments in both directions stage 3 = end stop pump tests / adjustments in both directions stage 4 = regulating range motor tests in both directions, adjustments only in forward direction stage 5 = maximum speed only tests, adjustment only possible for PR 752 and RL 52 and only necessary in some cases The test results are displayed on the analog indicator "PUMP AND MOTOR ADJUST". Display appears only when the tracks are running; the readings mean: red indicator range "SLOW" green indicator range red indicator range "FAST" Exception: - present speed is below nominal value for test step correction of adjustment required according to group 6.5, - present speed is within nominal value tolerance range for test step no correction necessary, - present speed is above nominal value for test step correction of adjustment required according to group 6.5.
On the PR 752 and RL 52, test step "servo lines connected to one travel motor on each side" of the checklist must be adjusted for the basic adjustment of the regulating range of the left displacement motor (=stage 4) in such a way, that the needle of the analog indicator is right above the dividing line between the red range "SLOW" and the green range. Caution: 'Center green' should not be exceeded during the adjustment procedure.
A required check/basic adjustment in stage 5 can only be made for the combined adjustments of both variable motors - see paragraph 6.5, point 5: i.e. at steps "servo lines connected to one travel motor on each side": not possible to check stage 5. At test steps "servo lines connected to all travel motors": nominal value = pointer of the analog indicator in the center of the green range. Caution: red indicator range "FAST" may never be reached.
Performing the tests in the various speed ranges: Following the checklist, turn rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" to "FORW."-stage 2. Push "BRAKE RELEASE" button and then, additionally, the button "TRACK RUN", and hold both for 10 to 15 seconds.
Caution! Both tracks are running at the preselected speed. Watch the analog indicator, record readings on the checklist. At the end of every test run, first release the "TRACK RUN" button, then release the "BRAKE RELEASE" button.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.4.00.07
Turn rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" to the required stage of the next test step according to the checklist and carry out the test run. Repeat process according to the checklist. Note: - If an indication is in a red range, let the chains run several times in various speed ranges and in both directions, then repeat the appropriate step of the test to assure valid test result. - First conclude all steps of the tests to "base adjustment" and "straight run", then make necessary adjustments. If an adjustment is changed beforehand, the point of departure for other ranges can no longer be determined, e.g., every change of the base adjustment - left modifies the results of the corresponding straight run test, every adjustment on stage 3 - pump end stop changes the results on stage 4 - regulating range motor. Except: on model PR 752 and RL 52, where tests/adjustments are to be performed according to the groups on the checklist "connecting / disconnecting the servo lines to the motors". - Observe notes on adjustment sequence in group 6.5. - If a present adjustment on an instrument of the test box is in the red, change the adjustment past the green range until the other red range is reached. Return adjustment to the required green range only after completing above step first. Exception: PR 752 and RL 52 - stage 4 and 5. Always change adjustment to reach the green range only if the tracks are motionless. - If a "surging" appears during working application in a travel speed range, adjust the corresponding regulating range (=speed stage 4; 2 and 4; or 2) to the end of the left (slower) green range (to check out speed stages, see point 5 - special tests). - The test results in stage "4 - reverse" are the result of adjustments in stages 3 - reverse" and "4 forward" and therefore are not directly adjustable (only re-check). - The test result on stages 5 is the result of adjustments on stage 4 and of the energizing of the solenoids by the test box. An indication in the green up to the beginning of the red ranges is allowed, since the maximum speed of the machine is determined in the end by maximum energizing of the proportional solenoids via the test box. Exception: PR 752/RL 52 - stage 5 forward, it can be set to the required range, if needed, via the mechanical Qmin stops of the variable motors - see previous exception in ' test results' chapter. - Stages 1 (=drive start/regulating start - pump) is not tested. This start depends directly on the adjustment on stages 2 (=regulating range - pump). If track run does not function properly during test steps, find and eliminate the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - major deviation in test results after performing test step repeatedly operating temperature no longer present, mechanical / hydraulic part faulty, e.g. regulator parts are sticking due to contamination, etc. - (as previously described in point 4.1) only one track is running while the other is not short circuit to ground in cable/connection B (-) of one proportional solenoid of the running drive side - no change of speed of the track running on stages 2,3,4 and 5 in selected direction of travel malfunction solenoid/pump (opposite direction reveals no malfunction) - speed change of the track running on stages 2, 3, 4 no further change on 5 (4=5) in both directions of travel malfunction solenoid/motor.
4.3. Straight run - right track to left track (area 14 "STRAIGHT RUN TEST") The speed of the right drive side (right track) is displayed in relation to the speed of the left drive side (left track). Note for PR 752 and RL 52: - to check/adjust stage 3=pump end stop, the servo lines to the variable displacement motors must be relieved to the tank (close off pump outlets). If they are not relieved, the tracks are running with a faster speed. - for tests/adjustments of stage 4=begin of regulation/regulating range displacement motor, the two displacement motors per side must be tested/adjusted individually. - observe sequence of tests according to checklist, page 3.5.50.01, and the instructions in "testing and adjusting - travel hydraulic", group 6.5, point 2.2, - in some cases, after replacing a variable motor, it might be necessary to adjust stage 5 =maximum speed. See paragraph 6.5 - point 5 and 'test results - exception', point 4.2 If the straight run test is only carried out as a routine check, and if no test is performed on base adjustment - left track according to point 4.2, then only minor corrections may be made, always adjusting the faster track in relation to the slower one in all speed ranges. If base adjustment - left track is performed according to point 4.2, required adjustments on the right drive side can now be carried out. Select test program "straight run" on the test box via the right rotary switch: - for tests after completing "base adjustment - left track" as well as in general on adjustment corrections, turn rotary switch to position "ADJUST". - turn rotary switch to position "TEST" for routine checks (=greater tolerance than in the case of "ADJUST").
Select drive direction and speed range according to the check list via left rotary switch "TRACK SPEED": forward travel: reverse travel: turn rotary switch clockwise to range "FORW.", turn rotary switch counterclockwise to range "REV.".
Speed range forward / reverse = range of adjustment: stage 1 = regulating start pump stage 2 = regulating range pump stage 3 = end stop pump stage 4 = regulating range motor stage 5 = maximum speed Note: tests of travel start in both directions tests / adjustments in both directions tests / adjustments in both directions tests in both directions, adjustments only in forward direction only tests, adjustment only possible or required on PR 752 and RL 52
The test in step 1 is only necessary in a routine check, without testing the base adjustment - left track. There is no display reading - check for function of both tracks visually. If the tracks are not running on both sides, or they are running fast, always carry out base adjustment - left track according to point 4.2.
The test results - straight run are displayed on the analog indicator "PUMP AND MOTOR ADJUST": Display appears only when the track is running; the readings mean: red indicator range "SLOW" green indicator range red indicator range "FAST" - right drive side is running slower than the left during this step of the test correction of adjustment required according to group 6.5, - difference between speeds right - left is within tolerance range for test step no correction necessary, - right drive side is running faster than the left during this step of the test correction of adjustment required according to group 6.5,
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.4.00.08
Performing the tests in the various speed ranges: Turn rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" according to the check list to stage "FORW.-1" or "FORW.-2" (depends on test program "TEST" or "ADJUST") Push "BRAKE RELEASE" button - see point 3.6 - and then, additionally, the button "TRACK RUN", and hold both for 10 to 15 seconds. Caution! Both tracks are running at the preselected speed. Watch the analog indicator, record reading on the checklist. At the end of every test run, first release the "TRACK RUN" button, then release the "BRAKE RELEASE" button. Turn rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" to the required stage of the next test step according to the checklist and carry out the test run. Repeat process according to the checklist. Note: - If an indication is in a red range, let the chains run several times in various speed ranges and in both directions, then repeat the appropriate step of the test to assure valid test result. - First conclude all steps of the tests to "base adjustment" and "straight run", then make necessary adjustments. If an adjustment is changed beforehand, the point of departure for other ranges can no longer be determined, e.g., every change of the base adjustment - left modifies the results of the corresponding straight run test, every adjustment on stage 3 - pump end stop changes the results on stage 4 - regulating range motor. Except: on model PR 752/RL 52, where tests/adjustments are to be performed according to the groups on the checklist "connecting / disconnecting the servo lines to the motors". - Observe notes on adjustment sequence in group 6.5. - If a present adjustment on an instrument of the test box is in the red, change the adjustment past the green range until the other red range is reached. Return adjustment to the required green range only after completing above step first. Exception: PR 752/RL 52 - stage 4 and 5. Always change adjustment to reach the green range only if the tracks are motionless. - The test result in stage "4 - reverse" are the result of adjustments in stages "3 - reverse" and "4 forward", the test result on stage 5 is the result of adjustments on stage 4 and therefore all are not directly adjustable Exception: PR 752/RL 52 - stage 5 forward, see also the corresponding chapter in point 4.2 'basic adjustment'. If track run does not function properly during test steps, find and eliminate the problem. Possible problems/causes e.g.: - major deviation in test results after performing test step repeatedly operating temperature no longer present, mechanical / hydraulic part faulty, e.g. regulator parts are jammed due to contamination, etc. - (as previously described in point 4.1) only one track is running while the other is motionless short circuit to ground of cable/connection B (-) of one proportional solenoid of the running drive side: no change of speed of the tracks running on levels 2,3,4 and 5 in selected direction of travel malfunction solenoid/pump (opposite direction reveals no malfunction) speed change of the tracks running on levels 2, 3, 4, no further change on 5 (4=5) in both directions of travel malfunction solenoid/motor
5. Tests according to check list - special tests - travel operation These tests are only to be carried out as necessary and only after performing previous test steps required. As opposed to the tests mentioned above, the diagnostic test box is connected in line with the electronic box via an additional cable (Y-shaped) and used solely as an indicator. Control of the system occurs via regular control elements of the operator's platform. Note: The diagnostic test box only carries out and/or evaluates the following functions: Display of operational readiness of the diagnostic test box indicator light "LINE MONITOR" Display of solenoid energizing - right drive side - in mA digital display "ENGINE-RPM / SOLENOID CURRENT"
Display of straight run (with expanded tolerance range) of travel drives analog indicator "STRAIGHT RUN TEST - PUMP AND MOTOR ADJUST" All other test functions of the diagnostic test box can/may not be applied. Sometimes the indicator lights are energized and light up due to the internal (electrical) network, but the appropriate test circuit is not active, e.g. area 3: indicator light "FULL THROTTLE" also lights up at every other movement of the throttle lever. Tests according to point 5.1 - solenoid energizing - is normally only to be performed in connection with troubleshooting. The machine may be driven or it can be raised. Caution: If the machine is raised, it must be supported properly, according to all pertinent safety guidelines, so the tracks may turn freely - see page 01. Observe all safety recommendations according to page 1.2.01.01. If the operator's cab is tilted, the machine may not be driven. The test according to point 5.2 - straight run test - is provided for exceptional cases only, in which the machine cannot be raised and a straight run check must be performed on the machine while it is running. The specified tolerance values are much higher than the values during normal test according to point 4.3 for practical reasons. Thus the readings are only approximate values. Note: For tests on machines that are running there must be a suitable, level path available and this path must be secured properly since operation of the machine and watching all indicators on the diagnostic test box and the path occur practically at the same time.
Connecting the diagnostic test box for special tests while traveling: Turn the diesel engine off, starter switch in position "0". Safety lever is pushed down. Disconnect adapter cable 3 from wiring harness of machine and from diagnostic test box. Disconnect the power supply cable on both sides. or: Disconnect wiring harness of the machine from the electronic control box. Connect Y- adapter cable 4 (3 plugs) with its bent ends on electronic control box and wiring harness. Connect adapter cable 3 (2 plugs) to adapter cable 4 and run it into operator's cab. In cab connect power supply cable to diagnosis test box at "POWER INPUT", adapter cable 3 to diagnostic test boxadapter at "MAIN CONNECTOR". Connect power supply cable 2 to the 24V-outlet on the instrument panel. Check cable routing. If necessary make sure that no damage and no risk can occur during later track run/travel drive operation.
Check switch positions on the test box, turn switch to required position as necessary: Area 1 "POWER INPUT" - rocker switch in position "OFF" Area 14 "STRAIGHT RUN TEST" - left rotary switch "TRACK SPEED" in "0" position - right rotary switch in position "CONTROLLED BY CPU"
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.4.00.09
Bring the machine into operational readiness depending on the requirements of the test. A.) For tests while the Diesel engine is off: turn the machine's starter switch to position 1 = operation. Raise the safety lever, pull the emergency OFF switch, joystick in neutral position. Move throttle control lever to "maximum RPM" position. B.) For tests while the Diesel engine is running: Start the Diesel engine according to Operation and Maintenance Manual, raise the safety lever, pull emergency OFF switch. Move throttle control lever to "maximum RPM" position. Bring test box into operational readiness turn rocker switch in area 1 to "ON" position. Note: - If the operational readiness of the machine is changed from A to B after a test, turn off the test box first to protect it = rocker switch in area 1 to "ON" position. - If the incorrect adapter cable is used on machine models PR 752/RL 52, the electronic box recognizes an error in the wiring harness and limits current supply to solenoids to the reduced travel speed range. Indicator light "reduced travel speed range" on the instrument panel is flashing. 5.1. Check current reading of the proportional solenoids (area 2) The current supply for the proportional solenoids of the right drive side is shown in mA. Certain values of the electronic control will be checked. Note: - When the joystick is deflected straight forward/reverse, the right and left drive sides are energized from the electronic control box with the same value. Therefore, there is no additional test for the left drive side on the diagnostic test box. - Maximum current values are only reached when the diesel engine is off; while the Diesel engine is running, current is limited by regulating functions of the electronic control box. A.) Tests when the engine is off 44020 mA jump current = smallest controllable current value, - approx. at the same time, regulating start of pumps, high pressure M1 or M2 starts building up, chains start turning - for tests, slowly move the travel joystick forward / reverse until the present reading starts "jumping". Keep the lever in this position until the reading remains constant. To make sure of the test result, move the joystick back slightly, then repeat the procedure, LR from F/N
xxx-6200 mA
M.-type PR 712(B) PR 722(B) LR 622(B) RL 22(B) PR 732(B) LR 632(B) PR 742(B) RL 42 B PR 752 RL 52
mA 100050 990
50
1130
+50
98050 96050 950+50
1130+50
maximum current in reduced speed range - push button switch S12 on the instrument panel - for tests, preselect "reduced travel speed range" via push button switch S12 on the instrument panel move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse to the stop and read the display, to ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure - after test, return to "normal travel speed range"
M.-type up to forw./rev. mA F/N xxx-6199
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 RL 52
910+50 900+50 890+50 880+50 870+50
maximum current in reduced speed range - rocker switch S29 at the travel joystick - for tests, preselect "reduced travel speed range I" via rocker switch S29 at the travel joystick, position I, - move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse to the stop and read the display, - to ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure
M.-type from forward reverse mA F/N xxx-6200 mA
910+50 900+50 890+50 890+50
910+50 900+50 890+50 1000+50
= Different values for forward and reverse at machines PR 742B and PR 752 starting with F/Nxxx-6200 (E-Box CEP 12/24).
880+50 990+50
M.-type up to forw./rev. mA F/N xxx-6199
1240+50 1235+50 1230+50 1200+50 1170+50
- for tests, preselect "reduced travel speed range II" via rocker switch S29 at the travel joystick, position II, - move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse to the stop and read the display - to ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure - after test, return to "normal travel speed range"
M.-type from forward F/N xxx-6200 mA
reverse
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 RL 52 M.-type PR 712(B) PR 722(B) LR 622(B) RL(4)22(B) PR 732(B) LR 632(B) PR 742(B) RL 42 B PR 752 RL 52
F/N xxx-6199
1240+50 1235+50 1230+50 1160+50
mA 1240+50 1235+50 1230+50 1230+50
= Different values for forward and reverse at machines PR 742B and PR 752 starting with F/Nxxx-6200 (E-Box CEP 12/24).
1150+50 1220+50 mA 1450+70 1445+70 1410+70 1380+70 1350+70 1390+70
maximum current in normal travel speed range - for tests, "normal travel speed range" must be selected (if rocker switch S 29 is installed = switch position III) - move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse to the stop and read the display - to ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure
PR 752 RL 52
F/N xxx-6200
return value of maximum current when turning around one track to the left side, 1180
80
mA
machines machines machines
PR 712(B), PR 722(B), PR 732(B) and PR 742(B), PR 752, LR 622 and LR632 up to F/N xxx-6199 PR 742B from F/N xxx-6200 PR 752 from F/N xxx-6200
1180+50 mA 1340 1120

+50 +50
mA mA
machines LR 622B and LR 632B from F/N xxx-6200 - for tests, preselect "normal travel speed range" - move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse and simultaneously deflect "steer left" to the stop = position 45 left forward / reverse, when pedal steering is installed, move travel joystick fully forward / reverse and simultaneously press the left steering pedal slowly to the stop, - read the display. To ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure return value of maximum current when turning around one track to the right side - for tests, preselect "normal travel speed range" - move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse and simultaneously deflect "steer left" to the stop = position 45 right forward / reverse, when pedal steering is installed, move travel joystick fully forward / reverse and simultaneously press the right steering pedal slowly to the stop, PR - machines and LR 622 / 632 without pedal steering up to F/N xxx-6199: current value drops continuously to the "return value" LR 622 / 632 with pedal steering and generally from F/N 6200 (joystick without push button switch "counter rotation"): current value drops during actuation to the "return value" and afterwards increases again, - read the display and note the lowest value, - to ensure the reading is correct, repeat procedure
440-60 mA
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.4.00.10
Tests while the engine is running - Caution: chains are moving! 44020 mA 500+100 mA jump current = smallest controllable current value, - procedure identical to "tests while the engine is off" minimum current at maximum engine load - check can be done only at machines up to F/N xxx-6199 - for tests, preselect "normal travel speed range". - Move travel joystick slowly forward / reverse and simultaneously simulate / create maximum engine load. - When minimum current value is reached, the RPMs of "nmax" should fall to on PR 712(B) / PR 722(B) / LR 622 / RL (4)22(B) appr. 1800 RPM on PR 732(B) / LR 632 / PR 742(B) / RL 42(B) / PR 752 / RL 52 appr. 1630 RPM
Required "engine load" can be simulated / reached by: a) on machines with mechanical engine shut off: reducing engine RPM through careful actuation of shut off lever, b) on all machines (engine shut off electrical or mechanical): disconnect wiring plug from nominal value potentiometer, cover plug connection, secure harness, and then reduce RPM via throttle control lever, c) on all machines: bring the machine to appropriate work application. The exact engine RPM can be found out, as necessary, with a separate RPM measuring device, see special tools, group 2.1.10. If deviations in connection with malfunctions in travel response are detected during the tests, recheck the parts in question and replace as necessary. B.) Values for determining regulating ranges There is no test for these values. They are reached automatically when points 4.2 "base adjustment" and 4.3 "straight run" are carried out properly. Determining the regulating range (pump to overlap to motor) via measurement of the current can help, however, in finding the cause of malfunctions in the case of hydraulic / mechanical problems in travel operation. 44020 mA 884 834
10 10
- regulating start variable displacement pumps - regulating end variable displacement pumps - regulating start variable displacement motors (on the PR 752/RL 52 theoretically 85010 mA - motors with hydraulic remote control). - regulating end variable displacement motors - maximum current is limited while the engine is running by the speed monitor of the electronic control and is therefore not defined as a nominal value.
mA mA
max. mA
5.2. Check straight run (area 14 and 2) Machine and test box must be operational, Diesel engine running at max. RPM, a level path is prepared and secured - see notes in paragraph 5.
The travel speed/ regulating range is determined by solenoids current supply when deflecting the travel joystick (mA indication in area 2).
The speed of the right drive side is indicated in relation to the speed of the left drive side in area 14: green / center = deviation is within tolerance red / right - "FAST" = right side is too fast, right pump/motor must be adjusted. red / left - "SLOW" = left side is too fast, left pump/motor must be adjusted. Note: Due to the different and varying ground conditions of the track chains and the automatic straight run regulation, both indicators can fluctuate strongly. Always use the center value of the fluctuation.
A.) Test of lower speed range - all machine models except PR 752 and RL 52 Move the travel joystick straight forward / reverse until the proportional solenoids receive a current of 55010mA. Travel on the level path several times and observe the analog indicator "STRAIGHT RUN TEST". If the needle of the indicator moves mainly in one of the red indicator ranges either in forward or reverse, perform the necessary adjustment at the faster side in "pump regulation range". B.) Test of upper speed range - all machine models except PR 752 and RL 52 Move the travel joystick straight forward / reverse until the proportional solenoids receive a current of 95010mA. Travel on the level path several times and observe the analog indicator "STRAIGHT RUN TEST". If the needle of the indicator moves mainly in one of the red indicator ranges only in forward or only in reverse, adjust the affected end stop on the pump at the faster side. If the needle of the indicator moves to the same red indicator range in forward and reverse, adjust the proportional solenoid on the variable motor of the faster side. C.) Adjustments To adjust, park the machine on firm and level ground, raise the cab or remove the corresponding side cover from the track roller frame as necessary. Observe all safety guidelines. For adjustment procedure see description in paragraph 6.5. Always adjusting the faster side to the slower. After adjustment, return machine to operating condition and check the adjustment again as described above. Repeat this procedure until the needle of the indicator remains in the center area of the green range. Note: An accurate adjustment of the machine should be performed as described in paragraph 4.2 and 4.3 as soon as the necessary requirements (raise the machine off the ground) can be fulfilled.
D.) Tests on machine model PR 752 and RL 52 Initial tests as described in points A and B, except do not correct the adjustments. Record the position of the indicator needle only on the checklist. If deviations are found, disconnect servo lines of the variable displacement motors (see point 4.3 and group 6.5). Then perform tests with the following current as necessary and correct the adjustments in steps as described in group 6.5 always adjusting the faster side to the slower. Regulation range pumps - forward / reverse (servo lines on pumps disconnected) End stop pumps - forward / reverse (servo lines on pumps disconnected) Regulation range motors - first pair of motors (servo lines from one motor each side disconnected) Regulation range motors - second pair of motors (servo lines connected normally) current 55010 mA current 95010 mA current 95010 mA current 95010 mA
Perform any checks as described in points A and B. Record the positions of the indicator on the checklist.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Electronic Control
E-Box-Version CEP
10.4.00.11
A. Function of pedals
Two different pedals - inch/brake pedal and steering pedals - are used on PR Litronic crawler dozers and LR Litronic crawler loaders. 1. Inch/brake pedal on crawler dozers and loaders Pushing the pedal reduces the travel speed, which has been pre-selected with the travel joystick until the machine stops. If the pedal is pushed past a noticeable point in resistance, the parking brake will be applied. If there is a fault in the pedal control system, the travel signal will be blocked and the machine stops. On the instrument panel the indicator light H11 - "reduced travel speed" starts to flash, but the indicator light H12 "electronic fault" is still off. 2. Steering pedals on crawler loaders The travel joystick can be moved only into forward and reverse direction. Pushing one pedal reduces the speed of travel drive on this side, the machine makes a turn. If the pedal is pushed to the end stop, the machine turns in this direction on the spot. If both pedals are pushed down at the same time, the travel speed is reduced until the machine stops, but the parking break will be not applied. If there is a fault in the pedal control system the electronic system switches off the travel drive and the indicator light H12 - "electronic fault" on the panel goes on.
B. Function of pedal tester CET-03/08, Id.Nr. 7414 235

Every pedal must be checked/adjusted individual. Checks and adjustments on inch/brake pedals, as well as on steering pedals must be done with above tester. Connection leads are fixed on the tester. Connect it as following: electrical outlet plug- panel (power supply) connection to wiring harness (not connected for function check - step E) connection to pedal
For code letters of the different pedal plugs on crawler loaders see schematic in section 10.2. Indications: at LCD-display: 1. line - selected pedal function output of current supply "Steerpedal" or "Inchpedal" and "ext." = comes from E-box "int." = comes from tester 2. line - description of actual current range, e.g. "MinPos. ok", further indications outlined in step C, E and F.
Red LED "Error" - indicates short circuit and/or open circuit at duo potentiometer/connecting wires. Green LED "Min.Pos" - lights up, if the adjustment for pedal neutral position is correct. Green LED "Max.Pos" - lights up, if the adjustment for pedal end stop position is correct.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Pedal control Tester application
Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Electronic Control
E-Box Version CEP
10.6.00.01
Yellow LED "Brakepoint" - only activated for inch/brake pedal - lights up, if the brake point is reached. Duo LED "Voltage" - lights up in different colors: YELLOW after the tester is switched on, GREEN if the current supply from the electronic box = "ext." is inside the range, NOT RED if the current supply from the tester = "int." is inside the range, and if the current supply, depends to the test procedure, from the electronic box = "ext." or from the tester = "int." is outside the range. The wrong range is indicated on the display with "Voltage to high" or "Voltage to low". If the indication "red" can not switched off with the switch "Enter", check the machine system with diagnostic tool CET-08/03 according to chapter 10.4 (tests - section 4 not necessary). If it is sure, that the other parts of the machine system are working well, repeat the pedal test. If on the pedal tester the LED "Voltage" lights still constant red, change with current supply "ext." - the electronic box, resp. with "int." - the pedal tester. Rocker switch "On/Off" and "Pedal" as well as "Enter" - for functions see the following descriptions in step C, D and F.
C. Adjustment and test of the inch/brake pedal

Note: follow the guideline step by step, otherwise the electronic control switches off the system.
-
Connect the leads from the tester to electrical outlet plug, wiring harness and pedal. Select "Inch/Brake" with the rocker switch "Pedal" on the tester. Turn the starting switch on the instrument panel in position "1". Switch the "On/Off" switch on the tester into "On" position (all LEDs must light up, "Voltage" is yellow). Move safety lever and emergency OFF switch into operating position ( LEDs still bright on). Actuate switch "Enter" once (display shows "Inchpedal ext." and, if the potentiometer is adjusted correct, "MinPos. ok". Additional the LED "Min.Pos" and "Voltage" lights green, all other LEDs are switched off) pedal must be in neutral position.
LED "Voltage" must be green and the display must show "ext." during the complete adjustment / check procedure. At the instrument panel the indicator light H12 - electronic fault must be always off. If the test result is not correct, adjust the potentiometer position (P): Loosen the setscrews (1) for the potentiometer support plate a little bit (use Allen wrench 3 mm), turn the support plate smoothly into the needed direction until the green LED "Min.Pos" comes on, tighten the setscrews (1).
-
Push the pedal further, up to the point you feel slight a resistance in movement During the movement the display shows "Middle-High". At the point the resistant comes on, the yellow LED "Brakepoint" must go on and the display shows "BrakePos. ok". If the indication comes not or too early, adjust the pedal stroke limiter (L): Loosen the lock nut (2) (wrench size 30 mm), adjust the thread pin (3) for the correct pedal stroke (wrench size 16 mm), tighten the lock nut (2).
Push the pedal smoothly further to the end stop. During the movement the display shows "Middle-Low". On the end the green LED "Max.Pos" must go on and the display shows "MaxPos. ok". If the adjustments are not done well before, the LED does not come on or it is possible to overcome the normal range. For that, the display shows "MaxPos. to low" and the LED goes off.
Note: If during the adjustment the potentiometer creates a too high or too low current signal (outside the max. working range), the indicator light H11 "reduced speed range" on the instrument panel flashes constant, but the indication on the tester is not changing. If the wrong signal was caused only by a misalignment of the potentiometer, it's possible to carry out the adjustment without a problem. If it was an other cause, or the red LED "Error" lights up, carry out the potentiometer function test proceedings - see step E. After making the adjustment, lower the safety lever to clear the fault indication. Raise the safety lever again and re-check the adjustment as outlined above.
D. Adjustment and test of the steering pedals

Note: follow the guideline step by step, otherwise the electronic control switches off the system.
-
Connect the leads from the tester to electrical outlet plug, wiring harness and pedal. Select "Steer" with the rocker switch "Pedal" on the tester. Turn the starting switch on the instrument panel in position "1". Switch the "On/Off" switch on the tester into "On" position (all LEDs must light up, "Voltage" is yellow). Move safety lever and emergency OFF switch into operating position ( LEDs still bright on). Actuate switch "Enter" once (display shows "Steerpedal ext." and, if the potentiometer is adjusted correct, "MinPos. ok". Additional the LED "Min.Pos" and "Voltage" lights green, all other LEDs are switched off) pedal must be in neutral position.
LED "Voltage" must be green and the display must show "ext." during the complete adjustment / check procedure. At the instrument panel the indicator light H12 - electronic fault must be always off.
-
If the test result is not correct, adjust the potentiometer position(P): loosen the setscrews (1) for the potentiometer support plate a little bit (use Allen wrench 3 mm), turn the support plate smoothly into the needed direction until the green LED "Min.Pos" comes on, tighten the setscrews (1). Push the pedal smoothly further to the end stop. During the movement the display shows "Middle". On the end the green LED "Max.Pos" must go on and the display shows "MaxPos. ok". If the first adjustment (= "Min.Pos") is not done well before, the LED does not come on or the LED comes on and switches off again. If it switches off again, the display shows "MaxPos. to high". In either case, correct the adjustment.
Note: If the electronic control switches off the system during the test - display shows "Steerpedal int.". Lower the safety lever, actuate the switch "Enter" to confirm the "Error" indication and repeat the test, starting at this step. If the error repeats and the adjustment cannot be made, run the potentiometer function test procedure - see step E. The wiring harness and the electronic box is not involved at this test (plug not connected). Therefore, if this test shows no cause for the fault, check the wiring harness up to the electronic box. If an E-box with service code memory (CEP 12/22 upward) is installed on the machine, save, print and clear the memory at the end of adjustment, after test run.
E. Duo potentiometer function test - Inch/brake- and steering pedal

Troubles created in the duo potentiometer or its connection leads or large misalignments are indicated on this test. Never use this test for a final adjustment.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Pedal control Tester application
Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Electronic Control
E-Box Version CEP
10.6.00.02
If necessary or at a new installation align notch (N) on the potentiometer support plate with the setscrew (1) - see following picture. Tighten set screw (1)
-
Connect the lead from the pedal tester to the electrical outlet plug and to the pedal. Don't connect the lead to the wiring harness. Select type of pedal with the rocker switch "Pedal", for instance "Steer" for a steering pedal. Turn the starting switch on the instrument panel in position "1". Switch the "On/Off" switch on the tester into "On" position (all LEDs must light up, "Voltage" is yellow, if one doesn't light, this LED is defective). Actuate switch "Enter" once (green LED "Min.Pos" should light up, all other LEDs must go off, display shows "Steerpedal int." or "Inchpedal int." and the description of the actual current range, should be "MinPos. ok"). The safety lever is still in the lower position - pedal must be in neutral position. If the test result is not correct, adjust the potentiometer position (P): loosen the setscrews (1) for the potentiometer support plate a little bit (use Allen wrench 3 mm), turn the support plate smoothly into the needed direction until the green LED "Min.Pos" comes on and display shows " MinPos. ok", tighten the setscrews (1).
Push the pedal smoothly further to the end stop. During the movement the display shows "Steerpedal int" - "Middle" resp. "Inchpedal int." - "Middle-High" "BrakePos. ok""Middle-Low". On the end or just before, the green LED "Max.Pos" should go on and the display should show "MaxPos. ok". If the potentiometer or it's connecting leads is defective (short circuit/open circuit), the LED "Error" lights up. Actuate switch "Enter" to clear the "Error" indication and repeat the test to make sure the result is correct. If necessary, renew the duo potentiometer. If it is sure the potentiometers works well, adjust the pedal potentiometer as outlined for this type of pedal. If there are further troubles, check wiring harness/E-box for the cause and repair it.
F. Additional voltage check at lateral plugs

There are two plugs at one side of the tester to check the actual voltage, given by the potentiometer, with a multimeter (Ri >10M) additional / parallel to the tester indications. 1. Nominal ranges - inch/brake pedal: Indication on display (2. line) MinPos. to high MinPos. ok Middle-High BrakePos. ok Middle-Low MaxPos. ok MaxPos. to low voltage range 10 4,63 V 4,62 4,5 V 4,49 3,19 V 3,18 3,05 V 3,04 2,78 V 2,77 2,18 V 2,17 0 V
2. Nominal ranges - steering pedal: Indication on display (2. line) MinPos. to low MinPos. ok Middle MaxPos. ok MaxPos. to high voltage range 0 2,59 V 2,6 2,72 V 2,73 4,04 V 4,05 4,6 V 4,61 10 V
Notes
Installation Note: For the installation, the positioning mark ( = notch or a red dot) on the carrier, must point in forward travel direction.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 0604 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 1134 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 2664 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 2506 RL 422 F/N xxx-1001 3000
Blatt Page Feuille
10.7.10.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
cap push button switch (counter rotation) electrical wire handle mount with set srew handle shells lever hex nut connector piece clamp dust cover hex nut stop sleeve with lock rings shift gate retainer with connection spring plunger lever helix clamp carrier with seal joint - outer part socket head screw joint - inner part with dowel pin and washer spur gear segmet socket head screw stop pinion shaft with gear shifting gate and hex nut
35 spring 36 ball 37 bearing base with zero position 40 brake, complete 41 adjustment nut (1 Nm) 42 mounting plate 45 socket head screw 46 tapered gear segment 47 tapered gear with set screw 50 51 52 53 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 potentiometer (steering) potentiometer (travel) micro switch (steering) 2x micro switch (travel) 2x support plate (electronic) support plate (electronic) spacer housing cover with seal and filter plug (14 pole) cover nut
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 0604 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 1134 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 2664 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 2506 RL 422 F/N xxx-1001 3000
Blatt Page Feuille
10.7.10.02
Notes
Installation Note: For the installation, the positioning mark ( = notch) on the carrier, must point in forward travel direction.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752
01 03
F/N xxx-0605 F/N xxx-1135 F/N xxx-2665 F/N xxx-2507 F/N xxx-2002 2061
Blatt Page Feuille
10.7.11.01
1 2 3 4 5
handle shells cap push button switch (counter rotation) electrical wire handle mount with set screw
10 lever 11 dust cover 12 connector piece 13 stop sleeve with lock rings 15 shift gate 16 screw with clamping device (wire) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 multiple - disk brake plug with O-ring adjustment screw (1 Nm) axle plate spring brake plates carrier carrier bolt spring ball bearing base with zero position tapered gear segment tapered gear with set screw potentiometer support plate (electronic) flat belt wire (20 wires) support plate (electronic)
40 housing 41 sintered filter (ventilation) 42 plug (20 pole)
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752
01 03
F/N xxx-0605 F/N xxx-1135 F/N xxx-2665 F/N xxx-2507 F/N xxx-2002 2061
Blatt Page Feuille
10.7.11.02
Notes
Installation Note: For the installation, the positioning mark ( = notch) on the carrier, must point in forward travel direction.
Note:
On earlier machines and on the 712B and PR 722B, this travel joystick is optional, sometimes installed together with an Inch/ brake pedal.
Mjfcifss!
3 - ranges
Datum Edition Date
PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 RL 52

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
F/N xxx-5884 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-2062 F/N 739-2001
10.7.12.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
handle shells cap push button switch (counter rotation) spring micro switch toggle switch ( 3 positions) wire harness w. retaining strap countersunk screw socket head screw
10 lever 11 dust cover 12 connector piece 13 stop sleeve with lock rings 15 shift gate 16 screw with clamping device (wire) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 multiple - disk brake plug with O-ring adjustment screw (1 Nm) axle plate spring brake plates carrier carrier bolt spring ball bearing base with zero position tapered gear segment tapered gear with set screw potentiometer support plate (electronic) flat belt wire (20 wires) support plate (electronic)
40 housing 41 sintered filter (ventilation) 42 plug (20 pole)
Mjfcifss!
3 - ranges
Datum Edition Date
PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 RL 52

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
F/N xxx-5884 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-2062 F/N 739-2001
10.7.12.02
Sub Group Index

Technical data Construction, function travel gear Remove and install / drawings
Remove and install travel gear Sectional drawing travel gear PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 F/N xxx-01030252 F/N xxx-01030421 F/N xxx-20032077 F/N xxx-02530367 F/N xxx-04220541 F/N xxx-20782178 F/N xxx-20012053 F/N xxx-03680429 F/N xxx-05420596 F/N xxx-21792199 F/N xxx-20542086 F/N xxx-01010429 F/N xxx-01010596 F/N xxx-20012199 F/N xxx-20012086 11.3.10
11.1 11.2 11.3

11.3.10.01
11.3.11
11.3.12
11.3.13
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-04303083 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-05973170 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-22003135 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-20873088 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-22003135 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-20873088 PR 712B F/N xxx-30843094 PR 732B F/N xxx-31363187 PR 742B F/N xxx-30893098 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-3095 F/N xxx-3171 F/N xxx-3188 F/N xxx-3099 F/N xxx-20032006 F/N xxx-20072061 F/N xxx-2062
11.3.14
11.3.15
11.3.16
11.3.17
11.3.50 11.3.51 11.3.52
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 01
Travel gear
Blatt Page Feuille
11.0.00.01
Discription FAT Type Oil quantity (API>GL5EP > SAE85W140) Sun gear Number of teeth 1. Stage Planetary gear Internal gear Sun gear Number of teeth 2. Stage Planetary gear Internal gear Gear ratio i total l
PR 712 400 / 523 5,5 18 35 90 12 34 81 46,5
PR 722 450 / 514 7 18 35 90 13 33 80 42,9
PR 732 500/525 8,5 18 35 90 12 34 81 46,5
PR 742 550/516 12,5 18 35 90 13 33 80 42,9
Planetary gear bearing Axialplay
Stage 1
from / to
mm
inch
0,40 / 0,65
0.016 / 0.026
0,40 / 0,65
0.016 / 0.026
0, 50 / 0,75
0.019 / 0.029
0,50 / 0,75
0.019 / 0.029
Stage 2
from / to
mm
inch
0,65 / 0,95
0.026 / 0.037
0,45 / 0,70
0.018 / 0.028
0,45 / 0,70
0.018 / 0.028
0,70 / 1,00
0.028 / 0.04
Cross roller bearing Pos. 50 Preload
Preload Bearing > new Preload Bearing > used
mm/inch
0,05 / 0.002
0,05 / 0.002
0,05 / 0.002
0,05 / 0.002
mm/inch
0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001 w 13 w 16.5 w 12.0 w 9.0 w 13,5 w 16.5 w 12.0 w 9.0 w 14.5 w 18.5 w 14.5 w 11.5 w 12,0 w 17,0 w 14,0 w 10,0
Disk brake (Pressures in bar)
Brake release begin Completely released Begin of braking action Brake completely applied
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Datum Edition Date
Technical Data
PR Litronic
01 01
Travel Gear
Blatt Page Feuille
11.1.00.01
Description FAT Type Oil quantity (API>GL5EP > SAE85W140) Sun gear Number of teeth 1. Stage Planetary gear Internal gear Sun gear Number of teeth 2. Stage Planetary gear Internal gear Gear ratio i total l
PR 712 400 C 563 6,0 18 35 90 15 40 97 44,8 : 1
PR 722 450 C 564 8,0 18 35 90 15 37 90 42,0 : 1
PR 732 500 C 565 11,5 18 35 90 14 38 91 45,0 : 1
PR 742 550 C 566 16,0 18 35 90 15 37 90 42,0 : 1
Planetary gear bearing a) Axial play
Stage 1
from / to
mm
inch
0,40 / 0,65
0.016 / 0.026
0,40 / 0,65
0.016 / 0.026
0, 50 / 0,75
0.019 / 0.029
0,50 / 0,75
0.019 / 0.029
Stage 2
from / to
mm
inch
0,65 / 0,95
0.026 / 0.037
0,65 / 0,95
0.026 / 0.037
0,70 / 1,00
0.028 / 0.04
0,70 / 1,00
0.028 / 0.04
b) Radial play
Stage 1 / 2
max
mm
inch
0,1
0.004
0,1
0.004
0,1
0.004
0,1
0.004
Cross roller bearing Pos. 50 Preload
Bearing > new Preload (Path on adj. ring) Bearing > used Preload (Path on adj. ring)
mm/inch (mm/inch)
0,05 / 0.002 (39 / 1.54)
0,05 / 0.002 (39 / )1.54
0,05 / 0.002 (44 / 1.73)
0,05 / 0.002 (47 / 1.85)
mm/inch (mm/inch)
0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001 0,025 / 0.001 (20 / 0.79) (20 / 0.79) (22 / 0.87) (24 / 0.87) w 13.0 w 16.5 w 12.0 w 9.0 w 13.5 w 16.5 w 12.0 w 9,0 w 14.5 w 18.5 w 14.5 w 11,5 w 12.0 w 17.0 w 14.0 w 10,0
Disk brake (Pressures in bar)
Brake release begin Completely released Begin of braking action Brake completely applied
Description FAT Oil quantity (API-GL 5 EP - SAE 85W-140) Oil quantity - sealed area (from hydr. circuit) Gear ratio Type l l i total
712 400 P 553 10,0
722 450 P 554 13,0
732 500 P 555 18,0
742 550 P 556 23,0
45,4 : 1
41,7 : 1
46,5 : 1
43,9 : 1
Number of teeth 1. stage sun gear planetary gear internal gear 2. stage sun gear planetary gear internal gear 13 42 98 22 37 98 12 40 93 24 34 93 12 40 93 21 35 93 12 38 90 21 34 90
Preload cross roller bearing item 7 Preload cross roller bearing item 7
bearing - new preload mm (displ. on adj. ring) (mm) bearing - used preload mm (displ. on adj. ring) (mm)
0,05 (39) 0,025 (20)
0,05 (39) 0,025 (20)
0,05 (44) 0,025 (22)
0,05 (44) 0,025 (22)
Control dimensions Planetary gear bearing - axial play 1.stage Planetary gear bearing - axial play 2.stage Planetary gear bearing - radial play - general Distance connecting area motor housing 1 to front area - carrier 25 Distance brake part 10/20 to thrust washer 52 mm mm mm mm 0,5+0,5 mm 0,5+0,5 0,5+0,5 0,5+0,5 0,20+0,1 0,65+0,3 max. 0,1 126+1 0,20+0,1 0,65+0,3 max. 0,1 141+1 0,25+0,1 0,70+0,3 max. 0,1 161+1 0,25+0,1 0,70+0,3 max. 0,1 189,5+1
Disk brakes
brake release begin completely released begin braking action completely applied
bar bar bar bar
~9,5 ~12,5 ~12,0 ~9,0
~12,0 ~14,5 ~13,0 ~11,0
~12,5 ~15,0 ~14,5 ~12,0
~14,5 ~17,0 ~16,5 ~14,0
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Technical Data
PR Litronic
01 01
Travel Gear P
Blatt Page Feuille
11.1.01.01
732 500 P 595 D 18,0 1,1 46,5 : 1
742 550 P 596 D 23,0 1,3 43,9 : 1
Number of teeth 1. stage sun gear planetary gear internal gear 2. stage sun gear planetary gear internal gear 12 40 93 21 35 93 12 38 90 21 34 90
0,05 (44) 0,025 (22)
0,05 (44) 0,025 (22)
Control dimensions Planetary gear bearing - axial play 1.stage Planetary gear bearing - axial play 2.stage Planetary gear bearing - radial play - general Distance connecting area motor housing 1 to front area - carrier 25 Distance brake part 10/20 to thrust washer 52 mm mm mm mm 0,5+0,5 mm 0,5+0,5 0,25+0,1 0,70+0,3 max. 0,1 161,5+1,5 0,25+0,1 0,70+0,3 max. 0,1 189,75+1
Disk brakes
bar bar bar bar
~9,1 ~14,2 ~13,2 ~8,5
~9,1 ~14,2 ~13,2 ~8,5
712 400 D 583 5,5 1,1 45,4 : 1
722 450 D 584 8,5 1,2 41,7 : 1
732 500 D 585 11 1,2 46,5 : 1
742 550 D 586 14,5 1,3 43,9 : 1
Number of teeth 1. stage sun gear planetary gear internal gear 2. stage sun gear planetary gear internal gear 13 42 98 22 37 98 12 40 93 24 34 93 12 40 93 21 35 93 12 38 90 21 34 90
0,05 0,02
0,05 0,02
0,05 0,02
0,05 0,02
0,025 0,01
0,025 0,01
0,025 0,01
0,025 0,01
Control dimensions Planetary gear bearing - axial play 1.stage Planetary gear bearing - axial play 2.stage Planetary gear bearing - radial play - general Distance connecting area motor housing 1 to front area - carrier 25 Distance brake part 10/20 to thrust washer 52 mm mm mm mm 0,5+1 mm 0,5+1 0,5+1 0,5+1 0,1+0,3 0,1+0,5 max. 0,1 126+1 0,1+0,3 0,1+0,5 max. 0,1 141+1 0,1+0,4 0,1+0,5 max. 0,1 161+1 0,1+0,4 0,1+0,5 max. 0,1 189,5+1
Disk brakes
bar bar bar bar
~8,1 ~13,0 ~11,9 ~6,9
~8,1 ~13,0 ~11,9 ~6,9
~9,1 ~14,2 ~13,2 ~8,5
~9,1 ~14,2 ~13,2 ~8,5
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
Technical Data
01 03
Travel Gear D
Blatt Page Feuille
11.1.02.01
752 650 / 508 21,0 9,5 54,3 : 1
Number of teeth Spur gear drive input gear reduction gear 1. stage sun gear planetary gear internal gear 2. stage sun gear planetary gear internal gear 46 87 19 34 89 19 28 77
Preload (Pos. 80 not installed) tapered roller bearing item 78/79 friction Bearing adjustment - axial play straight roller bearing item 31
Nm
80
mm
0,3 +0,1
Control dimensions Axial play straight roller bearing item 29 Radial play straight roller bearing - general Distance a front area - flange 5 to carrier 23 Distance b front area - fitting 88 to spur gear 30 mm mm mm mm 0,4+0,2 max. 0,1 54,5+0,5 58,0+0,05
Disk brakes
bar bar bar bar
~14 ~17 ~16 ~12
Ansicht View Vue
PR 732 / 742
Im Schnitt versetzt gezeichnet Repositioned - Sectional view Coupe dcale
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
02 92
Fahrgetriebe Travel gear Mcanisme de translation
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
11.3.11.02
PR 722
Ansicht View Vue
PR 732 / 742
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
07 93
Fahrgetriebe Travel gear Mcanisme de translation
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
11.3.12.02
PR 722
Ansicht View Vue
PR 712 / 722
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
06 94
Fahrgetriebe Type "C" Travel gear Mcanisme de translation
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
11.3.13.02
PR 732 / 742
PR 722
Notes
Note: Plugs position 63 and 64 - tightening torque approx. 160 Nm
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0430 3083 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0597 3170 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2200 3135 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2087 3088
Blatt Page Feuille
01 00
Travel gear Type "P"
11.3.14.01
1 Connector housing 2 Duo-cone seal 3 Socket head screw with lock washer 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Output flange Socket head screw with lock washer Cross roller bearing Adjusting ring Connector carrier Disc brake - housing Socket head screw Pull off threaded bore Snap ring Brake cover Grooved ring Grooved ring Ring piston Spring - set Snap ring Thrust ring Snap ring Outer disk Inner disk
40 41 42 43 44
Planetary carrier Planetary gear Straight roller bearing with split inner ring Snap ring Snap ring
45 Sun gear (drive shaft) 46 Thrust washer 47 Snap ring 50 Sun gear 51 Thrust washer 52 Thrust washer 54 Planetary gear 55 Straight roller bearing 56 Snap ring 58 O-ring 59 O-ring 60 61 62 63 Planetary carrier - output (housing) Pin O-ring Plug- magnetic oil drain 64 Plug- magnetic oil level check and filling 66 Data tag 70 Threaded holes to mount variable motor 71 Threaded holes to mount gear 80 Sprocket segments with mounting screws B Connection - pressure oil for disk brake
25 Disk carrier 26 Snap ring 30 Tension pin 31 O-ring 32 O-ring 33 Plug 34 Plug 35 Ring gear 36 Snap ring 37 Straight pin
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 00
Fahrgetriebe Type "P" Travel gear Mcanisme de translation
Blatt Page Feuille
11.3.14.02
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list
PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2200 3135 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2087 3088

Blatt Page Feuille
01 00
Travel gear Type "P-D"
11.3.15.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Connector housing Duo cone seal - inside Duo cone seal - outside Socket head screw with lock washer Output flange Socket head screw with lock washer Cross roller bearing Adjusting ring Connector carrier Disc brake - housing Socket head screw Snap ring Brake cover Seal ring with support ring Seal ring with support ring Ring piston Spring - set Snap ring Thrust ring Snap ring Outer disk Inner disk
50 Sun gear 51 Thrust washer 52 Thrust washer 54 Planetary gear 55 Straight roller bearing 56 Snap ring 58 O-ring 59 O-ring 60 61 62 63 64 Planetary carrier - output (housing) Pin O-ring O-ring Plug- magnetic oil drain 65 Plug- magnetic oil level check and filling 66 Data tag 70 Threaded holes to mount variable motor 71 Threaded holes to mount gear 72 Threaded holes for pull off screws (remove brake) 80 Sprocket segments with mounting screws
25 Disk carrier 26 Snap ring 30 Tension pin 31 O-ring 32 O-ring 33 Plug 34 Plug 35 Ring gear 36 Snap ring 37 Straight pin 40 41 42 43 44 Planetary carrier Planetary gear Straight roller bearing with split inner ring Snap ring Snap ring
85 86 87 88
only for FAT 500P596D - PR 732 / LR 632 Thrust ring Tension pin O-ring Screw
A Connection - Sealing area - bottom B Connection - pressure oil for disk brake C Connection - sealing area - top "0" Thrust ring outside stamped with "O" Parts installed with Loctite 242 or comparable product
45 Sun gear (drive shaft) 46 Thrust washer 47 Snap ring
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 00
Fahrgetriebe Type "P-D" Travel gear Mcanisme de translation
PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2200 3135 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2087 3088

Blatt Page Feuille
11.3.15.02
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B F/N xxx-3084 3094
Parts list

Blatt Page Feuille
01 00
Travel gear Type "D"
11.3.16.01
1 Connector housing 2 Duo cone seal - inside 3 Duo cone seal - outside 4 Socket head screw with lock washer 5 Output flange 6 Socket head screw 7 Cross roller bearing 8 Connector carrier 9 Plug 10 O-ring 11 Plug 12 Shim (laminated) 13 Roll pin 14 O-ring 15 Disc brake - housing 16 Socket head screw 17 Snap ring 18 Brake cover 19 Seal ring with support ring 20 Seal ring with support ring 21 Ring piston 22 Spring - set 23 Snap ring 24 Thrust ring 25 Snap ring 26 Outer disk 27 Inner disk 30 Disk carrier 31 Snap ring 40 Planetary carrier 41 Planetary gear 42 Straight roller bearing with split inner ring 43 Snap ring 44 Shim 45 Snap ring 46 Thrust washer 48 Sun gear(input shaft)
50 Sun gear 51 Thrust ring 55 Planetary gear 56 Straight roller bearing 57 Snap ring 58 Snap ring 60 Output housing - ring gear 61 O-ring 62 O-ring 63 Plug - magnetic oil drain 64 Plug - magnetic oil level check and filling 65 Data tag 70 Threaded holes to mount variable motor 71 Threaded holes to mount gear 72 Threaded holes for pull off screws (remove brake) 80 Sprocket segments with mounting screws
A Connection - Sealing area - bottom B Connection - pressure oil for disk brake C Connection - sealing area - top "O" Thrust ring outside marked with "O" Parts installed with Loctite 242 or comparable product
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 00
Fahrgetriebe Type "D" Travel gear Mcanisme de translation
Blatt Page Feuille
11.3.16.02
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 00
Travel gear Type "D"
11.3.17.01
1 Connector housing 2 Duo cone seal - inside 3 Duo cone seal - outside 4 Socket head screw with lock washer 5 Output flange 6 Socket head screw 7 Cross roller bearing 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Connector carrier Plug O-ring Plug Shim (laminated) Roll pin O-ring
50 Sun gear 51 Thrust ring 55 Planetary gear 56 Straight roller bearing 57 Snap ring 58 Snap ring 60 Output housing - ring gear 61 O-ring 62 O-ring 63 Plug - magnetic oil drain 64 Plug - magnetic oil level check and filling 65 Data tag 70 Threaded holes to mount variable motor 71 Threaded holes to mount gear 72 Threaded holes for pull off screws (remove brake) 80 Sprocket segments with mounting screws
15 Disc brake - housing 16 Socket head screw 17 Snap ring 18 Brake cover 19 Seal ring with support ring 20 Seal ring with support ring 21 Ring piston 22 Spring - set 23 Snap ring 24 Thrust washer 25 Snap ring 26 Outer disk 27 Inner disk 30 Disk carrier 31 Snap ring 35 End ring 36 O-ring 37 Socket head screw with lock washer 40 Planetary carrier 41 Planetary gear 42 Straight roller bearing with split inner ring 43 Snap ring 44 Shim 45 Snap ring 46 Thrust washer 48 Sun gear (input shaft)
A Connection - sealing area - bottom B Connection - pressure oil for disk brake C Connection - sealing area - top "O" Thrust ring outside marked with "O" Parts installed with Loctite 242 or comparable product
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 00
Fahrgetriebe Type "D" Travel gear Mcanisme de translation
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
11.3.17.02
01 00
2006
liebherr
Datum Edition Date
01 00
Fahrgetriebe Travel Gear Mcanisme de translation
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx- 2003
2006
11.3.50. 00
Notes
Note: The springs 15 are installed in pairs (-large/small) into the bores of the ring piston 13 and are pretensioned via connector flange 5. Due to a given factor between brake pressure / release pressure, only one spring ( -large) may be installed in two diagonally opposed bores of each ring piston.
Lubrication channel for the Duo-Cone seals on gears of the following machines: PR 752 F/N xxx-2007, 20092015
1 4 101 102 103 104 Y
Connector housing Plug Fitting O-ring O-ring Screw Connection - oil supply for the two (2) Duo-Cone seals
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list
01 00
Travel Gear
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2007 2061
11.3.51.00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Connector housing Plug Roll pin Plug Connector flange O-ring Socket head screw with washer Socket head screw with washer O-ring Brake cylinder with plug Seal ring O-ring Ring piston with puller threads Seal ring Pressure springs Ring housing Socket head screw Outer disc Inner disc Stop ring Snap ring
53 54 55 56 57 58 59
Carrier flange Straight roller bearing Straight roller bearing Snap ring O-ring Socket head screw O-ring
60 Sun gear 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 Planetary gear carrier - output (housing) Thrust washer L-snap ring Planetary gear Snap ring Straight roller bearing Shaft Snap ring Plug with magnetic rod O-ring Slotted pin
73 Inner gear 74 Snap ring 75 Support flange
23 Disc carrier 25 Bearing flange 26 Socket head screw 28 Spur gear 29 Straight roller bearing 30 Spur gear (with hole circle) 31 Straight roller bearing 32 Snap ring 34 35 36 37 38 Bearing cover Shim pack O-ring Hex head screw with lock washer Intermediate cover 76 77 78 79 Output flange Plug Tapered roller bearing Tapered roller bearing
80 Duo-Cone seal 81 Duo-Cone seal 82 Shim 83 End disc 84 Socket head screw 86 Hex head screw with washer 87 88 89 90 Fitting O-ring Shims 0,1 / 0,3 mm Inductive transmitter (speed sensor)
40 Sun gear 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 Planetary gear carrier Thrust washer Planetary gear Snap ring Straight roller bearing Shaft Snap ring Snap ring
92 Data tag 95 Travel motor X Connection - oil pressure line - disk brake Y Connection - oil supply for both Duo-Cone seals F sealed with Loctite No. 510 * installed with Loctite No. 242 a Adjustment value = 58,5+0,5mm b Adjustment value = 54,5+0,5mm
50 Inner gear 51 Socket head screw
liebherr
Datum Edition Date
01 00
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx- 2007
2061
11.3.51. 00
Notes
Note: The springs 15 are installed in pairs (-large/small) into the bores of the ring piston 13 and are pretensioned via connector flange 5. Due to a given factor between brake pressure / release pressure, only one spring (-large) may be installed in two diagonally opposed bores of each ring piston.
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list
01 03
Travel Gear
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
11.3.52.00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Connector housing Plug Roll pin Plug Connector flange O-ring Socket head screw with washer Socket head screw with washer O-ring Brake cylinder with plug Seal ring O-ring Ring piston with puller threads Seal ring Pressure springs Ring housing Socket head screw Outer disc Inner disc Stop ring Snap ring
53 54 55 56 57 58 59
Carrier flange Straight roller bearing Straight roller bearing Snap ring O-ring Socket head screw O-ring
60 Sun gear 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 Planetary gear carrier - output (housing) Thrust washer L-snap ring Planetary gear Snap ring Straight roller bearing Shaft Snap ring Plug with magnetic rod O-ring Slotted pin
73 Inner gear 74 Snap ring 75 Support flange
23 Disc carrier 25 Bearing flange 26 Socket head screw 28 Spur gear 29 Straight roller bearing 30 Spur gear (with hole circle) 31 Straight roller bearing 32 Snap ring 34 35 36 37 38 Bearing cover Shim pack O-ring Hex head screw with lock washer Intermediate cover
76 Output flange 78 Tapered roller bearing 79 Tapered roller bearing 80 Duo-Cone seal 81 Duo-Cone seal 82 Shim 83 End disc 84 Socket head screw 86 Hex head screw with washer 87 88 89 90 Fitting O-ring Shims 0,1 / 0,3 mm Inductive transmitter (speed sensor)
40 Sun gear 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 Planetary gear carrier Thrust washer Planetary gear Snap ring Straight roller bearing Shaft Snap ring Snap ring
92 Data tag 95 Travel motor
X Connection - oil pressure line - disk brake Y Connection - oil supply for both Duo-Cone seals F sealed with Loctite No. 510 * installed with Loctite No. 242 a Adjustment value = 58,5+0,5mm b Adjustment value = 54,5+0,5mm
50 Inner gear 51 Socket head screw
liebherr
Datum Edition Date
01 00
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx- 2062 F/N xxx- 2001
11.3.52. 00
Sub Group Index

Technical data Description, function, wear effects
Description, function, wear effects Measuring instructions and evaluation of wear Appraisal report Wear chart PR 712 F/N xxx-01030500 12.2.10 12.2.11 12.2.20 12.2.21 12.2.22 12.2.30 12.2.31 12.2.32 12.2.40 12.2.41 12.2.42 12.2.50 12.2.51
12.1 12.2
12.2.00 12.2.01 12.2.02
PR 722B F/N xxx-1001 PR 722B F/N xxx-5xxx PR 732 F/N xxx-20032500
PR 732B F/N xxx-2501 PR 732B F/N xxx-5xxx PR 742 F/N xxx-20012500
PR 742B F/N xxx-2501 PR 742B F/N xxx-5xxx PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-20015071 F/N xxx-5072
Front idler
Front idler Idler guide and yoke assembly Idler guide and yoke assembly PR 712 PR 742 PR 712 F/N xxx-0103
12.4
12.4.00 12.4.10 12.4.20
PR 722(B) F/N xxx-01033016 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-20033093 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 PR 722B F/N xxx-3017 PR 732B F/N xxx-3094 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-20027421 F/N xxx-7422
Idler unit Idler unit Front idler Front idler
12.4.21 12.4.30 12.4.50 12.4.51

Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 04
Track components
Blatt Page Feuille
12.0.00.01
Track adjuster unit

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-01033016 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-20033093 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 PR 722B F/N xxx-3017 PR 732B F/N xxx-3094 PR 752 F/N xxx-2002
12.5
12.5.10
12.5.20
12.5.50
Track roller
Track roller Track roller Track roller PR 712 PR 742 PR 752 F/N xxx-20025801 PR 752 F/N xxx-5802
12.6
12.6.00 12.6.40 12.6.50
Carrier roller Track roller frame

PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001
12.7 12.8
12.8.10
12.8.30
Support shaft preassembled

12.9
12.9.10
12.9.50
Description Track - chain pitch - length (L/M) - track pad width single grouser - track pad width for (M) single grouser - track pad bolt - wrench size for bolts Sprocket - segments - bolt - wrench size for bolts Idler - diameter of running surface - oil quantity (SAE 80) Track rollers - single flange - double flange (L/M) - location s = single flange d = double flange - oil quantity (SAE 80) Carrier rollers (L/M) - oil quantity (SAE 80)
PR 712(B) PR 722(B) PR 732(B) mm (inch) 171,5 (6,75) 175,5 (6,91) 203,25 (8,0) no. of links 42 (44) 43 (47) 39 (43) mm (inch) 457 (18) 560 (22) 610 (24) 711 (28) 762 (30) 864 (34) UNF 15 16 2 UNF 15 16 616 0,35 4 2 (3) s-d-s-s-d-s (s-d-s-d-s-d-s) 0,35 1 (2) 0,34 90 2,5 508 (20) 610 (24) 711 (28) 812 (32) 914 (35) UNF 15 16 9 UNF 15 16 646 0,35 4 3 (4) s-d-s-d-s-d-s (s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s) 0,35 1 (2) 0,34 100 2,5 508 (20) 610 (24) 711 (28) 812 (32) 965 (38) UNF 1 5 UNF 15 16 678 0,4 4 2 (4) s-d-s-s-d-s (s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s) 0,5 1 (2) 0,4 125 3
PR 742(B) 215,9 (8,5) 40 (43) 508 (20) 610 (24) 711 (28) 812 (32) 914 (35) UNF 1 5 UNF 1 710 0,43 4 3 (4) s-d-s-d-s-d-s (s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s) 0,43 2 0,4 165 3
mm (inch) thread size
no. per side thread size
mm l no. per side no. per side (L/M) l no. per side l kN
Track adjuster unit - preload installed Track roller frame - max. oscillation
Explanation to (L/M): Data's without ( ) Data's with ( ) = (L/M) Notes:
for standard track length/gauge or general L = long track / M = long track and wide track gauge
- Tighten screws, for which no separate tightening torque is given, according to standard chart - see group 1.4. - Tightening torques for track pad-, split master link- and sprocket segment bolts see next page. Reasoned by normal settlement of material, new bolted connections have to be checked for the first time after appr. 50 operating hours and, as necessary, they have to be retightened. For this, use the value, marked in the table with the title test, without loosing the bolts. If the bolts are tightable for more then 90 before reaching the required tightening torque, the track pad/segment should be disassembled and installed completely new. Check the bolts, if their proper condition is not secured, always use new bolts and nuts. - The contact area of the bolted connection has to be clean and flat, the threads should be lightly oiled. The nuts have to be mounted with the flat end faces to the seating and the rounded end faces to the end of the bolt. - Tighten the bolts always in the outlined steps crosswise to the tightening torque.
Mjfcifss!
Technical Data
Datum Edition Date
Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Track Components
12.1.00.01
Tightening torques for track pad and sprocket segment bolts according to Intertractor - issue 2001 at track pads/segments Nm +
10
bolts
quality
test Nm 360 38510 40010 63010 67510 70010

10
at split master link* ft.lbs Nm -30530 33030 -53530 58030 ft.lbs -22510 24510 -39510 43010
10
ft.lbs+
5
18 UNF 11.9 180 + 120 130 + 120 12.9 19010 + 120 1405 + 120 13.9 20010 + 120 1505 + 120 16 UNF 11.9 32010 + 120 2405 + 120 12.9 34010 + 120 2505 + 120 13.9 36010 + 120 2655 + 120
265 28510 30010 46510 50010 52010
Note: * = not valid for K-loc split master links with standard track pad bolts.
Tightening torques for track pad and sprocket segment bolts according to Berco - issue 2001 bolts at track pads/segments Nm +
10
test Nm
20 10
at split master link Nm +

40
ft.lbs+
5
ft.lbs m.-type length x12 x22 x32 x42 92 92
ft.lbs+
18 UNF 180 + 120 130 + 120 390 290 18010 + 120 1305 + 120 39020 29010 16 UNF 27010 + 120 2005 + 120 63020 46510 27010 + 120 2005 + 120 63020 46510
170 + 180 12530 + 180 17040 + 180 12530 + 180
107 30050 + 180 22030 + 180 113,5 30050 + 180 22030 + 180
Description Track - chain pitch - length (L/M) - track pad width single grouser - track pad width for (M) single grouser - track pad bolt
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B mm (inch) 171,5 (6,75) 175,5 (6,91) 203,25 (8,0) no. of links -- (44) 43 (47) 39 (43) mm (inch) 457 (18) 560 (22) 610 (24) 711 (28) 762 (30) 864 (34) UNF
15
PR 742B 215,9 (8,5) 40 (43) 508 (20) 610 (24) 711 (28) 812 (32) 914 (35)
UNF UNF 30 mm
PR 752 215,9 (8,5) 44 560 (22) 610 (24) 711 (28) - UNF 1516 3 UNF 1516 813 0,5 4 3 s-d-s-d-s-d-s 0,67 2 0,56 300 3
508 (20) 560 (22) 610 (24) 711 (28) 812 (32) 914 (35) UNF
15
508 (20) 610 (24) 812 (32) 965 (38) UNF 1 5 UNF 15 16 676 0,4 4 2 (4) s-d-s-s-d-s (s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s) 0,4 1 (2) 0,3 150 3
mm (inch) thread size
"
- wrench size for bolts at master link pad Sprocket - segments - bolt - wrench size for bolts Idler - diameter of running surface - oil quantity (SAE 80) Track rollers - single flange - double flange (L/M) - location s = single flange d = double flange - oil quantity (SAE 80) Carrier rollers (L/M) - oil quantity (SAE 80) no. per side thread size
16
16
1516
2 UNF 15 16 630 0,28 4 -- (3) -(s-d-s-d-s-d-s) 0,28 -- (2) 0,3 98 2,5
9 UNF 15 16 646 0,35 4 3 (4) s-d-s-d-s-d-s (s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s) 0,35 1 (2) 0,2 117 2,5
5 UNF 1 710 0,43 4 3 (4) s-d-s-d-s-d-s (s-d-s-d-d-s-d-s) 0,4 2 0,4 216 3
mm l no. per side no. per side (L/M) l no. per side l kN
Track adjuster unit - preload installed Track roller frame - max. oscillation Explanation to (L/M): Data's without ( ) Data's with ( ) = (L/M) Notes:
for standard track length/gauge or general L = long track / M = long track and wide track gauge
- Tighten screws, for which no separate tightening torque is given, according to standard chart - see group 1.4. - Tightening torques for track pad-, split master link- and sprocket segment bolts see next page. Reasoned by normal settlement of material, new bolted connections have to be checked for the first time after appr. 50 operating hours and, as necessary, they have to be retightened. For this, use the value, marked in the table with the title test, without loosing the bolts. If the bolts are tightable for more then 90 before reaching the required tightening torque, the track pad/segment should be disassembled and installed completely new. Check the bolts, if their proper condition is not secured, always use new bolts and nuts. - The contact area of the bolted connection has to be clean and flat, the threads should be lightly oiled. The nuts have to be mounted with the flat end faces to the seating and the rounded end faces to the end of the bolt (except version at machine size x52). - Tighten the bolts always in the outlined steps crosswise to the tightening torque.
Mjfcifss!
Technical Data
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Track Components
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
12.1.00.02
Tightening torques for track pad and sprocket segment bolts according to Intertractor - issue 2001 at track pads/segments Nm +
10
bolts
quality
test Nm 360 38510 40010 63010 67510 70010

10
at split master link* ft.lbs Nm -30530 33030 -53530 58030 -97030 105030 ft.lbs -22510 24510 -39510 43010 -71520 77520
10
ft.lbs+
5
18 UNF 11.9 180 + 120 130 + 120 12.9 19010 + 120 1405 + 120 13.9 20010 + 120 1505 + 120 16 UNF 11.9 32010 + 120 2405 + 120 12.9 34010 + 120 2505 + 120 13.9 36010 + 120 2655 + 120
265 28510 30010 46510 50010 52010 74520 80020 83020
14 UNF 11.9 35010 + 120 2605 + 120 101030 12.9 37010 + 120 2705 + 120 108030 13.9 39010 + 120 2855 + 120 113030
Note: * = not valid for K-loc split master links with standard track pad bolts.
Tightening torques for track pad and sprocket segment bolts according to Berco - issue 2001 bolts at track pads/segments Nm +
10
test Nm
20 10
at split master link Nm +

40
ft.lbs+
5
ft.lbs m.-type length x12 x22 x32 x42 x42 x52 x52 92 92
ft.lbs+
18 UNF 180 + 120 130 + 120 390 290 10 5 20 180 + 120 130 + 120 390 29010 16 UNF 27010 + 120 2005 + 120 63020 48010 27010 + 120 2005 + 120 63020 48010 14 UNF 40010 + 120 2955 + 120 102030 76020 40010 + 120 2955 + 120 102030 76020 40010 + 120 2955 + 120 102030 76020
170 + 180 12530 + 180 17040 + 180 12530 + 180
107 30050 + 180 22030 + 180 113,5 30050 + 180 22030 + 180 115 32020 + 120 23515 + 120 95,4 65070 + 120 48050 + 120 123,8 65070 + 120 48050 + 120
The travel power of the machine is transferred from the travel gear via the sprocket, track chain and track pads to the ground. The idler, track and carrier rollers, guide the track chain and distribute the weight of the machine to the track pads. The result is even ground pressure, good traction and stable characteristics.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Track roller - single flange Track roller - double flange Track chain assembly Idler, complete Grease cylinder Spring assembly
7 8 9 10 11
Carrier roller Sprocket (segments) Travel gear Roller frame Track guide
Additional track components: Center track guards an guides (not illustrated)
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Description, function, wear effects

Blatt Page Feuille
01 00
Track components
12.2.00.01
When travelling, the sprocket teeth engage into the bushings of the track chain. This causes friction between the sprocket teeth and the bushings, which in turn causes wear. Since there is more relative motion in reverse, the wear in this area is usually higher.
Due to the power transfer and the actual weight of the track chain is under constant tension. Because of that, the track pins and bushings contact each other always on the same area. (Moving joints when chain rolls over idler and sprocket). The resulting wear on the outside of the pins and the inside of the bushings increases the track chain pitch. Track chain pitch is: Distance from the center of the pin to the pin to the next center of pin on one track chain link.
1.1 Track chain pitch Internal wear measured over 4 links mm % inch 686,8 689,2 691,6 694,0 696,4 697,6 698,8 701,6 704,2 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120 27,04 27,13 27,23 27,32 27,42 27,46 27,51 27,62 27,72
1.2 Bushing - external wear 1.2.1 - lubricated 1.2.2 - lubricated measured w. depth gauge measured diameter mm % inch mm % inch 70,1 69,3 68,3 67,0 65,2 63,8 62,6 61,4 60,0 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120 2,76 2,73 2,69 2,64 2,57 2,51 2,46 2,42 2,36 53,8 53,0 52,0 50,7 48,9 47,5 46,3 45,1 43,7 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120 2,12 2,09 2,05 2,00 1,93 1,87 1,82 1,78 1,72
1.2.3 - sealed measured diameter mm % inch 53,8 53,4 52,7 51,9 50,6 49,6 48,6 47,8 46,9 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120 2,12 2,10 2,07 2,04 1,99 1,95 1,91 1,88 1,85
2.
Chain link - height
measured w. depth gauge mm % inch 95,2 93,6 92,1 90,7 89,2 88,5 87,8 86,3 84,8 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120 3,75 3,69 3,63 3,57 3,51 3,48 3,46 3,40 3,34
3. Track pads - height of grousers 3.1 - single grouser - A (11,5) 3.2 - single grouser - B (13) measured w. depth gauge measured w. depth gauge mm % inch mm % inch 53,0 46,5 40,0 34,0 27,5 22,5 18,5 14,5 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 2,09 1,83 1,57 1,34 1,08 0,89 0,73 0,57 58,0 51,3 45,0 39,0 32,5 27,5 23,5 19,5 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 2,28 2,02 1,77 1,54 1,28 1,08 0,93 0,77
mm
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
4.
Sprocket Sprocket teeth wear visual evaluation Backlash of teeth only partially worn = good Backlash of teeth worn teeth pointed = replace (see page 12.2.01.05)
5.
Idler
6. Track roller single- and double flange measured diameter mm % inch 203,0 200,2 197,4 194,4 191,5 190,0 187,5 185,2 203,0 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 0 7,99 7,88 7,77 7,65 7,54 7,48 7,38 7,29 7,99
7.
Carrier roller
measured diameter mm % inch 149,0 148,7 146,4 144,1 141,8 140,0 138,2 136,4 149,0 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 0 5,87 5,85 5,76 5,67 5,58 5,51 5,44 5,37 5,87
Note:
- For use of wear charts - see page 12.2.01.07 / reverse side and page 12.2.02.01 - New dimensions, intermediate values and reconditioning wear limits (= 100% wear) are supplied by the manufacturer.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
Berco (casting No. on links = CR 284x)
01 01
Track Components
Blatt Page Feuille
12.2.11.01
2.
Chain link - height
3. Track pads - height of grousers 3.1 - single grouser measured w. depth gauge mm % inch mm 57,2 51,0 44,8 38,6 32,4 26,2 20,0 15,0 10,0 0 18 36 54 72 86 100 110 120 2,25 2,00 1,76 1,52 1,28 1,03 0,79 0,59 0,39
% 0
inch
mm
% 0
inch
100 110 120
100 110 120
4.
5.
Idler
7.
Carrier roller
Note:
- For use of wear charts - see page 12.2.01.07 / reverse side and page 12.2.02.01 - New dimensions and reconditioning wear limits (= 100% wear) are supplied by the manufacturer. The intermediate values are approx. values in a wear curve.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
Pro Itrac
01 01
Track Components
Blatt Page Feuille
12.2.11.02
2.
Chain link - height
3. Track pads - height of grousers 3.1 - single grouser 3.2 - double grouser 3.3 - triple grouser measured w. depth gauge measured w. depth gauge measured w.depth gauge mm % inch mm % inch mm % inch 55,0 48,5 42,0 38,0 29,0 24,4 20,5 16,5 12,0 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120 2,17 1,91 1,65 1,50 1,14 0,96 0,81 0,65 0,47 31,0 27,5 23,2 19,0 14,0 11,5 9,0 6,5 4,0 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120 1,22 1,08 0,91 0,75 0,55 0,45 0,35 0,26 0,16 25,3 23,0 20,5 18,0 15,0 14,0 12,5 11,5 10,0 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120 1,00 0,91 0,81 0,71 0,59 0,55 0,49 0,45 0,39
4.
Sprocket Sprocket teeth wear visual evaluation Backlash of teeth only partially worn = good Backlash of teeth worn teeth pinted = replace (see page 12.2.01.05)
5.
Idler
7.
Carrier roller
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
PR 722B F/N xxx-1001 LR 622 F/N xxx-2006 RL 22B F/N xxx-3001

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Track Components
12.2.21.01
2.
Chain link - height
4.
5.
Idler
7.
Carrier roller
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
Pro Itrac
PR 722B F/N xxx-1001 LR 622 F/N xxx-2006 RL 22B F/N xxx-3001

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Track Components
12.2.21.02
mm
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
2.
Chain link - height
4.
5.
Idler
7.
Carrier roller
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
PR 722B F/N xxx-5xxx LR 622 F/N xxx-5xxx RL 22B F/N xxx-5xxx

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Track Components
12.2.22.01
2.
Chain link - height
4.
5.
Idler
7.
Carrier roller
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
Pro Itrac
PR 722B F/N xxx-5xxx LR 622 F/N xxx-5xxx RL 22B F/N xxx-5xxx

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Track Components
12.2.22.02
2.
Chain link - height
3. Track pads - height of grousers 3.1 - single grouser 3.2 - double grouser 3.3 - triple grouser measured w. depth gauge measured w. depth gauge measured w.depth gauge mm % inch mm % inch mm % inch 55,5 48,5 42,0 36,0 29,5 26,0 23,0 20,0 16,5 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120 2,19 1,91 1,65 1,42 1,16 1,02 0,91 0,79 0,65 35,5 32,0 27,5 23,5 18,5 15,5 13,0 10,5 8,0 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120 1,40 1,26 1,08 0,93 0,73 0,61 0,51 041 0,31 26,5 23,4 20,5 18,0 15,0 14,0 12,5 11,5 10,0 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120 1,04 0,92 0,81 0,71 0,59 0,55 0,49 0,45 0,39
4.
5.
Idler
7.
Carrier roller
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
Berco (casting No. on links CR 317x)
PR 732B F/N xxx-2501 LR 632 F/N xxx-2002

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Track Components
12.2.31.01
1.1 Track chain pitch Internal wear measured over 4 links mm % inch 812,,3 814,3 816,3 818,3 820,3 822,4 824,5 825,8 827,1 0 17 33 50 67 83 100 110 120 31,98 32,06 32,14 32,22 32,30 32,38 32,46 32,51 32,56
2.
Chain link - height
4.
5.
Idler
7.
Carrier roller
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
Pro Itrac
PR 732B F/N xxx-2501 LR 632 F/N xxx-2002

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Track Components
12.2.31.02
mm
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
2.
Chain link - height
4.
5.
Idler
7.
Carrier roller
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
PR 732B F/N xxx-5xxx LR 632 F/N xxx-5xxx

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Track Components
12.2.32.01
2.
Chain link - height
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
mm
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
4.
5.
Idler
7.
Carrier roller
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
01 01
Track Components
PR 742B F/N xxx-2501 RL 42 F/N xxx-3001

Blatt Page Feuille
12.2.41.01
2.
Chain link - height
% 0
inch
mm
% 0
inch
100 110 120
100 110 120
4.
5.
Idler
7.
Carrier roller
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
Itrac
01 01
Track Components
PR 742B F/N xxx-2501 RL 42B F/N xxx-3001

Blatt Page Feuille
12.2.41.02
mm
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
2.
Chain link - height
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
mm
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
4.
5.
Idler
7.
Carrier roller
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
01 01
Track Components
PR 742B F/N xxx-5xxx RL 42B F/N xxx-5xxx

Blatt Page Feuille
12.2.42.01
1.1 Track chain pitch Internal wear measured over 4 links mm % inch 864,0 868,5 874,0 880,0 887,0 0 25 50 75 100 110 120 34,01 34,19 34,41 34,65 34,92
mm
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
2.
Chain link - height
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
mm
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
4.
5.
Idler
measured w. depth gauge mm % inch 22,0 23,3 25,0 27,5 31,0 0 25 50 75 100 110 120 0,87 0,92 0,98 1,08 1,22
6. Track roller single- and double flange measured diameter mm % inch 242,0 235,0 227,0 218,0 208,0 0 25 50 75 100 110 120 9,52 9,25 8,94 8,58 8,19
7.
Carrier roller
measured diameter mm % inch 191,0 187,5 183,5 179,0 171,0 0 25 50 75 100 110 120 7,52 7,38 7,22 7,05 6,73
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
Berco (casting No. on links = CR 46xx)
01 01
Track Components
PR 752 F/N xxx-2001 5071 RL 52 F/N xxx-2001

Blatt Page Feuille
12.2.50.01
1.1 Track chain pitch Internal wear measured over 4 links mm % inch 864,0 868,5 874,0 880,0 887,0 0 25 50 75 100 110 120 34,01 34,19 34,41 34,65 34,92
mm
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
2.
Chain link - height
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
mm
% 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 110 120
inch
4.
5.
Idler
measured w. depth gauge mm % inch 22,0 23,3 25,0 27,5 31,0 0 25 50 75 100 110 120 0,87 0,92 0,98 1,08 1,22
6. Track roller single- and double flange measured diameter mm % inch 242,0 235,0 227,0 218,0 208,0 0 25 50 75 100 110 120 9,52 9,25 8,94 8,58 8,19
7.
Carrier roller
measured diameter mm % inch 191,0 187,5 183,5 179,0 171,0 0 25 50 75 100 110 120 7,52 7,38 7,22 7,05 6,73
Note:
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Wear chart
Berco (casting No. on links = LH 14xx)
02 01
Track Components
PR 752 F/N xxx-5072 RL 52 F/N xxx-2002

Blatt Page Feuille
12.2.51.01
Notizen / Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Stckliste / Parts list
01 01
Leitradfhrung u. Leitradgabel Idler Guide and Yoke Assembly
PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 3016 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 3093 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001
Blatt Page Feuille
12.4.20.01
Leitradfhrung
1 Klaue 1.1 Verschleileiste 2 Fhrungsschiene 3 Lager rechts / links 4 Fhrungsplatte 5 Sechskantschraube mit Sicherungsscheibe 6 Abstreifer links / rechts 7 Sechskantschraube mit Sicherungsscheibe 8 Distanzbleche 10 Innensechskantschraube 11 Spannstck 12 Gummifeder (vorgespannt) 13 Scheibe 14 Sechskantschraube mit Sicherungsscheibe 15 Sechskantschraube mit Sicherungsscheibe 16 Distanzbleche 17 Gleitringdichtung (beidseitig) 18 Gewindeleiste 30 Leitrad komplett
Idler Guide Assembly

1 Idler guide rail - left / right 1.1 Wear strip 2 Guide strip, complete 3 Support block - left / right 4 Guide plate 5 Hex head screw w. lock washer 6 Deflector plate - left / right 7 Hex head screw w. lock washer 8 Shims 10 Socket head screw 11 Retainer 12 Rubber buffer (loaded) 13 Disc 14 Hex head screw w. lock washer 15 Hex head screw w. lock washer 16 Shim 17 Lifetime seal (both sides) 18 Retainer plate 30 Idler unit, complete
Leitradgabel
35 Leitradgabel 40 Verbindungsstange 41 Scheibe 42 Sechskantschraube mit Sicherungsscheibe 43 Verbindungsplatte 44 Haltering (geteilt)
Idler Yoke Assembly

35 Idler yoke 40 Connecting rod 41 Disc 42 Hex head screw w. lock washer 43 Connecting plate 44 Retainer ring (2 pieces)
Leitradfhrung Idler Guide Assembly Roue Guide
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 3016 Leitradfhrung /-gabel PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 3093 Idler Guide / Yoke Assembly PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 Roue Guide/Fourche de guidage Blatt Page 12.4.20.02 Feuille
Leitradgabel Yoke Assembly Fourche de guidage
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Idler complete Idler wheel Shaft Plug O-ring Duo-cone seal Bushing retainer flange O-ring Bushing Roll pin Hex head screw (with lock washer)
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 30 31
Support block - left/right Wear strip with guide pin Rubber buffer Disk Hex head screw with lock washer Retainer Socket head screw Wear strip Hex head screw Guide plate Shim Hex head screw Idler yoke assembly complete Hex head screw
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 722 B F/N xxx-3017 LR 622 F/N xxx-2006 RL 22 B F/N 615-3002
01 00
Idler Unit
Blatt Page Feuille
12.4.21.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 15 16
Idler complete Idler wheel Shaft Plug O-ring Duo-cone seal Bushing retainer flange O-ring Bushing Roll pin Hex head screw (with lock washer) Support block - left/right Wear strip with guide pin
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 30 31
Rubber buffer Disk Hex head screw with lock washer Retainer Socket head screw Wear strip Hex head screw Guide plate Shim Hex head screw Idler yoke assembly complete Hex head screw
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Front idler
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Track components
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 7421 F/N 739-20017421
12.4.50.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Idler, complete Idler wheel Shaft Plug Pin Bushing 12 point screw Cover O-ring Thrust washer
Duo-cone-seal - consist of: 11 O-ring - outer 12 Seal ring - outer 13 Seal ring - inner 14 O-ring - inner 15 Support ring 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 33 34 35 36 40 41 42 43 Bearing -left/right Roll pin (rotation lock) Bearing shell Hex head screw with washer Idler guide rail Wear strip Hex head screw with washer Spacer Cover Hex head screw with washer Disc Rubber encased spring Wear strip with guide pins Hex head screw with washer (tighten after idler installation) Guide plate Spacers Retainer plate Hex head screw with washer
45 Yoke assembly 45.1 Push plate for track adjuster unit 46 Hex head screw with washer
Mjfcifss!
Front idler
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Track components
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 7421 F/N 739-20017421
12.4.50.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Front idler
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Track components
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-7422 F/N 739-7422
12.4.51.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 33 34 35 36 40 41 42 43
Idler, complete Idler wheel Shaft Plug Pin Bushing 12 point screw Cover O-ring Thrust washer Duo-cone-seal Flange O-ring Bearing -left/right Roll pin (rotation lock) Bearing shell Hex head screw with washer Idler guide rail Wear strip Hex head screw with washer Spacer Cover Hex head screw with washer Disc Rubber encased spring Wear strip with guide pins Hex head screw with washer (tighten after idler installation) Guide plate Spacers Retainer plate Hex head screw with washer
45 Yoke assembly 45.1 Push plate for track adjuster unit 46 Hex head screw with washer
Mjfcifss!
Front idler
Datum Edition Date
01 04
Track components
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-7422 F/N 739-7422
12.4.51.02
Removal and installation:

CAUTION: The following guidelines for the removal and installation of the track adjuster must be strictly observed. Observe also all safety guidelines and the chapter "Track Components" in the Operation Manual. Required items: Pos.No. 1 2 5 Id.No. 9798 352 9798 353 4601 217 Qty. 1 1 6 Description Bar Installation flange Hex head screw - M 16x310 - 10.9 - A3C
Notes for removal: Notes for preparation: Notes for installation:
marked a to h (removal of idler assembly unit is not described) marked A and B (assembly of track adjuster is not described) marked C to K (installation of idler assembly unit is not described)
Removal guidelines: Parts list positions on page 12.5.50.02 - up to F/N xxx-2015 = (xx/..), starting with F/N xxx-2016 = (../xx) a Carefully loosen the grease fitting (45/35) to let the grease escape. Push the grease cylinder (1/1) back to the stop and retighten the fitting. b Remove three mounting screws (9/14) each on the left and right hand side of the guide cylinder (5/10). c On the free threaded bores, attach the installation flange 2 with screws 5. Tighten the screws evenly by hand. d Attach the grease gun with armored rubber hose to the grease fitting (45/35). Pump the grease until the spring (30/30) is visibly pretensioned by a few millimeters and the support flange (20/15)/ guide cylinder(5/10) is relieved. e Remove the remaining 6 mounting screws (9/14) of the guide cylinder (5/10). f Carefully loosen the grease fitting (45/35) a few turns until grease emerges and the existing pressure is relieved. CAUTION: Spraying grease!! Grease is contained under pressure! g Remove the installation flange. h Install the screws 5 into the threaded bores "m", push off the guide cylinder (5/10) and remove the adjuster unit from the track roller frame. CAUTION: Grease cylinder and guide cylinder are loose items in the adjuster unit. Danger of damage or accident!
Mjfcifss!
Track adjuster unit

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Track components
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 F/N 739-2001
12.5.50.01
Preparation guidelines: (xx/..) = Parts list positions on page 12.5.50.02 up to F/N xxx-2015 (../xx) = Parts list positions on page 12.5.50.02 starting with F/N xxx-2016 A Secure the inserted grease cylinder (1/1) with bar 1 and screws 5 - do not tighten the screws. B Loosen the bleeder screw(2/2). Fill the grease cylinder with grease via the grease fitting (45/35) until grease emerges via the bleeder screw without air bubbles. Tighten the bleeder screw (2/2). Remove the bar.
Installation guidelines: (xx/..) = Parts list positions on page 12.5.50.02 up to F/N xxx-2015 (../xx) = Parts list positions on page12.5.50.02 starting with F/N xxx-2016 C Install the complete adjuster unit into the track rollers frame to the stop. Note: bleeder screw(2/2) must be on top. D On the top and bottom, insert 3 mounting screws each (9/14) of the guide cylinder (5/10) - do not tighten. E On the still free threaded holes, attach the installation flange 2 with screws 5. Tighten the screws evenly by hand. F Attach the grease gun with armored rubber hose on the grease fitting (45/35). Pump in grease until the spring (30/30) is visibly pretensioned by a few millimeters (appr. 4 mm) and the guide cylinder(5/10) can be pushed in. G Tighten the previously installed 6 mounting screws (9/14) in crosswise direction to the given torque value - see group1.4.02. H Carefully loosen the grease fitting (45/35) by a few turns until grease emerges and the existing pressure has been relieved. CAUTION: Spraying grease!! Grease is contained under pressure! J Remove the installation flange. K Install the remaining 6 mounting screws (9/14) of the guide cylinder(5/10) and tighten them crosswise to the given torque value. Tighten grease fitting (45/35). Assemble all undercarriage parts. Adjust chain tension to suit application.
Notes
Note: at an installed track adjuster unit the bleeder screw pos. 2 must be always on top.
DANGER: Accident preventive Spring pos. 30 is pre-loaded with app. 199mm = pre-load force app. 16 100 kg In cause of that, do not loosen/remove screws pos. 39 / retainer plate pos. 38 /valve body pos. 35, resp. screws pos. 29 / retainer plate pos. 28 / valve body pos. 25.
Mjfcifss!
Track adjuster unit

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Track components
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 F/N 739-2001
12.5.50.02
Factory installed up to PR 752 F/N xxx-2015 1 Grease cylinder 2 Hex head screw with seal ring (bleeder) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 Guide cylinder (with pusher thread) Guide rings Bushing O-ring Hex head screw with washer Cover plate Wiper ring Retainer ring Hex head screw with lock washer Differential cylinder Grooved ring Guide rings - outside Seal ring
Factory installation starting with PR 752 F/N xxx-2016 1 2 3 4 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Grease cylinder Hex head screw with seal ring (bleeder) Guide rings Seal ring Wiper ring Guide cylinder (with pusher thread) Wiper ring Guide ring O-ring Hex head screw with lock washer Differential cylinder with support flange Guide rings Seal ring Wiper ring
20 Support flange 22 Guide rings - inside 25 Anchor - pipe 26 Spring retainer 27 O-ring 28 Inner ring 30 Spring 35 Valve body 36 Damper ring 37 Snap ring 38 Retainer plate 39 Hex head screw with lock washer 45 Grease fitting with relief groove and seal ring
20 Anchor - pipe with spring retainer and inner ring 21 O-ring 25 Valve body 26 Damper ring 27 Snap ring 28 Retainer plate 29 Hex head screw with lock washer 30 Spring 35 Grease fitting with relief groove and seal ring
Factory installed up to PR 752 F/N xxx-2015
Mjfcifss!
Track adjuster unit

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Track components
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 F/N 739-2001
12.5.50.03
Factory installed starting with PR 752 F/N xxx-2016
1 1.1 2 3 4 5 6
Roller body - single flange Roller body - double flange Shaft Plug Pin Bushing Hex head screw with lock washer
7 Cover 8 O-ring 9 Roll pin 10 Thrust washer Duo-cone seal - consist of: 11 O-ring - outer 12 Seal ring - outer 13 Seal ring - inner 14 O-ring - inner 15 Support ring
LR 641 F/N xxx-xxxx LR 641 F/N xxx-1509xxxx
general for option with "HD-track roller" the first and the last track roller on each side is in this version (single flange roller)
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Track roller
01 02
Track components
LR 641 PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-1509 F/N xxx-2002 5801 F/N 739-2001 5801
12.6.40.01
1 Roller body - single flange 2 roller body - double single 3 shaft 4 plug 5 pin 8 cover 9 hex head screw with lock washer 10 O-ring 11 cone seal 12 retainer ring - is forced on the shaft 13 O-ring
6 bushing 7 thrust washer
Mjfcifss!
Track roller
Datum Edition Date
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Track components
F/N xxx-5802 F/N 739-5802
12.6.50.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Roller shell End cover Shaft Collar Retainer plate Lock Tapered roller bearing Tapered roller bearing Duo cone seal
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Hex head screw Plug with O-ring Hex head screw O-ring O-ring Snap ring Dowel pin Dowel pin
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Carrier roller

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Track components
12.7.00.01
Notes
Tightening torques for flange mounting screws pos. 21 (to track roller frame)
PR 712(B), PR 722(B). LR 622, RL (4)22(B) PR 732(B), PR 742(B). LR 632, RL 42B Hex head screws (black) M16x50 - 10.9 (IdNo.4066 201) Total tightening torque MD: 310 Nm/ 228 ft. lbs. Total tightening torque MD: 620 Nm/ 456 ft. lbs. Sequence to tighten screws (see drawing for screw position): Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 = 100Nm (73 ft. lbs.) = 100Nm (73 ft. lbs.) = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) (1.check) Step 8 = 310Nm (228 ft. lbs.) (2.check) 1537 2648 1537 2648 1537 2648 1 to 8 1 to 8 Sequence to tighten screws (see drawing for screw position): = 210Nm (154 ft. lbs.) 146 = 210Nm (154 ft. lbs.) 352 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 146 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 352 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 146 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 352 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 1 to 6 (1.check) Step 8 = 620Nm (456 ft. lbs.) 1 to 6 (2.check) Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Hex head screws (black) M20x60 - 10.9 (IdNo. 10013 222)
Caution:
Carefully remove dirt and rust from the flange roller frame before installation to ensure a good connection. After step 2, check the gap between the flange and the track roller frame - it must be the same around the complete circumference. Repeat the tightening procedure (check) until the screws are seated tightly at the required tightening torque.
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list / installation guidelines
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Support shaft - preassembled
12.9.10.01
Version A: Version B: Version C:
Narrow support shaft bearing with stopper ring 2.1 in flange 2 Wide support shaft bearing (outer ring of bearing 5/10 is split) Wide support shaft bearing - calibrated (outer ring of bearing 5/10 is made of one piece) A series installation Ser. No. from to 103227 --103263 ----B series installation Ser. No. from to 228299 195299 264445 20032091 --C series installation Ser. No. from 300 300 446 2092 2001
Model PR 712, M PR 712 L PR 722, L, M PR 732 F/N xxxPR 742 F/N xxx-
For exceptions to above serial number listing, as well as modification possibilities, refer to Service Information N. 124-2/92 (with supplement). Control measurement X with tightening torque for slotted nut, pos. 17: The control measurement X must be present after reaching the proper tightening torque. Model PR 712(B) F/N xxx- PR 722(B) F/N xxx- PR 732(B) F/N xxx- PR 742(B) F/N xxx- Control measurement X with tightening torque (in mm) Pos. 17 0,8 1000 Nm / 740 ft. lbs. 22 0,8 1000 Nm / 740 ft. lbs. 22 1500 Nm / 1110 ft. lbs. 271,0 1500 Nm / 1110 ft. lbs. 271,0
Parts list - version A 1 Support shaft complete with slotted nut and flange 1.1 Spot welding 2 Flange 2.1 Stopper ring 5 Inner shaft bearing 5.1 O-ring 6 7 8 9 Spacer Spacer ring Woodruff key Spacer
Parts list - version B and C 1 Support shaft complete with slotted nut and flange 1.1 Spot welding 2 Flange 3 O-ring 5 Inner shaft bearing 5.1 O-ring 6 Spacer 7 Spacer ring (deleted on PR 732 / 742 - version C) 8 Woodruff key 9 Spacer 10 Outer shaft bearing 10.1 O-ring 11 O-ring 15 Spacer ring 16 Woodruff key 17 Slotted nut 18 Roll pin 20 Track roller frame 21 Hex head screw with washer 22 Support ring X Control measurement
10 Outer shaft bearing 10.1 O-ring 15 Spacer ring 16 Woodruff key 17 Slotted nut 18 Roll pin 20 Track roller frame 21 Hex head screw with washer 22 Support ring X Control measurement
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Support shaft Sleeve Shaft bearing Spacer Shaft bearing Ring Hex head screw with washer Plug / line connection (depending on version)
10 11 12 13
Main frame Ring - shrink fitted Ring Hex head screw (10.9) with washer depending on version Fitting / plug Elbow fitting
14 15
Installation guidelines: Keep tapered surfaces of shaft, the front surfaces of the rings and the shaft bearings as well as all elastic sections free of grease. Position the expansion joints on the shaft bearings as shown in view "A". Tighten the hex head screws, pos. 7, crosswise, using at least 3 steps (increments) to a tightening torque of 100 Nm / 74 ft.lbs. When inserting the shaft into the track roller frame, the expansion joints of the shaft bearings must be centered in the surfaces of the track frame Assemble the track frame - bearing cover (half shell) to fix the shaft and tighten the screws according to sub group 1.4.02. Tighten screws pos. 7 crosswise, using at least 3 steps (increments), to the final tightening torque - according to sub group 1.4.02. Assemble track frame/support shaft onto the main frame and tighten the hex head screws, pos. 13, crosswise, using at least 3 steps (increments), to the final tightening torque - according to sub group 1.4.02.
Mjfcifss!
Support shaft - pre-assembled

Datum Edition Date
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Track components
F/N xxx-2002 F/N 739-2001
12.9.50.01
Sub Group Index

Attachment - straight- / semi-U-blade
Construction, function PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 Construction, function with hydraulic pitch angle adjustment PR 742B F/N xxx-2501 Construction, function with hydraulic pitch angle adjustment PR 752 F/N xxx-20022062 Construction, function with hydraulic pitch angle adjustment PR 752 F/N xxx-2063
13.2
13.2.10
13.2.40 13.2.50 13.2.51
Attachment - 6-way-blade
Construction, function PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003
13.3
13.3.10
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 01
Attachments - front
Blatt Page Feuille
13.0.00.01
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list Hydraulic schematic
Pitch angle adjustment

for blade arrangements with tilt cylinder Attachments - front
PR 742 B F/N xxx-2501

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
13.2.40.01
53 Check valve / WH. 54 Accumulator / WH. 92 from TH. - gear pump - replenishing (TH. - see chapter 6.3)
A12 Joystick - WH. F10 Fuse 5A K31 Relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment S6 Push button switch - float position S32 Push button switch - hydr. pitch angle adjustment X2 Panel plug - central wiring harness 72-poles X33 Plug Y3 Y4 Y25 Y29 Y30 Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve - change over servo control Solenoid valve with directional valve (electrically actuated with Y29 )
115 Pilot (servo) control valve 116 Regulating piston - blade down / WH. 117 Regulating piston - blade up / WH. 118 Regulating piston - tilt left - decrease pitch angle 119 Regulating piston - tilt right - increase pitch angle 130 Control valve block complete / WH. 145 Spool - blade tilt - pitch angle adjustment 146 Check valve 148 Two way check valve 155 End plate
Parts list remarks TH. = travel hydraulic see group 6, page 6.3.40.00 Parts list remarks WH. = working hydraulic see group 7, page 7.3.30.00
P T T1 LS
from variable flow pump / WH. to hydraulic tank to hydraulic tank via Y6 / WH. to variable flow pump / Load Sensing regulator / WH.
165 Directional valve - hydraulically actuated (Y30) 166 Directional valve - electrically actuated (Y30)
173 Block 174 Block 175 Hydraulic cylinder right tilt / pitch angle adjustment 176 Hydraulic cylinder left pitch angle adjustment
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Hydraulic schematic
Pitch angle adjustment

for blade arrangements with tilt cylinder Attachments - front
PR 742 B F/N xxx-2501

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
13.2.40.02
Electrical schematic
Note: Cable routing for all other cables check machine F/N, see section 9.2. Electrical Schematics.
Arrangement instrument panel:
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Semi-U-blade
with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Attachments - front
01 03
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002 2062
13.2.50.02
50 Distributor block / TH. 51 Orifice P from filter console - replenishing / TH. T to hydraulic tank 52 Check valve / WH. 55 Accumulator / WH. 115 Pilot (servo) control valve 116 Regulating piston - blade down / WH. 117 Regulating piston - blade up / WH. 118 Regulating piston - tilt left - decrease pitch angle 119 Regulating piston - tilt right - increase pitch angle 130 Control valve block complete / WH. 140 Spool - blade tilt - pitch angle adjustment 141 Check valve 145 Two way check valve 155 End plate P T T1 LS from variable flow pump / WH. to hydraulic tank to hydraulic tank via solenoid Y6 / WH. to variable flow pump / Load Sensing regulator / WH.
A12 Joystick - WH. B5 Oil pressure switch / TH. F10 Fuse 5A K31 Relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment S6 Push button switch - float position S32 Push button switch - hydr. pitch angle adjustment X2 Panel plug - central wiring harness 72-poles X33 Plug Y3 Y4 Y13 Y25 Y45 Y46 Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve - parking brake - TH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve - change over servo control Solenoid valve with directional valve (electrically actuated with Y45) Y52 Solenoid valve / TH.
165 Directional valve - hydraulically actuated (Y46) 166 Directional valve - electrically actuated (Y46) 173 Block 174 Block 175 Hydraulic cylinder right tilt / pitch angle adjustment 176 Hydraulic cylinder left pitch angle adjustment 180 Support shaft right 181 Support shaft left
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Hydraulic schematic
Semi-U-blade
01 03
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-20022062
13.2.50.03
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Semi-U-blade
01 03
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2063
13.2.51.01
50 Distributor block / TH. 51 Orifice P from filter console - replenishing / TH. T to hydraulic tank 52 Check valve / WH. 55 Accumulator / WH. 115 Pilot (servo) control valve 116 Regulating piston - blade down / WH. 117 Regulating piston - blade up / WH. 118 Regulating piston - tilt left - decrease pitch angle 119 Regulating piston - tilt right - increase pitch angle 130 Control valve block complete / WH. 140 Spool - blade tilt - pitch angle adjustment 141 Check valve 145 Two way check valve 155 End plate P T T1 LS from variable flow pump / WH. to hydraulic tank to hydraulic tank via solenoid Y24 / WH. to variable flow pump / Load Sensing regulator / WH.
A12 Joystick - WH. B5 Oil pressure switch / TH. F10 Fuse 5A K31 Relay - hydr. pitch angle adjustment S6 Push button switch - float position S32 Push button switch - hydr. pitch angle adjustment X2 Panel plug - central wiring harness 72-poles X33 Plug Y3 Y4 Y5 Y13 Y25 Y29 Y30 Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve / WH. Solenoid valve - parking brake - TH. Solenoid valve / TH. Solenoid valve - change over servo control Solenoid valve with directional valve (electrically actuated with Y29)
165 Directional valve - hydraulically actuated (Y30) 166 Directional valve - electrically actuated (Y30) 173 Block 174 Block 175 Hydraulic cylinder right tilt / pitch angle adjustment 176 Hydraulic cylinder left pitch angle adjustment 180 Support shaft right 181 Support shaft left
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Hydraulic schematic
Semi-U-blade
01 03
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2063
13.2.51.02
Sub Group Index

Attachment - ripper
Construction, function PR 712(B) F/N xxx-01030384 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-01030563 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-20032500 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-20012500 PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0385 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0564 PR 732B F/N xxx-2501 PR 742B F/N xxx-2501 PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-20022062 F/N xxx-2063
14.2
14.2.10
14.2.11
14.2.50 14.2.51
Attachment - cable winch

14.3
14.3.10
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 03
Attachments - rear
Blatt Page Feuille
14.0.00.01
A. Description
The single shank ripper is for heavy applications with extra deep ripping depth Caused by the radial version of the ripper, the ripping angle depends on the ripping depth; the best ripping angle is at maximum ripping depth. The multi shank ripper is especially effective for wide-beam coverage of relatively dense material. Due to the parallel kinematics of the lift arms, the ripper retains the same ripping angle in any position and ripping depth. The function raise/lower the ripper is hydraulically controlled and operated via pilot control valve in the cab (right side). The raising/lowering function of the ripper is operated by the on the ripper integrated hydraulic cylinder. To lift the single shank ripper, the piston is forced on piston rod side, the piston rod goes in. To lift the multi shank ripper, the piston is forced on piston bottom side, the piston rod goes out. Note: If there are not all teeth of the multi shank ripper needed for the ripping action, arrange them symmetrically.
B. Function
For the basic functions of the working hydraulic system, see group 7.3.xx.xx 1. Ripper up 1.1. Servo control Servo pressure build up from regulating piston 241 to housing outlet 1 b-control valve block-opt. section 220 spool 221 - displacement toward a. 1.2. Working circuit Pressurized oil flows from spool 221 to control valve block-optional section 220 - outlet B block 231-B B-ripper cylinder 230. To raise the single shank ripper, the rod area is forced, the piston / piston rod is pressed inward. To raise the multi shank ripper, the bottom area is forced, the piston / piston rod is pressed outward. Oil return flow from ripper cylinder / piston rod side (piston bottom side) to block 231-A A-control valve block-optional section 220spool 221 tank line/connection T ( return filtertank.) 2. Ripper down 2.1. Servo control Servo pressure build up from regulating piston 244 to housing outlet 4 a-control valve block-opt. section 220 spool 221 - displacement toward b. 2.2. Working circuit Pressurized oil flows from spool 221 to control valve block-optional section 220 - outlet A block 231-A A-ripper cylinder 230. To lower the single shank ripper, the bottom area is forced, the piston / piston rod is pressed outward. To lower the multi shank ripper, the rod area is forced, the piston / piston rod is pressed inward. Oil return flow from ripper cylinder / piston bottom side (piston rod side) to block 23-B1 B-control valve block-optional section 220spool 221 tank line/connection T ( return filtertank.)
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0385 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0564 PR 732B F/N xxx-2501 PR 742B F/N xxx-2501
01 03
Ripper
Blatt Page Feuille
14.2.11.01
130 control valve block complete 155 end plate P from regulating pump / WH. T to hydraulic tank LS to regulating pump / load sensing regulator / WH.
220 optional section - ripper 221 spool raise / lower ripper 222 two way check valve 223 check valve 224 plug 225 plug 230 hydraulic cylinder - lift / lower 231 block 240 pilot (servo) control valve - ripper 241 regulating piston - raise ripper 244 regulating piston - lower ripper 251 from pilot control valve/working hydraulic connection P 252 from pilot control valve/working hydraulic connection T
Multi Shank Ripper PR 712 PR 742
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Ripper
Blatt Page Feuille
14.2.11.02
Single Shank Ripper PR 732, PR 742
Description
Versions: Multi shank ripper Single shank ripper with hydraulic pin puller Both versions with hydr. ripping angle adjustment
The hydraulic cylinders for the ripping angle control and the ripper frame form a parallelogram via the hinges on the main frame of the basic machine. Due to this configuration, the adjusted ripping angle remains the same at all depths. The ripper tooth can be pinned to various working lengths from the cab, with the hydraulic pin puller and without any additional aids. For procedure, see Operation Manual. The hydraulic cylinder and solenoid valve for the pin puller are installed on the ripper drawbar. The axial bearing play for drawbar and frame is adjusted with shims and should not exceed approx. 4 mm. Note: When placing the shims, make sure the components align properly! If the shims are placed on the wrong side of the bearing, the various parts could be distorted and damaged. Do not place shims on the bearing points of the hydraulic cylinders. The attachment functions are regulated by an additional servo control valve in the right side of the cab and via two additional sections in the control valve block of the basic machine. The oil for servo control and working circuit is supplied from the corresponding areas of the basic machine.
Single shank ripper
Multi shank ripper
Description bearing - frame: 1 2 3 Pin Hex head screw with washer Bushing 6 Shims (if necessary) 4 Radial shaft ring
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Ripper
F/N xxx-2002 2062
Blatt Page Feuille
14.2.50.01
Function
For basic function for the working hydraulic system, see group 7.3.5x. "Neutral function" and "Operational function of certain components" of this group applies also for the following parts:
Servo control valve 115 with regulating piston 116 to 119
for
Pilot control 230 with regulating piston 231 to 234
Spool 135 / 140 with check valve136 / 141 and two way check valve145
for
Spool 200 / 210 with check valve 201 / 211 and two way check valve 205 / 215
1. Ripper down 1.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 231 tohousing outlet 1b3-control block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward a3. 1.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 tocontrol valve block outlet B3B-connector block 237 hydraulic cylinder 240/left. connector block 238-Bhydraulic cylinder 240/right. The pistons/piston rods are moved outward in cylinders 240, the ripper moves down. Oil returns from the right cylinder 240/piston rod side toA-connector block 238 connector block 237-A
Oil returns from the left cylinder 240/piston rod side toA-connector block 237-A A3-control valve block 130spool 200tank connection T(return filter)hydraulic tank. 2. Ripper up 2.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 232 tohousing outlet 2a3-control valve block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward b3. 2.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 tocontrol valve block outlet A3A-connector block 237 hydraulic cylinder 240/left connector block 238-Ahydraulic cylinder 240/right. The pistons/piston rods are moved inward in cylinders 240, the ripper moves up. Oil returns from the right cylinder 240/piston bottom side toB-connector block 238 connector block 237-B
Oil returns from the left cylinder 240/piston bottom side toB-connector block 237-B B3-control valve block 130spool 200tank connection T(return oil filter)hydraulic tank.
3. Decrease ripping angle 3.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 233 tohousing outlet 3b4-control valve block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward a4. 3.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 tocontrol valve block outlet B4B-connector block 236-B hydraulic cylinder 245/left. hydraulic cylinder 245/right. T-valve block 250 check valve254blocked. check valve 253check valve 252blocked. P-solenoid valve Y51-Ahydraulic cylinder 260. In cylinder 245, the piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the ripper tip moves forward. In cylinder 260, piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the shank pin remains inserted. Oil returns from the right/left cylinder 245/piston rod side toA-connector block 236-A A4-control valve block 130spool 200tank connection T(return oil filter)hydraulic tank. 4. Increase ripping angle 4.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 tohousing outlet 4a4-control valve block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 4.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 tocontrol valve block outlet A4A-connector block 236-A hydraulic cylinder 245/left. hydraulic cylinder 245/right. T-valve block 250 check valve 251blocked. check valve 252check valve 253blocked. P-solenoid valve Y51-Ahydraulic cylinder 260. In cylinder 245, the piston/piston rod are pressed inward, the ripper tip moves backward. In cylinder 260, piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the shank pin remains inserted. Oil returns from the right/left cylinder 245/piston bottom side toB-connector block 236-B B4-control valve block 130spool 200tank connection T(return oil filter)hydraulic tank.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Ripper
F/N xxx-2002 2062
Blatt Page Feuille
14.2.50.02
5. Pull shank pin (for procedure, see Operation Manual) The solenoid valve Y51 is energized and in actuated position="diagonal flow" is retained. Piston/piston rods of hydraulic cylinder 245 - ripping angle adjustment - are retracted all the way, the ripper is lowered to the ground without pressure. 5.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 tohousing outlet 4a4-control valve block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 5.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 tocontrol valve block outlet A4A-connector block 236-A hydraulic cylinder 245/left. hydraulic cylinder 245/right. P-valve block 250 check valve 251blocked. check valve 252check valve 253blocked. P-solenoid valve Y51-Bhydraulic cylinder 260. The piston/piston rods of cylinders 245 are held in. The piston/piston rod are pressed inward in the cylinder 260, the shank pin is pulled from the ripper tooth, the tooth can be moved freely. Oil returns from cylinder 260/piston bottom side toA-solenoid valve Y51-T check valve251blocked. check valve 254 check valve 253blocked. valve block 250-Tconnector block 236-BB4-control valve block 130 spool 200tank connection T(return filter)hydraulic tank. 6. Insert shank pin (for procedure, see Operation Manual) Solenoid valve Y51 is not energized and in neutral position="parallel flow". Piston/piston rods of hydraulic cylinder 245 - ripping angle adjustment - are retracted all the way, the bore hole of the ripper tooth aligns with the pin axle. 6.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 tohousing outlet 4a4-control valve block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 6.2. Working circuit Oil flow from spool 200 tocontrol block outlet A4A-connector block 236-A hydraulic cylinder 245/left. hydraulic cylinder 245/right. P-valve block 250 check valve 251blocked. check valve 252check valve 253blocked. P-solenoid valve Y51-Ahydraulic cylinder 260. The piston/piston rods of cylinders 245 are held in. The piston/piston rod is pressed outward in the cylinder 260, the tooth is pinned. Oil returns from cylinder 260/piston bottom side toB-solenoid valve Y51-T check valve 251blocked. check valve 254 check valve 253blocked. valve block 250-Tconnector block 236-BB4-control valve block 130 spool 200tank connection T(return oil filter)hydraulic tank.
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Ripper
F/N xxx-2002 2062
Blatt Page Feuille
14.2.50.03
130 control valve block complete. (see group 7 - WH.) 140 spool - blade tilt 155 end plate 200 spool - optional section - ripper up / down 201 check valve 205 two way check valve 210 spool - optional section - ripping angle adjustment 211 check valve 215 two way check valve P from regulating pump / WH. T to hydraulic tank LS to regulating pump / load sensing regulator / WH. 230 pilot (servo) control valve - ripper 231 regulating piston - ripper down 232 regulating piston - ripper up 233 regulating piston - decrease ripping angle 234 regulating piston - increase ripping angle P from WH. pos. 115 - connector P L to WH. pos. 115 - connector T 236 connector block - center 237 connector block - left 238 connector block - right 240 hydraulic cylinder - ripper up / down 245 hydraulic cylinder - ripping angle adjustment 250 valve block 251 check valve 252 check valve 253 check valve 254 check valve 260 hydraulic cylinder - pin puller Y51 solenoid valve - pin puller
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Ripper
F/N xxx-2002 2062
Blatt Page Feuille
14.2.50.04
Description
Versions: Multi shank ripper Single shank ripper with hydraulic pin puller Both versions with hydr. ripping angle adjustment
The hydraulic cylinders for the ripping angle control and the ripper frame form a parallelogram via the hinges on the main frame of the basic machine. Due to this configuration, the adjusted ripping angle remains the same at all depths. The ripper tooth can be pinned to various working lengths from the cab, with the hydraulic pin puller and without any additional aids. For procedure, see Operation Manual. The hydraulic cylinder and solenoid valve for the pin puller are installed on the ripper drawbar. The axial bearing play for drawbar and frame is adjusted with shims and should not exceed approx. 4 mm. Note: When placing the shims, make sure the components align properly! If the shims are placed on the wrong side of the bearing, the various parts could be distorted and damaged. Do not place shims on the bearing points of the hydraulic cylinders. The attachment functions are regulated by an additional servo control valve in the right side of the cab and via two additional sections in the control valve block of the basic machine. The oil for servo control and working circuit is supplied from the corresponding areas of the basic machine. Single shank ripper Multi shank ripper
Description bearing - frame: 1 2 3 Pin Hex head screw with washer Bushing 6 Shims (if necessary) 4 Radial shaft ring
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-2063
01 04
Ripper
Blatt Page Feuille
14.2.51.01
Function
For basic function for the working hydraulic system, see group 7.3.5x. "Neutral function" and "Operational function of certain components" of this group applies also for the following parts: Servo control valve 115 with regulating piston 116 to 119 Spool 135 / 140 with check valve136 / 141 and two way check valve145 for Pilot control 230 with regulating piston 231 to 234 Spool 200 / 210 with check valve 201 / 211 and two way check valve 205 / 215
for
1. Ripper down 1.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 231 tohousing outlet 1b3-control block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward a3. 1.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 tocontrol valve block outlet B3B-connector block 237 hydraulic cylinder 240/left. connector block 238-Bhydraulic cylinder 240/right. The pistons/piston rods are moved outward in cylinders 240, the ripper moves down. Oil returns from the right cylinder 240/piston rod side toA-connector block 238 connector block 237-A
Oil returns from the left cylinder 240/piston rod side toA-connector block 237-A A3-control valve block 130spool 200tank connection T(return filter)hydraulic tank. 2. Ripper up 2.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 232 tohousing outlet 2a3-control valve block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward b3. 2.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 tocontrol valve block outlet A3A-connector block 237 hydraulic cylinder 240/left connector block 238-Ahydraulic cylinder 240/right. The pistons/piston rods are moved inward in cylinders 240, the ripper moves up. Oil returns from the right cylinder 240/piston bottom side toB-connector block 238 connector block 237-B
Oil returns from the left cylinder 240/piston bottom side toB-connector block 237-B B3-control valve block 130spool 200tank connection T(return oil filter)hydraulic tank.
3. Decrease ripping angle 3.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 233 tohousing outlet 3b4-control valve block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward a4. 3.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 tocontrol valve block outlet B4B-connector block 236-B hydraulic cylinder 245/left. hydraulic cylinder 245/right. T-valve block 250 check valve254blocked. check valve 253check valve 252blocked. P-solenoid valve Y27-Ahydraulic cylinder 260. In cylinder 245, the piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the ripper tip moves forward. In cylinder 260, piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the shank pin remains inserted. Oil returns from the right/left cylinder 245/piston rod side toA-connector block 236-A A4-control valve block 130spool 200tank connection T(return oil filter)hydraulic tank. 4. Increase ripping angle 4.1. Servo control Servo oil pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 tohousing outlet 4a4-control valve block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 4.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 tocontrol valve block outlet A4A-connector block 236-A hydraulic cylinder 245/left. hydraulic cylinder 245/right. T-valve block 250 check valve 251blocked. check valve 252check valve 253blocked. P-solenoid valve Y27-Ahydraulic cylinder 260. In cylinder 245, the piston/piston rod are pressed inward, the ripper tip moves backward. In cylinder 260, piston/piston rod are pressed outward, the shank pin remains inserted. Oil returns from the right/left cylinder 245/piston bottom side toB-connector block 236-B B4-control valve block 130spool 200tank connection T(return oil filter)hydraulic tank.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-2063
01 04
Ripper
Blatt Page Feuille
14.2.51.02
5. Pull shank pin (for procedure, see Operation Manual) The solenoid valve Y27 is energized and in actuated position="diagonal flow" is retained. Piston/piston rods of hydraulic cylinder 245 - ripping angle adjustment - are retracted all the way, the ripper is lowered to the ground without pressure. 5.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 tohousing outlet 4a4-control valve block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 5.2. Working circuit Oil flows from spool 200 tocontrol valve block outlet A4A-connector block 236-A hydraulic cylinder 245/left. hydraulic cylinder 245/right. P-valve block 250 check valve 251blocked. check valve 252check valve 253blocked. P-solenoid valve Y27-Bhydraulic cylinder 260. The piston/piston rods of cylinders 245 are held in. The piston/piston rod are pressed inward in the cylinder 260, the shank pin is pulled from the ripper tooth, the tooth can be moved freely. Oil returns from cylinder 260/piston bottom side toA-solenoid valve Y27-T check valve251blocked. check valve 254 check valve 253blocked. valve block 250-Tconnector block 236-BB4-control valve block 130 spool 200tank connection T(return filter)hydraulic tank. 6. Insert shank pin (for procedure, see Operation Manual) Solenoid valve Y27 is not energized and in neutral position="parallel flow". Piston/piston rods of hydraulic cylinder 245 - ripping angle adjustment - are retracted all the way, the bore hole of the ripper tooth aligns with the pin axle. 6.1. Servo control Servo pressure builds up from regulating piston 234 tohousing outlet 4a4-control valve block 130 spool 200 - displacement toward b4. 6.2. Working circuit Oil flow from spool 200 tocontrol block outlet A4A-connector block 236-A hydraulic cylinder 245/left. hydraulic cylinder 245/right. P-valve block 250 check valve 251blocked. check valve 252check valve 253blocked. P-solenoid valve Y27-Ahydraulic cylinder 260. The piston/piston rods of cylinders 245 are held in. The piston/piston rod is pressed outward in the cylinder 260, the tooth is pinned. Oil returns from cylinder 260/piston bottom side toB-solenoid valve Y27-T check valve 251blocked. check valve 254 check valve 253blocked. valve block 250-Tconnector block 236-BB4-control valve block 130 spool 200tank connection T(return oil filter)hydraulic tank.
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-2063
01 04
Ripper
Blatt Page Feuille
14.2.51.03
130 control valve block complete. (see group 7 - WH.) 140 spool - blade tilt 155 end plate 200 spool - optional section - ripper up / down 201 check valve 205 two way check valve 210 spool - optional section - ripping angle adjustment 211 check valve 215 two way check valve P from regulating pump / WH. T to hydraulic tank LS to regulating pump / load sensing regulator / WH. 230 pilot (servo) control valve - ripper 231 regulating piston - ripper down 232 regulating piston - ripper up 233 regulating piston - decrease ripping angle 234 regulating piston - increase ripping angle P from WH. pos. 115 - connector P L to WH. pos. 115 - connector T 236 connector block - center 237 connector block - left 238 connector block - right 240 hydraulic cylinder - ripper up / down 245 hydraulic cylinder - ripping angle adjustment 250 valve block 251 check valve 252 check valve 253 check valve 254 check valve 260 hydraulic cylinder - pin puller Y27 solenoid valve - pin puller
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-2063
01 04
Ripper
Blatt Page Feuille
14.2.51.04
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Attachments - rear
Datum Edition Date
Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Cable winch (top spool)
14.3.10.01
1 winch housing with drawbar 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 housing cover - right hex head screw housing cover - left hex head screw plug - oil filler plug - oil level plug - oil drain bleeder valve gear cover
75 lube oil pump 76 woodruff key 77 socket head screws 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 pinion shaft spur gear straight roller bearing straight roller bearing spacer O-ring bearing cover socket head screws with lock washer drive shaft spur gear straight roller bearing spacer straight roller bearing lock ring bearing cover O-ring socket head screws with lock washer
15 variable displacement motor 20 planetary gear - gear with disk brake 21 sun gear shaft - var. displ. motor connection 22 23 24 25 26 planetary carrier thrust washer planetary gear with straight roller bearing support ring lock ring
27 ring gear / housing 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 50 51 52 53 55 56 57 58 brake carrier ring piston spring housing O-ring spring large, small O-ring support ring grooved ring grooved ring support ring O-ring disk carrier pressure ring outer disk inner disk with pad pressure ring connector flange socket head screws with lock washer socket head screws O-ring connector flange socket head screws with lock washer O-ring O-ring
100 cable drum with hydr. freespool and reel off brake 101 cable drum 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 bearing flange hex head screw radial shaft seal shim straight roller bearing straight roller bearing flange hex head screw O-ring spring cup spring selector sleeve sleeve clutch throw out bearing stop pin O-ring hex head screw radial shaft seal actuator piston cylinder cover lock ring support ring grooved ring hex head screw with lock washer plug pressure line - hydraulic freespool reel off brake tube brake rod spring push rod control spindle sleeve adjustment screw flange hex head screw with lock washer
60 spur gear 61 housing 62 hex head screw 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 drive shaft spacer sleeve straight roller bearing lock ring straight roller bearing socket head screws O-ring bearing cover
Mjfcifss!
Attachments - rear
Datum Edition Date
Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
14.3.10.02
Mjfcifss!
Attachments - rear
Datum Edition Date
Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
14.3.10.03
Sub Group Index

Radiator / cooler
Cooler / radiator arrangement PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0103 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-2003 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2002 PR 752 F/N xxx-2002
15.1
15.1.10
Lift cylinder mount

15.2
15.2.10
Engine mounts Equalizer bar

15.3 15.4
15.4.10
15.4.50
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Main frame
Datum Edition Date
01 02
Add on components
Blatt Page Feuille
15.0.00.01
1. Cooler / radiator arrangement, front side PR 712, PR 722, PR 732, all machines up to F/N xxx- 5599, PR 742 up to F/N xxx- 2500
1 cooler / radiator combination, complete 2 frame section, side 3 frame section, bottom 5 hydraulic oil cooler 6 water cooler 7 plug with seal ring 8 expansion tank 9 sight gauge (on earlier machines* water level sensor) 10 connector hose - expansion 11 connector hose - vent 12 13 14 connection - engine vent cooler cap overflow hose
15 elastic mount 20 fan hood 21 air line elements
intake - outflow direction see arrows
* = PR 712 F/N 348-01030384 PR 722 F/N 281-01030563 PR 732 F/N 350-20032500 PR 742 F/N 352-20032500
Component arrangement and version can differ slightly from illustration, depending on manufacturing date and size.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Cooler / Radiator Arrangement
Blatt Page Feuille
15.1.10.01
2. Cooler / radiator arrangement, front side PR 712, PR 722, PR 732, all machines from F/N xxx-5600
motor version PR 732B from F/N xxx-5600
1 cooler/ radiator combination, complete 2 frame section, side 3 frame section, bottom 5 hydraulic oil cooler 6 water cooler 7 plug with seal ring 8 expansion tank 9 sight gauge 10 connector hose - expansion 11 connector hose - vent 12 connection - engine vent 13 cooler cap 14 overflow hose
15 elastic mount 20 fan hood 21 air line elements
30 hydraulic motor with mounting flange (PR 712B/PR 722B - gear motor, PR 732B - axial piston motor) 31 fan with hub and ring 32 fan carrier, split
Component arrangement and version can differ slightly from illustration, depending on manufacturing date and size.
3. Cooler / radiator arrangement, front side PR 742 F/N xxx-2501 5599
1 cooler / radiator combination, complete 2 frame section, top 3 mounting angle with screws and washers 4 frame section, bottom 5 elastic mount 10 hydraulic oil cooler 11 charge air cooler 12 water cooler / radiator 13 expansion tank 14 sight gauge 15 connector hose - expansion 16 connector hose - vent 17 radiator cap 18 overflow hose 19 connection - engine vent 20 fan hood 21 air line elements
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Blatt Page Feuille
15.1.10.02
4. Cooler / radiator arrangement, front side PR 742B from F/N xxx-5600
1 cooler / radiator combination, complete 2 frame section, top 3 mounting angle with screws and washers 4 frame section, bottom 5 elastic mount 10 hydraulic oil cooler 11 charge air cooler 12 water cooler / radiator 13 expansion tank 14 sight gauge 15 connector hose - expansion 16 connector hose - vent 17 radiator cap 18 overflow hose 19 connection - engine vent
20 fan hood 21 air line elements
30 axial piston motor with mounting flange 31 fan with hub and ring 32 fan carrier, split
5. Cooler / radiator arrangement, front side PR 752 from F/N xxx-2002
1 cooler / radiator combination, complete 2 frame section, side 3 frame section, bottom 4 elastic mount 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 charge air cooler water cooler / radiator expansion tank with frame section top sight gauge connecting hose - expansion connecting hose - vent connection - engine vent radiator cap (0,7bar) elastic mount drain device - cooling water radiator cap (1,0 bar) overflow hose filling hose with hose clamp
24 plug with seal ring 25 fan hood 26 air line elements 28 mounting angle with screws and washers 30 axial piston motor with mounting flange 31 connector flange a - connection return line b - connection pressure line l - connection leak oil line 32 fan with hub and ring 33 fan carrier, split intake - outflow direction see arrows
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Blatt Page Feuille
15.1.10.03
6. Cooler / radiator arrangement, right - Hydraulic oil cooler PR 752 from F/N xxx-2002
1 tank 2 elastic mount 3 hand pump with retainer - cab tilt device 5 hydraulic oil cooler block 6 elastic mount 7 test connection 8 fan hood with mounting screws 9 protective screen
10
11 12 13
gear motor P - connection pressure line T - connection return line (for pos. 11) fitting connection - cooler on connection - cooler off
15 sealing strip 18 air flow direction
1 2 3 4 5
Liebherr engine (in line) main frame equalizer bar engine mount - front engine mount - rear
6 7 8 9
Megi engine mount hex head screw with washer hex head screw with washer hex head screw with washer
Tightening torques see group 1.4.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 02
Engine Mounts
Blatt Page Feuille
15.3.10.01
PR 732 F/N xxx-20032500 PR 742 F/N xxx-20012500
1 2 3 4 5
LH-V6 - engine main frame equalizer bar engine mount - front engine mount - rear
6 7 8 9
Megi engine mount hex head screw with washer hex head screw with washer hex head screw with washer
10 expansion sleeve
Tightening torques see group 1.4.
PR 752 F/N xxx-2002
Notes
Installation instructions: Before the elastic bearings are pressed in, lubricate the bearing sleeves and the bores with oil. The bearing has to be pressed in just via the outer bearing sleeve - axial pressure on the pin can damage the bearing. Press in pressure PR 712/722 PR 732 PR 742 min. 6,1 t min. 7,1 t min. 10,2 t max. 10,2 t max. 12,2 t max. 14,3 t = pressure at a press cylinder bottom side with piston diameter d=73 mm (2,874) = min. 143 bar min. 167 bar min. 239 bar max. 239 bar min. 287 bar min. 334 bar During the press in procedure, the press in speed of 120 mm per min (4,72 per min.) should not exceeded. If the listed values cannot be reached or are exceeded, the tolerance match is incorrect. Proper function and a high service life expectancy is only ensured with the appropriate tolerance match. After the press in procedure remove all oil rests from the elastic part.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Equalizer bar
Blatt Page Feuille
15.4.10.01
1 main frame - cross brace 2 track roller frame 3 equalizer bar, complete 4 elastic bearing 5 equalizer bar mounting block 6 stop plate
Notes:
On the machines PR 752 from the serial beginning up to F/N xxx-2032 there are on some bearings no bleeder valves mounted and there are no covers for the grease fittings. Grease the bearings just with hand operated grease gun (all 250 hours - 3 to 4 strokes). When using a pressure operated grease gun, the seals get damaged. Check all pins and all bearings regularly for proper tightening and for wear. Replace all damaged or worn parts as soon as possible - capital damages can be the result.
Installation instructions - elastic bearing middle: Before the elastic bearings are pressed in, lubricate the bearing sleeves and the bores with oil. The bearing has to be pressed in just via the outer bearing sleeve - axial pressure on the pin can damage the bearing. Press in pressure min. max. min. max. 10,0 t 14,0 t 240 bar 335 bar
= pressure at a press cylinder bottom side with piston diameter d=73 mm (2,874) =
During the press in procedure, the press in speed of 120 mm per min (4,72 per min.) should not exceeded. If the listed values cannot be reached or are exceeded, the tolerance match is incorrect. Proper function and a high service life expectancy is only ensured with the appropriate tolerance match. After the press in procedure remove all oil rests from the elastic part. Installation instructions - outer bearings: Degrease preassembled bearing and bore, afterwards coat with linseed oil. Install one snap ring7. From the opposite side, press the bearing, helped by a mounting sleeve, in, according to drawing-section number 5* = turn the open part of the bearing in the horizontal and outside - see special tools, chapter 2.1.40. Install second snap ring. Fill the bearings with open bleeder valves carefully with grease. Use hand operated grease gun. Screw bleeder valves in. Clean area round the valves and install the cover. Installation instructions - equalizer bar: (the machine must be parked on firm lever ground) To remove raise the machine. Support machine and one track roller frame in a proper manner. Remove the second track roller frame. Remove equalizer bar. Loosen the screws of the half shells on the middle bearing in several steps crosswise, because the screws are pretensioned by the compound spring. Install equalizer bar with new bearings. Tighten screws of the middle bearing half shells just per hand. The pin has to be turnable and gets tightened after arranging the equalizer bar. Install second track roller frame. Tighten screws of the support shaft just per hand. Lower machine. When lowering, check the equalizer bar bearings - middle and outer - they have to turn free into their neutral position. Check horizontal position of the machine and the equalizer bar = the distance between equalizer bar to the main frame has to be the same on left and right side. Correct it as necessary and release again. The equalizer bar bearings - middle and outer - have to be mounted without any torsion (oscillation 0) Tighten the screws of the half shells in several steps crosswise to the tightening torque. Final tightening torques see chapter 1.4.02.
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Equalizer bar
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002
15.4.50.01
1 Equalizer bar 2 Elastic bearing - middle 3 Bearing - outside, preassembled 4 Pin 5 Seal ring 6 Bearing 7 Snap ring 8 9 10 11 Hex head screw with washer Cover Grease fitting with seal ring Bleeder valve
12 Compound spring 13 Hex head screw with washer 16 Track roller frame le/ri 17 Half shell with screws 18 Main frame 19 Half shell with screws
Sub Group Index

Hydraulic tank
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-01030421 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-01030606 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-20032500 PR 712(B) F/N xxx-0422 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-0607 PR 732B F/N xxx-2501 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-2001 PR 752 F/N xxx-2002
16.1
16.1.10
16.1.11
16.1.30
16.1.50
Fuel tank
16.2
16.2.10
16.2.50
Battery box
16.3
16.3.10
16.3.50
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 02
Tank installations
Blatt Page Feuille
16.0.00.01
Notes
Mjfcifss!
PR 712(B) PR 722(B)
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
01 02
Hydraulic tank
Blatt Page Feuille
16.1.11.01
1 2 3
left mounting platform shock - mount hex head screw with washer
5 hydraulic tank complete 6 baffle 7 sight glasses 2 pieces min. / max. 8 inspection plate with seal ring 9 drain valve with seal 10 bleeding - mechanic 11 bleeder valve (drawn open) 12 seal ring 13 reducer fitting 14 seal ring 20 filter bloc 21 cover 22 seal ring 23 spring 24 filter 25 discharge pipe 26 from travel pump left - TH 27 from travel pump right - TH
60 collector bloc 61 return oil pipe 62 from control valve bloc 130/T 63 from solenoid valve travel brake Y13/T / servo cut off Y4/T 64 from cold start valve 45/T 65 from pilot control valve - WH B18 pressure switch - filter monitoring
70 connection board - return pipes 71 from travel motor right 20 - TH 72 from travel motor left 20 - TH 73 from regulating pump 100 - WH 74 to hand pump - hydraulic cab tilt from PR 712B / 722B F/N xxx-5600 75 from axial piston motor - fan drive 70/L 76 from distributor block 75/T 77 from proportional solenoid valve - pressure relief fan drive Y64 78 to gear pump- fan drive16/S
30 return oil filter complete 31 bracket plate 32 cover 33 magnetic rod with locking pin 34 spring 35 O-ring 36 hex head screw 37 retainer plate 38 O-ring 39 filter - housing 40 filter 41 snap ring 42 43 44 45 46 cover O-ring hex head screw bypass valve complete snap ring
50 suction flange 51 shut off valve 52 to regulating pump 100 - WH 53 to gear pump - replenishing 15/S
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712(B) PR 722(B)
01 02
Hydraulic tank
Blatt Page Feuille
16.1.11.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
PR 732B PR 742(B)
Blatt Page Feuille
01 02
Hydraulic tank
16.1.30.01
1 2 3
left mounting platform shock - mount hex head screw with washer
5 hydraulic tank complete 6 baffle 7 sight glasses 2 pieces min. / max. 8 inspection plate with seal ring 9 drain valve with seal ring 10 bleeding - mechanic 11 bleeder valve (drawn open) 12 seal ring 13 reducer fitting 14 seal ring 20 filter block 21 cover 22 seal ring 23 spring 24 filter 25 discharge pipe 26 from travel pump left - TH 27 from travel pump right - TH
60 collector bloc 61 return oil pipe 62 from control valve 130/T 63 from regulating pump - stand-by valve B18 pressure switch - filter monitoring
70 connection board - return pipes 71 to hand pump - hydraulic cab tilt 72 to regulating pump 100 - WH 73 from travel motor right 20 - TH 74 from travel motor left 20 - TH 75 from solenoid valve travel brake Y13/T / servo cut off Y4/T 76 from pilot control valve - WH
80 81 82
from cold start valve 45/T (only 732B) from valve block 30/T (only 742B) from oil cooler (only 742B) from PR 732B / PR 742B F/N xxx-5600
30 return oil filter complete 31 bracket plate 32 cover 33 magnetic rod with locking pin 34 spring 35 O-ring 36 hex head screw 37 retainer plate 38 O-ring 39 filter - housing 40 filter 41 snap ring 42 43 44 45 46 cover O-ring hex head screw bypass valve complete snap ring
85 86 87 88
from distributor block 75/T (only 732B) from proportional solenoid valve - pressure relief fan drive Y64 (only 732B) from axial piston motor - fan drive 70/L to gear pump- fan drive 16/S
50 suction flange 51 shut off valve 52 to regulating pump 100 - WH 53 to gear pump - replenishing 15/S
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 732B PR 742(B)
01 02
Hydraulic tank
Blatt Page Feuille
16.1.30.02
Notes
Mjfcifss!
Parts list
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 02
Hydraulic tank
F/N xxx-2002
Blatt Page Feuille
16.1.50.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14
console complete shock mount hex head screw with washer cover cover hydraulic tank - complete return flow pipe screw plug bleeding mechanic (drawn open) seal ring reducer fitting seal ring
60 from travel pump right 2 - TH 61 from travel pump left 2 - TH 62 on top - from regulating pump 30 - fan drive - TH middle - from gear motor 40 - hydr. oil cooler down: from axial piston motor fan/water cooler 38/L 63 from regulating pump 100/L - WH
15 sight glasses 16 inspection plate with seal ring 17 drain valve with seal ring 20 suction flange with temperature sending unit B26 21 shut off valve 22 to regulating pump - fan drive 23 to regulating pump100 - WH 24 shut off valve 25 to tandem gear pump 15 - replenishing 26 to tandem gear pump 15 - replenishing 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 return flow filter complete bracket plate cover magnetic rod with locking pin spring O-ring hex head screw retainer plate O-ring filter housing filter snap ring cover O-ring hex head screw bypass valve complete snap ring collector bloc with temperature sending unit B26 from control valve bloc 130/T from cold start valve 19/T - TH. from oil cooler 66 - TH from distributor bloc 50 /T from travel motor left - 20 - FH from travel motor right - 20 - FH from pilot control valve 115/T to hand pump - hydraulic cab tilt
F/N xxx-20025071
F/N xxx-5072
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 02
Hydraulic tank
F/N xxx-2002
Blatt Page Feuille
16.1.50.02
Notes
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Parts list
PR 712(B) PR 722(B) PR 732(B) PR 742(B)

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Fuel tank
16.2.10.01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Fuel tank Connector block Baffle plate Fuel sending unit Seal Fuel cap (lockable) Spacer ring - elastic Filler screen Coupling Elbow coupling Shut off valve Fuel hose Coupling with seal ring Fuel hose (return) Drain valve Seal ring Cover O-ring Socket head screw Spacer Hex head screw Main frame
Typ/ab
Type/from
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Kraftstofftank Fuel tank Rservoir carburant
PR 712(B) PR 722(B) PR 732(B) PR 742(B)

Blatt Page Feuille
Type/a partir de
16.2.10.02
1 Fuel tank, complete 2 Return line 3 Suction line 4 Fuel cap with elastic ring 5 Filler screen 6 Cover 7 Fuel sending unit with seal ring 8 Plug
9 Coupling 10 Coupling 11 Oil drain valve, complete with seal ring 12 Poppet 13 Piston 14 Spring 15 Valve cap
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Fuel tank
PR 752
Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-2002
16.2.50.01
PR 712 PR 742 up to F/N xxx-5599
1 batteries (2 pieces) 2 door lock 3 storage compartment 4 hand pump - hydraulic cab tilt 5 lever (in storage compartment) 6 automatic circuit breaker F1/F31 7 electronic box A1
8 ground wire 9 test center with test points: SP replenishing system pressure- travel hydraulic ND servo pressure- working hydraulic (SP-cold start pressure) LD load sensing pressure HD high pressure - working hydraulic
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Battery box
Blatt Page Feuille
16.3.10.01
PR 712 PR 742 from F/N xxx-5600
1 battery tray 2 battery bracket 3 batteries (2 pieces) 4 connection cable red 5 ground wire black 6 starter wire red 10 electronic box A1 11 ground wire from housing electronic-box 12 central wiring harness 13 plug X65 14 code plug X73 15 battery main switch K1
16 automatic circuit breaker F1 17 automatic circuit breaker F31 (only PR 732 / 742) 18 relay - flame glow plug system (PR 732/K71, 742/K18) 20 electronic box - fan drive A11/A18 25 hand pump - hydraulic cab tilt 60 test center with test points: LA operating pressure / fan drive SP replenishing system pressure- travel hydraulic ND servo pressure- working hydraulic LD (LS) load sensing pressure - working hydraulic HD high pressure - working hydraulic
PR 752 up to F/N xxx-5599
1 batteries (2 pieces) 2 connection cable red 3 starter wire red 4 ground wire black 5 battery bracket 6 electronic box A1 7 ground wire from housing electronicbox 8 central wiring harness 9 code plug X73 10 plug X65
(item 9 and 10 from begin installation inchbrake-pedal)
11 battery main switch K1 12 relay - flame glow plug system K71 13 automatic circuit breaker F1 14 automatic circuit breaker F31
15 door lock
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Battery box
F/N xxx-2002
Blatt Page Feuille
16.3.50.01
PR 752 from F/N xxx-5600
1 batteries (2 pieces) 2 connection cable red 3 starter wire red 4 ground wire black 5 battery bracket 6 electronic box A1 7 ground wire from housing electronicbox 8 central wiring harness 9 plug X65 10 code plug X73
11 battery main switch K1 12 relay - flame glow plug system K71 13 automatic circuit breaker F1 14 automatic circuit breaker F31
15 door lock
20 electronic box - fan drive A11
Sub Group Index

Hydraulic tilting device Heater and blower
17.2 17.3
17.3.01
17.3.02
Engine operation
PR 712(B) F/N xxx-01032999 PR 722(B) F/N xxx-01032999 PR 732(B) F/N xxx-20035599 PR 742(B) F/N xxx-20025599 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-3000 F/N xxx-3000 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-20035599 F/N xxx-5600
17.4
17.4.10
17.4.11
17.4.50 17.4.51
Air conditioner
17.5
17.5.10
17.5.11
Mjfcifss!
PR Litronic
Operators platform,
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Heater, air conditioner
Blatt Page Feuille
17.0.00.01
1. Construction, operation and function The heater which is installed under the floor of the cab works as a blower and heat exchanger, either as a ventilator or as a heater.
The fan is operated with knob 1 (3 stage). The heater intensity can be regulated via lever 2, the ratio between fresh air and circulating air can be regulated via lever 3.
The heat exchanger is supplied with hot water from the coolant circuit of the Diesel engine. The fresh air is drawn in from the blower via a fresh air filter, pushed through the heat exchanger and blown through nozzle inside the cab. The resulting low pressure difference prevents dust infiltration into the cab. In addition to the three fan speeds, the air flow can be regulated on each nozzle and directed in any desired direction. 2. Function
2.1. Fan
M6 Blower motor R3 Blower resistor S9 Blower switch (3-stages)
Due to the resistor R3, depending on switch position of switch S9, the bower motor M6 runs at different speeds.
The ratio of fresh air and circulating air can be regulated by a flap in the heater box, which is regulated via a cable on the lever.
Mjfcifss!
Warm water heater with fresh air blower

Datum Edition Date
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Operators Platform
17.3.01.01
2.2. Heater LH-Inline-engine LH-V-engine
Part of the hot coolant runs from the engine coolant circuit from the lower shut off valve, in the component carrier of the Diesel engine over the supply line to the heat exchanger (1).
If the regulating valve (2) is open, warm water runs through the heat exchanger and the air created by the blower is heated.
The coolant flows via return line R to the upper shut off valve in the timing case to the coolant circuit of the Diesel engine.
The regulator valve 2, which is adjusted by the lever via a cable, determines the amount of coolant which flows over the heat exchanger 1 and therefore also the heat output.
3. Repair 3.1. Control unit Operator s seat - remove mounting screws, remove seat, remove cover to the control unit. Loosen screw 9, release cables. For repairs, pull plug from blower switch 5 on the control unit, remove mounting screws and remove unit. To replace cables, tilt cab and secure. Remove heater cover, release cables on regulating valve and on air flap. Replace cables, make sure they are not kinked. Reinstall all parts in reverse order.
1 Control, complete 2 Lever - Heater 3 Lever - Fresh air / circulating air 4 Washer 5 Blower switch, complete 6 Nut 7 Knob 8 Clamp 9 Screw 10 Cable - Heater 11 Cable - Fresh air / circulating air
3.2. Replace regulating valve
Close both shut off valves on the Diesel engine. Raise and secure cab. Remove heater cover, release cable on regulating valve. Open hose clamp, remove hose retainer. Pull hoses from regulating valve, remove valve. Install new valve, install all parts in reverse order. Caution: Make sure to watch for flow direction! The arrow on the valve housing must point to the heat exchanger. Lower cab and retighten. Open shut of valves on the Diesel engine. Check and add to coolant level. Start the engine and open the regulating valve of the heater. After a short period, when at operating temperature, add coolant as described in Operation and Maintenance Manual, check system for leaks.
3.3. Heater and blower For repairs on heater and blower, remove complete heater unit from cab.
-
Close both shut off valves on the Diesel engine. Remove cover from control element, pull cable plug from blower switch. Tilt up cab and secure, remove heater cover. Remove cable from air flap. Remove hoses directly from heat exchanger. Pull wire 201 and 102 from connector plug. Unscrew heater and pull from cab.
Install in reverse order.
Caution: If hoses are replaced, make sure they are routed properly and not kinked. Reuse the inlet line, they are marked at the end of the hose with special binders with an A (which stands for A Ausgang/ Outlet on the engine block). If the binders are missing, mark the inlet lines with commercially available white cable binders.
For operation, open shut off valve on the Diesel engine, replace coolant . Start the engine and open the regulating valve on the heater (= warm position). After a short running time, as well as when the operating temperature is reached, check and replace coolant as described in Operation and Maintenance Manual, check system for leaks.
Mjfcifss!
Warm water heater with fresh air blower

Datum Edition Date
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Operators Platform
17.3.01.02
1 Heater box 2 Housing cover 3 Heat exchanger 4 Channel bracket 5 Blower, complete 6 Blower motor 7 Vane wheel 8 Wiring - heater 9 Cable binder 10 Flap - Fresh air / circulating air 11 Shaft 12 Spring 13 Plastic bushing 14 Foam rubber strip
3.3.1 Heat exchanger 3 The heat exchanger is pushed into the heater box. When installing the heat exchanger, insert it into heater box with the fitting with bleeder valve (= connection for inlet line) on the bottom. Insert foam rubber strip 14 (seal) properly, otherwise heat output can be drastically reduced. 3.3.2 Blower 5, complete. Should any part of the blower (such as blower motor 6, resistor, vane wheel 7) be defective, then the complete blower must be replaced. When installing electrical contacts, follow wiring schematic, see paragraph 2.1 on the blower motor and install cable binder 9 to relieve stress. 3.3.3 Fresh air - circulating air flap 10 To remove, release screw on flap 10, pull shaft 11. When installing, insert flap 10, so that the fresh air coming from below is shut off. Push in shaft 11, align bracket parallel to the edge of the housing, tighten screw.
1. Construction, operation and function 1.1. Construction The heater which is installed under the floor or under the operators seat in the cab works as a blower and heat exchanger, either as a ventilator or as a heater.
Parts list 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 heater heat exchanger return line water valve blower supply line fresh air filter sealing
The heat exchanger is supplied with hot water from the coolant circuit of the Diesel engine. The fresh air is drawn in from the blower via a fresh air filter, pushed through the heat exchanger and blown through nozzle inside the cab. The resulting low pressure difference prevents dust infiltration into the cab.
2. Operation The fan is operated with knob 1 (3 stage). The heater intensity can be regulated via knob 2.
In addition to the three fan speeds, the air flow can be regulated on each nozzle and directed in any desired direction.
Mjfcifss!
Heater and blower

Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Operators platform
17.3.02.01
3. Function 3.1. Electrical system - blower
E11 M6 R3 S9 X8 MP
heater blower motor blower resistor blower switch (3-stages) coupling - cab - heater ground connection
Due to the resistor R3, depending on switch position of switch S9, the bower motor M6 runs at different speeds.
3.2. Heater LH-Inline-engine LH-V-engine
Part of the hot coolant runs from the engine coolant circuit from the lower shut off valve, in the component carrier of the Diesel engine over the supply line (A) to the heat exchanger (1).
If the regulating valve (2) is open, warm water runs through the heat exchanger and the air created by the blower is heated. The coolant flows via return line B to the upper shut off valve in the timing case to the coolant circuit of the Diesel engine. The regulator valve 2, which is adjusted by the lever via a cable, determines the amount of coolant which flows over the heat exchanger 1 and therefore also the heat output.
4. Repair 4.1. Control unit Operator s seat - remove mounting screws, remove seat, remove cover to the control unit. Loosen screw 9, release cables. For repairs, pull plug from blower switch 5 on the control unit, remove mounting screws and remove unit. To replace cable, tilt cab and secure. Remove heater cover, release cable on regulating valve. Replace cable, make sure it is not kinked. Reinstall all parts in reverse order.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
control, complete knob blower blower switch, complete (3 stages) knob heater turning support screw cable - heater
4.2. Replace regulating valve Close both shut off valves on the Diesel engine. Raise and secure cab. Remove heater cover, release cable on regulating valve. Open hose clamp, remove hose retainer. Pull hoses from regulating valve, remove valve. Install new valve, install all parts in reverse order. Caution: Make sure to watch for flow direction! Adjustment regulating valve: set lever 1 and knob on the control unit to middle position, fix cable 3 with shim 2 Lower cab and retighten. Open shut of valves on the Diesel engine. Check and add to coolant level. Start the engine and open the regulating valve of the heater. After a short period, when at operating temperature, add coolant as described in Operation and Maintenance Manual, check system for leaks.
Caution: When exchanging the complete heater, the regulating valve has to be turned according to the sticker on the heater box. On PR 712 to 742 - the lever 1 has to face downward, at PR 752 - the lever 1 has to face upward.
Mjfcifss!
Heater and blower

Datum Edition Date
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Operators platform
17.3.02.02
4.3. Heater and blower For repairs on heater and blower, remove complete heater unit from cab.
-
Close both shut off valves on the Diesel engine. Tilt up cab (not at PR752) and secure, remove heat cover. At PR 752 remove driver seat including ground plate Remove cable from water valve. Remove hoses Pull electric supply plug Unscrew heater and pull from cab.
Install in reverse order. Caution: If hoses are replaced, make sure they are routed properly and not kinked. Reuse the inlet line, they are marked at the end of the hose with special binders with an A (which stands for A Ausgang/ Outlet on the engine block). If the binders are missing, mark the inlet lines with commercially available white cable binders. For operation, open shut off valve on the Diesel engine, replace coolant . Start the engine and open the regulating valve on the heater (= warm position). After a short running time, as well as when the operating temperature is reached, check and replace coolant as described in Operation and Maintenance Manual, check system for leaks.
1 heater box 2 housing cover 3 sealing 4 sealing 5 heat exchanger 6 blower, complete
4.3.1 Heater box pos.1 When installing the complete housing into the operators platform, pay attention for the proper position of the sealing, otherwise heat output can be drastically reduced. 4.3.2 Heat exchanger pos.5 The heat exchanger is pushed into the heater box. When installing the heat exchanger, pay attention for proper position of the sealing, otherwise heat output can be drastically reduced. 4.3.3 Blower complete pos 6 Should any part of the blower (such as blower motor, resistor, vane wheel) be defective, then the complete blower must be replaced. When installing electrical contacts, follow wiring schematic, see paragraph 3.1 on the blower motor and install cable binder to relieve stress.
1. Adjustment of retaining force on throttle control lever To check the adjustment, turn the engine off, leave the cable installed and the cab lowered. Position the throttle control lever in the center and mount a spring scale directly under the ball shaped handle = control point. Pull the scale vertically to the control lever. If the adjustment is correct, the scale must show a force of 552 N. This value is given by the self locking hex head nut 11 which determines the preload force of the cup springs.
Adjustment if the required force is too low (< 55 N) - tighten nut pos. 11 (+) until the required value is reached. if the required force is too high (> 55 N) - loosen nut pos. 11 (-) until the required value is reached.
2. Check engine RPM - throttle control Start the Diesel engine and bring it to operating temperature. Check the engine RPM with the test box - see section 10.4 - or an appropriate RPM gauge. a) select low idle RPM with the throttle control lever. Turn stop screw pos. 26 clockwise or anticlockwise until the lever touches the screw when the required engine RPM is reached. Tighten the lock nut to secure the adjustment. b) select high idle RPM with the throttle control lever. Turn stop screw pos. 27 clockwise or anticlockwise until the lever touches the screw when the required engine RPM is reached. Tighten the lock nut to secure the adjustment. Note: The lever on the injection pump should have a distance of 0,3 mm to the stop screw or just touch it. If the required engine RPM values are not obtained, check the neutral function of the hydraulic systems. If necessary, check the adjustment of the injection pump, routing / adjustment of the engine shut off and throttle control cable.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Engine control
Blatt Page Feuille
17.4.10.01
Parts list
1 throttle control device cpl. 2 housing - separated 3 housing frame 3.1 seal 5 throttle control lever 6 guide bushing 7 shut off lever 8 guide bushing 10 shaft 11 hex head nut (self locking) with washer 12 tension pin (rotation lock) 13 spacer 14 thrust washer 15 spring cup
20 guide rails 21 slide 22 sleeve 23 dowel pin 24 connector fitting - throttle control cable 25 connector fitting - shut off cable 26 27 28 29 stop screw with lock nut for throttle control lever (nmin) stop screw with lock nut for throttle control lever (nmax) socket head screw with washer, sleeve and nut socket head screw with washer and nut
30 shut off cable cpl. 31 L-fitting with hex head nut 32 dust cover 33 cable with guide spring and connector rods 34 scraper ring 35 guide tube 36 dust cover 37 screw fitting 38 threaded coupling 39 hex head nut 40 washer 41 cable housing 50 throttle control cable cpl. 51 L-fitting with hex head nut 52 dust cover 53 cable with guide spring and connector rods 54 dust cover 55 threaded coupling 56 hex head nut 57 installation flange - separated with pivot sleeve 58 cable housing 59 protective hose 60 hose clamp
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Engine control
Blatt Page Feuille
17.4.10.02
1. Adjustment of retaining force on throttle control lever To check the adjustment, turn the engine off, leave the cable installed and the cab lowered. Position the throttle control lever in the center and mount a spring scale directly under the ball shaped handle = control point. Pull the scale vertically to the control lever. If the adjustment is correct, the scale must show a force of 552 N. This value is given by the self locking hex head nut 11 which determines the preload force of the cup springs.
Adjustment if the required force is too low (< 55 N) - tighten nut pos. 11 (+) until the required value is reached. if the required force is too high (> 55 N) - loosen nut pos. 11 (-) until the required value is reached.
2. Check engine RPM - throttle control 2.1. PR 712B, PR 722B (stop screw pos. 26/27 have to be dismantled before installing the throttle control device) Move the throttle control lever over its complete control range, while watching the compensation lever on the injection pump. The springs of the compensation lever may not be fully depressed in any position. If necessary, correct the routing / adjustment of the throttle control cable. Start the Diesel engine and bring it to operating temperature. Check engine RPM with test box - see section 10.4 - or an appropriate RPM gauge. If the required engine RPM values are not reached, check the neutral function of the hydraulic systems. If necessary, adjust the RPM limiter (stop screws) on the distributor injection pump, let check the adjustment of injection pump. 2.2. PR 732B, PR 742B from F/N xxx-5600 Start the Diesel engine and bring it to operating temperature. Check the engine RPM with the test box - see section 10.4 - or an appropriate RPM gauge. a) select low idle RPM with the throttle control lever. Turn stop screw pos. 26 clockwise or anticlockwise until the lever touches the screw when the required engine RPM is reached. Tighten the lock nut to secure the adjustment. b) select high idle RPM with the throttle control lever. Turn stop screw pos. 27 clockwise or anticlockwise until the lever touches the screw when the required engine RPM is reached. Tighten the lock nut to secure the adjustment. Note: The lever on the injection pump should have a distance of 0,3 mm to the stop screw or just touch it. If the required engine RPM values are not obtained, check the neutral function of the hydraulic systems. If necessary, check the adjustment of the injection pump, routing / adjustment of the engine shut off and throttle control cable.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B
01 03
Engine control
Blatt Page Feuille
17.4.11.01
Parts list
1 throttle control device cpl. 2 housing - separated 3 housing frame 3.1 seal 5 throttle control lever 6 guide bushing 8 guide bushing 10 shaft 11 hex head nut (self locking) with washer 12 tension pin (rotation lock) 13 spacer 14 thrust washer 15 spring cup
20 guide rails 21 slide 22 sleeve 23 dowel pin 24 connector fitting - throttle control cable 26 27 28 29 stop screw with lock nut for throttle control lever (nmin) stop screw with lock nut for throttle control lever (nmax) socket head screw with washer, sleeve and nut socket head screw with washer and nut
50 throttle control cable cpl. 51 L-fitting with hex head nut 52 dust cover 53 cable with guide spring and connector rods 54 dust cover 55 threaded coupling 56 hex head nut 57 installation flange - separated with pivot sleeve 58 cable housing 59 protective hose 60 hose clamp
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B
01 03
Engine control
Blatt Page Feuille
17.4.11.02
Parts list
1 control unit, complete 2 console, complete 3 socket head screw - min / max stop 5 control lever, complete 6 bearing bushing 7 T-handle with plug 8 pull knob 9 tension pin 10 spacer pin 11 pressure spring 12 pressure rod 13 tooth 15 pleated sleeve 16 sleeve 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 notch segments inside / outside spacer ring hex head screw washer spring plate hex head screw hex nut shim spring plate
30 throttle control, complete 31 control cable with rods 32 linkage 33 pin with retainer 34 hex nut 35 pivoted tube, complete 36 union nut with O-ring and rubber sleeve 37 cap 40 cable guide, complete 41 hex nut 42 ball joint, complete 43 hex nut 44 pleated sleeve with special cable tie
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752 RL 52
01 03
Engine control
F/N xxx-2003 5599 F/N 739-2001
Blatt Page Feuille
17.4.50.01
Parts list
1 control unit, complete 2 console, complete 3 socket head screw - min / max stop 5 control lever, complete 6 bearing bushing 7 T-handle with plug 8 pull knob 9 tension pin 10 spacer pin 11 pressure spring 12 pressure rod 13 tooth 15 pleated sleeve 16 sleeve 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 notch segments inside / outside spacer ring hex head screw washer spring plate hex head screw hex nut shim spring plate
30 throttle control, complete 31 control cable with rods 32 linkage 33 pin with retainer 34 hex nut 35 pivoted tube, complete 36 union nut with O-ring and rubber sleeve 37 cap 40 cable guide, complete 41 hex nut 42 ball joint, complete 43 hex nut 44 pleated sleeve with special cable tie
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5600
01 03
Engine control
Blatt Page Feuille
17.4.51.01
1. Design, function The air conditioning system keeps the interior air of the cab to the temperature preselected by the operator, by cooling or heating the air supply. The system can only be operated if the Diesel engine is running. Always close windows and doors. As air supply, fresh air or recirculated air (fresh air plus air in the cab) can be selected. Filtered air and the resulting pressure in the cab minimize dust infiltration In addition, the system can be operated in the cooling and heating cycle to dehumidify the air and prevent the windows from fogging up. The temperatures, which can be obtained in the cab depend on the maintenance condition of the system and on the ambient temperature. Main components:
1 Compressor - brings the refrigerant in the system into circulation by suction compression and discharge. 2 Evaporator with expansion valve - evaporates the refrigerant and cools the air, which flows past it. 3 Condenser - liquefies the refrigerant with the aid of the airflow created by 3 blowers. 4 Filter dryer - draws the moisture from the refrigerant and indicates the refrigerant level and its moisture content in a sight gauge via 2 indicator pearls. 5 Heat exchanger (heater) - when operating, hot refrigerant from the Diesel engine flows through and heats the air flowing past it. 6 Blower - presses the fresh air or air in the cab via evaporator 2 and heat exchanger 5 into the interior of the cab. Air enters via adjustable vents 7 Fresh air filter - filters the incoming fresh air. 8 Air circulation filter - filters the air in the cab in air recirculation mode. 9 not shown: Hose couplings with mechanically releasable check valves in condenser lines at the transition from the basic machine to the cab makes it possible to remove the cab without having to refill the system. Refrigerant filler valves are in the lines at the compressor.
Mjfcifss!
Operation, description and function

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Air conditioner
Optional
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
17.5.11.01
The blower 6 must always be turned on for the operation of the air conditioning system, whereby the heater obtains its full effectiveness only when the machine is at operating temperature. For design and function of the heater / heat exchanger 5, see section 17.3. 2. General data for air conditioning system: Refrigerant Filling quantity Compressor Id. No. Oil filling quantity R 134 a 1600 grams 5700 334 200 cm - SP 10 PAG
Previous type: 5700 268 250+10 cm - SP 20 PAG
Previous type: 5801 709 150+10 cm - ZXL 100 PAG
3. Operation of the air conditioning system: Instrument panel: Operating console air conditioning system:
S15 (S16) - Push button switch
1 - Rotary switch S9 - 3-stage blower 2 - Heater switch 3 - Fresh air / air circulation switch 4 - Temperature regulator switch cooling circuit potentiometer R6 (R11) - Air vents
(S16), (R11) - valid for wiring harnesses with three-digit cable numbers
- Preselect blower stage with rotary switch S9 - Press push button switch S15 (S16) The A/C compressor clutch Y14 is energized and the compressor starts to turn. On the condenser, the blower motors M10, M11 start to turn. - Adjust the temperature regulator Note: The lower the temperature selection, the faster the blower should turn. If necessary, readjust the blower speed. - Adjust the air supply (fresh air / recirculation)
4. Function: 4.1. Refrigerant circuit (basic schematic)
1 Compressor 2 A/C compressor clutch Y14 3 Condenser 4 Fan
5 Pressure switch B17 6 Filter dryer 7 Sight gauge
8 Temperature regulation 12 Blower 9 Temperature sensor 10 Condensation drain 11 Evaporator 13 Expansion valve
a - Refrigerant - liquid - high pressure b - Refrigerant liquid/gaseous - high pressure c - Refrigerant liquid/gaseous - low pressure d - Refrigerant gaseous - low pressure
The compressor 1 draws the gaseous refrigerant from the low pressure area d. The refrigerant is compressed by the compressor and is supplied to the condenser 3 (pressure build up). In the condenser 3, heat is removed from the refrigerant by the air flowing past it. The refrigerant is condensed and is directed in liquid form to the filter dryer. In the filter dryer, any moisture particles are removed from the refrigerant, which prevents the expansion valve in the supply line from icing up. From the expansion valve, the compressed refrigerant is metered and directed into evaporator 11. In the evaporator 11, the refrigerant expands and returns to gaseous state by taking on heat from the ambient air. The ambient air cools off due to the removal of heat. The cooled ambient air of the evaporator is blown through the vents into the cab via the blower 12. Note: Airflow direction in the air conditioning system is against the direction of the arrow. The temperature regulator 8 engages and disengages the A/C compressor clutch 2, as needed.
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Air conditioner
Optional
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
17.5.11.02
4.2. Temperature regulation The temperature level is preselected steplessly via the potentiometer R6 (R11) and monitored by the electronic thermostat via two temperature sensors. One sensor is in the air flow on the evaporator and a second on the expansion valve as ice protection. From the electronic thermostat B19 (B24), the A/C compressor clutch Y14 is turned off and on as needed if the pressure switch B17 is closed - see paragraph 5.4. The actuation of the switch, which depends on the air flow temperature is determined by the adjustment of the potentiometer R 6 (R11). For operating safety, the following low values have been determined: Airflow - A/C clutch disengages (uncouple) +1+2C, Expansion valve - A/C clutch disengages (uncouple) -2+2C, 4.3. Combined operation To prevent the window panes from fogging up in cool and damp weather conditions, the air conditioning / heating system can be operated together. If both systems are activated, the damp air in the cab is directed first via the evaporator of the A/C system. The cooled air releases the moisture as condensation, which is discharged externally. The cold airflow is reheated on the following heat exchanger and returned dry and warm to the interior of the cab. The combined operation is used mostly in the recirculation mode and provides a pleasant room temperature. 5. Components 5.1. Compressor with A/C compressor clutch 1 Connection suction side 2 Connection pressure side 3 Plug 4 Magnetic coupling (A/C compressor clutch) Y14 5 Swash plate 6 Piston 7 Discharge valve 8 Intake valve turn on again (engage) +4+2C turn on again (engage) +12+2C
Technical Data Flow volume Amperage, max. Weight without oil Oil quantity 154.9 cm 2.63 A 6.9 kg / 15.2 lbs. 200 cm - SP 10 PAG
Compressor, compressor clutch and pulley are installed as one unit on the Diesel engine. The pulley is driven by the Diesel engine via a V-belt. Compressor: The compressor is equipped with dust protection and designed to operate with R134a refrigerant. The housing is filled at the factory with refrigerant oil. The swash plate 5 is turned by the drive shaft and the inclined surface forces the seven axial pistons 6 into a corresponding stroke movement. The resulting suction - compression and discharge of the refrigerant is directed via shutter valves. Due to the pressure created by the flow, the suctioned gaseous refrigerant is partially liquefied. A/C compressor clutch Y14 - Pos.4: The A/C compressor clutch Y14 is used to interrupt the compressor drive and is installed in the power flow between the pulley and the drive shaft.
Turned off, the A/C clutch is not energized and therefore open. The pulley driven by the V-belt runs along on the compressor shaft. When turned on, the clutch is energized and engages, the compressor begins to work. See also the following wiring schematics. Refrigerant oil The refrigerant oil is chemically neutral to the R134A und serves as lube oil for the compressor. Refrigerant oil rapidly takes on any moisture in the air. For that reason, do not open the plug 3 of the compressor and also do not expose oil in refill containers for a long period with the ambient air. If needed, the SP 10 PAG oil added by the manufacturer can be mixed with SP 20 PAG oil, which differs in viscosity. If both types of oil are available, always use SP 10 PAG . 5.2. Condenser (Illustration is turned by 180 ) 1 Heat exchanger (condenser) 2 Blower left 3 Blower center 4 Blower right 5 Inlet from the compressor 6 Outlet to the filter dryer
Technical data Heat output Number of blowers Operating voltage Test pressure Weight 12.5 kW 3x axial 24V 35 bar 13.2kg
The component described as a condenser or liquefying unit consists primarily of three constantly running blowers and one heat exchanger. The heated, partially liquefied refrigerant flows under pressure through the pipes of the heat exchanger 1 (condenser) and releases heat. The airflow created by the blowers 2 - 4 moves the heat given off by the refrigerant. As it cools off, the refrigerant is further liquefied. 5.3. Filter dryer Technical data Capacity Filter mesh Leak test Moisture intake - dryer Burst pressure 0,70 l 7 m 30 bar 16 g 130 bar 1 Sight gauge with indicator balls 2 Riser 3 Filter element 4 Dryer granules 5 Pressure relief valve 322bar 6 Pressure switch connection (covered by Pos 1 )
The filter dryer is installed directly in the area of the condenser and is used to filter, dry and monitor the refrigerant and as a indicator.
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Air conditioner
Optional
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
17.5.11.03
From the inlet connection, the refrigerant flow is pushed in the filter dryer from outside (top) to the inside (bottom) through the filter element 3 and the dryer granules 4. If present, any contamination is removed by the filter element and moisture particles are absorbed by the dryer granules. At the same time, any still existing gas bubbles are liquefied. The filtered, dried and bubble free Refrigerant is directed, still under pressure, via the riser 2 to the outlet connection. The sight gauge with two indicator balls serves as control indicator.
1 White pearl - is a floating pearl and shows the refrigerant level of the system. 2 Blue pearl - is a moisture indicator and shows the moisture content in the system by changing color.
During operation, the refrigerant must flow bubble free through the sight gauge and the white ball must be float on the upper edge of the sight gauge. After turning the system off, the fluid level / the ball should drop somewhat. This shows that the Refrigerant is cooled off sufficiently and the system is filled correctly. The moisture indicator ball is normally blue and changes color to pink in case of increased moisture (acid formation). For guidelines, see section 6 - Troubleshooting and section 7 - Maintenance. On PR 712 from F/N xxx-3083, PR 722 from F/N xxx-3172, PR 732 from F/N xxx-3183, PR 742 from F/N xxx3091 and PR 752 from F/N xxx-2067, a mechanically releasable check valve is installed in the pressure switch connection, which is opened when the pressure switch is installed. When the switch is removed, the check valve closes the connection. This makes it possible to replace the switch without having to recharge the system. 5.4. Pressure switch 1 Pressure switch B17 2 Filter dryer
Technical data / switch ranges Low pressure off Low pressure on High pressure off High pressure on < 2.5 bar > 3.5 bar > 25 bar < 18 bar
The pressure switch is installed on the filter dryer and monitors the pressure build up in the liquid refrigerant. The switch can be replaced without having to refill the system - see section 5.3. The A/C compressor clutch Y14 is energized via the electrical section of the pressure switch B17 - see following wiring schematics. At a refrigerant pressure of 2.5 to 25 bar, the electrical contact of the switch is closed and the A/C compressor clutch can be controlled by the electronic thermostat. To protect the system from exceeding or high or low pressure values, the electrical contact of the pressure switch opens and interrupts the power to the A/C compressor clutch Y14. The switch closes the contact only after the pressure in the system has reached a value within a cut-in range of > 3.5 bar or < 18 bar . For possible causes of errors, see troubleshooting, section 6.
5.5. Heater - air conditioner
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Housing, complete with seal Flap, fresh air / air circulation Cover with seal Blower Evaporator Electronic thermostat Expansion valve Sensor de-icer protection Airflow sensor
10 Heat exchanger - heater Technical Data Heat output Cooling output Nominal voltage Operating pressure, max. Airflow, max. Blower Weight
8.8 KW 4.8 KW 24 V 24 bar 850 m/h 3 - stage 17.4 kg
Test values for temperature sensor: Resistance values Airflow sensor at 20C - 12,5 k at 25C - 10 k Sensor de-icer at 0C - 28,6 k i at 10C - 16,4 k at 25C - 10 k
The heater / air conditioner is installed on the cab under the driver's seat floorboard. On PR 712 up to PR 742 the heater / air conditioner is accessible via a cover in the bottom of the cab (with the cab tilted), on PR 752 via a cover below the operators seat. Flap 2 is actuated via a knob in the operating console. In fresh air position, the airflow from the cab (recirculation) is shut off, in circulation position, part of the fresh air supply is retained. The 3-stage blower 6 draws air from the area in front of the vent 2 and pushes it through the evaporator 5 and the heat exchanger 10 into the interior of the cab. The evaporator 5 is used to cool, the heat exchanger 10 to heat the airflow (see heater, section 17.3). The electronic thermostat 6 regulates the running time of the A/C compressor, depending on the values of the temperature sensor 8 and 9. The expansion valve 7 meters the flow of the liquid refrigerant to the evaporator, depending on the pressure difference between the system's low pressure and high pressure.
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Air conditioner
Optional
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
17.5.11.04
6. Troubleshooting Problem System does not cool Cause Electrical connections interrupted Remedy Check connections on A/C compressor clutch, switch, relay, temperature sensor and electronic thermostat Replace Replace Replace Replace Replace replace A/C compressor clutch Replace Replace
Air temperature sensor is defective Electronic thermostat is defective Potentiometer R6 (R11) is defective A/C compressor clutch is not energized - relay K11 is defective - fuse F12 is defective A/C compressor clutch defective Blowers on condenser do not turn - relay K12 is defective - fuse F11 is defective
Compressor turns off, because max. operating Clean condenser (cooling surface) pressure has been exceeded Check function of blower on condenser Filter dryer plugged up Too much refrigerant in system ( see sight gauge) Compressor turns off due to low operating pressure V-belt torn or worn System cools only for a short time Evaporator iced up # Replace filter dryer # Correct refrigerant level # Check system for leaks, refill refrigerant, as necessary Replace V-belt Check or replace temperature sensor Replace electronic thermostat System cools insufficiently Not enough airflow Not enough refrigerant in system - bubbles visible in sight gauge Expansion valve plugged up Expansion valve iced up due to too much moisture in the system - indicator ball pink Filter dryer partially plugged up (ice formation on dryer) Air in refrigerant circuit - increased pressure values and bubble formation in sight gauge Noise on A/C compressor Compressor bearing is defective clutch A/C compressor clutch on compressor is defective Insufficient oil in compressor Whistling noise on V-belt V-belt worn V-belt too loose Clean evaporator and condenser coil # Check system for leaks, refill, as necessary # Clean expansion valve or replace # Replace filter dryer # Replace filter dryer # Evacuate the system, check for leaks and recharge the system # Replace compressor Replace A/C compressor clutch # Check compressor, add oil Replace V-belt Check V-belt tension, tighten V-belt
# = For safety reasons, item marked # should be performed by trained A/C technician, since the system must often be evacuated, dried and refilled. Improper handling can cause additional damage to the A/C system as well as injury or death.
7. Maintenance If any defects on the components of the A/C circuit are found during maintenance or operation, then a specially trained A/C technician must be consulted, since important safety guidelines must be observed during repairs. Caution: The lack of knowledge or ignoring the applicable safety guidelines can cause injury or death as well as damage to the components in the system.
7.1. General maintenance The air conditioning system must be inspected and serviced at least once a year by an trained A/C technician, preferably before the start of the hot season. In addition, the following maintenance guidelines are recommended, they should be performed every 2 to 3 months: Operate the air conditioning system for approx. 10 minutes, any time of the year, to lubricate movable parts and to prevent them from seizing up. Check the condenser unit for external contamination and clean with low air pressure, as necessary. Make sure that the condenser ribs are not damaged / bent. Heavy dirt deposits cause problems in cooling operation. Check the refrigerant level on the sight gauge of the filter dryer. The white pearl must float to the upper edge of the sight gauge when the compressor is running and the refrigerant must flow through the sight gauge without air bubbles. When the Diesel engine is turned off, the fluid level / pearl must drop slightly. In case of problems, contact an A/C technician. Determine the moisture content in the filter dryer. The indicator pearl in the sight gauge must be blue. If the pearl is pink, the filter dryer must be replaced. The existing moisture content causes acid formation and can destroy the system. Contact an A/C technician. Visually check the condition of the filter dryer. If the filter dryer is rusty or damaged ( for example on the mount or the hose connections), contact an A/C technician. The filter dryer is subject to pressurized container regulations and must be replaced as soon as possible. Check the electrical wires and the hoses as well as connections, check for chafed areas. Clean / replace the fresh air and air circulation filter, as necessary. Note: If the A/C system is opened, the system must be evacuated, checked for leaks, refilled with refrigerant and the refrigerant oil must be replaced with fresh oil. The filler valves are in the hoses near the compressor.
8. Evacuating, checking for leaks and recharging the system The procedure and sequence for evacuating, leak testing and recharging the system as well as the amount of oil depends on the available equipment. The A/C technician must be familiar with the operation of this equipment and be informed about the basic system data. Refrigerant R 134 a Quantity 1600 grams Compressor Id. No. 5700 334 Previous type: 5700 268 Previous type: 5801 709 Oil quantity 200 cm - SP 10 PAG* 250+10 cm - SP 20 PAG 150+10 cm - ZXL 100 PAG * - see also "refrigerant oil" , section 5.1 compressor - according to the manufacturer, the max. oil quantity of 310 cm may not be exceeded.
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
01 03
Air conditioner
Optional
PR 712 B PR 722 B PR 732 B PR 742 B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
17.5.11.05
Notes
Basic functions are analogical to description 17.5.10.
Connection cables in the machine (wire harness) red (rt) black white with number, e.g.105 = wires for main power supply without number = ground wire
with number, e.g.550 = other wires
All unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm
Color codes
bl-ws = br-ge = gn rt = = blue /white brown /yellow green red red /white black black /yellow
rt-ws = sw =
sw-ge =
Electrical schematics for the basic machines see chapter 9.2.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Air conditioner
Optional
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-0501 F/N xxx-1001 F/N xxx-2501 F/N xxx-2501 5599 F/N xxx-2003 2062
17.5.11.06
B17
B24 E16 E17 F11 F12 H1 K3 K4 K11 K12 M6 M10 M11 R3 R11 S1 S9 S16 X2 X4 X8 X43 Y14
pressure switch air conditioner low pressure off < 2,5 bar low pressure on 3,5 bar high pressure off 25,0 bar high pressure on 18,0 bar electronic thermostat evaporator condenser 10A 16A heater / air conditioner blower motor - condenser
wire no.
connector plugs
indicator light - charge indicator relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - blower motor - condenser relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner fresh air fan - heater /air conditioner fresh air fan - condenser right fresh air fan - condenser middle / left resistor - blower motor /air conditioner regulating potentiometer - air conditioner starter switch w. preheat position rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /air conditioner push button switch air conditioner panel plug - central wire harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wire harness 14 pole coupling - cab - heater plug - condenser solenoid clutch - air conditioner
102 108 134 137 307 308 334 416 516 517 518 520 521 522 524 525 526 553 554
F11- X2 /X8 -S9 K4 /87 -F11 F12- -K11 S1-F12rt K3 /86 -H1 P1 -H1 H1- -K12 F3-H1 S9 /2 -R3 S9 /3 -R3 S9 /4 -R3 S16- -K12 S9 /1- X8 /X2 -S16 B17-X43/X4/X2/X8 -B24 B17-X43 /X4 /X2 K11- X4 /X43 -M10 K11- X4 /X43 -M11 K12- X2 /X8 -B24 K12- -K11
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Air conditioner
Optional
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-0501 F/N xxx-1001 F/N xxx-2501 F/N xxx-2501 5599 F/N xxx-2003 2062
17.5.11.07
Notes
Basic functions are analogical to description 17.5.10.
Connection cables in the machine (wire harness) red (rt) black white with number, e.g. 1033 = wires for main power supply without number = ground wire
with number, e.g. 6023 = other wires
Color codes
bl-ws = br-ge = gn rt = = blue /white brown /yellow green red red /white black black /yellow
rt-ws = sw =
sw-ge =
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Air conditioner
Optional

Blatt Page Feuille
17.5.11.08
B17
B19 E12 E13 F3 F11 F12 H1 K3 K4 K11 K12 M6 M10 M11 R3 R6 S1 S9 S15 X2 X4 X8 X43 Y14
pressure switch air conditioner low pressure off < 2,5 bar low pressure on 3,5 bar high pressure off 25,0 bar high pressure on 18,0 bar electronic thermostat evaporator condenser 5A 10A 16A fuse fuse - heater / air conditioner fuse - blower motor - condenser
wire no.
connector plugs
102 516 517 518 521 522 553 1021 1008 1033 1034 3007 3008 3009 3010 6112 6113 6116 6118 6119 6120 6023 6024
X8/1S9/2S9/3S9/4X8/6X8/5X8/7F11K4/87 S1F12-
-S9/+ -R3 -R3 -R3 -S9/1 -B19 -B19 -X8/4 -F11 -F12rt -K11 -Y14 -X8/7 -B17 -K12 -H1 -H1 -H1 -K12 -K11 -K12 -M10 -M11
indicator light - charge indicator relay - power guard relay - power supply relay - blower motor - condenser relay - solenoid clutch - air conditioner fresh air fan - heater /air conditioner fresh air fan - condenser right fresh air fan - condenser middle / left resistor - blower motor /air conditioner regulating potentiometer - air conditioner starter switch w. preheat position rotary switch - heater - fresh air fan /air conditioner push button switch air conditioner panel plug - central wire harness 72 pole panel plug - cab wire harness 14 pole coupling - cab - heater plug - condenser solenoid clutch - air conditioner
X2/62 -
B17-X43/X4/X2 S15- X2/34 X8/8- X2/X4/X43 X8/6- X2/38 K3/86 P1 F3S15K12H1K11K11X4/X43 X4/X43
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 03
Air conditioner
Optional

Blatt Page Feuille
17.5.11.09
Sub Group Index

Electrical schematic - canopy
18.1
18.1.10
Refueling pump
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 F/N xxx-3001 F/N xxx-3001 F/N xxx-3001 F/N xxx-3001 F/N xxx-20032062
18.2
18.2.10
Arrangements - additional lights

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 F/N xxx-05015599 F/N xxx-10015599 F/N xxx-25015599 F/N xxx-25015599 F/N xxx-20022062 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-2063
18.3
18.3.10
18.3.11
18.3.50
Electrical schematics - additional heaters

18.4
18.4.40 18.4.50
Operators seat with air suspension

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B F/N xxx-3001 F/N xxx-3001 F/N xxx-3001 F/N xxx-30015599
18.5
18.5.10
18.5.40
Hydraulic oil temperature gauge

PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600 F/N xxx-5600
18.7
18.7.10
18.7.50
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR Litronic
01 04
Special attachments
Blatt Page Feuille
18.0.00.01
Reversible fans
PR 752 PR 752 F/N xxx-56006637 F/N xxx-6638
18.8
18.8.50 18.8.51
Notes
Note: use cable 218- 221, 700, 701, 703, 704 with cross section of wire 1,5 mm for Halogen lights E3, E4, E5, E6 use cable with cross section of wire 1 mm for regular lights E3, E4, E5, E6
Installation note: disconnect wire S11 on X4 and position on K10 replace wire 510 with new wire 510 Id. no. 9786 156 disconnect wire 534 from X4 and position wire 529 on free teminal S. move wire 528 from K10 to H7
Mjfcifss!
Electrical schematic - Canopy

Datum Edition Date
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Special Attachments
18.1.10.01
Parts list
E3 E4 E5 E6 F6 H1 H2 H6 H7 H8 H11 H12 H17 K3 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 working light - rear right working light - front left working light - rear left working light - front right fuse indicator light - charge indicator indicator light - glow plug system indicator light - coolant level indicator Acoustical warning signal indicator light - float position indicator light - reduced travel speed range indicator light - electronic fault indicator warning light canopy relay - power guard relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light relay - electronic fault indicator step relay - float position relay - power guard relay - warning light canopy S3 V10 V11 X4 emergency off switch diode 1 A (K8) diode 1 A (K8) panel plug - cab wiring harness 21 pole
wire no. 238 wire no. 510 511 528 529 530
ground wire H17 electrical components F6 K10 K10 K10 X4 K10 H7 H7 X4 H17
Cable routing for all other cables check machine F/N, see section 9.2. Electrical Schematics.
Mjfcifss!
Electrical schematic - Canopy

Datum Edition Date
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Special Attachments
18.1.10.02
K37 with A13 on the schematic is valid for PR 752, at PR 712 to PR 742 the diode V38 at K37 is mounted in the cable
Parts list:
A6 A13 F6 F13 H18 K9 K37 M8 refueling pump diode combination - just PR 752 fuse 5A fuse 20A indicator light - refueling pump relay - motor refueling pump relay - control Start /Stop motor - refueling pump S1 S28 S29 V17 V34 V35 V36 V37 V38 X2 starter switch w. preheat position push button switch - pump Start push button switch - pump Stop sensor - fuel level - fuel tank diode 1A (free) diode 1A (K37) diode 1A (free) diode 1A (free) diode 1A - PR 712 to PR 742 panel plug central wiring harness
Mjfcifss!
Refueling pump
Datum Edition Date
PR 712 PR 722 PR 732 PR 742 PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
01 01
Special Attachments
F/N xxx- 3001 F/N xxx- 3001 F/N xxx- 3001 F/N xxx- 3001 F/N xxx- 2003 2062
18.2.10.01
Functional description
1. Readiness Current is available via the starter glow switch S1(30) fuse F13 on relay K9(30). On the starter glow switch S1 in position 1, current is also available via fuse F6 on push button S28 and on relay K37(30). For supply of starter glow switch S1 and fuse F6, see schematic in section 9. 2. Start Short actuation of push button S28(Start) activates the level sensor V17 via cable 542. It shifts outlet Scable SWrelay K37(85) to ground, if there is no fluid contact. At the same time, the relay K37 (86) is energized with sensor V17 by S28(S1) via cable 541 push button S29 cable 545. In case of ground contact via cable SW/V17(S) K37 is energized (path 30 87). Note: If the tank is full, V17 fluid contact / outlet S has no ground connection, the refueling pump cannot be started. Diode V38 or A13/V35 protects the sensor V17 (protective switching - overrunning diode). In case of failure of the sensor, check the diode and its function before installing a new sensor.
From K37(87) - cable 543, V17(+) and K37(86) is continued energized after actuation of S28 = self retaining function K37. At the same time, the relay K9(86) is energized via cable 544. K9 is energized and supplies the indicator light H18 via cable 430 as well as the motor M8 via cable 519 (H18 lights up, the refueling pump motor M8 is driven). 3. Stop 3.1. Manual If the push button S29 is pressed, the self retaining function of relay K37 is interrupted, which de-energizes K37 and as a result K9 and the power supply for H18 and M8 is interrupted (H18 turns off, M8 stops). 3.2. Automatic If the fuel level in the tank reaches the sensor V17, it interrupts the ground connection to outlet S relay K37(85), which de-energizes K37 and as a result K9 and the power supply for H18 and M8 is interrupted (H18 turns off, M8 stops).
Electrical schematic additional lights at frame front part
Parts list to Electrical schematic: E1 E2 F7 F8 K4 K39 K40 S1 S6 additional lights right additional lights left fuse 8A additional lights fuse 8A power supply roof panel relay - power supply relay - power guard relay - additional lights starter switch w. preheat position push button switch additional lights
X2 MP sw rt
panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole ground connection color code black color code red
all unmarked wires have a cross section of 1mm
Arrangement instrument panel and frame front part
Mjfcifss!
Arrangement - Additional lights front

Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B PR 752

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Special Attachments
18.3.10.01
Electrical schematic additional lights rear in the housing of the condenser

Parts list to Electrical schematic: E3 E4 E5 E6 E20 E21 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 working light rear right working light front left working light rear left working light front right additional lights left additional lights right fuse 8A windshield wiper and washer system front fuse 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear, additional lights fuse 8A working light left front, right rear fuse 8A working light right front, left rear fuse 2A warning light cab fuse 8A additional lights K17 K30 S7 X37-1 X37-2 X42 X46 X66 MP sw relay - working light relay - additional lights push button switch light / additional lights plug plug plug plug plug ground connection color code black
Arrangement control panel - cab and housing of condenser:
Mjfcifss!
Arrangements - Additional lights

Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Special Attachments
18.3.11.01
Electrical schematic additional lights rear at fuel tank

Parts list to Electrical schematic: E8 E9 F8 F40 K4 K43 S41 additional lights left additional lights right fuse 25A power supply roof panel fuse 8A additional lights sw relay - power supply relay - additional lights push button switch additional lights color code black X2 MP panel plug - central wiring harness ground connection
Arrangement instrument panel and fuel tank:
Electrical schematic additional lights front on lift cylinder and frame front part
Parts list to Electrical schematic: E1 E2 F8 F7 K4 K19 S1 S18 S41 additional lights left additional lights right fuse 25A power supply roof panel fuse 8A additional lights sw relay - power supply relay - additional lights starter switch w. preheat position push button switch additional lights front push button switch additional lights color code black X2 MP panel plug - central wiring harness ground connection
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Special Attachments
18.3.11.02
Arrangement additional lights on lift cylinder at frame front part
Electrical schematic additional lights rear in the housing of the condenser

Parts list to Electrical schematic: E3 E4 E5 E6 E18 E19 E20 E21 F25 F26 F27 F28 F30 working light rear right working light front left working light rear left working light front right 2. working light front left 2. working light front right additional lights left additional lights right fuse 8A windshield wiper and washer system front fuse 8A windshield wiper and washer system rear, additional lights fuse 10A working light left front, right rear, 2.light left front, fuse 10A working light right front, left rear, 2.light right front, fuse 8A additional lights K17 K28 K30 S7 X37-1 X37-2 X42 X66 MP sw relay - working light 2. relay - working light relay - additional lights rocker switch light / additional lights plug plug plug plug ground connection color code black
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Special Attachments
F/N xxx-2063
Blatt Page Feuille
18.3.50.01
Arrangement control panel - cab and housing of condenser:
Electrical schematic additional lights front on lift cylinder and frame front part:
Parts list to Electrical schematic: E1 E2 F8 F7 K4 K19 S1 S18 S41 additional lights left additional lights right fuse 25A power supply roof panel fuse 8A additional lights sw relay - power supply relay - additional lights starter switch w. preheat position push button switch additional lights front push button switch additional lights color code black X2 MP panel plug - central wiring harness ground connection
Arrangement instrument panel for additional lights front:
Arrangement additional lights at frame front part on lift cylinder
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Special Attachments
F/N xxx-2063
Blatt Page Feuille
18.3.50.02
Notes
Connection cables in the machine (wire harness) red (rt) black white with number, e.g.105 = wires for main power supply without number = ground wire
with number, e.g.550 = other wires
Color codes
bl = blue blue /yellow brown yellow green gray orange red black violet
bl-ge = br ge gn gr or rt sw vi = = = = = = = =
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Warm water heater

Webasto
18.4.40.01
A15 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5
heater control Webasto relay circulating pump relay motor - heater relay regulating thermostat relay electric ignition unit relay solenoid valve, flame control
wire no. Connector plugs
E26 4 5 7 8 9 10 F1 M2 R X3 Y1
water heater Webasto electric ignition unit regulating thermostat blower thermostat overheat thermostat Plug 1 poles ignition electrodes overheat fuse motor - heater photo resistor flame control Plug 2 poles flame glow plug valve
105 107 113 119 120 315 318 320 556 557 558 708 735 1510 1520 1530 1540 1545 1550 1580 3080
see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 see 9.2.30.02 E26X2 A15X2 S25see 9.2.30.02 S25G2F34F34F34A15F35S1K79X2 X2 -K79 -K79 -A15 -P2 -F34 -F35 -M16 -S25 -M16 -A15 -S25 -M17
F9 F34 F35
5A 8A 8A
heat exchanger circulating pump heat control
G2
batteries
H3
indicator light - air filter
K1 K79
battery main switch relay - heat exchanger
M16 M17
circulating pump Webasto heat exchanger - battery compartment
P2 P3 P4
fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge
S1 S25 H2 H3 X2
starter switch w. preheat position clock Webasto LED yellow display light panel plug - central wire harness 72 pole
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Warm water heater

Webasto
18.4.40.02
Notes
Connection cables in the machine (wiring harness) Red (rt) Black White with number, e.g.1005 without number with number, e.g.3030 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = blue blue-yellow blue-white brown brown-yellow brown-white yellow green green-red gray gray-red red red-white black white white-red = wires for main power supply = ground wire = other wires
All unmarked wires have a cross section 1mm Color codes: bl bl-ge bl-ws br br-ge br-ws ge gn gn-rt gr gr-rt rt rt-ws sw ws ws-rt
Mjfcifss!
Electrical schematics
Datum Edition Date
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Additional heaters
18.4.50.01
Warm water heater Webasto

pos. A14 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 X79 X80 X83 E24 4 5 7 8 9 10 F1 M2 R X3 Y1 X82 F34 F35 G2 H3 K1 K47 M15 M16 M17 P2 P3 P4 S1 S47 H2 H3 X2 X78 X84 X85 description heater control Webasto relay circulating pump relay motor - heater relay regulating thermostat relay electric ignition unit relay solenoid valve, flame control plug plug plug to K47 water heater Webasto electric ignition unit regulating thermostat blower thermostat overheat thermostat plug 1 poles ignition electrodes overheat fuse motor - heater photo resistor flame control plug 2 poles flame glow plug valve plug to K47 8A circulating pump 8A heat control batteries indicator light - air filter battery main switch relay blower M16, M17 circulating pump Webasto blower hydraulic system blower hydraulic system fuel gauge coolant temperature gauge engine oil pressure gauge starter switch w. preheat position clock Webasto LED yellow display light panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole plug to S47 plug to M17 plug to M16 wire no. 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 sw connector plugs F34X81 -M15 A14X81 -M15 G2-F34 F34-F35 F35X79 -A14 F34X78 -S25 S47X79 -A14 A14X83 /X2 -K47 P2X2 /X78 -S47 S1X2 -S47 K47X2 /X82 -E24 S1-F14 F14-K47 K47X2 /X84 -M17 M17X85 -M16 ground wire
Warm water heater Webasto
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Additional heaters
18.4.50.02
Notes
Connection cables in the machine (wiring harness) Red (rt) Black White with number, e.g.1000 without number with number, e.g.3000 = wires for main power supply = ground wire = other wires
All unmarked wires have a cross section 1mm Colored wires are part of the heater assembly. Color codes: bl bl-ge bl-ws br br-ge br-ws ge gn gn-rt gr gr-rt rt rt-ws sw ws ws-rt = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = blue blue-yellow blue-white brown brown-yellow brown-white yellow green green-red gray gray-red red red-white black white white-red
wire-gray and white-red are not connected Electrical schematics for the basic machines see chapter 9.2.
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Additional heaters
18.4.50.03
Auxiliary heater Eberspcher

pos. A10 1 2 3 4 5 description auxiliary heater Eberspcher heater control glow plug flame sensor overheat sensor combustion motor
wire no. 1000 1021 3133 3134rt 3135rt 3136rt 3137rt sw
connector plugs G1-M1 K35- -X2 /62 K35G2F37F37F36-9029X86 X86 -S38 -F37 -E10 -F36 -E10
6 connection remote control F1 F11 F36 F37 G1 G2 K1 K35 S38 X2 X86 Y44 automatic circuit breaker - main 10A fuse 5A fuse 16A fuse alternator batteries battery main switch relay clock Eberspcher panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole plug to fuses metering pump ground wire
Auxiliary heater Eberspcher
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Additional heaters
18.4.50.04
Notes
Connection cables in the machine (wiring harness) Red (rt) Black White with number, e.g.1000 without number with number, e.g.3000 = wires for main power supply = ground wire = other wires
All unmarked wires have a cross section 1mm
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Additional heaters
18.4.50.05
Electrical schematic Flame glow control unit

pos. A13 B37 F1 F2 F6 F31 F32 F33 G1 G2 K1 K2 K46 S46 X2 X87 description flame glow control unit temperature sending unit automatic circuit breaker fuse fuse automatic circuit breaker fuse fuse alternator batteries battery main switch relay starter cut off relay flame glow control unit push button switch engine start panel plug - central wiring harness 72 pole plug to A13
wire no. 1002 1051 1052 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 5000 6100 6106 sw
connector plugs G2-F31 F32F33-R1 -R7
F31-A13 F32X87 -A13 F32X87 -A13 F33X87 -A13 F33X87 -A13 A13- X87,X2 /4 -H2 G1X87 -A13 B37X2 /63 -K46 F6-K46 A13- X87,X2 /2 -K46 S1-S46 S1-F2 F2- X2 /16,X87-A13 K2- -X2 /15,X87-A13 X2 /67 S46F6ground wire X87 -A13 -K2 -H2
Electrical schematic flame glow control unit
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
PR 752 RL 52
Blatt Page Feuille
01 04
Additional heaters
18.4.50.06
Pos. A7 Color codes: rt = red br = brown bl = blue rt/ws = red-white The numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 1mm F11 K4 K8 K100 M12 MP S1 S100 S101 S102 X2 X8 X65
Description Operators seat w. air suspension, complete Fuse Relay 35A - power supply Relay - power guard Relay - operators seat Compressor - operators seat Ground connections Starter switch with preheat position Rocker switch - upper lumbar support Rocker switch - lower lumbar support Rocker switch - weight adjustment Panel plug - central wiring harness Coupling - cab - heater Plug
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Operators seat with
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B

Blatt Page Feuille
F/N xxx-3001 F/N xxx-3001 F/N xxx-3001 F/N xxx-3001 5599
01 01
air suspension
18.5.10.01
A5 M12 Color codes: sw = black rt = red sw/ws = black/white 10 11 12 13 14 15 20 21 22
Operators seat w. air suspension, complete Compressor - operators seat Valve- / switch combination Directional valve - upper lumbar support (with switch S100) Pressure relief valve Directional valve - lower lumbar support (with switch S101) Pressure relief valve Directional valve - weight adjustment (with switch S102) Air chamber - upper lumbar support Air chamber - lower lumbar support Air chamber - weight adjustment
Pos. A5 Color codes: rt = red br = brown bl = blue rt/ws = red-white The numbers shown in wires on schematic = cross section of wire wires without numbers = 1mm F11 K4 K8 K100 M12 MP S1 S100 S101 S102 X2 X8 X49
Description Operators seat w. air suspension, complete Fuse Relay 35A - power supply Relay - power guard Relay - operators seat Compressor - operators seat Ground connections Starter switch with preheat position Rocker switch - upper lumbar support Rocker switch - lower lumbar support Rocker switch - weight adjustment Panel plug - central wiring harness Coupling - cab - heater Plug
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
Operators seat with
01 01
air suspension

Blatt Page Feuille
18.5.40.01
A5 M12 Color codes: sw = black rt = red sw/ws = black/white 10 11 12 13 14 15 20 21 22
Operators seat w. air suspension, complete Compressor - operators seat Valve- / switch combination Directional valve - upper lumbar support (with switch S100) Pressure relief valve Directional valve - lower lumbar support (with switch S101) Pressure relief valve Directional valve - weight adjustment (with switch S102) Air chamber - upper lumbar support Air chamber - lower lumbar support Air chamber - weight adjustment
Electrical schematic hydraulic oil temperature gauge

Parts list to Electrical schematic: B21 F27 F28 F29 K17 P5 S7 temperature sending unit fuse 8A light fuse 8A light fuse 2A warning light relay - light temperature gauge - hydraulic oil temperature rocker switch light X2 X4 X5 MP sw panel plug - central wiring harness panel plug - cab wiring harness serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) ground connection color code black
Arrangement cab
arrangement hydraulic tank
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 712B PR 722B PR 732B PR 742B

Blatt Page Feuille
01 03
Special Attachments
18.7.10.01
Electrical schematic hydraulic oil temperature gauge

Parts list to Electrical schematic: A6 A8 B26 F29 H20 P5 S7 diode combination diode combination temperature sending unit fuse 2A warning light indicator light - hydraulic oil temperature MP temperature gauge - hydraulic oil temperature sw rocker switch light color code black ground connection V1-V4 diode 1A V8-V11 diode 1A X2 X4 X5 X105 panel plug - central wiring harness panel plug - cab wiring harness serial connecting terminal (ground signal to K10) plug
Arrangement cab
arrangement hydraulic tank
Mjfcifss!

Datum Edition Date
PR 752
01 03
Special Attachments
F/N xxx-5600
Blatt Page Feuille
18.7.50.01
Operation and function: Fan- reversal of rotation push the button switch S33. observe Operating Manual! Push button switch S33 cuts the current to the electronic control for the fan drive A11 and gives current to the solenoid valves Y 55 up to Y58. As long as S33 is pushed, the fan rotates with max. RPM into the opposite direction, because the switched solenoid valves Y55 up to Y58 together reroute the oil flow direction for the fan drive-oil motors gives an air flow in opposite direction through the radiators. Notes: This function is only to clean the radiators and the area around in certain working applications and should not be operated longer as 30 sec. fuse F9 = 8A (standard 5A)
Relay installation at instrument panel:
A6 A8 K2 K3 K4 K7 K8 K14 K15
diode combination diode combination
Relay - starter cut off relay - power guard relay - power supply step relay relay - power guard time relay - glow plug system relay - reduced travel speed range indicator light K16 relay - electronic fault indicator K56 relay - fan reversal of rotation (operate lag sec.) K57 relay - fan reversal of rotation (braking delay 5 sec.) ground connection serial connection terminal
MP X5
Mjfcifss!
Reversible fans
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5600 6637
01 04
Special attachments
Blatt Page Feuille
18.8.50.01
Hydraulic equipment Hydraulic schematic:
Parts list: 15 tandem gear pump - replenishing 16 to valve block 16 connection T / travel hydraulics 30 regulating pump cpl. fan drive 38 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - main radiator / front) 40 gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler / side) 65 water - and charge air cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler 71 check valve 72 check valve 80 hydraulic tank 85 filter Y55 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler Y56 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler Y57 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler Y58 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler
Electrical equipment Electrical schematic:
Note: at reconstruction of a standard fans equipment to reversible fans cut wire 1074 at fuse F9 and swap it over to switch S33 connection S Parts list: A11 F9 MP K56 K57 S33 X2 X90 Y55 Y56 Y57 Y58 electronic box - fan drive automatic circuit breaker 8A ground connection relay - to switch solenoid valves Y56 and Y58 (operate lag 5 sec.) relay - to switch solenoid valves Y55 and Y57 (breaking delay 5 sec.) push button switch - reversible fan plug - central wiring harness plug - electronic box - fan drive solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler
Mjfcifss!
Reversible fans
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-5600 6637
01 04
Special attachments
Blatt Page Feuille
18.8.50.02
1. Description The cooler and the suction areas are cleaned of external contamination in predetermined intervals by reversing the turning direction of the fan (= direction of the air flow). If required, the function can also be turned on before via the button S33 on the instrument panel. The system works in connection with the electronic fan control A11 = Speed regulation at normal turning direction, independently of that, it controls the function reverse fan. In reverse turning direction, the fans run always at maximum speed to improve the cleaning effect. The reversal of the turning direction is obtained by changing the flow direction on the fan hydro motors. "Reverse fan", actuated automatically of manually, is only carried out if the machine travels in reverse or if the machine is at a standstill. When the machine travels forward and during "counterrotation, the control signal is blocked. 2. Function At initial operation of the machine, the fans run in normal turning direction. The running time of the Diesel engine is measured by the electronic control A22 via D+. When the Diesel engine is turned off, the time measurement is only interrupted, but not set back to zero. After reaching a running time of 30 minutes, the control shifts automatically to reverse fan. In "travel direction forward", the electrical contact in pressure switches B58 and B59 is closed by the control pressure in the var. pumps. Control A22 shuts off the signal for "reverse fan". After a change in travel direction or if the machine is at a standstill, the signal is released and the system switches to "reverse fan". Any existing speed limitation by A11 will be cancelled. The signal coming from the electronic control A22 shifts the solenoid valves Y 55/56 and Y57/58, which reverses the flow direction of the oil on the fan hydro motors. The fan now runs for 30 seconds in reverse turning direction. A new travel direction change toforward does not interrupt the procedure. After a duration of 30 seconds, the control signal to the solenoid valves of A22 is interrupted and the time measurement for the next interval is reset to zero. If the button S33 is pressed, the change in turning direction is carried out the same way. The time measurement of A22 is also reset to zero. 3. Location of components A11, A22 B58, B59 F9, S33, K3, P1, Y55, Y56 Y57, Y58 Note: battery box shuttle valve bloc - variable flow pump left / right instrument panel compartment diesel engine front right compartment - hydraulic oil cooler fuse F9 = 8A (standard 5A)
Mjfcifss!
Reversible fans
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-6638
01 04
Special attachments
Blatt Page Feuille
18.8.51.01
4. Hydraulic equipment 4.1. Hydraulic schematic:
4.2. Parts list: 15 tandem gear pump - replenishing 16 to valve block 16 connection T / travel hydraulics 30 regulating pump cpl. fan drive 38 axial piston fixed displacement motor (fan - main radiator / front) 40 gear motor (fan - hydraulic oil cooler / side) 65 water - and charge air cooler 66 hydraulic oil cooler 71 check valve 72 check valve 80 hydraulic tank 85 filter Y55 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler Y56 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler Y57 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler Y58 solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler
5. Electrical equipment 5.1. Electrical schematic:
Note: at reconstruction of a standard fans equipment to reversible fans cut wire 1074 at fuse F9 and swap it over to wire 9026. 5.2. Parts list: A11 A22 B58 B59 F9 K3 MP P1 S33 X2 X90 X152 X153 Y55 Y56 Y57 Y58 electronic box - fan drive electronic box - reversible fan drive pressure switch - travel pump servo pressure left forward pressure switch - travel pump servo pressure right forward automatic circuit breaker 8A relay - power guard ground connections hour meter push button switch - reversible fan panel plug plug - electronic box - fan drive plug - electronic box -reversible fan drive plug - code plug - reversible fan drive solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / water - and charge air cooler solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler solenoid valve - reversal of rotation - fan / hydraulic oil cooler
Mjfcifss!
Reversible fans
Datum Edition Date
PR 752
F/N xxx-6638
01 04
Special attachments
Blatt Page Feuille
18.8.51.02
Sub Group Index

Storage (preservation) guidelines Material classification Weight of materials 19.1 19.2.01 19.2.02
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 01
Miscellaneous informations
Blatt Page Feuille
19.0.00.01
Typ/ab
Type/from
Type/a partir de
Mjfcifss!
Datum Edition Date
01 00
Weight of materials
Blatt Page Feuille
19.2.02.01
Page No.
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date
1.0.00.01 1.1.00.01 1.2.01.01 1.2.01.02 1.2.01.03 1.2.01.04 1.2.01.05 1.2.01.06 1.2.01.07 1.2.02.01 1.2.02.02 1.3.01.01 1.3.01.02 1.3.01.03 1.3.01.04 1.4.01.01 1.4.02.01 1.4.02.02 1.4.03.01 1.4.04.01 1.4.05.01 1.4.05.02 1.4.05.03 1.4.06.01 1.4.06.02 1.5.01.01 1.5.01.02 2.0.00.01 2.1.10.01 2.1.10.02 2.1.20.01 2.1.21.01 2.1.22.01 2.1.30.01 2.1.31.01 2.1.31.02 2.1.40.01 2.1.40.02 2.2.00.01 2.2.00.02 2.2.00.03 2.3.01.01 2.3.02.01 2.3.02.02 2.3.02.03 2.3.02.04 2.3.02.05 2.3.02.06 2.3.03.01 2.3.04.01
Sub Group Index Foreword and Explanation Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines Safety Guidelines Hand signals (construction equipment) Hand signals (construction equipment) Service Items Service Items Service Items Service Items Conversion table Tightening torques standard screws Tightening torques standard screws Tightening torques SAE screws Hole diameter before tapping Couplings Couplings Couplings ISO - Tolerances ISO - Tolerances Code letters + terminal designations Code letters + terminal designations Sub Group Index Special tools Diesel engine Special tools Diesel engine Special tools general hydraulic repair Special tools hydraulic pressure testing Special tools hydraulic cylinder Special tools electric system - general Special tools electric system - wiring harness Special tools electric system - wiring harness Special tools mech. components Special tools mech. components Repair welding Repair welding Repair welding Installation guidelines - Duo-Cone-Seals Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / ITT-Cannon plug Installation guidelines / Harting plug Installation guidelines / AMP plug 1
01 01 01 03 12 94 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 04 01 04 01 98 01 04 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 01 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 04 01 98 01 03 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 02 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 01 February 2005
Page No. 3.0.00.01 3.1.10.01 3.1.11.01 3.1.12.01 3.1.13.01 3.1.14.01 3.1.20.01 3.1.21.01 3.1.22.01 3.1.23.01 3.1.24.01 3.1.30.01 3.1.31.01 3.1.32.01 3.1.33.01 3.1.34.01 3.1.40.01 3.1.41.01 3.1.42.01 3.1.43.01 3.1.44.01 3.1.45.01 3.1.50.01 3.1.51.01 3.1.52.01 3.2.10.01 3.2.11.01 3.2.12.01 3.2.13.01 3.2.14.01 3.2.15.01 3.4.10.01 3.4.10.02 3.4.10.03 3.4.10.04 3.4.10.05 3.5.00.01 3.5.00.02 3.5.00.03 3.5.01.01 3.5.01.02 3.5.01.03 3.5.01.04 3.5.02.01 3.5.02.02 3.5.02.03 3.5.02.04 3.5.03.01 3.5.03.02 3.5.03.03 3.5.03.04 3.5.50.01 3.5.50.02 3.5.50.03 3.5.50.04
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 98 01 98 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 03 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03
Sub Group Index Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Maintenance and inspection guidelines Maintenance and inspection guidelines Maintenance and inspection guidelines Maintenance and inspection guidelines Maintenance and inspection guidelines Maintenance and inspection guidelines Maintenance and inspection instructions Maintenance and inspection instructions Maintenance and inspection instructions Maintenance and inspection instructions Maintenance and inspection instructions Adjustment checklist Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference
February 2005
Page No. 3.5.51.01 3.5.51.02 3.5.51.03 3.5.51.04 3.5.52.01 3.5.52.02 3.5.52.03 3.5.52.04 4.0.00.01 4.1.10.01 4.1.11.01 4.1.30.01 4.2.10.01 4.2.11.01 4.3.10.01 4.4.01.01 5.0.00.01 5.1.00.01 5.2.10.01 5.2.10.02 5.2.30.01 5.2.50.01 5.3.10.00 5.3.10.00 5.3.30.00 5.3.30.00 5.3.50.01 5.3.50.02 5.3.51.01 5.3.51.02 6.0.00.01 6.1.00.01 6.2.10.01 6.2.10.02 6.2.50.01 6.2.50.02 6.3.10.01 6.3.10.02 6.3.10.00 6.3.10.00 6.3.11.01 6.3.11.02 6.3.11.00 6.3.11.00 6.3.12.01 6.3.12.02 6.3.12.00 6.3.12.00
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 02 01 97 01 03 01 04 01 97 01 02 01 03 01 90 01 01 01 01 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 01 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 09 97 09 97 01 01 01 01 01 95 01 95 11 91 11 91 01 02 01 02 12 94 12 94 01 03 01 03 02 02 02 02
Adjustment checklist Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Adjustment checklist - quick reference Sub Group Index Technical Data LIEBHERR - engine (in line) Technical Data LIEBHERR - engine (in line) "E" Technical Data LIEBHERR - engine (V type) Power, Torque LIEBHERR - engine Power, Torque LIEBHERR - engine "E" Fan and cylinder configuration LIEBHERR - Diesel engine Remove and Install Engine Fan Sub Group Index Technical Data Coupling and Splitter Box Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Parts list Splitter Box Splitter Box Parts list Splitter Box Splitter Box Parts list Splitter Box Splitter Box Parts list Splitter Box Splitter Box Sub Group Index Technical Data Description Description Description Description Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Parts list Scheme 3
February 2005
Page No. 6.3.30.01 6.3.30.02 6.3.30.00 6.3.30.00 6.3.31.01 6.3.31.02 6.3.31.00 6.3.31.00 6.3.32.01 6.3.32.02 6.3.32.00 6.3.32.00 6.3.33.01 6.3.33.02 6.3.33.00 6.3.33.00 6.3.40.01 6.3.40.02 6.3.40.00 6.3.40.00 6.3.41.00 6.3.41.00 6.3.42.01 6.3.42.02 6.3.42.00 6.3.42.00 6.3.50.01 6.3.50.02 6.3.50.03 6.3.50.00 6.3.50.00 6.3.51.01 6.3.51.02 6.3.51.03 6.3.51.00 6.3.51.00 6.3.52.01 6.3.52.02 6.3.52.03 6.3.52.00 6.3.52.00 6.3.53.01 6.3.53.02 6.3.53.03 6.3.53.00 6.3.53.00 6.4.01.01 6.4.10.01 6.4.10.02 6.4.30.01 6.4.30.02 6.4.40.01 6.4.40.02
Name Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Parts list Scheme Parts list Scheme Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Function Parts list Scheme
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 98 01 95 09 97 11 91 01 95 01 95 01 00 06 94 01 02 01 02 01 00 06 94 01 03 01 03 02 02 02 02 01 98 01 95 01 01 07 91 07 01 07 01 01 02 01 02 02 02 02 02 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 00 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 01 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 03 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 03 02 02 01 99 11 89 11 89 08 90 08 90 12 94 12 91
Installation guidelines Travel motor - High pressure hoses Hydraulic Hose Routing Hydraulic Hose Routing Hydraulic Hose Routing Hydraulic Hose Routing Hydraulic Hose Routing Hydraulic Hose Routing
February 2005
Page No. 6.5.00.01 6.5.00.02 6.5.00.03 6.5.00.04 6.5.00.05 6.5.00.06 6.5.00.07 6.5.00.08 6.5.00.09 6.5.00.10 7.0.00.01 7.1.00.01 7.2.10.01 7.2.10.02 7.3.10.01 7.3.10.02 7.3.10.03 7.3.10.00 7.3.10.00 7.3.11.01 7.3.11.02 7.3.11.03 7.3.11.00 7.3.11.00 7.3.12.01 7.3.12.02 7.3.12.03 7.3.12.00 7.3.12.00 7.3.30.01 7.3.30.02 7.3.30.03 7.3.30.00 7.3.30.00 7.3.40.01 7.3.40.02 7.3.40.03 7.3.40.00 7.3.40.00 7.3.50.01 7.3.50.02 7.3.50.03 7.3.50.00 7.3.50.00 7.3.51.01 7.3.51.02 7.3.51.03 7.3.51.00 7.3.51.00 7.3.52.01 7.3.52.02 7.3.52.03 7.3.52.00 7.3.52.00
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 03 01 03 08 97 08 97 04 93 04 93 04 93 08 97 08 91 12 98 08 97 08 97 08 97 09 93 12 98 08 97 08 97 08 97 05 95 12 98 08 97 08 97 01 03 01 03 12 98 08 97 08 97 08 97 04 93 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 04 01 04
Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Sub Group Index Technical Data Description Description Function Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Function Parts list Scheme Function Function Function Parts list Scheme
February 2005
Page No. 7.4.10.01 7.4.10.02 7.4.30.01 7.4.30.02 7.4.40.01 7.4.40.02 7.5.10.01 7.5.10.02 7.5.10.03 7.5.10.04 8.0.00.01 8.1.01.01 8.1.10.01 8.1.10.02 8.1.10.03 8.1.10.04 8.1.40.01 8.1.40.02 8.1.40.03 8.1.41.01 8.1.41.02 8.1.41.03 8.1.50.01 8.1.50.02 8.1.50.03 8.2.10.01 8.2.10.02 8.2.10.03 8.2.30.01 8.2.30.02 8.2.50.01 8.2.50.02 8.3.10.01 8.3.10.02 8.3.10.03 8.3.10.04 8.3.40.01 8.3.40.02 8.3.40.03 8.4.01.01 8.4.02.01 8.5.01.01 8.5.01.02 8.5.03.01 8.5.10.01 8.5.10.02 8.5.40.01 8.5.40.02
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 11 89 11 89 08 90 08 90 04 93 04 93 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 07 01 07 01 07 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 07 01 07 01 07 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 04 01 04 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03
Hydraulic Hose Routing Hydraulic Hose Routing Hydraulic Hose Routing Hydraulic Hose Routing Hydraulic Hose Routing Hydraulic Hose Routing Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Test and adjustment Sub Group Index Intermediate flange Variable pump Parts list Variable pump Variable pump Variable pump Variable pump Parts list Variable pump Variable pump Variable pump Parts list Variable pump Variable pump Variable pump Parts list Variable pump Variable pump Variable pump Parts list Variable motor Variable motor Variable motor Parts list Variable motor Variable motor Parts list Variable motor Variable motor Parts list Variable flow pump A10V Variable flow pump A10V Variable flow pump A10V Variable flow pump A10V Parts list Variable flow pump HPR Variable flow pump HPR Variable flow pump HPR Gear pump - Symbolic drawer Axial piston constant motor - fan drive Description, Function Pilot control valve 4-way Adjustment, Repair Pilot control valve 4-way Pilot control valve 2-way Parts list Pilot control valve 4-way Pilot control valve 4-way Parts list Pilot control valve 4-way Pilot control valve 4-way
February 2005
Page No. 8.6.10.01 8.6.10.02 8.6.10.03 8.6.10.04 8.6.10.05 8.6.11.01 8.6.11.02 8.6.11.03 8.6.12.01 8.6.12.02 8.6.12.03 8.6.50.01 8.6.50.02 8.6.50.03 8.6.51.01 8.6.51.02 8.6.51.03 8.7.00.01 8.7.01.01 8.7.01.02 8.7.01.03 8.7.01.04 8.7.01.05 8.7.02.01 8.7.02.02 8.7.02.03 8.7.02.04 8.7.03.01 8.7.03.02 8.7.03.03 8.7.04.01 8.8.10.01 8.8.10.02 8.8.10.03 8.8.10.04 8.8.10.05 9.0.00.01 9.0.00.02 9.1.10.00 9.1.10.00/1 9.1.10.00/2 9.1.11.00 9.1.11.00/1 9.1.11.00/2 9.1.12.00 9.1.12.00/1 9.1.12.00/2 9.1.12.00/3 9.1.13.00 9.1.13.00/1 9.1.13.00/2 9.1.13.00/3 9.1.14.00 9.1.14.00/1 9.1.14.00/2 9.1.14.00/3 9.1.14.00/4
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 12 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 02 98 03 90 03 90 03 90 03 90 03 90 01 03 01 03 01 98 12 89 12 89 01 98 10 90 10 90 01 98 08 91 11 93 08 91 01 98 11 93 11 93 11 93 01 00 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
Parts list Control valve block Control valve block Control valve block Control valve block Control valve block Parts list Control valve block Control valve block Control valve block Parts list Control valve block Control valve block Control valve block Parts list Control valve block Control valve block Control valve block Parts list Control valve block Control valve block Control valve block Overview Valves Pressure Relief Valves Pressure Relief Valves Pressure Relief Valves Pressure Relief Valves Pressure Relief Valves Directional Valves Directional Valves Directional Valves Directional Valves Shut Off Valves Shut Off Valves Shut Off Valves Other Valves Hydraulic cylinder Hydraulic cylinder Hydraulic cylinder Hydraulic cylinder Hydraulic cylinder Sub Group Index Sub Group Index Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram
February 2005
Page No. 9.1.15.00 9.1.15.00/1 9.1.15.00/2 9.1.15.00/3 9.1.15.00/4 9.1.16.00 9.1.16.00/1 9.1.16.00/2 9.1.16.00/3 9.1.16.00/4 9.1.30.00 9.1.30.00/1 9.1.30.00/2 9.1.30.00/3 9.1.30.00/4 9.1.31.00 9.1.31.00/1 9.1.31.00/2 9.1.31.00/3 9.1.31.00/4 9.1.50.00 9.1.50.00/1 9.1.50.00/2 9.1.50.00/3 9.1.50.00/4 9.1.51.00 9.1.51.00/1 9.1.51.00/2 9.1.51.00/3 9.1.51.00/4 9.1.52.00 9.1.52.00/1 9.1.52.00/2 9.1.52.00/3 9.1.52.00/4 9.1.53.00 9.1.53.00/1 9.1.53.00/2 9.1.53.00/3 9.1.53.00/4 9.2.10.01 9.2.10.00 9.2.10.00/1 9.2.10.00/2 9.2.11.01 9.2.11.00 9.2.11.00/1 9.2.11.00/2 9.2.12.00 9.2.12.00/1 9.2.12.00/2 9.2.13.00 9.2.13.00/1 9.2.13.00/2 9.2.14.01 9.2.14.02 9.2.14.00 9.2.14.00/1 9.2.14.00/2
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 98 01 98 12 89 12 89 01 98 01 98 10 90 10 90 01 98 11 93 08 91 01 98 11 93 11 93 01 01 01 01 01 01 10 94 10 94
Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Parts list Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Current flow diagram Plugs - positioning chart Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Plugs - positioning chart Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Plugs - positioning chart Wiring list Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic
February 2005
Page No. 9.2.15.01 9.2.15.02 9.2.15.03 9.2.15.00 9.2.15.00/1 9.2.15.00/2 9.2.16.01 9.2.16.02 9.2.16.03 9.2.16.00 9.2.16.00/1 9.2.16.00/2 9.2.17.01 9.2.17.02 9.2.17.03 9.2.17.00 9.2.17.00/1 9.2.17.00/2 9.2.17.00/3 9.2.18.01 9.2.18.02 9.2.18.03 9.2.18.00 9.2.18.00/1 9.2.18.00/2 9.2.18.00/3 9.2.19.01 9.2.19.02 9.2.19.03 9.2.19.00 9.2.19.00/1 9.2.19.00/2 9.2.19.00/3 9.2.30.01 9.2.30.02 9.2.30.03 9.2.30.00 9.2.30.00/1 9.2.30.00/2 9.2.31.01 9.2.31.02 9.2.31.03 9.2.31.00 9.2.31.00/1 9.2.31.00/2 9.2.32.01 9.2.32.02 9.2.32.03 9.2.32.00 9.2.32.00/1 9.2.32.00/2 9.2.32.00/3 9.2.33.01 9.2.33.02 9.2.33.03 9.2.33.00 9.2.33.00/1 9.2.33.00/2 9.2.33.00/3
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02
Plugs - positioning chart Plugs - positioning chart Wiring list Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Plugs - positioning chart Plugs - positioning chart Wiring list Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic
February 2005
Page No. 9.2.40.01 9.2.40.02 9.2.40.03 9.2.40.00 9.2.40.00/1 9.2.40.00/2 9.2.40.00/3 9.2.41.01 9.2.41.02 9.2.41.03 9.2.41.00 9.2.41.00/1 9.2.41.00/2 9.2.41.00/3 9.2.50.01 9.2.50.02 9.2.50.03 9.2.50.00 9.2.50.00/1 9.2.50.00/2 9.2.51.01 9.2.51.02 9.2.51.03 9.2.51.00 9.2.51.00/1 9.2.51.00/2 9.2.52.01 9.2.52.02 9.2.52.03 9.2.52.00 9.2.52.00/1 9.2.52.00/2 9.2.53.01 9.2.53.02 9.2.53.03 9.2.53.00 9.2.53.00/1 9.2.53.00/2 9.2.54.01 9.2.54.02 9.2.54.03 9.2.54.00 9.2.54.00/1 9.2.54.00/2 9.2.54.00/3 9.2.55.01 9.2.55.02 9.2.55.03 9.2.55.00 9.2.55.00/1 9.2.55.00/2 9.2.55.00/3 9.2.56.01 9.2.56.02 9.2.56.03 9.2.56.00 9.2.56.00/1 9.2.56.00/2 9.2.56.00/3
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03
Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Plugs - positioning chart Plugs - positioning chart Wiring list Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Plugs - positioning chart Plugs - positioning chart Wiring list Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Plugs - positioning chart Plugs - positioning chart Wiring list Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic
10
February 2005
Page No. 9.3.10.00 9.3.11.00 9.3.12.00 9.3.13.00 9.3.14.01 9.3.14.02 9.3.15.01 9.3.15.02 9.3.16.01 9.3.16.02 9.3.17.01 9.3.17.02 9.3.18.01 9.3.18.02 9.3.19.01 9.3.19.02 9.3.40.01 9.3.40.02 9.3.41.01 9.3.41.02 9.3.50.01 9.3.50.02 9.3.51.01 9.3.51.02 9.3.52.01 9.3.52.02 9.3.53.01 9.3.53.02 9.3.54.01 9.3.54.02 9.3.55.01 9.3.55.02 9.4.10.01 9.4.10.02 10.0.00.01 10.2.10.01 10.2.10.00 10.2.10.00 10.2.11.01 10.2.11.00 10.2.11.00 10.2.12.01 10.2.12.02 10.2.12.00 10.2.12.00 10.2.13.01 10.2.13.02 10.2.13.00 10.2.13.00 10.2.40.01 10.2.40.02 10.2.40.00 10.2.40.00
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 98 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 01 01 01 01 03 05 95 01 01 01 01 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 04 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 04 01 02 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 03
Instrument panel Instrument panel Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Parts list Instrument panel Instrument panel Location of electrical components Location of electrical components Sub Group Index Plugs - positioning chart Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Plugs - positioning chart Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Wiring Wiring Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic
11
February 2005
Page No. 10.2.50.01 10.2.50.00 10.2.50.00 10.2.51.01 10.2.51.00 10.2.51.00 10.2.52.01 10.2.52.00 10.2.52.00 10.3.00.01 10.3.00.02 10.3.00.03 10.3.00.04 10.3.00.05 10.4.00.01 10.4.00.02 10.4.00.03 10.4.00.04 10.4.00.05 10.4.00.06 10.4.00.07 10.4.00.08 10.4.00.09 10.4.00.10 10.4.00.11 10.5.10.01 10.6.00.01 10.6.00.02 10.7.10.01 10.7.10.02 10.7.11.01 10.7.11.02 10.7.12.01 10.7.12.02 11.0.00.01 11.1.00.01 11.1.01.01 11.1.02.01 11.2.10.01 11.2.10.02 11.3.10.01 11.3.10.02 11.3.10.00 11.3.10.00 11.3.11.00 11.3.11.00 11.3.12.00 11.3.12.00 11.3.13.00 11.3.13.00 11.3.14.01 11.3.14.02
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 04 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 10 89 01 04 01 04 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 96 01 95 01 95 01 95 02 91 02 91 02 92 02 92 07 93 07 93 05 95 06 94 01 00 01 00
Plugs - positioning chart Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Plugs - positioning chart Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Plugs - positioning chart Parts list Electrical Schematic Electrical Schematic Description of Function - Electronic Control Description of Function - Electronic Control Description of Function - Electronic Control Description of Function - Electronic Control Description of Function - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Diagnostic test box application - Electronic Control Linkage - Electronic Engine Speed Sensing Horsepower Control System Pedal control tester application - Electronic Control Pedal control tester application - Electronic Control Parts list Travel control joystick Travel control joystick Parts list Travel control joystick Travel control joystick Parts list Travel control joystick Travel control joystick Sub Group Index Technical Data Technical Data Technical Data Description, Function Description, Function Remove and Install Remove and Install Parts list Travel gear Travel gear Parts list Travel gear Travel gear Parts list Travel gear Travel gear Parts list Travel gear Travel gear Parts list Travel gear Travel gear 12
February 2005
Page No. 11.3.15.01 11.3.15.02 11.3.16.01 11.3.16.02 11.3.17.01 11.3.17.02 11.3.50.00 11.3.50.00 11.3.51.00 11.3.51.00 11.3.52.00 11.3.52.00 12.0.00.01 12.1.00.01 12.1.00.02 12.2.00.01 12.2.00.02 12.2.00.03 12.2.01.01 12.2.01.02 12.2.01.03 12.2.01.04 12.2.01.05 12.2.01.06 12.2.01.07 12.2.02.01 12.2.10.01 12.2.11.01 12.2.11.02 12.2.20.01 12.2.21.01 12.2.21.02 12.2.22.01 12.2.22.02 12.2.30.01 12.2.31.01 12.2.31.02 12.2.32.01 12.2.40.01 12.2.41.01 12.2.41.02 12.2.42.01 12.2.50.01 12.2.51.01 12.4.00.00 12.4.00.00 12.4.10.00 12.4.10.00 12.4.20.01 12.4.20.02 12.4.21.01 12.4.30.00 12.4.50.01 12.4.50.02
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 00 01 03 01 00 01 04 01 01 01 02 01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99 01 99 10 89 01 01 01 01 04 89 01 01 01 02 01 01 01 01 02 91 01 01 01 01 01 01 04 93 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 01 10 89 10 89 10 92 10 92 01 01 01 01 01 00 01 99 01 04 01 04
Parts list Travel gear Travel gear Parts list Travel gear Travel gear Parts list Travel gear Travel gear Parts list Travel gear Travel gear Parts list Travel gear Travel gear Parts list Travel gear Travel gear Sub Group Index Technical Data Technical Data Description, Function, Wear effects Description, Function, Wear effects Description, Function, Wear effects Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Measuring Instructions and Evaluation of Wear Appraisal Report Wear chart Wear chart Berco Wear chart Pro-Itrac Wear chart Wear chart Berco Wear chart Pro-Itrac Wear chart Berco Wear chart Pro-Itrac Wear chart Wear chart Berco Wear chart Pro-Itrac Wear chart Berco Wear chart Wear chart Berco Wear chart Itrac Wear chart Berco Wear chart Berco Wear chart Berco Parts list Idler Idler Parts list Idler guide und Yoke assembly Idler guide und Yoke assembly Parts list Idler guide und Yoke assembly Idler guide und Yoke assembly Idler unit with Parts list Idler unit with Parts list Idler unit Idler unit
13
February 2005
Page No. 12.4.51.01 12.4.51.02 12.5.10.01 12.5.10.00 12.5.10.00 12.5.20.00 12.5.50.01 12.5.50.02 12.5.50.03 12.6.00.00 12.6.40.01 12.6.50.01 12.7.00.01 12.8.10.01 12.8.10.02 12.8.10.00 12.8.10.00 12.8.30.00 12.8.30.00 12.9.10.01 12.9.10.00/1 12.9.10.00/2 12.9.50.01 13.0.00.01 13.2.10.01 13.2.10.00 13.2.10.00 13.2.40.01 13.2.40.02 13.2.50.01 13.2.50.02 13.2.50.03 13.2.51.01 13.2.51.02 13.3.10.01 13.3.10.00 13.3.10.00/1 13.3.10.00/2 14.0.00.01 14.2.10.01 14.2.10.00 14.2.10.00/1 14.2.10.00/2 14.2.11.01 14.2.11.02 14.2.50.01 14.2.50.02 14.2.50.03 14.2.50.04
Name Idler unit Idler unit
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 04 01 04 04 93 10 93 04 93 01 98 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 99 01 02 01 02 01 01 01 90 01 90 03 91 03 91 04 93 04 93 01 02 01 98 01 98 01 03 01 01 01 96 01 96 01 96 01 03 01 03 12 98 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 04 91 04 91 04 91 04 91 01 03 09 91 09 91 09 91 09 91 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03
Removal and installation Track adjuster unit Parts list Track adjuster unit Track adjuster unit Track adjuster unit Track adjuster unit Track adjuster unit Track adjuster unit Track roller with Parts list Track roller with Parts list Track roller with Parts list Carrier roller with Parts list Removal and installation Track roller frame Removal and installation Track roller frame Parts list Track roller frame Track roller frame Parts list Track roller frame Track roller frame Parts list / installation guidelines Support shaft - preassembled Support shaft - preassembled Support shaft - preassembled Support shaft - preassembled Sub Group Index Description, Function Straight blade Parts list Straight blade Straight blade Parts list Straight- / Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Straight- / Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Description, Function Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Parts list Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Parts list Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Semi-U-blade with hydr. pitch angle adjustment Description 6-way-blade Parts list 6-way-blade 6-way-blade (inside push frame) 6-way-blade (outside push frame) Sub Group Index Description, Function Ripper Parts list Ripper Multi Shank Ripper Single Shank Ripper Ripper Ripper Ripper Ripper Ripper Ripper
14
February 2005
Page No. 14.2.51.01 14.2.51.02 14.2.51.03 14.2.51.04 14.3.10.01 14.3.10.02 14.3.10.03 15.0.00.01 15.1.10.01 15.1.10.02 15.1.10.03 15.2.10.00 15.2.10.00 15.3.10.01 15.4.10.00 15.4.50.01 16.0.00.01 16.1.10.01 16.1.10.02 16.1.10.03 16.1.11.01 16.1.11.02 16.1.30.01 16.1.30.02 16.1.50.01 16.1.50.02 16.2.10.01 16.2.10.02 16.2.50.01 16.3.10.01 16.3.50.01 17.0.00.01 17.2.10.01 17.2.10.02 17.2.10.03 17.3.01.01 17.3.01.02 17.3.02.01 17.3.02.02 17.4.10.01 17.4.10.02 17.4.11.01 17.4.11.02 17.4.50.01 17.4.51.01
Name Ripper Ripper Ripper Ripper
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 02 01 03 01 03 01 03 04 93 04 93 01 02 01 03 01 01 01 02 02 91 02 91 01 95 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 02 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 10 97 10 97 10 97 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03
Cable Winch Cable Winch Cable Winch Sub Group Index Cooler / Radiator Arrangement Cooler / Radiator Arrangement Cooler / Radiator Arrangement Parts list Lift Cylinder Mount Lift Cylinder Mount Engine Mounts Equalizer bar Equalizer bar Sub Group Index Hydraulic tank Hydraulic tank Return filter / Hydraulic tank Parts list Hydraulic tank Hydraulic tank Parts list Hydraulic tank Hydraulic tank Parts list Hydraulic tank Hydraulic tank Parts list Fuel tank Fuel tank Fuel tank Battery Box Battery Box Sub Group Index Hydraulic tilting device - Operators Platform Hydraulic tilting device - Operators Platform Hydraulic tilting device - Operators Platform Heater with Fresh Air Blower Heater with Fresh Air Blower Heater and blower Heater and blower Engine Operation Engine Operation Engine Operation Engine Operation Engine Operation Engine Operation
15
February 2005
Page No. 17.5.10.01 17.5.10.02 17.5.10.03 17.5.10.04 17.5.11.01 17.5.11.02 17.5.11.03 17.5.11.04 17.5.11.05 17.5.11.06 17.5.11.07 17.5.11.08 17.5.11.09 18.0.00.01 18.1.10.01 18.1.10.02 18.2.10.01 18.3.10.01 18.3.11.01 18.3.11.02 18.3.50.01 18.3.50.02 18.4.40.01 18.4.40.02 18.4.50.01 18.4.50.02 18.4.50.03 18.4.50.04 18.4.50.05 18.4.50.06 18.5.10.01 18.5.40.01 18.7.10.01 18.7.50.01 18.8.50.01 18.8.50.02 18.8.51.01 18.8.51.02 19.0.00.01 19.1.00.01 19.1.00.02 19.2.01.01 19.2.02.01
Name
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PR-2 LITRONIC
Date 04 93 04 93 04 93 04 93 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 04 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 03 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 01 01 03 01 03 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 04 01 01 01 99 01 99 01 98 01 00
Air conditioner Air conditioner Air conditioner Air conditioner Operation, Description und Function Air conditioner Operation, Description und Function Air conditioner Operation, Description und Function Air conditioner Operation, Description und Function Air conditioner Operation, Description und Function Air conditioner Electrical Schematic Air conditioner Electrical Schematic Air conditioner Electrical Schematic Air conditioner Electrical Schematic Air conditioner Sub Group Index Parts list Electrical Schematic Canopy Electrical Schematic Canopy Refueling pump Arrangements additional lights Arrangements additional lights Arrangements additional lights Arrangements additional lights Arrangements additional lights Electrical Schematic warm water heater Webasto Electrical Schematic warm water heater Webasto Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters Electrical Schematics Additional Heaters Operators seat with air suspension Operators seat with air suspension Hydraulic oil temperature gauge Hydraulic oil temperature gauge Reversible Fans Reversible Fans Reversible Fans Reversible Fans Sub Group Index Storage (preservation) guidelines Storage (preservation) guidelines Material classification Weight of materials End
16
February 2005
Liebherr-Hydraulikbagger GmbH Hans-Liebherr-Strae 12 D-88457 Kirchdorf/Iller + 49 7354 80-0 Fax + 49 7354 80-72 94 www.liebherr.com E-Mail: info@lhb.liebherr.com
Liebherr-France SAS 2, Avenue Joseph Rey, B.P. 287 F-68005 Colmar Cedex + 33 389 21 30 30 Fax + 33 389 21 37 93 www.liebherr.com E-Mail: info@lfr.liebherr.com
Liebherr-Werk Telfs GmbH Hans-Liebherr-Strae 35 A-6410 Telfs + 43 5262 6 00-0 Fax + 43 5262 6 00-72 www.liebherr.com E-Mail: info@lwt.liebherr.com
Liebherr-Werk Bischofshofen GmbH Postfach 49 A-5500 Bischofshofen + 43 6462 8 88-0 Fax + 43 6462 8 88-3 85 www.liebherr.com E-Mail: info@lbh.liebherr.com

Liebherr 712-752

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Liebherr 712-752

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

en

Service Manual (20

17 Operators Platform, Heater, Air Conditioner 18 Special Attachments 19 Miscellaneous Informations

Name of Manual Owner:

Sub Group Index

1.1 1.2.01 1.2.02 1.3.01 1.4

Code letters + terminal designations electric

Benennung Description Dnomination

Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic

Blatt Page Feuille

For your information

Explanation of structure (page numbers)

LIEBHERR-Werk Telfs GmbH. Service-Training Dept.

Benennung Description Dnomination

Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

Foreword and explanation

PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic

Benennung Description Dnomination

Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic

Blatt Page Feuille

Percentage of antifreeze (%)

Benennung Description Dnomination

Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic

Blatt Page Feuille

Manufacturer LIEBHERR Caltex Chevron Texaco ARTECO Chevron Texaco Total

Benennung Description Dnomination

Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic

Blatt Page Feuille

Single grade oils

Multi grade oils

PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic

Blatt Page Feuille

Unit of Measure Length

To obtain mm m m km cm m m km cm m m l l l l g kg t N kN Nm kW PS PS bar kpa kg/cm kg/m g/cm kg/m km/h m/min C C

Pressure (hydraulic) Ground pressure

bar kpa kg/cm kg/m

Benennung Description Dnomination

Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic

Blatt Page Feuille

Standard metric thread

M 10 x 1,5 M 12 x 1,75 M 14 x 2 M 16 x 2 M 18 x 2,5 M 20 x 2,5 M 22 x 2,5 M 24 x 3 M 27 x 3 M 30 x 3,5 M 33 x 3,5 M 36 x 4 M 39 x 4

Benennung Description Dnomination

Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic

Fine metric thread

Note: Observe notes on front page!

Tightening torques for screws for SAE split flange installation

Flange nominal size " " 1" 1 " 1 " 2"

Tightening torques for oil drain plugs at travel gears

Benennung Description Dnomination

Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic

Dimensions are in mm mm x 0,03937 = inches

Benennung Description Dnomination

Typ/ab Type/from Type/ a partir de

PR Litronic LR Litronic RL Litronic

Hole diameter before tapping

Blatt Page Feuille

2. Hole diameter for tapping ISO fine Metric (internal) thread